Skip to main content

Full text of "Zoonomia ; or, The laws of organic life"

See other formats


5^?' 


I-" 


>J" 


f^X 


'fi*    "•4. 


^'^^ 


rV% 


\  .t-Vi 


r*:-s- 


'^t^ 


t 


:'.f 


■:''tu 


jr..    ,*'      ^' 


Ur^^    '^ 


t^ 


•»* 


'     •.    ■':i- ' 


.■*' 


i^>;.H-^^ 

'■    n-/  •'?>H^^; 

-  '-.*  1 

'J  I  «  -  .  . 

>;:-• 

.■.^:-a..-.v..-.---^./-|-»S^.Vii^V>.'^     <■■■ 


^X^  >  <7^«r-y^  '  ^Xt^ 


Brandeis  University 
Library 


The  gift  of 
BERN  DIBNER 


V 


^Kt^..^>(^,^H>» 


^IH 


a 


ZOONOMI  A; 


O  R, 


THE      LAWS 


O  F 


ORGANIC      LIFE. 


V  b  L.    I. 


By   ERJSMUS    DARJFIN,   M.D.F.R.S. 

AUTHOR    OF     THE     BOTANIC     GARDEN. 


Principio  ccelum,  ac  terras,  campofque  liquentes, 
Lucentemque  globum  lunae,  titaniaque  aftra, 
Spiritus  intus  alit,  totamqne  infufa  per  artus 
Mens  agitat  molem,  et  magno  fe  corpore  raifcet. 

ViRG.  ^n,  vi. 

Earth,  on  whofe  lap  a  thoufand  nations  tread. 

And  Ocean,  brooding  his  proliiic  bed. 

Night's  changeful  orb,  blue  pole,  and  filvery  zones. 

Where  other  worlds  encircle  other  funs. 

One  Mind  inhabits,  one  diffufive  Soul 

Wields  the  large  limbs,  and  mingles  \vith  the  whole. 


LONDON: 
PRINTED    FOR   J.   JOHNSON,    IN    ST.    PAUl's   CHURCH-YARD. 

1794. 


€mmti  at  ^tutitxnm'  f  all* 


DEDICATION, 

JL  o  the  candid  and  ingenious  Members  of  the  College  of 
Phyficians,  of  the  Royal  Philofophical  Society,  of  the 
Two  Universities,  and  to  all  thofe,  who  ftudy  the  Ope- 
rations of  the  Mind  as  a  Science,  or  who  praclife  Medi- 
^  cine  as  a  ProfefTion,  the  fubfequent  Work  is^  with  great 
refpetSj   infcribed  by  the  Author^ 

Derby,  May  i,  1794, 


A  2 


1  "^r?-J.f~;0 


J-  4 


CONTENTS. 

Preface. 

Sect.     I.  Of  Motion, 

II.  Explanations  and  Defnitlons. 

III.  'The  Motions  of  the  Retina  demonf  rated  by  Experiments. 

IV.  Laws  of  Animal  Caufation. 

V.  Of  the  four  Faculties  or  Motions  of  the  Senforium. 

VI.  Of  the  four  Claffes  of  Fibrous  Motions. 

VII.  Of  Irritative  Motions. 

VIII.  Of  Senftive  Motions. 

IX.  Of  Voluntary  Motions. 

X.  Of  Affociate  Motions. 

XI.  Additional  Obfervations  on  the  Senforial  Powers. 

XII.  Of  Stimulus^  Senforial  Exertion.,  and  Fibrous  Contraction. 

XIII.  Of  Vegetable  Animation. 

XIV.  Of  the  ProduElion  of  Ideas. 
XV.  O/'z/j^  C/fl^j  o/'Mflj. 

XVI.  Oflnjiina. 

XVII.  The  Catenation  (f  Animal  Motions^ 

XVIII.  Of  Sleep. 

XIX.  Of  Reverie, 

XX.  Of  Vertigo, 

XXI.  Of  Drunkennefs, 

XXII.  Of  Propenfty  to  Motion.     Repetition.     Imitation, 

Sect. 


VI 


CONTENTS. 


Sect.  XXIII. 
XXIV. 

XXV. 

XXVI. 

XXVII. 

XXVIII. 

XXIX, 

XXX. 

XXXI. 

XXXII. 

XXXIII. 

XXXIV. 

XXXV. 

XXXVI. 

XXXVII. 

XXXVIII. 

XXIX. 


Of  the  Circulatory  Syjlem. 

Of  the   Secretion  of  Saliva,  and  of  Tears,   And  of  the 
Lacryinal  Sack. 

Of  the  Stomach  and  Inteflines. 

Of  the  Capillary  Glands^  and  of  the  Metnbranes. 

Of  Hcemorrhages . 

The  Paralyfis  of  the  La^eah. 

The  Retrograde  Motiofis  of  the  Abforbent  Vejfels, 

The  Paralyfis  of  the  Liver. 

Of  Temperaments. 

Difeafes  of  Irritation. 

of  Senfation. 

—  of  Volition. 

— • of  Affociation. 

The  Periods  of  Difeafes. 

Of  Digejiion,  -Secretion,  Nut  ration. 

Of  the  Oxygenation  of  the  Blood  in  the  Lungs  a7id  Placenta. 

Of  Generation. 

OJ  Ocular  SpcRra^ 


TO 


TO 

ERASMUS     DARWIN, 

ON   HIS    WORK    INTITLED 

ZOONOMIA. 

By   DE^HURSr  BILSBORROM-^. 


Hail  to  the  Bard  !  wlio  fung,  from  Chaos  hurl'd 

How  funs  and  planets  form'd  the  whirling  world; 

How  fphere  on  fphere  Earth's  hidden  ftrata  bend, 

And  caves  of  rock  her  central  fires  defend ; 

Where  gems  new-born  their  twinkling  eyes  unfold,  t 

And  young  ores  flioot  in  arborefcent  gold. 

How  the  fair  Flower,  by  Zephyr  woo'd,  unfurls 
Its  panting  leaves,  and  waves  its  azure  curls ; 
Or  fpreads  in  gay  undrefs  its  lucid  form 

To  meet  the  fun,  and  fliuts  it  to  the  ftorm ,  lo 

While  in  green  veins  impaffion'd  eddies  move, 
And  Beauty  kindles  into  life  and  love. 

How  the  firfl:  embryon-fibre,  fphere,  or  cube. 
Lives  in  new  forms, — a  line, — a  ring,^ — a  tube  ; 

Clofed  in  the  womb  with  limbs  unfinifli'd  laves,  i^ 

Sips  with  rude  mouth  the  falutary  waves ; 
Seeks  round  its  cell  the  fanguine  flxeams,  that  pafs. 
And  drinks  with  crimfon  gills  the  vital  gas  ; 
Weaves  with  foft  threads  the  blue  meandering  vein, 
The  heart's  red  concave,  and  the  fllver  brain  ;  20 

Leads  the  long  nerve,  expands  the  impatient  fenfe. 
And  clothes  in  filken  fkin  the  nafcent  Ens. 

Erewhile,  emerging  from  its  liquid  bed. 
It  lifts  in  gelid  air  its  nodding  head  ; 

The  light's  firft  dawn  with  trembling  eyelid  hails,  25 

With  lungs  untaught  arrefls  the  balmy  gales ; 
Tries  its  new  tongue  in  tones  unknown,  and  hears 
The  ftrange  vibrations  with  unpradifed  ears ; 


Seeks 


viu 


TO   ERASMUS    DARWIN. 


Trim 


Seeks  with  fpread  hands  the  bofom's  velvet  orbs, 
With  clofirig  hps  tlie  milky  fount  abforbs  ; 
And,  as  comprefs'd  the  dulcet  ftreams  diftil. 
Drinks  warmth  and  fragrance  from  the  living  rill  ; — 
Eyes  with  mute  rapture  every  waving  line,- 
Prints  with  adoring  kifs  the  Paphian  ferine. 
And  learns  erelong,  the  perfeft  form  confefs'd. 
Ideal  Beauty  "from  its  mother's  breaft. 

.  Now  in  ftrong  lines,  with  bolder  tints  defign'd, 
You  fketch  ideas,  and  portray  the  mind  ; 
Teach  how  fine  atoms  of  impinging  light 
To  ceafelefs  change  the  vifual  fenfe  excite  ; 
While  the  bright  lens  colleas  the  rays,  that  fwerve, 
And  bends  their  focus  on  the  moving  nerve. 
How  thoughts  to  thoughts  are  link'd  with  viewlefs  chains, 
Tribes  leading  tribes,  and  trains  purfuing  trains  ; 
With  Ihadowy  trident  how  Volition  guides, 
Surge  after  furge,  his  intelleftual  tides ; 
Or,  Queen  of  Sleep^  Imagination  roves 
With  frantic  Sorrows,  or  delirious  Loves. 

Go  on,  O  Friend  !  explore  with  eagle-eye ; 
Where  wrapp'd  in  night  retiring  Caufes  lie  : 
Trace  their  flight  Jjands,  their  fecret  haunts  betray. 
And  give  new  wonders  to  the  beam  of  day  ; 
Till,  link  by  link  with  Itep  afpiring  trod, 
You  climb  from  Nature  to  the  throne  of  God, 
— — So  faw  the  Patriarch  with  admiring  eyes 
From  earth  to  heaven  a  golden  ladder  rife  ; 
Involved  in  clouds  the  myfl;ic  feale  afcends. 
And  brutes  and  angels  crowd  the  diftant  ends. 
,  Col.  Cambridge,  Jan.  r,  1794. 


30 


35 


40 


4S: 


50 


55 


REFERENCES  TO  THE  WORK. 


Line  i. 


Bofitnic  Garden,  Part  I. 
Caiitu  I.     1.  105. 

IV.  1.  402. 

I.     1.  140. 

III.  I,  401. 

IV.  1.452. 

1.     1.  14- 


Zaonom'ia, 

.12.    -ieft.  XIII. 

•  13: XXXIX.  4.1. 


Line  18. 

Sea.  XVI.  2.  and  XXXVIII. 

26. 

XVL4. 

30. 

XVI.  4. 

—  36. 

. .  XVI.  6. 

. 38. 

IH   and  VII. 

43. 

X. 

44- 

XVIII.  17. 

~45- 

XVII.  3.  7. 

——47. 

——XVIII.  8. 

.—  50. 

XXXIX,  4.  8. 

—  SI- 

XXXIX.  the  Motro. 

54' 

— -  XXXIX.  8, 

PREFACE. 


A  H  E  purport  of  the  following  pages  is  an  endeavour  to  reduce  the 
fa<9:s  belonging  to  Animal  Life  into  clafles,  orders,  genera,  and 
fpecies ;  and,  by  comparing  them  with  each  other,  to  unravel  th» 
theory  of  difeafes.  It  happened,  perhaps  unfortunately  for  the  in- 
quirers into  the  knowledge  of  difeafes,  that  other  fciences  had  re- 
ceived improvement  previous  to  their  own  ;  whence,  inftead  of  com- 
paring the  properties  belonging  to  animated  nature  with  each  other, 
they,  idly  ingenious,  bufied  themfelves  in  attempting  to  explain  the 
laws  of  life  by  thofe  of  mechanifm  and  chemiftry ;  they  confidered 
the  body  as  an  hydraulic  machine,  and  the  fluids  as  paffing  through 
a  feries  of  chemical  changes,  forgetting  that  animation  was  its  effen- 
tial  charaderiftic. 

The  great  Creator  of  all  things  has  infinitely  divcrfified  the 
works  of  his  hands,  but  has  at  the  fame  time  ftamped  a  certain 
iimilitude  on  the  features  of  nature,  that  demonflrates  to  us,  that  the 
'whole  is  cne  family  of  one  partnt.  On  this  Similitude  is  founded  all 
rational  analogy;  which,  fo  long  as  it  is  concerned  in  comparing  the 
efiential  properties  of  bodies,  leads  us  to  many  and  important  difco- 
veries;  but  when  with  licentious  adlivity  it  links  together  objefts, 
otherwifc  difcordant,  by  feme  fanciful  fimilitude;  it  may  indeed 
collect  ornaments  for  wit  and  poetry,  but  philofophy  and  truth  recoil 
from  its  combinations. 

The  want  of  a  theory,  deduced  from  fuch  flrift  analogy,  to  con- 
duct the  pratlice  of  medicine  is  lamented  by  its  profeflbrs ;  for,  as  a 
^reat  number  of  unconnected  fa£ls  are  difficult  to  be  acquired,  and  to 
be  reafoned  from,  the  art  of  medicine  is  in  many  inflances  lefs  cffica- 

B  cious 


a  T  R  E  F  A  C  E. 

clous  under  the  dire£t'ion  of  its  wlfeft  praftitioners ;  and  by  that  bnfy 
crowd,  who  either  boldly  wade  in  darknefs,  or  are  led  into  endlefs 
error  by  the  glare  of  falfe  theory,  it  is  daily  pradlifed  to  the  deftruc- 
tion  of  thoufands ;  add  to  this  the  unceafing  injury  which  accrues  to 
the  public  by  the  perpetual  advertifements  of  pretended  noftrums; 
the  minds  of  the  indolent  become  fuperftitioufly  fearful  of  difeaiis^- 
which  they  do  not  Jabour  under ;  and  thus  become  the  daily  prey  of 
fome  crafty  empyric. 

A  theory  founded  upon  nature,  that  fhould  bind  together  the  fcat- 
tered  fads  of  medical  knowledge,  and  c(^nverge  into  one  point  of  view 
the  laws  of  organic  life,  would  thus  on  many  accounts  contribute  to  the 
interefl  of  fociety.  It  would  capacitate  men  of  moderate  abilities  to 
pradife  the  art  of  healing  with  real  advantage  to  the  public;  it  would 
enable  every  one  of  literary  acquirements  to  diftinguifti  the  genuine 
difciples  of  medicine  from  thofe  of  boaftful  effrontery,  or  of  wily  ad- 
drefs ;  and  would  teach  mankind  in  fome  important  fituations  the 
knowledge  of  themf elves. 

There  are  fome  modern  pra£litioners,  who  declaim  againft  medical 
theory  in  general,  not  confidering  that  to  think  is  to  theorize ;  and 
that  no  one  can  dire£l  a  method  of  cure  to  a  perfon  labouring  under 
difeafe  without  thinking,  that  is,  without  theorizing  ;  and  happy 
therefore  is  the  patient,  whofe  phyfician  pofleffes  the  beft  theory. 

The  words  idea,  perception,  fenfation,  recoUedion,  fuggeftion, 
and  affociation,  are  each  of  them  ufed  in  this  treatife  in  a  more  li- 
mited fenfe  than  in  the  writers  of  metaphyfic.  The  author  was  in 
doubt,  whether  he  ftiould  rather  have  fubftltuted  new  words  inftead 
of  them  ;  but  was  at  length  of  opinion,  that  new  definitions  of  words, 
already  in  ufe  would  be  lefs  burthenfome  ta  the  memory  of  the 
reader. 

A  great  part  of  this  work  has  lain  by  the  writer  above  twenty 
years,  as  fome  of  his  friends  can  teflify :  he  had  hoped  by  frequent 
revifion  to  have  made  it  more  worthy  the  acceptance  of  the  public  ; 

this 


PREFACE.  J 

this  however  his  other  perpetual  occupations  have  in  part  prevented, 
and  may  continue  to  prevent,  as  long  as  he  may  be  capable  of  revif- 
iiig  it;  he  therefore  begs  of  the  candid  reader  to  accept  of  it  in  its 
prefent  ftate,  and  to  excufe  any  inaccuracies  of  exprefiion,  or  of  coii- 
clufion,  into  which  the  intricacy  of  his  fubje<5l,  the  general  imper- 
feftion  of  language,  or  the  frailty  he  has  in  common  with  other 
men,  may  have  betrayed  him ;  and  from  which  he  has  not  the  va- 
nity to  believe  this  treatife  to  be  exempt. 


B    2  ZOONOMIA. 


Z  O  O  N  O  M  I  A. 


SECT.     I. 

OF  MOTION. 


J.  HE  WHOLE  OF  NATURE  may  be  fuppofed  to  coniifl  of  two  ef- 
fenccs  or  fubftances  ;  one  of  which  may  be  termed  fplrit,  and  the 
Other  matter.  The  former  of  thefe  poffeffes  the  power  to  commence 
or  produce  motion,  and  the  latter  to  receive  and  communicate  it.  So 
that  motion,  confidered  as  a  caufe,  immediately  precedes  every  ef- 
fed;  and,  confidered  as  an  effed,  it  immediately  fucceeds  every 
caufe. 

The  MOTIONS  OF  MATTER  may  be  divided  into  two  kinds,  pri- 
mary and  fecondary.  The  fecondary  motions  are  thofe,  which  are 
given  to  or  received  from  other  matter  in  motion.  Their  laws  have 
been  fuccefsfully  inveftigated  by  philofophers  in  their  treatifes  on  me- 
chanic powers.  Thefe  motions  are  diflinguifhed  by  this  circum- 
ftance,  that  the  velocity  multiplied  into  the  quantity  of  matter  of  the 
body  afted  upon  is  equal  to  the  velocity  multiplied  into  the  quantity 
of  matter  of  the  a£ling  body. 

The  primary  motions  of  matter  may  be  divided  into  three  claffes,, 
thofe  belonging  to  gravitation,  to  chemiftry,  and  to  life;  and  eacbs. 
clafs  has  its  peculiar  laws.  Though  thefe  three  claffes  include  the 
motions  of  folid,  hquid,  and  aerial  bodies ;  there  is  neverthelefs  a 
fourth  divifion  of  motions  ;  I  mean  thofe  of  the  fuppofed  ethereal 
fluids  of  magnetifm,  eledlricity,  heat,  and  light ;  whofe  properties 
are  not  fo  well  inveftigated  as  to  be  claffed  with  fuiEcient  accuracy. 


6  OF    MOTION.  Sect.  I. 

ly?.  The  gravitating  motions  include  the  annual  and  diurnal  rota- 
tion of  the  earth  and  planets,  the  flux  and  reflux  of  the  ocean,  the- 
defcent  of  heavy  bodies,  and  other  phaenomena  of  gravitation  The 
unparalleled  fagacity  of  the  great  Newton  has  deduced  the  laws  of 
this  clafs  of  motions  from  the  fimple  principle  of  the  general  attrac- 
tion of  matter.  Thefe  motions  are  diftinguifhed  by  their  tendency 
to  or  from  the  centers  of  the  fun  or  planets. 

zd.  The  chemical  clafs  of  motions  includes  all  the  various  appear- 
ances of  chemiftry.  Many  of  the  fa£ts,  which  belong  to  thefe  branches 
of  fcience,  are  nicely  afcertained,  and  elegantly  clafled  ;  but  their  laws 
have  not  yet  been  developed  from  fuch  fimple  principles  as  thofe 
above-mentioned;  though  it  is  probable,  that  they  depend  on  the  fpe- 
cific  attractions  belonging  to  the  particles  of  bodies,  or  to  the  differ- 
ence of  the  quantity  of  attraftion  belonging  to  the  fides  and  angles  of 
thofe  particles.  The  chemical  motions  are  diftinguifhed  by  their  be- 
ing generally  attended  with  an  evident  decompofition  or  new  combi- 
nation of  the  adlive  materials. 

3J.  The  third  clafs  includes  all  the  motions  of  the  animal  and  ve- 
getable world ;  as  well  thofe  of  the  veffels,  which  circulate  their 
juices,  and  of  the  mufcles,  which  perform  their  locomotion,  as  thofe 
of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  which  conftitute  their  ideas. 

This  laft  clafs  of  motion  is  the  fubjeft  of  the  following  pages ; 
which,  though  confcious  of  their  many  imperfections,  I  hope  may 
givefome  pleafure  to  the  patient  reader,  and  contribute  fomething  to 
ihe  knowledge  and  to  the  cure  of  difeafes,. 


SECT. 


Sect.  II.  DEFINITIONS. 


SECT.     II.    I. 

EXPLANATIONS    AND   DEFINITIONS. 

I.  Outline  of  the  animal  economy. — II.  i.  Of  the  Jenjorium.  i.  Of  the  brain  and 
nervous  medulla.  3.  A  nerve.  4.  A  mufcular  fibre.  5.  ne  immediate  organs 
offenfe.  6.  The  external  organs  of fenfe.  ^ .  An  idea  or  fenfual  motion.  Z.  Per^ 
ception.  9.  Senfation.  10.  RecolleSiion  and fuggeftion.  ii.  Habit,  caujation, 
qfociationy  catenation.     12.  Reflex  ideas.     13.  Stimulus  defined. 


As  fome  explanations  and  definitions  will  be  neceffary  in  the  profecution  of 
the  work,  the  reader  is  troubled  with  them  in  this  place,  and  is  intreated 
to  keep  them  in  his  mind  as  he  proceeds,  and  to  take  them  for  granted, 
tin  an  apt  opportunity  occurs  to  evince  their  truth ;  to  which  I  fhaU  prc- 
mife  a  very  Ihort  outline  of  the  animal  economy. 


I. — I.  THE  nervous  fyftetn  has  its  origin  from  the  brain,  and  is 
diftributed  to  every  part  of  the  body.  Thofe  nerves,  which  ferve  the 
fenfes,  prmcipally  arife  from  that  part  of  the  brain,  which  is  lodged  in 
the  head;  and  thofe,  which  ferve  the  purpofes  of  mufcular  motion, 
principally  arife  from  that  part  of  the  brain,  which  is  lodged  in  the 
neck  and  back,  and  which  is  erroneoufly  called  the  fpinal  marrow. 
The  ultimate  fibrils  of  thefe  nerves  terminate  in  the  immediate  or- 
gans of  fenfe  and  mufcular  fibres,  and  if  a  ligature  be  put  on  any  part 
of  their  paffage  from  the  head  or  fpine,  all  motion  and  perception 
ceafe  in  the  parts  beneath  the  ligature. 

a.  The  longitudinal  mufcular  fibres  compofe  the  locomotive  mus- 
cles, whofe  contra£lions  move  the  bones  of  the  limbs  and  trunk,  to 
which  their  extremities  are  attached.  The  annular  oj-  fpiral  mufcu- 
lar 


8  DEFINITIONS.  Sect.  II.  i. 

lar  fibres  compole  the  vafcular  mufcles,  which  Gonftitute  the  iutef- 
tinal  canal,  the  arteries,  veins,  glands,  and  abforbent  veffels. 

3.  The  immediate  organs  of  Cen-fe^  as  the  retina  of  the  eye,  pro- 
bably confift  of  moving  fibrils,  with  a  power  of  contradtion  fimilar  to 
that  of  the  larger  mufcles  above  defcribed. 

4.  The  cellular  membrane  confifls  of  cells,  which  refemble  thofe 
of  a  fponge,  communicating  with  each  other,  and  connecting  toge- 
ther all  the  other  parts  of  the  body. 

5.  The  arterial  {y&:em  confifts  of  the  aortal  and  the  pulmonary  ar- 
tery, which  are  attended  through  their  whole  courfe  with  their  cor- 
refpondent  veins.  The  pulmonary  artery  receives  the  blood  from 
the  right  chamber  of  the  heart,  and  carries  it  to  the  minute  extenfive 
ramifications  of  the  lungs,  where  it  is  expofed  to  the  adtion  of  the  air 
on  a  furface  equal  to  that  of  the  whole  external  fkin,  through  the 
thin  moift  coats  of  thofe  veflels,  which  are  fpread  on  the  air-cells, 
which  conftitute  the  minute  terminal  ramifications  of  the  wind-pipe. 
Here  the  blood  changes  its  colour  from  a  dark  red  to  a  bright  fcarlet. 
It  is  then  colle£led  by  the  branches  of  the  pulmonary  vein,  and  cou- 
ireyed  to  the  left  chamber  of  the  heart. 

6.  The  aorta  is  another  large  artery,  which  receives  the  blood 
^from  the  left  chamber  of  the  heart,  after  it  has  been  thus  aerated  in 
^the  lungs,  and  conveys  it  by  afcending  and  defcending  branches  to 
every  other  part  of  the  fyflemj  the  extremities  of  this  artery  terrni- 
:nate  either  in  glands,  as  the  falivary  glands,  lacrymal  glands,  &c.  or 
in  capillary  veifels,  which  are  probably  lefs  involuted  glands;  in 
thefe  fome  fluid,  as  faliva,  tears,  perfpiration,  are  feparated  from  the 
blood ;  and  the  remainder  of  the  blood  is  abforbed  or  drank  up  by 
branches  of  veins  correfpondent  to  the  branches  of  the  artery  ;  which 
are  furnifhed  with  valves  to  prevent  its  return  ;  and  is  thus  carried 
back,  after  having  again  changed  its  colour  to  a  dark  red,  to  the 
right  chamber  of  the  heart.  The  circulation  of  the  blood  in  the  liver 
^differs  from  this  general  fyftem  ;  for  the  veins  which  drink  up  the  re- 

7  fluent 


Sect.II.  I.  DEFINITIONS.  9 

fluent  blood  from  thofe  arteries,  which  are  fpread  on  the  bowels  and 
mefentery,  unite  into  a  trunk  in  the  liver,  and  form  a  kind  of  ar- 
tery, which  is  branched  into  the  whole  fubftance  of  the  liver,  and  is 
called  the  vena  portarum  ;  and  from  which  the  bile  is  feparated  by  the 
numerous  hepatic  glands,  which  conftitute  that  vifcus. 

7.  The  glands  may  be  divided  into  three  fyftems,  the  convoluted 
glands,  fuch  as  thofe  above  defcribed,  which  feparate  bile,  tears,  fa- 
liva,  &c.  Secondly,  the  glands  without  convolution,  as  the  ca- 
pillary veffels,  which  unite  the  terminations  of  the  arteries  and 
veins  ;    and  feparate  both  the  mucus,  which  lubricates  the  cellular 

'membrane,  and  the  perfpirable  matter,  which  preferves  the  Ikin 
moift  and  flexible.  And  thirdly,  the  whole  abforbent  fyftem, 
confiding  of  the  lafteals,  which  open  their  mouths  into  the  fto- 
mach  and  inteftines,  and  of  the  lymphatics,  which  ooen  their- 
mouths  on  the  external  furface  of  the  body,  and  on  the  internal  lin- 
ings of  all  the  cells-  of  the  cellular  membrane,  and  other  cavities  of 
the  body. 

Thefe  la£teal  and  lymphatic  veflels  are  furnifhed  with  numerous 
valves  to  prevent  the  return  of  the  fluids,  which  they  abforb,  and 
terminate  in  glands,  called  lymphatic  glands,  and  may  hence  be  con- 
lidered  as  long  necks  or  mouths  belonging  to  thefe  glands.  To  thefe 
they  convey  the  chyle  and  mucus,  with  a  part  of  the  perfpirable  mat- 
ter, and  atmofpheric  moifture  ;  all  which,  after  having  paffed  through 
thefe  glands,  and  having  fufFered  fome  change  in  them,  are  carried 
forward  into  the  blood,  and  fupply  perpetual  nourifliment  to  the  {yf- 
tem,  or  replace  its  hourly  wafte. 

8.  The  ftomach  and  inteflinal  canal  have  a  conftant  Vermicular 
"motion,    which    carries  forwards   their  contents,    after  the  ladeals 

have  drank  up  the  chyle  from  them  ;  and  which  is  excited  into  ac- 
tion by  the  ftimulus  of  the  aliment  we  fvvallow,  but  which  becomes 
occafionally  inverted  or  retrograde,  as  in  vomiting,  and  in  the  iliac 
paffion. 

C  II.  I. 


xo  DEFINITIONS.  Sect.  11.  2. 

II.  I.  The  vj or di  fenforlurnm  th.Q  following  pages  is  defigned  to 
exprefs  not  only  the  medullary  part  of  the  brain,  fpinal  marrow, 
nerves,  organs  of  fenfe,  and  of  the  mufcles  j  but  alio  at  the  fame 
time  that  living  principle,  or  fpiiit  of  animation,  which  refides 
throughout  the  body,  without  being  cognizable  to  our  fenfes, 
except  by  its  effeds.  The  changes  which  occafionally  take  place  ia 
the  fenforium,  as  during  the  exertions  of  vohtion,  or  the  fenfations 
of  pleafure  or  pain,  are  t.erxx\eAfenforial7notwns. 

2.  The  fimilarity  of  the  texture  of  the  brain  to  that  of  the  pan- 
creas, and  fome  other  glands  of  the  body,  has  induced  the  inquirers 
into  this  fubje£l  to  believe,  that  a  fluid,  perhaps  much  more  fubtile 
than  the  eleftric  aura,  is  feparated  from  the  blood  by  that  organ  for 
the  purpofes  of  motion  and  fenfation.     When  we  recolledt,  that  the 
eledric  fluid  itfelf  is  adually  accumulated  and  given  out  voluntarily 
by  the  torpedo  and  the  gymnotus  ele6tricus,  that  an  eleftric  (hock 
will  frequently  fl;imulate  into  motion  a  paralytic  limb,   and  laftly 
that  it  needs  no  perceptible  tubes  to  convey  it,  this  opinion  feems  not 
without  probability  ;  and  the  Angular  figure  of  the  brain  and  nervous 
lyftem  feems  well  adapted  to  diflribute  it  over  every  part  of  the  body. 
For  the  medullary  fubAance  of  the  brain  not  only  occupies  the  ca- 
vities of  the  head  and  fpine,  but  pafles  along  the  innumerable  ramifi- 
cations of  the  nerves  to  the  various  mufcles  and  organs  of  fenfe.     In 
thefe  it  lays  afide  its  coverings,  and  is  intermixed  with  the  flender 
fibres,  which  conftitute  thofe  mufcles  and  organs  of  fenfe.     Thus  all 
thefe  diflant  ramifications  of  the  fenforium  are  united  at  one  of  their 
extremities,  that  is,  in  the  head  and  fpine;  and  thus   thefe  central 
parts  of  the  fenforium  confiitute  a  communication  between  all  the  or- 
gans of  fenfe  and  mufcles. 

3.  A  nerve  is  a  continuation  of  the  medullary  fubftance  of  the 
brain  from  the  head  or  fpine  towards  the  other  parts  of  the  body, 
wrapped  in  its  proper  membrane. 

4.  The  mufcular  fibres  are  moving  organs  intermixed  with   that 

medullary 


Sect.  II.  2.  DEFINITIONS.  n 

medullary  fubflance  which  is  continued  along  the  nerves,  as  meji- 
tioned  above.  They  are  indued  with  the  pov/er  of  coutra6lion,  and 
are  again  elongated  either  by  antagonift  mufcles,  by  circulating 
fluids,  or  by  elaftic  ligannents.  So  the  mufcles  on  one  fide  of  the  fore- 
arm bend  the  fingers  by  means  of  their  tendons,  and  thofe  on  the 
other  fide  of  the  fore-arm  extend  them  again.  The  arteries  are  dif- 
tended  by  the  circulating  blood ;  and  in  the  necks  of  quadrupeds 
there  is  a  flrong  elaftic  ligament,  which  affifts  the  mufcles,  which 
elevate  the  head,  to  keep  it  in  its  horizontal  pofition,  and  to  raife  it 
after  it  has  been  depreffed. 

5.  The  immediate  organs  of  fenfe  confift  in  like  manner  of  moving 
fibres  enveloped  in  the  medullary  fubftance  above  mentioned  ;  and 
are  erroneoufly  fuppofed  to  be  fimply  an  expanfion  of  the  nervous  me- 
dulla, as  the  retina  of  the  eye,  and  the  rete  mucofum  of  the  Ikin, 
which  are  the  immediate  organs  of  vifion,  and  of  touch.  Hence 
when  we  fpeak  of  the  contractions  of  the  fibrous  parts  of  the  body, 
we  lliall  mean  both  the  contradiions  of  the  mufcles,  and  thofe  of  the 
immediate  organs  of  fenfe.  Thefe  fibrous  motions  are  thus  diftin- 
guiflied  from  the.  fenforial  motions  above  mentioned. 

6.  The  external  organs  of  fenfe  are  the  coverings  of  the  immediate 
organs  of  fenfe,  and  are  mechanically  adapted  for  the  reception  or 
tranfmifiion  of  peculiar  bodies,  or  of  their  qualities,  as  the  cornea 
and  humours  of  the  eye,  the  tympanum  of  the  ear,  the  cuticle  of 
the  finders  and  tonsiue. 

7.  The  word  idea  has  various  meanings  in  the  writers  of  metaphy- 
fic  :  it  is  here  ufed  fimply  for  thofe  notions  of  external  things, 
which  our  organs  of  fenfe  bring  us  acquainted  with  originally;  and  is 
defined  a  contradlion,  or  motion,  or  configuration,  of  the  fibres, 
v/hich  conftitute  the  immediate  organ  of  fenfe ;  which  will  be  ex- 
plained at  large  in  another  part  of  the  work.  Synonymous  with  the 
word  idea,  we  fhall  fometimes  ufe  the  v/ords  fenfual  motion  in  con- 
iradiftinction  to  miifcular  motion. 

C  2  8.  The 


12  DEFINITIONS.  Sect.  II.  2. 

8.  The  word  perception  includes  both  the  a£tIoii  of  the  organ  of 
fenfe  in  confequence  of  the  impa£l  of  external  obje(£ls,  and  our  atten- 
tion to  that  a£i;ion  ;  that  is,  it  expreffes  both  the  motion  of  the  organ 
of  fenfe,  or  idea,  and  the  pain  or  pleafure  that  fucceeds  or  accompa- 
nies it. 

9.  The  pleafure  or  pain  which  neceflarily  accompanies  all  thofe 

perceptions  or  ideas  which  we  attend  to,  either  gradually  fubfides,  or 

is  fucceeded  by  other  fibrous  motions.     In  the  latter  cafe  it  is  termed 

Jenfation,  as  explained  in  Seft.  V.  2,  and  VI.  2. — The  reader  is  iu- 

treated  to  keep  this  in  his  mind,  that  through  all  this  treatife  the 
word  fenfation  is  lafed  to  exprefs  pleafure  or  pain  only  in  its  adlive 
ftate,  by  whatever  means  it  is  introduced  into  the  fyftem,  without 
any  reference  to  the  ftimulation  of  external  objects. 
,  10.  The  vulgar  ufe  of  the  word  memory  is  too  unlimited  for  our 
purpofe :  thofe  ideas  which  we  voluntarily  recall  are  here  termed 
ideas  of  rec&Ue£iion,  as  when  we  will  to  repeat  the  alphabet  back- 
wards. And  thofe  ideas  which  are  fuggefted  to  us  by  preceding  ideas 
are  here  termed  ideas  oi  fuggejllon,  as  whilft  we  repeat  the  alphabet 
in  the  ufual  order  ;  when  by  habits  previoufly  acquired  B  is  fuggefted 
by  A,  and  C  by  B,  without  any  effort  of  deliberation. 

1 1 .  The  word  affociat'ion  properly  fignifies  a  fociety  or  conventloa 
of  things  In  fome  refpe£ls  firailar  to  each  other.  We  never  fay  ia 
common  language,  that  the  efFetTt  is  aflbciated  with  the  caufe,  though 
they  neceffarily  accompany  or  fucceed  each  other.  Thus  the  con- 
traftions  of  ourmufcles  and  organs  of  fenfe  may  be  faid  to  be  afTociated 
together,  but  cannot  with  propriety  be  faid  to  be  afTociated  with  irri- 
tations, or  with  volition,  or  with  fenfation;  becaufe  they  are  caufed  by 
them,  as  mentioned  in  Se6l.  IV".  When  fibrous  contraftions  fucceed 
other  fibrous  contra6tions,  the  connexion  is  termed  aJJ'oclation  ;  when 
fibrous  contradlions  fucceed  fenforial  motions,  the  connedlion  is 
termed  caufation  ;  when  fibrous  and  fenforial  motions  reciprocally  in- 
troduce each  other  in  progreflive  trains  or  tribes,  it  is  termed  catena-^ 

tlm- 


Sect. II.  2.  DEFINITIONS.  13 

iion  of  animal  motions.     All  thefe  connections  are  faid  to  be  produced 
by  habit ;  that  is,  by  frequent  repetition. 

12.  It  may  be  proper  to  obferve,  that  by  the  unavoidable  idiom  of 
our  language  the  ideas  of  perception,  of  recoUedlion,  or  of  imagina- 
tion, in  the  plural  number  fignify  the  ideas  belonging  to  perception, 
to  recolle6lion,  or  to  imagination  ;  vvhilft  the  idea  of  perception,  of 
recolledlion,  or  of  imagination,  in  the  lingular  number  is  ufed  for 
what  is  termed  "  a  reflex  idea  of  aay  of  thofe  operations  of  the  fen- 
forium." 

13.  By  the  \NOX^  Jlimulus  is  not  only  meant  the  application  of  ex- 
ternal bodies  to  our  organs  of  fenfe  and  mufcular  fibres,  which  ex- 
cites into  ailion  the  fenforial  power  termed  irritation  ;  but  alfo  plea- 
fure  or  pain,  when  they  excite  into  action  the  fenforial  power  termed 
fenfation  ;  and  defire  or  averfion,  when  they  excite  into  adlion  the. 
power  of  volition  ;  and  lafHy,  the  fibrous  contraftlons  which. precede: 
aflbciation  ;  as  is  further  explained  in  Sedt.  XII.  2.  i» 


SECT. 


14  MOTIONS  OF  THE   RETINA.       Sect.  III.  r. 


SECT.     III. 

THE    MOTIONS    OF    THE    RETINA    DEMONSTRATED    BY 
EXPERIMENTS. 

I.  Of  animal  motions  and  of  ideas.   II.  The  fibrous  flruElure  of  the  retina.    111.  Thf 
activity  of  the  retina  in  vifion.      i.  Rays  of  light  have  no  momentum.     i.  Ob' 

je5is  long  viewed  become  fainter.  3.  SpeElra  of  black  objects  become  luminous. 
4.  Varying  fpeBra  from  gyration.  5.  From  long  infpeSiion  of  various  colours. 
IV.  Motions  of  the  organs  of  fenfe  conjiitute  ideas,  i.  Light  fromi  prejjing  the 
eye-ball,  and  found  from  the  pulfation  of  the  caroted  artery.  1.  Ideas  in  fleep 
miftaken  for  perceptions.     3.  Ideas  of  imagination  produce  pain  and  ftcknefs  like 

fenfations.     4.  When  the  organ  of  fenfe  is  dejlroyed,  the  ideas  belonging  to  that 

fenfe  perifh.  V.  Analogy  between  mufcular  motions  and  fenfual  motions.,  or  ideas. 
I.  'ihey  are  both  originally  excited  by  irritations.  2.  And  affociated  together  in 
the  fame  manner.  3.  Both  a£f  in  nearly  the  fame  times.  4.  Are  alike  flrength- 
ened  or  fatigued  by  exercife.  5.  Are  alike  painful  from  inflammation.  6.  Are 
alike  benumbed  by  compreffion.     7.  Are  alike  liable  to  par alyfis.     8.  21?  convul- 

fton.  9.  T'o  the  influence  of  old  age. — VI.  ObjeStions  anfwered.  1.  Why  we 
cannot  invent  new  ideas.  2.  If  ideas  refemble  external  objeSis.  3.  Of  the  ima- 
gined fenfation  in  an  amputated  limb.  4.  Abftra5f  ideas. — VII.  What  are  idtas, 
if  they  are  not  animal  motions  ? 

BEFORE  the  great  variety  of  animal  motions  can  be  duly  ar- 
ranged into  natural  claffes  and  orders,  it  is  neceffary  to  fmooth  the 
way  to  this  yet  unconquered  field  of  fcience,  by  removing  fome  ob- 
flacles  which  thwart  our  paffage.  I.  To  demonftrate  that  the  retina 
and  other  immediate  organs  of  fenfe  polTefs  a  power  of  motion,  and 
that  thefe  motions  conftitute  our  ideas,  according  to  the  fifth  and 
feventh  of  the  preceding  affertions,  claims  our  firft  attention. 

Animal  motions  are  diftinguifhed  from  the  communicated  motions, 

mentioned 


Sect.  III.  i.       MOTIONS   OF  THE  RETINA.  ^15 

mentioned  in  the  firft  fedion,  as  they  have  no  mechanical  proportion 
to  their  caufe  ;  for  the  goad  of  a  fpur  on  the  ikin  of  a  horfe  (hall  induce 
him  to  move  a  load  of  hay.  They  differ  from  the  gravitating  mo- 
tions there  mentioned  as  they  are  exerted  with  equal  facility  in  all  di- 
redions,  and  they  d  tFer  from  the  chemical  clafs  of  motions,  becaufe 
no  apparent  decompofitions  or  new  combinations  are  produced  in  the 
movins;  materials. 

Hence,  when  we  fay  animal  motion  is  excited  by  irritation,  we  do 
not  mean  that  the  motion  bears  any  proportion  to  the  mechanical  im- 
pulfe  of  the  ftimulus ;  nor  that  it  is  afFc;6led  by  the  general  gravitatioa 
of  the  two  bodies  ;  nor  by  their  chemical  properties,  but  folely  that 
certain  animal  fibres  are  excited  into  a6tion  by  fomething  external  to 
the  moving  organ. 

In  this  fenle  the  ftimulus  of  the  blood  produces  the  contradtions  of 
the  heart  ;  and  the  fubftances  we  take  into  our  ftomach  and  bowels 
ir.itate  them  to  perform  their  neceflary  fundions.  The  rays  of  light 
excite  the  retina  into  animal  motion  by  their  ftimulus  ;  at  the  fame 
time  that  thofe  rays  of  light  themfelves  are  phyfically  converged  to  a 
focus  by  the  inactive  humours  of  the  eye.  The  vibrations  of  the  air 
irritate  the  auditory  nerve  into  animal  action  ;  while  it  is  probable 
that  the  tympanum  of  the  ear  at  the  fame  time  undergoes  a  mecha- 
nical vibration. 

To  render  this  circumftance  more  eafy  to  be  comprehended,  mO' 
tion  may  be  defined  to  be  a  variation  of  figure  ;  for  the  whole  univerfe 
may  be  conlidered  as  one  thing  poffefling  a  certain  figure  ;  the  mo- 
tions of  any  of  its  parts  are  a  variation  of  this  figure  of  the  whole : 
this  definition  of  motion  will  be  further  explained  in  Section  XIV. 
2.  2.  on  the  produdlion  of  ideas. 

Now  the  motions  of  an  organ  of  fenfe  are  a  fucceffion  of  configur- 
ations of  that  organ  ;   thefe  configurations  fucceed  each  other  quicker 
or  flower;  and  whatever  configuration  of  this  organ  of  fenfe,  that  is, 
whatever  portion  of  the  motion  of  it  is,  or  has  ufually  been,  attended 
5  to. 


j6  motions  of  the  RETINA.      Sect. III.  i. 

to,  conftitutes  an  idea.  Hence  the  configuration  is  not  to  be  confi- 
dered  as  an  efFe£t  of  the  motion  of  the  organ,  but  rather  as  a  part  or 
temporary  termination  of  it;  and  that,  whether  a  paufe  fucceeds  it, 
or  a  new  configuration  immediately  takes  place.  Thus  when  a  fuc-' 
ceffion  of  moving  objedls  are  prefented  to  our  view,  the  ideas  of 
<irumpets,  horns,  lords  and  ladies,  trains  and  canopies,  are  confi- 
gurations, that  is,  parts  or  links  of  the  fucceflive  motions  of  the  or- 
gan of  vifion. 

Thefe  motions  or  configurations  of  the  organs  of  fenfe  differ  from 
the  fenfbrial  motions  to  be  defcribed  hereafter,  as  they  appear  to  be 
fimply  contradtions  of  the  fibrous  extremities  of  thofe  organs,  and  in 
that  relpe6t  exactly  refemble  the  motions  or  contraftions  of  the  larger 
mufcles,  as  appears  from  the  following  experiment.  Place  a  circular 
piece  of  red  filk  about  an  inch  in  diameter  on  a  fheet  of  white  paper 
in  a  ftrong  light,  as  in  Plate  I. — look  for  a  minute  on  this  area,  or 
till  the  eye  becomes  fomewhat  fatigued,  and  then,  gently  clofing 
your  eyes,  and  Ihading  them  with  your  hand,  a  circular  green  area 
of  the  fame  apparent  diameter  becomes  vifible  in  the  clofed  eye.  This 
green  area  is  the  colour  reverfe  to  the  red  area,  which  had  been  pre- 
vioufly  infpecled,  as  explained  in  the  experiments  on  ocular  fpe£lra 
at  the  end  of  the  work,  and  in  Botanical  Garden,  P.  I.  additional 
note.  No.  I.  Hence  it  appears,  that  a  part  of  the  retina,  which  had 
been  fatigued  by  contra £lion  in  one  diredtion,  reheves  itfelf  by  exert- 
ing the  antagonifl  fibres,  and  producing  a  contradion  in  an  oppofite 
dire£lion,  as  is  common  in  the  exertions  of  our  mufcles.  Thus  when 
we  are  tired  with  long  aftion  of  our  arms  in  one  diredion,  as  in  hold- 
ing a  bridle  on  a  journey,  we  occafionally  throw  them  into  an  oppo- 
fite pofition  to  relieve  the  fatigued  mufcles. 

Mr.  Locke  has  defined  an  idea  to  be  "  whatever  is  prefent  to  the 
mind;"  but  this  would  include  the  exertions  of  volition,  and  the  fen- 
fations  of  pleafure  and  pain,  as  well  as  thofe  operations  of  our  fyf- 
tem,  which  acquaint  us  with  external  objeds  ;   and  is  therefore  too 

unlimited 


Sect.III.  2.      MOTIONS   OF  THE   RETINA.  i 


/ 


unlimited  for  our  purpofe.  Mr.  Lock  feems  to  have  fallea  into  a 
further  error,  by  conceiving,  that  the  min4  could  form  a  general  or 
ab/bradt  idea  by  its  own  operation,  which  was  the  copy  of  no  parti- 
cular perception  J  as  of  a  triangle  in  general,  that  was  neither  acute, 
obtufe,  nor  right  angled.  The  ingenious  Dr.  Berkley  and  Mr. 
Hume  have  demonftrated,  that  fuch  general  ideas  have  no  exiftence 
in  nature,  not  even  in  the  mind  of  their  celebrated  inventor.  We 
fhall  therefore  take  for  granted  at  prefent,  that  our  recoUedlion  or 
imagination  of  external  obje£ls  confifts  of  a  partial  repetition  of  the 
perceptions,  which  were  excited  by  thofe  external  objects,  at  the 
time  we  became  acquainted  with  them  ;  and  that  our  reflex  ideas  of 
the  operations  of  our  minds  are  partial  repetitions  of  thofe  opera- 
tions. 

IT.  The  following  article  evinces  that  the  organ  of  vifion  confifts 
of  a  fibrous  part  as  well  as  of  the  nervous  medulla,  like  other  white 
mufcles  ;  and  hence,  as  it  refembles  the  mufcular  parts  of  the  body 
in  its   ftrufture^  we  may  conclude,  that  it  mufl  refemble  them  in 
poffeffing  a  power  of  being  excited  into  animal  motion. — The  fub- 
fequent  experiments  on  the  optic  nerve,  and  on  the  colours  remaining 
in  the  eye,  are  copied  from  a  paper  on  ocular  fpedlra  publifhed  in  the 
feventy-fixth    volume   of  the  Philof.  Tranf.  by  Dr.  R.  Darwin   of 
Shrevvfbury ;  which,  as  I  fhall  have  frequent  occafion  to  refer  to,  is 
reprinted  in  this  work,  Sedl.  XL.     The  retina  of  an  ox's  eye  was 
fufpended  in  a  glafs  of  warm  water,  and  forcibly  torn  in  a  few  places ; 
the  edges  of  thefe  parts  appeared  jagged  and  hairy,  and  did  not  con- 
tract and  become  fmooth  like  fimple  mucus,  when  it  is  diftended  till 
it  breaks ;  which  evinced  that  it  confided  of  fibres.     This  fibrous 
conftruflion  became  flill  more  diflin<ft  to  the  fight  by  adding  fome 
caufi:ic  alcali  to  the- water-;  as  the  adhering  mucus  was  firft  eroded, 
and  the  hair;7rike  fibres  remained  floating  in  the  veffel.     Nor  does  the 
degree  of  tranfparency  of  the  retina  invalidate  this  evidence  of  its  fi- 

D  brous 


i8  MOTIONS   OF   THE   RETINA.      Sect.  IH.  j. 

brous  flnifture,  lince  Leeuwenhoek  has  {hewn,  that  the  cryftallinc 
humour  itlelfconfifts  of  fibres.     Arc.  Nat.  V.  I.  70. 

Hence  it  appears,  that  as  the  mufcles  confift  of  larger  fibres  inter- 
mixed with  a^fmaller  quantity  of  nervous  medulla,  the  organ  of  vi- 
lion  confifls  of  a  greater  quantity  of  nervous  medulla  intermixed  with- 
fmaller  fibres.  It  is  probable  that  the  locomotive  mufcles  of  micro- 
fcopic  animals  may  have  greater  tenuity  than  thefe  of  the  retina;  and 
there  is  reafon  to  conclude  from  analogy,  that  the  other  immediatft 
organs  of  fenfe,  as  the  portio  mollis  of  the  auditory  nerve,  and  the 
rete  mucofum  of  the  Ikin,  poffefs  a  fimilarity  of  flru6ture  with  the. 
retina,  and  a  fimilar  power  of  being  excited  into  animal  motion. 

III.  The  fubfequent  articles  fhew,  that  neither  mechanical  im- 
preffions,  nor  chemical  combinations  of  light,  but  that  the  animal 
aftivity  of  the  retina  conftitutes  vifion. 

I .  Much  has  been  conjedtured  by  philofophers  about  the  momen- 
tum of  the  rays  of  light ;  to  fubje£t  this  to  experiment  a  very  light 
horizontal  balance  was  conflruded  by  Mr.  Michel,  with  about  aix 
inch  fquare  of  thin  leaf- copper  fufpended  at  each  end  of  it,  as  de- 
fcribcd  in  Dr.  Prieftley's  Hiftory  of  Light  and  Colours.  The  focus, 
of  a  very  large  convex  mirror  was  thrown  by  Dr.  Powel,  in  his  lec- 
tures on  experimental  philofophy,  in  my  prefence,  on  one  wing  of 
this  delicate  balance,  and  it  receded  from  the  light ;  thrown  on.  the 
other  wing,  it  approached  towards  the  light,  and  this  repeatedly  j 
fo  that  no  fenfible  impulfe  could  be  obferved,  but  what  might  well 
be  afcribed  to  the  afcent  of  heated  air. 

Whence  it  is  reafonable  to  conclude,  that  the  light  of  the  day  muft 
be  much  too  weak  in  its  dilute  ftate  to  make  any  mechanical  impref- 
fion  on  fo  tenacious  a  fubftance  as  the  retina  of  the  eye. — Add  to 
this,  that  as  the  retina  is  nearly  tranfparent,  it  could  therefore  make 
lefs  refiftance  to  the  mechanical  impulfe  of  light  ^  which,  according 
to  the  obfervations  related  by  Mr.  Melvil  in  the  Edinburgh  Literary 

Effays, 


Sect.  III.  3-       MOTIONS  OF   THE  RETINA.  19 

Eflays,  only  communicates  heat,  and  fliould  therefore  only  commu- 
nicate momentum,  where  it  is  obftrucled,  refledled,  or  refracted. — 
From  whence  alfo  mav  be  collected  the  final  caufe  of  this  deo;ree  of 
tranfparency  of  the  retina,  viz.  leaft  by  the  focus  of  flronger  lights, 
heat  and  pain  fhould  have  been  produced  in  the  retina,  inftead  of  that 
ftimulus  which  excites  it  into  animal  motion. 

2.  On  lookincr  long;  on  an  area  of  fcarlet  filk  of  about  an  inch  in 
diameter  laid  on  white  paper,  as  in  Plate  I.  the  fcarlet  colour  be- 
comes fainter,  till  at  length  it  entirely  vanifhes,  though  the  eye  is 
kept  uniformly  and  fleadily  upon  it.  Now  if  the  change  or  motion 
of  the  retina  was  a  mechanical  impreffion,  or  a  chemical  tinge  of 
coloured  light,  the  perception  would  every  minute  become  flronger 
and  flronger, — whereas  in  this  experiment  it  becomes  every  inflant 
weaker  and  weaker.  The  fame  circumflance  obtains  in  the  conti- 
nued application  of  found,  oroffapid  bodies,  or  of  odorous  ones,  or 
of  tangible  ones,  to  their  adapted  organs  of  fenfe. 

Thus  when  a  circular  coin,  as  a  fliilling,  is  preffed  on  the  palm  of 
the  hand,  the  fenfe  of  touch  is  mechanically  compreffed  ;  but  it  is 
the  flimulus  of  this  preffure  that  excites  the  organ  of  touch  into  ani- 
mal adlion,  which  conflitutes  the  perception  of  hardnefs  and  of  figure  : 
for  in  fome  minutes  the  perception  ceafes,  though  the  mechanical 
preffure  of  the  obje£l  remains. 

3.  Make  with  ink  on  white  paper  a  very  black  fpot  about  half  an 
inch  in  diameter,  with  a  tail  about  an  inch  in  length,  fo  as  to  refera- 
ble a  tadpole,  as  in  Plate  II. ;  look  fteadfaftly  for  a  minute  on  the 
center  of  this  fpot,  and,  on  moving  the  eye  a  little,  the  figure  of  the 
tadpole  will  be  feen  on  the  white  part  of  the  paper ;  which  figure  of 
the  tadpole  will  appear  more  luminous  than  the  other  part  of  the  white 
paper ;  which  can  only  be  explained  by  fuppofing  that  a  part  of  the 
retina,  on  which  the  tadpole  was  delineated,  to  have  become  more 
fenfible  to  light  than  the  other  parts  of  it,  which  were  expofed  to  the 

D  2  white 


20  MOTIONS  OF  THE  RETINA.      Sect. III.  3, 

white  paper  ;  and  not  from  any  idea  of  mechanical  impreffion  or  che- 
mical combination  of  light  with  the  retina. 

4.  When  any  one  turns  round  rapidly,  till  he  becomes  dizzy, 
and  falls  upon  the  ground,  the  fpedlra  of  the  ambient  objefts  continue 
to  prefent  themfelves  in  rotation,  and  he  feems  to  behold  the  ob]e£ts 
flill  in  motion.  Now  if  thefe  fpeftra  were  impreffions  on  a  paflive 
organ,  they  either  muft  continue  as  they  were  received  laft,  or  not 
continue  at  all. 

5.  Place  a  piece  of  red  filk  about  an  inch  in  diameter  on  a  (heet  of 
white  paper  in  a  ftrong  light,  as  in  Plate  I. ;  look  fleadily  upon  it 
from  the  diftance  of  about  half  a  yard  for  a  minute ;  then  clofing 
your  eye-lids,  cover  them  with  your  hands  and  handkerchief,  and  a 
green  fpeclrum  will  be  feen  in  your  eyes  refembling  in  form  the 
piece  of  red  filk.  After  fome  feconds  of  time  the  fpe6lrum  will  dlf- 
appear,  and  in  a  few  more  feconds  u'ill  reappear;  and  thus  alter- 
nately three  or  four  times,  if  the  experiment  be  well  made,  till  at 
length  it  vanifhes  entirely. 

6.  Place  a  circular  piece  of  white  paper,  about  four  inches  in  di- 
ameter, in  the  funfliine,  cover  the  center  of  this  with  a  circular 
piece  of  black  filk,  about  three  inches  in  diameter;  and  the  center 
of  the  black  filk  with  a  circle  of  pink  filk,  about  two  inches  in  dia- 
meter; and  the  center -of  the  puik  filk  with  a  circle  of  yellow  filk, 
about  one  inch  in  diameter ;  and  the  center  of  this  with  a  circle  of 
blue  filk,  about  half  an  inch  in  diameter ;  make  a  fmall  fpot  with  ink 
in  the  center  of  the  blue  filk,  as  in  Plate  III.  look  fteadily  for  a  mi- 
nute on  this  central  fpot,  and  then  clofing  your  eyes,  and  applying 
your  hand  at  about  an  inch  diftance  before  them,  fo  as  to  prevent  too 
much  or  too  little  light  from  pafiing  through  the  eye-lids,  and  you 
-will  fee  the  mofi:  beautiful  circles  of  colours  that  imagination  can  con- 
ceive ;  which  are  moft  refembled  by  the  colours  occafioned  by  pour- 
ing a  drop  or  two  of  oil  on  a  ftill  lake  in  a  bright  day.     But  thefe 

circular 


Sect.  III.  4.       MOTIONS   OF   THE  RETINA.  21 

circular  irifes  of  colours  are  not  only  different  from  the  colours  of  the 
filks  above  mentioned,  but  are  at  the  fame  time  perpetually  chang- 
ing as  long  as  they  exift. 

From  all  thefe  experiments  it  appears,  that  thefe  fpe6lra  in  the  eye 
are  not  owing  to  the  mechanical  impulfe  of  light  impreffed  on  the  re- 
tina; nor  to  its  chemical  combination  with  that  organ;  nor  to  the 
abforption  and  emiflion  of  light,  as  is  fuppofed,  perhaps  erroneoufly, 
to  take  place  in  calcined  fliells  and  other  phofphorefcent  bodies,  after 
having  been  expofed  to  the  light :  for  in  all  thefe  cafes  the  fpeclra  in 
the  eye  fhould  either  remain  of  the  fame  colour,  or  gradually  decay, 
when  the  object  is  withdrawn  ;  and  neither  their  evanefcence  during 
the  prefence  of  their  obje£t,  as  in  the  fecond  experiment,  nor  their 
change  from  dark  to  luminous,  as  in  the  third  experiment,  nor  their 
rotation,  as  in  the  fourth  experiment,  nor  the  alternate  prefence  and 
evanefcence  of  them,  as  in  the  fifth  experiment,  nor  the  perpetual 
change  of  colours  of  them,  as  in  the  laft  experiment,  could  exift, 

IV.  The  fubfequent  articles  fhew,  that  thefe  animal  motions  or 
configurations  of  our  organs  of  fenfe  conftitute  our  ideas. 

1.  If  any  one  in  the  dark  preffes  the  ball  of  his  eye,  by  applying 
his  finger  to  the  external  corner  of  it,  a  luminous  appearance  is  ob- 
served ^  and  by  a  fmart  ftroke  on  the  eye  great  flafhes  of  fire  are  per- 
ceived. (Newton's  Optics.)  So  that  when  the  arteries,  that  are  near 
the  auditory  nerve,  make  ftronger  pulfations  than  ufual,  as  in  fome 
fevers,  an  undulating  found  is  excited  in  the  ears.  Hence  it  is  not 
the  prefence  of  the  light  and  found,  but  the  motions  of  the  organ, 
that  are  immediately  neceflary  to  conftitute  the  perception  or  idea  of 
light  and  found. 

2.  During  the  time  of  fleep,  or  in  delirium,  the  ideas  of  imagina- 
tion are  miftaken  for  the  perceptions  of  external  objedls  ;  whence  it 
appears,  that  thefe  ideas  of  imagination  are  no  other  than  a  reiteration 
of  thofe  motions  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  which  were  originally  ex- 
cited by  the  ftimulus  of  external  objeds  :  and  in  cur  waking  hours 

5  the 


2,2  MOTIONS   OF  THE  RETINA.       Sect, HI.  4: 

tke  fimple  ideas,  that  we  call  up  bj  recoUedion  or  by  imagination,  as 
the  colour  of  red,  or  the  fmell  of  a  rofe,  are  exaft  refemblances  of 
the  fame  fimple  ideas  from  perception ;  and  in  confequence  mufl  be 
a  repetition  of  thofe  very  motions. 

3.  The  difagreeable  fenfation  called  the  tooth-edge  is  originally 
excited  by  the  painful  jarring  of  the  teeth  in  biting  the  edge  of  ttje 
glafs,  or  porcelain  cup,  in  which  our  food  was  given  us  in  our  in- 
fancy, as  is  further  explained  in  the  Se(Slion  XVI.  10,  on  Inftin6t. — 
This  difagreeable  fenfation  is  afterwards  excitable  not  only  by  a  repe- 
tition of  the  found,  that  was  then  produced,  but  by  imagination  alone, 
as  I  have  myfelf  frequently  experienced ;  in  this  cafe  the  idea  of  bit- 
ing a  china  cup,  when  I  imagine  it  very  diftindlly,  or  when  I  fee  an- 
other perfon  bite  a  cup  or  glafs,  excites  an  a£lual  pain  in  the  nerves 
of  my  teeth.  So  that  this  idea  and  pain  feem  to  be  nothing  more 
than  the  reiterated  motions  of  thofe  nerves,  that  were  formerly  fo 
difagreeably  afFe£led. 

Other  ideas  that  are  excited  by  imagination  or  recolle£lion  in  many 
inftances  produce  fimilar  effedls  on  the  conftitution,  as  our  percep- 
tions had  formerly  produced,  and  are  therefore  undoubtedly  a  repe- 
tition of  the  fame  motions.  A  ftory  which  the  celebrated  Baron  Van 
Swieton  relates  of  himfelf  is  to  this  purpofe.  He  was  prefent  when 
the  putrid  carcafe  of  a  dead  dog  exploded  with  prodigious  flench  j 
and  fome  years  afterwards,  accidentally  riding  along  the  fame  road, 
he  was  thrown  into  the  fame  ficknefs  and  vomiting  by  the  idea  of 
the  flench,  as  he  had  before  experienced  from  the  perception  of  it. 

4.  Where  the  organ  of  fenfe  is  totally  deflroyed,  the  ideas  which 
were  received  by  that  organ  feem  to  perifh  along  with  it,  as  well  as 
the  power  of  perception.  Of  this  a  fatisfa£tory  inflance  has  fallen 
under  my  obfervation.  A  gentleman  about  fixty  years  of  age  had 
been  totally  deaf  for  near  thirty  years :  he  appeared  to  be  a  man  of 
•good  underflanding,  and  amufed  himfelf  with  reading,  and  by  con- 
verfing  eithep  by  the  ufe  of  the  pen,  or  by  figns  made  with  his  fin- 
gers, 


Sect.  III.  5-       MOTIONS   OF  THE  RETINA.  2^ 

gers,  to  reprefeiit  letters.  I  obferved  that  he  had  fo  far  forgot  ther 
pronunciation  of  the  language,  that  when  he  attempted  to  fpeak, 
none  of  his  words  had  diftindl  articulation,  thouoh  his  relations  could 
fometimes  underftand  his  meaning.  But,^  which  is  much  to  the 
point,  he  affured  me,  that  in  his  dreams  he  always  imagined  that 
people  converfed  with  him  by  figns  or  writing,  and  never  that  he 
heard  any  cue  fpeak  to  him.  From  hence  it  appears,  that  with  the 
perceptions  of  founds  he  has  alfo  loft  the  ideas  of  them  ;  though  the: 
organs  of  fpeech  ftill  retain  fomewhat  of  their  ufual  habits  of  articu- 
lation. 

This  obfervation  may  throw  fome  light  on  the  medical  treatment 
of  deaf  people ;  as  it  may  be  learnt  from  their  dreams  whether  the 
auditory  nerve  be  paralytic,  or  their  deafnefs  be  owing  to  feme  de- 
feat of  the  external  organ. 

It  rarely  happens  that  the  immediate  organ  of  vifion  is  perfeftly 
deftroyed.  The  moft  frequent  caufes  of  blindnefs  are  occafioned  by 
defedls  of  the  external  organ,  as  in  caterafts  and  obfufcations  of  the 
cornea.  But  I  have  had  the  opportunity  of  converfing  with  two- 
men,  who  had  been  fome  years  blind  ;  one  of  them  had  a  complete 
gutta  ferena,  and  the  other  had  loft  the  whole  fubftance  of  his  eyes.. 
They  both  told  me  that  they  did  not  remember  to  have  ever  dreamt 
of  vifible  obje£ls,  fince  the  total  lofs  of  their  fight. 

V.  Another  method  of  difcovering  that  our  ideas  are  animal  mo^ 
tions  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  is  from  confidering  the  great  analogy 
they  bear  to  the  motions  of  the  larger  mufcles  of  the  body.  In  the- 
foUowing  articles  it  will  appear  that  they  are  originally  excited  intO' 
aftion  by  the  irritation  of  external  objects  like  our  mufcles;  are  aflb»> 
ciated  together  like  our  mufcular  motions ;  a<5t  in  fimilar  time  with 
them ;  are  fatigued  by  continued  exertion  like  them ;  and  that  the 
organs  of  fenfe  are  fubjeft  to  inflammation,  numbnefs,  palfy,  con- 
vulfion,  and  the  defeds  of  old  age,  in  the  fame  manner  as  the  mu^ 
cular  fibres. 

4  J.  All 


.^ 


24  MOTIONS  OF   THE   RETINA.       Sect.  III.  5. 

1.  All  our  perceptions  or  ideas  of  external  objects  are  univerfally 
allowed  to  have  been  originally  excited  by  the  flimulus  of  thofe  ex- 
ternal objefts  ;  and  it  will  be  fliewn  in  a  fucceeding  fedlion,  that  it  is 
probable  that  all  our  mufcular  motions,  as  well  thofe  that  are  become 
voluntary  as  thofe  of  the  heart  and  glandular  fyffem,  were  originally 
in  like  manner  excited  by  the  ftimulus  of  fomething  external  to  the 
organ  of  motion. 

2.  Our  ideas  are  alfo  aflbciated  together  after  their  produdtion  pre- 
cifely  in  the  fame  manlier  as  our  mufcular  motions;  which  will 
likewife  be  fully  explained  in  the  fucceeding  fedlion. 

3.  The  time  taken  up  in  performing  an  idea  is  likewife  much  the 
fame  as  that  taken  up  in  performing  a  mufcular  motion.  A  mufi- 
cian  can  prefs  the  keys  of  an  harpfichord  with  his  fingers  in  the  or- 
der of  a  tune  he  has  been  accuflomed  to  play,  in  as  little  time  as  he 
can  run  over  thofe  notes  in  his  mind.  So  we  many  times  in  an  hour 
cover  our  eye-balls  with  our  eye-lids  without  perceiving  that  we  are 
in  the  dark  ;  hence  the  perception  or  idea  of  light  is  not  changed  for 
that  of  dar^nefs  in  fo  fmall  a  time  as  the  twinkling  of  an  eye  j  fo  that 
in  this  cafe  the  mufcular  motion  of  the  eye-lid  is  performed  quicker 
than  the  perception  of  light  can  be  changed  for  that  of  darknefs. — So 
if  a  fire- flick  be  whirled  round  in  the  dark,  a  luminous  circle  appears 
to  the  obferver  ;  if  it  be  whirled  fomewhat  flower,  this  circle  be- 
comes interrupted  in  one  part ;  and  then  the  time  taken  up  in  fuch  a 
revolution  of  the  flick  is  the  fame  that  the  obferver  ufes  in  changing 
his  ideas:  thus  the  SoXiKognoTov  e^Kpj  of  Homer,  the  long  fhadow  of 
the  flying  javelin,  is  elegantly  defigned  to  give  us  an  idea  of  its  velo- 
city, and  not  of  its  length. 

4.  The  fatigue  that  follows  a  continued  attention  of  the  mind  to 
one  obje£l  is  relieved  by  changing  the  fubjedl  of  our  thoughts ;  as 
the  continued  movement  of  one  limb  is  relieved  by  moving  another 
in  its  flead.  Whereas  a  due  exercife  of  the  faculties  of  the  mind 
flrengthens  and  improves  thofe  faculties,  whether  of  imagination  or 

recoUedion 


Sect. in.  5-       MOTIONS   OF   THE   RETINA.  2$ 

recolkdion  ;  as  the  exerclfe  of  our  limbs  m  dancing  or  fencing  ia- 
creafes  the  flrength  and  agility  of  the  mufcles  thus  employed. 
.  5.  If  the  mufcles  of  any  limb  are  inflamed,  they  do  not  move 
without  pain  ;  lb  when  the  retina  is  inflamed,  its  motions  alio  are 
painful.  Hence  light  is  as  intolerable  in  this  kind  of  ophthalmia,  as 
preiTure  is  to  the  finger  in  the  paronychia.  In  this  difeafe  the  patients 
frequently  dream  of  having  their  eyes  painfully  dazzled ;  hence  the  idea 
of  flrong  light  is  painful  as  well  as  the  reality.  The  firll  of  thefe  (a.&s 
evinces  that  our  perceptions  are  motions  of  the  organs  of  feufe ;  and 
the  latter  j  that  our  imaginations  are  alfo  motions  of  the  fame  organs. 

6.  The  organs  of  fenfe,  like  the  moving  mufcles,  are  liable  to  be- 
come benumbed,  or  lefs  fenfible,  from  compreffion.  Thus,  if  any 
perfon  on  a  light  day  looks  on  a  white  wall,  he  may  perceive  the  ra- 
mifications of  the  optic  artery,  at  every  pulfation  of  it,  reprefented  by 
darker  branches  on  the  white  wall ;  which  is  evidently  owing  to  its 
compreffing  the  retina  during  the  diaftole  of  the  artery.  Savage 
Nofolog. 

7.  The  organs  of  fenfe  and  the  moving  mufcles  are  alike  liable  to 
be  afFefted  with  palfy,  as  in  the  gutta  ferena,  and  in  fome  cafes  of 
deafnefs  ;  and  one  fide  of  the  face  has  fometimes  loft  its  power  of  fen- 
fation,  but  retained  its  power  of  motion  ;  other  parts  of  the  body  have 
loft  their  motions  but  retained  their  fenfation,  as  in  the  common  he- 
miplagia  ;  and  in  other  inftances  both  thele  powers  have  perifhed 
together. 

8.  In  fome  convulfive  difeafes  a  delirium  or  inlanity  fupervenes, 
and  the  convulfions  ceafe  ;  and  converfely  the  convulfions  ftiall  fuper- 
vene,  and  the  delirium  ceafe.  Of  this  I  have  been  a  witnefs  many 
times  in  a  day  in  the  paroxyfms  of  violent  epilepfies  ;  which  evinces 
that  one  kind  of  delirium  is  a  convulfion  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  and 
that  our  ideas  are  the  motions  of  thefe  organs :  the  fubfequent  cafes 
will  illuftrate  this  obfervation. 

E.  Mifs 


26  MOTIONS    OF   THE  RETINA.       Sect. III.  5. 

Mlfs  G ,  a  fair  young  lady,  with  light  eyes  and  hair,  was  feized 

with  moft  violent  convalfions  of  her  limbs,  with  ovitrageous  hic- 
cough, and  moft  vehement  efforts  to  vomit :  after  near  an  hour  was 
elapfed  this  tragedy  ceafed,  and  a  calm  talkative  delirium  fupervened 
for  about  another  hour ;  and  thefe  relieved  each  other  at  intervals 
during  the  greateft  part  of  three  or  four  days.  After  having  carefully 
confidered  this  difeafe,  I  thought  the  convulfions  of  her  ideas  lefs  dan- 
gerous than  thofe  of  her  mufcles ;  and  having  in  vain  attempted  to 
make  any  opiate  continue  in  her  ftomach,  an  ounce  of  laudanum  was 
rubbed  along  the  fpine  of  her  back,  and  a  drain  of  it  was  ufed  as  an 
enema ;  by-this  medicine  a  kind  of  drunken  delirium  was  continued 
many  hours  ;  and  when  it  ceafed  the  convulfions  did  not  return  ;  and 
the  lady  continued  well  many  years,  except  fome  {lighter  relapfes, 
which  were  relieved  in  the  fame  manner. 

Mifs  H— — -,  an  accompliflied  young  lady,  with  light  eyes  and 
hair,  was  feized  with  convulfions  of  her  limbs,  with  hiccough,  and 
efforts  to  vomk,  more  violent  than  words  can  exprefs ;  thefe  conti- 
nued near  an  hour,  and  were  fucceeded  with  a  cataleptic  fpafin 
of  one  arm,  with  the  hand  applied  to  her  head  ;  and  after  about 
twenty  minutes  thefe  fpafms  ceafed,  and  a  talkative  reverie  fupervened 
for  near  another  hour,  from  which  no  violence,  which  it  was  proper 
to  ufe,  could  awaken  her.  Theie  periods  of  convulfions,  firft  of  the 
mufcles,  and  then  of  the  ideas,  returned  twice  a  day  for  feveral  weeks ; 
and  were  at  length  removed  by  great  doles  of  opium,  after  a  great  va- 
riety of  other  medicines  and  applications  had  been  in  vain  experienced. 
This  lady  was  fubjea:  to  frequent  relapfes,  once  or  twice  a  year  for 
many  years,   and  was  as  frequently  relieved  by  the  fame  method. 

]Vlifs  W ,   an  elegant  young  lady,    with  black  eyes  and  hair, 

had  fometimes  a  violent  pain  of  her  fide,  at  other  times  a  moft  painful 

ftrano-ury,  which  were  every  day  fucceeded  by  delirium  ;  which  gave 

a  temporary  relief  to  the  painful  fpafms.     After  the  vain  exhibition 

«  of 


Sect. III.  6.      MOTIONS   OF   THE   RETINA.  27 

of  variety  of  medicines  ana  applications  by  different  phyticians,  for 
more  than  a  twelvemonth,  fne  was  direcled  to  take  fome  dofes  of 
opium,  which  were  gradually  increafed,  by  which  a  drunken  deliri- 
um was  kept  up  for  a  day  or  two,  and  the  pains  prevented  from  re- 
turning. A  flefh  diet,  with  a  little  wine  or  beer,  in  (lead  of  the  low 
regimen  flie  had  previoufly  uied,  in  a  few  weeks  completely  efta- 
blillied  her  health  ;  which,  except  a  few  relapfes,  has  continued  for 
many  years. 

9.  JLaftly,  as  we  advance  in  life  all  the  parts  of  the  body  become 
more  rigid,  and  are  rendered  leis  iufceptible  of  new  habits  of  motion, 
though  they  retain  thofe  that  were  before  ellablifhed.  This  is  fen- 
llbly  obferved  by  thofe  who  apply  themfelves  late  in  life  to  mufic, 
fencing,  or  any  of  the  mechanic  arts.  In  the  fame  manner  many 
elderly  people  retain  the  ideas  they  had  learned  early  in  life,  but  find 
great  difficulty  in  acquiring  new  trains  of  mem.ory  ;  infomuch  that  in 
extreme  old  age  we  frequently  fee  a  forgetfulnefs  of  the  bufinefs  of 
yeflerday,  and  at  the  fame  time  a  circumftantial  remembrance  of 
the  amufements  of  their  j'outh  ;  till  at  length  the  ideas  of  recollec- 
tion and  adivity  of  the  body  gradually  ceafe  together,— -fuch  is  the 
condition  of  humanity  ! — and  nothing  remains  but  the  vital  motions 
and  fenfations. 

VI.  I.  In  oppofition  to  this  dodrine  of  the  produ£lion  of  our  ideas, 
it  may  be  afked,  if  fome  of  our  ideas,  like  other  animal  motions,  are 
voluntary,  Vv'hy  can  we  not  invent  new  ones,  that  have  not  been  re- 
ceived by  perception  ?  The  anfwer  will  be  better  underftood  after 
having  perufed  the  fucceeding  fetlion,  where  it  will  be  explained,  that 
the  mufcular  motions  like  wife  are  originally  excited  by  the  ftimulus 
of  bodies  external  to  the  moving  organ ;  and  that  the  will  has  only  the! 
power  of  repeating  the  motions  thus  excited. 

2.  Another  objedor  may  alk.  Can  the  motion  of  an  organ  of  fenfe 
refemble  an  odour  or  a  colour  ?  To  which  I  can  only  anfwer,  that  it 
has  not  been  deraonftrated  that  any  of  our  ideas  refemble  the.objeds' 

E  z  that 


28  MOTIONS   OF  THE  RETINA.      Sect. III.  6. 

that  excite  them  ;    it  has  generally  been  believed  that  they  do  not  ; 
but  this  fliall  be  difcuffed  at  large  in  Se<fl.  XIV. 

3.  There  is  another  objeftion  that  at  firft  view  would  feem  lefs- 
eafy  to  furmount.  After  the  amputation  of  a  foot  or  a  finger,,  it  has 
frequently  happened,  that  an  injury  being  offered  to  the  ftump  of  the 
amputated  limb,  whether  from  cold  air,  too  great  preflure,  or  other 
accidents,  the  patient  has  complained  of  a  fenfation  of  pain  in  the  foot 
or  fino-er.  that  was  cut  off.  Does  not  this  evince  that  all  our  ideas 
are  excited  in  the  brain,  and  not  in  the  organs  of  fenfe  ?  This  objec- 
tion is  anfwered,  by  obferving  that  our  ideas  of  the  fhape,  place,  and 
folidity  of  our  limbs,  are  acquired  by  our  organs  of  touch  and  of  fight, 
which  are  fituated  in  our  fingers  and  eyes,  ai>d  not  by  any  fenfationa 
in  the  limb  itfelf. 

In  this  cafe  the  pain  or  lenfation,  which  formerly  has  arifen  in  the 
foot  or  toes,  and  been  propagated  along  the  nerves  to  the  central  part 
of  the  fenforium,  was  at  the  fame  time  accompanied  with  a  vifible 
idea  of  the  fhape  and  place,  and  with  a  tangible  idea  of  the  folidity  of 
the  affefted  limb :  now  when  thefe  nerves  are  afterwards  afFefted  by  any 
injury  done  to  the  remaining  ftump  with  a  fimilar  degree  or  kind  of 
pain,  the  ideas  of  the  fhape,  place,  or  folidity  of  the  loft  limb,  return 
by  affociation  ;  as  thefe  ideas  belong  to  the  organs  of  fight  and  touch,, 
^n  which  they  were  firft  excited. 

4.  If  you  wonder  what  organs  of  fenfe  can  be  excited  into  motion,, 
when  you  call  up  the  ideas  of  wifdom  or  benevolence,  which  Mr^ 
Locke  has  termed  abftradled  ideas ;  I  alk  you  by  what  organs  of  fenfe 
you  firft  became  acquainted  with  thefe  ideas  ?  And  the  anfwer  will 
be  reciprocal ;  for  it  is  certain  that  all  our  ideas  were  originally  ac- 
quired by  our  organs  of  fenfe  ;  for  whatever  excites  our  perception 
muft  be  external  to  the  organ  that  perceives  it,,  and  we  have  no  other 
inlets  to  knowledge  but  by  our  perceptions  :  as  will  be  further 
explained  in  Setflion  XIV.  and  XV.  on  the  Produdions  and  ClalTes 

"^ '''''■  vn.if 


Sect. III.  7.      MOTIONS   OF  THE   RETINA.  29 

VII.  If  our  recolIe£lion  or  imagination  be  not  a  repetition  of  animal 
movements,  I  aik,  in  my  turn,  What  is  it .''  You  tell  me  it  confifts 
of  images  or  pictures  of  things.  Where  is  this  extenfive  canvas  hung 
up  ?  or  where  are  the  numerous  receptacles  in  which  thofe  are  depo- 
fited }  or  to  what  elfe  in  the  animal  fyflem  have  they  any  fimili- 
tude  ? 

That  pleafing  pifture  of  objects,  reprefented  in  miniature  on  the 
retina  of  the  eye,  feems  to  have  given  rife  to  this  illufive  oratory  !  It 
was  forgot  that  this  reprefentation  belongs  rather  to  the  laws  of  light, 
than  to  thofe  of  life ;  and  may  with  equal  elegance  be  feen  in  the 
camera  obfcura  as  in  the  eye  ;  and  that  the  pi<^ure  vanilhes  for  ever^ 
when  the  obje£t  is  withdrawfli. 


SECT. 


■ANIMAL  CAUSATION.        Sect. IV.  j. 


S  E  C  T.     IV. 

LAWS    OF    ANIMAL    CAUSATION. 

I.  THE  fibres,  which  conftitute  the  mufcles  and  organs  of  fenfe, 
poffefs  a  power  of  coiitra£lion.     The  cu-cun'^itances  atteaduig  the  ex- 
ertion of  this  power  of  contraction  coriftitute  the  laws  of  animal 
motion,  as  the  circumftances  attending  the  exertion  of  the  power  of 
ATTRACTION  conftitute  the  laws  of  motion  of  inanimate  matter. 

II.  The  fpirit  of  animation  is  the  immediate  caufe  of  the  contrac- 
tion of  animal  fibres,  it  refides  in  the  brain  and  nerves,  and  is  liable  to 
general  or  partial  diminution  or  accumulation. 

III.  The  flimulus  of  bodies  external  to  the  moving  organ  is  the 
remote  caufe  of  the  original  contradHons  of  animal  fibres. 

IV.  A  certain  quantity  of  ftimulus  produces  irritation,  which  is 
an  exertion  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  exciting  the  fibres  into  con- 
tra£lion. 

V.  A  certain  quantity  of  contraftion  of  animal  fibres,  if  it  be  per- 
ceived at  all,  produces  pleafure  ;  a  greater  or  lefs  quantity  of  con- 
traflion,  if  it  be  perceived  at  all,  produces  pain  ;  thefe  conftitute 
fenfation. 

VI.  A  certain  quantity  of  fenfation  produces  defire  or  averfion  ; 
thefe  conftitute  volition. 

VII.  All  animal  motions  which  have  occurred  at  the  fame  time, 
or  in  immediate  fuccefiion,  become  fo  connected,  that  when  one  of 
them  is  reproduced,  the  other  has  a  tendency  to  accompany  or  fuc- 
ceed  it.  When  fibrous  contra£tions  fucceed  or  accompany  other 
fibrous  contradions,    the  conneition  is  termed  alTociationj    when 

fibrous 


Sect.IV.  7.         ANIMAL  CAUSATION.  31, 

fibrous  contraftiotis  fucceed  fenforial  motions,  the  connexion  is  term- 
ed caufation  ;  when  fibrous  and  fenforial  motions  reciprocally  intro- 
duce each  other,  it  is  termed  catenation  of  animal  motions.  All 
thefe  connexions  are  faid  to  be  produced  by  habit,  that  is,  by  fre- 
quent repetition.  Thefe  laws  of  animal  caufation  will  be  evinced  by 
numerous  fads,  which  occur  in  our  daily  exertions ;  and  will  after- 
wards be  employed  to  explain  the  more  recondite  phenomena  of  the 
produftion,  growth,  difeafes,  and  decay  of  the  animal  fyftcm. 


S  E  C  T. 


j2  SENSORIAL  FACULTIES.  S^ct.V, 


S  E  C  T.    V. 

OF  THE  FOUR  FACULTIES  OR  MOTIONS  OF  THE  SENSORIUM. 

"I.  Four  fenforial  powers.      i.  Irritation,  fetifation,   volition,    affociation  defined. 
3,  Senjorial  motions  diftinguijhed  from  fibrous  motions^ 

1.  THE  fpirit  of  animation  has  four  different  modes  of  a£lion,  or 
in  other  words  the  animal  fenforium  poffefles  four  different  faculties, 
which  are  occafionally  exerted,  and  caufe  all  the  contradlions  of  the 
fibrous  parts  of  the  body.  Thefe  are  the  faculty  of  caufing  fibrous 
contradlions  in  confequence  of  the  irritations  excited  by  external 
bodies,  in  confequence  of  the  fenfations  of  pleafure  or  pain,  in  confe- 
quence of  volition,  and  in  confequence  of  the  affociations  of  fibrous 
contradioins  with  other  fibrous  contraftions,  which  precede  or  accom- 
pany them. 

Thefe  four  faculties  of  the  fenforium  during  their  ina£tive  ftate  are 
termed  irritability,  fenfibility,  voluntarity,  and  affociability ;  in  their 
aSive  flate  they  are  termed  as  above,  irritation,  fenfation,  volition, 
affociation. 

2.  Irritation  is  an  exertion  or  change  of  fome  extreme  part  of 
the  fenforium  refiding  in  the  mufcles  or  organs  of  fenfe,  in  confe- 
quence of  the  appulfes  of  external  bodies. 

Sensation  is  an  exertion  or  change  of  the  central  parts  of  the  fen- 
forium, or  of  the  whole  of  it,  heginning  at  fome  of  thofe  extreme 
parts  of  it,  which  refide  in  the  mufcles  or  organs  of  fenfe. 

Volition  is  an  exertion  or  change  of  the  central  parts  of  the  fen- 
forium, or  of  the  whole  of  it,  terminating  in  fome  of  thofe  extreme 
parts  of  it,  which  refide  in  the  mufcles  or  organs  of  fenfe. 

Association 


Sect.V.         sensorial    FACULTIES. 


33 


Association  is  an  exertion  or  change  of  fome  extreme  part  of 
the  fenforium  refiding  in  the  mufcles  or  organs  of  fenfe,  ia  confe- 
quence  of  fome  antecedent  or  attendant  fibrous  contradlions. 

3.  Thefe  four  faculties  of  the  animal  fenforium  may  at  the  time  of 
their  exertions  be  termed  motions  without  impropriety  of  language; 
for  we  cannot  pafs  from  a  ftate  of  infenfibility  or  inaftion  to  a  flate  of 
fenfibility  or  of  exertion  without  fome  change  of  the  fenforium,  and 
every  change  includes  motion.  We  (hall  therefore  fometimes  term 
the  above  def^znhed  faculties  Jen/oria/  moiiofis  to  diftinguifh  them  from 
fibrous  motions ;  which  latter  expreffion  includes  the  motions  of  the 
mufcles  and  organs  of  fenfe. 

The  adive  motions  of  the  fibres,  whether  thofe  of  the  mufcles  or 
organs  of  fenfe,  are  probably  fimple  contraftions;  the  fibres  being 
again  elongated  by  antagonifl  mufcles,  by  circulating  fluids,  or  fome- 
times by  elaftic  ligaments,  as  in  the  necks  of  quadrupeds.  The  fea- 
forial  motions,  which  conftitute  the  fenfations  of  pleafure  or  pain,  and 
which  conftitute  volition,  and  which  caufe  the  fibrous  contraflions 
in  confequence  of  irritation  or  of  affociation,  are  not  here  fuppofed  to 
be  flu6luations  or  refludtuations  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  ;  nor  are  they 
fuppofed  to  be  vibrations  or  revibrations,  nor  condenfations  or  equili- 
brations of  it ;  but  to  be  changes  or  motions  of  it  peculiar  to  life. 


SECT. 


34  FIBROUS    CONTRACTIONS.       Sect.  VI.  j. 


SECT.    VI. 

OF  THE  FOUR  CLASSES  OF  FIBROUS  MOTIONS. 

I.  Origin  of  fibrous  contraSlions.  II.  Biftribution  ef  them  into  four  daJfeSf 
irritative-  motionsy  fenjitive  motionsy  voluntary  motions^  and  ajfociati  motions, 
defined, 

I.  ALL  the  fibrous  contractions  of  animal  bodies  originate  from 
the  fenforium,  and  refolve  themfelves  into  four  claffes,  correfpondent 
with  the  four  powers  or  motions  of  the  fenforium  above  dcfcribed,. 
and  from  which  thej  have  their  caufation. 

1.  Thefe  fibrous  contractions  were  originally  caufed  by  the  irrita- 
tions excited  by  objects,  which  are  external  to  the  moving  organ.  As 
the  pulfations  of  the  heart  are  owing  to  the  irritations  excited  by  the 
ftimulus  of  the  blbod ;  and  the  ideas  of  perception  are  owing  to  the 
irritations  excited  by  external  bodies. 

2.  But  as  painful  or  pleafurable  fenfations  frequently  accompanied 
thofe  irritations,  by  habit  thefe  fibrous  contractions  became  caufeable 
by  the  fenfations,  and  the  irritations  ceafed  to  be  uecefiary  to  their 
produ£lion.  As  the  fecretion  of  tears  in  grief  is  caufed  by  the  fenfa- 
tion  of  pain;  and  the  ideas  of  imagination,  as  in  dreams  or  delirium, 
are  excited  by  the  pleafure  or  pain,  with  which  they  were  formerljr 
accompanied.. 

3.  But  as  the  efforts  of  the  will  frequently  accompanied  thefe  pain- 
ful or  pleafureable  fenfations,  by  habit  the  fibrous  contraftions  became 
caufable  by  vohtion  ;  and  both  the  irritations  and  fenfations  ceafed  to- 
be  neceflary  to  their  produdion.     As  the  deliberate  locomotions  of 

2        .  the- 


Sect.  VI.  2.      FIBROUS    CONTRACTIONS.  3s 

the  body,  and  the  ideas  of  recolleclion,  as  when  we  will  to  repeat  the 
alphabet  backwards. 

4.  But  as  many  of  thefe  fibrous  contraclions  frequently  accom- 
panied other  fibrous  contradions,    by  habit  they  became    caufable 
by  their  aflbciations  with  them ;    and  the  irritations,   fenfations,  and  , 
volition,  ceafed  to  be  neceffary  to  .their  produ<Sion.     As  the  aftionsj 
of  the  mufcles  of  the  lower  limbs  in  fencing  are  affociated  withj 
thofe  of  the  arms ;    and  the  ideas  of  fuggeftion  are  affociated  with 
other  ideas,  which  precede  or  accompany  them ;  as  in  repeating  care- 
lefsly  the  alphabet  in  its  ufual  order  after  having  began  it. 

II.  We  fhall  give  the  following  names  to  thefe  four  claffes  of  fibrous 
motions,  and  fubjoin  their  definitions. 

1.  Irritative  motions.  That  exertion  or  change  of  the  {en- 
forium,  which  is  caufed  by  the  appulfes  of  external  bodies,  either 
fimply  fubfides,  or  is  fucceeded  by  fenfation,  or  it  produces 
fibrous  motions  ;  it  is  termed  irritation,  and  irritative  motions  are 
thofe  CGntra£lions  of  the  mufcular  fibres,  or  of  the  organs  of  {enfe^ 
that  are  immediately  confequent  to  this  exertion  or  change  of  the 
fenforium. 

2.  Senfitive  motions.  That  exertion  or  change  of  the  fenforium, 
which  conflitutes  pleafure  or  pain,  either  fimply  fubfides,  or  is 
fucceeded  by  volition,  or  it  produces  fibrous  motions  ;  it  is  term.ed 
fenfation,  and  the  fenfitive  motions  are  thofe  contraftions  of  the  muf- 
cular fibres,'  or  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  that  are  immediately  confe- 
quent to  this  exertion  or  change  of  the  fenforium, 

3.  Voluntary  motions.  That  exertion  or  change  of  the  fen- 
forium, which  conftitutes  defire  or  averfion,  either  fimply  fubfides, 
or  is  fucceeded  by  fibrous  motions ;  it  is  then  termed  volition,  and 
voluntary  motions  are  thofe  contraftions  of  the  mufcular  fibres,  or  of 
the  organs  of  fenfe,  that  are  immediately  confequent  to  this  exertion 
or  change  of  the  fenforium. 

F  Z  4.  Affociate 


36  FIBROUS    CONTRACTIONS.       Sect.YI.  a.:: 

4.  Affociate  motions.  That  exertion  or  change  of  the  fenfo-: 
rium,  which  accompanies  fibrous  motions,  either  fimply  fubfides, 
or  is  fucceeded  by  fenfation  or  vohtion,  or  it  produces  other  fibrous 
motions;  it  is  then  termed  affociation,  and  the  affociate  motions 
are  thofe  contradtions  of  the  mufcular  fibres,  or  of  the  organs  of 
fenfe,  that  are  immediately  confequent  to  this  exertion  or  change  of 
the  fenfoiium. 


SECT. 


Sect.  VII.  I.  IRRITATIVE    MOTIONS.  ^, 


SECT.     VII. 

OF    IRRITATIVE    MOTIONS, 

I.  I.  Some  mufcular  motions  are  excited  hy  perpetual  irritations.     i.  Others  more 
frequently  hy  Jenjatlons.     3.  Others  by  volition.     Cafe  of  involuntary  ftr etchings 
in  paralytic  limbs.     4.  Some  fenfual  motions  are  excited  by  perpetual  irritaticms, 
5.  Others  more  frequently  byfenfation  or  volition, 

II.  I.  Mufcular  motions  excited  by  perpetual  irritations  occafionally  become  obedient 
tofenfation  and  to  volition,     a.  And  the  fenfual  motions. 

III.  I.  Other  mufcular  motions  are  affociated  with  the  irritative  ones.  2.  And 
other  ideas  with  irritative  ones.  Of  letters,  language,  hieroglyphics.  Irrita-r 
five  ideas  exifi  without  our  attention  to  them. 

I.  I.  MANY  of  our  mufcular  motions  are  excited  by  perpetual  ir- 
ritations, as  thofe  of  the  heart  and  arterial  fyftem  by  the  circumfluent 
blood.  Many  other  of  them  are  excited  by  intermitted  irritations,  as 
thofe  of  the  flomach  and  bowels  by  the  aliment  we  fwallow  ;  of  the 
bile-du£ts  by  the  bile  ;  of  the  kidneys,  pancreas,  and  many  other 
glands,  by  the  peculiar  fluids  they  feparate  from  the  blood ;  and  thofe 
of  the  ladleal  and  other  abforbent  veflels  by  the  chyle,  lymph,  and 
moifture  of  the  atmofphere.  Thefe  motions  are  accelerated  or  re- 
tarded, as  their  correfpondent  irritations  are  increased  or  diminifhed, 
without  our  attention  or  confcioufnefs,  in  the  fame  manner  as' the 
various  fecretions  of  fruit,  gum,  refin,  wax,  and  honey,  are  pro- 
duced in  the  vegetable  world,  and  as  the  juices  of  the  earth  and 
the  molfture   of  the   atmofphere  are  abforbed   by  their   roots  and 


foliage. 


2.  Other 


38  IRRITATIVE    MOTIONS.         Sect. VII.  i. 

2.  Other  mufcular  motions,  that  are  moft  frequently  conne£ted 
with  our  fenfations,  as  thofe  of  the  fphiiifters  of  the  bladder  and  anus, 
and  the  mufculi  ereftores  penis,  were  originally  excited  into  motion  hy 
irritation,  for  young  children  make  water,  and  have  other  evacua- 
tions without  attention  to  thefe  circumftances  ;  "  et  primis  etiam  ab 
incunabulis  tenduntur  faspius  puerorum  penes,  amore  nondum  ex- 
pergefafto."  So  the  nipples  of  young  women  are  liable  to  become 
turgid  by  irritation,  long  before  they  are  in  a  fituation  to  be  excited  by 
the  pleafure  of  giving  milk  to  the  lips  of  a  child. 

3.  The  contractions  of  the  larger  mufcles  of  our  bodies,  that  are 
moft  frequently  coiinedled  with  volition,  were  originally  excited  into 
a^ion  by  internal  irritations  :  as  appears  from  the  ftretching  or  yawn^ 
ing  of  all  animals  after  long  fleep.  In  the  beginning  of  fome  fevers 
this  irritation  of  the  mufcles  produces. perpetual  ftretching  and  yawn- 
ing; in  other  periods  of  fever  an  univerfal  reftleflhefs  arifes  from  the 
fame  caufe,  the  patient  changing  the  attitude  of  his  body  every  mi- 
nute. The  repeated  ftruggles  of  the  foetus  in  the  uterus  muft  be 
owing  to  this  internal  irritation  :  for  the  foetus  can  have  no  other  in- 
ducement to  move  its  limbs  but  the  toedium  or  irkfomenefs  of  a  con- 
tinued pofture. 

The  following  cafe  evinces,  that  the  motions  of  ftretching  the 
limbs  after  a  continued  attitude  are  not  always  owing  to  the  power  of 
the  will.  Mr.  Dean,  a  mafon,  of  Auftry  in  Leicefterfhire  had  the 
fpine  of  the  third  vertebra  of  the  back  enlarged  ;  in  fome  weeks  his 
lower  extremities  became  feeble,  and  at  length  quite  paralytic  :  nei- 
ther the  pain  of  blifters,  the  heat  of  fomentations,  nor  the  utmoft  ef- 
forts of  the  will  could  produce  the  leaft  motion  in  thefe  limbs  ;  yet 
twice  or  thrice  a  day  for  many  months  his  feet,  legs,  and  thighs, 
were  affeded  for  many  minutes  with  forceable  ftretchings,  attended 
with  the  fenfation  of  fatigue  ;  and  he  at  length  recovered  the  ufe  of 
his  limbs,  though  the  Ipine  continued  protuberant.  The  fame  cir- 
cumftance  is  frequently  feen  in  a  lefs  degree  in  the  common  hemipla- 

gia; 


Sect.  VII.  2.        IRRITATIVE    MOTIONS.  39 

gia ;    and   when  this  happens,  I  have  believed  repeated  and  flrong 
fhocks  of  eledlricity  to  have  been  of  great  advantage. 

4.  In  like  manner  the  various  organs  of  fenfe  are  originally  excited 
into  motion  by  various  external  flimuli  adapted  to  this  purpofe,  which 
motions  are  termed  perceptions  or  ideas ;  and  many  of  thefe  motions 
during  our  waking  hours  are  excited  by  perpetual  irritation,  as  thofe 
of  the  organs  of  hearing  and  of  touch.  The  former  by  the  couftant 
low  indiflinft  noifes  that  murmur  around  us,  and  the  latter  by  the 
weight  of  our  bodies  on  the  parts  which  fupport  themj  and  by  the 
■unceafing  variations  of  the  heat,  moifture,  and  preflure  of  the  atmof- 
phere;  and  thefe  fenfual  motions,  precifely  as  the  mufcular  ones 
above  mentioned,  obey  their  correfpondent  irritations  without  our  at- 
tention or  confcioufnefs. 

5.  Other  clafTes  of  our  ideas  are  more  frequently  excited  by  our 
fenfations  of  pleafure  or  pain,  and  others  by  volition  :  but  that  thele 
have  all  been  originally  excited  by  ftimuli  from  external  objedls,  and 
only  vary  in  their  combinations  or  feparations,  has  been  fully  evinced 
by  Mr.  Locke ;  and  are  by  him  termed  the  ideas  of  perception  in  con- 
tradiftindlion  to  thofe,  which  he  calls  the  ideas  of  refledlion. 

11.  I.  Thefe  mufcular  motions,  that  are  excited  by  perpetual  irri- 
tation, are  neverthelefs  occafionally  excitable  by  the  fenfations  of 
pleafure  or  pain,  or  by  volition  ,  as  appears  by  the  palpitation  of  the 
heart  from  fear,  the  increafed  fecretion  of  faliva  at  the  fidit  of  a^ree- 
able  food,  and  the  glow  on  the  fkin  of  thofe  who  are  afhamed.  There 
is  an  inftance  told  in  the  Philofophical  Tranfadions  of  a  man,  who 
could  for  a  time  flop  the  motion  of  his  heart  when  he  pleafed  ;  and 
Mr.  D.  has  often  told  me,  he  could  fo  far  increafe  the  periftaltic  mo- 
tion of  his  bowels  by  voluntary  efforts,  as  to  produce  an  evacuation  by 
flool  at  any  time  in  half  an  hour. 

2.  In  like  manner  the  fenfual  motions,  or  ideas,   that  are  excited 
by  perpetual  irritation,  are  neverthelefs  occafionally  excitable  by  fen'- 
lation  or  volition  ;    as  in  the  night,  when  we  liften  under  the  influ- 
ence 


40  IRRITATIVE  MOTIONS.        Sect.  VII.  3. 

fence  of  fear,  or  from,  voluntary  attention,  the  motions  excited  in  the 
organ  of  hearing  by  the  whifpering  of  the  air  in  our  room,  the  pul- 
fation  of  our  own  arteries,  or  the  faint  beating  of  a  diftaut  watch, 
become  objects  of  perception. 

III.  Innumerable  trains  or  tribes  of  other  motions  are  affociatcd 
with  thefe  mufcular  motions  which  are  excited  by  irritation  ;  as  by 
the  ftimulus  of  the  blood  in  the  right  chamber  of  the  heart,  the  lungs 
are  induced  to  expand  themfelves ;  and  the  peroral  and  intercoftal  muf- 
cles,  and  the  diaphragm,  a£l  at  the  fame  time  by  their  allbciations 
with  them.  And  when  the  pharinx  is  irritated  by  agreeable  food, 
the  mufcles  of  deglutition  are  brought  into  aftion  by  aflbciation.  Thus 
when  a  greater  light  falls  on  the  eye,  the  iris  is  brought  into  a£tion 
without  our  attention  ;  and  the  ciliary  procefs,  when  the  focus  is 
formed  before  or  behind  the  retina,  by  their  affociations  with  the  in- 
creafed  irritative  motions  of  the  organ  of  vifion.  Many  common  ac- 
tions of  life  are  produced  in  a  fimilar  manner.  If  a  fly  fettle  on  my 
forehead,  whilft  I  am  intent  on  my  prefent  occupation,  I  diflodge  it 
with  my  finger,  without  exciting  my  attention  or  breaking  the  train 
of  my  ideas. 

2.  In  like  manner  the  irritative  ideas  fuggeft  to  us  many  other 
trains  or  tribes  of  ideas  that  are  aflbciated  with  them.  On  this  kind 
of  connexion,  language,  letters,  hieroglyphics,  and  ever  kind  ©f  fym- 
Ibol,  depend.  The  fymbols  themfelves  produce  irritative  ideas,  or 
fenfual  motions,  which  we  do  not  attend  to  ;  and  other  ideas,  that 
are  fucceeded  by  fenfation,  are  excited  by  their  aflbciation  with  them. 
And  as  thefe  irritative  ideas  make  up  a  part  of  the  chain  of  our  wak- 
ing thoughts,  introducing  other  ideas  that  engage  oui*  attention, 
though  themfelves  are  unattended  to,  we  find  it  very  difficult  to  in- 
veftigate  by  what  fteps  many  of  our  hourly  trains  of  ideas  gain  their 
admittance. 

It  may  appear  paradoxical,  that  ideas  can  exift,  and  not  be  attended 

to ;    but  all  our  perceptions  are  ideas  excited  by  irritation,  and  fuc- 

j  eeeded 


Sect.  VII.  3.        IRRITATIVE   MOTIONS.  41 

ceeded  by  fenfation.  Now  when  tbefe  ideas  excited  by  irritation  give 
us  neither  pleafure  nor  pain,  we  ceafe  to  attend  to  them.  Thus 
whilft  I  am  walking  through  that  grove  before  my  window,  I  do 
not  run  againft  the  trees  or  the  benches,  though  my  thoughts  are 
ftrenuoufly  exerted  on  fome  other  object.  This  leads  us  to  a  diftinft 
knowledge  of  irritative  ideas,  for  the  idea  of  the  tree  or  bench,  which 
I  avoid,  exifts  on  my  retina,  and  induces  by  aflbciation  the  adtion  of 
certain  locomotive  mufcles  ;  though  neither  itfelf  nor  the  a£lions  of 
thofe  mufcles  engage  my  attention. 

Thus  whilft  we  are  converfing  on  this  fubjeft,  the  tone,  note, 
and  articulation  of  every  individual  word  forms  its  correfpondent  irri- 
tative idea  on  the  organ  of  hearing  ;  but  we  only  attend  to  the  aflbci- 
ated  ideas,  that  are  attached  by  habit  to  thefe  irritative  ones,  and  are 
fucceeded  by  fenfation  ;  thus  when  we  read  the  words  "  printing- 
press"  we  do  not  attend  to  the  fhape,  fize,  or  exiflience  of  the  let- 
ters which  compofe  thefe  words,  though  each  of  them  excites  a  cor- 
refpondent irritative  motion  of  our  organ  of  vifion,  but  they  intro- 
duce by  aflbciation  our  idea  of  the  moft  ufeful  of  modern  inventions  ; 
the  capacious  refervoir  of  human  knowledge,  whofe  branching  ftreams 
diiFufe  fciences,  arts,  and  morality,  through  all  nations  and  all  ages. 


G  SECT. 


42  SENSITIVE   MOTIONS.       Sect.VIII.  u 


SECT.    VIII. 

OF    SENSITIVE    MOTIONS. 

I.  I.  Senftttve  mujcular  motions  were  originally  excited  into  aSion  hy  irritation, 
2.  And  Jenfitive  Jenjual  motions,  ideas  of  iinagination,  dreams.  II.  \.  Senfttive 
mujcular  motions  are  occafionally  obedient  to  volition.  i.  And  fenfttive  fenfudl 
motions.  III.  i.  Other  mujcular  motions  are  ajfociated  with  the  Jenjitive  ones. 
1.  And  other  Jenjual  motions.  '• 

I.  I.  MANY  of  the  motions  of  our  mufcles,  that  are  excited  into 
aftiou  by  irritation,  are  at  the  fame  time  accompanied  with  painful  or 
pleafurable  fenfations  ;  and  at  length  become  by  habit  caufable  by  the 
fenfations.  Thus  the  motions  of  the  fpinfters  of  the  bladder  and  anus 
were  originally  excited  into  a6tion  by  irritation  ;  for  young  children 
■give  no  attention  to  thefe  evacuations ;  but  as  foon  as  they  become 
fenfible  of  the  inconvenience  of  obeying  thefe  irritations,  they  fufFer 
the  water  or  excrement  to  accumulate,  till  it  difagreeably  afFe£ts 
them  J  and  the  aftlon  of  thofe  fpinders  is  then  in  confequence  of  this 
difagreeable  fenfation.  So  the  fecretion  of  faliva,  which  in  young 
children  is  copioufly  produced  by  irritation,  and  drops  from  their 
mouths,  is  frequently  attended  with  the  agreeable  fenfation  produced 
by  the'maftication  of  tafteful  food;  till  at  length  the  fight  of  fuch 
food  to  a  hungry  perfon  excites  into  adlion  thefe  falival  glands  ;  as  is 
feen  in  the  Havering  of  hungry  dogs. 

The  motions  of  thofe  mufcles,  which  are  affetted  by  lafcivious 
ideas,  and  thofe  which  are  exerted  in  fmiling,  weeping,  ftarting  from 
fear,  and  winking  at  the  approach  of  danger  to  the  eye,  and  at  times 
the  aftions  of  every  large  mufcle  of  the  body  become  caufable  by  our 

fenfations. 


Sect.VIII.  2.        SENSITIVE   MOTIONS.  43 

fenfations.  And  all  thefe  motions  are  performed  with  ftrength  and 
velocity  in  proportion  to  the  energy  of  the  fenfation  that  excites 
thetp,  and  the  quantity  of  fenforial  power, 

2.  Many  of  the  motions  of  our  organs  of  fetife,  or  ideas,  that  were 
Qriginally  excited  into  adion  by  irritation,  become  in  like  manner 
more  frequently  caufable  by  our  fenfations  of  pleafure  or  pain.  Thefe 
motions  are  then  termed  the  ideas  of  imagination,  and  make  up  all 
the  fcenery  and  tranfadions  of  our  dreams.  Thus  when  any  painful 
Qf  pleafurable  fenfations  poflefs  us,  as  of  love,  anger,  fear;  whether 
in  our  fleep  or  waking  hours,  the  ideas,  that  have  been  formerly  ex- 
cited by  the  objedls  of  thefe  fenfations,  now  vividly  recur  before  us  by 
their  connexion  with  thefe  fenfations  themfelves.  So  the  fair  fmil- 
ing  virgin,  that  excited  your  love  by  her  prefence,  whenever  that 
fenfation  recurs,  rifes  before  you  in  imagination;  and  that  with  all 
the  pleafmg  cii-cumflances,  that  had  before  engaged  your  attention. 
And  in  fleep,  when  you  dream  under  the  influence  of  fear,  all  the 
nobbers,  fireSj  arid  precipices,  that  you  formerly  have  feen  or  heard 
of,  arife  before  you  with  terrible  vivacity.  All  thefe  fenfual  motions, 
like  the  mufcular  ones  above  mentioned,  are  performed  with  flrength 
and  velocity  in  proportion  to  the  energy  of  the  fenfation  of  pleafure  or 
pain,  which  excites  them,  and  the  quantity  of  fenforial  power. 

II.  I.  Many  of  thefe  mufcular  motions  above  defcribed,  that  are 
moft  frequently  excited  by  our  fenfations,  are  neverthelefs  occafion- 
ally  caufable  by  volition ;  for  we  can  fmile  or  frown  fpontaneoufly, 
can  make  water  before  the  quantity  or  acrimony  of  the  urine  pro- 
duces a  difagreeable  fenfation,  and  can  voluntarily  maflicate  a  naufeous 
drug,  or  fvvallow  a  bitter  draught,  though  our  fenfation  would 
flrongly  difTuade  us. 

2.  In  like  manner  the  fenfual  motions,  or  ideas,  that  are  moft  fre- 
quently excited  by  our  fenfations,  are  neverthelefs  occafionally  caufe- 
able  by  volition,  as  we  can  fpontaneoufly  call  tip  our  lafl  night's 
dream  before  us,  tracing  it  induflrioufly  flep  by  ftep  through  all  its 

G  2  variety 


44  SENSITIVE   MOTIONS.        Sect.VIIL  5. 

variety  of  fcenery  and  tranfaftion  ;  or  can  voluntarily  examine  or  re- 
peat the  ideas,  that  have  been  excited  by  our  difguft  or  admiration. 

III.  I.  Innumei-able  trains  or  tribes  of  motions  are  aflbciated  with 
thefe  fenfitive  mufcular  motions  above  mentioned  ;  as  when  a  drop 
of  water  falling  into  the  wind-pipe  difagreeably  afFedts  the  air-veffels 
of  the  lungs,  they  are  excited  into  violent  adlion ;  and  with  thefe 
fenfitive  motions  are  aflbciated  the  aftions  of  the  pe£toral  and  inter- 
coftal  mufcles,  and  the  diaphragm;  till  by  their  united  and  repeated 
fuecuffions  the  drop  is  returned  through  the  larinx.  The  fame  occurs 
when  any  thing  difagreeably  affedls  the  noflrils,  or  the  ftomach,  or 
the  uterus ;  variety  of  mufcles  are  excited  by  aflbciation  into  forcible 
adion,  not  to  be  fupprefled  by  the  utm'oft  efforts  of  the  will  ;  as  in 
fneezing,  vomiting,  and  parturition. 

2.  In  like  manner  with  thefe  fenfitive  fenfual  motions,  or  ideas  of 
imagination,  are  aflbciated  many  other  trains  or  tribes  of  ideas,  which 
by  fome  writers  of  metaphyfics  have  been  clafled  under  the  terms  of 
refemblance,  caufation,  and  contiguity  ;  and  will  be  more  fully^ 
treated  of  hereafter. 


SECT. 


Sect.  IX.  i.        VOLUNTARY   MOTIONS.  45 


SECT.    IX. 

OF    VOLUNTARY    MOTIONS. 

I.  I.  Volmtary  mujcular  motions  are  originally  excited  by  irritations.  2.  ^nd  vo- 
luntary ideas.  Of  rea/on.  II.  i .  Voluntary  mujcular  motions  are  occaftonally 
caujable  by  Jeitjations.  1.  And  voluntary  ideas.  III.  i.  Voluntary  mujcular 
motions  are  occajionally  obedient  to  irritations.  1.  And  voluntary  ideas. 
IV.  I.  Voluntary  mijcular  motions  are  ajfociated  with  other  mujcular  mo- 
tions.    2.  And  voluntary  ideas. 

WHEN  pleafure  or  pain  affedl  the  animal  fyftem,  many  of  its 
motions  both  mufcular  and  fenfual  are  brought  into  aftlon  ;  as  was 
Ihewn  in  the  preceding  fe£lion,  and  were  called  fenfitive  motions. 
The  general  tendency  of  thefe  motions  is  to  arreft  and  to  poffefs  the 
pleafure,  or  to  diflodge  or  avoid  the  pain  :  bat  if  this  cannot  imme- 
diately be  accomplifhed,  defire  or  averfion  are  produced,  and  the 
motions  in  confequence  of  this  new  faculty  of  the  fenforium  are  called 
voluntary. 

I.  I.  Thofe  mufcles  of  the  body  that  are  attached  to  bones,  have 
in  general  their  principal  connexions  with  volition,  as  I  move  my 
pen  or  raife  my  body.  Thefe  motions  were  originally  excited  by  ir.^ 
ritation,  as  was  explained  in  the  feftion  on  that  fubjeft,  afterwards 
the  fenfations  of  pleafure  or  pain,  that  accompanied  the  motions  thus 
excited,  induced  a  repetition  of  them  ;    and  at  length  many  of  them 

were 


44  VOLUNTARY  MOTIONS.         Sect.  IX,.  r, 

-were  voluntarily  praftifed  in  fucceffion  or  in  combination  for  the 
common  purpofes  of  life,  as  in  learning  to  walk,  or  to  fpeak ; 
and  are  performed  with  ftrength  and  velocity  in  proportion  to  the 
energy  of  the  volition,  that  excites  them,  and  the  quantity  of  fen- 
forial  power. 

2.  Another  great  clafs  of  voluntary  motions  confifls  of  the  ideas  of 
recolledlion.     We  will  to  repeat  a  certain  train  of  ideas,  as  of  the 
alphabet  backwards ;    and  if  any  ideas,  that  do  not  belong  to  this 
intended  train,  intrude  themfelves  by  other  connedions,  we  will  to 
rejedl  them,  and  voluntarily  perfift  in  the  determined  train.     So  at 
my  approach  to  a  houfe  which  I  have  but  once  vifited,  and  that  at 
the  diftance  of  many  months,  I  will  to  recoiled  the  names  of  the 
numerous  family  I  expe6l  to  fee  there,  and  I  do  recoiled  them. 
.    On  this  voluntary  recolledion  of  ideas  our  faculty  of  reafon  de- 
pends, as  it   enables   us   to  acquire  an  idea  of  the   diffimilitude  of 
any  two  ideas.       Thus   if  you   voluntarily  produce   the  idea  of  a 
right-angled  triangle,  and  then  of  a  fquare  ;    and  after  having  ex- 
cited thefe  ideas  repeatedly,  you  excite  the  idea  of  their  difference, 
which  is  that  of  another    right-angled   triangle  inverted  over  the 
former  ;    you  are  faid  to  reafon  upon  this  fubjed,    or  to  compare 
your  ideas. 

•  Thefe'  ideas  of  recolledion,  like  the  raufcular  motions  above 
mentioned,  were  originally  excited  by  the  irritation  of  external 
bodies,  and  were  termed  ideas  of  perception  :  afterwards  the  plea- 
fure  or  pain,  that  accompanied  thefe  motions,  induced  a  repetition, 
of  them  in  the  abfence  of  the  external  body,  by  which  they  were 
lirft  excited  ;  and  then  they  were  termed  ideas  of  imagination,. 
At  length  they  become  voluntarily  pradifed  in  fucceffion  or  in  com- 
bination for  the  common  purpofes  of  life ;  as  when  we  make  our- 
felves  mafters  of  the  hiftory  of  mankind,  or  of  the  fciences  they. 
liave:invefligated  ;  and  are  then  called  ideas  of  recolledion  ;  and 
4  -  are 


Sect.  IX.  4-        VOLUNTARY  MOTIONS.  47 

are  performed  with  ftrength  aod  velocity  in  proportion  to  the 
energy  of  the  volition  that  excites  them,  and  the  quantityof  fenfq- 
rial  power. 

II.  I.- The  mufcular  motions  above  defcribed,  that  are  moil  fre- 
quently obedient  to  the  will,  are  neverthelefs  occafionally  caufable  by 
painful  or  pleafurable  fenfation,  as  in  the  flarting  from  fear,  and  the 
contradlion  of  the  calf  of  the  leg  in  the  cramp. 

2.  In  like  manner  the  fenfual  motions,  or  ideas,  that  are  moft 
frequently  connefted  with  volition,  are  neverthelefs  occafionally 
caufable  by  painful  or  pleafurable  fenfation.  As  the  hiftories  of  men, 
or  the  defcrlption  of  places,  which  we  have  voluntarily  taken  pains  to 
remember,  fometimes  occur  to  us  in  our  dreams. 

III.  I.  The  mufcular  motions  that  are  generally  fubfervient  to 
volition,  are  alfo  occafionally  caufable  by  irritation,  as  in  ftretching 
the  limbs  after  fleep,  and  yawning.  In  this  manner  a  contraction 
of  the  arm  is  produced  by  pafling  the  eleftric  fluid  from  the  Leyden 
phial  along  its  mufcles ;  and  that  even  though  the  limb  is  para- 
lytic. The  fudden  motion  of  the  arm  produces  a  difagreeable  fenfa- 
tion in  the  joint,  but  the  mufcles  feem  to  be  brought  into  adlion 
fimply  by  irritation. 

2.  The  ideas,  that  are  generally  fubfervient  to  the  will,  are 
in  like  manner  occafionally  excited  by  irritation  ;  as  when  we 
view  again  an  object,  we  have  before  well  fludied,  and  often  re- 
eoUedted. 

IV.  I.  Innumerable  trains  or  tribes  of  motions  are  affociated  with 
thefe  voluntary  mufcular  motions  above  mentioned  ;  as  \vhen  I  will 
to  extend  my  arm  to  a  diftant  objeft,  fome  other  mufcles  are  brought 
into  a£lion,  and  preferve  the  balance  of  my  body.  And  when  I  wifh 
to  perform  any  fteady  exertion,  as  in  threading  a  needle,  or  chop- 
ping with  an  ax,  the  pe(Sloral  mufcles  are  at  the  fame  time  brought 

into- 


48  VOLUNTARY   MOTIONS.        Sect.  DC.  4^ 

into  aftion  to  preferve  the  trunk  of  the  body  motionlefs,  and  we 
ceafe  to  refpire  for  a  time. 

2.  In  like  manner  the  voluntary  fenfual  motions,  or  ideas  of 
recolleflion,  are  aflbciated  with  many  other  trains  or  tribes  of  ideas. 
As  when  I  voluntarily  recollect  a  gothic  window,  that  I  faw  fome 
time  ago,  the  whole  front  of  the  cathedral  occurs  to  me  at  the 
fame  time. 


SECT. 


Sect.  X.I.  ASSOCIATE  MOTIONS.  49 


SECT.    X. 

OF    ASSOCIATE   MOTIONS. 

I.  I.  Many  mujcular  motions  excited  by  irritations  in  trains  or  tribes  become  ajfoci- 
ated.  2.  And  many  ideas.  II.  i.  Many  Jenjitive  mujcular  motions  become 
ajfociated.  2.  And  many  Jenjitive  ideas.  III.  1.  Many  voluntary  mujcular 
motions  become  ajfociated.  2.  And  then  become  obedient  tojenjation  or  irritation. 
3.  And  many  voluntary  ideas  becomt  ajfociated, 

ALL  the  fibrous  motions,  whether  mufcular  or  fenfual,  which 
are  frequently  brought  into  aftion  together,  either  in  combined 
tribes,  or  in  fucceflive  trains,  become  fo  conne£led  by  habit,  that 
when  one  of  them  is  reproduced  the  others  have  a  tendency  to  fuc- 
ceed  or  accompany  it. 

I.  I.  Many  of  our  mufcular  motions  were  originally  excited  iii 
fucceflive  trains,  as  the  contractions  of  the  auricles  and  of  the  ven- 
tricles of  the  heart ;  and  others  in  combined  tribes,  as  the  various 
divifions  of  the  mufcles  which  compofe  the  calf  of  the  leg,  which 
were  originally  irritated  into  iynchronous  action  by  the  tedium  or 
irkfomenefs  of  a  continued  poflure.  By  frequent  repetitions  thefe 
motions  acquire  aflbciations,  which  continue  during  our  lives,  and 
even  after  the  deftruftion  of  the  greatefl  part  of  the  fenforium  ;  for 
the  heart  of  a  viper  or  frog  will  continue  to  pulfate  long  after  it  is 
taken  from  the  body ;  and  when  it  has  entirely  ceafed  to  move,  if 
any  part  of  it  is  goaded  with  a  pin,  the  whole  heart  will  again  re- 
new its  pulfations.     This  kind  of  connection   we  fhall  term  irri- 

H  tative 


so  ASSOCIATE   MOTIONS,        StcT.  X..  2. 

tatlve  affociation,  to  diftinguifli  it  from  fenfitive  and  voluntary 
aflbciations. 

2.  la  like  manner  many  of  our  ideas  are  originally  excited  in 
tribes;  as  all  the  objedts  of  fight,  after  we  become  fo  well  ac- 
quainted with  the  laws  of  vifion,  as  to  diftinguifli  figure  and  dif- 
tance  as  well  as  colour;  or  in  trains,  as  while  we  pafs  along  the 
objects  that  furround  us.  The  tribes  thus  received  by  irritation  be- 
come affociated  by  habit,  and  have  been  termed  complex  ideas  by 
the  writers  of  raetaphyfics,  as  this  book,  or  that  orange.  The 
trains  have  received  no  particular  name,  but  thefe  are  alike  aflbci- 
ations of  ideas,  and  frequently  continue  during  our  lives.  So  the 
tafte  of  a  pine-apple,  though  we  eat  it  blindfold,  recalls  the  colour 
and  fliape  of  it ;  and  we  can  fcarcely  think  on  folidity  without 
figure. 

II.  I.  By  the  various  efforts  of  our  fenfations  to  acquire  or  avoid 
their  objefts,  many  mufcles  are  daily  brought  into  fucceffive  or 
fynchrcnous  a£lions ;  thefe  become  aflbciated  by  habit,  and  are  then, 
excited  together  with  great  facility,  and  in  many  inftances  gain  in- 
diflbluble  connexions.  So  the  play  of  puppies  and  kittens  is  a  re- 
prefentation  of  their  mode  of  fighting  or  of  taking  their  prey;  and 
the  motions  of  the  mufcles  neceflary  for  thofe  purpofes  become 
aflbciated  by  habit,  and  gain  a  great  adroitnefs  of  adlion  by  thefe 
early  repetitions  :  fo  the  motions  of  the  abdominal  mufcles,  which 
were  originally  brought  into  concurrent  adtion  with  the  protrufive 
motion  of  the  redlum  or  bladder  by  fenfation,  become  fo  conjoined 
with  them  by  habit,  that  they  not  only  eafily  obey  thefe  fenfa- 
tions occafioned  by  the  flimulus  of  the  excrement  and  urine,  but 
are  brought  into  violent  and  unreftrainable  adtion  in  the  flrangury 
and  tenefmus.  This  kind  of  connedlion  we  fhall  term  fenfitive  af- 
fociation. 

2.  So  many  of  our  ideas,  that  have  been  excited  together  or  in 
fuccefiion  by  our  fenfations,  gain  fynchrcnous  or  fucceflive  aflbci- 
ations. 


Sect.  X.  3-        ASSOCIATE   MOTIONS.  51 

ations,  that  are  fometimes  indiffoluble  but  with  life.  Hence  the 
idea  of  an  inhuman  or  diihonourable  action  perpetually  calls  up 
before  us  the  idea  of  the  wretch  that  was  guilty  of  it.  And  hence 
thofe  unconquerable  antipathies  are  formed,  which  fome  people  have 
to  the  fight  of  peculiar  kinds  of  food,  of  which  in  their  infancy  they 
have  eaten  to  excefs  or  by  conftraiut. 

III.  I.  In  learning  any  mechanic  art,  as  mufic,  dancing,  or  the 
ufe  of  the  fword,  we  teach  many  of  our  mufcles  to  a6l  together  or 
'  in  fucceffion  by  repeated  voluntary  efforts ;  which  by  habit  become 
formed  into  tribes  or  trains  of  affociation,  and  ferve  all  our  pur- 
pofes  with  great  facility,  and  in  fome  inftances  acquire  an  indif- 
Ibluble  union.  Thefe  motions  are  gradually  formed  into  a  habit 
of  ailing  together  by  a  multitude  of  repetitions,  whilft  they  are 
yet  feparately  caufable  by  the  will,  as  is  evident  from  the  long 
time  that  is  taken  up  by  children  in  learning  to  walk  and  to 
fpeak ;  and  is  experienced  by  every  one,  when  he  firil:  attempts  to 
Ikate  upon  the  ice  or  to  fwim  :  thefe  we  fhall  term  voluntary 
affociations. 

2.  All  theie  mufcular  movements,  when  they  are  thus  aflbciated 
into  tribes  or  trains,  become  afterwards  not  only  obedient  to  volition, 
but  to  the  lenfations  and  irritations  ;  and  the  fame  movement  com- 
pofes  a  part  of  many  different  tribes  or  trains  of  motion.  Thus 
a  fingle  mufcle,  when  it  a6ts  in  confort  with  its  neighbours  on 
one  fide,  affifts  to  move  the  limb  in  one  direftion  ;  and  in  an- 
other, when  it  .a£ls  with  thofe  in  its  neighbourhood  on  the 
other  fide ;  and  in  other  diredions,  when  it  acts  feparately  or  joint- 
ly with  thofe  that  lie  immediately  under  or  above  it ;  and  all 
thefe  with  equal  facility  after  their  affociations  have  been  well 
eftablifhed. 

The  facility,  witii  which  each  mufcle  changes  from  one  aflbciated 
tribe  to  another,  and  that  either  backwards  or  forwards,  is  well 
obfervable  in  the  mufcles  of  the  arm  in  moving  the  \\indlafs  of  an 

H  2  air- 


52  ASSOCIATE   MOTIONS.         Sect.  X.  3. 

air-pump ;  and  the  flownefs  of  thofe  mufcular  movements,  that 
have  not  been  afibciated  by  habit,  may  be  experienced  by  any  one, 
who  (hall  attempt  to  faw  the  air  quick  perpendicularly  with  one  hand, 
and  horizontally  with  the  other  at  the  fame  time. 

3.  In  learning  every  kind  of  faience  we  voluntarily  affociate  many 
tribes  and  trains  of  ideas,  which  afterwards  are  ready  for  all  the 
purpofes  either  of  volition,  fenfation,  or  irritation  ;  and  in  fome  in- 
ftances  acquire  indiflbluble  habits  of  a£ling  together,  fo  as  to  afFe£t 
our  reafoning,  and  influence  our  actions.  Hence  the  neceffity  of  a 
good  education. 

Thefe  affociate  ideas  are  gradually  formed  into  habits  of  a£ling 
together  by  frequent  repetition,  while  they  are  yet  feparately  obe- 
dient to  the  will ;  as  is  evident  from  the  difficulty  we  experience 
in  gaining  fo  exadl  an  idea  of  the  front  of  St.  Paul's  church,  as  to 
be  able  to  delineate  it  with  accuracy,  or  in  recollefting  a  poem  of  a 
few  pages. 

And  thefe  ideas,  thus  affociated  into  tribes,  not  only  make  up 
the  parts  of  the  trains  of  volition,  fenfation,  and  irritation  ;  but  the 
fame  idea  compofes  a  part  of  many  different  tribes  and  trains  of 
,  ideas.  So  the  limple  idea  of  whitenefs  compofes  a  part  of  the  com- 
plex idea  of  fnow,  milk,  ivory  ;  and  the  complex  idea  of  the  letter  A 
compofes  a  part  of  the  feveral  affociated  trains  of  ideas  that  make  up 
the  variety  of  words,  in  which  this  letter  enters. 

The  numerous  trains  of  thefe  affociated  ideas  are  divided  by  Mr. 
Hume  into  three  claffes,  which  he  has  termed  contiguity,  cau&- 
tion,  and  refemblance.  Nor  fhould  we  wonder  to  find  them  thus 
connected  together,  fince  it  is  the  bufinefs  of  our  lives  to  difpofe 
them  into  thefe  three  claffes ;  and  we  become  valuable  to  ourfelves 
and  our  friends,  as  we  fucceed  in  it.  Thofe  who  have  combined 
an  extenfive  clafs  of  ideas  by  the  contiguity  of  time  or  place,  are 
men  learned  in  the  hiftory  of  mankind,  and  of  the  fciences  they 
have  cultivated,     Thofe  who  have  connefted  a  great  clafs  of  ideas 

of 


Sect.  X.  3-  ASSOCIATE    MOTIONS.  53 

of  refemblancefs,  poffefs  the  fource  of  the  ornaments  of  poetry  and 
oratory,  and  of  all  rational  analogy.  While  thofe  who  have 
connefted  great  clafles  of  ideas  of  caufation,  are  furniflied  with  the 
powers  of  producing  efFefts.  Thefe  are  the  men  of  aftive  wifdom, 
who  lead  armies  to  viftory,  and  kingdoms  to  profperity  ;  or  difcover 
and  improve  the  fciences,  which  meliorate  and  adorn  the  condition 
of  humanity. 


SECT^ 


54  SENSORIAL   ACTIONS,        Sect.  XL  i. 


SECT.    xr. 

ADDITIONAL  OBSERVATIONS  ON  THE  SENSORIAL  POWERS. 

I.  Stimulation  is  of  various  kinds  adapted  to  the  organs  of  fenje,  to  the  mufcles,  to 
hollow  membranes,  and  glands.  Some  ohjeSs  irritate  our  fenjes  by  repeated  im- 
pulfes.  II.  I.  Senfation  and  volition  frequently  affeSl  the  whole  feiiforium. 
2.  Emotions,  pajjions,  appetites.  3.  Origin  of  defire  and  averfion.  Criterion 
of  voluntary  aSiions,  difference  of  brutes  and  men,  4.  Senfibility  and  volunta- 
rily. III.  Affociations  formed  before  nativity,  irritative  motions  mifiaken  for 
ajfociated  ones. 

* 

Irr'tiatipn. 

I.  THE  various  organs  of  fenfe  require  various  kinds  of  ftimula- 
tion  to  excite  them  into  adlion ;  the  particles  of  light  penetrate  the 
cornea  and  humours  of  the  eye,  and  then  irritate  the  naked  retina ; 
fapid  particles,  diflblved  or  difFufed  in  M'ater  or  faliva,  and  odorous 
ones,  mixed  or  combined  with  the  air,  irritate  the  extremities  of  the 
nerves  of  tafte  and  fmell ;  which  either  penetrate,  or  are  expanded 
on  the  membranes  of  the  tongue  and  noftrils ;  .  the  auditory  nerves 
are  ftimulated  by  the  vibrations  of  the  atmofphere  communicated  by 
means  of  the  tympanum  and  of  the  fluid,  whether  of  air  or  of  water, 
behind  it ;  and  the  nerves  of  touch  by  the  hardnefs  of  furrounding 
bodies,  though  the  cuticle  is  interpofed  between  thefe  bodies  and  the 
medulla  of  the  nerve. 

As  the  nerves  of  the  fenfes  have  each  their  appropriated  objefls, 
which  ftimulate  them  into  aftivity;  fo  the  mufcular  fibres,  which 
are  the  terminations  of  other  fets  of  nerves,  have  their  peculiar  ob- 

jefts, 


Sect.  XI.  r.         SENSORIAL   ACTIONS.  55 

je£ls,  which  excite  them  into  a6lion  ;  the  longitudinal  mufcles  are 
ftimulated  into  contraftioa  by  extenfion,  whence  the  ftretching  or 
pandiculation  after  a  long  continued  pofture,  during  which  they  have 
been  kept  in  a  Hate  of  extenfion  ;  and  the  hollow  mufcles  are  excited 
into  a<5i:ion  by  diftention,  as  thofe  of  the  re£lum  and  bladder  are  In- 
duced to  protrude  their  contents  from  their  fenfe  of  the  dlflention 
rather  than  of  the  acrimony  of  thofe  contents. 

There  are  other  objedls  adapted  to  ftimulate  the  nerves,  which 
terminate  in  variety  of  membranes,  and  thofe  efpecially  which  form 
the  terminations  of  canals ;  thus  the  preparations  of  mercury  particu- 
larly afFe£l  the  falivary  glands,  ipecacuhana  afFefts  the  fphindler  of 
the  anus,  cantharides  that  of  the  bladder,  and  laftly  every  gland  of 
the  body  appears  to  be  indued  with  a  kind  of  tafte,  by  which  it  fe- 
lefts  or  forms  each  its  peculiar  fluid  from  the  blood  ;  and  by  which 
it  is  irritated  into  aftivity. 

Many  of  thefe  external  properties  of  bodies,  which  Simulate  our 
organs  of  fenfe,  do  not  feem  to  efFedl  this  by  a  fingle  impulfe,  but 
by  repeated  impulfes ;  as  the  nerve  of  the  ear  is  probably  not  excit- 
able by  a  fingle  vibration  of  air,  nor  the  optic  nerve  by  a  fingle  par- 
ticle of  light ;  which  circumftance  produces  fome  analogy  between 
thofe  two  fenfes,  at  the  fame  time  the  folidity  of  bodies  is  perceived 
by  a  fingle  application  of  a  folid  body  to  the  nerves  of  touch,  and 
that  even  through  the  cuticle  ;  and  we  are  probably  pofleiled  of  a  pe- 
culiar fenfe  to  diftinguifh  the  nice  degrees  of  heat  and  cold. 

The  fenfes  of  touch  and  of  hearing  acquaint  us  with  the  mechani- 
cal impaft  and  vibration  of  bodies,  thofe  of  fmell  and  tafte  feem  to 
acquaint  us  with  fome  of  their  chemical  properties,  while  the  fenfe 
of  vifion  and  of  heat  acquaint  us  with  the  exiftence  of  their  peculiar 
fluids. 


Senfatiim 


56  SENSORIAL   ACTIONS.        Sect.XI.  2, 


Senfation  and  Folition. 

II.  Many  motions  are  produced  by  pleafure  or 'pain,  and  that  even 
in  contradiftion  to  the  power  of  volition,  as  in  laughing,  or  in  the 
ftrangury;  but  as  no  name  has  been  given  to  pleafure  or  pain,  at  the 
time  it  is  exerted  fo  as  to  caufe  fibrous  motions,  vs^e  have  ufed  the 
term  fenfation  for  this  purpofe  ;  and  mean  it  to  bear  the  fame  analogy 
to  pleafure  and  pain,  that  the  word  volition  does  to  defire  and 
averfion. 

I.  It  was  mentioned  in  the  fifth  Sedion,  that  what  we  have 
termed  fenfation  is  a  motion  of  the  central  parts,  or  of  the  whole 
fenforium,  beginning  at  fome  of  the  extremities  of  it.  This  appears  ' 
firft,  becaufe  our  pains  and  pleafures  are  always  caufed  by  our  ideas 
or  mufcular  motions,  which  are  the  motions  of  the  extremities  of  the 
fenforium.  And,  fecondly,  becaufe  the  fenfation  of  pleafure  or  pain 
frequently  continues  fome  time  after  the  ideas  or  mufcular  motions 
which  excited  it  have  ceafed  :  for  we  often  feel  a  glow  of  pleafure 
from  an  agreeable  reverie,  for  many  minutes  after  the  ideas,  that  were 
the  fubjed  of  it,  have  efcaped  our  memory  ;  and  frequently  experi- 
ence a  dejedion  of  fpirits  without  being  able  to  affign  the  caufe  of  it 
but  by  much  recolle£lion. 

When  the  fenforial  faculty  of  defire  or  averfion  is  exerted  fo  as  to 
caufe  fibrous  motions,  it  is  termed  volition  ;  which  is  faid  in  Sedl.  V» 
to  be  a  motion  of  the  central  parts,  or  of  the  whole  fenforium, 
terminating  in  fome  of  the  extremities  of  it.  This  appears,  firfl, 
becaufe  our  defires  and  averfions  always  terminate  in  recolleding  and 
comparing  our  ideas,  or  in  exerting  our  mufcles ;  which  are  the  mo- 
tions of  tl)e  extremities  of  the  fenforium.  And,  fecondly,  becaufe 
defire  or  averfion  begins,  and  frequently  continues  for  a  time  in  the 
central  parts  of  the  fenforium,  before  it  is  peculiarly  exerted  at  the 

•  -  '    •  extremities 


'[  '♦ 


Sect.  XI.  2.         SENSORIAL   ACTIONS.  ^f 

extremities  of  it :  for  we  fometimes  feel  defire  or  averfiou  without 
immediately  knowing  their  obje£ls,  and  in  confequence  without  im- 
mediately exerting  any  of  our  mufcular  or  fenfual  motions  to  attain 
them  :  as  in  the  beginning  of  the  pailion  of  love,  and  perhaps  of  hun- 
ger, or  in  the  ennui  of  indolent  people. 

Though  fenfation  and  volition  begin  or  terminate  at  the  extremities 
or  central  parts  of  the  fenforium,  yet  the  whole  of  it  is  frequently  in- 
fluenced by  the  exertion  of  thefe  faculties,  as  appears  from  their  ef- 
feds  on  the  external  habit :  for  the  whole  Ikin  is  reddened  by  fhame, 
and  an  univerfal  trembling  is  produced  by  fear  :  and  every  mufcle  of 
the  body  is  agitated  in  angry  people  by  the  defire  of  revenge. 

There  is  another  very  curious  circumftance,  which  fhews  that  fen- 
fation and  volition  are  movements  of  the  fenforium  in  contrary  di- 
redlions ;  that  is,  that  volition  begins  at  the  central  parts  of  it,  and 
proceeds  to  the  extremities  ;  and  that  fenfation  begins  at  the  extre- 
mities, and  proceeds  to  the  central  parts  :  I  mean  that  thefe  two  fen- 
forial  faculties  cannot  be  ftrongly  exerted  at  the  fame  time  ;  for  when 
we  exert  our  volition  ftrongly,  we  do  not  attend  to  pleafure  or  pain  ; 
and  converfely,  when  we  are  ftrongly  affe£led  with  the  fenfation  of 
pleafure  or  pain,  we  ufe  no  volition.  As  will  be  further  explained  in 
Section  XVIII.  on  fleep,  and  Sedion  XXXIV.  on  volition. 

jz.  All  our  emotions  and  paffions  feem  to  arife  out  of  the  exertions 
of  thefe  two  faculties  of  the  animal  fenforium.  Pride,  hope,  joy,  are 
the  names  of  particular  pleafures  :  fhame,  defpair,  forrow,  are  the 
names  of  peculiar  pains  :  and  love,  ambition,  avarice,  of  particular 
defires  :  hatred,  difgufl,  fear,  anxiety,  of  particular  averfions. 
Whilfl:  the  paffion  of  anger  includes  the  pain  from  a  recent  injury, 
and  the  averfion  to  the  adverfary  that  occafioned  it.  And  compaflion 
is  the  pain  we  experience  at  the  fight  of  mifery,  and  the  defire  of  re- 
lieving it. 

There  is  another  tribe  of  defires,  which  are  commonly  termed  ap- 
petites, and  are  the  immediate  confequences  of  the  abfence  of  fonae 

I  irritative 


jS  SENSORIAL   ACTIONS.        Sect.XI.  2- 

irritative  motions.  Thofe,  whicli  arife  from  defeft  of  internal  irrita- 
tions, have  proper  names  conferred  upon  them,  as  hunger,  thirft, 
luft,  and  the  defire  of  air,  when  our  refpiration  is  impaired  by  noxi- 
ous vapours;  and  of  warmth,  when  we  are  expofed  to  too  great  a 
degree  of  cold.  But  thofe,  whofe  ftimuli  are  external  to  the  body, 
are  named  from  the  ob]e(5ls,  which  are  by  nature  conftituted  to  ex- 
cite them  ;  thefe  defires  originate  from  our  pafl:  experience  of  the 
pleafurable  fenfations  they  occafion,  as  the  fmellof  an  hyacinth, 'or  the 
tafte  of  a  pine-apple. 

Whence  it  appears,  that  our  pleafures  and  pains  are  at  leaft  as  vari- 
ous and  as  numerous  as  our  irritations;  and  that  our  defires  and  aver- 
fions  muft  be  as  numerous  as  our  pleafures  and  pains.  And  that  as 
fenfation  is  here  ufed  as  a  general  term  for  our  numerous  pleafures  and 
pains,  when  they  produce  the  contradions  of  our  fibres  ;  fo  voUtioa 
is  the  general  name  for  our  defires  and  averfions,  when  they  produce- 
fibrous  contractions.  Thus  when  a  motion  of  the  central  parts,  or  of 
.  the  whole  fenforium,  terminates  in  the  exertion  of  our  mufcles,  it  is 
generally  called  voluntary  adlion  ;  when  it  terminates  in  the  exertion 
of  our  ideas,  it  is  termed  recolledion,  reafoning,  determining. 

3.  As  the  fenfations  of  pleafure  and  pain  are  originally  introduced  by 
the  irritations  of  external  objects  :  fo  our  defires  and  averfions  are  ori- 
.  ginally  introduced  by  thofe  fenfations;  for  when  the  objeCls  of  our 
pleafures  or  pains  are  at  a  diftance,  and  we  cannot  inftantaneoufly 
poffefs  the  one,  or  avoid  the  other,  then  defire  or  averfion  is  pro- 
duced, and  a  voluntary  exertion  of  our  ideas  or  mufcles  fucceeds. 

The  pain  of  hunger  excites  you  to  lookout  for  food,  the  tree,  that 
Ihades  you,  prefents  its  odoriferous  fruit  before  your  eyes,,  you  ap;- 
proach,  pluck,  and  eat. 

The  various  movements  of  walking  to  the  tree,  gathering  the 
fruit,  and  mafticating  it,  are  aflbciated  motions  introduced  by  their 
connexion  with  fenfation  ;  but  if  from  the  uncommon  height  of  the 
trce>  the  fruit  be  inacceffible,  and  you  ai'e^ prevented  from  quickly 

poffeffing 


Sect.XI.  2.         SENSORIAL    ACTIONS.  59 

poffeffing  the  intended  pleafure,  defire  is  produced.  The  confequence 
of  this  defire  is,  firft,  a  deliberation  about  the  means  to  gain  the  ob- 
je(5t  of  pleafure  in  procefs  of  time,  as  it  cannot  be  procured  immedi- 
ately ;  and,  fecondlj,  the  mufcular  aftion  neceflary  for  this  purpofe. 

You  voluntarily  call  up  all  your  ideas  of  caufation,^that  are  related 
to  the  effect  you  defire,  and  voluntarily  examine  and  compare  them, 
and  at  length  determine  vi'hether  to  afcend  the  tree,  or  to  gather 
flones  from  the  neighbouring  brook,  is  eafier  to  pradife,  or  more 
promifing  of  fuccefs ;  and,  finally,  you  gather  the  llones,  and  re- 
peatedly fling  them  to  diflodge  the  fruit. 

Hence  then  we  gain  a  criterion  to  diftinguifli  voluntary  afts  or 
thoughts  from  thofe  caufed  by  fenfation.  As  the  former  are  always 
employed  about  the  means  to  acquire  pleafurable  objects,  or  the  means 
to  avoid  painful  ones ;'  while  the  latter  are  employed  in  the  polTeffion 
of  thofe,  which  are  already  in  our  power. 

Hence  the  activity  of  this  power  of  volition  produces  the  great  dif- 
ference between  the  human  and  the  brute  creation.  The  ideas  and 
the  actions  of  brutes  are  almoft  perpetually  employed  about  their  pre- 
fent  pleafures,  or  their  prefent  pains  j  and,  except  in  the  few  inflances 
which  arc  mentioned  in  Section  XVI.  on  inftinft,  they  feldom  bufy 
themfelves  about  the  means  of  procuring  future  blifs,  or  of  avoiding 
future  mifery ;  fo  that  the  acquiring  of  languages,  the.  making  of 
tools,  and  labouring  for  money,  which  are  all  only  the  means  to  pro- 
cure pleafures  ;  and  the  praying  to  the  Deity,  as  another  means  to 
procure  happinefs,  are  chara£teriftic  of  human  nature. 

4.  As  there  are  many  difeafes  produced  by  the  quantity  of  the  fen- 
fation of  pain  or  pleafure  being  too  great  or  too  little  ;  (o  are  there 
difeafes  produced  by  the  fufceptibility  of  the  conftitution  to  motions 
caufable  by  thefe  fenfations  being  too  dull  or  too  vivid.  This  fufcepti- 
bilityof  the  fyftem  to  fenfitive  motions  is  termed  fenfibllity,  todif-. 
tinguifli  it  from  fenfation,  which  is  the  a<5tual  exiftence  or  exertion  of 

pain  or  pleafure. 

I  2  Other 


^o  SENSORIAL   ACTIONS.         Sect. XI.  3. 

Other  clafles  of  difeafes  are  owing  to  the  exceffive  promptitude,  or 
fluggifhnefs  of  the  conftitution  to  voluntary  exertions,  as  well  as  to 
the  quantity  of  defire  or  of  aversion.  This  fufceptibility  of  the 
fyftem  to  voluntary  motions  is  termed  voluntarity,  to  diftinguiih  it 
from  volition,  which  is  the  exertion  of  defire  or  averfion :  thefe  difeafes 
will  be  treated  of  at  length  in  the  progrefs  of  the  work. 

j^JJ'ociation. 

III.  I.  It  is  not  eafy  to  affign  a  caufe,  why  thofe  animal  move- 
ments; that  have  once  occurred  in  fucceffion,  or  in  combination, 
fhould  afterwards  have  a  tendency  to  fucceed  or  accompany  each  other. 
It  is  a  property  of  animation,  and  diftinguiflies  this  order  of  being 
from  the  other  produftions  of  nature. 

When  a  child  firft  wrote  the  word  man,  it  was  diftingiuiflied  in  his 
mind  into  three  letters,  and  thofe  letters  into  many  parts  of  letters  j 
but  by  repeated  ufe  the  word  man  becomes  to  his  hand  in  writing  it, 
as  to  his  organs  of  fpeech  in  pronouncing  it,  but  one  movement 
without  any  deliberation,  or  fenfation,  or  irritation,  interpofed  be- 
tween the  parts  of  it.  And  as  many  feparate  motions  of  our  mufcles 
thus  become  united,  and  form,  as  it  were,  one  motion ;  fo  each  fe- 
parate motion  before  fuch  union  may  be  conceived  to  confift  of  many 
parts  or  fpaces  moved  through  ;  and  perhaps  even  the  individual  fibres 
of  our  mufcles  have  thus  gradually  been  brought  to  adt  in  concert, 
which  habits  began  to  be  acquired  as  early  as  the  very  formation  of 
the  moving  organs,  long  before  the  nativity  of  the  animal ;  as  ex- 
plained in  the  Section  XVI.  2.  on  inftinft. 

2.  There  are  many  motions  of  the  body,  belonging  to  the  irritative 
cfafs,  which  might  by  a  hafty  obferver  be  miftaken  for  affociate^ 
ones  ;  as  the  periftaltic  motion  of  the  ftomach  and  inteftines,  and  the 
contractions  of  the  heart  and 'arteries',  might  be  fuppofcd  to  be  afloci- 

ated 


&ECT.XI.  3-  SENSORIAL   ACTIONS.  6t 

ated  with  the  irritative  motions  of  their  nerves  of  fenfe,  rather  than 
to  be  excited  by  the  irritation  of  their  mufcular  fibres  by  the  dlften- 
tion,  acrimony,  or  momentum  of  the  blood.  So  the  diftention  or 
elongation  of  mufcles  by  obje£ls  external  to  them  irritates  them  into 
contradtion,  though  the  cuticle  or  other  parts  may  intervene  betvi^eea 
the  Simulating  body  and  the  contradling  mufcle.  Thus  a  horfe  voids 
his  excrement  when  its  weight  or  bulk  Irritates  the  recftum  or  fphinfter 
ani.  The  motion  of  thefe  mufcles  a£l  from  the  irritation  of  diften- 
tion,  when  he  excludes  his  excrement,  but  the  mufcles  of  the  abdo- 
men and  diaphragm  are  brought  into  motion  by  aflbciation  with  thofe 
of  the  fphinder  and  redum. 


SECT. 


2(6.  OF. STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sect.  XIL 


SECT.    XII. 

OF    STIMULUS,     SENSORIAL    EXERTION,     AND    FIBROUS 
CONTRACTION. 

I,  Of  fibrous  contraftion.  i.  two  particles  of  a  fibre  cannot  approach  without 
the  intervention  of  Jomething,  as  in  ma^etijm,  ekilricity,  elaflicity.  Spirit  of 
life  is  not  eleStric  ether.  Galvani's  experiments.  2.  ContraSlion  of  a  fibre. 
3.  Relaxation  fucceeds.  4.  SucceJJive  contraSiions,  with  intervals,  ^mk 
pulfe  from  debility y  from  paucity  of  blood.  Weak  contr anions  performed  in  lefs 
time,  and  with  porter  intervals.  5.  haft:  fituation  of  the  fibres  continues 
after  contraction.  6.  ContraSlion  greater  than  ufual  induces  pleafure  or  pain. 
7.  Mobility  of  the  fibres  uniform.  ^antity  of  fenforial  power  fluctuates. 
Conftitutes  excitability.  II.  Of  fenforial  exertion,  i.  Animal  motion  includes 
fiimulus,  fenforial  power,  and  contraSiile  fibres.  "The  fenforial  faculties  ail 
Jeparately  or  conjointly.  Stimulus  of  four  kinds.  Strength  and  weaknefs  defined. 
Senforial  power  perpetually  exhaufted  and  renewed.  Weaknefs  from  defeSl  of 
fiimulus.  From  defeSl  of  fenforial  power,  the  direSl  and  indireSl  debility  of 
'Dr.  Brown.  Why  we  become  warm  in  Buxton  bath  after  a  time,  and  fee 
well  after  a  time  in  a  darkifh  room.  Fibres  may  aEl  violently,  or  with  their 
whole  force,  and  yet  feebly.  Great  exertion  in  inflammation  explained.  Great 
mufcular  force  of  fome  injane  people.  2.  Otcafional  accumulation  of  fenforial 
power  in  mufcles  fubjeSi  to  conftant  fiimulus.  In  animals  fieeping  in  winter-. 
In  eggs,  feeds,  f chirr ous  tumours,  tendons,  hones.  3.  Great  exertion  intro- 
duces pleafure  or  pain.  Inflammation.  Libration  of  the  fyftem  between  torpor 
and  activity.  Fever  fits.  4.  Defire  and  averfion  introduced.  Excefs  of  vo- 
lition cures  fevers.  III.  Of  repeated  llimulus.  i.  yi  fiimulus  repeated  too 
frequejitly  lofes  effeCl.  As  opium,  wine,  grief  Hence  old  age.  Opium  and 
aloes  in  fmall  dofes,      2.  A  fiimulus  not  repeated  too  frequently  dies  not  loje 

*    .         .  \  tffeSt, 


SscT.Xri.       OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  63 

effe5t.     Perpetual  movement  of  the  vital  organs.      3.  A  ftimulus  repeated  at 
uniform  tirries  produces  greater  effsil.      Irritation  combined  with   ajfociation. 
4.  A  ftimulus  repeated  frequently  and  uniformly  may  be  withdrawn^    and  the' 
aSfion  of  the  organ  will  continue.     Hence  the  bark  cures  agues,  and  ftrengthens 
weak  conftitutions.     5.  DefeSl  of  ftimidus  repeated  at  certain  intervals  catfes 
fever-fits.      6.  Stimulus  long  applied  ceafes  to  aSt  a  fecond  time.     '],  If  a  fti- 
mulus excites  fenfation  in  an  organ  not  ufually  excited  into  fenfation,    inflam- 
mation is  produced.      IV.  Of  ftimulus  greater  than  natural,     i.  A  ftimulus 
greater  than  natural  dinnnifhes  the  quantity-  of fenforial  power  in  general.     2.  In 
particular  organs.     3.  Induces  the  organ  into  fpafmodic  aSlions-    4,  Induces 
the  antagonift  fihres  into.  aEiion,      5,  Induces  the  organ  into  convulfive'  or  fixed 
fpqfms.     6.  Produces  paralyfis  of  the  organ.      V.  Of  ftimulus  left  than^  na-- 
turaL     I.  Stimulus  lefs  than  natural  oecafions  accumulation  of  fenforial  power' 
in  general.     2.  In  particular  organs,  fluflnng  of  the  face  in  a  frofty  morning^. 
In  fibres  fubjeSl  to  perpetual  ftimulus  only,      ^antity  of  fenforial  power  in- 
verfely  as  the  ftimulus.      3.  Induces  pain.     As  of  cold,    hunger,    head-ach. 
4.  Induces  more  feeble  and  frequent  contraSlion.     As  in  low  fevers.     Which 
are  frequently  owing  to  deficiency  of  fenforial  power  rather  than  to  deficiency 
of  ftimulus.     5.  Inverts  fucceffive  trains  of  motion.     Inverts  ideas.      6.  In- 
duces paralyfis  and  d!eath.     VI.  Cure  of  increafed  exertion.      1.  Natural  cure 
of  exhauftion  of  fenforial  power,       1.  Decreafe  the  irritations.     VenefeSlion^ 
Cold.      Abftinence.       3.    Prevent  the  previous   cold  fit.      Opium.      Bark.. 
Warmth.     Anger.      Surprife..       4.   Excite  fame-  other  part   of  the  fyftem.. 
Opium  and  warm  bath  relieve  pains  both  from  defeSl  and  from  excefs  of  fti- 
mulus.      5..   Firft  increafe   the  ftimulus  above,  and  then  decreafe  it  beneath 
the  natural  quantity..    VII.  Cure  of  decreafed  exertion,     i.  Natural  cure, 
by  accumulation  of  fenforial  power.      Ague-fits.     Syncope..      2..    Increafe  the 
ftitnulation,  by  wine,    opium,    given  fo  as  not  to  ifjtoxicaie.       Cheerful  ideas. 
3.   Change  the  kinds  of  ftimuliis.     4.  Stimulate  the  affociated  organs,     Blifters 
of  ufe  in  heart-burn,,  and  cold  extremities,      5.  Decreafe  the  ftimulation  for 
a  time,  cold  bath.     6.  Decreafe  the  ftimulation  below  natural,  and  then  in- 
creafe  it    above    natural.       Bark    after   emetics.       Opium   after    veneJeSfion, 
Pra£fi(e  of  Sydenham,  in  cMorofis.       7.    Prevent  iinneceffary  ■  expenditure   of 

fenJoriaU 


€4  OF  STIMULUS  AND  E;XERTI0N.     Sect.  XII.  r. 

Jenforial  foiva:  Becumhent  fojiure,  Jilemet  darknejs.  Fulfe  quickened  hy 
rifing  out  cf  led.  8.  'To  the  great  eft  degree  of  quiejcence  apply  the  leaft 
Jiimulus.  Otherwije  faralyfis  or  inflammation  cf  the  organ  enfues.  Gin, 
wine,  hlifterSy  deftroy  by  too  great  ftimulation  in  fevers  with  debility.  In- 
toxication in  the  flighteft  degree  fucceeded  by  debility.  Golden  rule  for  de- 
termining the  beft  degree  of  ftinmlus  in  low  fevers.  Another  golden  rule  for 
determining  the  quantity  of  ffirit  which  thofe,  who  are  debilitated  by  drinking  it, 
ptayfafely  omit. 


I.  Of  fibrous  contraB'ton. 

I.  IF  two  particles  of  Iron  lie  near  each  other  without  motion, 
and  afterwards  approach  each  other  ;  it  is  reafonable  to  conclude  that 
fomething  befides  the  iron  particles  is  the  caufe  of  tHeir  approxima- 
tion ;  this  invifible  fomething  is  termed  magnetifm.  In  the  fame 
manner,  if  the  particles,  which  compofe  an  animal  mufcle,  do  not 
touch  each  other  in  the  relaxed  ftate  of  the  mufcle,  and  are  brought 
into  contact  during  the  contraction  of  the  mufcle ;  it  is  reafonable  to 
conclude,  that  fome  other  agent  is  the  caufe  of  this  new  approxima- 
tion. For  nothing  can  ad:,  where  it  does  not  exift ;  for  to  aft  in- 
cludes to  exift ;  and  therefore  the  particles  of  the  mufeular  fibre 
(which  in  its  ftate  of  relaxation  are  fuppofed  not  to  touch)  cannot  af- 
fe£l  each  other  without  the  influence  of  fome  intermediate  agent; 
this  agent  is  here  termed  the  fpirit  of  animation,  or  fenforial  power, 
but  may  with  equal  propriety  be  termed  the  power,  which  caufes 
contradtion  j  or  may  be  called  by  any  other  name,  which  the  reader 
may  choofe  to  affix  to  it. 

The  contradion  of  a  mufeular  fibre  may  be  compared  to  the  follow- 
ing electric  experiment,  which  is  here  mentioned  not  as  a  philofophi- 
cal  analogy,  but  as  an  illuftration  or  fimile  to  facilitate  the  conception 
of  a  difficult  fubjed.     Let  twenty  very  fmall  Leyden  phials  properly 

4.  coated- 


SEOT.Xrr.  I.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  65 

coated  be  hung  in  a  row  by  fine  filk.  threads  at  a  fmali  diftance  from 
each  other  ;  let  the  internal  charge  of  one  phial  be  pofitive,  and  of  the 
other  negative  alternately,  if  a  communication  be  made  from  the  in- 
•ternal  furface  of  the  firft  to  the  external  furface  of  the  laft  in  the  row, 
they  will  all  of  them  imuintly  approach  each  other,  and  thus  fhorteii 
a  line  that  might  connect  them  like  a  mufcular  fibre.  See  Botanic 
Garden,  p.  i.  Canto  I.  1.  202,  note  on  Gymnotus. 

The  attradions  of  eledlricity  or  of  magnetifm  do  not  apply  philo- 
rophically  to  the  illuftration  of  the  contraftion  of  animal  fibres,  fince 
the  force  of  thofe  attra£tions  increafes  in  fome  proportion  inversely  as 
the  diftance,  but  in  mulcular  motion  there  appears  no  difference  in 
velocity  or  ftrength  during  the  beginning  or  end  of  the  contraftion, 
but  what  may  be  clearly  afcribed  to  the  varying  mechanic  advancao^e 
in  the  approximation  of  one  bone  to  another.  Nor  can  mufcular  mo- 
tion be  aflimilated  with  greater  plaufibility  to  the  attra'«3;ion  of  cohefion 
or  elafticity;  for  in  bending  a  fteel  fpring,  as  a  fmall  fword,  a  lefs 
force  is  reqpired  to  bend  it  the  firft  inch  than  the  fecond ;  and  the 
fecond  than  the  third  ;  the  particles  of  fteel  on  the  convex  fide  of  the 
bent  fpring  endeavouring  to  reftore  themfelves  more  powerfully  tlic 
further  they  are  drawn  from  each  other.  See  Botanic  Garden,  P.  r. 
addit.  Note  XVIII. 

I  am  aware  that  this  may  be  explained  another  way,  by  fuppofino- 
the  elafticity  of  the  fpring  to  depend  more  on  the  compreffion  of  the 
particles  on  the  concave  fide  than  on  the  extenfion  of  them  on  the  con- 
vex fide  ;  and  by  fuppofing  the  elafticity  of  the  elaftic  gum  to  depend 
more  on  the  refiftance  to  the  lateral  comprefilion  of  its  particles  than 
to  the  longitudinal  extenfion  of  them.  Neverthelefs  in  mufcular 
contraiftion,  as  above  obferved,  there  appears  no  difference  in  the  ve- 
locity or  force  of  it  at  its  commencement  or  at  its  termination  ;  from 
whence  we  muft  coAclude  that  animal  contraction  is  governed  by 
laws  of  its  own,  and  not  by  thofe  of  mechanics,  chemiftry,  magne- 
tifm, or  elcdricity. 

1$:  On 


66  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.     Sect.  XII.  i. 

On  thefe  accounts  I  do  not  think   the  experiments  conclufive, 
which  were  lately  publifhed  by  Galvani,  Volta,  and  others,  to  {hew 
a  fimilitude  between  the  fpirit  of  animation,  which  contrails  the 
mufcular  fibres,  and  the  electric  fluid.     Since  the  elcdric  fluid  may 
adt  only  as  a  more  potent  ftimulus  exciting  the  mufcular  fibres  into 
aflion,  and  not  by  fupplying  them  with  a  new  quantity  of  the  fpirit 
of  life.     Thus  in  a  recent  hemiplegia  I  have  frequently  obferved, 
when  the  patient  yawned  and  (Iretched  himfelf,  that  the  paralytic 
limbs  moved  alfo,  though  they  were  totally  difobedient  to  the  will. 
And  when  he  was  el"e(3:rified  by  paffing  (hocks  from  the  affefted  hand 
to  the  afFedted  foot,  a  motion  of  the  paralytic  limbs  was  alfo  produced. 
Now  as  in  the  aft  of  yawning  the  mufclesof  the  paralytic  limbs  were 
excited  into  aftion  by  the  ftimulus  of  the  irkfomenefs  of  a  continued 
pofture,  and  not  by  any  additional  quantity  of  the  fpirit  of  life  ;    fo 
we  may  conclude,  that  the  paflage  of  the  eledlric  fluid,  which  pro- 
duced a  fimilar  efFedl,  afted  only  as  a  ftimulus,  and  not  by  fupplying 
any  addition  of  fenforial  power. 

If  neverthelefs  this  theory  fhould  ever  become  eflablifhed,  a  ftimu- 
lus mufl:  be  called  an  eduftor  of  vital  ether;  which  ftimulus  may 
confift  of  fenfation  or  volition,  as  in  the  eledlric  eel,  as  well  as  in  the 
appulfes  of  external  bodies  ;  and  by  drawing  off  the  charges  of  vital 
fluid  may  occafion  the  contradion  or  motions  of  the  mufcular  fibres, 
and  organs  of  fenfe. 

2.  The  immediate  effe£l  of  the  aflion  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  or 
fenforial  power  on  the  fibrous  parts  of  the  body,  whether  it  acts  in 
the  mode  of  irritation,  fenfation,  volition,  or  aflbciation,  is  a  con- 
tra£tion  of  the  animal  fibre,  according  to  the  fecond  law  of  animal 
caufation.  Se£t.  IV.  Thus  the  ftimulus  of  the  blood  induces  the 
contradion  of  the  heart ;  the  agreeable  tafte  of  a  ftrawberry  produces 
the  contraftion  of  the  mufcles  of  deglutition  ;  the  effort  of  the  will 
contracts  the  mufcles,  which  move  the  limbs  in  walking ;  and  by 
aflbciation  other  mufcles  of  the  trunk  are  brought  into  contraftion  to 

preferve 


Sect. XII.  i.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION. 

preferve  the  balance  of  the  body.  The  fibrous  extremities  of  the  or- 
gans of  fenfe  have  been  (hewn,  by  the  ocular  Tpedra  in  Seft.  III.  to 
luffer  fimilar  contradion  by  each  of  the  above  modes  of  excitation  ; 
and  by  their  configurations  to  conftitute  our  ideas. 

3.  After  animal  fibres  have  for  fome  time  been  excited  into  contrac- 
tion, a  relaxation  fucceeds,  even  though  the  exciting  caufe  continues 
to  aft.  In  refpeiSt  to  the  irritative  motions  this  is  exemplified  in  the 
periftaltic  contraftions  of  the  bowels ;  which  ceafe  and  are  renewed 
alternately,  though  the  ftimulus  of  the  aliment  continues  to  be  uni- 
formly applied  ;  in  the  fenfitive  motions,  as  in  flrangury,  tenefmus, 
and  parturition,  the  alternate  contradlions  and  relaxations  of  the  muf- 
cles  exift,  though  the  ftimulus  is  perpetual.  In  our  voluntary  ex- 
ertions it  is  experienced,  as  no  one  can  hang  long  by  the  hands,  how- 
ever vehemently  he  wills  fo  to  do ;  and  in  the  aflbciate  motions  the 
conftant  change  of  our  attitudes  evinces  the  neceffity  of  relaxation  to 
thofe  mufcles,  which  have  been  long  in  adion. 

This  relaxation  of  a  mufcle  after  its  contraftion,  even  though  the 
ftimulus  continues  to  be  applied,  appears  to  arife  from  the  expenditure 
or  diminution  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  previoufly  refident  in  the  muC- 
cle,  according  to  the  fecond  law  of  animal  caufation  in  Seft.  IV. 
In  thofe  conftitutions,  which  are  termed  weak,  the  fpirit  of  anima- 
tion becomes  fooner  exhaufted,  and  tremulous  motions  are  produced, 
as  in  the  hands  of  infirm  people,  when  they  lift  a  cup  to  their  mouths. 
This  quicker  exhauflion  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  is  probably  owing 
to  a  lefs  quantity  of  it  refiding  in  the  ading  fibres,  which  therefore 
more  frequently  require  a  fupply  from  the  nerves,  which  belong  to 
them. 

4.  If  the  fenforial  power  continues  to  aft,  whether  it  ads  in  the 
mode  of  irritation,  fenfation,  Volition,  or  afTociation,  a  new  con- 
traAion  of  the  animal  fibre  fucceeds  after  a  certain  interval;  which 
in*:erval  is  of  (horter  continuance  in  weak  people  than  in  ftrong  ones. 
This  is  exemplified  in  the  ftiaking  of  the  hands  of  weak  people,  when 

K  2  they 


6,g  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.     Sect.  XII.  i, 

they  attempt  to  write.  In  a  manufcript  epiftle  of  one  of  my  cor- 
refpondents,  which  is  written  in  a  fmall  hand,  I  obferved  from  four 
to  fix  zigzags  in  the  perpendicular  ftroke  of  every  letter,  which 
fhews  that  both  the  contraftions  of  the  fingers,  and  intervals  be- 
tween them,  muft  have  been  performed  in  very  (hort  periods  of 
time. 

The  times  of  contraction  of  the  mufcles  of  enfeebled  people  being 
lefs,  and  the  intervals  between  thofe  contraftions  being  lefs  alfo,  ac- 
counts for  the  quick  pulfe  in  fevers  with  debility,  and  in  dying  ani- 
mals. The  fhortnefs  of  the  intervals  between  one  contraftion  and 
another  in  weak  conftitutions,  is  probably  owing  to  the  general  defi- 
ciency of  the  quantity  of  the  fptrft  of  animation,  and  that  therefore 
there  is  a  lefs  quantity  of  it  to  be  received  at  each  interval  of  the  ac- 
tivity of  the  fibres.  Hence  in  repeated  motions,  as  of  the  fingers  in 
performing  on  the  harpfichord,  it  would  at  firft  fight  appear,  that 
fwiftnefs  and  ftrength  were  incompatible ;  neverthelefs  the  fingle 
contradion  of  a  mufcle  is  performed  with  greater  velocity  as  well  as 
with  greater  force  by  vigorous  conftitutions,  as  in  throwing  a 
javelin. 

There  is  however  another  circumftance,  which  may  often  contri- 
/|wte  to  caufe  the  quicknefs  of  the  pulfe  in  nervous  fevers,  as  in  ani- 
mals bleeding  to  death  in  the  flaughter-houfc  ;  which  is  the  deficient 
quantity  of  blood ;  whence  the  heart  is  but  half  diftended,  and  in  con- 
fequence  fooner  eontrads.     See  Seft.  XXXII.  2.   i. 

Fl^we,  muft  not  confound  frequency  of  repetition  with  quicknefs 
of  motion,  or  the  number  of  pulfations  with  the  velocity,  with  which 
the  fibres,  which  conftitute  the  coats  of  the  arteries,  contraft  them- 
felves.  For  where  the  frequency  of  the  pulfations  is  but  feventy-five 
in  a  minute,  as  in  health  ;  the  contrafting  fibres,  which  conftitute  the 
fides  of  the  arteries,  may  move  through  a  greater  fpace  in  a  given 
time,  than  where  the  frequency  of  pulfation  is  one  hundred  and  fifty 
in  a  minut«if  as  in  fome  fevers  with  great  debility.     For  if  in  thofe 

fevers 


Sect.  XII.  i.       OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  69 

fevers  the  arteries  do  not  expand  themfelves  in  their  diaftole  to  more 
than  half  the  ufual  diameter  of  their  diaftole  in  health,  the  fibres 
which  conftitute  their  coats,  will  move  through  a  lefs  fpace  in  a  mi- 
nute than  in  health,  though  they  make  two  pulfations  for  one. 

Suppofe  the  diameter  of  the  artery  during  its  fyftole  to  be  one  line, 
and  that  the  diameter  of  the  fame  artery  during  its  diaftole  is  in  health 
is  four  lines,  and  in  a  fever  with  great  debility  only  two  lines.  It  fol- 
lows, that  the  arterial  fibres  contraft  iu  health  from  a  circle  of  twelve 
lines  in  circumference  to  a  circle  of  three  lines  in  circumference,  that 
is  they  move  through  a  fpnce  of  nine  lines  in  length.  While  the  ar- 
terial fibres  in  the  fever  with  debility  would  twice  contradi  from  a 
circle  of  fix  lines  to  a  circle  oi  three  lines  ;  that  is  while  they  move 
through  a  fpace  equal  to  fix  lines.  Hence  though  the  frequency  of 
pulfation  in  fever  be  greater  as  two  to  one,  yet  the  Velocity  of  con- 
tradlion  in  health  is  greater  as  nine  to  fix,  or  as  three  to  two. 

On  the  contrary  in  inflammatory  difeafes  with  ftrength,  as  in  the 
pleurify,  the  velocity  of  the  contradling  fides  of  the  arteries  is  much 
greater  than  in  health,  for  if  we  fuppofe  the  number  of  pulfations  in 
a  pleurify  to  be  half  as  much  more  than  in  health,  that  is  as  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty  to  eighty,  (which  is  about  what  generally  happens 
in  inflammatory  difeafes)  and  if  the  diameter  of  the  artery  in  diaftole 
be  one  third  greater  than  in  health,  which  I  believe  is  near  the  truth, 
the  refult  will  be,  that  the  velocity  of  the  contraftile  fides  of  the  ar- 
teries will  be  in  a  pleurify  as  two  and  a  half  to  one,  compared  to  the 
velocity  of  their  contraction  in  a  ftate  of  health,  for  if  the  circum- 
ference of  the  fyftole  of  the  artery  be  three  lines, v  and  the  diaftole  in 
health  be  twelve  lines  in  circumference,  and  in  a  pleurify  eighteen 
lines;  and  fecond:^s  if  the  artery  pulfates  thrice  in  the  difeafed  ftato- 
for  twice  in  the  healthy  one,,  k  foUovvs,  that  the  velocity  of  contrac- 
tion in  the  difeafed  ftate  to  that  in  the  healthy  ftate  will  be  forty-five 
to  eighteen,  or  as  two  and  a  half  to  one, 

4  Fronv 


70  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sect.  XII.  i. 

From  hence  it  would  appear,  that  if  we  had  a  criterion  to  deter- 
mine the  velocity  of  the  arterial  contraftions,  it  would  at  the  fame 
time  give  us  their  ftrength,  and  thus  be  of  more  fervice  in  diftinguifK.- 
ing  difeafes,  than  the  knowledge  of  their  fiequencj.  As  fuch  a  cri- 
terion cannot  be  had,  the  frequency  of  pulfation,  the  age  of  the  pa- 
tient being  allowed  for,  will  in  fome  meafure  aflift  us  to  diftinguifli 
arterial  flrength  from  arterial  debility,  lince  in  inflammatory  difeafes 
with  ftrength  the  frequency  feidom  exceeds  one  hundred  and  eighteen 
or  one  hundred  and  twenty  pulfations  in  a  minute;  unlefs  under  pe- 
culiar circumftance,  as  the  great  additional  ftimuli  of  wine  or  of  ex- 
ternal heat. 

5.  After  a  mufcle  or  organ  of  fenfe  has  been  excited  into  contrac- 
tion, and  the  fenlbrial  power  ceafes  to  ad,  the  laft  fituation  or  con- 
figuration of  it  continues  ;  unlefs  it  be  difturbed  by  the  a£lion  of  fome 
antagonift  fibres,  or  other  extraneous  power.  Thus  in  weak  or  lan- 
guid people,  wherever  they  throw  their  limbs  on  their  bed  or  fofa, 
there  they  lie,  till  another  exertion  changes  their  attitude  ;  hence  one 
kind  of  ocular  fpeftra  feems  to  be  produced  after  looking  at  bright 
objects ;  thus  when  a  fire-ftick  is  whirled  round  in  the  night,  there 
appears  in  the  eye  a  complete  circle  of  fire ;  the  aflion  or  configuration 
wf  one  part  of  the  retina  not  ceafing  before  the  return  of  the  whirling 
fij*e. 

Thus  If  any  one  looks  at  the  fetting  fun  for  a  (hort  time,  and  then 
covers  his  clofed  eyes  with  his  hand,  he  will  for  many  feconds  of  time 
perceive  the  image  of  the  fun  on  his  retina.  A  fimilar  image  of  all 
other  bodies  would  remain  fome  time  in  the  eye,  but  is  effaced  by  the 
eternal  change  of  the  motions  of  the  extremity  of  this  nerve  in  our 
attention  to  other  objeds.  See  Se6l.  XVII.  1.3.  on  Sleep.  Hence 
the  dark  fpots,  and  other  ocular  fpedra,  are  more  frequently  attended 
t«,  and  remain  longer  in  the  eyes  of  weak  people,  as  after  violent  ex- 
ercife,  intoxication,  or  want  of  fleep* 

6.  A 


Sect. XII.  i.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  jt 

6.  A  contraftion  of  the  fibres  fomewhat  greater  than  ufual  intro- 
duces pleafurable  fenfation  into  the  fyftem,  according  to  the  fourtb 
law  of  animal  caulation.  Hence  the  pleafure  in  the  beginning  of 
drunkennefs  is  owing  to  the  increafed  aftion  of  the  fyftem  from  the 
ftimulus  of  vinous  fpirit  or  of  opium.  If  the  contradlions  be  ftill 
greater  in  energy  or  duration,  painful  fcnfations  are  introduced,  as  in 
confequence  of  great  heat,  or  cauftic  applications,  or  fatigue. 

If  any  part  of  the  fyftem,  which  is  ufed  to  perpetual  aftivity,  a» 
the  ftomach,  or  heart,  or  the  fine  veffels  of  the  Ikin,  a6ls  for  a  time 
with  lefs  energy,  another  kind  of  painful  fenfation  enfues,  which  is 
called  hunger,  or  faintnefs,  or  cold.  This  occurs  in  a  lefs  degree  in 
the  locomotive  mufcles,  and  is  called  wearyfomenefs.  In  the  two- 
former  kinds  of  fenfation  there  is  an  expenditure  of  fenforial  p ower^ 
in  thefe  latter  there  is  an  accumulation  of  it. 

7.  We  have  ufed  the  words  exertion  of  fenforial  power  as-  a  general 
term  to  exprefs  either  irritation,  fenfation,  volition,  or  affociation  ;. 
that  is,  to  expreli  the  adlivity  or  motion  of  the  fpirit  of  animation,  at 
the  time  it  produces  the  contractions  of  the  fibrous  parts  of  the  fyftem. 
It  may  be  fuppofed  that  there  may  exift  a  greater  or  lefs  mobility  of 
the  fibrous  parts  of  our  fyftem,  or  a  propenfity  to  be  ftimulated  inta 
contraiflion  by  the  greater  or  lefs  quantity  or  energy  of  the  fpirit  of 
animation  ;  and  that  hence  if  the  exertion  of  the  fenforial  power  be  in 
its  natural  ftate,  and  the  mobility  of  the  fibres  be  increafed,  the  fame 
quantity  of  fibrous  contraftion  \v\\\  be  caufed,  as  if  the  mobility  of 
the  fibres  continues  in  its  natural  ftate^  aad  the  fenforial  exertioa  be 
increafed. 

Thus  it  may  be  conceived,  tlvat  in  difeafes  accompanied  with, 
ftrength,  as  in  inflammatory  fevers  with  arterial  ftrength,  that  the 
caufe  of  greater  fibrous  contraction  may  exift  in.  the  increafed  mobi- 
lity of  the  fibres,  whofe  contractions  are  thence  both,  more  forceable, 
and  more  frequent.  And  that  in  difeafes  attended  with  debility,,  as 
ilii  nervous  fevers,  where  the  fibrous  contractions  are  weaker,  and. 
J^rr  more 


78  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.     Se€T.XII.  i. 

more  frequent,  it  may  be  conceived  that  the  caufe  confifts  in  a  de- 
creafe  of  mobility  of  the  fibres  ;  and  that  thofe  weak  conftitutions, 
"which  are  attended  with  cold  extremities  and  large  pupils  of  the  eyes, 
may  poflefs  lels  mobility  of  the  contradtile  fibres,  as  well  as  lefs  quan^- 
tity  of  exertion  of  the  fpirit  of  animation. 

In  anfwer  to  this  mode  of  reafoning  it  may  be  fnfficicnt  to  obferve, 
that  the  contractile  fibres  confifl:  of  inert  matter,  and  when  the  lea- 
lorial  power  is  withdrawn,  as  in  death,  they  poflefs  no  power  of  mo- 
tion at  all,  but  remain  in  their  laft  ftate,  whether  of  contraction  or 
relaxation,  aiid  muft  thence  derive  the  whole  of  this  property  from 
the  fpirit  of  ai^lmation.  At  the  fame  time  it  is  not  improbable,  that 
the  moving  fibrps  of  ftrong  people  may  poflefs  a  capability  of  receiving 
or  containing  aigreater  quantity  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  than  thofe 
of  weak  people.?  *  " 

In  every  coulSi'action  of  a  fibre  there  is  an  expenditure  of  the  fenfo- 
rial  power,  or  fpirit  of  animation ;  and  where  the  exertion  of  this 
fenforial  power  has  been  for  fome  time  increafed,  and  the  mufcles  or 
organs  of  i'cnfe  have  in  confequence  a£ted  with  greater  energy,  its 
propenfity  to  activity  is  proportionally  lefiencd  ;  which  is  to  be  afcrib- 
ed  to  the  exhauftion  or  diminution  of  its  quantity.  On  the  contrary, 
where  there  has  been  lefs  fibrous  contraction  than  ufual  for  a  certain 
time,  the  fenforial  power  or  fpirit  of  animation  becomes  accumulated 
in  the  inadtive  part  of  the  fyfliem.  Hence  vigour  fucceeds  refl:,  and 
hence  the  propenfity  to  aftion  of  all  our  organs  of  fenfe  and  mufcles 
is  in  a  fl:ate  of  perpetual  fluctuation.  The  irritability  for  infl:ance  of 
the  retina,  that  is,  its  quantity  of  fenforial  power,  varies  every  mo- 
ment according  to  the  brightnefs  or  obfcurlty  of  the  objeCt  laft  beheld 
compared  with  the  prefent  one.  Th^  fame  occurs  to  our  fenfe  of 
heat,  and  to  every  part  of  our  fyftem,  which  is  capable  of  being  ex- 
cited into  action. 

When  this  variation  of  the  exertion  of  the  fenforial  power  becomes 
much  and  permanently  above  or  beneath  the  natural  quantity,  it  be- 

comefiF 


Sect.  XII.  2.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  73' 

comes  a  difeafe.  If  the  irritative  motions  be  too  great  or  toolittle, 
it  {hews  that  the  ftimulus  of  external  things  afFecl  this  fenforlal  power 
'■too  violently  or  too  inertly.  If  the  fenfitive  motions  be  too  great  or 
too  little,  the  caufe  arifes  from  the  deficient  or  exuberant  quantity  of 
ienfation  produced  in  confequence  of  the  motions  of  the  mufcular 
fibres  or  organs  of  fenfe ;  if  the  voluntary  a£lions  are  difeafed  the 
caufe  is  to  be  looked  for  in  the  quantity  of  volition  produced  in  con- 
fequence of  the  deiire  or  averfion  occaiioned  by  the  painful  or  plea- 
iurable  fenfations  above  mentioned.  And  the  difeafes  of  affociations 
probably  depend  on  the  greater  or  lefs  quantity  of  the  other  three  fen- 
forial  powers  by  which  they  were  formed. 

From  whence  it  appears  that  the  propenfity  to  action,  whether  it 
-be  called  irritability,  fenfibility,  voluntarily,  or  affociability.,  is  only 
another  mode  of  expreffion  for  the  quantity  of  fenforial  power  rcliding 
in  the  organ  to  be  excited.  And  that  on  the  contrary  the  words  in- 
irritability  and  infenfibility,  together  with  inaptitude  to  voluntary 
and  affociate  motions,  are  fynonymous  with  deficiency  of  the  quantity 
of  fenforial  power,  or  of  the  fpirit  of  animation,  refiding  in  the  organs 
io  be  excited, 

II.  Of  fenforial  'Exirtian.  .    - 

I.  There  are  three  circumflances  to  be  attended  to  in  the  produc- 
tion of  animal  motions.  ifL  The  ftimulus.  2d.  The  fenforial  power. 
3d.  The  contractile  fibre.  ift.  A  ftimulus,  external  to  the  organ, 
originally  induces  into  a6lion  the  fenforial  faculty  termed  irritation  ; 
this  produces  the  contradlion  of  the  fibres,  which,  if  it  be  perceived  at 
all,  introduces  pleafure  or  pain  ;  w^hlch  in  their  aftive  ftate  are  termed 
fenfation ;  which  is  another  fenforial  faculty,  and  occafionally  pro- 
duces contra6lion  of  the  fibres  ;  this  pleafure  or  pain  is  therefore  to  be 
confidered  as  another  ftimulus,  which  may  either  aft  alone  or  in  con- 
junftion  with  the  former  faculty  of  the  fenforium  termed  irritation. 

■    L  This 


74  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.       Sect.XIL  3, 

This  new  ftimulus  of  pleafure  or  pain  either  induces  into  aclion  the 
fenforial  faculty  termed  fenfation,  which  then  produces  the  contrac- 
tion of  the  fibres  ;  or  it  introduces  defire  or  averiion,  which  excite 
into  adion  another  fenforial  faculty,  termed  volition,  and  may  there- 
fore be  confidered  as  another  ftimulus,  which  either  alone  or  in  con- 
junction with  one  or  both  of  the  two  former  faculties  of  the  fenforium 
produces  the  contraction  of  animal  fibres.  There  is  another  fenforial 
power,  that  of  aflbciation,  which  perpetually,  in  conjunction  with 
one  or  more  of  the  above,  and  frequently  fmgly,  produces  the  con- 
traction of  animal  fibres,  and  which  is  itfelf  excited  into  aClion  by  the 
previous  motions  of  contracting  fibres. 

Now  as  the  fenforial  power,  termed  irritation,  refiding  in  any  par- 
ticular fibres,  is  excited  into  exertion  by  the  ftimulus  of  external 
bodies  aCling  on  thofe  fibres;  the  fenforial  power,  termed  fenfation, 
refiding  in  any  particiilar  fibres  is  excited  into  exertion  by  the  ftimulus 
of  pleafure  or  pain  aCting  on  thofe  fibres  j  the  fenforial  power,  termed 
volition,  refiding  in  any  particular  fibres  is  excited  into  exertion  by 
the  ftimulus  of  defire  or  averfion  ;  and  the  fenforial  power,  termed 
aflbciation,  refiding  in  any  particular  fibres,  is  excited  into  aClion  by 
the  ftimulus  of  other  fibrous  motions,  which  had  frequently  preceded 
.them.  The  word  ftimulus  may  therefore  be  ufed  without  impro- 
priety of  language,  for  any  of  thefe  four  caufes,  which  excite  the 
four  fenforial  powers  into  exertion.  For  though  the  immediate  caufe 
of  volition  has  generally  been  termed  a  motive  ;  and  that  of  irritation 
only  has  generally  obtained  the  name  oi  Jihmdus ;  yet  as  the  imme- 
diate caufe,  which  excites  the  fenforial  powers  of  fenfation,  or  of  af- 
fociation  into  exertion,  have  obtained  no  general  name,  we  fliall  ufe 
the  word  ftimulus  for  them  all. 

Hence  the  quantity  of  motion  produced  in  any  particular  part  of 
the  animal  fyftem  will  be  as  the  quantity  of  ftimulus  and  the  quantity 
of  fenforial  power,  or  fpirit  of  animation,  refiding  in  the  contracting 
fibres.     Where  both  thefe  quantities  are  great,  flrength  is  produced, 

when 


SECT.XIL2.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  75 

■when  that  word  is  applied  to  the  motions  of  animal  bodies.  Where 
-either  of  them  is  deficient,  wcabiefs  is  produced,  as  applied  to  the 
motions  of  animal  bodies. 

Now  as  the  fenforial  power,  or  fpirit  of  animation,  is  perpetually 
exhatifted  by  the  expenditure  of  it  in  fibrous  contractions,  and  is  per- 
petually renewed  by  the  fecretiou  or  produflion  of  it  in  the  brain  and 
fpinal  marrow,  the  quantity  of  animal  ftrengfh  muft  be  in  a  perpetual 
ftate  of  fluduation  on  this  account ;  and  if  to  this  be  added  the  un- 
ceafing  variation  of  all  the  four  kinds  of  ftimulus  above  defcribed, 
which  produce  the  exertions  of  the  fenforial  powers,  the  ceafelefs  vi- 
ciffitude  of  animal  ftrength  becomes  eafily  comprehended. 

If  the  quantity  of  fenforial  power  remains  the  fame,  and  the  quan- 
tity of  ftimulus  be  leffened,  a  weaknefs  of  the  fibrous  contratStions 
enfues,  which  may  be  denominated  debility  from  defed'ofjlimulus.  If 
the  quantity  of  ftimulus  remains  the  fame,  and  the  quantity  of  fen- 
forial power  be  leffened,  another  kind  of  weaknefs  enfues,  which  may 
be  termed  debility  frotn  deje&  of  fenforial  power  ;  the  former  of  thefe 
is  called  by  Dr.  Brown,  in  his  Elements  of  Medicine,  diredt  debility, 
and  the  latter  indireft  debility.  The  coincidence  of  fome  parts  of 
this  work  with  correfpondent  dedudlions  in  the  Brunonian  Elementa 
Medicina,  a  work  (with  fome  exceptions)  of  great  genius,  mufl:  be 
confidered  as  confirmations  of  the  truth  of  the  theory,  as  they  were 
probably  arrived  at  by  different  trains  of  reafoning. 

Thus  in  thofe  who  have  been  expofed  to  cold  and  hunger  there  is  a 
deficiency  of  ftimulus.  While  in  nervous  fever  there  is  a  deficiency 
of  fenforial  power.  And  in  habitual  drunkards,  in  a  morning  before 
their  ufual  potation,  there  is  a  deficiency  both  of  flimulus  and  of  fen- 
forial power.  While,  on  the  other  hand,  in -the  beginning  of  intoxica- 
tion there  is  an  excefs  of  .ftimulus;  in  the  hot-ach,  after  the  hands 
have  been  immerfed  in  fnow,  there  is  a  redundancy  of  fenforial 
power  ;  and  in  inflammatory  difeafes  with  arterial  ftrength,  there  is 
.an  excefs  of  both.. 

L/  -2  Hence 


76  OF  STIMULUS  AND-  EXERTION.      Sect.  XIL  z^. 

Henee  if  the  fenforial  power  be  leffened,  while  the  quantity  of  fti- 
mulus  remains  the  fame,  aa  in  nervous  fever,  the  frequency  of  repetition 
of  the  arterial  contraftions  may  continue,  but.  their  force  in  refpeft  to. 
removing  obftacles,  as  in  promoting  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  or  the 
velocity  of  each  contraftion^  will  be  diminifhed,  that  is,  the  animal, 
flrength.  will  be  leffened.     And  fecondly,   if  the  quantity  of  fenforial.' 
power  be  leffened,,  and  the  ftimulus  be  increafed.  to  a  certain  degree, 
as  in  giving  opium  in  nervous  fevers,,  the  arterial  contraftions  may  be 
performed  more  frequently  than  natural,,  yet. with  lefs  flrength.. 

And,  thirdly,  if  the  fenforial  power  continues  the. fame  in  refpe£l  to^' 
quantity,  and  the  ftimulus  be.  fomewhat. diminifhed,,  as  m, going  into  a, 
darkilh  room,  or  into  a  coldifh  bath,,fuppofe  of  about  eighty  degrees  of.' 
heat,,  as  Buxton-bath,  a  temporary  weaknefs  of  the.,  affeded  .fibres  is^ 
induced,  till  an  accumulation  of  fenforial  power;  gradually  fucceeds,., 
and.  counterbalances  the  deficiency,  of  ftimulus, .  and  then  the  bath i 
ceafes  to  feel  cold,  and  the  room  ceafes  to  appear  dark  ;  becaufe  the.. 
fibres  of  the  fubcutaneous  veffels,  or  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  ,adl  with.^ 
their  ufual  energy. 

A  fet  of  mufcular  fibres  may  thus  be.  ftimulated  into  violent  ex^ 
ertion,  that  is,  they  may  a£l  frequently,  and  with  their  whole  fen-- 
fbrial  power,  but  may  neverthelefs  not  adl  ftrongly  ;  becaufe.  the,, 
quantity  of  their  fenforial  power  wast originally  fmall,.or  was  previ-- 
oufly  exhaufted.  Hence  a  ftimulus  may  be  great,  and  the  irritation  . 
in  confequence  a£t  with  its  full  force,  as  in  the  hot  paroxifms  of." 
nervous  fever ;  but  if  the  fenforial  power,  termed  irritation,  be  fmall-. 
in  quantity,  the  force  of  the  fibrous  contradlions,  and  the  times  of. 
their  continuance  in  their  contracted  ftate,  will  be  proportionally, 
fmall. 

In  the  fame  manner  in  the  hot  paroxifm  of  putrid  fevers,  which, 
are  fhewn  in  Seft.  XXXIII.  to  be  inflammatory  fevers  with  arterial- 
debility,  the  fenforial  power  termed  fenfation  is  exerted  with  great: 
adivity,  yet  the  fibrous  contradions,  which  produce  the  circulation  , 

3  ^'^\ 


S'Ecr.Xir.  2;      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION^.  77- 

ef  the  blood,  are  performed  without  ftrength,  becaufe  the  quanrity 
of  fetiforial  power  then  refiding  in  that  part  of  tlie  fyftern  is  fmall. 

Thus  in  irritative  fever  with  arterial  itrength,  that  is,  wich  ex- 
cefs  of  fpirit  of  animation,  the  quantity  of  exertion  during  the  hod 
part  of  the  paroxifm  is  to  be  eftimated  from  the  quantity  of  ftimulus,- 
and  the  qijantity  of  fenforial  power.  While  in  fenfitive  (or  inflam-- 
matory).  fever  with  arterial  (Irength,  that  is,  with  excefs  of  fpirit  of 
animation,  the  violent  and  forcible  aftions  of  the  vafcular  fyftem-. 
during  the  hot  part-  of  the  paroxifm  are  induced  by  the  exertions  of- 
two  fenforial' powers,,  which  are  excited  by  two  kindsof  ftimulus.- 
Thefe  are  the  fenforial  power  of  irritation  excited  by  the  ftimulus  of- 
bodies  external  to  the  moving  fibres,  and  the  fenforial  power  of  fen-- 
fation  excited. by  the  pain  in .confequence  of  theincreafed  contractions-- 
of  thofe  moving  fibres; - 

And  in  infane  people  in  fome  cafes  the  force  of  their  mufcular  ac-- 
tions  will  be  ia  proportion  to  the  quantity  of  fenforial  powerj  which- 
they  poflefs,  and  the  quantity  of  the  ftimulus  of  deli  re  or  averfion, 
■which  excites  their  vohtioa  into  acflioni  At  the  fame  time  in  other 
cafes  the  ftimulus  of  pain  or  pleafure,  and  the  ftimulus  of  external- 
bodies,  may  excite  into  action  ■the  fenforial  powers  of  fenfation  and' 
irritation,  and  thus  add  greater  force  to  their  mufcular  adions. 

a;-  The  application  of  the  flimuluSj  whether  that  ftimulus  be  fome 
quality  of  external*  bodies,  or  pleafure  or  paia^  or  defire  or  averfion, 
or  a  link  of  alTociation,  excites,  the  correfpondent  fenforial  power  into 
a£tion;  and  this  caufes  the  contraftion  of  the  fibre.  On  thecontrac-^ 
tion  of  the  fibre  a  part  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  becomes  expended,:- 
and  the  fibre  ceafes  to  contract,  though  the  ftimulus  continues  to  be' 
applied;  till  in  a  certain  time  the  fibre  having  received  a  fupply  oF" 
fenforial  pov/er  is  ready  to  contract  again,  if  the  ftimulus  continues' 
to  be  applied;  If  the  ftimulus  on  the  contrary  be  v/ithdrawn,  the 
fame  quantity  of  quiefcent  fenforial  power  becomes  refident  in  the- 
fibre  as  before  its  contradion  ;  as  appears  from  th-e  readinefs  for  ac- 

tiou- 


78  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sbct.XII.  a. 

tiou  of  the  large  Ipcomotive  mufcles  of  the  body  ia  a  fliort  time  after 
common  exertion. 

But  in  thofe  mufcular  fibres:,  which  are  fubjefi;  to  conflant  ftimu- 
ius,  as  the  arteries,  glands,  and  capillary  veflels,  another  phenomenon 
occurs,   if  their  accuflomed  ftimulus  be  withdrawn;    which  is,  that 
the.  fenforial  power  becomes   accumulated  in  the  contradlUe  fibres, 
owing  to  the  want  of  its  being  perpetually  expended,  or  carried  away, 
by  their  ufual  unremitted  contraftions.     And  on  this  account  thofe 
mufcular  fibres  become  afterwards  excitable  into  their  natural  actions 
by  a  much  weaker  ftimulus  ;  or  into  unnatural  violence  of  adion  by 
'their  accuftomed  ftimulus,  as  is  feen  in  the  hot  fits  of  intermittent 
fevers,    which  are  in  confequence  of  the  previous  cold  ones.      Thus 
jthe  minute  veffels  of  the  Ikin  are  conftantly  ftimulated  by  the  fluid 
-matter  of  heat ;   if  the  quantity  of  this  ftimulus  of  heat  be  a  while 
diminifhed,  as  in  covering  the  hands  with  fnow,  the  veflels  ceafe  to 
:a6l,  as  appears  from  the  palenefs  of  the  Ikin  ;  if  this  cold  applicatioa 
-of  fnow  be  continued  but  a  fhort  time,   the  fenforial  power,  which 
had  habitually  been  fupplied  to  the  fibres,  becomes  now  accumulated 
in  them,  owino-  to  the  want  of  its  being  expended  by  their  accuftomed 
contraftions.     And  thence  a  lefs  ftimulus  of  heat  will  now  excite 
them  into  violent  contra6tions. 

If  the  quiefcence  of  fibres,  which  had  previoufly  been  fubje£t  to 
perpetual  ftimulus,  continues  a  longer  time;  or  their  accuftomed 
ftimulus  be  more  completely  withdrawn  ;  the  accumulation  of  fenfo- 
rial  power  becomes  ftill  greater,  as  in  thofe  expofed  to  cold  and  hun- 
o-er ;  pain  is  produced,  and  the  organ  gradually  dies  from  the  chemical 
chano-es,  which  take, place  in  it ;  or  it  is  at  a  great  diftance  of  time 
reftored  to  a(ftion  by  ftimulus  applied  with  great  caution  in  fmall 
quantity,  as  happens  to  fome  larger  animals  and  to  many  infefts, 
which  durino-  the  winter  months  lie  benumbed  with  cold,  and  are 
'  faid  to  fleep,  and  to  perfons  apparently  drowned,  or  apparently 
frozen  to  death.  Snails  have  been  faid  to  revive  by  throwing  them 
T  into 


Sect.  XII.  2.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  79 

into  water  after  having  been  many  years  fhut  up  in  the  cabinets  of 
the  curious  ;  and  eggs  and  feeds  in  general  are  reftored  to  life  after 
many  months  of  torpor  by  the  ftimulus  of  warmth  and  moifture. 

The  inflammation  of  fchirrous  tumours,  which  have  long  exifted 
in  a  ftate  of  inaftion,  is  a  procefs  of  this  kind  ;  as  well  as  the  fenfibi- 
lity  acquired  by  inflamed  tendons  and  bones,  which  had  at  their 
formation  a  fimilar  fenfibility,  which  had  fo  lono;  lain  dormant  in  their 
uninflamed  ftate. 

3.  If  after  long  quiefcence  from  defeat  of  ftimulus  the  fibres, 
which  had  previoufly  been  habituated  to  perpetual  ftimulus,  are  again 
expofed  to  but  their  ufual  quantity  of  it;  as  in  thofe  who  have  fuf- 
fered  the  extremes  of  cold  or  hunger ;  a  violent  exertion  of  the  af- 
fefted  organ  commences,  owing,  as  above  explained,  to  the  great 
accumulation  of  fenforial  power.  This  violent  exertion  not  only  di- 
minifhes  the  accumulated  fpirit  of  animation,  but  at  the  fame  time 
induces  pleafure  or  pain  into  the  fyftem,  which,  whether  it  be  fuc- 
ceeded  by  inflammation  or  not,  becomes  an  additional  ftimulus,  and 
adling  along  with  the  former  one,  produces  flill  greater  exertions  ; 
and  thus  reduces  the  fenforial  power  in  the  contracting  fibres  beneath 
its  natural  quantity. 

When  the  fpirit  of  animation  is  thus  exhaufted  by  ufelefs  exer- 
tions, the  organ  becomes  torpid  or  unexcitable  into  aclion,  and  a 
fe'cond  fit  of  quiefcence  fucceeds  that  of  abundant  adlivity.  During 
this  fecond  fit  of  quiefcence  the  fenforial  power  becomes  again  accu- 
mulated, and  another  fit  of  exertion  follows  in  train.  Thefe  viciffi- 
tudes  of  exertion  and  inertion  of  the  arterial  fyftem  conflitute  the 
paroxifms  of  remittent  fevers  ;  or  intermittent  ones,  when  there  is 
an  interval  of  the  natural  adlion  of  the  arteries  between  the  exacerba- 
tions. 

In  thefe  paroxifms  of  fevers,  which  confift  of  the  libration  of  the 
arterial  fyftem  between  the  extremes  of  exertion  and  quiefcence,  either 
the  fits  become  lefs  and  lefs  violent  from  the  contradile  fibres  be- 

comine 


Sd  of  stimulus  and  exertion.      Sect.  XII.  3, 

-coming  lefs  excitable  to  the  flimul us  by  habit,  that  is,  by  becoming 
accuftomed  to  it,  as  explained  below  XII.  3.  i.  or  the  whole  fenfo- 
rial  power  becomes  exhaufled,  and  the  arteries  ceafe  to  beat,  and  the 
patient  dies  in  the- cold  part  of  the  paroxifm.  Or  feeondly,  fo  much 
pain  is  introduced  .into  the  fyftem  by  the  violent  contraftions  of  the 
fibres, -that  inflammation  arifes,  which  prevents  future  cold  fits  by 
expending  a  part  of  the  fenforial  power  in  the  extenfion  of  old  veffels 
or  the  produftion  of  new  ones;  and  thus  preventing  the  too  great  ac- 
cumulation or  exertion  of  it  in  other  parts  of  the  fyftem  ;  or  which 
by  the  great  increafeof  ftimulus  excites  into  great  aftion  the  whole 
glandular  fyftem  as  well  as  the  arterial,  and  thence  a  greater  quantity 
of  fenforial  power  is  produced  in  the  brain,  and  thus  its  exhauftion  ia 
any  peculiar  part -of  the  fyftem  ceafes  to  be  afFeded. 

4.  Or  thirdly,  in  confequence  of  the  painful  or  pleafurable  fenfa- 
tion  above  mentioned,  defire  and  averfion  are  introduced,  and  inordinate 
volition  fucceeds ;  which  by  its  own  exertions  expends  fo  much  of  the 
fpirit  of  animation,  that  the  two  other  fenforial  faculties,  or  irritation 
and  fenfation,  ad  fo  much  feebler ;  that  the  paroxifms  of  fever,  or 
that  libration  between  the  extremes  of  exertion  and  inadivity  of  the 
arterial  fyftem,  gradually  fubfides.  On  this  account  a  temporary  in- 
sanity is  a  favourable  fign  in  fevers,  as  1  have  had  fome  opportunities 
efobferving. 


III.  Of  repeated  Sihmitm, 

I.  When  a  ftimulus  is  repeated  more  frequently  tlian  the  expendi- 
ture of  fenforial  power  can  be  renewed  in  the  afting  organ,  the  effeft 
of  the  ftimulus  becomes  gradually  diminifhed.  Thus  if  two  grains  of 
opium  be  fwallowed  by  a  perfon  unufed  to  fo  ftrong  a  ftimulus,  all 
the  valcular  fyftems  in  the  body  ad  with  greater  energy,  all  the  fe- 
cretions  and  the  abforption  from  thofe  fecreted  fluids  are  increafed  in 

quantity 


Sect.  XII.  3-      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  Si 

quantity  ;  and  pleafure  or  pain  are  introduced  into  the  fyftem,  which 
adds  an  additional  ftimuhis  to  that  already  too  great.  After  fome 
hours  the  fenforial  power  becomes  diminifl:;ed  in  quantity,  expended 
by  the  great  activity  of  the  lyftem;  and  thence,  when  the  ftimulus 
of  the  opium  is  withdrawn,  the  fibres  will  not  obey  their  ufual  de- 
gree of  natural  ftimulus,  and  a  confequent  torpor  or  quiefcence  fuc- 
ceeds,  as  is  experienced  by  drunkards,  who  on  the  day  after  a  great 
excefs  of  fpirituous  potation  feel  indigeftion,  head-ach,  and  general 
debility. 

In  this  fit  of  torpor  or  quiefcence  of  a  part  or  of  the  whole  of  the 
fyftem,  an  accumulation  of  the  fenforial  power  in  the  affedled  fibres 
is  formed,  and  occafions  a  fecond  paroxyfm  of  exertion  by  the  applica- 
tion only  of  the  natural  ftimulus,  and  thus  a  libration  of  the  fenforial 
exertion  between  one  excefs  and  the  other  continues  for  two  or  three 
days,  where  the  ftimulus  was  violent  in  degree;  and  for  weeks  in 
fome  fevers,  from  the  ftimulus  of  contagious  matter. 

But  if  a  fecond  dofe  of  opium  be  exhibited  before  the  fibres  have 
regained  their  natural  quantity  of  fenforial  power,  its  effect  will  be 
much  lefs  than  the  former,  becaufe  the  fpirit  of  animation  or  fen- 
forial power  is  in  part  exhaufted  by  the  previous  excefs  of  exertion. 
Hence  all  medicines  repeated  too  frequently  gradually  lofe  their 
effeft,  as  opium  and  wine.  Many  things  of  difagreeable  tafte  at  firll 
ceafe  to  be  difagreeable  by  frequent  repetition,  as  tobacco;  grief  and 
pain  gradually  diminilh,  and  at  length  ceaie  altogether,  and  hence 
life  itfelf  becomes  tolerable. 

Befides  the  temporary  diminution  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  or  fen- 
forial power,  which  is  naturally  ftationary  or  refident  in  every  livino- 
fibre,  by  a  fingle  exhibition  of  a  powerful  flimulus,  the  contra6lile 
fibres  themfelves,  by  the  perpetual  application  of  a  new  quantity  of 
ftimulus,  before  they  have  regained  their  natural  quantity  of  fenforial 
power,  appear  to  fufFer  in  their  capability  of  receiving  fo  much  as  the 
natural  quantity  of  fenforial  power ;    and  hence  a  permanent  defici- 

M  ency 


82  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sect.  XII. -. 

ency  of  fpirit  of  animation  takes  place,  however  long  the  ftimulus 
may  have  been  withdrawn.  On  this  caiife  depends  the  permanent 
debility  of  thofe,  who  have  been  addicfted  to  intoxication,  the  general 
weaknefs  of  old  age,  and  the  natural  debility  or  inirritability  of  thofe, 
who  have  pale  fkins  and  large  pupils  of  their  eyes. 

There  is  a  curious  phenomenon  belongs  to  this  place,  which  has 
always  appeared  difficult  of  folution  ;  and  that  is,  that  opium  or  aloes 
may  be  exhibited  in  fmall  dofes  at  firfl,  and  gradually  increafed  to 
very  large  ones  without  producing  ftupor  or  diarrhoea.  In  this  cafe, 
though  the  opium  and  aloes  are  given  in  fuch  fmall  dofes  as  not  to 
produce  intoxication  or  catharfis,  yet  they  are  exhibited  in  quantities 
fufficient  in  fome  degree  to  exhauft  the  fenforial  power,  and  hence  a 
ftronger  and  a  ftronger  dofe  is  required;  otherwife  the  medicine 
would  foon  ceafe  to  adl  at  all. 

On  the  contrary,  if  the  opium  or  aloes  be  exhibited  in  a  large  dofe 
at  firft,  fo  as  to  produce  intoxication  or  diarrhoea;  after  a  few  repe- 
titions the  quantity  of  either  of  them  may  be  diminilhed,  and  they 
will  ftill  produce  this  effeft.  For  the  more  powerful  flimulus  dif- 
fevers  the  progreffive  catenations  of  animal  motions,  defcribed  in 
Se£t.  XVII.  and  introduces  a  new  link  between  them  ;  whence  every 
repetition  flrengthens  this  new  aflbciation  or  catenation,  and  the  fti- 
mulus  may  be  gradually  decreafed,  or  be  nearly  withdrawn,  and  yet 
the  efFe6l  fhall  continue  ;  becaufe  the  fenforial  pov/er  of  aflbciation  or 
catenation  being  united  with  the  ftimuluSy  increafes  in  energy  with 
every  repetition  of  the  catenated  circle ;  and  it  is  by  thefe  means  that 
all  the  irritative  aflbciations  of  motions  are  originally  produced. 

2.  When  a  ftimulus  is  repeated  at  fuch  diftant  intervals  of  time, 
that  the  natural  quantity  of  fenforial  power  becomes  completely  re- 
llored  in  the  ailing  fibres,  it  v/ill  ad:  vi'ith  the  fame  energy  as  when 
firft  applied.  Hence  thofe  who  have  lately  accuftomed  themfelves  to 
large  dofes  of  opium  by  beginning  with  fmall  ones,  and  gradually  in- 
creafing  them,  and  repeating  them  frequently,  as  mentioned  in  the 

preceding 


Sbct.XII.j.      of  stimulus  AND  EXCRTION.  83 

preceding  paragraph  ;  if  they  intermit  the  ufe  of  it  for  a  few  days 
only,  nnuft  begin  again  with  as  fmall  dofes  as  they  took  at  firfl:,  other- 
wife  they  will  experience  the  inconveniences  of  intoxication. 

On  this  circumftance  depend  the  conftant  unfailing  effects  of  the 
various  kinds  of  flimulus,  which  excite  into  adlion  all  the  vafcular 
fyftems  in  the  body ;  the  arterial,  venous,  abforbent,  and  glandular 
veflels,  are  brought  into  perpetual  unwearied  aftion  by  the  fluids, 
which  are  adapted  to  Simulate  them  ;  but  thefe  have  the  fenforial 
power  of  affociatlon  added  to  that  of  irritation,  and  even  in  fome  de- 
gree that  of  fenfation,  and  even  of  volition,  as  will  be  fpoken  of  in 
their  places  ;  and  life  itfelf  is  thus  carried  on  by  the  production  of  fen- 
Ibri.d  power  being  equal  to  its  wafte  or  expenditure  in  the  perpetual 
movement  of  the  vafcular  organization. 

3.  When  a  ftimuius  is  repeated  at  uniform  intervals  of  time  with 
fuch  diftances  between  them,  that  the  expenditure  of  fenforial  power 
in  the  afting  fibres  becomes  completely  renewed,  the  efFedl  is  pro- 
duced with  greater  facility  or  energy.  For  the  fenforial  power  of 
aflbciation  is  combined  with  the  fenforial  power  of  irritation,  or, 
in  common  language,  the  acquired  habit  affifls  the  power  of  the 
flimulus. 

This  circumftance  not  only  obtains  in  the  annual  and  diurnal  cate- 
nations of  animal  motions  explained  in  Sett.  XXXVI.  but  in  every 
lefs  circle  of  a£tions  or  ideas,  as  in  the  burthen  of  a  fong,  or  the  ite- 
rations of  a  dance ;  and  conftitutes  the  pleafure  we  receive  from  re- 
petition and  imitation  ;   as  treated  of  in  Se6l,  XXII.  2. 

4.  When  a  ftimulus  has  been  many  times  repeated  at  uniform  in- 
tervals, fo  as  to  produce  the  complete  aftion  of  the  organ,  it  may 
then  be  gradually  dimlniflied,  or  totally  withdrawn,  and  the  adlion 
of  the  organ  will  continue.  For  the  fenforial  power  of  aflbciation 
becomes  united  with  that  of  irritation,  and  by  frequent  repetition  be- 
■comes  at  length  of  fufficient  energy  to  carry  on  the  new  link  ia 

M  2  the 


84  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sect.XII.  3. 

the  circle  of  adions,    without   the   irritation  which   at   firll  intro- 
duced it. 

Hence,  when  the  bark  is  given  at  ftated  intervals  for  the  cure  of 
intermittent  fevers,  if  li.xtj  grains  of  it  be  given  every  three  hours  for 
the  tvi'entj-four  hours  preceding  the  expefted  paroxyfm,  fo  as  to  Si- 
mulate the  defedivc  part  of  the  fjftem  into  adtion,  and  by  that  means 
to  prevent  the  torpor  or  quiefcence  of  the  fibres,  which  conftitutes  the 
cold  fit;  much  lefs  than  half  the  quantity,  given  before  the  time  at 
which  another  paroxyfm  of  quiefcence  would  have  taken  place,  will 
be  fufficient  to  prevent  it  ;  becaufe  now  the  fenforial  power,  termed 
aflbciation,  a6ls  in  a  twofold  manner,  Firft,  in  refpedt  to  the  period 
of  the  catenation  in  which  the  cold  fit  was  produced,  which  is  now 
diffevered  by  the  ftronger  ftimulus  of  the  firfi:  dofes  of  the  bark  ;  and, 
fecondly,  becaufe  each  dofe  of  bark  being  repeated  at  periodical  times, 
has  its  efFe6t  increafed  by  the  fenforial  faculty  of  aflbciation  being  com- 
bined with  that  of  irritation.' 

Now,  when  fixty  grains  of  Peruvian  bark  are  taken  twice  a  day, 
fuppofe  at  ten  o'clock  and  at  fix,  for  a  fortnight,  the  irritation  ex- 
cited by  this  additional  ftimulus  becomes  a  part  of  the  diurnal  circle 
of  adions,  and  will  at  length  carry  on  the  increafed  adlion  of  the 
fyftem  without  the  afliftance  of  the  ftimulus  of  the  bark.  On  this 
theory  the  bitter  medicines,  chalybeates,  and  opiates  in  appropri- 
ated dofes,  exhibited  for  a  fortnight,  give  permanent  ftrength  to  pale 
feeble  children,  and  other  weak  conftitutions. 

5.  When  a  defe£l  of  ftimulus,  as  of  heat,  recurs  at  certain  diurnal 
intervals,  which  induces  fome  torpor  or  quiefcence  of  a  part  of  the 
fyftem,  the  diurnal  catenation  of  aftions  becomes  difordered,  and  a 
new  aflbciation  with  this  link  of  torpid  a£lion  is  formed  ;  qn  the  next 
period  the  quantity  of  quiefcence  will  be  increafed,  fuppofe  the  fame 
defed  of  fl:imulus  to  recur,  becaufe'  now  the  new  aflbciation  con- 
5  fpires 


Sect.  XIL  3.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  85 

fpires  with  the  defective  irritation  in  introducing  the  torpid  a£l:ion 
of  this  part  of  the  diurnal  catenation.  In  this  manner  many  fever- 
fits  commence,  where  the  patient  is  for  fome  days  indifpofed  at  cer- 
tain hours,  before  the  cold  paroxifm  of  fever  is  completely  formed. 
See  Sect.  XVII.  3.  3.  on  Catenation  of  Animal  IMotions. 

6.  If  a  ftimulus,  which  at  firfi:  excited  the  affe£led  organ  into  fo 
great  exertion  as  to  produce  fenfation,  be  continued  for  a  certain  time, 
it  will  ceafe  to  produce  fenfation  both  then  and  when  repeated,  though 
the  irritative  motions  in  confequence  of  it  may  continue  or  be  re- 
excited. 

Many  catenations  of  irritative  motions  were  at  firft  fucceeded  by 
fenfation,  as  the  apparent  motions  of  objects  when  we  walk  part  them, 
and  probably  the  vital  motions  themlelves  in  the  early  ftate  of  our  ex- 
igence. But  as  thofe  fenfations  were  followed  by  no  movements  of 
the  fyllem  in  confequence  of  them,  they  gradually  ceafed  to  be  pro- 
duced, not  being  joined  to  any  fucceedlng  link  of  catenation.  Hence 
contagious  matter,  which  has  for  fome  weeks  ftimulated  the  fyftem 
into  great  and  permanent  fenfation,  ceafes  afterwards  to  produce  gene- 
ral fenfation,  or  inflammation,  though  it  may  ftill  induce  topical  irri- 
tations.    See  Sea.  XXXIII.  2.  8.  XIX.  10. 

Our  abforbent  iyftem  then  feems  to  receive  thofe  contagious  mat- 
ters, which  it  has  before  experienced,  in  the  fame  manner  as  It  im- 
bibes common  moifture  or  other  fluids  ;  that  is,  without  being 
thrown  into  fo  violent  a£tion  as  to  produce  fenfation ;  the  confe- 
quence of  which  is  an  increafe  of  daily  energy  or  activity,  till  inflam- 
mation and  its  confequences  fucceed. 

7.  If  a  ftimulus  excites  an  organ  into  fuch  violent  contra£lions  as  to 
produce  fenfation,  the  motions  of  which  organ  had  not  ufually  pro- 
duced fenfation,  this  new  fenforial  power,  added  to  the  irritation  oc- 
cafioned  by  the  ftimulus,  increafes  the  adlivity  of  the  organ.  And  if 
this  aftivity  be  catenated  with  the  diurnal  circle  of  aflions,  an  in- 
creafing  inflammation  is  produced ;  as  in  the  evening  paroxyfms  of 

fmall- 


U  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sect.XIL  4. 

fmall-pox,  and  other  fevers  with  inflammation.  And  hence'  fchirrous 
tumours,  tendons  and  membranes,  and  probably  the  arteries  them- 
felves  become  inflamed,  when  they  are  flrongly  Simulated. 


IV.  Of  S^t'rmulus  greater  than  natural. 

I.  A  quantity  of  ftimulus  greater  than  natural,  producing  an  in- 
creafed  exertion  of  fenforial  power,  whether  that  exertion  be  in  the 
r-mode  of  irritation,  fenfation,  volition,  or  aflbciation,  diminiflies  the 
general  quantity  of  it.  This  fa£t  is  obfervable  in  the  progrefs  of  in- 
toxication, as  the  increafed  quantity  or  energy  of  the  irritative  mo- 
tions, owing  to  the  ftimulus  of  vinous  fpirit,  introduces  much  plea- 
furable  fenfation  into  the  fyftem,  and  much  exertion  of  mufcular  or . 
fenfual  motions  in  confequence  of  this  increafed  fenfation;  the  volun- 
tary motions,  and  even  the  aflbciate  ones,  become  much  impaired 
or  diminilhed  ;  and  delirium  and  flaggering  fucceed.  See  Se£l.  XXI. 
on  Drunkennefs.  And  hence  the  great  proftration  of  the  flrength  of 
the  locomotive  mufcle-s  -in  fome  fevers,  is  owing  to  the  exhauftion 
of  fenforial  power  by  the  increafed  aftion  of  the  arterial  fyftem. 

In  like  manner  a  ftimulus  greater  than  natural,  applied  to  a  part  of 
the  fyftem,  increafes  the  exertion  of  fenforial  power  in  that  part,  and 
diminiflies  it  in  fome  other  part.  As  in  the  commencement  of  fcarlet 
fever,  it  is  ufual  to  lee  great  rednefs  and  heat  on  the  faces  and  breafts 
of  children,  while  at  the  fame  time  their  feet  are  colder  than  natural; 
partial  heats  are  obfervable  in  other  fevers  with  debility,  and  are  ge- 
nerally attended  with  torpor  or  quiefcence  of  fome  other  part  of  the 
iyftem.  But  thefe  partial  exertions  of  fenforial  power  are  fometimes 
attended  with  increafed  partial  exertions  in  other  parts  of  the  fyftem, 
which  fympathize  with  them,  as  the  flufhing  of  the  face  after  a  full 
■  meal.     Both  thefe  therefore  are  to  be  afcribed  to  fyxn^z\.\\&t\c  aflbci- 

ations, 


Sect.  XII.  4.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  87 

ations,  explained  in  Se£t.  XXXV.  and  not  to  general  exhauftion  or 
accumulation  of  fenforial  power. 

2.  A  quantity  of  ftimulus  greater  than  natural,  producing  an  in- 
creafed  exertion  of  fenforial  power  in  any  particular  organ,  diminiflies 
the  quantity  of  it  in  that  organ.  This  appears  from  the  contradions 
of  animal  fibres  being  not  fo  eafily  excited  by  a  lefs  ftimulus  after  the 
organ  has  been  fubjefted  to  a  greater.  Thus  after  looking  at  any  lu- 
minous objecSt  of  a  fmall  fize,  as  at  the  fetting  fun,  for  a  fhort  time, 
fo  as  not  much  to  fatigue  the  eye,  this  part  of  the  retina  becomes  lefs 
fenfible  to  fmaller  quantities  of  light ;  hence  when  the  eyes  are  turned 
on  other  lefs  luminous  parts  of  the  fky,  a  dark  fpot  is  feen  refembling 
the  fliape  of  the  fun,  or  other  luminous  object  which  we  laft  behold. 
See  Sea.  XL.  No.  2. 

Thus  we  are  fome  time  before  we  can  diftinguifh  objedls  in  an 
qbfcure  room  after  coming  from  bright  day-light,  though  the  iris 
prefently  contrads  itfelf.  We  are  not  able  to  hear  wezk  founds 
after  loud  ones.  And  the  ftomachs  of  thofe  who  have  been  much 
habituated  to  the  ftronger  ftimulus  of  fermented  or  fpirituous  liquors, 
are  not  excited  into  due  a£tion  by  weaker  ones. 

3.  A  quantity  of  ftimulus  lomething  greater  than  the  laft  men- 
tioned, or  longer  continued,  induces  the  organ  into  fpafmodic  a£lion, 
which  ceafes  and  recurs  alternately.  Thus  on  looking  for  a  time  on 
the  fetting  fun,  fo  as  not  greatly  to  fatigue  the  fight,  a  yellow  fpec- 
trum  is  feen  when  the  eyes  are  clofed  and  covered,  which  continues 
for  a  time,  and  then  difappears  and  recurs  repeatedly  before  it  entirely 
vanifhes.  See  Se£t.  XL.  No.  5.  Thus  the  action  of  vomiting 
ceafes  and  is  renewed  by  intervals,  although  the  emetic  drug  is 
thrown  up  with  the  firft  effort.  A  tenefmus  continues  by  intervals 
fome  time  after  the  exclufion  of  acrid  excrement ;  and  the  pulfations 
of  the  heart  of  a  viper  are  faid  to  continue  fome  time  after  it  is  cleared 
from  its  blood. 

7  III 


88  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      SEcr.XII.  4. 

In  thefe  cafes  the  violent  contraftions  of  the  fibres  produce  pain 
according  to  law  4;  and  this  pain  conftitutes  an  additional  kind  or 
quantity  of  excitement,  which  again  induces  the  fibl'es  into  contrac- 
tion, and  which  painful  excitement  is  again  renewed,  and  again  in- 
duces contradlions  of  the  fibres  with  gradually  diminifhing  efFe£l. 

4.  A  quantity  of  ftimulus  greater  than  that  laft  mentioned,  or 
longer  continued,  induces  the  antagonift  mufcles  into  fpafmodic  ac- 
tion. This  is  beautifully  illuftrated  by  the  ocular  fpeilra  defcribed 
in  Seft.  XL.  No.  6.  to  which  the  reader  is  referred.  From  thofe 
experiments  there  is  reafon  to  conclude  that  the  fatigued  part  of  the 
retina  throws  itfelf  into  a  contrary  mode  of  aftion  like  ofcitation  or 
pandiculation,  as  foon  as  the  ftimulus,  which  has  fatigued  it,  is 
withdrawn  ;  but  that  it  ftill  remains  liable  to  be  excited  into  adlioii 
by  any  other  colours  except  the  colour  with  which  it  has  been  fa- 
tigued. Thus  the  yawning  and  ftretching  the  limbs  after  a  con- 
tinued ailion  or  attitude  feems  occafioned  by  the  antagonift  mufcles 
being  ftimulated  by  their  extenfion  during  the  contradtions  of  thofe 
in  ailion,  or  in  the  fituation  in  which  that  a£tion  laft  left  them. 

5.  A  quantity  of  ftimulus  greater  than  the  laft,  or  longer  conti- 
nued, induces  variety  of  convulfions  or  fixed  fpafms  either  of  the  af- 
fected organ  or  of  the  moving  fibres  in  the  other  parts  of  the  body. 
In  refpeft  to  the  fpeftra  in  the  eye,  this  is  well  illuftrated  in  No.  7 
and  8,  of  Se£t,  XL.  Epile6tic  convalfions,  as  the  emprofthotonos 
and.opifthotonos,  with  the  cramp  of  the  calf  of  the  leg,  locked  jaw, 
and  other  cataleptic  fits,  appear  to  originate  from  pain,  as  fome  of 
thele  patients  fcream  aloud  before  the  convulfion  takes  place ;  which 
feems  at  firft  to  be  an  efixDrt  to  relieve  painful  fenfation,  and  after- 
wards an  effort  to  prevent  it. 

In  thefe  cafes  the  violent  contradlions  of  the  fibres  produce  fo  much 
pain,  as  to  conftitute  a  perpetual  excitement  ;  and  that  in  fo  great  a 
degree  as   to  allow   but  fmall  intervals  of  relaxation  of  the   con- 

tradling 


Sect.  XII.  4.       OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  8<> 

traitlng  fibres  as  in  couvulhons,  or  no  intervals  at  all  as  in  fixed 
fpafms. 

6.  A  quantity  of  ftimulus  greater  than  the  lad,  or  longer  con- 
tinued, produces  a  paralylis  of  the  organ.  In  many  cafes  this  para- 
lyfis  is  only  a  temporary  effect,  as  on  looking  long  on  a  fmall  area  of 
bright  red  filk  placed  o.n  a  fheet  of  white  paper  on  the  floor  in  a  ftrong 
light,  the  r^d  filk  gradually  becomes  paler,  and  at  length  difappears ; 
which  evinces  that  a  part  of  the  retina,  by  being  violently  excited, 
becomes  for  a  time  unaffedled  by  the  ttimulus  of  that  colour.  Thus 
cathartic  medicines,  opiates,  poifons,  contageous  matter,  ceafe  to  in- 
fluence our  fyftem  after  it  has  been  habituated  to  the  ufe  of  them, 
except  by  the  exhibition  of  increafed  quantities  of  them  ;  our  fibres 
not  only  become  iinaffeiSted  by  ftimuli,  by  which  they  have  previ- 
oufly  been  violently  irritated,  as  by  the  matter  of  the  fmall-pox  or 
meaflles ;  but  they  alfo  become  unaffe£led  by  fenfation,  where 
the  violent  exertions,  which  difabled  them,  were  in  confequence 
of  too  great  quantity  of  fenfation.  And  laftly  the  fibres,  M'hich 
become  difobedient  to  volition,  are  probably  difabled  by  their  too 
violent  exertions  in  confequence  of  too  great  a  quantity  of  vo- 
lition. 

After  every  exertion  of  our  fibres  a  temporary  paralyfis  fucceeds, 
whence  the  intervals  of  all  mufcular  contraftions,  as  mentioned  in 
No.  3  and  4  of  this  Sedlion  j  the  immediate  caufe  of  thefe  more  per- 
manent kinds  of  paralyfis  is  probably  owing  in  the  fame  manner  to 
the  too  great  exhauftion  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  in  the  affedted  part; 
fo  that  a  ftronger  ftimulus  is  required,  or  one  of  a  different  kind  from 
that,  v^'hich  occafioned  thofe  too  violent  contractions,  to  again  excite 
the  affe£led  organ  into  activity  ;  and  if  a  flronger  fi:imulus  could  be 
applied,  it  muil:  again  induce  paralyfis. 

For  thefe  powerful  flimuli  excite  pain  at  the  fame  time,  that  they 
produce  irritation  ;  and  this  pain  not  only  excites  fibrous  motions  by 
its  ftimulus,  but  it  alfo  produces  volition  ;  and  thus  all  thefe  ftimuli 

N  ,  aftins: 


90  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.     Sect.  XII.  5. 

acting  at  the  fame  time,  and  fometlmes  with  the  addition  of  their  af- 
fociations,  produce  fo  great  exertioQ  as  to  expend  the  whole  of  the 
fenforial  power  in  the  affedled  fibres. 


v.  Of  Stmulus  lefs  than  natural, 

I.  A  quantity  of  ftimuluslefs  than  natural,  producing  a  decreased 
exertion  of  fenforial  power,  occafions  an  accumulation  of  the  general 
quantity  of  it.  This  circumftance  is  obfervable  in  the  haemiplagia,. 
in  which  the  patients  are  perpetually  moving  the  mufcles,  which  are 
"unafFefted.  On  this  account  we  awake  with  greater  vigour  after 
fleep,  becaufe  during  fo  many  hours,  the  great  ufual  expenditure  of 
fenforial  power  in  the  performance  of  voluntary  aftions,  and  in  the 
exertions  of  our  organs  of  fenfe,  in  confequence  of  the  irritations  oc- 
cafioned  by  external  obje£ts  had"  been  fufpended,  andaconfequent  ac- 
cumulation had  taken  place. 

In  like  manner  the  exertion  of  the  fenforial  power  lefs  than  natural 
in  one  part  of  the  fyftem,  is  liable  to  produce  an  increafc  of  the  ex- 
ertion of  it  in  fomc  other  part.  Thus  by  the  action  of  vomiting,  in< 
which  the  natural  exertion  of  the  motions  of  the  flomach  are  de- 
flroyed  or  diminlfhed,  an  increafed  abforption  of  the  pulmonary  and 
cellular  lymphatics  is  produced,  as  is  known  by  the  increafed  abforp- 
tion of  the  fluid  depofited  in  them  in  dropfica^l  cafes.  But  thefe  par- 
tial quiefcences  of  fenforial  power  are  alfo  fometimes  attended  with, 
other  partial  quiefcences,  which  fympathize  with  them,  as  cold  and 
pale  extremities  from  hunger.  Thefe  therefore  are  to  be  afcribed  to 
the  alTociations  of  iympathy  explained  in  Se£t.  XXXV.  and  not  to  the- 
general  accumulation  of  fenforial  power. 

2.  A  quantity  of  ftimulus  lefs  than  natural,  applied  to  fibres  pre- 
vioufly  accuflomed  to  perpetual  ftimulus,  is  fucceeded  by  acctimula- 

tion 


Sect.  XII.  5.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  91 

tion  of  fenfoiial  power  in  the  affefted  organ.  The  truth  of  this  pro- 
pofition  is  evinced,  becaufe  a  ftimulus  lefs  than  natural,  if  it  be 
fomevvhat  greater  than  that  above  mentioned,  will  excite  the  organ 
fo  circumftanced  into  violent  ailivity.  Thus  on  a  froity  day  with 
wind,  the  face  of  a  perfon  expofed  to  the  wind  is  at  firrt:  pale  and 
rhrunk  ;  but  on  turning  the  face  from  the  wind,  it  becomes  foon  of 
a  glow  with  warmth  and  flufhing.  The  glow  of  the  Ikin  in  emerg- 
ing from  the  cold-bath  is  owing  to  the  fame  caufe. 

It  does  not  appear,  that  an  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  above 
the  natural  quantity  is  acquired  by  thofe  mufcles,  which  are  not  fub- 
je£t  to  perpetual  flimulus,  as  the  locomotive  mufcles :  thefe,  after  the 
greateft  fatigue,  only  acquire  by  reft  their  ufual  aptitude  to  motion ; 
whereas  the  vafciilar  fyftem,  as  the  heart  and  arteries,  after  a  fhort 
quiefcence,  are  thrown  into  violent  a£tion  by  their  natural  quantity  of 
ftimulus. 

Neverthelefs  by  this  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  during  the 
application  of  decreafed  ftimulus,  and  by  the  exhauftion  of  it  during 
.the-a6tion  of  increafed  ftimulus,  it  is  wifely  provided,  that  the  ac- 
tions of  the  vafcular  tnufcles  and  organs  of  fenfe  are  not  much  de- 
ranged  by  fmall  variations  of  ftimulus  ;  as  the  quantity  of  fenforial 
power  becomes  in  fome  meafure  inverfely  as  the  quantity  of  fti- 
mulus. 

3.  A  <juantity  of  ftimulus  lefs  than  that  mentioned  above,  and 
<:ontinued  for  fofme  time,  induces  pain  in  the  affe<5led  organ,  as  the 
pain  of  cold  in  the  hands,  when  they  are  immerfed  in  fnow,  is  owing 
to  a  deficiency  of  the  ftimulation  of  heat.  Hunger  is  a  pain  from  the 
deficiency  of  the  ftimulation  of  food.  Pain  in  the  back  at  the  com- 
■jnencement  of  ague- fits,  and  the  head-achs  which  attend  feeble  peo- 
ple, are  pains  from  defect  of  ftimulus,  and  are  hence  relieved  by  opi- 
um, eflential  oils,   fpirit  of  wine. 

As  the  pains,  which  originate  from  defe*^  of  ftimulus,  only  occur 
in  thofe  parts  of  the  fyftem,  which  have  been  previoufly  fubjedled  to 

N  3  perpetual 


92  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.     SECT.XIL5. 

perpetual  ftlmulus  ;  and  as  an  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  is  pro- 
duced in  the  quiefcent  organ  along  with  the  pain,  as  in  cold  ■  or 
hunger,  there  is  reafon  to  believe,  that  the  pain  is  owing  to  the  ac- 
cumulation of  fenforial  power.  For,  in  the  locomotive  mufcles,  in. 
the  retina  of  the  eye,  and  other  organs  of  fenfes,  no  pain  occurs  from 
the  abfence  of  flimulus,  nor  any  great  accumulation  of  fenforial 
power  beyond  their  natural  quantity,  fince  thefe  organs  have  not- 
been  ufed  to  a  perpetual  fupply  of  it.  There  is  indeed  a  greater  ac- 
cumulation  occurs  in  the  organ  of  vilion  after  its  quiefcence,  becaufe 
it  is  fubjeft  to  more  conftant  ftimulus. 

4.  A  certain  quantity  of  ftimulus  lefs  than  natural  induces  the 
moving  organ  into  feebler  and  more  frequent  contraftions,  as  men- 
tioned in  No.  I.  4.  of  this.  Seftion.  For  each  contradion  moving- 
through  a  lefs  fpace,  or  with  lefs  force,  that  is,  with  lefs  expendi- 
ture of  the  fpirit  of  animation,  is  fooner  relaxed,  and  the  fpirit  of  ani- 
mation derived  at  each  interval  into  the  adling  fibres  being  lefs,  thefe 
intervals  likewife  become  fhorter.  Hence  the  tremours  of  the  hands^ 
of  people  accuftomed  to  vinous  fpirit,  till  they  take  their  ufual  flimu- 
lus ;  hence  the  quick  pulfe  in  fevers  attended  with  debility,  which; 
is  greater  than  in  fevers  attended  with  ftrength  ;  in  the  latter  the: 
pulfe  feldom  beats  above  120  times  in  a  minute,  in  the  former  it  fre- 
quently exceeds  140. 

It  muft  be  obferved,  that  in  this  and  the  two  following  articles  the 
decreafed  aftion  of  the  fyftem  is  probably  more  frequently  occaiionedi 
by  deficiency  in  the  quantity  of  fenforial  power,  than  in  the  quantity 
©f  flimulus.  Thus  thofe  feeble  conflitutions  which  have  large  pupils 
of  their  eyes,  and  all  who  labour  under  nervous  fevers,  feem  to  owe 
their  want  of  natural  quantity  of  activity  in  the  fyflem  to  the  defici-. 
ency  of  fenforial  power  ;  fince,  as  far  as  can  be  feen,  they  frequently' 
poffefs  the  natural  quantity  of  flimulus. 

5.  A  certain  quantity  of  flimulus,  lefs  than  that  above  mentioned, 
inverts  the  order  bf  facceffive  fibrous  contraftions ;    as  in  vomiting- 

the 


Sect.  XII.  6.       OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  93 

the  vermicular  motions  of  the  ftomach  and  duodenum  are  inverted, 
and  their  contents  ejected,  which  is  probably  owing  to  the  exhauftion 
of  the  fpirit  of  animation  in  the  a£ling  mufcles  by  a  previous  exceffive 
flimulus,  as  by  the  root  of  ipecacuanha,  and  the  confequent  defedb 
of  fenforial  power.  The  fame  retrograde  motions  afFeft  the  whole 
inteftinal  canal  in  ileus ;  and  the  oefophagus  in  globus  hyftericus. 
See  this  further  explained  in  Sedt.  XXIX.  No,  11.  on  Retrograde 
Motions^ 

I  muft  obferve,  alfo,  that  fomething  fimilar  happens  in  the  pro- 
dudlion  of  our  ideas,  or  fenfual  motions,  when  they  are  too  weakly- 
excited  ;  when  any  one  is  thinking  intenfely  about  one  thing,  and. 
carelefsly  converfing  about  another,  he  is  liable  to  ufe  the  word  of  a 
contrary  meaning  to  that  which  he  defigned,.  as  cold  weather  for  hot 
weather,  fup^mer  for  winter. 

6.  A  certain  quantity  of  ftimulus,  lefs  than  that  above  mentioned, 
is  fucceeded  by  paralyfis,  firft  of  the  voluntary  and  fenfitive  motions,, 
and  afterwards  of  thofe  of  irritation  and  of  affociation,  which  conili- 
tutes  death,. 


VI.  Cure  of  tncreafed  Kxertlon.. 

J.  The  cure,,  which  nature  has  provided  for  the  increafed  exertion 
©f  any  part  of  the  fyftem,  confifls  in  the  confequent  expenditure  of 
the  fenforial  power.  But  as  a  greater  torpor  follows  this  exhauftion  of 
fenforial  power,  as  explained  in  the  next  paragraph,  and  a  greater  ex- 
ertion fucceeds  this  torpor,  the  conftitution  frequently  finks  under 
tbefe  increaiing  librations  between  exertion  and  quiefcence;  till  at 
length  complete  quiefcence,  that  is,  death,  clofes  the  fcene. 

For,  during  the  great  exertion  of  the  fyflem  in  the  hot  fit  of  fever^ 
aaincreafe  of  flimulus  is  produced  fi'om  the  greater  momentum  ot^ 

the; 


94  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.     Sect.  XII.  6. 

the  blood,  the  greater  diftention  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  and  the  iti- 
creafed  produdtion  of  heat,  by  the  violent  adlions  of  tne  fyftem  oc- 
cafioned  by  this  augmentation  of  ftinnulus,  the  fenforial  power  be- 
comes diminifhed  in  a  few  hours  miich  beneath  its  natural  quantity, 
the  veffels  at  length  ceafe  to  obey  even  thefe  great  degrees  of  llimulus, 
as  fhewn  in  Se6t.  XL.  9.  i,  and  a  torpor  of  the  whole  or  of  a  part  of 
the  fyftem  enfues. 

Now  as  this  fecond  cold  fit  commences  with  a  greater  deficiency  of 
fenforial  power,  it  is  alio  attended  with  a  greater  deficiency  of  ftixnu- 
lus  than  in  the  preceding  cold  fit,  that  is,  with  lefs  momentum  of 
blood,  lefs  diftention  of  the  hearts  On  this  account  the  fecond  cold 
fit  becomes  more  violent  and  of  longer  duration  than  the  firfi: ;  and  as 
a  greater  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  mufl:  be  produced  before  the 
fyftem  of  veflels  will  again  obey  the  diminifhed  ftimulus,  it  follows, 
that  the  fecond  hot  fit  of  fever  will  be  more  violent  than  the  former 
-one.  And  that  unlefs  fome  other  caufes  counteradl  either  the  violent 
exertions  in  the  hot.^t,  or  the  great  torpor  in  the  cold  fit,  life  will 
at  length  be  extinguifhed  by  the  expenditure  of  the  whole  of  the 
fenforial  power.  And  from  hence  it  appears,  that  the  true  means  of 
curing  fevers  mufl  be  fuch  as  decreafe  the  aftion  of  the  fyftem  in  the 
■hot  fit,  and  increafe  it  in  the  cold  fit ;  that  is,  fuch  as  prevent  the 
too  great  diminution  of  fenforial  power  in  the  hot  fit,  and  the  too  great 
,accumuJation  of  it  in  the  cold  one. 

2.  Where  the  exertion  of  the  fenforial  powers  is  much  increafed, 
as  in  the  hot-fits  of  fever  or  inflammation,  the  following  are  the  ufual 
means  of  relieving  it.  Decreafe  the  irritations  by  blood-letting,  and 
-other  evacuations  ;  by  cold  water  taken  into  the  ftomach,  or  injedled 
as  an  enema,  or  ufed  externally ;  by  cold  air  breathed  into  the  lungs, 
and  diifufed  over  the  fkin  ;  with  food  of  lefs  ftimulus  than  the  patient 
lias  been  accuftomed  to. 

3.  As  a  cold  fit,  or  paroxyfm  of  inactivity  of  fome  parts  of  the 
iydem,  generally  precedes  the  hot  fit,  or  paroxyfm  of  exertion,  by 

y  which 


Sect.  XII.  7.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  95 

which  the  fenforial  power  becomes  accumulated,  this  cold  paroxyfm 
ihould  be  prevented  by  ftimulant  medicines  and  diet,  as  wine,  opium, 
bark,  warmth,  cheerfulnefs,  anger,  furprife. 

4.  Excite  into  greater  adlion  fome  other  part  of  the  fy flem,  by 
which  means  the  fpirit  of  animation  may  be  in  part  expended,  and 
thence  the  inordinate  adtions  of  the  difeafed  part  may  be  lefl'ened. 
Hence  when  a  part  of  the  fkin  a£ls  violently,  as  of  the  face  in  the 
eruption  of  the  fmall-pox,  if  the  feet  be  cold  they  (hould  be  covered. 
Hence  the  ufe  of  a  blifter  applied  near  a  topical  inflammation.  Hence 
opium  and  warm  bath  relieve  pains  both  from  excefs  and  defe6l  of 
ftimulus. 

5.  Firft  increafe  the  general  ftimulation  above  its  natural  quantity^ 
which  may  in  fome  degree  exhauft  the  fpirit  of  animation,  and  then 
decreafe  the  ftimulation  beneath  its  natural  quantity.  Hence  after 
fiidorific  medicines  and  warm  air,  the  application  of  refrigerants  may 
have  greaier  efFedt,  if  they  could  be  adminiftered  without  danger  of 
producing  too  great  torpor  of  fome  part  of  the  lyftem  ;  as  frequently 
happens  to  people  in  health  from  coming  out  of  a  warm  room  into  the 
cold  air,  by  which  a  topical  inflammation  iii  confequenee  of  torpor  of 
the  mucous  membrane  of  the  noflril  is  produced,  and  is  termed.a  colA 
ill  the  head. 


TIL  Cure  of  decreafed.  Exertio?u 

I.  Where  the  exertion  of  the  fenforial  powers  is  much  d'eereafed^ 
as  in  the  cold  fits  of  fever,  a  gradual  accumulation  of  the  fpirit  of 
animation  takes  place ;  as  occurs  in  all  cafes  where  inactivity  or  top- 
por  of  a  part  of  the  fyftem  exifts ;  this  accumulation  of  fenforial^ 
power  increafes,.  till  ftimuli  lefs  than  natural  are  fufficient  to  throw  it 

iutaj 


96  OF  STIiMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sect.XII.  7. 

into  a£1:ion,  then  the  cold  fit  ceafes ;  and  from  the  adion  of  the  na- 
tural ftimuli  a  hot  onefucceeds  with  increafed  aftivity  of  the  whole 
fjftem. 

So  in  fainting  fits,  or  fyncope,  there  is  a  temporary  deficiency  of 
fenforial  exertion,  and  a  confequent  quiefcence  of  a  great  part  of  the 
iyftem.  This  quiefcence  continues,  till  the  fenforial  power  becomes 
again  accumulated  in  the  torpid  organs ;  and  then  the  ufual  diurnal 
ftimuli  excite  the  revivefcent  parts  again  into.adlion  ^  but  as  this  kind 
.of  quiefcence  continues  but  a  fliort  time  compared  to  the  cold  parox- 
yfm  of  an  ague,  and  lefs  affe£ls  the  circulatory  fyftem,  a  lefs  fuper- 
abundancy  of  exertion  fucceeds  in  the  organs  previoufly  torpid,  and  a 
lefs  excefs  of  arterial  adlivity.     See  Se£t.  XXXI V.  i.  6. 

2.  In  the  difeafes  occafioned  by  a  defe6l  of  fenforial  exertion,  as  in 
cold  fits  of  ague,  hyfteric  complaint,  and  nervous  fever,  the  follow- 
ing means  are  thofe  commonly  ufed.  i.  Increafe  the  ftimulatlon 
above  its  natural  quantity  for  fome  weeks,  till  a  new  habit  of  more 
energetic -contraftion  of  the  fibres  is  eftablifhed.  This  is  to  be  done 
by  wine,  opium,  bark,  ^fleel,  given  at  exa£l  periods,  and  in  appro- 
priate quantities  ;  for  if  theie  medicines  be  given  in  fuch  quantity, 
as  to  inducethe  leaft  degree  of  intoxication,  a  debility  fucceeds  from 
the  ufelefs  exhauftion  of  fpirit  of  animation  in  confequence  of  too 
great  exertion  of  the  mufcles  or  organs  of  fenfe.  To  thefe  irritative 
ftimuli  fhould  be  added  the  fenfitive  ones  of  cheerful  ideas,  hope, 
affedion. 

3.  Change  the  kinds  of  ftlmulus.  The  habits  acquired  by  the 
conflitution  depend  on  fuch  nice  circumftances,  that  when  one  kind 
of  fcimulus  ceafes  to  excite  the  fenforial  power  into  the  quantity  of 
exertion  neceffary  to  health,  it  is  often  fufficient  to  change  the  fti- 
mnlus  for  another  apparently  fimilar  in  quantity  and  quality.  Thus 
when  wine  ceafes  to  ftimulate  the  conflitution,  opium  in  appropriate 
dofes  fupplies  the  defedl^  and  the  contrary.     This  is  alfo  obferved  in 

the 


Sect.  XII.  7.      OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.  97 

the  efFedts  of  cathartic  medicines,  when  one  lofes  its  power,  another, 
apparently  lefs  efficacious,  will  fucceed.  Hence  a  change  of  diet, 
drink,  and  Simulating  medicines,  is  often  advantageous  in  difeafes  of 
debility. 

4.  Stimulate  the  organs,  whofe  motions  are  aflbciated  with  the 
torpid  parts  of  the  fyftem.  The  adlions  of  the  minute  veffels  of  the 
various  parts  of  the  external  Ikin  are  not  only  aflbciated  with  each 
other,  but  are  ftrongly  aflbciated  with  thofe  of  fome  of  the  internal 
membranes,  and  particularly  of  the  flomach.  Hence  when  the  ex- 
ertion of  the  ftomach  is  lefs  than  natural,  and  indigeftion  and  heart- 
burn fucceed,  nothing  fo  certainly  removes  thefe  fymptoms  as  the 
llimulus  of  a  blifl:er  on  the  back.  The  coldnefs  of  the  extremities, 
as  of  the  nofe,  ears,  or  fingers,  are  hence  the  befl  indication  for  the 
fuccefsful  application  of  blifl:ers. 

5.  Decreafe  the  ftimulus  for  a  time.  By  leflTening  the  quantity  of  heat 
for  a  minute  or  two  by  going  into  the  cold  bath,  a  great  accumulation 
of  fenforial  power  is  produced  ;  for  not  only  the  minute  veflels  of  the 
whole  external  fkin  for  a  time  become  inadive,  as  appears  by  their 
palenefs  ;  but  the  minute  veflels  of  the  lungs  lofe  much  of  their  ac- 
tivity alfo  by  concert  with  thofe  of  the  Ikin,  as  appears  from  the  dif- 
ficulty of  breathing  at  firfl:  going  into  cold  water.  On  emergino- 
from  the  bath  the  fenforial  power  is  thrown  into  great  exertion  by 
the  ftimulus  of  the  common  degree  of  the  warmth  of  the  atmo- 
Iphere,  and  a  great  produ£lion  of  animal  heat  is  the  confequence. 
The  longer  a  perfon  continues  in  the  cold  bath  the  greater  mufl:  be 
the  prefent  inertion  of  a  great  part  of  the  fyftem,  and  in  confequence" 
a'  greater  accumulation  of  fenforial  power.  Whence  M.  Pome  re- 
commends fome  melancholy  patients  to  be  kept  from  two  to  fix  hours 
in  fpring-water,  and  in  baths  ftill  colder. 

6  Decreafe  the  ftimulus  for  a  time  below  the  natural,  and  then 
increafe  it  above  natural.  The  effeft  of  this  procefs,  improperly  ufed, 
is  feen  in  giving  much  food,  or  applying  much  warmth,  to  thofe 

O  -who 


98  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sect.  XII.  -j. 

who  have  been  previoufly  expofed  to  great  hunger,  or  to  great  cold. 
The  accumulated  fenforial  power  is  thrown  into  fo  violent  exertion, 
that  inflammations  and  mortifications  fupervene,  and  death  clofes  the 
cataftrophe.  In  many  difeafes  this  method  is  the  moft  fuccefsful  ; 
hence  the  bark  in  agues  produces  more  certain  eftedt  after  the  previ- 
ous exhibition  of  emetics.  In  difeafes  attended  with  violent  pain, 
opium  has  double  the  efFeft,  if  venefe6lion  and  a  cathartic  have  been 
previoufly  ufed.  On  this  feems  to  have  been  founded  the  fuccefsful 
practice  of  Sydenham,  who  ufed  venefeftion  and  a  cathartic  in  chlo- 
rofis  before  the  exhibition  of  the  bark,  fteel,  and  opiates. 

7.  Prevent  any  unneceflary  expenditure  of  fenforial  power.  Hence 
in  fevers  with  debility,  a  decumbent  pofl:ure  is  preferred,  with  filence, 
little  light,  and  fuch  a  quantity  of  heat  as  may  prevent  any  chill  fen- 
fation,  or  any  coldnefs  of  the  extremities.  The  pulfe  of  patients  in 
fevers  with  debility  increafes  in  frequency  above  ten  pulfations  in  a 
minute  on  their  rifing  out  of  bed.  For  the  expenditure  of  fenforial 
power  to  preferve  an  ereft  pofl:ure  of  the  body  adds  to  the  general  de- 
ficiency of  it,  and  thus  afFe£ls  the  circulation. 

8.  The  longer  in  time  and  the  greater  in  degree  the  quiefcence  or 
inertion  of  an  organ  has  been,  fo  that  it  ftill  retains  life  or  excitability, 
the  lefs  ftimulus  Ihould  at  firfl;  be  applied  to  it.  The  quantity  of  fli- 
mulation  is  a  matter  of  great  nicety  to  determine,^  where  the  torpor 
or  quiefcence  of  the  fibres  has  been  experienced  in  a  great  degree^  or 
for  a  confiderable  time,  as  in  cold  fits,  of  the  ague,  in  continued  fevers- 
with  great  debility,  or  in  'people  famiflied  at  fea,  or  perifliing  with 
cold.  In  the  two  lafl;  cafes,  very  minute  quantities  oi  food  fliould  be; 
firfl:  fupplied,  and  very  few  additional  degrees  of  heat.  In  the  two 
former  cafes,  but  little  ftimulus  of  wine  or  medicine,  above  what 
they  had  been  lately  accuftomed  to,  fhould  be  exhibited,  and  this  at 
frequent  and  flated  intervals,  fo  that  the  effe£l  of  one  quantity  may 
be  obferved  before  the  exhibition  of  another. 

If  thefe  circumfl:ances  are  not  attended  to,  as  the  fenforial  power 

15  becomes 


Sect.  XII.  7.     OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION,  9f 

becomes  accumulated  in  the  qulefcent  fibres,  an  inordinate  exertion 
takes  place  by  the  increafe  of  ftimulus  ading  on  the  accumulated 
quantity  of  fenforial  power,  and  either  the  paralyfis,  or  death  of  the 
contradile  fibres  enfues,  from  the  total  expenditure  of  the  fenforial 
power  in  the  afFedted  organ,  owing  to  this  increafe  of  exertion,  like 
the  debility  after  intoxication.  Or,  fecondly,  the  violent  exertions 
above  mentioned  produce  painful  fenfation,  which  becomes  a  new 
ftimulus,  and  by  thus  producing  inflammation,  and  increafing  the 
adivity  of  the  fibres  akeady  too  great,  fooner  exhaufts  the  whole  of 
the  fenforial  power  in  the  a6ling  organ,  and  mortification,  that  is, 
the  death  of  the  part,  fupervenes. 

Hence  there  have  been  many  inftances  of  people,  whofe  limbs  have 
been  long  benumbed  by  expofure  to  cold,  who  have  loft  them  by 
mortification  on  their  being  too  haflily  brought  to  the  fire  ;  and  of 
others,  who  were  nearly  famiihed  at  fea,  who  have  died  foon  after 
having;  taken  not  more  than  an  ufual  meal  of  food.  I  have  heard  of 
two  well-attefted  inftances  of  patients  in  the  cold  fit  of  ague,  who 
have  died  from  the  exhibition  of  gin  and  vinegar,  by  the  inflammation 
which  enfued.  And  in  many  fevers  attended  with  debility,  the  un- 
limited ufe  of  wine,  and  the  wanton  application  of  blifters,  I  believe, 
has  deftroyed  numbers  by  the  debility  confequent  to  too  great  ftimu- 
lation,  that  is,  by  the  exhauftion  of  the  fenforial  power  by  its  in- 
ordinate exertion. 

Wherever  the  leaft  degree  of  intoxication  exifts,  a  proportional  de- 
bility is  the  confequence;  but  there  is  a  golden  rule  by  which  the 
neceffary  and  ufeful  quantity  of  ftimulus  in  fevers  with  debility  may 
be  afcertained.  When  wine  or  beer  are  exhibited  either  alone  or  di- 
luted with  water,  if  the  pulfe  becomes  flower  the  ftimulus  is  of  a 
proper  quantity;  and  fhould  be  repeated  every  two  or  three  hours, 
or  when  the  pulfe  again  becomes  quicker. 

In  the  chronical  debility  brought  on  by  drinking  fplrituous  or  fer- 
mented liquors,  there  is  another  golden  rule  by  which  I  have  fuccefs- 

O  2  fully 


100  OF  STIMULUS  AND  EXERTION.      Sect.  XII.  7. 

fully  direfted  the  quantity  of  fpirit  which  they  may  fafely  leffen,  for 
there  is  no  other  means  by  which  they  can  recover  their  health.  It 
(hould  be  premifed,  that  where  the  power  of  digeftion  in  thefe  pa- 
tients is  totally  deftroyed,  there  is  not  much  reafon  to  expedl:  a  return 
to  healthful  vigour.  '  ^r-i. 

I  have  diredted  feveral  of  thefe  patients  to  omit  one  fourth  part  of 
the  quantity  of  vinous  fpirit  they  have  been  lately  accuflomed  to, 
and  if  in  a  fortnight  their  appetite  increafes,  they  are  advifed  to  omit 
another  fourth  part ;  but  if  they  perceive  that  their  digeftion  becomes 
impaired  from  the  want  of  this  quantity  of  fpirituous  potation,  they  are 
advifed  to  continue  as  they  are,  and  rather  bear  the  ills  they  have, 
than  rilk  the  encounter  of  greater.  At  the  fame  time  flefli-meat  with 
or  without  fpice  is  recommended,  with  Peruvian  bark  and  fteel  in 
fmall  quantities  between  their  meals,  and  half  a  grain  of  opium  or  a 
grain,  with  five  or  eight  grains  of  rhubarb  at  night. 


SECT. 


Sect.  XIII.  r.     OF  VEGETABLE  ANIMATION.  loi 


SECT.    XIII. 

OF    VEGETABLE    ANIMATION. 

I.  I.    Vegetables  are  irritable,    mimofa,    dionaa  mufcipula.      Vegetable  Jeer etions. 

I.  Vegetable  buds  are  inferior  animals^  are  liable  to  greater  or  lejs  irritability. 

II.  Stamens  and  fijlils  of  plants  Jhew  marks  of Jenfibility.     Ill,   Vegetables  poj- 
Jefs  fame  degree  of  volition.     IV.  Motions  of  plants  are  ajfociated  like  thcfe  of 

animals.  V.  i.  Vegetable  JlruSlure  like  that  of  animals,  their  anthers  and  flig- 
tnas  are  living  creatures.  Male-flowers  of  Vallifneria.  i.  Whether  vegetables 
poffejs  ideas  ?  "They  have  organs  offenje  as  of  touch  andjmell,  and  ideas  of  exter-^ 
nal  things? 

I.  1.  THE  fibres  of  the  vegetable  world,  as  well  as  thofe  of  the 
animal,  are  excitable  into  a  variety  of  motion  by  the  irritations  of  ex- 
ternal objects.  This  appears  particularly  in  the  mimofa  or  fenfitive 
plant,  whofe  leaves  contrail  on  the  flightefl  injury  ;  the  dion^a  muf- 
cipula, which  was  lately  brought  over  from  the  marfhes  of  America, 
prefents  us  with  another  cui-ious  inftance  of  vegetable  irritability ;  its 
leaves  are  armed  with  fpines  on  their  upper  edge,  and  are  fpread  on 
the  ground  around  the  ftem  ;  when  an  infedl  creeps  on  any  of  them 
in  its  paflage  to  the  flower  or  feed,  the  leaf  Ihuts  up  like  a  fteel  rat- 
trap,  and  deftroys  its  enemy.  See  Botanic  Garden,  Part  II.  note  on 
Silene. 

The  various  fecretions  of  vegetables,  as  of  odour,  fruit,  gum, 
refin,  wax,  honey,  feem  brought  about  in  the  fame  manner  as  in  the 
glands  of  animals  :  the  taftelefs  moifture  of  the  earth  is  converted  by 
the  hop-plant  into  a  bitter  juice ;   as  by  the  caterpillar  in  the  nut- 

ihell 


lOTi  OF  VEGETABLE  ANIMATION.     Sect.  XIII.  i. 

fhell  the  fweet  kernel  is  converted  into  a  bitter  powder.  While  the 
power  of  abforption  in  the  roots  and  barks  of  vegetables  is  excited 
into  aflion  by  the  fluids  applied  to  their  mouths  like  the  lafteals  and 
lymphatics  of  animals. 

2.  The  individuals  of  the  vegetable  world  may  be  confidered  as  in- 
ferior or  lefs  perfect  animals ;  a  tree  is  a  congeries  of  many  living 
buds,  and  in  this  refpedl  refembles  the  branches  of  coralline,  which 
are  a  congeries  of  a  multitude  of  animals.  Each  of  thefe  buds  of  a 
tree  has  its  proper  leaves  or  petals  for  lungs,  produces  its  viviparous 
or  its  oviparous  offspring  in  buds  or  feeds;  has  its  own  roots,  which 
extending  down  the  ftem  of  the  tree  are  interwoven  with  the  roots 
of  the  other  buds,  and  form  the  bark,  which  is  the  only  living  part 
of  the  ftem,  is  annually  renewed,  and  is  fuperinduced  upon  the 
former  bark,  which  then  dies,  and  with  its  ftagnated  juices  gradually 
hardening  into  wood  forms  the  concentric  circles,  which  we  fee  ia 
blocks  of  timber. 

The  following  circumftances  evince  the  individuality  of  the  buds  of 
trees.  Firft,  there  are  many  trees,  whofe  whole  internal  wood  is 
perifbed,  and  yet  the  branches  are  vegete  and  healthy.  Secondly, 
the  fibres  of  the  barks  of  trees  are  chiefly  longitudinal,  refembling 
roots,  as  is  beautifully  feen  in  thofe  prepared  barks,  that  were  lately 
brought  from  Otaheita.  Thirdly,  in  horizontal  wounds  of  the  bark 
of  trees,  the  fibres  of  the  upper  lip  are  always  elongated  downwards 
like  roots,  but  thofe  of  the  lower  lip  do  not  approach  to  meet  them. 
Fourthly,  if  you  wrap  wet  mofs  round  any  joint  of  a  vine,  or  cover 
it  with  moifl  earth,  roots  will  fhoot  out  from  it.^  Fifthly,  by  the 
inoculation  or  engrafting  of  trees  many  fruits  are  produced  from  one 
ftem.  Sixthly,  a  new  tree  is  produced  from  a  bi"anch  plucked  from 
an  old  one,  and  fet  in  the  ground.  Whence  it  appears  that  the  buds 
of  deciduous  trees  are  fo  many  annual  plants,  that:  the  bark  is  a  con- 
texture of  the  roots  of  each  individual  bud  ;  and  that  the  internal  wood 

is 


Sect.  XIII.  5.      OF  VEGETABLE  ANIMATION.  103 

is  of  no  other  ufe  but  to  fupport  them  in  the  air,  and  that  thus  they 
refemble  tiie  animal  world  in  their  individuality. 

The  irritability  of  plants,  like  that  of  animals,  appears  liable  to  be 
increafed  or  decreafed  by  habit ;  for  thofe  trees  or  fhfnbs,  which  are 
brought  from  a  colder  climate  to  a  warmer,  put  out  their  leaves  and 
bloflbms  a  fortni2;ht  fooner  than  the  indigenous  ones. 

Profeffor  Kalm,  in  his  Travels  in  New  York,  obferves  that  the 
apple-trees  brought  from  England  bloffom  a  fortnight  fooner  than  the 
native  ones. .  In  our  country  the  fhrubs,  that  are  brought  a  degree 
or  two  from  the  north,  are  obferved  to  fiourilli  better  than  thofe, 
which  come  from  the  fouth.  The  Siberian  barley  and  cabbage  are 
faid  to  grow  larger  in  this  climate  than  the  {imilar  more  fouthern  ve- 
getables. And  our  hoards  of  roots,  as  of  potatoes  and  onions,  ge- 
minate with  lefs  heat  in  fpring,  after  they  have  been  accuflomed  to 
the  winter's  cold,  than  in  autumn  after  the  fummer's  heat. 

II.  The  flamens  and  piftils  of  flower-s  fhew  evident  marks  of  fen- 
fibility,  not  only  from  many  of  the  ftamens  and  fome  piilils  approach- 
ing towards  each  other  at  the  feafon  of  impregnation,  but  from  many 
of  them  clofing  their  petals  and  calyxes  during  the  cold  parts  of  the 
day.  For  this  cannot  be  afcribed  to  irritation,  becaufe  cold  means  a 
defeft  of  the  ftimulus  of  heat ;  but  as  the  want  of  accuflomed  flimuli 
produces  pain,  as  in  coldnefs,  hunger,  and  thirfl  of  animals,  thefe 
motions  of  vegetables  in  clofing  up  their  flowers  mufl  be  afcribed  to 
the  difagreeable  fenfation,  and  not  to  the  irritation  of  cold.  Others 
clofe  up  their  leaves  during  darknefs,  which,  like  the  former,  cannot 
be  owing  to  irritation,  as  the  irritating  material  is  withdrawn. 

The  approach  of  the  anthers  in  many  flowers  to  the  fligmas,  and 
of  the  piftils  of  fome  flowers  to  the  anthers,  mufl  be  afcribed  to  the 
paflion  of  love,  and  hence  belongs  to  fenfation,  not  to  irritation. 

III.  That  the  vegetable  world  poflefles  fome  degree  of  voluntary 
powers,  appears  from  their  necefiity  to  fleep,  which  we  have  fhewn 
in  Sect.  XVIII.   to  confifl:  in  the  temporary  abolition  of  voluntary 

power. 


I04  OF  VEGETABLE  ANIMATION.      Sect.  XIII.  5. 

power.  This  voluntary  power  feems  to  be  exerted  in  the  circular 
movement  of  the  tendrils  of  vines,  and  other  climbing  vegetables ; 
or  in  the  efforts  to  turn  the  upper  furface  of  their  leaves,  or  their 
flowers  to  the  light. 

IV.  The  affociations  of  fibrous  motions  are  obfervable  in  the  ve- 
getable world,  as  well  as  in  the  animal.  The  divifions  of  the  leaves 
of  the  fenfitive  plant  have  been  accuftomed  to  contraft  at  the  fame 
time  from  the  abfence  of  light ;  hence  if  by  any  other  circumflance, 
as  a  flight  flroke  or  injury,  one  divifion  is  irritated  into  contraftion, 
the  neighbouring  ones  contract  alfo,  from  their  motions  being  affoci- 
ated  with  thofe  of  the  irritated  part.  So  the  various  ftamina  of  the 
clafs  of  fyngenefia  have  been  accuftomed  to  contract  together  in  the 
evening,  and  thence  if  you  ftimulate  one  of  them  with  a  pin,  accord- 
ing to  the  experiment  of  M.  Colvolo,  they  all  contract  from  their  ac- 
quired affociations. 

To  evince  that  the  collapfing  of  the  fenfitive  plant  is  not  owing  to 
any  mechanical  vibrations  propagated  along  the  whole  branch,  when 
a  fingle  leaf  is  ftruck  with  the  finger,  a  leaf  of  it  was  flit  with  fliarp 
fciffors,  and  fome  feconds  of  time  paffed  before  the  plant  feemed  fen- 
fible  of  the  injury;  and  then  the  whole  branch  collapfed  as  far  as  the 
principal  ftem:  this  experiment  was  repeated  feveral  times  with  the 
leaft  poffible  impulfe  to  the  plant. 

V.  I.  For  the  numerous  circumftances  in  which  vegetable  buds 
are  analogous  to  animals,  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  additional  notes 
at  the  end  of  the  Botanic  Garden,  Part  i.  It  is  there  fliewn,  that 
the  roots  of  vegetables  refemble  the  la£leal  fyftem  of  animals ;  the 
fap-veffels  in  the  early  fpring,  before  their  leaves  expand,  are  analo- 
gous to  the  placental  veffels  of  the  foetus ;  that  the  leaves  of  land- 
plants  refemble  lungs,  and  thofe  of  aquatic  plants  the  gills  of  fifli ; 
that  there  are  other  fyftems  of  veffels  refembling  the  vena  portarum 
of  quadrupeds,  or  the  aorta  of  fifli ;  that  the  digeftive  power  of  ve- 
getables is  fimilar  to  that  of  ainimals  converting  the  fluids,  which  they 

abforb, 


Sect.XIII.  5-      OF  VEGETABLE  ANIMATION.  105 

abforb,  into  fugar  ;  that  their  feeds  refemble  the  eggs  of  animals, 
and  their  buds  and  bulbs  their  viviparous  offspring.  And,  laftly, 
that  the  anthers  and  ftigmas  are  real  animals,  attached  indeed  to  their 
parent  tree  like  polypi  or  coral  infe£ts,  but  capable  of  fpontaneous 
motion  ;  that  they  are  afFe<Sted  with  the  paflion  of  love,  and  furnifhed 
with  pov/ers  of  reproducing  their  fpecies,  and  are  fed  with  honey  like 
the  moths  and  butterflies,  which  plunder  their  nedtaries.  See  Bota- 
nic Garden,  Part  I.  add.  note  XXXIX. 

The  male  flowers  of  vallifneria  approach  ftill  nearer  to  apparent 
animality,  as  they  detach  themfelves  from  the  parent  plant,  and 
float  on  the  furface  of  the  water  to  the  feniale  ones.  Botanic  Garden, 
Part  II,  Art.  Vallifneria.  Other  flowers  of  the  claffes  of  monecia  and 
diecia,  and  polygamia,  difcharge  the  fecundating  farina,  which  float- 
ing in  the  air  is  carried  to  the  ftigma  of  the  female  flowers,  and  that 
at  confiderable  diftances.  Can  this  be  affected  by  any  fpecific  attrac- 
tion ?  or,  like  the  diffulion  of  the  odorous  particles  of  flowers,  is  it 
left  to  the  currents  of  winds,  and  the  accidental  mifcarriages  of  it 
countera£led  by  the  quantity  of  its  production.  ? 

2.  This  leads  us  to  a  curious  enquiry,  whether  vegetables. have 
ideas  of  external  things  ?  As  all  our  ideas  are  originally  received  by 
our  fenfes,  the  queflion  may  be  changed  to,  whether  vegetables 
poflefs  any  organs  pf  fenfe  ?  Certain  it  is,  that  they  polTefs  a  fenfe  of 
heat  and  cold,  another  of  moifture  and  drynefs,  and  another  of  licrht 
and  darknefs  ;  for  they  ciofe  their  petals  occafionally  from  the  pre- 
fence  of  cold,  moillure,  or  darknefs.  And  it  has  been  already 
Ihewn,  that  thefe  anions  cannot  be  performed  Amply  from  irritation, 
becaufe  cold  and  darknefs  are  negative  quantities,  and  on  that  ac- 
.count  fenfation  or  volition  are  implied,  and  in  confequence  a  fenfo- 
rium  or  union  of  their  nerves.  So  when  we  go  into  the  lio-ht  we 
contrail  the  iris ;  not  from  any  flimulus  of  the  light  on  the  fine 
mufcles  of  the  iris,  but  from  its  motions  being  aflbciated  with  the 
fenfation  of  too  much  light  on  the  retina:    which  could  not  take 

P  place 


io6  OF  VEGETABLE  ANIMATION.     Sect. XIII.  5-, 

place  without  a  feaforium:  or  center  of  union  of  the  nerves  of  the 
iris  with  thofe  of  vifion.  See  Botanic  Garden,  Part  I.  Canto  5. 
I.  440.  note, 

Befides  thefe  organs  of  fenfe,  which  diftinguifh  cold,  moifturei 
and  darknefs,  the  leaves  of  mimofa,  and  of  dionaea,  and  of  drofera, 
and  the  ftamens  of  maay  flowers,  as  of  the  berbery,  and  the  numerous 
clafs  of  fyngenefia,  are  fenfible  to  mechanic  impaft,  that  is,  thej 
polTefs  a  fenfe  of  touch,  as  well  as  a  common  fenforium  ;  by  the 
medium  of  which  their  mufcles  are  excited  into  adlion.  Laftly,  in 
many  flowers  the  anthers,  when  mature,  approach  the  ftigma,  ia 
others  the  female  organ  approaches  to  the  male.  In  a  plant  of  coliin- 
fonia,  a  branch  of  which  is  now  before  me,  the  two  yellow  ftamens- 
are  about  three  eights  of  an  inch  high,,  and  diverge  from  each  other, 
at  an  angle  of  about  fifteen  degrees,  the  purple  flyle  is  half  an  inch, 
high,  and  in  fome  flowers  is  now  applied  to  the  flamen.  on  the  right 
hand,  and  in  others  to  that  of  the  left ;  and  will,  I  fuppofe,  change 
place  to-morrow  in  thofe,,  where  the  anthers  have  not  yet  efFufed  their 
powder. 

I  afk,  by  what  means  are  the  anthers  in  many  ffowers,  and  ffigmas 
in  other  flowers,  diredbed  to  find  their  paramours  ?  How  do  either  of 
them  know,  that  the  other  exifts  in  their  vicinity?  Is  this  curious  kind 
of  ftorge  produced  by  mechanic  attradtion,  or  by  the  fenfation  of  love  ? 
The  latter  opinion  is  fupported  by  the  ftrongeff  analogy,  becaufe  a 
reproduilion  of  the  fpecies  is  the  confequence  ;  and  then  another  organ 
of  fenfe  muft  be  wanted  to  dire6t  thefe  vegetable  amourettes  to  find 
each  other,  one  probably  analogous  to  our  fenfe  of  fmell,  which  ia 
the  animal  world  direds  the  new-born  infant  to  its  fource  of  nou- 
rifhment,  and  they  may  thus  poflefs  a  faculty  of  perceiving  as  well 
as  of  producing  odours. 

Thus,  befides  a  kind  of  tafte  at  the  extremities  of  their  roots,  fimi- 
lar  to  that  of  the  extremities  of  our  ladeal  veflels,  for  the  purpofe  of 
felecting  their  proper  food  ;  and  befides  different  kinds  of  irritability 

refiding 


Sect.  XIII.  c.      OF  VEGETABLE  ANIMATION,  107 

Tcfiding  in  the  various  glands,  which  feparate  honey,  wax,  rcfin,  and 
other  juices  from  their  blood  ;  vegetable  life  feems  to  poffefs  an  organ 
of  fenfe  to  diftinguifli  the  variations  of  heat,  another  to  diftinguifh 
the  varying  degrees  of  moifture,  another  of  light,  another  of  touch, 
and  probably  another  analogous  to  our  fenfe  of  fmell.  To  thefe  nauft 
^be  added  the  indubitable  evidence  of  their  paffion  of  love,  and  I  think 
we  may  truly  conclude,  that  they  are  furniflied  with  a  common  fen- 
forium  belonging  to  each  bud,  and  that  they  muft  occafionaliy  repeat 
thofe  perceptions  either  in  their  dreams  or  waking  hours,  and  confe- 
quently  poffefs  ideas  of  fo  many  of  the  properties  of  the  external  world, 
and  of  their  own  exiftence. 


P2  SECT. 


io8  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS,      Sect. XIV.  i. 


SECT.    XIV. 

OF    THE    PRODUCTION    OF    IDEAS. 

I.  Of  materid  and  immaterial  heings.  DoSirine  of  St.  Paul:  II.  \.  Of  the  Jenfe 
of  touch.  Of  folidity.  i.  Of  figure.  Motion.  Time.  Place.  Sface. 
Number.  3.  Of  the  penetrability  of  matter.  4.  S-pir-it  of  animation  poffejfes 
,  folidity,  figure,  vifihility,  iBc.  Of  fpirits  and  angels.  5.  The  exiftence  of  ex- 
ternal things.  III.  Of  vifton.  IV.  Of  hearing.  V.  Of  fmell  and  tafte. 
VI.  Of  the  organ  offenfe  by  which  we  perceive  heat  and  cold,  not  by  thefenfe  of 
touch.  VII.  Of  the  fenfe  of  extenfion,  the  whole  of  the  locomotive  mufcles  may  be 
confideredasoneorganoffenfe.  VIII .  Of  the  fenfes  of  hunger,  thirft,  want  of 
frejh  air,  fuckling  children,  and  liift.  IX.  Of  many  other  organs  offenfe  belong- 
ing to  the  glands.  Of  painful  fenfations  from  the  excefs  of  light,  prejfure,  heat, 
itching,  cauftics,  and  eleSiricity. 

I.  PHILOSOPHERS  have  been  much  perplexed  to  underftaiid,  in 
what  manner  we  become  acquainted  with  the  external  world ;  info- 
much  that  Dr.  Berklj  even  doubted  its  exiftence,  from  having  ob- 
ferved  (as  he  thought)  that  none  of  our  .ideas  refemble  their  cor^ 
refpondent  objefts.  Mr.  Hume  afferts,  that  our  belief  depends  on  the 
greater  diftinftnefs  or  energy  of  our  ideas  from  perception ;  and  Mr. 
Reid  has  lately  contended,  that  our  belief  of  external  obje(5'£s  is  an  in- 
nate principle  neceffarily  joined  with  our  perceptions. 

So  true  is  the  obfervation  of  the  famous  Malbrancli,  '*  that  our 
fenfes  are  not  given  us  to  difcover  the  eflences  of  things,  but  to  ac- 
quaint us  with  the  means  of  preferving  our  exiftence,"  (L.  I.  ch.  v.) 
a  melancholy  refleclion  to  philofophers ! 

Some  philofophers  have  divided  all  created  beings  into  material  and 

immaterial: 


Sect.  XIV.  2.       PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.  109 

immaterial :  the  former  including  all  that  part  of  being,  which  obeys 
the  mechanic  laws  of  aftion  and  reaftion,  but  which  can  begin  no 
motion  of  itfelf;  the  other  is  the  caufe  of  all  motion,  and  is  either 
termed  the  power  of  gravity,  or  of  fpecific  attra£lion,  or  the  fpirit  of 
animation.  This  immaterial  agent  is  fuppofed  to  exift  in  or  with 
matter,  but  to  be  quite  dillinft  from  it,  and  to  be  equally  capable  of 
exiftence,  after  the  matter,  which  now  poffeffes  it,  is  decompofed. 

Nor  is  this  theory  ill  fupported  by  analogy,  fince  heat,  eledricity, 
and  magnetifm,  can  be  given  to  or  taken  from  a  piece  of  iron  ;  and 
muft  therefore  exift,  whether  feparated  from  the  metal,  or  combined 
wath  it.  From  a  parity  of  reafoning,  the  fpirit  of  animation  would 
appear  to  be  capable  of  exifting  as  well  feparately  from  the  body  as 
with  it. 

I  beg  to  be  underftood,  that  I  do  not  wifh  to  difpute  about  words, 
and  am  ready  to  allow,  that  the  powers  of  gravity,  fpecific  attra6tion, 
ele£lricity,  magnetifm,  and  even  the  fpirit  of  animation,  may  confift 
of  matter  of  a  finer  kind  ;  and  to  believe,  with  St.  Paul  and  Mal- 
branch,  that  the  ultimate  caufe  only  of  all  motion  is  immaterial,  that 
is  God.  St.  Paul  fays,  "  in  him  we  live  and  move,  and  have  our 
being;"  and,  in  the  15th  chapter  to  the  Corinthians,  diftinguifhes 
between  the  pfyche  or  living  fpirit,  and  the  pneuma  or  reviving 
fpirit.  By  the  words  fpirit  of  animation  or  fenforial  power,  I  mean 
only  that  animal  life,  which  mankind  poffefles  in  common  with  brutes, 
and  in  fome  degree  even  with,  vegetables,  and  leave  the  confideration 
of  the  immortal  part  of  us,  which  is  the  objed  of  religion,  to  thofe 
who  treat  of  revelation. 


II.     I.  Of  the  Senfe  of  touch. 

The  firft  ideas  we  become  acquainted  with,    are   thofe  of  the 
fenfe  of  touch  ;    for  the  foetus  muft  experience  fome  varieties  of  agi- 
tation- 


no  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.      Sect.XIV.z; 

tation,  and  exert  fome  mufcular  adlion,  in  the  woaib ;  and  may  with 
great  probability  be  luppofed  thus  to  gain  fome  ideas  of  its  own  figure, 
of  that  of  the  uterus,  and  of  the  tenacity  of  the  fluid,  that  furrounds 
it,  (as  appears  from  the  fa3:s  mentioned  in  the  fucceeding  Section 
upon  Inftinft.) 

Many  .of  .the  organs  of  fenfe  are  confined  -to  a  fmall  part  of  the 
body,  as  th^  noftrils,  ear,  or  eye,  whilft  the  fenfe  of  touch  is  dif- 
fufed  over  the  whole  ikin,  but  exifts  with  a  more  exquifite  degree  of 
delicacy. at  the  extremities  of  the  fingers  and  thumbs,  and  in  the  lips. 
The  fenfe  of  touch  is  -thns  very  com modioufly  difpofed  for  the  pur- 
pofe  of  encompafling  fmaller  bodies,  <ind  for  adapting  itfelf  to  the  in- 
equalities of  larger  ones.  The  figure  of  fmall  bodies  feems  to  be 
learnt  by  children  by  their  lips  as  much  as  by  their  fingers  ;  on  which 
account  they  put  every  new  objedl  to  their  mouths,  when  they  are 
fatiated  with  food,  as  well  as  when  they  are  hungry.  And  puppies 
feem  to  learn  their  ideas  of  figure  principally  by  the  lips  in  their  mode 
of  play. 

We  acquire  our  tangible  ideas  of  obje6ls  either  by  the  fimple  pref- 
fure  of  this  organ  of  touch  againft  a  folid  body,  or  by  moving  our 
organ  of  touch  along  the  furface  of  it.  In  the  former  cafe  we  learn 
the  length  and  breadth  of  the  objedl  by  the  quantity  of  our  organ  of 
touch,  that  is  impreffed  by  it:  in  the  latter  cafe  we  learn  the  length 
and  breadth  of  objefts  by  the  continuance  of  their  preffure  on  our 
moving  organ  of  touch. 

It  is  hence,  that  we  are  very  flow  in  acquiring  our  tangible  ideas, 
and  very  flow  in  recolleding  them  ;  for  if  I  now  think  of  the  tangible 
idea  of  a  cube,  that  ia,  if  I  think  of  .its  figure,  a:nd  of  the  folidity  of 
every  part  of  that  figure,  I  muft  conceive  myfeilf  as  pafling  my  fingers 
■  over  it,  and  feem  in  fome  meafure  to  feel  the  idea,  as  I  formerly  did 
the  impreflion,  at  the  ends  of  them,  and  am  thus  very  .flo.w  in  diP 
tinftly  recoUefting  it. 

When  a  body  compreffes  any  part  of  our  fenfe  of  touch,  what  hap- 
pens ? 


Sect. XIV.  2.       PRODUCTION   OF  IDEAS.  iii 

pens  r'  Firft,  this  part  of  our  fenforium  undergoes  a  mechanical 
compreffion,  which  is  termed  a  ftimulus  ;  fecondly,  an  idea,  or  con- 
tradion  of  a  part  of  the  organ  of  feufe  is  excited  ;  thirdly,  a  motion 
of  the  central  parts,  or  of  the  whole  fenforium,  which  is  termed  fen- 
fation,  is  produced;  and  thefe  three  conftitute  the  perception  of 
foliditv. 


2.  O/Fip^re,  Motion,  time y  Place,  Space,  Number. 

No-  one  will  deny,  that  the  medulla  of  the  brain  and  nerves  has  a 
certain  figure  ;  which,  as  it  is  difFufed  through  nearly  the  whole  of 
the  body,  mufl  have  nearly  the  figure  of  that  body.  Now  it  follows, 
that  the  fpirit  of  animation,  or  living  principle,  as  it  occupies  this  me- 
dulla, and  no  other  part,  (which  is  evinced  by  a  great  variety  of  cruel 
experiments  on  living  animals,)  it  follows,  that  this  fpirit  of  anima- 
tion has  alio  the  fame  figure  as  the  medulla  above  defcribed.  I  ap- 
peal to  common  fenfe  !  the  fpirit  of  animation  aits,  Where  does  it 
adt  ?  It  a6ls  wherever  there  is  the  medulla  above  mentioned  ;  and 
that  whether  the  limb  is  yet  joined  to  a  living  animal,  or  whether  it 
be  recently  detached  from  it ;  as  the  heart  of  a  viper  or  frog  will  re- 
new its  contraftions,  when  pricked  with  a  pfn,  for  many  minutes  of 
time  after  its  exieftion  from  the  body. — Does  it  a<£l  any  where  elfe  ? 
— No ;  then  it  certainly  exifts  in  this  part  of  fpace,  and  no  where 
elfe ;  that  is,  it  hath  figure ;  namely,  the  figure  of  the  nervous 
fyftem,  which  is  nearly  the  figure  of  the  body.  When  the  idea  of 
folidity  is  excited,  as  above  explained,  a  part  of  the  extenfive  organ  of 
touch  is  compreffed  by  fome  external  body,  and  this  part  of  the  fen- 
forium fo  compreffed  exactly  refembles  in  figure  the  figure  of  the 
body  that  compreffed  it.     Hence,  when  we  acquire  the  idea  of  foK- 

dity. 


112  PRODUCTION   OF  IDEAS.      Sect.  XIV.  2. 

dity,  we  acquire  at  the  fame  time  the  idea  of  figure  ;  and  this  idea 
of  figure,  or  motion  of  a  part  of  the  organ  of  touch,  exaftly  refem- 
bles  in  its  figure  the  figure  of  the  body  that  occafions  it ;  and  thus 
exaftly  acquaints  us  with  this  property  of  the  external  world. 

Now,  as  the  whole  univerfe  with  all  its  parts  poffeffes  a  certain 
form- or  figure,  if  any  part  of  it  moves,  that  form  or  figure  of  the 
whole  is  varied  :  hence,  as  motion  is  no  other  than  a  perpetual  vari- 
ation of  figure,  our  idea  of  motion  is  alfo  a  real  refemblance  of  the 
motion  that  produced  it. 

It  may  be  faid  in  objedlion  to  this  definition  of  motion,  that  an 
ivory  globe  may  revolve  on  its  axis,  and  that  here  will  be  a  motion 
without  change  of  figure.  But  the  figure  of  the  particle  x  on  one 
fide  of  this  globe  is  not  the  fatne  figure  as  the  figure  of  y  on  the 
other  fide,  any  more  than  the  particles  themfelves  arc  the  fame, 
though  they  are  Jimilar  figures  ;  and  hence  they  cannot  change 
place  with  each  other  without  difturbing  or  changing  the  figure  of 
the  whole. 

Our  idea  of  time  is  from  the  fame  fource,  but  is  more  abflra6ted, 
as  it  includes  only  the  comparative  velocities  of  thefe  variations  of 
figure;  hence  if  it  be  alked.  How  long  was  this  book  in  print- 
ing ?  it  may  be  anfwered,  WhillT:  the  fun  was  pafllng  through 
Aries. 

Our  idea  of  place  includes  only  the  figure  of  a  group  of  bodies, 
not  the  figures  of  the  bodies  themfelves.  If  it  be  alked  where  is  Not- 
tinghamftiire,  the  anfwer  is,  it  is  furrounded  by  Derbyfhire,  Lincoln- 
fliire,  and  Leicefterfhire ;  hence  place  is  our  idea  of  the  figure  of  one 
body  furrounded  by  the  figures  of  other  bodies. 

The  idea  of  space  is  a  more  abftradled  idea  of  place  excluding  the 
group  of  bodies. 

The  idea  of  number  includes  only  the  particular  arrangements,  or 
diftributions  of  a  group  of  bodies,  and  is  therefore  only  a  more  ab- 

ilradted 


Sect.XIV.  2.       PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.  113 

flra6led  idea  of  the  parts  of  the  figure  of  the  group  of  bodies  ;  thus 
when  I  fay  England  is  divided  into  forty  counties,  I  only  fpeak  of 
certain  divifions  of  its  figure. 

Hence  arifes  the  certainty  of  the  mathematical  faiences,  as  they  ex- 
plain thefe  properties  of  bodies,  which  are  exactly  refembled  by  our 
ideas  of  them,  whilft  we  are  obliged  to  colleft  almoft  all  our  other 
knowledge  from  experiment  ;  that  is,  by  obferving  theelFecls  exerted 
by  one  body  upon  another. 


J* 


Of  the  Penetrability  of  Matter. 


The  impoffibility  of  two  bodies  exifling  together  in  the  fame  fpace 
cannot  be  deduced  from  our  idea  of  folidity,  or  of  figure.  As  foon  as 
we  perceive  the  motions  of  objedls  that  furround  us,  and  learn  that, 
we  polTefs  a  power  to  move  our  own  bodies,  we  experience,  that 
thofe  objects,  which  excite  in  us  the  idea  of  folidity  and  of  figure,  op- 
pofe  this  voluntary  movement  of  our  own  organs ;  as  whilft  I  endea- 
vour to  comprefs  between  my  hands  an  ivory  ball  into  a  fpheroid. 
And  we  are  hence  taught  b}''  experience,  that  our  own  body  and  thofe, 
which  we  touch,  cannot  exifl  in  the  fame  part  of  fpace. 

But  this  by  no  means  demonftrates,  that  no  two  bodies  can  exift 
together  in  the  fame  part  of  fpace.  Galilaeo  in  the  preface  to  his 
works  feems  to  be  of  opinion,  that  matter  is  not  impenetrable  ;  Mr. 
IVIichel,  and  Mr.  Bofcowich  in  his  Theoria.  Phllof.  Natur.  have 
efpoufed  this  hypothefis  :  which  has  been  lately  publifhed  by  Dr. 
Prieftley,  to  whom  the  world  is  much  indebted  for  fo  many  impor- 
tant difcoveries  in  fcience.  (Hift.  of  Light  and  Colours,  p.  391.)  The 
uiiinterrupted  pafTage  of  light  through  tranfparent  bodies,  of  the  elec- 
tric 2ether  through  metallic  and  aqueous  bodies,  and  of  the  magnetic 
effluvia  through  all  bodies,  would  feem  to  give  fome  probabihty  to  this 

Q^  opinion. 


114  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.      Ssct.XIV.  2. 

opinion.  Hence  it  appears,  that  beings  mayexift  vvithout  poffeffing 
the  property  of  folidity,  as  well  as  they  can  exift:  without  poffeffing 
the  properties,  which  excite  our  fmell  or  tafte,  and  can  thence  occupy 
fpace  without  detruding  other  bodies  from  it ;  but  we  cannot  be- 
come acquainted  with  fuch  beings  by  our  fenfe  of  touch,  any  more 
than  we  can  with  odours  or  flavours  without  our  fenfes  of  fmell  and 
tafte. 

But  that  any  being  can  exift  without  exifting  in  fpace,  is  to  my 
ideas  utterly  incomprehenfible.  My  appeal  is  to  common  fenfe.  To 
be  implies  a  when  and  a  where  ;  the  one  is  comparing  it  with  the  mo- 
tions of  other  beings,  and  the  other  with  their  iituations. 

If  there  was  but  one  obje6t,  as  the  whole  creation  may  be  confider- 
ed  as  one  objeft,  then  I  cannot  alk  where  it  exifts  ?  for  there  are  no 
other  objefls  to  compare  its  fituation  with.  Hence  if  any  one  denies, 
that  a  being  exifts  in  fpace,  he  denies,  that  there  are  any  other 
beings  but  that  one ;  for  to  anfwer  the  queftion,  "  Where  does  it 
exift  ?"  is  only  to  mention  the  fituation  of  the  objedls  that  fur- 
round  it. 

In  the  fame  manner  if  it  be  alked — "  When  does  a  being  ^xift  ?" 
The  anfwer  only  fpecifies  the  fucceffive  motions  either  of  itfelf,  or  of 
other  bodies  ;  hence  to  fay,  a  body  exifts  not  in  time,,  is  to  fay,  that 
there  is,  or  was,  no  motion  in  the  world. 


4.  Of  the  Spirit  of  Animation. 

But  though  there  may  exift  beings  in  the  univerfe,  that  have  not 
the  property  of  folidity  ;  that  is,  which  can  poffefs  any  part  of  fpace, 
at  the  fame  time  that  it  is  occupied  by  other  bodies ;  yet  there  may 
be  other  beings,  that  can  affume  this  property  of  folidity,  or  difrobe 
themfelves  of  it  occafionally,  as  we  are  taught  of  ipirits,  and  of  an- 
gels ; 


Sect.XIV.  2.       PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.  115 

gels;  and  it  would  feem,  that  the  spirit  of  animation  mud  be 
endued  with  this  property,  otherwife  how  could  it  occafionally  give 
motion  to  the  limbs  of  animals  ? — or  be  itfelf  ftimulated  into  motion 
by  the  obtrufions  of  furrounding  bodies,  as  of  light,  or  odour  ? 

If  the  fpirit  of  animation  was  always  neceffarily  penetrable,  it  could 
not  influence  or  be  influenced  by  the  folidity  of  common  matter  ;  they 
would  exift  together,  but  could  not  detrude  each  other  from  the  part 
of  fpace,  where  they  exifl ;  that  is,  they  could  not  communicate  mo- 
tion, to  each  other.  No  two  things  can  injiuence  or  ajf'ecl  each  other., 
which  have  not  fome  property  common  to  both  of  them ;  for  to  influence 
or  afFe6t  another  body  is  to  give  or  communicate  fome  property  to  it, 
that  it  had  not  before  ;  but  how  can  one  body  give  that  to  another, 
which  it  does  not  poffefs  itfelf? — The  words  imply,  that  they  raufl 
agree  in  having  the  power  or  faculty  of  poffefling  fome  common  pro- 
perty. Thus  if  one  body  removes  another  from  the  part  of  fpace, 
that  it  poflefles,  it  muft  have  the  power  of  occupying  that  fpace 
itfelf:  and  if  one  body  communicates  heat  or  motion  to  another, 
it  follows,  that  they  have  alike  the  property  of  poffefling  heat  or 
motion. 

Hence  the  fpirit  of  animation  at  the  time  it  communicates  or  re- 
ceives motion  from  folid  bodies,  mufl:  itfelf  poffefs  fome  property  of 
folidity.  And  in  confequence  at  the  time  it  receives  other  kinds  of 
motion  from  light,  it  mufl:  poffefs  that  property,  which  light  pof- 
feffes,  to  communicate  that  kind  of  motion  ;  and  for  which  no  lan- 
guage has  a  name,  unlefs  it  may  be  termed  Vifibility.  And  at  the 
time  it  is  fliimulated  into  other  kinds  of  animal  motion  by  the  particles 
of  fapid  and  odorous  bodies  affe£ling  the  fenfes  of  tafl:e  and  fmell,  it 
mufl:  refemble  thefe  particles  of  flavour,  and  of  odour,  in  poffefling 
fome  fimilar  or  correfpondent  property ;  and  for  which  language  has 
no  name,  unlefs  we  may  ufe  the  words  Saporofity  and  Odoroflty  for 
thofe  common  properties,  which  are  poffeffed  by  our  organs  of  tafle 
and  fmell,  and  by  the  particles  of  fapid  and  odorous  bodies;   as  the 

0^2  words 


ii6  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.       Sect,  XIV.  2, 

words  Tangibility  and  Audibility  may  exprefs  the  common  property 
poffefied  by  our  organs  of  touch,  and  of  hearing,  and  by  the  folid 
bodies,  or  their  vibrations,  which  afFe6l  thofe  organs. 

5.  Finally,  though  the  figures  of  bodies  are  in  truth  refemblcd  by 
the  figure  of  the  part  of  the  organ  of  touch,  which  is  Simulated  into 
motion  ;  and  that  organ  refembles  the  folid  body,  which  Simulates  . 
it,  in  its  property  of  folidity ;  and  though  the  fenfe  of  hearing  re- 
fembles the  vibrations  of  external  bodies  in  its  capability  of  being  fti- 
mulated  into  motion  by  thofe  vibrations ;  and  though  our  other 
organs  of  fenfe  referable  the  bodies,  that  flimulate  them,  in  their  ca- 
pability of  being  flimulated  by  them ;  and  we  hence  become  ac- 
quainted with  thefe  properties  of  the  external  world  ;  yet  as  we  can- 
repeat  all  thefe  motions  of  our  organs  of  fenfe-  by  the  efforts  of  voll^ 
tion,  or  in  confequence  of  the  fenfation  of  pleafure  or  pain,  or  by  their- 
alFociation  with  other  fibrous  motions,  as  happens  in  our  reveries  or  ia 
fleep,  there  would  ftill  appear  to  be  fome  difficulty  in  demonfbrating 
the  exiftence  of  any  thing  external  to  us. 

In  our  dreams  we  cannot  determine  this  circumftance,  becaufe  our. 
power  of  volition  is  fufpended,  and  the  flimuli  of  external  objects 
are  excluded ;  but  in  our  waking  hours  we  can  compare  our  ideas 
belonging  to  one  fenfe  with  thofe  belonging  to  anothei",  and  can  thus 
diftinguifh  the  ideas  occafioned  by  irritation  from  thofe  excited  by 
fenfation,  volition,  or  affociation.  Thus  if  the  idea  of  the  fweetnefs 
of  fugar  fhould  be  excited  in  our  dreams,  the  whitenefs  and  hardhefs 
of  it  occur  at  the  fame  time  by  afibciation  ;  and  we  believe  a  material 
lump  of  fugar  prefent  before  us.  But  if,  in  our  waking  hours,  the 
idea  of  the  fweetnefs  of  fugar  occurs  to  us,  the  flimuli  of  furround- 
ing  objefts,  as  the  edge  of  the  table,  on  which  we  prefs,  or  green 
colour  of  the  grafs,  on  which  we  tread,  prevent  the  other  ideas  of 
the  hardnefs  and  whitenefs  of  the  fugar  from  being  exerted  by  affoci- 
ation. Or  if  they  fhould  occur,  we  voluntarily  compare  them  with 
the  irritative  ideas  of  the  table  or  grafs  above  mentioned,  and  deteft 

their 


Sect.XIV.  J.       PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.  ri; 

their  fallacy.  We  can  thus  diftinguifh  the  ideas  caufed  by  the  ftimuli 
of  external  objefts  from  thofe,  which  are  introduced  by  affjciation, 
fenfation^  or  volition  ;  and.  during  our  waking  hours  can  thus  acquire 
a  knowledsfe  of  the  external  world.  Which  neverthelefs  we  canziot 
do  in  our  dreams,  becaufe  we  have  neither  perceptions  of  external 
bodies,  nor  the  power  of  volition  to  enable  us  to  compare  them;  with 
the  ideas  of  imas;inatievii. 


nr.  Of  infion. 

O^R  eyes  obferve  a  dilterence  of  colour,  or  of  fhade,  in  the  pro* 
minences  and  depreflions  of  objefts,  and  that  thofe  (hades  uniformly 
var}%  when  the  fenfe  of  touch,  obferves  any  variation.  Hence  when 
the  retina  becomes- ftimulated  by  colours  or  fhades  of  light  in  a  certain 
form,  as  in  a  circular  fpot ;  we  know  by  experience,  that  this  is  a 
fign,  that  a  tangible  body  is  before  us  ;  and  that  its  figure  is  refembled 
by  the  miniature  figure  of  the  part  of  the  organ,  of  vil]on,.that  is  thus 
ftimulated. 

Here  whilft  the  ftimulated  part  of  the  retina  refembles  exadlv  the 
vifible  figure  of  the  whole  in  miniature,  the  various  kinds  of  flimuli 
from  different  colours  mark  the  vifible  figures  of  the  minuter  parts  ;:. 
and  by  habit  we  inftantly  recall  the  tangible  figures. 

Thus  when  a  tree  is  the  obieft  of  fight,  a  part  of  the  retina  re- 
fembling  a  flat  branching  figure  is  ftimulated  by  various  fliades  of  co- 
lours ;  but  it  is  by  fuggeflion,  that  the  gibbofity  of  the  tree,  and  the- 
mofs,  that  fringes  its  trunk,  appear  before  us.  Thefeare  ideas  of  fuo-- 
geftion,  which  we  feel"  or  attend  to,  affociated  with  the  motions  of  the 
retina,  or  irritative  ideas,  which  we  do  not  attend  to. 

So  that  though  our  vifible  ideas  refemble  in  miniature  the  outline 
of  the  figure  of  coloured  bodies,   in  other  refpeds  they  ferve  only  as 

a  laii- 


ii8  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.      SECT.XIV.4. 

a  language,  which  by  acquired  affociations  introduce  the  tangible 
ideas  of  bodies.  Hence  it  is,  that  this  fenfe  is  fo  readily  deceived  by 
the  art  of  the  painter  to  our  amufement  and  inflrudion.  The  reader 
will  find  much  very  curious  knowledge  on  this  fubjedt  in  Bifhop  Berk- 
ley's Effay  on  Vifion,  a  work  of  great  ingenuity. 

The  immediate  obje6t  however  of  the  fenfe  of  vifion  is  light ;  this 
fluid,  though  its  velocity  is  fo  great,  appears  to  have  no  perceptible 
mechanical  imp ulfe,  as  was  mentioned  in  the  third  Section,  but  feems 
to  flimulate  the  retina  into  animal  motion  by  its  tranfmiffion  through 
this  part  of  the  fenforium  :  for  though  the  eyes  of  cats  or  other 
animals  appear  luminous  in  obfcure  places ;  yet  it  is  probable,  that 
none  of  the  light,  which  falls  on  the  retina,  is  refleded  from  it, 
but  adheres  to  or  enters  into  combination  with  the  choroids  coat  be- 
hind it. 

The  combination  of  the  particles  of  light  with  opake  bodies,  and 
therefore  with  the  choroide  coat  of  the  eye,  is  evinced  from  the  heat, 
which  is  given  out,  as  in  other  chemical  combinations.  For  the  fun- 
beams  communicate  no  heat  in  their  paffage  through  tranfparent  bodies, 
with  which  they  do  not  combine,  as  the  air  continues  cool  even  in  the 
focus  of  the  largefl  burning-glaffes,  which  in  a  moment  vitrifies  a 
particle  of  opaque  matter. 


IV.   Of  the  Organ  of  Hearing. 

It  is  generally  believed,  that  the  tympanum  of  the  ear  vibrates 
mechanically,  when  expofed  to  audible  founds,  like  the  firings  of  one 
mufical  inflrument,  when  the  fame  notes  are  ftruck  upon  another- 
Nor  is  this  opinion  improbable,  as  the  mufcles  and  cartilages  of  the 
larynx  are  employed  in  producing  variety  of  tones  by  mechanical  vi- 
bration :  fo  the  mufcles  and  bones  of  the  ear  feem  ada.pted  to  increafe 

or 


Sect. XIV.  4."      PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.  119 

or  diminifli  the  ten fi on  of  the  tympanum  for  the  purpofes  of  fimilar 
mechanical  vibrations. 

But  it  appears  from  diffedion,  that  the  tympanum  is  not  the  im- 
mediate organ  of  hearing,  but  that  like  the  humours  and  cornea  of 
the  eye,  it  is  only  of  ufe  to  prepare  the  object  for  the  immediate  organ. 
For  the  portio  mollis  of  the  auditory  nerve  is  not  fpread  upon  the 
tympanum,,  but  upon  the  veftibulum,  and  cochlea,  and  femicircular 
canals  of  the  ear  ;  while  between  the  tympanum  and  the  expanfion 
of  the  auditory  nerve  the  cavity  is  faid  by  Dr.  Cotunnus  and  Dr. 
Meckel  to  be  filled  with  water  ;  as  they  had  frequently  obferved  by 
freezing  the  heads  of  dead  animals  before  they  diffecled  them;  and  water 
being  a  more  denfe  fluid  than  air  is  much  better  adapted  to  the  pro- 
pagation of  vibrations.  We  may  add,  that  even  the  external  openino- 
of  the  ear  is  not  abfolutely  neceflary  for  the  perception  of  found  :  for 
fome  people,  who  from  thefe  defefts  would  have  been  completely 
deaf,  have  diilinguiftied  acute  or  grave  founds  by  the  tremours  of  a 
ftick  held  between  their  teeth  propagated  along  the  bones  of  the  head, 
(Haller.  Phyf.  T.  V.  p.  295.) 

Hence  it  appears,  that  the  immediate  organ  of  hearing  is  not  affe£led 
by  the  particles  of  the  air  themfelves,,but  is  Simulated  into  animal 
motion  by  the  vibrations  of  them.  And  it  is  probable  from  the  loofe 
bones,  which  are  found  in  the  heads  of  fome  fifhes,  that  the  vibra- 
tions of  water  are  fenfible  to  the  inhabitants  of  that  element  by  a 
fimilar  organ. 

The  motions  of  the  atmofphere,  which  we  become  acquainted  with 
by  the  fenfe  of  touch,  are  combined  with  its  folidity,  weight,  or  vis 
inertiae;  whereas  thofe,  that  are  perceived  by  this  organ,  depend  alone 
on  its  elafticity.  But  though  the  vibration  of  the  air  is  the  immediate 
objed  of  the  fenfe  of  hearing,  yet  the  ideas,  we  receive  by  this  fenfe, 
like  thofe  received  from  light,  are  only  as  a  language,  which  by  ac- 
quired aflbciations  acquaints  us  with  thofe  motions  of  tangible  bodies, 
3.  which  J 


I20  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.      Sect. XIV.  6. 

which  depend  on  their  elaflicity ;    and  which  we  had  before  learned 
bj  our  fenfe  of  touch. 


V.  Of  Smell  and  of  tap. 

The  objefts  of  fmell  are  diflblved  in  the  fluid  atmofphere,  and 
thofe  of  tafte  in  the  faliva,  or  other  aqueous  fluid,  for  the  better  dif- 
fufing  them  on  their  refpeftive  organs,  which  feem  to  be  ftimulated 
into  animal  motion  perhaps  by  the  chem.ical  affinities  of  thefe  particles, 
which  conftitute  the  fapidity  and  odorofity  of  bodies  with  the  nerves- 
of  fenfe,  which  perceive  them. 

Mr.  Volta  has  lately  obferved  a  curious  circumftance  relative  to  our 
fenfe  of  tafte.  If  a  bit  of  clean  lead  and  a  bit  of  clean  filver  be  fepa- 
rately  applied  to  the  tongue  and  palate  no  tafl:e  is  perceived  ;  but  by 
applying  them  in  contaft  in  refpedt  to  the  parts  out  of  the  mouth, 
and  nearly  fo  in  refpeft  to  the  parts,  which  are  immediately  applied  to 
the  tongue  and  palate,  a  faline  or  acidulous  tafte  is  perceived,  as  of  a 
fluid  like  a  ftream  of  eleftricity  pafling  from  one  of  them  to  the  other. 
This  new  application  of  the  fenfe  of  tafte  deferves  further  invefti^a- 
tion,  as  it  may  acquaint  us  with  new  properties  of  matter. 


VI.   Of  the  Senfe  of  Heat. 
y 

There  are  many  experiments  in  chemical  writers,  that  evince  the 
exiftence  of  heat  as  a  fluid  element,  which  covers  and  pervades  all 
bodies,  and  is  attradted  by  the  folutions  of  fbme  of  them,  and  is  de- 
truded from  the  combination  of  others.  Thus  from  the  combinations 
of  metals  with  acids,  and  from  thofe  combinations  of  animal  fluids, 

which 


Sect.XIV.6.      production  of  ideas.  121 

which  are  termed  fecretions,  this  fluid  matter  of  heat  is  given  out 
amougft  the  neighbouring  bodies ;  and  in  the  folutions  of  falts  in  wa- 
ter, or  of  water  in  air,  it  is  abforbed  from  the  bodies,  that  furround 
them  ;  whilft  in  its  facihty  in  pafllng  through  metallic  bodies,  and  its 
difficulty  in  pervading  refins  and  glafs,  it  relembles  the  properties  of 
the  eledlric  aura  ;  and  is  like  that  excited  by  friftion,  and  feems  like 
that  to  gravitate  amongft  other  bodies  in  its  uncombined  ftate,  and  to 
find  its  equilibrium. 

There  is  no  circumftance  of  more  confequence  in  the  animal  eco- 
nomy than  a  due  proportion  of  this  fluid  of  heat ;  for  the  digeftion  of 
our  nutriment  in  the  flomach  and  bowels,  and  the  proper  qualities  o£ 
all  our  fecreted  fluids,  as  they  are  produced  or  prepared  partly  by  animal 
and  partly  by  chemical  procefles,'  depend  much  on  the  quantity  of 
heat ;  the  excefs  of  which,  or  its  deficiency,  alike  gives  us  pain, 
and  induces  ns  to  avoid  the  circumftances  that  occadon  them.  And 
in  this  the  perception  of  heat  effentially  differs  from  the  perceptions 
of  the  fenfe  of  touch,  as  we  receive  pain  from  too  great  preflure  of 
folid  bodies,  but  none  from  the  abfence  of  it.  It  is  hence  probable, 
that  nature  has  provided  us  with  a  fet  of  nerves  for  the  perception  of 
this  fluid,  which  anatomifts  have  not  yet  attended  to. 

There  may  be  fome  difficulty  in  the  proof  of  this  aflertion ;  if  we 
look  at  a  hot  fire,  we  experience  no  pain  of  the  optic  nerve,  though 
the  heat  along  with  the  light  mufl  be  concentrated  upon  it.  Nor 
does  warm  water  or  warm  oil  poured  into  the  ear  give  pain  to  the 
organ  of  hearing  ;  and  hence  as  thefe  organs  of  fenfe  do  not  perceive 
fmall  exceflTes  or  deficiences  of  heat ;  and  as  heat  has  no  greater  ana- 
logy to  the  folidity  or  to  the  figures  of  bodies,  than  it  has  to  their 
colours  or  vibrations  ;  there  feems  no  fufficient  reafon  for  our  afcrib- 
ing  the  perception  of  heat  and  cold  to  the  fenfe  of  touch  ;  to  which  it 
has  generally  been  attributed,  either  becaule  it  is  diffufed  beneath  the 
whole  {km  like  the  fenfe  of  touch,  or  owing  to  the  inaccuracy  of  our 
obfervations,  or  the  defedt  of  our  Iang;uag;es. 


R  The 


re 


122  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.      S£ct.XIV.7;^ 

There  is  another  circumftance  would  induce  us  to  believe,  that  the 
perceptions  of  heat  and  cold  do  not  belong  to  the  organ  of  touch  ; 
lince  the  teeth,  which  are  the  leaft  adapted  for  the  perceptbns  of  fo- 
lidity  or  figure,  are  the  moil  fenfible  to  heat  or  cold  ;  whence  we  are, 
forewarned  from  fwallowing  thofe  materials,  whofe  degree  of  coldnefs 
or  of  heat  would  injure  our  ftomachs. 

The  following  is  an  extraO:  from  a  letter  of  Dr.  R.  W.  Darwin„ 
of  Shrewfbury,  when  he  was  a  ftudent  at  Edinburgh.  "  I  made  an, 
experiment  yefterday  in  our  hofpital,  which  much  favours  your  opi- 
nion, that  the  fenfation  of  heat  and  of  touch  depend  on  different  feta 
of  nerves.  A  man  who  had  lately  recovered  from  a  fever,  and  was 
flill  weak,  was  feized  with  violent  cramps  in  his  legs  and  feet ;  which, 
were  removed  by  opiates,,  except  that  one  of  his  feet  remained  infeu-- 
fible.  Mr.  Ewart  pricked  him  with  a  pin  in  five  or  fix  places,  and 
the  patient  declared  he  did  not  feel  it  in  the  leafl,  nor  was  he  fenfible 
of  a  very  fmart  pinch.  I  then  held  a  red-hot  poker  at  fome  diftance, 
and  brought  it  gradually  nearer  till  it  came  within  three  inches,  when 
he  afferted  that  he  felt  it  quite  diftindly.  I  fuppofe  fome  violent  ir-^ 
ritation  on  the  nerves  of  touch,  had  caufed  the  cramps,  and  had  left 
them  paralytic  ;  while  the  nerves  of  heat,  having  fuffered  no  increafed 
ftimulus,  retained  their  irritability," 


VII.  Of  the  Senfe  of  Extenfioni 

The  organ  of  touch  is  properly  the  fenfe  of  preffure,  but  the  mufr 
cular  fibres  themfelves  conftitute  the  organ  of  fenfe,  that  feels  ex- 
tenfion.  The  fenfe  of  preffure  is  always  attended  with  the  ideas  of 
the  figure  and  folidity  of  the  object,  neither  of  which  accompany  our 
perception  of  extenfion.  The  whole  fet  of  mufcles,  whether  they  are 
hollow  ones,  as  the  heart,  arteries,  and  inteilines,    or  longitudinal 

ones 


Sect. XIV.  7-      PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.  123 

ones  attached  to  bones,  contra(fi:  themfelves,  whenever  they  are  fti- 
mulated  by  forcible  elongation  ;  and  it  is  obfervable,  that  the  white 
mufcles,  which  conftitute  the  arterial  iyftcm,  feem  to  b'e  excited 
into  contraclion  from  no  other  kinds  of  ilimulus,  according  to  the 
experiments  of  Haller,  And  hence  the  violent  pain  in  fonie  inflam- 
mations, as  in  the  paronychia,  obtains  immediate  relief  by  cuttino- 
the  membrane,  that  was  ftretched  by  the  tumour  of  the  fubjacent 
parts. 

Hence  the  whole  mufcular  fvftem  mav  be  conGdered  as  one  orsan 
of  fenfe,  and  the  various  attitudes  of  the  bodv,  as  ideas  belonsine  to 
this  organ,  of  many  of  which  we  are  hourly  confcious,  while  many 
others,  like  the  irritative  ideas  of  the  other  fenfes,  are  performed  with- 
out our  attention. 

When  the  mufcles  of  the  heart  ceafe  to  aft,  the  refluent  blood 
again  diftends  or  elongates  them  ;  and  thus  irritated  they  contract 
as  before.  The  fame  happens  to  the  arterial  fyftem,  and  I  fuppofe 
to  the  capillaries,  inteftines,  and  various  glands  of  the  body. 

When  the  quantity  of  urine,  or  of  excrement,  diftends  the  bladder, 
or  reftum,  thofe  parts  contra(5t,  and  exclude  their  contents,  and 
many  other  mufcles  by  affociation  act  along  with  them  ;  but  if  thefe 
evacuations  are  not  foon  complied  with,  pain  is  produced  by  a  little 
further  extenlion  of  the  mufcular  fibres  :  a  fimilar  pain  is  caufed  in 
the  mufcles,  when  a  limb  is  much  extended  for  the  redudlion  of  dif- 
located  bones  ;  and  in  the  punifhment  of  the  rack  :  and  in  the  pain- 
ful cramps  of  the  calf  of  the  leg,  or  of  other  mufcles,  for  a  greater 
degree  of  contra£lion  of  a  mufcle,  than  the  movement  of  the  two 
bones,  to  which  its  ends  are  affixed,,  will  admit  of,  muft  give  fimi- 
lar pain  to  that,  which  is  produced  by  extending  it  beyond  its  due 
length.  And  the  pain  from  punftures  or  incifions  arifes  from  the  dif- 
lention  of  the  fibres,  as  the  knife  paffes  through  them  ;  for  it  nearly 
ceafes  as  foon  as  thedivifion  is  completed. 

R  2  All 


^*v- 


124  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.       Sect. XIV.  8. 

All  thefe  motions  of  the  mufcles,  that  are  thus  naturally  excited 
by  the  flimulus  of  diflending  bodies,  are  alfo  liable  to  be  called  into 
ftrong  atflion  by  their  catenation,  with  the  irritations  or  fenfations 
produced  by  the  momentum  of  the  progrefiive  particles  of  blood  in 
the  arteries,  as  in  inflammatory  fevers,  or  by  acrid  fubftances-  oit 
other  fenfible  organs,  as  in  the  ftrangury,  or  tenefmus,.  or  cholera. 

We  (hall  conclude  this  account  of  the  fenfe  of  extenfion  by  obferv- 
ing,  that  the-  want  of  its  object  is-  attended  with  a  difagreeable  fenfa- 
tion,  as  well  as  the  excefs  of  it.  In  thofe  hollow  mufcles,  which 
have  been  accuftomed  to  it,  this  difagreeable  fenfation  is  called  faint- 
nefs,  emptinefs,  and  finking  ;  and,  when  it  arifes  to  a  certain  degree, 
is  attended  with  fyncape,  or  a  total  quiefcence  of  all  motions,  but  the 
internal  irritative  ones,,  as  happens  from  fudden  lofs  of  blood,  or  in  the.; 
operation  of  tapping  in  the  dropfy... 


VIII^  Of  the  Appetites  (^Hunger,  Thir/i,  Heat,.  Extenfion,.  the  want: 
of  frejh  Air^  animal  hove,,  and  the  Suckling,  of  Children.. 

Hunger  is  moft.  probably  perceived  by  thofe  numerous  ramifica- 
tions of  nerves  that  arc  feen  about  the  upper  opening  of. the  ftomach; 
and  third  by  the  nerves  about  the  fauces,  and.thetopof  the  gula.. 
The  ideas  of  thefe  fenfes  are  few  in  the  generality  of  mankind,  but- 
are  more  numerous  in  thofe,  who  by  difeafe, .  or  indulgence,  defire . 
particular  kinds  of  foods  or  liquids. 

A  fenfe  of  heat  has  already  been  fpoken  of,  which. may  with  pra^- 
priety  be  called  an  appetite,,,  as  we  painfully  defire  it,  when  it  is  de- 
ficient in  quantity. 

The  fenfe  of  extenfion  maybe  ranked  amongft  thefe  appetites,, 
unce  the  deficiency  of  its  objeft  gives  difagreeable  fenfation;  when 
this  happens  in  the  arterial  fyftem,  it  is  called  faintnefs,.and  feems  to 

7        •  bear 


Sect.XIV.  8.       PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.  125 

bear  fome  analogy  ta  hunger  and  to  cold  ;  which  like  it  are  attended 
with  emptinefs  of  a  part  of  the  vafcular  fy/lem. 

The  fenfe  of  want  of  frefli  air  has  not  been  attended  to,  but  is  as 
diflin£l  as  the  others,  and  the  £rft  perhaps  that  we  experience 
after  our  nativity ;  from  the  want  of  the  objedl  of  this  fenfe  many 
difeafes  are  produced,  as  the  jail-fever,  plague,  and  other  epidemic 
maladies.  Animal  love  is  another  appetite,  which  occurs  later  in 
life,,  and  the  females  of  ladliferous  animals  have  another,  natural  inlet 
of  pleafure  or  pain  from  the  fuckling  their  offspring.  The  want  of, 
which  either  owing,  to  the  death  of  their  progeny,  or  to  the  fafhiori  of 
their  country,  has  been  fatal  to  many  of  the  fex.  The  males  have. 
alfo  peroral  glands,,  which  are  frequently  turgid  with  a  thin  milk  at 
their  nativity,  and  are  furnifhed  with  nipples,  which  ere£l  on  titillar 
tion.like  thofe  of  the  female  ;  but  which  feem  now  to  be  of  no  fur- 
ther ufe,  owing  perhaps  to  fome  change  which  thcfe  animals  have 
undergone  in  the  gradual  progreffion  of  the  formation  of  the  earth, 
and  of  all  that  it  inhabit.. 

Thefe  feven  laft  mentioned  fenfes  may  properly  be  termed  appetites,, 
as  they  differ  from  thofe  of  touch,  fight,  hearing,  tafte,  and  fmell,. 
in  this  refpedl ;  that  they  are  affedted  with  pain  as  well  by  the  defedl- 
of  their  obje£ls  as  by  the  excefs  of  them,  which  is  not  fo  in  the  latter.. 
Thus  cold  and  hunger  give  us  pain,  as  well  as  an  excefs  of  heat  or. 
fatiety  i  but  it  is  not  fo  with  darknefs  and  filence.  , 

IX.  Before  we  conclude  this  Sefl'ion  on  the  organs  of  fenfe,  we 
muft  obferve,  that,  as  far  as  we  know,  there  are  many  more  fenfes, 
than  have  been  here  mentioned,  as  every  gland  feems  to  be  influenced 
to  feparate  from  the  blood,  or  to  abforb  from  the  cavities  of  the  body, . 
or  from  the  atmofphere,  its  appropriated  fluid,  by  the  itimulus  of 
that  fluid  on  the  living  gland  ;  and  not  by  mechanical  capillary  ab- 
forption,  nor  by  chemical  affinity.     Hence  it  appears,  that  each  of: 

thefe 


126  PRODUCTION  OF  IDEAS.       Sect. XIV.  9, 

thefe  glands  muft  have  a  peculiar  organ  to  perceive  thefe  irritations, 
but  as  thefe  irritations  are  not  fucceeded  by  fenfation,  they  have  not 
acquired  the  names  of  fenfes. 

However  when  thefe  glands  are  excited  into  motions  ftronger  thaa 
ufual,  either  by  the  acrimony  of  their  fluids,  or  by  their  own  irrita- 
bility being  much  increafed,  then  the  fenfation  of  pain  is  produced  in 
them  as  in  all  the  other  fenfes  of  the  body ;  and  thefe  pains  are  all  of 
different  kinds,  and  hence  the  glands  at  this  time  really  become  each 
a  different  organ  of  fenfe,  though  »thefe  different  kinds  of  pain  have 
acquired  no  names. 

Thus  a  great  excefs  of  light  -does  not  give  the  idea  of  light  but  of 
■pain  4  as  in  forcibly  opening  the  eye  when  it  is  much  inflamed.  The 
-great  excefs  of  prefTure  or  diilention,  as  when  the  point  of  a  pin  is 
-preffed  upon  our  flein,  produces  pain,  (and  when  this  pain  of  the 
ienfe  of  touch  is  flighter,  it  is  termed  itching,  or  tickling,)  without 
any  idea  of  folidity  or  of  figure  :  an  excefs  of  heat  produces  fmarting, 
of  cold  another  kind  of  pain  ;  it  is  probable  by  this  fenfe  of  heat  the 
pain  produced  by  cauflic  bodies  is  perceived,  and  of  eledlricity,  as  all 
thefe  are  fluids,  that  permeate,  diftend,  or  decompofe  the  parts  that 
&el  thera. 


S  E  C  T. 


SecT.XV.u        CLASSES    OF    IDEAS,  127 


SECT.     XV^. 

OF    THE    CLASSES    OF    IDEAS,. 

t.  I.  Ideas  received  in  tribes.  2.  We  comhme  them  further,  or  aiJiraSf  from  ihefe 
tribes.  3.  Co7n;^lex  ideas.  4.  Compounded  ideas.  5.  Simple  ideas,  modes, 
Jubfiances,  relations,  general  ideas.  6.  Ideas  of  reflexion.  7.  Memory  and 
imagination  imperfeSlly  defined.  Ideal prefence.  Memorandum-rings.  II.  \.  Ir- 
ritative ideas.  Perception.  1.  Serfttive  ideas,  imagination.  3.  Voluntary 
ideas,  recolleSlion.  4.  Affociated  ideas,  fuggejlion.  III.  \.  Definitions  of  per- 
ception, memory.  2.  Reafoning,  judgtnent,  doubting,  dijlinguijhing,  comparing, 
J.  Invention.  4.  Confcioufnefs.  ^.  Identity.  6,.  Lapfe  of  time,  7.  Free- 
tvHL 

°L  AS  theconftituent  elements  of  tKe  materiar  world  are  only  per- 
ceptible to  our  organs  of  fenfe  in  a  ftate  of  combination  ;  it  follows, 
that  the  ideas  or  fenfual motions  excited  by  them,  are  never  received 
fingly,  but  ever  with  a  greater  or  lefs  degree  of  combination.  So  the 
colours  of  bodies  or  their  hardnefies  occur  with  their  figures :  every 
fmell  and  tafte  has  its  degree  of  pungency  as  well  as  its  peculiar  fla- 
vour :  and  each  note  in  mulic  is  combined  with  the  tone  of  fome  in- 
ftrument.  It  appears  from  hence,  that  we  can  be  fenfible  of  a  num- 
ber of  ideas,  at  the  fame  time,  fuch  as  the  whitenels,  hardnefs,  and 
coldnefs,  of  a  fnow-ball,  and  can  experience  at.  the  fame  time  many 
irritative  ideas  of  furrounding  bodies,  which  we  do  not  attend  to,  as 
mentioned  in  Se£lion  VII.  3.  2,  But  thofe  ideas  which  belong  to  the 
fame  fenfe,  feem  to  be  more  eafily  combined  into  fynchronous  tribes,, 
than  thofe  which  were  not  received  by  the  fame  iti\{c,  as  we  can 

more 


128  CLASSES    OF   IDEAS.         Sect.  XV.  .i. 

more  eafily  think  of  the  whitenefs  and  figure  of  a  lump  of  fugar  at 
the  fame  time,  than  the  whitenefs  and  fweetnefs  of  ir. 

2,  As  thefe  ideas,  or  fenfual  motions,  are  thus  excited  with  greater 
or  lefs  degrees  of  combination  ;  fo  we  have  a  power,  when  we  repeat 
•them  either  by  our  volition  or  fenfation,  '-to  increafe  or  diminifli  this 
degree  of  combination,  that  is,  to  form  compounded  ideas  from  thoie, 
which  were  more  iimple;  and *abfl:ra6l  ones  from  thofe,  which  were 
more  complex,  when  they  were  firfl  excited;  that  is,  we  can  repeat 
a  part  or  the  whole  of  thofe  feiifuai  motions,  which  did  confbitute  our 
ideas  of  perception  ;  and  the  repetition  of  which  now  coxiftitutes  our 
ideas  of  recoUedlion,  or  of  imagination. 

•3.  Thofe  ideas,  which  we  repeat  without  change  of  the  quantity 
of -that  combination,  with  which  we  firft  received  them^  are  called 
complex  ideas,  as  when  you  recolieft  Weftn.infter  Abbey,  or  the 
planet  Saturn  :  but  it  muft  be  obferved,  that  thefe  complex  ideas, 
■thus  re-excited  by  volition,  fenfation,  or  aflbciation,  are  feldom  per- 
fe€t  copies  of  their  correfpondent  perceptions,  except  in  our  dreams, 
where  other  external  objefts  do  not  detraft  our  attention. 

4.  Thofe  ideas,  which  are  more  complex  than  the  natural  obje£ts 
that  firft  excited  them,  have  been  called  compounded  ideas,  as  when 
we  think  of  a  fphinx,  or  griffin. 

5.  And  thofe  that  are  lefs  complex  than  the  correfpondent  natural 
objefts,  have  been  termed  abftradted  ideas  :  thus  fweetnefs,  and  white- 
nefs, and  folidity,  are  received  at  the  fame  time  from  a  lump  of  fugar, 
yet  I  can  recolleft  any  of  thefe  qualities  without  thinking  of  the 
•others,  that  were  excited  alons:  with  them. 

When  ideas  are  {o  far  abftracled  as  in  the  above  example,  they  have 
been  termed  fimple  by  the  writers  of  metaphyfics,  and  feem  indeed  to 
be  more  complete  repetitions  of  the  ideas  or  fenfual  motions,  originally 
excited  by  external  obje(fls. 

Other  claffes  of  thefe  ideas,  where  the  abftradlion  has  not  been  fo 
great,  ha.ve  been  termed,  by  Mr.  Locke,  modes,  fubftances,  and  re- 
lations. 


Sect.  XV.  r.  CLASSES   OF    IDEAS.  129 

lations,  but  they  feem  only  to  differ  in  their  degree  of  abflrafbion  from 
the  complex  ideas  that  were  at  firft  excited;  for  as  thefe  complex  or 
natural  ideas  are  themfelves  imperfeft  copies  of  their  correfpondent 
perceptions,  fo  thefe  abftradl;  or  general  ideas  are  only  ftill  more  im- 
perfedl  copies  of  the  fame  perceptions.  Thus  when  I  have  feen  an 
objedi  but  once,  as  a  rhinoceros,  my  abflrait  idea  of  this  animal  is  the 
fame  as  my  complex  one.  I  may  think  more  or  lefs  diftindly  of  a 
rhinoceros,  but  it  is  the  very  rhinoceros  that  I  faw,.  or  fome  part  or 
property  of  him,  which  recurs  to  my  mind. 

But  when  any  clafs  of  complex  objefts  becomes  the  fubje6t  of  con- 
verfation,  of  which  I  have  feen  many  individuals,  as  a  caftle  or  an 
army,  fome  property  or  circumftance  belonging  to  it  is  peculiarly  al- 
luded to;  and  then  I  feel  in  my  own  mind,  that  my  abflradl  idea  of 
this  complex  obje£t  is  only  an  idea  of  that  part,  property,  or  attitude 
of  it,  that  employs  the  prefent  converfation,  and  variesvvith  every 
fentence  that  is  fpoken  concerning  it.  So  if  any  one  fhould  fay, 
"  one  may  fit  upon  a  horfe  fafer  than  on.  a  camel,"  my  abftraft  idea 
of  the  two  animals  includes  only  an  outline  of  the  level  back  of.  the 
one,  and  the  gibbofity  on  the  back  of  the  other.  What  noife.  is  that 
in  the  ftreet?  ? — Some  horfes  trotting  over  the  pavement..  H&re  my 
idea  of  the  horfes  includes  principally  thefhape  aad  motion  of  their 
legs.  So  alfo  the  abftrad  ideas  of  goodnefs  and  courage  are  fl:ill 
more  imperfe£l  reprefentations-  of  the  objeds  they  were  received 
from  ;  for  here  we  abfiracl  the  material  parts.,,  arid  recoiled  only  the 
qualities; 

Thus  we  abftrad  fo  much  from  fome  of  our  complex  ideas,  that 
at  length  it  becomes  difficult  to  determine  of  what  perception  they 
partake  ;  and; in. many  inftances  our.  idea  feems  to  be  no  other  than  of 
the  fouad  or  letters  of  the  word,  that  ftands -for  the  collective  tribe, 
of  which  we  are  faid  to  have  arLabUraded  idea,,  as  noun,  verb,  chi- 
maera,  apparition. 

S  6.  Ideas 


13^  CLASSES   OF   IDEAS.         Ssct.XV.  w 

6.  Ideas  have  been  divided  into  thofe  of  perception  and  thofe  of 
reflexion,  but  as  whatever  is  perceived  mufl  be  external  to  the 
organ  that  perceives  it,  all  our  ideas  muft  originally  be  ideas  of  per- 
ception. 

7.  Others  have  divided  our  ideas  into  thofe  of  memory,  and  thofe 
of  imagination  ;  they  have  faid  that  a  recolledion  of  ideas  in  the  order 
they  were  received  eonftitutes  memory,  and  without  that  order  ima- 
gination ;  but  all  the  ideas  of  imagination,  excepting  the  few  that  are 
termed  fimple  ideas,  are  parts  of  trains  or  tribes  in  the  order  they 
were  received  :  as  if  I  think  of  a  fphinx,  or  a  griffin,  the  fair  face, 
bdfom,  wings,  claws,  tail,  are  all  complex  ideas  in  the  order  they 
were  received :  and  it  behoves  the  writers,  who  adhere  to  this  de- 
finition, to  determine,  how  fmall  the  trains  muft  be,  that  (hall  be 
called  imagination  ;  and  how  great  thofe,  that  {hall  be  called  memory. 

Others  have  thought  that  the  ideas  of  memory  have  a  greater  viva- 
city than  thofe  of  imagination :  but  the  ideas  of  a  perfon  in  fleep,  or 
.in  a  waking  reverie,  where  the  trains  connefted  with  fenfation  are  un- 
interrupted, are  more  vivid  and  diftind  than  thofe  of  memory,  fo  that 
they  cannot  be  diftinguiflied  by  this  criterion. 

The  very  ingenious  author  of  the  Elements  of  Criticifm  has  de- 
fcribed  what  he  conceives  to  Tse  a  fpecies  of  memory,  and  calls  it  ideal 
prefence  ;  but  the  inftances  he  produces  are  the  reveries  of  fenfation, 
and  are  therefore  in  truth  connexions  of  the  imagination,  though  they 
are  recalled  in  the  order  they  were  received. 

The  ideas  conne£led  by  aflociation  are  in  common  difcourfe  attri- 
buted to.memory,  as  we  talk  of  memorandum-rings,  and  tie  a  knot 
-on  our  handkerchiefs  to  brino;  ibmethino;  into  our  minds  at  a  diftance 
of  time.  And  a  ichool-boy,  w<ho  can  repeat  a  thoufand  unmeaning 
lines  in  Lilly's  Grammar,  is  faid  to  have  a  good  memory.  But  thefe 
■have  been  already  (hewn  to  belong  to  the  clafs  of  aflociation  j  and  are 


rtermed  ideas  of  fuggeftion. 


H.  Laftly, 


Sect.XV.  3.         CLASSES   OF    IDEAS.  131 

11.  Laftly,  the  method  already  explained  of  claffing  ideas  into  thofe 
excited  by  irritation,  fenfation,  volition,  or  aflbciation,  we  hope  will 
be  found  more  convenient  both  for  explaining  the  operations  of  the 
mind,  and  for  comparing  them  with  thofe  of  the  body  ;  and  for  the 
illuftration  and  the  cure  of  the  difeafes  of  both,  and  which  we  fhall 
here  recapitulate.  ' 

1.  Irritative  ideas  are  thofe,  which  are  preceded  by  irritation,  which 
is  excited  by  objefts  external  to  the  organs  of  fenfe :  as  the  idea  of 
that  tree,  which  either  I  attend  to,  or  which  I  fhun  in  walking  near 
it  without  attention.  In  the  former  cafe  it  is  termed  perception,  in 
the  latter  it  is  termed  fimply  an  irritative  idea. 

2»  Senfitive  ideas  are  thofe,  which  are  preceded  by  the  fenfation  of 
pleafure  or  pain  ;  as  the  ideas, .  which  conilitute  our  dreams  or  reve- 
ries, .this  is  called  imagination. . 

3.  Voluntary  ideas  are  thofe,  which  are  preceded  :  by  voluntary 
exertion,  as  when  I  repeat  the  alphabet  backwards  :  this  is  called  re- 
GolleiTtion. 

4.  Aflbciate  ideas  are  thofe,  which  are  preceded  by  other  ideas  or 
raufcular  motions,  as  when  we  think  over  or  repeat  the  alphabet  by 
rote  in  its  ufual  order j  or  fin g  a  tune  we  are  accuftomed  to;  this  is 
sailed  fuggeftion. 

IIL  I.  Perceptions  fignify  thofe  ideas,  which  are  preceded  by  ir- 
ritation and  fucceeded  by  the  fenfation  of  pleafure  or  pain,  for  what- 
ever excites  eur  attention  interefts  us  ;  that  is,  it  is  accompanied  with 
pleafure  or  pain ;  however  flight  may  be  the  degree  or  quantity  of 
either  of  them. 

The  word  memory  includes  two  clafles  of  ideas,  either  thofe  which 
are  preceded  by  voluntary  exertion,  or  thofe  which  are  fuggefted  by 
their  aflbciations  with  other  ideas. 

2.  Rcafoning  is  that  operation  of  the  ienforium,  by  which  we  ex- 
cite two  or  many  tribes  of  ideas  ;    and  then  re-excite  the  ideas,    in  • 
which  they  differ,  or  correfpond-     If  we  determine  this  difference,  it 

S  2  is 


132  CLASSES    OF    IDEAS.  Sect.XV.  3. 

is  called  judgment ;  if  we  in  vain  endeavour  to  determine  it,  it  is  called 
doubting. 

If  we  re-excited  the  ideas,  in  which  they  difFer,  it  is  called  dif- 
tinguifliing.  If  we  re- excite  thofe  in  which  they  correfpond,  it  is 
called  comparing. 

3.  Invention  is  an  operation  of  the  fenforium,  by  which  we  volun- 
tarily continue  to  excite  one  train  of  ideas,  fuppofe  the  defign  of 
raifing  water  by  a  machine  ;  and  at  the  fame  time  attend  to  all  other 
ideas,  which  are  connedted  with  this  by  every  kind  of  catenation  ; 
and  combine  or  feparate  them  voluntarily  for  the  purpofe  of  obtaining 
fome  end. 

For  we  can  create  nothing  new,  we  can  only  combine  or  feparate 
the  ideas,  which  we  have  already  received  by  our  perceptions  :  thus 
if  I  wifh  to  reprefent  a  monfler,  I  call  to  my  miiid  the  ideas  of  every 
thing  difagreeable  and  horrible,  and  combine  the  naftinefs  and  glut- 
tony of  a  hog,  the  .ftupidity  ai^  obftinacy  of  an  afs,  with  the  fur  and 
awkwardnels  of  a  bear,  and  call  the  new  combmation  Caliban.  Yet 
fuch  amonfter  may  exiil  in  nature,  as  all  his  attributes  are  parts  of 
nature.  So  when  I  wifli  to  reprefent  every  thing,  that  is  excellent, 
and  .amiable  ;  when  I  combine  benevolence  with  cheerfulnefs,  wif- 
■dom,  knowledge,  tafte,  wit,  beauty  of  perfon,  and  elegance  of 
manners,  and  aflbciate  them  in  one  lady  as  a  pattern  to  the  world, 
it  is  called  invention  ;    yet  fuch  a  perfon  may  exift, — fuch  a  perfoa 

does  exift  ! — It  is  ,    who  is  as  much  a  monfter  as 

Caliban. 

4.  In  refpe£t  to  confcioufnefs,  we  are  only  confcious  of  our  ex- 
iftence,  when  we  think  about  it ;  as  we  only  perceive  the  lapfe  of 
time,  when  we  attend  to  it ;  when  we  are  bufied  about  other  objeds, 
neither  the  lapfe  of  time  npr  the  confcioufnefs  of  our  own  exiftence 
can  occupy  our  attention.  Hence,  when  we  think  of  our  own  ex- 
iftence, we  only  excite  abftradled  or  reflex  ideas  (as  they  are  termed), 
of  our  principal  pleafures  or  pains,  of  our  defires  or  averfions,  or  of  the 

figure 


Sect.  XV.  3-  CLASSES    OF   IDEAS.  .133 

figure,  folidity,  colour,  or  other  properties  of  our  bodies,  and  call  that 
aft  of  the  lenforium  a  confcioufnefs  of  our  exiftence.  Some  philofo- 
phers,  I  believe  it  is  Des  Cartes,  has  faid,  "  I  think,  therefore  I  exift." 
But  this  is  not  right  reafoning,  becaufe  thinking  is  a  mode  of  exiftence; 
and  it  is  thence  only  faying,  "  I  exift,  therefore  I  cxift."  For  there 
are  three  modes  of  exiftence,  or  in  the  language  of  grammarians  three 
kinds  of  verbs.  Firft,  (imply  I  am,  or  exift.  Secondly,  I  am  acting, 
or  exift  in  a  ftate  of  adivity,  as  I  move.  Thirdly,  I  am  fuffering,  or 
exift  in  a  ftate  of  being  adted  upon,,  as  I  am  moved.  The  when,  and 
the  where,  as  applicable  to  this  exiftence,  depends  on  the  fucceffive 
motions  of  our  own  or  of  other  bodies  ;  and  on  their  refpeftive  fitua- 
tions,  as  fpoken  of  Sed.  XIV.  2.  5. 

5.  Our  identity  is  known  by  our  acquired  habits  or  catenated  trains 
of  ideas  and  mufcular  motions ;  and  perhaps,  when  we  compare  in- 
fancy with  old  age,  in  thofe  alone  can  our  identity  be  fuppoled  to  exift. 
For  what  elfe  is  there  of  fimilitude  between,  the  firft  fpeck  of  living 
entity  and  the  mature  man  ? — every  deduction  of  reafoning,  every  fen- 
timent  or  paflion,  with  every  fibre  of  the  corporeal  part  of  our  lyftem, 
has  been  fubjeft  almoft  to  annual  mutation  ;  while  fome  catenations 
alone  of  our  ideas  and  mufcular  a£lions  have  continued  in  part  un- 
changed. 

By  the  facility,  with  which  we  can  in  our  waking  hours  voluntarily 
produce  certain  fucceffive  trains  of  ideas,  we  know  by  experience, 
that  we  have  before  reproduced  them ;  that  is,  we  are  confcious  of  a 
time  of  our  exiftence  previous  to  the  prefent  time  ;  that  is,  of  our  iden- 
tity now  and  heretofore.  It  is  thefe  habits  of  aftion,  thefe  catenations 
of  ideas  and  mufcular  motions,  which  begin  with  life,  and  only  ter- 
minate with  it ;  and  which  we  can  in  fome  meafure  deliver  to  our 
pofterity  ;  as  explained  in  Se£l.  XXXIX. 

6.  When  the  progreflive  motions  of  external  bodies  make  a  part  of 
our  prefent  catenation  of  ideas,  we  attend  to  the  lapfe  of  time  ;  which 
appears  the  longer,  the  more  frequently  we  thus  attend  to  it ;  as  when 

we 


t34  CLASSES    OF   IDEAS.  Sect.XV.  3^. 

we  expe£l  fomething  at  a  certain  hour,  which  much  interefts  us,, 
whether  it  be  an  agreeable  or  difagreeable  event ;.  or  when  we  count 
the  paffiiig  feconds  on  a  flop- watch. 

When  an  idea  of  our  own  perfon,  or  a  reflex  idea  of  our  pleafures- 
and  pains,  delires  and  averiions,  makes  a  part  of  this  catenation,   it  is 
termed  confcioufnefs ;  and  if  this  idea  of  confcioufnefs  makes  a  part  of 
a  catenation,  which  we  excite  by  recolledion,  and  know  by  the  facility- 
with  which  we  excite  it,  that  we  have  before  experienced  it,,  it  is. 
called  identity,  as  explained  above^ 

7.  In  refpeft  to  freewill,  it  is  certain,  that  we  cannot  will  to  think 
of  a  new  train  of  ideas,  without  previoufly  thinking  of  the  firft  link  of: 
it;  as  I  cannot  will  to  think  of  a  black  fwan,  without  previoufly  think- 
ino-  of  a  black  fvvan.  But  if  I  now  think  of  a  tail,  I  can  voluntarily 
recolle£l  all  animals,  which  have  tails;  m^  will  is  fo  far  free,  that  t 
can  purfue  the  ideas  linked  to  this  idea  of  tail,  as  far  as  my  knowledge 
of  the  fubjed  extends  ;  but  to  will  without  motive  is  to  will  without 
defire  or  averfion;  which  is  as  abfurdas  to  feel  without  pleafure  or'pain; 
they  are  both  folecifms  in  the  terms.  So  far  are  we  governed  by  the 
catenations  of  motions,  which  affeft  both  the  body  and  the  mind  of 
man,  and  which  begin  with  our  irritability,  and  end  with  it. 


SECT. 


Sect. XVI.  I.  OF    INSTINCT.  155 

SECT.    XVI. 

OF    INSTINCT. 


HAUD  EQTJIDEM  CREDO,    QUIA  SIT  DIVINITU3  ILLIS 
INGENIUM,    AUT    RERUM    FATO    PRUDENTIA    MAJOR. 

VIRG.  GEORG.  L.  I.    415, 

I.  Infi'tuSltve  anions  defined.  Of  connate  paffions.  II.  Of  the  fenjations  and  mot  ions 
of  the  fcetus  in  the  womb.  III.  Some  animals  are  more  ferfeSfly  fanned  than 
others  before  nativity.  Of  learning  to  walk.  IV.  Ofthefwallowing,  breath- 
ing, fucking,  pecking,  and  lapping  of  young  animals.  V.  Of  the  fenfe  of  fmell, 
and  its  ufes  to  animals.  Why  cats  do  not  eat  their  kittens.  VI.  Of  the  accu- 
racy of  fight  in  mankind,  and  their  fenfe  of  beauty.  Of  the  fenfe  of  touch  in  ele- 
phants, monkies,  beavers,  men.  VII.  Of  natural  language.  VIII.  The 
origin  of  natural  language ;  i.  the  language  of  fear ;  1.  of  grief;  2-Oftefider 
pleafure;  4.  offerenepleafure;  5.  of  anger ;  6.  of  attention.  IX.  Artificial 
language  of  turkies,  hens,  ducklings,  wagtails,  cuckoos,  rabbits,  dogs,  and 
nightingales.  X.  Ofmufic;  of  tooth-edge;  of  a  good  ear;  of  architeSiure. 
XI.  Of  acquired  knowledge ;  of  foxes,  rooks,  feildfares,  lapwings,  dogs,  cats, 
horfes,  crows,  and  pelicans.  XII.  Of  birds  of  paff age,  dormice,  fnakes,  hats, 
Jwallows,  quails,  ringdoves,  fare,  chafjinch,  hoopoe,  chatterer,  hawfinch,  crofs- 
hill,  rails  and  cranes.  XIII.  Of  birds  nefts;  of  the  cuckoo;  of fwallows  nefts ; 
of  the  taylor  bird.  XIV.  Of  the  old  foldier ;  of  haddocks,  cods,  and  dogfijh ; 
cf  the  remora;  of  crabs,  herrings,  and  falmon.  XV.  Of  Jpidsrs,  caterpillars, 
antSy  and  the  ichneumon.  XVI.  i.  Of  locufts,  gnats;  1.  bees;  3.  dormice, 
fits,  worms,  ants,  and  wafps.  XVIL  Of  the  faculty  that  difiinguifhes  man 
from  the  brutes. 

I.  ALL  thofe  internal  motions  of  animal  bodies,  which  contribute 

to  digeft  their  aliment,  produce  their  fecretions,  repair  their  injuries, 

or  increafe  their  growth,  are  performed  without  our  attention  t)r  con-: 

8  -fcioufnefs. 


136  ,      OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.XVLz. 

fcioufnefs.  They  exift  as  well  In  our  fleep,  as  in  our  waking  hours, 
as  well  in  the  foetus  during  the  time  of  geftation,  as  in  the  infant 
after  nativity,  and  proceed  with  equal  regularity  in  the  vegetable  as 
in  the  animal  lyftem.  Thefe  motions  have  been  fliewn  in  a  former 
part  of  this  work  to  depend  on  the  irritations  of  peculiar  fluids,  and  as 
they  have  never  been  clafled  amongffc  the  inftindlive  adlions,  of  animals^ 
are  precluded  from  our  prefent  difquifition. 

But  all  thofe  adlions  of  men  or  animals,  that  are  attended  with  con- 
fcioufnefs,  and  feem  neither  to  have  been  diredted  by  their  appetites, 
taught  by  their  experience,  nor  deduced  from  obfervation  or  tradition, 
have  been  referred  to  the  power  of  inftindt.  And  this  power  has  been 
explained  to  be  a  divine  fomething,  a  kind  of  infpiration  ;  whilft  the 
poor  animal,  that  pofiefies  it,  has  been  thought  little  better  than  a 
machine  1 

The  irkfomenefs,  that  attends  a  continued  attitude  of  the  body,,  or 
the  fiains,  that  we  receive  from  heat,  cold,  hunger,  or  other  injuri- 
ous circumftances,  excite  w^  to  general  locomotion  :  and  our  fenfes  are 
fo  formed  and  eonftituted  by  the  hand  of  nature,  that  certain  obj.e(Sts 
prefent  us  with  pleafure,  others  with  pain,  and  we  are  induced  to  ap- 
proach and  embrace  thefe,  to  avoid  and  abhor  thofe,  as  fuch  fenfa- 
tions  direft  us. 

Thus  the  palates  of  fome  animal's  are  gratefully  affedted  by  the 
raaftication  of  fruits,  others  of  grains,  and  others  of  flefh  ;  and  they 
are  thence  inftigated  to  attain,  and  to  coi^^furae  thofe  materials  j.  and 
are  furnifhed  with  powers  of  mufcular  motion,  and  of  digeftion  pro- 
per for  fuch  purpofes. 

Thefe  fenjatiom  znd.  dejires  conftitute  a  part  of  our  lyftem,  as  our 
mufcles  and  bo?ies  conftitute  another  part :  and  hence  they  may  alike 
be  termed  natural  or  connate  ;  but  neither  of  them  can  properly  be 
termed  inftin&ive :  as  the  word  inftin6t  in  its  ufual  acceptation  refers 
only  to  the  aciions  of  animals,  as  above  explained  :  the  origiii  of  thefe 
a.^io7i$  is  the  fubjed  of  our  prefent  enquiry. 

The 


Sect.  XVI.  2.  OF    INSTINCT.  i-^-] 

The  reader  is  intreated  carefully  to  attend  to  this  dehnition  of  /«- 
fiinciive  anions,  left  by  ufing  the  word  inftiuft  without  adjoining  any 
accurate  idea  to  it,  he  may  not  only  include  the  natural  delires  of  love 
and  hunger,  and  the  natural  fenfations  of  pain  or  pleafure,  but  the 
figure  and  contexture  of  the  body,  and  the  faculty  of  reafon  itfelf  un- 
der this  general  terna. 

11.  We  experience  fome  fenfations,  and  perform  fome  aclions  before 
our  nativity;  the  fenfations  of  cold  and  warmth,  agitation  and  reft, 
fulnefs  and  inanition,  are  inftances  of  the  former ;  and  the  repeated 
ftruggles  of  the  limbs  of  the  foetus,  which  begin  about  the  middle  of 
geftation,  and  thofe  motions  by  which  it  frequently  wraps  the  um- 
bilical chord  around  its  neck  or  body,  and  even  fometimes  ties  it  on 
a  knot ;  are  inftances  of  the  latter.  Smellie's  Midwifery,  (Vol.  I. 
p.  182). 

By  a  due  attention  to  thefe  circumflances  many  of  the  adions  of 
young  animals,  which  at  firfl  fight  feemed  only  referable  to  an  inex- 
plicable inftinfl:,  will  appear  to  have  been  acquired  like  all  other  ani- 
mal aftions,  that  are  attended  with  confcioufnefs,  by  the  repeated 
efforts  of  our  mufcles  under  the  conduEi  of  our  fenfations  or  defres. 

The  chick  in  the  fhell  begins  to  move  its  feet  and  legs  on  the  fixth 
day  of  incubation  (Mattreican,  p.  138);  or  on  the  feventh  day, 
(Langley)  ;  afterwards  they  are  feen  to  move  themfelves  gently  in 
the  liquid  that  furrounds  them,  and  to  open  and  fhut  their  mouths, 
(Harvei,  de  Generat.  p.  62,  and  197.  Form  de  Poulet.  ii.  p.  129). 
Puppies  before  the  membranes  are  broken,  that  involve  them,  are 
feeu  to  move  themfelves,  to  put  out  their  tongues,  and  to  open  and 
Ihut  their  mouths,  (Harvey,  Gipfon,  Riolan,  Haller).  And  calves 
lick  themfelves  and  fwallow  many  of  their  hairs  before  their  nativity: 
which  however  puppies  do  not,  (Swammerden,  p.  ^\().  Flemyng 
Phil.  Tranf.  Ann.  1755.  42).  And  towards  the  end  of  geftation,  the 
foetus  of  all  animals  are  proved  to  drink  part  of  the  liquid  in  which 
they  fwim,  (Haller.  Phyfiol.  T.  8.  204).     The  white  of  egg  is  found 

T  in 


138  OF    INSTINCT.  SECT.XVL3. 

ill  the  mouth  and  gizzard  of  the  chick,  and  is  nearly  or  quite  con- 
fumed  before  it  is  hatched,  (Harvei  de  Generat.  58).  And  the  hquor 
amnii  is  found  in  the  mouth  and  ftomach  of  the  human  foetus,  and  of 
calves  ;  and  how  elfe  fhould  that  excrement  be  produced  in  the  in- 
teftines  of  all  animals,  which  is  voided  in  great  quantity  foon  after 
their  birth  ;  Gipfon,  Med.  Eflays,  Edinb.  V.  i.  13.  Halleri  Phyfiolog* 
T.  3.  p.  318.  and  T.  8).  In  the  ftomach  of  a  calf  the  quantity  of 
this  liquid  amounted  to  about  three  pints,  and  the  hairs  amongft  it 
were  of  the  fame  colour  with  thofe  on  its  Ikin,  (Blafii  Anat.  Animal, 
p.  m.  1 22).  Thefe  fadls  are  attefted  by  many  other  writers  of  credit, 
beiides  thofe  above  mentioned. 

III.  It  has  been  deemed  a  furprifing  inftance  of  inftin£t,  that  calves 
and  chickens  Ihould  be  able  to  walk  by  a  few  efforts  almoft  immedi- 
ately after  their  nativity  :  whilft  the  human  infant  in  thofe  countries 
where  he  is  not  incumbered  with  clothes,  as  in  India,  is  five  or  fix 
months,  and  in  our  climate  almoft  a  twelvemonth,,  before  he  caa 
fafely  ftand  upon  his  feet. 

The  ftruggles  of  all  animals  in  the  womb  muft  refemble  their  mode- 
of  fwimming,  as  by  this  kind  of  .motion  they  can  beft  change  their 
attitude  in  water.  But  the  fwimming  of  the  calf  and  chicken  re- 
fembles  their  manner  of  walking,  which  they  have  thus  in  part  ac- 
quired before  their  nativity,  and  hence  accomplifh  it  afterwards  with 
very  few  efforts,  whilft  the  fwimming  of  the  human  creature  re- 
fembles  that  of  the  frog,  and  totally  differs  from  his  mode  of 
walking. 

There  is  another  clrcumftance  to  be  attended  to  in  this  af?air,  that 
not  only  the  growth  of  thofe  peculiar  parts  of  animals,  which  are  firft 
wanted  to  fecure  their  fubfiftence,  are  in  general  furtheft  advanced 
before  their  nativity :  but  fomc  animals  come  into  the  world  more 
completely  formed  throughout  their  whole  fyftem  than  others :  and 
are  thence  much  forwarder  in  all  their  habits  of  motion.  Thus  the 
colt,  and  the  lamb,  are  much  more  perfefl  animals  than  the  blind 

3  •  P"PP7> 


Sect. XVI.  4.  OF    INSTINCT.  139 

puppy,  and  the  naked  rabbit ;  and  the  chick  of  the  pheafant,  and  the 
partridge,  has  more  perfeft  plumage,  and  more  perfedi  eyes,  as  well 
as  greater  aptitude  to  locomotion,  than  the  callow  neftlings  of  the 
dove,  and  of  the  wren.  The  parents  of  the  former  only  fiiid  it  ne- 
ceffary  to  fliew  them  their  food,  and  to  teach  them  to  take  it  up  ; 
whilft  thofe  of  the  latter  are  obliged  for  many  days  to  obtrude  it  into 
their  gaping  mouths. 

IV.  From  the  fa£ts  mentioned  in  No.  2.  of  this  Seftlon,  it  is  evinced 
that  the  foetus  learns  to  fwallow  before  its  nativity ;  for  it  is  feen  to 
open  its  mouth,  and  its  ftomach  is  found  filled  with  the  liquid  that  fur- 
rounds  it.-  It  opens  its  mouth,  either  infligated  by  hunger,  or  by  the 
irkfomenefs  of  a  continued  attitude  of  the  mufcles  of  its  face-j  the 
liquor  amnii,  in  which  it  fwims,  is  agreeable  to  its  palate,  as  it  con- 
fiilis  of  a  nourifliing  material,  (Haller  Phyf.  T.  8.  p.  204).  It  is 
tempted  to  experience  its  tafle  further  in  the  mouth,  and  by  a  few 
efforts  learns  to  fwallow,  in  the  fame  manner  as  we  learn  all  other 
animal  aflions,  which  are  attended  with  confcioufnefs,  hy  the  repeated 
efforts  of  our  mufcles  under  the  conduct  of  our  fenfations  or  volitions. 

The  infpiratlon  of  air  into  the  lungs  is  fo  totally  different  from 
that  of  fwallowing  a  fluid  in  which  we  are  immerfed,  that  it  cannot 
be  acquired  before  our  nativity.  But  at  this  time,  when  the  circula- 
tion of  the  blood  is  no  longer  continued  through  the  placenta,  that 
fuffocating  fenfation,  which  we  feel  about  the  precordia,  when  we 
are  in  want  of  frefh  air,  difagreeably  affe6ts  the  infant :  and  all  the 
mufcles  of  the  body  are  excited  into  a£tion  to  relieve  this  oppreffion  ; 
thofe  of  the  breaft,  ribs,  and  diaphragm  are  found  to  anfwer  this  pur- 
pofe,  and  thus  refpiration  is  difcovered,  and  is  continued  throughout 
our  lives,  as  often  as  the  oppreffion  begins  to  recur.  Many  infants, 
both  of  the  human  creature,  and  of  quadrupeds,  ftruggle  for  a  minute 
after  they  are  born  before  they  begin  to  breathe,  (Haller  Phyf.  T.S. 
p.  400.  ib.  pt.  2.  p.  i).  Mr.  Buffon  thinks  the  action  of  the  dry  air 
upon  the  nerves  of  fmell  of  new-born  animals,   by  producing  an  en^ 

T  2  deavour 


I40  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.XVI.  4; 

deavour  to  fneeze,  may  contribute  to  induce  this  firll:  infpiration,  and 
that  the  rarefa61:ion  "of  the  air  by  the  warmth  of  the  lungs  contributes 
to  induce  expiration,  Hift.  Nat.  Tom.  4.  p.  174.  Which  latter  it 
may  efFedl  by  producing  a  difagreeable  fenfation  by  its  delay,  and  a 
confequent  effort  to  relieve  it.  Many  children  fneeze  before  they 
refpire,  but  not  all,  as  far  as  I  have  obferved,  or  can  learn-  frora 
others. 

At  length,  by  the  direction  of  its  fenfe  of  fmell,  or  by  the  officious 
care  of  its  mother,  the  young  animal  approaches  the  odoriferous  rill 
of  its  future  nourifliment,  already  experienced  to  fwallow.  But  in 
the  a(5t  of  fwallowing,  it  is  neceffary  nearly  to  clofe  the  mouth, 
whether  the  creature  be  immerfed  in  the  fluid  it  is  about  to  drink,  or 
not  :  hence,  when  the  child  firft  attempts  to  fuck,  it  does  not  (light- 
ly comprefs  the  nipple  between  its  lips,  and  fuck  as  an  adult  perfon 
would  do,  by  abforbing  the  milk ;  but  it  takes  the  whole  nipple  into 
its  mouth  for  this  purpofe,  compreffes  it  between  its  gums,  and  thus 
repeatedly  chewing  (as  it  were)  the  nipple,  preffes  out  the  milk  ;  ex- 
adlly  in  the  fame  manner  as  it  is  drawn  from  the  teats  of  cows  by 
the  hands  of  the  milkmaid.  The  celebrated  Harvey  obferves,  that 
the  foetus  in  the  womb  mufi:  have  fucked  in  a  part  of  its  nourifhment, 
becaufe  it  knows  how  to  fuck  the  minute  it  is  born,  as  any  one  may 
experience  by  putting  a  finger  between  its  lips,  and  becaufe  in  a  few 
days  it  forgets  this  art  of  fucking,  and  cannot  without  fome  difficulty 
again  acquire  it,  (Exercit.  de  Gener.  Anim.  48).  The  fame  obferva.- 
tion  is  made  by  Hippocrates. 

A  little  further  experience  teaches  the  young  animal  to  fuck  by  ab^ 
forption,  as  well  as  by  compreffion  ;  that  is,  to  open  the  cheft  as  in 
the  beginning  of  refpiration,  and  thus  to  rarefy  the  air  in  the  mouth, 
that  the  prefliire  of  the  denfer  external  atmofphere  may  contribute  to 
force  out  the  milk. 

The  chick  yet  in  the  fhell  has  learnt  to  drink  by  fwallowing  a  part 
of  the  white  of  the  egg  for  its  food;   but  not  having  experienced  how 

to 


Sect. XVI.  5-  OF     INSTINCT.  141- 

to  take  up  and  fvvallow  folid  feeds,  or  grains,  is  eith&r  taught  by  rhe 
felicitous  induftry  of  its  mother;  or  by  many  repeated  attempts  is 
enabled  at  length  to  diftinguifli  and  to  fwallow  this  kind  of  nutri- 
ment. 

And  puppies,  though  they  know  how  to  fuck  like  other  animals 
from  their  previous  experience  in  fwallowing,  and  in  refpiration  ;  yet 
are  theylong  in  acquiring  the  art  of  lapping  with  their  tongues,  which 
from  the  flaccidity  of  their  cheeks,  and  length  of  their  mouths,  is  after- 
wards a  more  convenient  way  for  them  to  take  in  Vv'ater. 

V.  The  fenfes  of  fmell  and  tafte  in  many  other  animals  greatly  ex- 
cel thofe  of  mankind,  for  in  civilized  fociety,  as  our  vi6luals  are  ge- 
iierally  prepared  by  others,  and  are  adulterated  with  fait,  fpice,  oil, 
and'empyreuma,  we  do  not  hefitate  about' eating  whatever  is  fetbefore 
us,  and  negledl  to  cultivate  thefe  fenfes:  whereas  other  animals  try 
every  morfel  by  the  fmell,  before  they  take  it  into  their  mouths,  and 
by  the  tafte  before  they  fwallow  it :  and  are  led  not  only  each  to  his 
proper  nourifhment  by  this  organ  of  fen fe,  but  it  alfo  at  a  maturer  age 
dire6ts  them- in  the  gratification  of  their  appetite  of  love.  Which  may 
be  further  underftood  by  confidering  the  fympathies  of  thefe  parts  de- 
fcribed  in  Clafs  IV.  2.  1.7.  While  the  human  animal  is  direded  to 
the  objedl  of  his  love  by  his  fenfe  of  beauty,  as  mentioned  in-No.  Vli 
of  this  Sedion.     Thus  Virgil.  Georg.  III.  230.- 

Nonne  vides,  ut  tota  tremor  pertentat  equorum 
Corpora,  fi  tantum  notas  odor  attulit  auras  ? 
Nonne  canis  nidum  veneris  nafutus  odore 
Quarit,  et  erranti  trahitur  fublambere  lingua  ? 
Refpuit  at  guftum  cupidus,  labiifqne  retraftis 
Elevat  OS,  trepidanfque  novis  percutitur  asftris,- 
Inferit  et  vivum  felici  vomere  femen. — 
Quam  tenui  file  cscos  adneftit  amores 
Dofta:  Venus,  vitseque  monet  renovare  favillam ! 

Anon. 

The 


143  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.XVL  6. 

The  following  curious  experiment  is  related  by  Galen.  "  On  dif- 
fering a  goat  great  with  young  I  found  a  briik  embryon,  and  having 
detached  it  from  the  matrix,  and  fnatching  it  away  before  it  faw  its 
dam,  I  brought  it  into  a  certain  room,  where  there  were  many  veflels, 
fome  filled  with  wine,  others  with  oil,  fome  with  honey,  others  with 
milk,  or  fome  other  liquor;  and  in  others  were  grains  and  fruits;  we 
firfi:  obfervcd  the  young  animal  get  upon  its  feet,  and  walk  ;  then  it 
fhook  itfelf,  and  afterwards  fcfatched  its  fide  with  one  of  its  feet :  then 
we  faw  it  fmelling  to  every  one  of  thefe  things,  that  were  fet  in  the 
room  ;  and  when  it  had  fmelt  to  them  all,  it  drank  up  the  milk." 
L,.  6.  de  locis.  cap.  6. 

Parturient  quadrupeds,  as  cats,  and  bitches,  and  fows,  are  led  by 
their  fenfe  of  fmell  to  eat  the  placenta  as  other  common  food  ;  why 
then  do  they  not  devour  their  whole  progeny,  as  is  reprefented  in  an 
antient  emblem  of  Time  ?  This  is  faid  fometimes  to  happen  in  the 
xinnatural  ftate  in  which  we  confine  fows  ;  and  indeed  nature  would 
feem  to  have  endangered  her  offspring  in  this  nice  circumflance !  But 
at  this  time  the  flimulus  of  the  milk  in  the  tumid  teats  of  the  mother 
excites  her  to  look  out  for,  and  to  defire  fome  unknown  circumftance 
to  relieve  her.  At  the  fame  time  the  fmell  of  the  milk  attracts  the 
exertions  of  the  young  animals  towards  its  fource,  and  thus  the  de- 
lighted mother  difcovers  a  new  appetite,  as  mentioned  in  Seft.  XIV.  8. 
and  her  little  progeny  are  led  to  receive  and  to  communicate  pleafure 
by  this  moft  beautiful  contrivance. 

VI.  But  though  the  human  fpecies  in  fome  of  their  fenfations  are 
much  inferior  to  other  animals,  yet  the  accuracy  of  the  fenfe  of  touch, 
which  they  pofTefs  in  fo  eminent  a  degree,  gives  them  a  great  fuperi- 
ority  of  underflanding;  as  is  well  obferved  by  the  ingenious  Mr.  Buf- 
fon.  The  extremities  of  other  animals  terminate  in  horns,  and  hoofs, 
and  claws,  very  unfit  for  the  fenfation  of  touch  ;  whilft  the  human 
hand  is  finely  adapted  to  encompafs  its  objedt  with  this  organ  of 
fenfe. 

The 


Sect.  XVI.  6.  O  F    1  N  S  T  1  N  C  T.  143 

The  elephant  is  indeed  endued  with  a  fine  fenfe  of  feeling- at  the 
extremity  of  his  probofcis,  and  hence  has  acquired  much  more  accu- 
rate ideas  of  touch  and  of  fight  than  mod  other  creatures.  The  two 
following  inftances  of  the  fagacity  of  thefe  animals  may  entertain  the 
reader,  as  they  were  told  me  by  fome  gentlemen  of  diflin£t  obferva- 
tion,  and  undoubted  veracity,  who  had  been  much  converfant  with 
our  eaflern  fettlements.  Firft,  the  elephants  that  are  ufed  to  carry 
the  baggage  of  our  armies,  are  put  each  under  the  care  of  one  of  the 
natives  of  Indoftan,  and  whilft  himfelf  and  his  wife  go  into  the  woods 
to  colle6l  leaves  and  branches  of  trees  for  his  food,  they  fix  him  to  the 
ground  by  a  length  of  chain,  and  frequently  leave  a  child  yet  unable 
to  walk,  under  his  protedtion :  and  the  intelligent  animal  not  only  de- 
fends it,  but  as  it  creeps  about,  when  it  arrives  near  the  extremity  of 
his  chain,  he  wraps  his  trunk  gently  round  its  body,  and  brings  it 
again  into  the  centre  of  his  circle.  Secondly,  the  traitor  elephants 
are  taught  to  walk  on  a  narrow  path  between  two  pit-falls,  which  are 
covered  with  turf,  and  then  to  go  into  the  woods,  and  to  feduce  the 
wild  elephants  to  come  that  way,  who  fall  into  thefe  wells,  whilft  he 
paffes  fafe  between  them  :  and  it  is  univerfally  obferved,  that  thofe 
wild  elephants  that  efcape  the  fnare,  purfue  the  traitor  with  the  ut- 
moft  vehemence,  and  if  they  can  overtake  him,  which  fometimes  hap- 
pens, they  always  beat  him  to  death. 

The  monkey  has  a  hand  well  enough  adapted  for  the  fenfe  of  touch, 
which  contributes  to  his  great  facility  of  imitation;  but  in  taking  ob- 
je£ls  with  his  hands,  as  a  ftick  or  an  apple,  he  puts  his  thumb  on  the 
fame  fide  of  them  with  his  fingers,  inftead  of  counteradling  the  pref- 
fure  of  his  fingers  with  it :  from  this  neglect  he  is  much  flower  in  ac- 
quiring the  figures  of  objedls,  as  he  is  lefs  able  to  determine  the  dif- 
tances  or  diameters  of  their  parts,  or  to  diftinguifli  their  vis  inertias 
from  their  hardnefs.  Helvetius  adds,  that  the  fhortnefs  of  his  life,  ' 
his  being  fugitive  before  mankind,  and  his  not  inhabiting  all  climates, 
combine  to  prevent  his  improvement.  (De  TEfprit.  T.  i .  p.)     There 

is 


■144      .  -CsF    "INSTINCT.  Sect/XVI.  6, 

is  however  at  this  time  an  old  monkey  (hewn  in  Exeter  Change, 
London,  who  having  loft  his  teeth,  when  nuts  are  given  him,  takes 
a  flone  into  his  hand,  and  cracks  them  with  it  one  by  one ;  thus  ufing 
tools  to  effedc  his  purpofe  like  mankind. 

The  beaver  is  another  animal  that  makes  much  ufe  of  his  hands, 
and  if  we  may  credit  the  reports  of  travellers,  is  pofleffed  of  amazing 
ingenuity.  This  however,  M.  BufFon  affirms,  is  only  where  they 
exift  in  large  numbers,  and  in  countries  thinly  peopled  with  men ; 
while  in  France  in  their  folitary  ftate  they  fhew  no  uncommon  in- 
genuity. 

Indeed  all  the  quadrupeds,  that  have  collar-bones,  (claviculae)  \ife 
their  fore-limbs  in  fome  meafure  as  we  ufe  our  hands,  as  the  cat, 
fquirrel,  tyger,  bear  and  lion;  and  as  they  exercife  the  fenfe  of  touch 
more  univerfally  than  other  animals,  fo  are  they  more  fagacious  in 
watching  and  furprifmg  their  prey.  All  thofe  birds,  that  ufe  their 
claws  for  hands,  as  the  hawk,  parrot,  and  cuckoo,  appear  to  be  more 
docile  and  intelligent ;  though  the  gregarious  tribes  of  birds  have  more 
acqviired  knowledge. 

Now  as  the  images,  that  are  painted  on  the  retina  of  theeye,  are  no 
other  than  figns,  which  recall  to  our  imaginations  the  objects  we  had 
before  examined  by  the  organ  of  touch,  as  is  fully  demonftrated  by 
Dr.  Berkley  in  his  treatife  on  vifion  ;  it  follows  that  the  human  crea- 
ture has  sreatlv  more  accurate  and  diflinft  fenfe  of  vifion  than  that  of 
any  other  animak  Whence  as  he  advances  to  maturity  he  gradually 
acquires  a  fenfe  of  female  beauty,  which  at  this  time  diredls  him  to  the 
object  of  his  new  paffion. 

•Sentimental  love,  as  difringuiflied  from  the  animal  paflion  of  that 
name,  with  which  it  is  frequently  accompanied,  confifts  in  the 
defire  or  fenfation  of  beholding,  embracing,  and  faluting  a  beautiful 
obje£l. 

The  charadleriftic  of  beauty  therefore  is  that  it  is  the  objeft  of  love? 
and  though  many  other  objeds  ^re  in  common  language  called  beauti- 
ful. 


Sect.XVI.6.  of    instinct.  145 

ful,  yet  they  are  only  called  fo  metaphorically,  and  ought  to  be  termed 
agreeable.  A  Grecian  temple  may  give  us  the  pleafurable  idea  of 
fublimity,  a  Gothic  temple  may  give  us  the  pleafurable  idea  of  va- 
riety, and  a  modern  houfe  the  pleafurable  idea  of  utility;  mufic  and 
poetry  may  infpire  our  love  by  aflbciation  of  ideas ;  but  none  of  thefe, 
except  metaphorically,  can  be  termed  beautiful,  as  we  have  no  \vi(h 
to  embrace  or  falute  them. 

Our  perception  of  beauty  confifts  in  our  recognition  by  the  fenfe  of 
vifion  of  thofe  objedls,  firft,  which  have  before  infpired  our  love  by 
the  pleafure,  which  they  have  afforded  to  many  of  our  fenfes ;  as  to 
our  fenfe  of  warmth,  of  touch,  of  fm.ell,  of  tafte,  hunger  and  thiril ; 
and,  fecondly,  which  bear  any  analogy  of  form  to  fuch  objecls. 

When  the  babe,  foon  after  it  is  born  into  this  cold  world,  is  applied 
to  its  mother's  bofom  ;  its  fenfe  of  perceiving  warmth  is  firft  agree- 
ably affefted ;  next  its  fenfe  of  fmell  is  delighted  with  the  odour 
of  her  milk ;  then  its  tafte  is  gratified  by  the  flavour  of  it  ;•  after- 
wards the  appetites  of  hunger  and  of  thirft  afford  pleafure  by  the  pof- 
fefiion  of  their  objedts,  and  by  the  fubfequent  digeftion  of  the  ali- 
ment; and,  laftly,  the  fenfe  of  touch  is  delighted  by  the  foftnefs  and 
fmoothnefs  of  the  milky  fountain,  the  fource  of  fuch  variety  of  hap- 
pinefs. 

All  thefe  various  kinds  of  pleafure  at  length  become  aiTociated  with 
the  form  of  the  mother's  breaft  ;  which  the  infant  embraces  with  its 
hands,  preffes  with  its  lips,  and  watches  with  its  eyes ;  and  thus  ac- 
quires more  accurate  ideas  of  the  form  of  its  mother's  bofom,  than  of 
the  odour  and  flavour  or  warmth,  which  it  perceives  by  its  other 
fenfes.  And  hence  at  our  maturer  years,  when  any  objedl  of  vifion  is 
prefented  to  us,  which  by  its  waving  or  fpiral  lines  bears  any  fimili- 
tude  to  the  form  of  the  female  bofom,  whether  it  be  found  in  a  iand- 
fcape  with  foft  gradations  of  rifing  and  defcending  furface,  or  in  the 
forms  of  fome  antique  vafes,  or  in  other  works  of  the  pencil  or  the 
chiflel,  we  feel  a  general  glow  of  delight,  which  feems  to  influence  all 
our  lenfes ;  and,  if  the  objeft  be  not  too  large,  we  experience  an  at- 

U  traction 


146  OF    INSTINCT..  Sect.XVI.  7. 

traction  to  embrace  It  with  our  arms,  and  to  falute  it  with  our  lips, 
as  we  did  in  our  early  infancy  the  bofom  of  our  mother.  And  thus 
we  find,  according  to  the  ingenious  idea  of  Hogarth,  that  the  waving 
lines  of  beauty  were  originally  taken  from  the  temple  of  Venus. 

This  animal  attraction  is  love  ;  which  is  a  fenfation,  when  the  ob- 
jeft  is  prefent ;  and  a  defire,  when  it  is  abfent.  Which  conflitutes- 
the  pureft  fource  of  human  felicity,  the  cordial  drop  in  the  otherwife 
vapid  cup  of  life,  and  which  overpays  mankind  for  the  care  and  la- 
bour, which  are  attached  to  the  pre-eminence  of  his  fituation  above 
other  animals. 

It  fliould  have  been  obferved,  that  colour  as  well  as  form  fometimes 
enters  into  our  idea  of  a  beautiful  objed,  as  a  good  complexion  for  in- 
ftance,  becaufe  a  fine  or  fair  colour  is  in  general  a  fign  of  health,  and 
conveys  to  us  an  idea  of  the  warmth  of  the  obje£t ;  and  a  pale 
countenance  on  the  contrary  gives  an  idea  of  its  being  cold  to  the 
touch. 

It  was  before  remarked,  that  young  animals  ufe  their  lips  to  dif- 
tinguifh  the  forms  of  things,  as  well  as  their  fingers,  and  hence  we 
learn  the  origin  of  our  inclination  to  falute  beautiful  objedls  with  our 

lips. 

VII.  There  are  two  ways  by  which  we  become  acquainted  with 
the  paffiohs  of  others  :  firft,  by  having  obferved  the  effects  of  them, 
as  of  fear  or  anger,  on  our  own  bodies,  we  know  at  fight  when  others 
are  under  the  influence  of  thefe  afFedlons.  So  when  two  cocks  are 
preparing  to  fight,  each  feels  the  feathers  rife  round  his  own  neck, 
and  knows  from  the  fame  fign  the  difpofition  of  his  adverfary:  and 
children  long  before  they  can  fpeak,  or  underfi:and  the  language  of 
their  parents,  may  be  frightened  by  an  angry  countenance,  or  foothed 
by  fmiles  and  blandifhments. 

Secondly,  when  we  put  ourfelves  into  the  attitude  that  any  paffiou 
naturally  occafions,  we  foon  in  fome  degree  acquire  that  pafiion  ; 
hence  when  thofe  that  fcold  indulge  themfelves  in  loud  oaths,   and 

violent 


Sect.  XVI.  8.  OF    INSTINCT.  147 

violent  anions  of  the  arms,  they  increafe  their  anger  by  the  mode  of 
expreffing  themfeh^es:  and  on  the  contrary  the  counterfeited  fmile  of 
pleafure  in  difagreeable  company  foon  brings  along  jvith  it  a  portion 
of  the  reality,  as  is  well  illuflrated  by  Mr.  Burke.  (Effay  on  the  Su- 
blime and  Beautiful.) 

This  latter  method  of  entering  into  the  paffions  of  othere  is  ren- 
dered of  very  extenfive  ufe  by  the  pleafure  we  take  in  imitation, 
which  is  every  day  prefented  before  our  eyes,  in  the  a£lions  of  chil- 
dren, and  indeed  in  all  the  cufloms  and  fafliions  of  the  world.  From 
this  our  aptitude  to  imitation,  arifes  what  is  generally  underilood  by 
the  word  fympathy  fo  well  explained  by  Dr.  Smith  of  Glafgow. 
Thus  the  appearance  of  a  cheerful  countenance  gives  us  pleafure,  and 
of  a  melancholy  one  makes  us  Ibrrowful.  Yawning  and  fometlmes 
vomiting  are  thus  propagated  by  fympathy,  and  fome  people  of  deli- 
cate fibres,  at  the  prefence  of  a  fpeftacle  of  mifery,  have  felt  pain  in 
the  fame  parts  of  their  own  bodies,  that  were  difeafed  or  mangled  in 
the  other.  Amongft  the  writers  of  antiquity  Ariftotle  thought  this 
aptitude  to  imitation  an  effential  property  of  the  human  fpecies,  and 
■calls  man  an  imitative  animal.     To  ^uov  fAi[4,ai^Bvov. 

Thefe  then  are  the  natural  figns  by  which  we  underhand  each 
other,  and  on  this  flender  bafis  is  built  all  human  language.  For 
without  fome  natural  figns,  no  artificial  ones  could  have  been  invented 
■or  underftood,  as  is  very  ingenioufly  obferved  by  Dr.  Reid.  (Inquiry 
into  the  Human  Mind.) 

VIII.  The  origin  of  this  unlverfal  language  is  a  fubje^l  of  the  high- 
eft  curiofity,  the  knowledge  of  which  has  always  been  thought  utterly 
inacceffible.     A  part  of  which  we  fhall  however- here  attempt. 

Light,  found,  and  odours,  are  unknown  to  the  foetus  in  the  womb, 
which,  except  the  few  fenfatlons  and  motions  already  mentioned, 
fleeps  away  its  time  infenfible  of  the  bufy  world.  But  the  moment  he 
arrives  into  day,  he  begins  to  experience  many  vivid  pains  and  plea- 
fures ;  thefe  are  at  the  fame  time  attended  with  certain  mufcular  mo- 

U  2  tions. 


148  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect. XVI.  8. 

tions,  and  from  this  their  early,  and  individual  aflbciation,  they  ac- 
quire habits  of  occurring  together,  that  are  afterwards  iadilToluble. 


I .  Of  Fear. 

As  foon  as  the  young  animal  is  born,  the  firft  important  fenfations, 
that  occur  to  him,  are  occafioned  by  the  oppreffion  about  his  pre- 
cordia  for  want  of  refpiration,  and  by  his  fudden  tranfition  from  ninety- 
eight  degrees  of  heat  into  fo  cold  a  climate. — He  trembles,  that  is,  he 
exerts  alternately  all  the  mufcles  of  his  body,  to  enfranchife  himfelf 
from  the  oppreffion  about  his  bofom,  and  begins  to  breathe  with  fre- 
quent and  fliort  refpirations  ;  at  the  fame  time  the  cold  contrails  his 
red  Ikin,  gradually  turning  it  pale  ;  the  contents  of  the  bladder  and  of 
the  bowels  are  evacuated :  and  from  the  experience  of  thefe  firft  dif- 
agreeable  fenfations  the  paffion  of  fear  is  excited,  which  is  no  other 
than  the  expe£tation  of  difagreeable  fenfations.  This  early  aflbciation 
of  motions  and  fenfations  perfifts  throughout  life  ;  the  paffion  of  fear 
produces  a  cold  and  pale  Ikin,  with  tremblings,  quick  refpiration, 
and  an  evacuation  of  the  bladder  and  bowels,  and  thus  conftitutes  the 
natural  or  univerfal  language  of  this  paffion. 

On  obferving  a  Canary  bird  this  morning,  January  28,  1772,  at 
the  houfe  of  Mr.  Harvey,  near  Tutbury,  in  Derbyffiire,  I  was  told 
it  always  fainted  away,  when  its  cage  was  cleaned,  and  defired  to  fee 
the  experiment.  The  cage  being  taken  from  the  ceiling,  and  its 
bottom  drawn  out,  the  bird  began  to  tremble,  and  turned  quite  white 
about  the  root  of  his  bill :  he  then  opened  his  mouth  as  if  for  breath, 
and  refpired  quick,  flood  ftraighter  up  on  his  perch,  hung  his  wings, 
fpread  his  tail,  clofed  his  eyes,  and  appeared  quite  fliffand  cataleptic 
for  near  half  an  hour,  and  at  length  with  much  trembling  and  deep 
refpirations  came  gradually  to  himfelf. 

5  2.0/ 


Sect. XVI.  8.  OF    INSTINCT,  149 


2.  Of  Grief  . 

That  the  internal  membrane  of  the  noflrils  may  be  kept  always 
moift,  for  the  better  perception  of  odours,  there  are  two  canals,  that 
condudl  the  tears  after  they  have  done  their  office  in  moiftening  and 
cleaning  the  ball  of  the  eye  into  a  fack,  which  is  called  the  lacrymal 
fack;  and  from  which  there  is  a  duft,  that  opens  into  the  noftrils  : 
the  aperture  of  this  du£l  is  formed  of  exquifite  fenfibility,  and  when 
it  is  ftimulated  by  odorous  particles,  or  by  the  drynefs  or  coldnefs  of  the 
air,  the  fack  contradls  itfelf,  and  pours  more  of  its  contained  moifture 
on  the  organ  of  fmell.  By  this  contrivance  the  organ  is  rendered 
more  fit  for  perceiving  fuch  odours,  and  is  preferved  from  being  in- 
jured by  thofe  that  are  more  ftrong  or  corrofive.  Many  other  recep- 
tacles of  pecuhar  fluids  difgorge  their  contents,  when  the  ends  of  their 
dufts  are  ftimulated  ;  as  the  gall  bladder,  when  the  contents  of  the 
duodenum  ftimulate  the  extremity  of  the  common  bile  duel :  and  the 
falivary  glands,  Avhen  the  termination  of  their  du6ls  in  the  mouth  are 
excited  by  the  ftimulus  of  the  food  we  mafticate.  Atque  vellculse  fe- 
minales  fuum  exprimunt  fluidum  glande  penis  fricata. 

The  coldnefs  and  drynefs  of  the  atmofphere,  compared  with  the 
warmth  and  moifture,  which  the  new-born  infant  had  juft  before 
experienced,  difagreeably  affedts  the  aperture  of  this  lacrymal  fack  ; 
the  tears,  that  arc  contained  in- this  fack,  are  poured  into  the  noftrils, 
and  a  further  fupply  is  fecreted  by  the  lacrymal  glands,  and  difFufed 
upon  the  eye-balls ;  as  is  very  vifible  in  the  eyes  and  noftrils  of  chil- 
dren foon  after  their  nativity.  The  fame  happens  to  us  at  our  ma- 
turer  age,  for  in  fevere  frofty  weather,  fnivelling  and  tears  are  pro- 
duced by  the  coldnefs  and  drynefs  of  the  air. 

But  the  lacrymal  glands,  which  feparate  the  tears  from  the  blood, 
are  fituated  on  the  upper  external  part  of  the  globes  of  each  eye  ;  and, 

when 


150  OF    INSTINCT,  Sect. XVI.  8. 

whea  a  greater  quantity  of  -tears  are  wanted,  we  contraft  the  fore- 
head, and  bring  down  the  eye-brows,  and  ufe  many  other  diflortions 
of  the  face,  to  comprefs  thefe  glands. 

Now  as  the  fufFocating  fenfation,  that  produces  refpiration,  is  re- 
moved almofi:  as  foon  as  perceived,  and  does  not  recur  again :  this 
difagreeable  irritation  of  the  lacrymal  dudls,  as  it  muft  frequently 
recur,  till  the  tender  organ  becomes  ufed  to  variety  of  odours,  is  one 
■of  the  firft  pains  that  is  repeatedly  attended  to:  and  hence  throughout 
our  infancy,  and  in  many  people  throughout  their  lives,  all  difagree- 
able fenfations  are  attended  with  fnivelling  at  the  nofe,  a  profufion 
of  tears,  and  fome  peculiar  diftortions  of  countenance :  according  to 
the  laws  of  early  aflbciation  before  mentioned,  which  conflitutes  the 
natural  or  univerfal  lang^iage  of  grief. 

You  may  affure  yourfelf  of  the  truth  of  this  obfervation,  if  you 
will  attend  to  what  pafles,  when  you  read  a  diftrefsful  tale  alone ; 
before  the  tears  overflow  your  eyes,  you  will  invariably  feel  a  titilla- 
tion  at  that  extremity  of  the  lacrymal  dud,  which  terminates  in  the 
noftril,  then  the  compreffion  of  the  eyes  fucceeds,  and  the  profufion 
of  tears. 

Linnaeus  aflerts,  that  the  female  bear  fheds  tears  in  grief;  the  fame 
-has  been  faid  of  the  hind,  and  fome  other  animals. 


3.  Of  Tender  PJeafure. 

The  firfl:  moft  lively  impreffion  of  pleafure,  that  the  infant  enjoys 
after  its  nativity,  is  excited  by  the  odour  of  its  mother's  milk.  The 
organ  of  fmell  is  irritated  by  this  perfume,  and  the  lacrymal  fack 
empties  itfelf  into  the  noftrils,  as  before  explained,  and  an  increafe  of 
tears  is  poured  into  the  eyes.  Any  one  may  obferve  this,  when  very 
young  infants  are  about  to  fuck ;  for  at  thofe  early  periods  of  life,  the 
S  fenfation 


Sect.XVL  8.  OF     INSTINCT.  151 

fenfation  afFefts  the  organ  of  fmell,  much  more  powerfully,  than 
after  the  repeated  habits  of  fmelluig  has  inured  it  to  odours  of  common 
ftrength :  and  in  our  adult  years,  the  flronger  fmells,  though  they 
are  at  the  fame  time  agreeable  to  us,  as  of  volatile  fpirits,  continue  to 
produce  an  increafed  fecretion  of  tears. 

This  pleafing  fenfation  of  fmell  is  followed  by  the  early  affection  of 
the  infant  to  the  mother  that  fuckles  it,  and  hence  the  tender  feelings 
of  gratitude  and  love,  as  well  as  of  hopelefs  grief,  are  ever  after  joined 
with  the  titillation  of  the  extremity  of  the  lacrymal  du6ls,  and  a  pro— 
fufion  of  tears. 

Nor  is  it  fingular,  that  the  lacrymal  fack  fhould  be  Influenced  by 
pleafing  ideas,  as  the  fight  of  agreeable  food  produces  the  fame  effedt 
on  the  falivary  glands.     Ac  dum  vidimus  infomniis  lafcivae  puellae  ii-- 
mulacrum  tenditur  penis. 

Lambs  fhake  or  wriggle  their  tails,  at  the  time  when  they  fitii.' 
fuck,  to  get  free  of  the  hard  excrement,  which  had  been  long  lodged 
in  their  bowels.  Hence  this  becomes  afterwards  a  mark  of  pleafure  in 
them,  and  in  dogs-,  and  other  tailed  animals.  But  cats  gently  extend 
and  contracl  their  paws  when  they  are  pleafed,  and  purr  by  drawing, 
in  their  breath,  both  which  refemble  their  manner  of  fucking,  and 
thus  become  their  language  of  pleafure,  for  thefe  animals  having  col- 
lar-bones ufe  their  paws  like  hands  when  they  fuck,  which  dogs  and 
Iheep  do  not.  J 


4.  Of  Serene  Pleafure^ 

In  the  a£lion  of  fucking,  the.  lips  of  the  infant  are  clofed  around 
the  nipple  of  its  mother,  till  he  has  filled  his  ftomach,  and  the  plea- 
fure occafioned  by  the  ftimulus  of  this  grateful  food  fucceeds.     Then 
the  fphinfter  of  the  mouth,  fatigued  by  the  continued  adion  of  fuck- 
ing*- 


152  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.XVI.  8. 

ing,  is  relaxed  ;  and  the  antagonift  mufcles  of  the  face  gently  a£ling, 
produce  the  fmile  of  pleafure :  as  cannot  but  be  feen  by  all  who  are 
converfant  with  children. 

Hence  this  fmile  during  our  lives  is  aflbciated  with  gentle  pleafure; 
it  is  vifible  iu  kittens,  and  puppies,  when  they  are  played  with,  and 
tickled;  but  more  particularly  marks  the  human  features.  For  in 
children  this  expreflion  of  pleafure  is  much  encouraged,  by  their  imi- 
tation of  their  parents,  or  friends  i  who  generally  addrefs  them  with 
a  fmiling  countenance :  and  hence  fome  nations  are  more  remarkable 
for  the  gaiety,  and  others  for  the  gravity  of  their  looks. 


5.  Of  Anger. 

The  actions  that  conftitute  the  mode  of  fighting,  are  the  immediate 
language  of  anger  in  all  animals ;  and  a  preparation  for  thefe  a£lions 
is  the  natural  language  of  threatening.  Hence  the  human  creature 
clenches  his  fift,  and  flernly  furveys  his  adverfary,  as  if  meditating 
where  to  make  the  attack ;  the  ram,  and  the  bull,  draws  himfelf 
fome  fteps  backwards,  and  levels  his  horns ;  and  the  horfe,  as  he 
fights  by  ftriking  with  his  hinder  feet,  turns  his  heels  to  his  foe,  and 
bends  back  his  ears,  to  liften  out  the  place  of  his  adverfary,  that  the 
threatened  blow  may  not  be  inefFeftual. 


6.  Of  Attention. 

The  eye  takes  in  at  once  but  half  our  horizon,  and  that  only  in  the 
day,  and  our  fmell  informs  us  of  no  very  diftant  objeds,  hence  we 
confide  principally  in  the  organ  of  hearing  to  apprize  us  of  danger : 

when 


Sect.  XVI.  9.  O  F     I  N  S  T  I  N  C  T.  "      153 

when  we  hear  any  the  fraallefl:  found,  that  we  cannot  innmediately 
account  for,  our  fears  arc  alarmed,  we  fufpend  our  fleps,  hold  every 
mufcle  flill,  open  our  mouths  a  little,  erecl  our  ears,  and  liften  to 
gain  further  information :  and  this  by  habit  becomes  the  general 
language  of  attention  to  objefts  of  light,  as  well  as  of  hearing ;  and 
even  to  the  fucceffivc  trains  of  our  ideas. 

The  natural  language  of  violent  pain,  which  is  exprefled  by  writh- 
ing the  body,  grinning,  and  fcreaming  ;  and  that  of  tumultuous 
pleafure,  exprefled  in  loud  laughter  ;  belong  to  Se6tion  XXXIV.  on 
Difeafes  from  Volition. 

IX.  It  muft  have  already  appeared  to  the  reader,  that  all  other  ani- 
mals, as  well  as  man,  are  polfefled  of  this  natural  language  of  the 
paflions,  exprefled  in  figns  or  tones;  and  we  fhall  endeavour  to  evince, 
that  thofe  animals,  which  have  preferved  themfelves  from  being  en- 
flaved  by  mankind,  and  are  aflbciated  in  flocks,  are  alfo  poflTefled  of 
feme  artificial  language,  and  of  fome  traditional  knowledge. 

The  mother-turkey,  when  fhe  eyes  a  kite  havering  high  in  air, 
has  either  feen  her  own  parents  thrown  into  fear  at  his  prefence,  or 
has  by  obfervation  been  acquainted  with  his  dangerous  defigns  upon 
her  young.  She  becomes  agitated  with  fear,  and  ufes  the  natural 
language  of  that  paflion,  her  young  ones  catch  the  fear  by  imitation, 
and  in  an.inftant  conceal  themfelves  in  the  grafs. 

At  the  fame  time  that  fhe  fhews  her  fears  by  her  gefture  and  de- 
portment, (he  ufes  a  certain  exclamation,  Koe-ut,  Koe-uf,  and  the 
young  ones  afterwards  know,  when  they  hear  this  note,  though  they 
do  not  fee  their  dam,  that  the  prefence  of  their  advei-fary  is  denounced, 
and  hide  themfelves  as  before. 

The  wild  tribes  of  birds  have  very  frequent  opportunities  of  know- 
ing their  enemies,  by  obferving  the  defl:ru6lion  they  make^mong  their 
progeny,  of  which  every  year  but  a  fmall  part  efcapes  to  maturity : 
but  to  our  domefl:ic  birds  thefe  opportunities  fo  rarely  occur,  that 
their  knowledge  of  their  diflant  enemies  muft  frequently  be  de- 

X  livered 


1 54  OF     INSTINCT.  Sect. XVL  9, 

livered  by  tradition  in  the  manner  above  explained,  through  many 
generations. 

This  note  of  danger,  as  well  as  the  other  notes  of  the  mother- 
turkey,  when  fhe  calls  her  flock  to  their  flood,  or  to  fleep  under  her 
wings,  appears  to  be  an  artificial  language,  both  as  expreffed  by  the 
mother,  and  as  underftood  by  the  progeny.  For  a  hen  teaches  this 
language  with  equal  eafe  to  the  ducklings,  (lie  has  hatched  from  fup- 
pofitious  eggs,  and  educates  as  her  own  cfTspring :  and  the  wagtails., 
or  hedge-fparrows,  learn  it  from  the  young  cuckoo  their  fofter  nurf- 
ling,  and  fupply  him  with  food  long  after  he  can  fly  about,  whenever 
they  hear  his  cuckooing,  which  Linneus  tells  us,  is  his  call  of  hun- 
ger, (Syft.  Nat.)  And  all  our  demeflic  animals  are  readily  taught  to 
come  to  us  for  food,  when  we  ufe  one  tone  of  voice,  and  to  fly  from 
our  anger,  when  we  ufe  another. 

Rabbits,  as  they  cannot  eafily  articulate  founds,  and  are  formed 
into  focieties,  that  live  under  ground,  have  a  very  different  method  of 
giving  alarm.  When  danger  is  threatened,  they  thump  on  the 
ground  with  one  of  their  hinder  feet,  and  produce  a  found,  that  can 
be  heard  a  great  way  by  animals  near  the  furface  of  the  earth,  which 
would  feem  to  be  an  artificial  fign  both  from  its  fmgularity  and  its 
aptnefs  to  the  {ituation  of  the  animal. 

The  rabbits  on  the  ifland  of  Sor,  near  Senegal,  have  white  fieih, 
and  are  well  tafl:ed,  but  do  not  burrow  in  the  earth,  fo  that  we  may 
fufpe6L  their  digging  themfelves  houfes  in  this  cold  climate  is  an  ac- 
quired art,  as  well  as  their  note  of  alarm,  (Adanfon's  Voyage  to 
Senegal). 

The  barking  of  dogs  is  another  curious  note  of  alarm,  and  would 
feem  to  be  an  acquired  language,  rather  than  a  natural  lign  :  for  "  in 
the  ifland  of  Juan  Fernandes,  the  dogs  did  not  attempt  to  bark,  till 
fome  European  dogs  were  put  among  them,  and  then  they  gradually 
begun  to  imitate  them,  but  in  a  ilrange  manner  at  iirft,  as  if  they 
*vere  learning  a  thing  that  was  not  natural  to  them,"  {Voyage  to 

South 


&f.cT.XVI.  lo.  OF     INSTINCT.  155 

South  America  by  Don  G.  Juan,  and  Don  Ant.  de  Ulloa.    B.  2. 
c.  4).  - 

J^innsus  alfo  obferves,  that  thedogs  of  South  America  do  not  bark 
at  Grangers,  (Syft.  Nat.)  And  the  European  dogs,  that  have  bten 
carried  to  Guinea,,  are  faid  in  three  or  four  generations  to  ceafe  to  bark,, 
and  only  howl,  like  the  dogs  that  are  natives  of  that  coaft,  (World 
Difplayed,  Vol.  XVII.  p.  2-6.) 

A  circumftauce  not  difhmilar  to  this,,  and  equally  curious,  is  menr 
tioned  by  Kircherus.  de  Mufurgia,  in  his  Chapter  de  Lufciniis. 
"  That  the  young  nightingales,  that  are  hatched  under  other  birds, 
never  fing  till  they  are  inftruited  by  the  company  of  other  nightin- 
gales.." And  Jon  (Ion  afSrms,  that  the  nightingales  that  vifit  Scot- 
land,, have  not  the  fame  harmony  as  thofe  of  Italy,  (Pennant's  Zoo- 
logy, o6tavo,  p.  255);  which  would  lead  us  to  fufpecSl  that  the  fing- 
ing  of  birds,  like  human  niufic,  is  an  artificial,  language  rather  than  a 
natural  expreffion.  of  paffion. 

X.  Our  mufic  like  our  language,  is  perhaps  entirely  confrituted  of 
artificial  tones,,  which  by  habit  fuggeft  certain  agreeable  paffions. 
For  the  fame  combination  of  notes  and  tones  do  not  excite  devotion, 
love,  or  poetic  melancholy  in  a  native  of  Indoftan  and  of  Europe. 
And  "  the  Hi2;hlander  has  the  lame  warlike  ideas  annexed  to  the 
found  of  a  bagpipe  (an  inllrument  which  an  EnglLfhman  derides),  33 
the  Engliftiman  has  to  that  of  a  trumpet  or  fife,"  (Dr.  Brown's 
Union  of  Poetry  and  Mufic,  p.  58.)  So  "  the  mufic  of  the  Turks 
is  very  different  from  the  Italian,  and  the  people  of  Fez  and  Morocco 
have  again  a  different  kind,  which  to  us  appears  very  rough  and  hor- 
rid, but  is  highly  pleafing  to  them,"  (L'  Arte  Armoniaca  a, Giorgio 
Antoniotto).  Hence  we  fee  why  the  Italian  opera  does  not  delioht 
an  untutored  Englifhman  ;  and  why  thofe,  who  are  unaccuftomed^:o 
mufic,  are  more  pleafed  with  a  tune,  the  fecond  or  third  time  they 
hear  it,  than  the  firfl.  For  then  the  fame  melodious  train  of  founds' 
excites  the  naelancholy,,  they  had  learned  from  the  foug;  or  the  fame 

X  a.  vivid 


15$  OF     INSTINCT.  Sect.  XVI.  lo. 

vivid  combination  of  them  recalls  all  the  mirthful  ideas  of  the  dance 
and  company. 

Even  the  founds,  that  were  once  difagreeable  to  us,  may  by  habit 
be  afibciated  with  other  ideas,  fo  as  to  become  agreeable.  Father 
Lafitau,  in  his  account  of  the  Iroquois,  fays  "  the  mufic  and  dance 
of  thofe  Americans,  have  fomething  in  them  extremely  barbarous, 
Avhich  at  firft  difgufls.-  We  grow  reconciled  to  them  by  degrees, 
and  in  the  end  partake  of  them  with  pleafure,  the  favages  themfelves 
3.re  fond  of  them  to  diftradlion,^'   (Moeurs  des  Savages,   Tom.  ii.) 

There  are  indeed  a  few  founds,  that  we  very  generally  aflbcia-te 
with  agreeable  ideas,  as  the  whiftling  of  birds,  or  purring  of  animals, 
that  are  delighted ;  and  fome  others,  that  we  as  generally  affociate 
with  difagreeable  ideas,  as  the  cries  of  animals  in  pain,  the  hifs  of 
fome  of  them  in  anger,  and  the  midnight  howl  of  beafts  of  prey.  Yet 
we  receive  no  terrible  or  fublime  ideas  from  the  lowing  of  a  cow,  or 
the  braying  of  an  afs.  Which  evinces,  that  thefe  emotions  are 
owing  to  previous  afibciations.  So  if  the  rpmbling  of  a  carriage  in 
the  ftreet  be  for  a  moment  miftaken  for  thunder,  we  receive  a  fub- 
lime fenfatlon,  which  ceafes  as  foon  as  we  know  it  is  the  noife  of  a 
coach  and  fix. 

There  are  otbier  difagreeable  founds,  that  are  faid  to  fet  the  teeth 
on  edge;  which,  as  they  have  always  been  thought  a  neceffary  elFedl 
of  certain  difcordant  notes,  become  a  proper  fubjeft  of  our  enquiry. 
Every  one  in  his  childhood  has  repeatedly  bit  a  part  of  the  glafs  or 
earthen  vefTel,  in  which  his  food  has  been  given  him,  and  has  thence 
had  a  very  difagreeable  fenfation  in  the  teeth,  which  fenfation  was  de- 
figned  by  nature  to  prevent  us  from  exerting  them  on  objeils  harder 
than  themfelves.  The  jarring  found  produced  between  the  cup  and 
the  teeth  is  always  attendant  on  this  difagreeable  fenfation :  and  ever 
after  when  fuch  a  found  is  accidentally  produced  by  the  conflidl  of 
two  hard  bodies,  we  feel  by  aflbciatiou  of  ideas  the  concomitant  dif- 
agreeable fenfation  in  our  teeth. 

Others 


Sect. XVI.  lo.  OF    INSTINCT,  157 

•  Others  have  in  their  infancy  frequently  held  the  corner  of  a  filk 
handkerchief  in  their  mouth,  or  the  end  of  the  velvet  cape  of  their 
coat,  whilft  their  companions  in  play  have  plucked  it  from  them,  and 
have  criven  another  difagreeable  fenfation  to  their  teeth,  which  has 
afterwards  recurred  on  touching  thofe  materials.  And  the  light  of  a 
knife  drawn  along  a  china  plate,  though  no  found  is  excited  by  k, 
and  even  the  imagination  of  fuch  a  knife  and  plate  fo  fcraped  together, 
I  know  by  repeated  experience  will  produce  the  fame  difagreeable 
fenfation  of  the  teeth. 

Thefe  circumftances  indifputably  prove,  that  this  fenfation  of  the  • 
tooth-edge  is  owing  to  affociated  ideas;  as  it  is  equally  excitable  by 
iight,  touch,  hearing,  or  imagination. 

In  refpeil  to  the  artificial  proportions  of  found  excited  by  mufical 
inftruments,  thofe,  who  have  early  in  life  affociated  them  with  agree- 
able ideas,  and  have  nicely  attended  to  diftinguifh  them  from  each 
■other,  are  faid  to  have  a  good  ear,  in  that  country  where  fuch  pro- 
portions are  in  fafhion  :  and  not  from  any  fuperior  perfection  in  the 
organ  of  hearing,  or  any  inftindlive  fympathy  between  certain  found? 
and  paffions. 

I  have  obferved  a  child  to  be  exquifitely  delighted  with  mufic,  and 
who  could  with  great  facility  learn  to  ling  any  tune  that  he  heard 
diftindly,  and  yet  whofe  organ  of  hearing  was  fo  imperfe6l,  that  it 
was  neceflary  to  Ipeak  louder  to  him  in  common  converfation  than  to 
others. 

Our  mulic,  like  our  architedlure,  feems  to  have  no  foundation  in 
nature,  they  are  both  arts  purely  of  human  creation,  as  they  imitate 
nothing.  And  the  profelTors  of  them  have  only  claffed  thofe  circum- 
ftances, that  are  moft  agreeable  to  the  accidental  tafte  of  their  a^e,  or 
country;  and  have  called  it  Proportion.  But  this  proportion  muft 
always  fluftuate,  as  it  refts  on  the  caprices,  that  are  introduced  into 
our  minds  by  our  various  modes  of  education.    And  thefe  fluftuations 

"4  of 


^SS  OF     INSTINCT.  Sect. XVI.  ir. 

of  tafte  mui>  become  more  frequent  in  the  prefent  age,  where  mzn- 
kuKl  have  eafranchifed  tliemfelves  from  the  blind  obedience  to  the 
rules  of  antiquity  in  perhaps  every  fcience,  but  that  of  architefture. 
See  Sea.  XIL  No.-  7.  3. 

XI.  There  are  many  articles  of  knowledge,  which  the  animals  ia 
cultivated  countries  feem  to  learn  very  early  in  their  lives,  either 
from  each  other,  or  from  experience,  or  obfervation  :.  one  of  the  moft 
general  of  thefe  is  to  avoid  mankind..  There  is  fo  great  a  refemblance 
iu  the  natural  language  of  the  paflions  of.  all  animals,  that  we  gene- 
rally know,  when  they  are  in  apacific,^.  or  in  a  malevolent  humour, 
they  hav.e  the  fame  knowledge  of  us ;  and  hence  we  can  fcold  thena 
from  us.by  fome  tones  and  geftures,  and  could  poffibly  attrad  them 
to  u&  by  others,  if  they  were  not  already  apprized  of  our  general  ma- 
levolence towards  them.  Mr.  Gmelin,  Profeffor  at  Peterfb,urg,  afr 
jfures  us,^  that  in  his  journey  into  Siberia,  undertaken  by  order  of  the 
Emprefs  of  Ruffia,  he  favv  foxes,  that  expreffed.  no.  fear  of  himfelf  or 
companions,  but  permitted  him  to  come  quite  near  them,  having 
never  feen  the  human  creature  before.  And  Mr.  Bongainville.  relates, 
that  at  his  arrival  at  th.e  Malouine^,  or  Falkland's  Iflands,.  which  were 
not  inhabited  by  men,  all  the  animals  came  about  himfelf  and  his 
people;  th€  fowls  fettling  upon  their  heads  and  fhoulders,  and  the 
quadrupeds  running  about  their  feet.  From  the  difficulty  of  acquir- 
ing the  confidence  of  old  animals,  and  the  eafe  of. taming  young  ones^ 
it  appears  that  the  fear,  they  all  conceive  at  the  fight  of  mankind,,  is. 
an  acquired  article  of  knowledge.. 

This  knowledge  is  more  nicely  underftood-  by  rooks,  who  are 
formed  into  focieties,.  and  build,  as  it  were,  cities  over  our  heads.; 
they  evidently  diftinguifh,  that  the  danger  is  greater  when  a  man  is 
armed  with  a  gun.  Every  one  has  feen  this,  who  in  the  fpring  of 
the  year  has  walked  under  a  rookery  with  a  gun  in  his  hand:  the  in- 
habitants of  the  trees  rife  on  their  wings,,  and  feream  to  the  unfledged 

young 


Sect. XVI.  M.  OF    INSTINCT.  159 

young  to  fhrink  into  their  nefts  froKi  the  fight  of  the  enemy.  The 
vulgar  obferving  this  circumftance  fo  uniformly  to  occur,  aflert  that 
rooks  can  irnell  gun-powder. 

The  fieldfairs,  (tardus  pilarus)  which  breed  in  Norv/ay,  and  come 
hither  in  the  cold  feafon  for  our  winter  berries;  as  they  are  affociated 
in  flocks,  and  are  in  a  foreign  country,  have  evident  marks  of  keeping 
a  kind  of  watch,  to  remark  and  announce  the  appearance  of  danger. 
On  approaching  a  tree,  that  is  covered  with  them,  they  continue  fear- 
lefs  till  one  at  the  extremity  of  the  bu(h  rifing  on  his  wings  gives  a 
loud  and  peculiar  note  of  alarm,  when  they  all  immediately  fly,  ex- 
cept one  other,  who  continues  till  you  approach  ftill  nearer,  to  cer- 
tify as  it  were  the  reality  of  the  danger,  and  then -he  alfo  flies  off  re- 
peating the  note  of  alarm. 

And -in  the  woods  about  Senegal  there  is  a -bird  called  uett-uett 
by  the  negroes,  and  fquallers  by  the  French,  which,  as  foon  as  they 
fee  a  man,  fet  up  a  loud  fcream,  and  keep  flying  round  him,  as  if  their 
intent  was  to  warn  other  birds,  which  upon  hearing  the  cry  im- 
mediately take  wing.  Thefe  birds  are  the  bane  of  fportfmen,  and 
frequently  put  me  into  a  paflion,  and  obliged  me  to  flioot  them, 
(Adanfon's  Voyage  to  Senegal,  78).  For  the  fame  intent  the 
lelfer  birds  of  our  climate  feem  to  fly  after  a  hawk,  cuckoo,  or 
owl,  and  fcream  to  prevent  their  companions  from  being  furprifed 
by  the  g-eneral  enemies  of  thcmfelveg,  or  of  their  eggs  and  pro- 
geny. 

But  the  lapwing,  (charadrius  pluvialis  Lin.)  when  her  unfledged 
offspring  run  aboet  the  marfhes,  where  they  were  hatched,  not  only 
gives  the  note  of  alarm  at  the  approach  of  men  or  dogs,  that  her 
young  may  conceal  themfelves;  but  flying  and  fcreaming  near  the 
adverfary,  fhe  appears  more  folicitous  and  impatient,  as  he  recedes 
from  her  family,  and  thus  endeavours  to  miflead  him,  and  frequently 
fucceeds  in  her  defig.n.  Thefe  laft  inflances  are  fo  appofite  to  the  (itu- 
ation,  rather  than  to  the  natures  of  the  creatures,  that  ufe  them ;  and 

are 


i6o  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.XVI.  ii. 

are  fo  fimilar  to  the  aftions  of  men  in  the  fame  circumftances,  that  we 
cannot  but  believe,  that  they  proceed  from  a  fimilar  principle. 

On  the  northern  coafl:  of  Ireland  a  friend  of  mine  faw  above  a 
hundred  crows  at  once  preying  upon  mufcles  ;  each  crow  took  a 
mufcle  up  into  the  air  twenty  or  forty  yards  high,  and  let  it  fall  oiv 
the  ftones,  and  thus  by  breaking  the  fhell,  got  poffeflion  of  the  ani- 
mal.— A  certain  philofopher  (I  think  it  was  Anaxagoras)  walking 
along  the  fea-(hore  to  gather  fhells,  one  of  thefe  unlucky  birds  mif- 
taking  his  bald  head  for  a  ftone,  dropped  a  fhell-fifti  upon  it,  and 
killed  at  once  a  philofopher  and  an  oyfler. 

Our  doraeflic  animals,  that  have  fome  liberty,  are  alfo  pofleffed  of 
fome  peculiar  traditional  knowledge  :  dogs  and  cats  have  been  forced 
into  each  other's  fociety,  though  naturally  animals  of  a  very  different 
kind,  and  have  hence  learned  from  each  other  to  eat  the  knot- grafs, . 
when  they  are  fick,  to  promote  vomiting.  I  have  feen  a  cat  miftake 
the  blade  of  barley  for  this  grafs,  which  evinces  it  is  an  acquired  know^- 
ledge.  They  have  alfo  learnt  of  each  other  to  cover  their  excrement" 
and  urine; — about  a  fpoonful  of  water  was  fpilt  upon  my  hearth  from 
the  tea-kettle,  and  I  obferved  a  kitten  cover  it  with  afiies.  Hence 
this  muft  alfo  be  an  acquired  art,  as  the  creature  miftook  the  applica- 
tion of  it. 

To  preferve  their  fur  clean,  and  efpecially  their  whifkers,  cats 
wa(h  their  faces,  and  generally  quite  behind  their  ears,  every  time- 
they  eat.  As  they  cannot  lick  thofe  places  with  their  tongues,  they 
firft  wet  the  infide  of  the  leg  with  faliva,  and  then  repeatedly  wafli 
their  faces  with  it,  which  mull  originally  be  an  effedl  of  reafoning, 
becaufe  a  means  is  ufed  to  produce  an  effe£t ;  and  feems  afterwards  to 
be  taught  or  acquired  by  imitation,  like  the  greatefl  part  of  human 
arts. 

Mr.  Leonard,  a  very  intelligent  friend  of  mine,  faw  a  cat  catch,  a 
trout  by  darting  upon  it  in  a  deep  clear  water  at  the  mill  at  Weaford, 
near  Lichfield.     The  cat  belonged  to  Mr.  Stanley,  who  had  often 

fee^ 


Sect.  XVI.  II.  O  F    I  N  S  T  I  N  C  T.  i6i 

feen  her  catch  fifh  ia  the  fame  manner  in  fummer,  when  the  mill-pool 
was  drawn  fo  low,  that  the  fifli  could  be  fecn.  I  have  heard  of  other 
cats  taking  fifh  in  Ihallow  water,  as  they  flood  on  the  bank.  This 
feems  a  natural  art  of  taking  their  prey  in  cats,  which  their  acquired 
delicacy  by  domeflication  has  in  general  prevented  them  from  ufing, 
though  their  defire  of  eating  fifh  continues  in  its  original  ftrength. 

Mr.  White,  in  his  ingenious  Hiftory  of  Selbourn,  was  witnefs  to  a 
cat's  fuckling  a  young  hare,  which  followed  her  about  the  garden, 
and  came  jumping  to  her  call  of  affeftion.  At  Elford,  near  Lich- 
field, the  Rev.  Mr.  Sawley  had  taken  the  young  ones  out  of  a  hare, 
which  was  Ihot ;  they  were  alive,  and  the  cat,  who  had  juft  lofl:  her 
own  kittens,  carried  them  away,  as  it  was  fuppofed  to  eat  them  ;  but 
it  prefently  appeared,  that  it  was  affedlion  not  hunger  which  incited 
her,  as  fhe  fuckled  them,  and  brought  them  up  as  their  mother. 

Other  inflances  of  the  miftaken  application  of  what  has  been 
termed  inftin£l  may  be  obferved  in  flies  in  the  night,  who  miftaking 
a  candle  for  day-light,  approach  and  perlfh  in  the  flame.  So  the  pu- 
trid fmell  of  the  ftapelia,  or  carrion-flower,  allures  the  large  flefh-fly 
to  depofit  its  young  worms  on  its  beautiful  petals,  which  perifii  there 
for  want  of  nourifliment.  This  therefore  cannot  be  a  neceflary  in- 
ftin£l,  becaufe  the  creature  miftakes  the  application  of  it. 

Though  in  this  country  horfes  fhew  little  veftiges  of  policy,  yet  in 
the  deferts  of  Tartary,  and  Siberia,  when  hunted  by  the  Tartars  they 
are  feen  to  form  a  kind  of  community,  fet  watches  to  prevent  their 
being  furprifed,  and  have  commanders,  who  direct,  and  haften  their 
flight.  Origin  of  Language,  Vol.1,  p.  212.  In  this  country,  where 
four  or  five  horfes  travel  in  a  line,  the  firfl  always  points  his  ears  for- 
ward, and  the  laft  points  his  backward,  while  the  intermediate  ones 
feem  quite  carelefs  in  this  refped: ;  which  feems  a  part  of  policy  to 
prevent  furprife.  As  all  animals  depend  moft  on  the  ear  to  apprize 
them  of  the  approach  of  danger,  the  eye  taking  in  only  half  the  ho- 
rizon at  once,  and  horfes  poflefs  a  great  nicety  of  this  fenfe  ;  as  ap- 

Y  pears 


i62  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect'.  XV-L-m 

pears  from  their  mode  of  fighting  mentioned  No,  8.  5,  of  this  Sedion, 
as  well  as  by  commoa  obfervation. 

Ifhere  are  Ibme'parts  of  a  horfeVw-hich  he  cannot  convenient])^  rub-, 
vvlien  they'it&h!,'  as  about  the  flioulder,  wHich  he-'can  neither-  bite 
\vith  his  teeth/ nor' fcratch  with  his  hind  foot ;  when  this  part  itches, 
he  goes  to  another  horle,  and  gently  bites  him  in  the  part  which  he 
wifhes  to  be'  bitten,  which  is  immediately  done  by  his  intelligent 
friend.  I  once  obferved  a  young  foal  tbiis  bite  its  large  mother,  -who 
did  not  thbofeto  drop-the  grafs  fhe  hadiin  her  mouth,  and'rubbed  her 
nofe  againfi  the  foal's  neck  inftead  of  biting  it  ;  which  evinces  that 
flie  knew  the  defign  of  her  progeny,  and  was  not  governed  by  a  ne- 
ceffary  infiinft  t6  Hte  wliere  fhe  was  bitten.  o 

Many  of  our  fhrubs,  which  would  otherwife  afford  an  agreeable 
food  to  horfes,  are  armed  with  thorns  or  prickles,  which  fecure  them 
from  thofe  animals ;  as  the  holly,  hawthorn,  goofeberry,'  gorfe.  la 
the  extenfive  moorlands  of  Staffordfliire,  the  horfes  have  learnt  to 
ftamp  upon  a  gorfe-bufh  with  one  of  their  fore-feet  for  a  minute  to- 
gether, and  wiien  the  points  are  broken,  they  eat  it  without  injury. 
Which  is  an  art  other  horfes  in  the  fertile  parts  of  the  county  do  not 
poffefs,  and  prick  their  mouths  till  they  bleed,  if  they  are  induced  by- 
hunger  or  caprice  to  attempt  eating  gorfe. 

Swine  have  a  fenfe  of  touch  as  well  as  of  fmell  at  the  end  of  their 
nofe,  which  they  ufe  as  a  hand,  both  to  root  up  the  foil,  and  to  turn 
over  and  examine  objefts  of  food,  fomewhat  like  the  probofcis  of  an 
elephant.  As  they  require  ftielter  from  the  cold  in  this  climate,  they 
have  learnt  to  colled  ftraw  in  their  mouths  to  make  their  neft,  when 
the  wind  blows  cold  ;  and  it o  call  their  companions  by  repeated  cries 
■to  aifift  in  the  work,  and  add  to  their  warmth  by  their  numerous  bed- 
fellows. Hence  thefe  anihaals,  which  are  efteemed  fo  unclean,  have 
alfo  lear-n'ed  never  to  befoul  their  dens,  where  they  have  liberty,  with 
their  own  excrement ;  an  art,  Vvhich  cows  and  horfes,  which  have 
open  hovels  to  run  into,  have-.neve"  acquired,     I  have  obferved  great 

fagacity 


SfiCT.XVI.  II.  OF    INSTINCT.  163 

fagacity  in  fwlne  ;  but  the  (hort  lives  we  allow  thetn,^  and  their  ge- 
neral confinement,  prevents  their  improvement,  which  might  pro- 
bably be.otherwife  greater  than  that  of  dogs. 

Inftances  of  the  fagacity  aiid  knowledge  of  animals  are  very  nu- 
merous to  every  obferver,  and  their  docility  in  learning  various  arts- , 
from  mankind,  evinces  that  they  may  learn  fimilar  arts  from  their 
own  fpecies,  and  thus  be  poffeffed  of  much  acquired  and  traditional, 
knowledge.. 

A  dog  whofe  natural  prey  is  fheep,  is  taught  by  mankind,  not 
only  to  leave  them  unmolefled,  but  to  guard  them  ;  and  to  hunt,  to 
fet,  or  to  deftroy  other  kinds  of  animals,  as  birds,  or  vermin  ;  and  in- 
ibme  countries  to  catch  filh,  in  others  to  find  truffles,  and  to  pradifa 
a  great  variety  of  tricks  ;.  is  it  more  furprifing  that  the  crows  fhould 
teach  each  other^  that  the  hawk  can  catch  lets  birds,  by  the  fuperio;: 
fwiftnefs  of  his  wing,  and  if  two  of  them  foUov/  him,  till  he  fucceeda 
ki;  his  d.elign,-  that  they  can  by  force  Ihafe  a  part  of  the  capture?.' 
This  I  have  formerly  obierved  with  attention  and  aflonifliment. 

There  is  one  kind  of  pelican  mentioned  by  Mr.  Oibeck,  one  of 
Linnasus's  travelling  pupils  (the  pelicanus  aquilus),.  whofe  food  is 
filTi;  and  which  it  takes  from  other  birds,,  becaufe  it  is  not  formed  to 
catch  them  itldf ;  hence  it  is  called  by  the  Englifh  a  Man- of- war- bird. 
Voyage  to  China,  p.  88.  There  are  many  other  interefling  anec- 
dotes of  the  pelican  and  cormorant,  colleded  from  authors  of  the  befl 
authority,  in  a  well-managed  Natural  Hiftory  for.ChildlTn,  pubhflied 
by  Mr.  Galton.     Johnl'on.     London.. 

And  the  following  narration  from  the  very  accurate  Monf,  Adan* 
fon,  in  his  Voyage  to  Senegal,  may  gain  credit  with  the  reader  :  as  his 
employment  in  this  country  was  iblely  to  make  obfervations  in  natu- 
ral hiftory.  On  the  river  Niger,  in  his  road  to  the  ifland  Griel,  he 
faw  a  great  number  of  pelicans,  or  wide  throats.  "  They  moved 
wi:h  great  flate  like  fwans  upon  the  water,  and  are  the  largefl  bird 
oext  to  thfi  oftrich  j  the  bill  of  the  one  I  killed  was  upwards  of  a  foot 

y  a  and 


i64  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.  XVI.  12; 

and  half  long,  and  the  bag  faftencd  underneath  it  held  two  and  twenty- 
pints  of  water.  They  fw im  in  flocks,  and  form  a  large  circle,  which 
they  contrail  afterwards,  driving  the  fifh  before  them  with  their 
legs:  when  they  fee  the  fifh  in  fufficient  number  confined  in  this 
fpace,  they  plunge  their  bill  wide  open  into  the  water,  and  (hut  it 
again  with  great  quicknefs.  They  thus  get  fi{h  into  their  throat- 
bag,  which  they  eat  afterwards  on  fhore  at  their  leifure."  P.  247. 

XII.  The  knowledge  and  language  of  thofe  birds,  that  frequently 
change  their  climate  with  the  feafons,  is  ftill  more  extenfive:  as  they 
perform  thefe  migrations  in  large  focietles,  and  are  lefs  fubjeft  to  the 
power  of  man,  than  the  refident  tribes  of  birds.  They  are  faid  to 
follow  a  leader  during  the  day,  who  is  occafionally  changed,  and  to 
keep  a  continual  cry  during  the  night  to  keep  themfelves  together. 
It  is  probable  that  thefe  emigrations  were  at  firft  undertaken  as  acci- 
dent direded,  by  the  more  adventurous  of  their  fpecies,  and  learned 
from  one  another  like  the  difcoveries  of  mankind  in  navigation.  The 
following  circumftances  flrongly  fupport  this  opinion. 

I.  Nature  has  provided  thefe  animals,  in  the  climates  where  they 
are  produced,  with  another  refource  :  when  the  feafon  becomes  too 
cold  for  their  conftitutions,  or  the  food  they  were  fupported  with 
ceafes  to  be  fupplied,  I  mean  that  of  fleeping.  Dormice,  fnakes, 
and  bats,  have  not  the  means  of  changing  their  country ;  the  two 
former  from  the  want  of  wings,  and  the  latter  from  his  being  not 
able  to  bear  the  light  of  the  day.  Hence  thefe  animals  are  obliged  to 
make  ufe  of  this  refource,  and  fleep  during  the  winter.  And  thofe 
fwallows  that  have  been  hatched  too  late  in  the  year  to  acquire  their 
full  ftrength  of  pinion,  or  that  have  been  maimed  by  accident  or 
difeafe,  have  been  frequently  found  in  the  hollows  of  rocks  on  the  fea 
coafts,  and  even  under  water  in  this  torpid  ftate,  from  which  they 
have  been  revived  by  the  warmth  of  a  fire.  This  torpid  ftate  of  fwal- 
lows is  teflified  by  innumerable  evidences  both  of  antient  and  modern 
names.     Ariftotle  fpeaking  of  the  fwallows  fay?,  "  They  pafs  into 

warmer 


Sect.XVI.  12.  OF    INSTINCT.  165 

warmer  climates  in  winter,  if  fuch  places  are  at  no  great  diflancc;  if 
they  are,  they  bury  themfelves  in  the  climates  where  they  dwell," 
(8.  Hift.  c.  16.     See  alfo  Derham's  Phyf.  Theol.  v.  ii.  p.  i  yy.) 

Henpe  their  emigrations  cannot  depend  on  a  neceffary  inftinft,  as  the 
emigrations  themfelves  are  not  necejfary  ! 

2.  When  the  weather  becomes  cold,  the  fwallows  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood affemble  in  large  flocks;  that  is,  the  unexperienced  attend 
thofe  that  have  before  experienced  the  journey  they  are  about  to  un- 
dertake :  they  are  then  feen  fome  time  to  hover  on  the  coaft,  till  there 
is  calm  weather,  or  a  wind,  that  fuits  the  dire<Slion  of  their  flight. 
Other  birds  of  paflage  have  been  drowned  by  thoufands  in  the  fea,  or 
have  fettled  on  fhips  quite  exhaufled  with  fatigue.  And  others,  either 
by  miftaking  their  courfe,  or  by  diftrefs  of  weather,  have  arrived  in 
countries  where  they  were  never  feen  before :  and  thus  are  evidently 
fubje<ft  to  the  fame  hazards  that  the  human  fpecies  undergo,  in  the 
execution  of  their  artificial  purpofes. 

3.  The  fame  birds  are  emigrant  from  fome  countries  and  not  fo 
from  others  :  the  fwallows  were  feen  at  Goree  in  January  by  an  in- 
genious philofopher  of  my  acquaintance,  and  he  was  told-  that  they 
continued  there  all  the  year;  as  the  warmth  of  the  climate  was  at  all 
feafons  fufficient  for  their  own  conftitutions,  and  for  the  produ£lion  of 
the  flies  that  fupply  them  with  nourifliment.  Herodotus  fays,  that  in 
Libya,  about  the  fprings  of  the  Nile,  the  fwallows  continue  all  tjie 
year.  (L.  2.) 

Quails  (tetrao  corturnix,  Lin.)  are  birds  of  paflTage  from  the  coafl 
of  Barbary  to  Italy,  and  have  frequently  fettled  in  large  flioals  on  fhips 
fatigued  with  their  flight.  (Ray,  Wifdom  of  God,  p.  129.  Derham 
Phyfic.  Theol.  v.  ii.  p.  178.)  Dr.  Ruflel,  in  his  Hiftory  of  Aleppo, 
obferves  that  the  fwallows  vifit  that  country  about  the  end  of  Febru- 
ary, and  having  hatched  their  young  difappear  about  the  end  of  July ; 
and  returning  again  about  the  beginning  of  Odober,  continue  about  a 
fortnight,  and  then  again  difappear.  (P.  70.) 

When 


OF    INSTINCT.,  SEeT.XVL  12. 

When  my  late  friend  Dr.  Chambres,  of  Derby,  was  on  the  ifland 
of  Caprea  in  tlie  bay  of  Naples,  he  was  informed  that  great  flights  06 
quails  annually  fettle  on  that  ifland  about  the  beginning  of  May,  ins 
their  paflage  from  Africa  to  Europe.  And  that  they  always  come; 
when  the  fouth-eaft  wind  blows,  are,  fatigued  when  they  refl  on  this, 
ifland,,  and  are  taken  in  fuch  amazing  quantities  and  fold  to  the  Con- 
tinent, that  the  inhabitants  pay  the  biflaop  his  ftipend  out.  of  the  pro- 
fits arifing  from  the  fale  of  them. 

•  The  flights  of  thefe  birds  acrofs  the  Mediterranean  are  recorded'near 
three  thoufand  years  ago.  "  There  went  forth  a  wind  from  the. 
Lord  and  brought  quails  from  the  fea,  and  let  them  fall  upon  the 
camp,  a  day's  journey  round  about  it,  and  they  were  two  cubits  above, 
the  earth,"  (Numbers,  chap.  ii.  ver.  31.) 

In.  our  country,  Mr.  Pfennant  informs  us,  that  fome  quails  migrate^, 
and  others  only  remove  from  the  internal  parts  of  the  ifland  to  the- 
coafts,  (Zoology,  odavo,  210.)  Some  of  the  ringdoves  and  fl:area 
breed  here,  others  migrate,  (ibid.  510,  511.)  And  the  flender  billed 
fmall  birds  do  not  all  quit  thefe  kingdoms  in  the  winter,  though  the 
diflKculty  of  procuring  the  worms  and  infects,,  that  they  feed  on,  fup- 
plies  the  fame  reafon  for  migration  to  them  all,   (ibid.  511.) 

Linn^us  has  obferved;,  that  in  Sweden  the  female  chaffinches  quit- 
that  country  in  September,  migrating  into  Holland,  and  leave  their 
mates  behind  till  their  return  in  fpring.  Hence  he  has  called  them 
Fringilla  caelebs,  (Amaen.  Acad.  ii.  42.  iv.  595.)  Now  in  our,  cUt 
mate  both  fexes  of  them  are  perennial  birds.  And  Mr.  Pennant  ob- 
ferves  that  the  hoopoe,  chatterer,  •  hawfinch,  and  crofsbill,  migrate 
into  England  fo  rarely,  and  at  fuch  uncertain  times,  as  not  to  deferve 
to  be  ranked  among  our  bi;rds.of  paflTage,  (ibid.  511.) 

The  water  fowl,  as  geefe  and  ducks,  are  better  adapted  for  long 
migrations,  than  the  other  tribes  of  birds,  as,  when  the  weather  is 
calm,  they  can  not  only  reft  themfelves,  or  fleep  upon  the  ocean,  but 

poffibly  procure  fome  kind  of  food  from  it. 

Henca 


Sect.  XVI.  i^:  OF    INSTINCT.  167 

Hence  in  Siberia,  as  foon  as  the  lakes  are  fcozen,  the  water  fowl, 
which  are  very, numerous,  all  difappear,  and  are  fuppofed  to  fly  to 
-warraer  climates,  except  the  rail, .  vvfhich,  from  its  inabihty  for  lopg 
flights,  probably  fleeps,.  like  our  bat,  in  their  winter.  The  fqilpvy;- 
ing  account  from  the  Journey  of  Profeflbr  Gmelin,  may  entertain  the 
reader.  "  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Krafnoiark,  amongft  many  other 
emigrant  water  fowls,  we  obferved  a  great  number  of  rails,  which 
when  purfued  never  took  flight,  but  endeavoured  to  efcape  by  run- 
ning. We  enquired  how  thefe  birds,  that  could  not  fly,  could  retire 
into  other  countries  in  the  winter,  and  were  told,  both  by  the  Tar- 
tars and  Affanians,  that  they  well  knew  thofe  birds  could  not  alone 
pafs  into  other  countries :  but  when  the  crains  (les  grues)  retire  in 
autumn,  each  one  takes  a  rail  (un  rale)  upon  his  back,  and  carries 
Iiim  to  a  warmer  climate." 


rn:;. 


'Recapitulation, 

1 .  All  birds  of  paffage  can  exifl  in  the  climates,  where  they  arc 
produced. 

2.  They  are  fubje£l  in  their  migrations  to  the  fame  accidents  and 
difficulties,  that  mankind  are  fubjedl  to  in  navigation. 

3.  The  fame  fpecies  of  birds  migrate  from  fome  countries,  and  are 
refident  in  others. 

From  all  thefe  circumftances  it  appears  that  the  migrations  of  birds 
are  not  produced  by  a  neceffary  inftinft,  but  are  accidental  improve- 
ments, like  the  arts  among  mankind,  taught  by  their  cotemporaries, 
or  deliver-ed  by  tradition  from  one  generation  of  them  to  another. 

XIII.  In  that  feafon  of  the  year  which  fupplies  the  nourifhment 
proper  for  the  expeded  brood,  the  birds  enter  into  a  contract  of  mar- 
riage, and  with  joitit  labour  conftrudt  a  bed  for  the  reception  of  their 

offspring. 


i68  OF    INSTINCT.  ^ect.XVI.  ij. 

ofFspring.  Their  choice  of  the  proper  feafon,  their  contra6l:s  of  mar- 
riage, and  the  regularity  with  which  they  conftrud:  their  nefts,  have 
in  all  ages  excited  the  admiration  of  naturalifts  ;  and  have  always  been 
attributed  to  the  power  of  inftinft,  which,  like  the  occult  qualities 
of  the  antient  philofophers,  prevented  all  further  enquiry.  We  (hall 
confider  them  in  their  order. 


'^heir  Choke  of  the  Seafon. 

Our  domeftiG  birds,  that  are  plentifully  fupplied  throughout  the 
year  with  their  adapted  food,  and  are  covered  with  houfes  from  the 
inclemency  of  the  weather,  lay  their  eggs  at  any  feafon:  which 
evinces  that  the  fpring  of  the  year  is  not  pointed  out  to  them  by  a 
neceflary  ixiflinfl:. 

Whilfl:  the  wild  tribes  of  birds  choofe  this  time  of  the  year  from 
their  acquired  knowledge,  that  th^  mild  temperature  of  the  air  is  more 
convenient  for  hatching  their  eggs,  and  is  foon  likely  to  fupply  that 
kind  of  nourifliment,  that  is  wanted  for  their  young. 

If  the  genial  warmth  of  the  fpring  produced  the  paffion  of  love,  as- 
it  expands  the  foliage  of  trees,  all  other  animals  fliould  feel  its  influ- 
ence as  well  as  birds :  but,  the  viviparous  creatures,  as  they  fuckfe 
their  young,  that  is,  as  they  previoully  digefl  the  natural  food,  that 
it  may  better  fuit  the  tender  flomachs  of  their  ofFspring,  experience 
the  influence  of  this  paflion  at  all  feafons  of  the  year,  as  cats  and 
bitches.  The  graminivorous  animals  indeed  generally  produce  their 
young  about  the  time  when  grafs  is  fupplied  in  the  greateft  plenty, 
but  this  is  without  any  degree  of  exa£tnefs>  as  appears  from  our  cows> 
Iheep,  and  hares,  and  may  be  a  part  of  the  traditional  knowledge, 
which  they  learn  from  the  example  of  their  parents. 


their 


Sect.XVI.  i>  OF    INSTINCT.  169 


^he'ir  ContraBs  of  Marriage. 

-  Their  mutual  paffion,  and  their  acquired  knowledge,  that  their 
joint  labour  is  neceffary  to  procure  fuftenance  for  their  numerous  fa- 
mily, induces  the  wild  birds  to  enter  into  a  contra6t  of  marriage, 
which  does  not  however  take  place  among  the  ducks,  geefe,  and 
fowls,  that  are  provided  with  their  daily  food  from  our  barns. 

An  ingenious  philofopher  has  lately  denied,  that  animals  can  enter 
into  contrafts,  and  thinks  this  an  effential  difference  between  them 
and  the  human  creature: — but  does  not  daily  obfervation  convince  us, 
that  they  form  contra£ts  of  friendfhip  with  each  other,  and  with 
mankind  ?  When  puppies  and  kittens  play  together,  is  there  not  a 
tacit  contrad,  that  they  will  not  hurt  each  other  ?  And  does  not  your 
favorite  dog  expedl  you  fliould  give  him  his  daily  food,  for  his  fer^ices 
and  attention  to  you  ?  And  thus  barters  his  love  for  your  protedtion  ? 
In  the  fame  manner  that  all  contrails  are  made  amongft  men,  that  do 
not  underftand  each  others  arbitrary  language. 


^je  Conjiru&ion  of  their  Nejls. 

I.  They  feem  to  be  inftrudled  how  to  build  their  nefls  from  their 
obfervation  of  that,  in  which  they  were  educated,  and  from  their 
knowledge  of  thofe  things,  that  are  moft  agreeable  to  their  touch  in 
refped  to  warmth,  cleanlinefs,  and  {lability.  They  choofe  their 
fituations  from  their  ideas  of  fafety  from  their  enemies,  and  of  fhelter 
from  the  weather.  Nor  is  the  colour  of  their  nefts  a  circumftance 
unthought  of ;  the  finches,  that  build  in  green  hedges,  cover  their 
habitations  with  green  mofs ;  the  fwallovv  or  martin,   that  builds 

Z  againfl 


I7Q  OF    INSTINCT.'  S^ciir.SV.jr.:!^? 

againft  rocks  and  houfes,  covers  her's  with  clay,  whilfl  the  lark 
choofes  vegetable  ftraw  nearly  of  the  colour  of  the  ground  fhe  inha- 
bits :  by  this  contrivance,  they  are  all  lefs  liable  to  be  difcovered  by 
their  adverlaries. 

2.  Nor  are  the  neftsof  the  fame  fpecies  of  bii'ds  con  ft  rubied  always 
of  the  fanne  materials,  nor  in  the  faoie  form  ;  which  is  another  cir- 
cumftance  that  afcertains,  that  they  are  led  by  dbfervation. 

In  the  trees  before  Mr.  Levet's  houfe  in  Lichfield,  there  are  an- 
nually nefts  built  by  fparrows,  a  bird  which  ufually  builds  under  the 
tiles  of  houfes,  or  the  thatch  of  barns.  Not  finding  fuch  convenient 
lituations  for  their  nefts,  they  build  a  covered  .neft  bigger  than  a  man's 
head,  with  an,  opening  like  a  mouth  at  the  fide,  refembling  that  of  a 
magpie,  except  that  it  is  built  with  flraw  and  hay,  and  lined  with 
feathers,  and  fo  nicely  managed  as  to  be  a  defence  againft  both  wind 
and  rain. 

So  the  jackdaw  (corvus  monedula)  generally  builds  in  church- 
fleeples,  or  under  the  roofs  of  high  houfes;  but  at  Selbourn,  in 
Southamptonfhire,  where  towers  and  fteeples  are  not  fufficiently  nu- 
merous, thefe  fame  birds  build  in  forfaken  rabbit  burrows.  See  a  cu- 
rious account  of  thefe  fubterranean  nefts  in  White's  Hiftory  of  Sel- 
bourn, p.  59.  Can  the  fkilful  change  of  archite£lure  in  thefe  birds 
and  the  fparrows  above  mentioned  be  governed -by  inftinft  ?  Then 
they  muft  have  two  inftin(fts,  one  for  common,  and  the  other  for 
extraordinary  occafions. 

I  have  feen  green  worfted  in  a  neft,  which  no  where  exifts  in  na-, 
ture  :  and  the  down  of  thifiles  in  thofe  nefts,  that  were  by  fome  ac- 
cident conftrudled  later  in  the  fummer,  which  material  could  not  be 
procured  for  the  earlier  nefts :  in  many  different  climates  they  cannot 
procure  the  fame  materials,  that  they  ufe  in  ours.  And  it  is  well? 
known,  that  the  canary  birds,  that  are  propagated  in  this  country,  and- 
the  finches,  that  are  kept  tame,  will  build  their  nefts  of  any  flexile 
4  materiaisj 


Sect.XVI.  15.  OF    INSTINCT.  171 

materials,  that  are  given  them.  Plutarch,  in  his  Book  on  Rivers, 
fpeaking  of  the  Nile,  fays,  "  that  the  fwallows  collect  a  material, 
when  the  waters  recede,  with  which  they  form  nefts,  that  are  im- 
pervious to  water."  And  in  India  there  is  a  fwallow  that  collects  a 
glutinous  fubftance  for  this  purpofe,  whofe  neft:  is  efculent,  and 
efteemed  a  principal  rarity  amongft  epicures,  (Lin,  Syfl.  Nat.)  Both 
thefe  muft  be  conftru£led  of  very  different  materials  from  thofe  ufed 
by  the  fwallows  of  our  country. 

In  India  the  birds  exert  more  artifice  in  building  their  nefts  on  ac- 
count of  the  monkeys  and  fnakes :  fome  form  their  penfile  nefls  in  the 
fhape  of  a  purfe,  deep  and  open  at  top ;  others  with  a  hole  in  the 
fide;  and  others,  flill  more  cautious,  with  an  entrance  at  the  very 
bottom,  forming  their  lodge  near  the  fummit.  But  the  taylor-bird 
will  not  ever  trufl  its  neft  to  the  extremity  of  a  tender  twig,  but 
makes  one  more  advance  to  fafety  by  fixing  it  to  the  leaf  itfelf.  It 
picks  up  a  dead  leaf,  and  fews  it  to  the  fide  of  a  living  one,  its  [lender 
bill  being  its  needle,  and  its  thread  fome  fine  fibres  ;the^  lining  con- 
fifls  of  feathers,  golTamer,  and  down  ;  its  eggs  are  white,  the  colour 
of  the  bird  light  yellow,  its  length  three  inches^  its  weight  three  iix- 
teenths  of  an  ounce  ;  fo  that  the  materials  of  the  neft,  and  the  weight 
of  the  bird,  are  not  likely  tq  draw  down  an  habitation  fo  (lightly  fuf- 
pended.  A  nefl  of  this  bird  is  preferved  in  the  Britifh  Mufeum,  (Pen- 
nant's Indian  Zoology).  This  calls  to  one's  mind  the  Mofaic  ac- 
coynt  of  the  origin  of  mankind^  the  firfl  dawning  of  art  there  afcribed 
tolhem,  is  that  of  fewing  leaves  together.  For  many  other  curious, 
kinds  tif  nefts  fee  Natural  Hiftory  for  Children,  by  Mr.  Galton. 
Johnfon.     London.     Part  I.  p.  47.     Gen.  Oriolus. 

3.  Thofe  birds  that  are  brought  up  by  our  care,  and  have  had 
little  communication  with  others  of  their  own  fpecies,  are  very  de- 
feftive  in  this  acquired  knowledge;  they  are  not  only  very  awkward 
in  the  cohftru£!ion  of  their,  nefts,  but  generally  fcatter  their  eggs  in 
various  parts  of  the  room  or  cage,  where  they  are  confined,  and  feldom 

Z  2      -  produce 


J72  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.  XVI.  13. 

produce  young  ones,  till,  by  failing  in  their  firfl:  attempt,  they  have 
learnt  fomething  from  their  own  obfervation. 

4.  During  the  time  of  incubation  birds  are  faid  in  general  to  tura 
their  eggs  every  day ;  fome  cover  them,  when  they  leave  the  neft,  as 
ducks  and  geefe;  in  fome  the  male  is  faid  to  bring  food  to  the  female, 
that  fhe  may  have  lefs  occafion  of  abfence,  in  others  he  is  faid  to  take 
her  place,  when  fhe  goes  in  queft  of  food ;  and  all  of  them  are  faid  to 
leave  their  eggs  a  fhorter  time  in  cold  weather  than  in  warm.  In  Se- 
negal the  oftrich  fits  on  her  eggs  only  during  the  night,  leaving  them 
in  the  day  to  the  heat  of  the  fun  ;  but  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
where  the  heat  is  lefs,   fhe  fits  on  them  day  and  night. 

If  it  fhould  be  alked,  what  induces  a  bird  to  fit  weeks  on  its  firft 
eggs  unconfcious  that  a  brood  of  young  ones  will  be  the  product? 
The  anfwer  muft  be,  that  it  is  the  fame  pafilon  that  induces  the  hu- 
man mother  to  hold  her  offspring  whole  nights  and  days  in  her  fond 
arms,  and  prefs  it  to  her  bofom,  unconfcious  of  its  future  growth 
to  fenfe  and  manhood,  till  obfervation  or  tradition  have  informed 
her. 

5.  And  as  many  ladies  are  too  refined  to  nurfe  their  own  children, 
and  deliver  them  to  the  care  and  provifion  of  others ;  fo  is  there  one 
inftance  of  this  vice  in  the  feathered  world. ,  The  cuckoo  in  fome  parts 
of  England,  as  I  am  well  informed  by  a  very  diftinft  and  ingenious 
gentleman,  hatches  and  educates  her  own  young  j  whilft  in  other 
parts  fhe  builds  no  neft,  but  ufes  that  of  fome  lefler  bird,  generally 
either  of  the  wagtail,  or  hedge  fparrow,  and  depofiting  one  egg  in  it,, 
takes  no  further  care  of  her  progeny. 

As  the  Rev.  Mr.  Stafford  v^'as  walking  in  Glofop  Dale,  in  the  Peak 
of  Derbyihire,  he  faw  a  cuckoo  rife  from  its  neft.  Theneft  was  on 
the  ftump  of  a  tree,. that  had  been  fome  time  felled,  among  fome  chipS; 
that  were  in  part  turned,  grey,  fo  as  much  ta-refernble  the  colour  of 
the  bird,  in  this  neft  were  two  young  cuckoos  :  tying  a  ftring  about 
the  leg  of  one  of  thera^  he  pegged  the  other  end  of  it  to  the  ground, 

and 


SkcT.XVI.  14.  OF    INSTINCT.  173; 

and  very  frequently  for  many  days  beheld  the  old  cuckoo  feed  thefe  her- 
young,  as  he  flood  very  near  them. 

Nor  is  this  a  new  obfervation,  though  it  is  entirely  overlooked  by 
the  modern  natuialifts,  for  Ariftotle  fpeaking  of  the  cuckoo,  aflerts 
that  £he  fometimes  builds  her  neft  among  broken  rocks,  and  on  high 
mountains,  (L.  6.  H.  c.  r.)  but  adds  in  another  place  that  fhe  gene- 
rally poffeffcs  the  nefl:  of  another  bird,  (L.  6.  H.  c.  7.)  And  Ni- 
phus  fays  that  cuckoos  rarely  build  for  themfelves,  moft  frequently 
laying  their  eggs  in  the  nefts  of  other  birds,  (Gefner,  L.  3.  de 
Cuculo.) 

The  Philofopher  who  is  acquainted  with  thefe  fadls  concerning  the 
cuckoo,  would  feem  to  have  very  little /-ffl/o^himfelf,  if  he  could 
imagine  this  negledt  of  her  young  to  be  a  neceflary  injiintll 

XIV.  The  deep  recefTes  of  the  ocean  are  inaccefiible  to  mankind, 
which  prevents-  us  from  having  much  knowledge  of  the  arts  and  go- 
vernment of  its  inhabitants; 

1.  Gnc  of  the  baits  ufed  by  the  fiilierman  is  an  animal  called  an  Old 
Soldier,  his  fize  and  form  are  fomewhat  like  the  craw-fifh,  with  this 
difference,  that  his  tail  is  covered  with  a  tough  membrane  inftead  of 
a  fhell  ;  and  to  obviate  this  defe£l,  he  feeks  out  the  uninhabited  fhell 
of  fome  dead  filh,  that  is  large  enough  to  receive  his  tail,  and  carries 
it  about  with  him  as  part  of  his  clothhig  or  armour. 

2.  On  the  coafts  about  Scarborough,  where  the  haddocks,  cods,, 
and  dog-fifh,  are  in  great  abundance,  the  fifhermen  univerfally  be- 
lieve that  the  dog-fifh  make  a  line,  or  femicircle,  to  encompafs  a- 
fhoal  of  haddocks  and  cod,  confining  them  within  certain  limits  near  - 
the  (hore,  and  eating  them  as  occafion  requires.  For  the  haddocks 
and  cod  are  always  found  near  the  fhore  without  any  dog-fiih  among" 
them,  and  the  dog-fifh  further  off  without  any  haddocks  or  cod  ;  and 
yet  the  former  are  known  to  prey  upon  the  latter,,  and  .'in:  fome  years 
devour  fuch  immenfe  quantities  as  to  render  this  filhery  more  expenfive 
than  profitable, . 

3..  The.. 


174  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.  XVI.  14. 

3.  The  remora,  when  he  wifhes  to  remove  his  fituation,  as  he  is 
a  very  flow  fwimmer,  is  content  to  take  an  outfide  place  on  whatever 
conveyance  is  going  his  way ;  nor  can  the  cunning  animal  be  tempted 
to  quit  his  hold  of  a  fhip  when  flie  is  failing,  not  even  for  the  lucre  of 
a  piece  of  pork,  left  it  fhould  endanger  the  lofs  of  his  paflage :  at 
other  times  he  is  eafily  caught  with  the  hook. 

4.  The  crab-fifli,  like  many  other  teftaceous  animals,  annually 
changes  its  {hell ;  it  is  then  in  a  foft  ftate,  covered  only  with  a  mucous 
membrane,  and  conceals  itfelf  in  holes  in  the  fand  or  under  weeds ; 
at  this  place  a  hard  fhelled  crab  always  ftands  centinel,  to  prevent  the 
fea  infeds  from  injuring  the  other  in  its  defencelefs  fl:ate  ;  and  the 
iifliermen  from  his  appearance  know  where  to  find  the  foft  ones, 
which  they  ufe  for  baits  in  catching  other  fifh. 

And  though  the  hard,  fhelled  crab,  when  he  is  on  this  duty,  ad- 
vances boldly  to  meet  the  foe,  and  will  with  difficulty  quit  the  field; 
yet  at  other  times  he  flievvs  great  timidity,  and  has  a  wonderful  fpeed 
in  attempting  his  efcape ;  and,  if  often  interrupted,  will  pretend 
■death  like  the  fpider,  and  watch  an  opportunity  to  fink  himfelf  into 
the  fand,  keeping  only  his  eyes  above.  My  ingenious  friend  Mr. 
Burdett,  who  favoured  me  with  thefe  accounts  at  the  time  he  was 
iorveying  the  coafts,  thinks  the  commerce  between  the  fexes  takes 
;place  at  this  time,  and  infpires  the  courage  of  the  creature. 

5.  The  Ihoals  of  herrings,  cods,  haddocks,  and  other  fi{h,  which 
approach  our  fiiores  at  certain  feafons,  and  quit  them  at  other  feafons 
without  leaving  one  behind  ;  and  the  falmon,  that  periodically  fre- 
quent our  rivers,  evince,  that  there  are  vagrant  tribes  of  fifh,  that 
perform  as  regular  migrations  as  the  birds  of  paffage  already  men- 
tioned. 

6.  There  is  a  catara£l  on  the  river  LifFey  in  Ireland  about  nine- 
teen feet  high  :  here  in  the  falmon  feafon  many  of  the  inhabitants 
amufe  themfelyes  in  obferving  thefe  fifh  leap  up  the  torrent.  They 
dart  themfelves  quite  out  of  the  water  as  they  afcend,  and  frequently 

fall 


Sect.  XVI.  15-  O  F    I  N  S  T I  N  C  T.  175 

fall  back  many  times  before  they  fnrmount  it,  and  bafkets  made  of 
twigs  are  placed  near  the  edge  of  the  ftream  to  catch  them  in  their 
fall. 

I  have  obferved,  as  I  have  fat  by  a  fpout  of  water,  which  defcends 
from  a  flone  trough  about  two  feet  into  a  ftream  below,  at  particular 
feafons  of  the  year,  a  great  number  of  little  fifli  called  minums,  or 
pinks,  throw  themfelves  aboi.it  twenty  times  their  own  length  out  of 
the  water,  expelling  to  get  into  ihe  trough  above. 

This  evinces  that  the  ftorgee,  or  attention  of  the  dam  to  provide 
for  the  offspring,'  is  ftrongly  exerted  amongft  the  nations  of  fifh,. 
■where  it  would  fe'eni  to  be  the  moft  neglected  ;  as  thefe  falmon  can- 
not be  fuppofed  to  attempt  fo  difficult  and  dangerous  a  tafk  without 
being  confcious  of  the  purpofe  or  end  of  their  endeavours. 

It  is  further  remarkable,  that  moft  of  the  old  falmon  return  to  the 
fea  before  it  is  proper  for  the  young  (hoals  to  attend  therri,  yet  that  a. 
few  old  ones  continue  in  the  rivers  fo  late,  that  they  become  perfeftly 
emaciated  by  the  inconvenience  of  their  fituation,  and  this  apparently 
to  guide  or  to  protect  the  unexperienced  brood. 

Of  the  fmaller  water  animals  we  have  flill  lefs  knowledge,  who 
neverthelefs  probably  pofTefs  many  fuperior  arts ;  fome  of  thefe  are 
mentioned  in  Botanic  Garden,  P.  I.  Add.  Note  XXVII.  and  XXVIIL. 
The  nympha  of  the  water-moths  of  our  rivers,  which  cover  them- 
felves with  cafes  of  Uraw,  gravel,  and  fhell,  contrive  to  make  their 
habitations  nearly  in  equilibrium  with  the  water  -,-  when  too  heavy,, 
they  add  a  bit  of  wood  or  ftraw  ;  when  too  light,  a  bit  of  gravel. 
Edinb.  Tranf. 

All  thefe  circumftances  bear  a  near  refemblance  to  the  deliberate  ac- 
tions of  human  reafon. 

XV.  We  have  a  very  imperfed  acquaintance  with  the  various 
tribes  of  infefts  :  their  occupations,  manner  of  life,  and  even  the 
number  of  their  fenfes,  differ  from  our  own,  and  from  each  other ; 
but  there  is  reafon  to  imagine,  that  thofe  which  goffefs  the  fenfe  of 

touch. 


176  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.XVI.  15. 

-touch  in  the  moft  exquifite  degree,  and  whofe  occupations  require  the 
moll  conftant  exertion  of  their  powers,  are  indued  with  a  greater 
proportion  of  knowledge  and  ingenuity. 

The  fpiders  of  this  country  manufacture  nets  of  various  form?, 
adapted  to  various  fituations,  to  arreft  the  flies  that  are  their  food  ; 
and  fome  of  them  have  a  houfe  or  lodging-place  in  the  middle  of  the 
net,  well  contrived  for  warmth,  fecurity,  or  concealment.  There 
is  a  large  Ipider  in  South  America,  who  conftrufts  nets  of  fo  flrong  a 
texture  as  to  entangle  fmall  birds,  particularly  the  humming  bird. 
And  in  Jamaica  there  is  another  fpider,  who  digs  a  hole  in  the  earth 
obUquely  downwards,  about  three  inches  in  length,  and  one  inch  in 
diameter,  this  cavity  flie  hnes  with  a  tough  thick  web,  which  when 
taken  out  refembles  a  leathern  purfe  :  but  what  is  moft  curious,  this 
houfe  has  a  door  with  hinges,  like  the  operculum  of  fome  fea  (hells  ; 
and  herfelf  and  family,  who  tenant  this  neft,  open  and  fliut  the  door, 
whenever  they  pafs  or  repafs.  This  hiflory  was  told  me,  and  the 
:neft  with  its  operculum  (hewn  me  by  the  late  Dr.  Butt  of  Bath,  who 
was  fome  years  phyfician  in  Jamaica. 

The  produ£lion  of  thefe  nets  is  indeed  a  part  of  the  nature  or  con- 
formation of  the  animal,  and  their  natural  ufe  is  to  fupply  the  place 
of  wings,  when  (he  wi(hes  to  remove  to  another  (ituation.  But  when 
(he  employs  them  to  entangle  her  prey,  there  are  marks  of  evident 
defio-n,  for  (he  adapts  the  form  of  each  net  to  its  (ituation,  and 
ftrengthens  thofe  lines,  that  require  it,  by  joining  others  to  the  middle 
■of  them,  and  attaching  thofe  others  to  diftant  objeds,  with  the  fame 
individual  art,  that  is  ufed  by  mankind  in  fupporting  the  mafts  and 
extending  the  fails  of  (hips.  This  work  is  executed  with  more  ma- 
thematical exaftnefs  and  ingenuity  by  the  field  fpiders,  than  by  thofe 
in  our  houfes,  as  their  conftrudions  are  more  fubjefted  to  the  injuries 
,of  dews  and  tempefts. 

Belides  the  ingenuity  (hewn  by  thefe  httle  creatures  in  taking  their 
.prey,  the  circumftance  of  their  counterfeiting  death,  when  they  are 

pu]t 


Sect.  XVL  15.  O  F     I N  S  T I N  C  T.  177 

put  into  terror,  is  truly  wonderful ;  and  as  foon  as  the  objed  of  terror 
is  removed,  they  recover  and  run  away.  Some  beetles  are  alfo  faid  to 
poffefs  this  piece  of  hypocrify. 

The  curious  webs,  or  chords,  conrtruded  by  fome  young  cater- 
pillars to  defend  themfelves  from  cold,  or  from  infefts  of  prey;  and 
by  filk-worms  and  fome  other  caterpillars,  when  they  tranfmigrate 
into  aurelite  or  larvae,  have  defervedly  excited  the  admiration  of  the 
inquifitive.  But  our  ignorance  of  their  manner  of  life,  and  even  of 
the  number  of  their  fenfes,  totally  precludes  us  from  underflanding 
the  means  by  which  they  acquire  this  knowledge. 

The  care  of  the  falmon  in  choofing  a  proper  (ituation  for  her  fpawn, 
the  fl:ru6lure  of  the  nefts  of  birds,  their  patient  incubation,  and  the 
art  of  the  cuckoo  in  depofiting  her  egg  in  her  neighbour's  nurfery, 
are  inftances  of  great  fagacity  in  thofe  creatures :  and  yet  they  are 
much  inferior  to  the  arts  exerted  by  many  of  the  infe6t  tribes  on  llmi- 
lar  occafions.  The  hairy  excrefcences  on  briars,  the  oak  apples,  the 
blafted  leaves  of  trees,  and  the  lumps  on  the  backs  of  cows,  are  fitu- 
ations  that  are  rather  produced  than  chofen  by  the  mother  infe6l  for 
the  convenience  of  her  offspring.  The  cells  of  bees,  wafps,  fpiders, 
and  of  the  various  coralline  infefts,  equally  aftonifli  us,  whether  we 
attend  to  the  materials  or  to  the  architecture. 

But  the  condu£l  of  the  ant,  and  of  fome  fpecies  of  the  ichneumon 
fly  in  the  incubation  of  their  eggs,  is  equal  to  any  exertion  of  human 
fcience.  The  ants  many  times  in  a  day  move  their  eggs  nearer  the 
furface  of  their  habitation,  or  deeper  below  it,  as  the  heat  of  the 
Aveather  varies  ;  and  in  colder  days  lie  upon  them  in  heaps  for  the 
purpofe  qf  incubation  :  if  their  manfion  is  too  dry,  they  carry  them 
to  places  where  there  is  moifture,  and  you  may  diftindly  fee  the  little 
worms  move  and  fuck  up  the  water.  When  too  much  moifture. ap- 
proaches their  neft,  they  convey  their  eggs  deeper  in  the  earth,  or  to 
fome  other  place  of  fafety.  (Swammerd,  Epil.  ad  Hlil:.  Infects,  p. 
153.     Phil.  Tranf.  No.  23.     Lowthrop.  V.  2.  p.  7.) 

A  a  There 


178  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.XVI.  16. 

There  is  one  fpecies  of  ichneumon-fly,  that  digs  a  hole  in  the  earth, 
and  carrying  into  it  two  or  three  living  caterpillars,  depofits  her  eggs, 
and  nicely  doling  up  the  neft  leaves  them  there ;  partly  doubtlefs  to 
affift  the  incubation,  and  partly  to  fupply  food  to  her  future  young, 
(Derham.  B.  4.  c.  13.     Ariftotle  Hift.  Animal,  L.  5.  c.  20.) 

A  friend  of  mine  put  about  fifty  large  caterpillars  collefted  from 
cabbages  on  fome  bran  and  a  few  leaves  into  a  box,  and  covered  it 
with  gauze  to  prevent  their  efcape.  After  a  few  days  we  faw,  from 
more  than  three  fourths  of  them,  about  eight  or  ten  little  caterpillars 
of  the  ichneumon-fly  come  out  of  their  backs,  and  fpin  each  a  fmall 
cocoon  of  filk,  and  in  a  few  days  the  large  caterpillars  died.  This  fmall 
fly  it  feems  lays  its  egg  in  the  back  of  the  cabbage  caterpillar,  which 
when  hatched  preys  upon  the  material,  which  is  pi"oduced  there  for 
the  purpofe  of  making  fllk  for  the  future  neft  of  the  cabbage  cater- 
pillar; of  which  being  deprived,  the  creature  wanders  about  till  it 
dies,  and  thus  our  gardens  are  preferved  by  the  ingenuity  of  this  cruel 
fly.  This  curious  property  of  producing  a  filk  thread,  which  is  com- 
mon to  fome  fea  animals,  fee  Botanic  Garden,  Part  I.  Note  XXVII. 
atid  is  defigned  for  the  purpofe  of  their  transformation  as  in  the  filk- 
worm,  is  ufed  for  conveying  themfelves  from  higher  branches  to  lower 
ones  of  trees  by  fome  caterpillars,  and  to  make  themfelves  temporary 
nefts  or  tents,  and  by  the  fpider  for  entangliag  his  prey.  Nor  is  it 
ftrange  that  fo  much  knowledge  fhould  be  acquired  by  fuch  fmall  ani- 
mals ;  fince  there  is  reafon  to  imagine,  that  thefe  infefts  have  the  fenfe 
of  touch,  either  in  their  probofcis,  or  their  autennas,  to  a  great  degree 
of  perfeftion  ;  and  thence  may  pofTefs,  as  far  as  their  fphere  extends,^ 
as  accurate  knowledge,  and  as  fubtle  invention,  as  the  difcoverers  of 
human  arts. 

XVI.  I.  If  we  were  better  acquainted  with  the  hiflories  of  thofe 
infe£ls  that  are  formed  into  focietles,  as  the  bees,  wafps,  and  ants,  I 
make  no  doubt  but  we  fhould  find,  that  their  arts  and  improvements 
are  not  fo  fimilar  and  uniform  as  they  now  appear  to  us,  but  that  they 

arofe 


SficT.XVr.  i6.  OF    INSTINCT.  179 

arofe  in  the  fame  manner  from  experience  and  tradition,  as  the  arts  of 
our  own  fpecies  ;  though  their  reafoning  is  from  fewer  ideas,  is  bufied 
about  few-er  obje£ls,  and  is  exerted  with  lefs  energy. 

There  are  fome  kinds  of  infefts  that  migrate  like  the  birds  before 
mentioned.  The  locufl  of  warmer  chmates  has  fometimes  come  over 
to  England  ;  it  is  fhaped  like  a  grafshopper,  with  very  large  whigs, 
and  a  body  above  an  inch  in  length.  It  is  mentioned  as  coming  into 
Egypt  with  an  eail:  wind,  "  The  Lord  brought  an  eaft  wind  upon 
the  land  all  that  day  and  night,  and  in  the  morning  the  eafr  wind 
brought  the  locufts,  and  covered  the  face  of  the  earth,  fo  that  the 
land  was  dark,"  Exod.  x.  13.  The  migrations  of  thefe  infedls  are 
mentioned  in  another  part  of  the  fcripture,  "  The  locufts  have  no 
king,  yet  go  they  forth  all  of  them  in  bands,"  Prov.  xxx.  27. 

The  accurate  Mr.  Adanfon,  near  the  river  Gambia  in  Africa,  was 
witnefs  to  the  migrration  of  thefe  infefts.  "  About  eio;ht  in  the 
morning,  in  the  month  of  February,  there  fuddenly  arofe  over  our 
heads  a  thick  cloud,  which  darkened  the  air,  and  deprived  us  of  the 
rays  of  the  fun.  We  found  it  was  a  cloud  of  iocufls  raifed  about 
twenty  or  thirty  fathoms  from  the  ground,  and  covering  an  extent  of 
feveral  leag^ues  ;  at  length  a  fhower  of  thefe  infe£ls  defcended,  and 
after  devouring  every  green  herb,  while  they  refled,  again  refumed 
their  flight.  This  cloud  was  brought  by  a  ilrong  eaft-wind,  and  was 
all  the  morning  in  pafTing  over  the  adjacent  country."  (Voyage  to 
Senegal,  158.) 

In  this  country  the  gnats  are  fometimes  feen  to  migrate  in  clouds, 
like  the  muiketoes  of  warmer  climates,  and  our  fwarms  of  bees  fre- 
quently travel  many  miles,  and  are  faid  in  North  America  always  to 
fly  towards  the  fouth.  The  prophet  Ifaiah  has  a  beautiful  allufion  to 
thefe  migrations,  "  The  Lord  fhall  call  the  fly  from  the  rivers  of 
Egypt,  and  fliall  hifs  for  the  bee  that  is  in  the  land  of  Aflyria," 
Ifa.  vii.  18.  which  has  been  lately  explained  by  Mr.  Bruce,  in  his  tra- 
vels to  difcover  the  fource  of  the  Nile. 

A  a  3    .  2,  I 


1 8o  O  F    I N  S  T 1 N  C  T.  Sect.  XVL  r 6, 

2.  I  am  well  informed  that  the  bees  that  were  carried  into  Barba- 
does,  and  other  weftern  iflands,  ceafed  to  lay  up  any  honey  after  the 
firfl  year,  as  they  found  it  not  ufeful  to  them :  and  are  now  become  very 
troublefome  to  the  inhabitants  of  thofe  iflands  by  infefling  their  fugar- 
houfes ;  b\it  thofe  in  Jamaica  continue  to  make  honey^  as  the  cold 
north  winds,  or  rainy  feafons  of  that  ifland,  confine  them  at  home  for 
feveral  weeks  together.  And  the  bees  of  Senegal,  which  differ  from 
thofe  of  Europe  only  in  fize,  make  their  honey  not  only  fuperior  to 
ours  in  delicacy  of  flavour,  but  it  has  this  Angularity,  that  it  never 
concretes,  but  remains  liquid  as  fyrup,  (Adanfon).  From  fome 
obfervations  of  Mr.  Wildman,  and  of  other  people  of  veracity,  it  ap- 
pears, that  during  the  fevere  part  of  the  winter  feafon  for  weeks  to- 
gether the  bees  are  quite  benumbed  and  torpid  from  the  cold,  and  do 
not  confume  any  of  their  provifion.  This  ftate  of  fleep,  like  that  of 
fwallows  and  bats,  feems  to  be  the  natural  refource  of  thofe  creatures 
in  cold  climates,  and  the  making  of  honey  to  be  an  artificial  improve- 
ment. 

As  the  death  of  our  hives  of  bees  appears  to  be  owing  to  their  being 
kept  fo  warm,  as  to  require  food  when  their  ftock  is  exhaufted;  a 
very  obferving  gentleman  at  my  requefl:  put  two  hives  for  many 
weeks  into  a  dry  cellar,  and  obferved,  during  all  that  time,  they  did 
not  confume  any  of  their  provifion,  for  their  weight  did  not  decreafe, 
as  it  had  done  when  they  were  kept  in  the  open  air.  The  fame  ob- 
fervation  is  made  in  the  Annual  Regifter  for  1768,  p.  113.  And  the 
Rev.  Mr,  White,  in  his  Method  of  preferving  Bees,  adds,  that  thofe 
on  the  north  fide  of  his  houfe  confumed  lefs  honey  in  the  winter  than 
thofe  on  the  fouth  fide. 

There  is  another  obfervation  on  bees  well  afcertained,  that  they  at 
various  times,  when  the  feafon  begins  to  be  cold,  by  a  general  mo- 
tion of  their  legs  as  they  hang  in  clufl'ers  produce  a  degree  of  warmth, 
which  is  eafily  perceptible  by  the  hand.     Hence  by  this  ingenious  cx- 

5  ertion. 


Sect. XVI.  1 5.  OF    INSTINCT.  i8i 

ertion,  they  for  a  long  time  prevent  the  torpid  ftate  they  would  na- 
turally fall  into. 

According  to  the  late  obfervations  of  Mr.  Hunter,  it  appears  that 
the  bee's- wax  is  not  made  from  the  duft  of  the  anthers  of  flowers, 
which  they  bring  home  on  their  thighs,  but  that  this  makes  what  is 
termed  bee-bread,  and  is  ufed  for  the  purpofe  of  feeding  the  bee-mag- 
gots ;  in  the  fame  manner  butterflies  live  on  honey,  but  the  previous 
caterpillar  lives  on  vegetable  leaves,  while  the  maggots  of  large  flies 
require  flefh  for  their  food,  and  thofe  of  the  ichneumon  fly  require 
infeds  for  their  food.  What  induces  the  bee  who  Uves  on  honey  to 
lay  up  vegetable  powder  for  its  young  ?  What  induces  the  butterfly 
to  lay  its  eggs  on  leaves,  when  itfelf  feeds  on  honey  ?  What  induces 
the  other  flies  to  feek  a  food  for  their  progeny  different  from  what 
they  confume  themfelves  ?  If  thefe  are  not  deduftions  from  their  own 
previous  experience  or  obfervation,  all  the  a£lions  of  mankind  mufl  be 
refolved  into  inflindt. 

3.  The  dormoufe  confumes  but  little  of  its  food  during  the  rigour 
of  the  feafon,  for  they  roll  themfelves  up,  or  fleep,  or  lie  torpid  the 
greateft  part  of  the  time  ;  but  on  warm  funny  days  experience  a  fhort 
revival,  and  take  a  little  food,  and  then  relapfe  into  their  former 
ftate."  (Pennant  Zoolog.  p.  67.)  Other  animals,  that  fleep  in  winter 
without  laying  up  any  provender,  are  obferved  to  go  into  their  winter 
beds  fat  and  flrong,  but  return  to  day-light  in  the  fpring  feafon  very 
lean  and  feeble.  The  common  flies  fleep  during  the  winter  without 
any  provifion  for  their  nourifhment,  and  are  daily  revived  by  the 
warmth  of  the  fun,  or  of  our  fires.  Thefe  whenever  they  fee  light 
endeavour  to  approach  it,  having  obferved,  that  by  its  greater  vicinity 
they  get  free  from  the  degree  of  torpor,  that  the  cold  produces  ;  and 
are  hence  induced  perpetually  to  burn  themlelves  in  our  candles  :  de- 
ceived, like  mankind,  by  the  mifapplication  of  their  knowledge. 
Whilft  many  of  the  fubterraneous  in  lefts,  as  the  common  worms, 
feem  to  retreat  fo  deep  into  the  earth  as  not  to  be  enlivened  or  awak- 
ened 


i82  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.XVI.  i6. 

€ned  by  the  dittereuce  of  our  winter  days ;  and  flop  up  their  holes 
with  leaves  or  ftraws,  to  prevent  the  frofts  from  injuring  them,  or 
the  centipes  from  devouring  them.  The  habits  of  peace,  or  the  ftra- 
ta^ems  of  war,  of  thele  lubterranean  nations  are  covered  from  our 
view  ;  but  a  friend  of  mine  prevailed  on  a  diftreffed  ^^'orm  to  enter 
the  hole  of  another  worm  on  a  bowling-green,  and  he  prefently  re- 
turned much  wounded  about  his  head.  And  I  once  faw  a  worm  rife 
haftily  out  of  the  earth  into  the  funftiine,  and  obferved  a  centipes 
hanging  at  Its  tail ;  the  centipes  nimbly  quitted  the  tail,  and  feizing 
the  worm  about  its  middle  cut  it  in  half  with  its  forceps,  and  preyed 
vpon  one  part,  while  the  other  efcaped.  \\'hich  evinces  thev  have 
dellgn  in  flopping  the  mouths  of  their  habitations. 

4.  The  wafp  of  this  country  fixes  his  habitation  under  ground, 
that  he  may  not  be  affected  with  the  various  changes  of  our  climate ; 
but  in  Tatr.aica  he  hangs  it  on  the  bough  of  a  tree,  where  the  feafons 
are  lefs  fevere.  He  weaves  a  very  curious  paper  of  vegetable  fibres  to 
cover  his  neil,  which  is  conflrucled  on  the  fame  principle  with  that 
of  the  bee,  but  with  a  different  material ;  but  as  his  prey  confifts  of 
flefli,  fruits,  and  infects,  which  are  perifhable  commodities,-  he  can 
lav  up  no  provender  for  the  winter. 

M.  de  la  Loubiere,  in  his  relation  of  Siam,  fays,  "  That  in  a  part 
of  that  kino"dom,  which  lies  open  to  great  inundations,  all  the  ants 
make  their  fettlements  upon  trees  ;  no  ants'  nefts  are  to  be  feen  any 
where  elfe."  Whereas  in  our  country  the  ground  is  their  only  fitu- 
ation.  From  the  fcriptural  account  of  thefe  iiafe£ls,  one  might  be 
led  to  fufpecl,  that  in  fome  climates  they  lay  up  a  provifion  for  the 
winter.  Ori^en  affirms  the  fame,  (Cont.  Celf.  L.  4.)  But  it  is  gene- 
rally beheved  that  in  this  country  they  do  not,  (Prov.  vi.  6.  xxx.  25.) 
The  white  ants  of  the  coaft  of  Africa  make  themfelves  pyramids  eight 
or  ten  feet  high,  on  a  bafe  of  about  the  fame  width,  with  a  fmooth 
furface  of  rich  clay,  exceflively  hard  and  well  built,  which  appear  at  a 
diftance  like  an  afiemblage  of  the  huts  of  the  negroes,  (Adanfon;. 

The 


Sect.  XVI.  17-  OF    INSTINCT.  1S5 

The  hiftory  of  thefe  have  beea  lately  well  defcribed  in  the  Philofoph. 
Tranfactions,  under  the  name  of  termes,  or  termites.  Thefe  differ 
very  much  from  the  nefls  of  our  large  ant ;  but  the  real  hiftory  of 
this  creature,  as  well  as  of  the  wafp,  is  yet  very  imperfectly 
known. 

Wafps  are  faid  to  catch  large  fpiders,  and  to  cut  oft  their  legs,  and 
carry  their  mutilated  bodies  to  their  young,  Dicl.  Raifon.  Tom,  I. 
p.  152. 

One  circumftance  I  fhall  relate  which  fell  under  my  own  eye, 
and  fhewed  the  power  of  reafon  in  a  walp,  as  it  is  exercifed  among 
men.  A  wafp,  on  a  gravel  walk,  had  caught  a  fly  nearly  as  large  as 
himfelf ;  kneeling  on  the  ground  I  obferved  him  feparate  the  tail  and 
the  head  from  the  body  part,  to  which  the  wings  were  attached.  He 
then  took  the  body  part  in  his  paws,  and  rofe  about  two  feet  from  the 
ground  with  it ;  but  a  gentle  breeze  "wafting  the  wings  of  the  fly 
turned  him  round  in  the  air,  and  he  fettled  again  with  his  prey  upon 
the  gravel.  I  then  diftintSly  obferved  him  cut  off  with  his  mouth, 
firft  one  of  the  wings,  and  then  the  other,  after  which  he  flew  away 
with  it  unmolefted  by  the  wind.- 

Go,  thou  fluggard,  learn  arts  and  induftry  from  the  bee,  and  from 
the  ant  ! 

Go,  proud  reafoner,  and  call  the  worm  thy  fifter ! 


XVII.  Ccnclufim. 

It  was  before  obferved  how  much  the  fuperior  accuracy  of  our 
fenfe  of  touch  contributes  to  increafe  our  knowledge ;  but  it  is  the 
greater  energy  and  activity  of  the  power  of  vohtion  (as  explained  in 
the  former  Sedions  of  this  work)  that  marks  ma^ikind,  and  has  given 
him  the  empire  of  the  world. 

There 


i84  OF    INSTINCT.  Sect.  XVI.  17. 

There  is  a  criterion  by  which  we  may  diftinguifli  our  voluntary  a6ls 
or  thoughts  from  thofe  that  are  excited  by  our  fenfations :  "  The 
former  are  always  employed  about  the  means  to  acquire  pleafureable  ob- 
jecls,  or  to  avoid  painful  ones  :  while  the  latter  are  employed  about 
tl^Q  poJfeJfio?i  of  thofe  that  are  already  in  our  power." 

If  we  turn  our  eyes  upon  the  fabric  of  our  fellow  animals,  we  find 
they  are  fupported  with  bones,  covered  with  Ikins,  moved  by  muf- 
cles;  that  they  poffefs  the  fame  fenfes,  acknowledge  the  fame  appetites, 
and  are  nouriflied  by  the  fame  aliment  with  ourfelves  ;  and  we  fhould 
hence  conclude  from  the  flrongeft  analogy,  that  their  internal  faculties 
were  alfo  in  fome  meafure  fimilar  to  our  own. 

Mr.  Locke  indeed  publifhed  an  opinion,  that  other  animals  poffeffed 
no  abflradl  or  general  ideas,  and  thought  this  circumftance  was  the 
barrier  between  the  brute  and  the.  human  world.  But  thefe  abftradled 
ideas. have  been  fince  demonftrated  by  Bifhop  Berkley,  and  allowed  by 
Mr.  Hume,  to  have  no  exigence  in  nature,  not  even  in  the  mind  of 
their  inventor,  and  we  are  hence  neceffitated  to  look  for  fome  other 
mark  of  diftindlion. 

The  ideas  and  aftions  of  brutes,  like  thofe  of  children,  are  almoft 
perpetually  produced  by  their  prefent  pleafures,  or  their  prefent  pains; 
and,  except  in  the  few  inflances  that  have  been  mentioned  in  this 
Sedlion,  they  feldom  bufy  themfelves  about  the  means  of  procuring 
future  blifs,  or  of  avoiding  future  mifery. 

Whilft  the  acquiring  of  languages,  the  making  of  tools,  and  the 
labouring  for  money  ;  which  are  all  only  the  7neans  of  procuring  plea- 
fure:  and  the  praying  to  the  Deity,  as  another  means  to  procure  hap- 
pinefs,  are  charadteriflic  of  human  nature. 


SECT. 


Sect.XVII.  I.     CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.  185 


SECT.    XVII. 

THE   CATENATION    OF    MOTIONS. 

I.  I.  Catenations  of  animal  motion.  1.  Are  produced  by  irritations j  hy/enfationsy 
by  volitions.  3.  They  continue  fome  time  after  they  have  been  excited.  Cauje 
cf  catenation.  4.  7Ve  can  then  exert  our  attention  on  other  objeSls.  5.  Many 
catenations  of  motions  go  on  together.  6.  Some  links  of  the  catenations  rfmotio7is 
may  be  left  out  -without  difuniting  the  chain.  7.  Interrupted  circles  of  motion 
continue  confufedly  till  they  come  to  the  part  of  the  circle,  where  they  tuere  dif~ 
turbed.  8.  Weaker  catenations  an  dijfevered  by  fironger.  9.  Then  new  cate- 
vations  take  place.  10.  Much  effort  prevents  their  reuniting.  Impediment  of 
fpeech.  1 1.  Trains  more  eafily  dijfevered  than  circles.  1 2.  Sleep  defh-oys  vo- 
lition and  external  flimulus.  II.  Inftances  of  various  catenations  in  a  young 
lady  playing  on  the  harpfichord.  III.  i.  JVhat  catenations  are  the  flrongefl. 
1,  Irritations  joined  with  affociations  form  flrongefl  connexions.  Vital  motions. 
3.  New  links  with  increajed  force,  cold  fits  of  fever  produced.  4.  New  links 
with  decreafed  force.  Cold  hath.  5.  Irritation  joined  with  Jenfation.  Inflam- 
matory fever.  IVhy  children  cannot  tickle  themfelves.  6.  Volition  joined  with 
Jenfation.  Irritative  ideas  of  found  become  Jenjible.  7.  Ideas  of  imagination  dij- 
fevered by  irritations,  by  volition,  prodiiSlion  ofjicrprije. 

I.  I.  TO  Inveftigate  with  precifion  the  catenations  of  animal  mo- 
tions, it  would  be  well  to  attend  to  the  manner  of  their  produdion  ; 
but  we  cannot  begin  this  difquilitlon  early  enough  for  this  purpofe,  as 
the  catenations  of  motion  feem  to  begin  with  life,  and  are  only  ex- 
tinguifhable  with  it.  We  have  fpoken  of  the  power  of  irritation,  of 
fenfation,  of  volition,    and  of  affociation,  as  preceding  the  fibrous 

B  b  motions: 


1 86  CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.     Sect..XV1T.  k- 

motions;   we  now  ftep  forwards,  and  confider,    that  converfely  they 
are  in  their  turn  preceded  by  thofe  motions ;   and  that  all  the  fuc- 
ceffive  trains  or  circles  of  our  aftions  are  compofed  of  this  twofold^ 
concatenation.     Thofe  we  fliall  call  trains  of  a£lion,  which  continue- 
to  proceed  without  any  flated  repetitions  ;  and  thofe  circles  of  adtion, 
when  the  parts  of  them  return  at  certain  periods,,  though  the  trains,, 
of  which  they  confift,  are  not  exaflly  fimilar.     The  reading  an  epic- 
poem  is  a  train  of  actions;  the  reading  a  fong  with  a  chorus. at  equal 
diftances  in  the  meafure  conftitutes  fo  many  circles  of  action. 

2.  Some  catenations  of  animal  motion  are  produced  by  reiterated; 
fucceffive  irritations,  as  when  we  learn  to  repeat  the  alphabet  in  its 
order  by  frequently  reading  the  letters  of  it.  Thus  the  vermicular- 
motions  of  the  bowels  were  originally  produced  by  the  fucceffive  ir- 
ritations of  the  paffing  aliment ;  and  the  fucceffion  of  anions  of  the 
auricles  and  ventricles  of  the  heart  was  originally  formed  by  fucceffive 
ftimulusof  the  blood,  thefe  afterwards  become  part  of  the  diurnal  eir-^ 
cles  of  animal  aftions,  as  appears  by  the  periodical  returns  of  hunger,, 
and  the  quickened  pulfe  of  weak  people  in  the  evening- 
Other  catenations  of  animal  motion  are  gradually  acquired  by  fuc- 
ceffive agreeable  fenfations,.  as  in  learning  a  favourite  fong  or  dance  ;, 
others  by  difagreeable  fenfations,  as  in  coughing  or  niftitation  ;  thefe 
become  affociated  by  frequent  repetition,  and  afterwards  compofe  parts- 
of  o-reater  circles  of  a£lion  like  thofe  above  mentioned* 

Other  catenations  of  motions  are  gradually  acquired  by  frequent  vo- 
luntary repetitions ;  as  when  we  deliberately  learn  to  march,,  read,, 
fence,  or  any  mechanic  art,  the  motions  of  many  of  our  mufcles  be- 
come gradually  linked  together  in  trains,,  tribes^  or  circles  of  adlion.. 
Thus  when  any  one  at  firft  begins  to  ufe  the  tools  in  turning  wood  or 
metals  in  a  lathe,  he  wills  the  motions  of  his  hand  or  fingers,,  tillat 
length  thefe  aftions  become  fo  conneded  with  the  effeft,  that  he- 
fcems  only  to  will  the  point  of  the  ehiflel.     Thefe  are  caufed  by  vo- 

•J  lltion> 


Sect.XVU.i.      catenation  of  motions.  187 

lition,  connected  by  affoclation  like  thofe  above  defcribed,   and  after- 
wards become  parts  of  our  diurnal  trains  or  circles  of  aftion. 

3.  All  thefe  catenations  of  animal  motions  are  liable  to  proceed 
fome  time  after  they  are  excited,  unlefs  they  are  difturbed  or  impeded 
by  other  irritations,  fenfations,  or  volitions ;  and  in  many  inftances 
in  fpite  of  our  endeavours  to  ftop  them;  and  this  property  of  animal 
motions  is  probably  the  caufe  of  their  catenation.  Thus  when  a  child 
revolves  fome  minutes  on  one  foot,  the  fpeiStra  of  the  ambient  objefts 
appear  to  circulate  round  him  fome  time  after  he  falls  upon  the 
ground.  Thus  the  palpitation  of  the  heart  continues  fome  time  after' 
the  obje^l  of  fear,  which  occaiioned  it,  is  removed.  The  blufh  of 
ihame,  which  is  an  excefs  of  fenfation,  and  the  glow  of  anger,  which 
is  an  excefs  of  volition,  continue  fome  time,  though  the  affefted  per- 
fon  finds,  that  thofe  emotions  were  caufed  by  miftaken  fafts,  and  en- 
deavours to  extinguilh  their  appearance.     See  Sedl.  XII.  i.  5. 

4.  When  a  circle  of  motions  becomes  conneded  by  frequent  repe- 
titions as  above,  we  can  exert  our  attention  ftrongly  on  other  obje(9:s, 
and  the  concatenated  circle  of  motions  will  neverthelefs  proceed  io. 
due  order ;  as  whilft  you  are  thinking  on  this  fubject,  you  ufe  variety, 
of  mufcles  in  walking  about  your  parlour,  or  iu  fitting  at  your  writ- 
ing-table. 

5.  Innumerable  catenations  of  motions  may  proceed  at  the  fame 
time,  without  incommoding  each  other.  Of  thefe  are  the  motions 
of  the  heart  and  arteries  ;  thofe  of  digeftion  and  glandular  fecretion ; 
of  the  ideas,  or  fenfual  motions  ;  thofe  of  progrefiion,  and  of  fpeak- 
ing ;  the  great  annual  circle  of  axftions  fo  apparent  in  birds  in  their 
times  of  breeding  and  moulting ;  the  monthly  circles  of  many  female 

.  animals ;  and  the  diurnal  circles  of  fleeping  and  waking,  of  fulnefs 
and  inanition. 

6.  Some  links  of  fuccefCve  trains  or -of  fyachronous  tribes  of  aftioa 
may  be  left  out  without  disjoining  the  whole.  Such  are  our  ufuai 
trains  of  recolledion  ;   after  havina;  travelled  through  an  entertainin* 

B  b  2  country. 


i88  CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.      Sect.XVII.i. 

country,  and  viewed  many  delightful  lawns,  rolling  rivers,  and  echo- 
ing rocks  ;  in  the  recollection  of  our  journey  we  leave  out  the  many 
diftrifts,  that  we  croffed,  which  were  marked  with  no  peculiar  plea- 
fure.  Such  alfo  are  our  complex  ideas,  they  are  catenated  tribes  of 
ideas,  which  do  not  perfedtly  refemble  their  correfpondent  perceptions, 
becaufe  fome  of  the  parts  are  omitted. 

7.  If  an  interrupted  circle  of  aftions  is  not  entirely  diffevered,  it 
will  continue  to  proceed  confufedly,  till  it  comes  to  the  part  of  the 
circle,  where  it  was  interrupted. 

The  vital  motions  in  a  fever  from  drunkenncfs,  and  in  other  peri- 
odical dileafes,  are  inftances  of  this  circumftance.  The  accidental  in- 
ebriate does  not  recover  himfelf  perfedly  till  about  the  fame  hour  on 
the  fucceeding  day.  The  accuftomed  drunkard  is  difordered,  if  he 
has  not  his  ufual  potation  of  fermented  liquor.  So  if  a  confiderable- 
part  of  a  connected  tribe  of  adlion  be  difturbed,  that  whole  tribe  goes 
on  with  confufion,  till  the  part  of  the  tribe  affected  regains  its  ac- 
cuftomed  catenations.  So  vertigo  produces  vomiting,  and  a  great  fe- 
cretion  of  bile,  as  in  fea-ficknefs,  all  thefe  being  parts  of  the  tribe  of 
irritative  catenations. 

8.  Weaker  catenated  trains  may  be  diflevered  by  the  fudden  ex- 
ertion of  the  ftronger.  When  a  child  firft  attempts  to  walk  acrofs  a 
room,  call  to  him,  and  he  inftantly  falls  upon  the  ground.  So  while 
I  am  thinking  over  the  virtues  of  my  friends,  if  the  tea-kettle  fpurt 
out  fome  hot  water  on  my  flocking ;  the  fudden  pain  breaks  the 
weaker  chain  of  ideas,  and  introduces  a  new  group  of  figures  of  its 
own.  This  circumflance  is  extended  to  fome  unnatural  trains  of  ac- 
tion, which  have  not  been  confirmed  by  long  habit ;  as  the  hiccough, 
or  an  ague-fit,  which  are  frequently  curable  by  furprife.  A  young 
lady  about  eleven  years  old  had  for  five  days  had  a  contraftion  of  one 
mufcle  in  her  fore  arm,  and  another  in  her  arm,  which  occurred  four 
©r  five  times  every  minute  ;  the  mufcles  were  feen  to  leap,  but  with- 
out bending  the  arm.     To  countcradl  this  new  morbid  habit,  an  ifTue 

3  was 


Sect.XVII.  I.      CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.  189 

was  placed  over  the  convulfed  mufcle  of  her  arm,  and  an  adhefive 
plafter  wrapped  tight  like  a  bandage  over  the  whole  fore  arm,  by 
which  the  new  motions  were  immediately  deftroyed,  but  the  .means 
were  continued  fome  weeks  to  prevent  a  return. 

9.  If  any  circle  of  adions  is  diffevered,  either  by  omiffion  of  fome 
of  the  links,  as  in  fleep,  or  by  infertion  of  other  links,  as  in  furprife, 
new  catenations  take  place  in  a  greater  or  lefs  degree.  The  laft  link 
of  the  broken  chain  of  a<Sions  becomes  connefted  with  the  new  mo- 
tion which  has  broken  it,  or  with  that  which  was  nearefl  the  link 
omitted ;  and  thefe  new  catenations  proceed  inftead  of  the  old  ones. 
Hence  the  periodic  returns  of  ague-fits,  and  the  chimeras  of  our 
dreams. 

10.  If  a  train  of  a(5lions  is  diffevered,  much  effort  of  volition  or 
fenfation  will  prevent  its  being  reftored.  Thus  in  the  common  im- 
pediment of  fpeech,  when  the  affociation  of  the  motions  of  the  muf- 
cles  of  enunciation  with  the  idea  of  the  word  to  be  fpoken  is  difor- 
dered,  the  great  voluntary  efforts,  which  diftort  the  countenance, 
prevent  the  rejoining  of  the  broken  affociations.  See  No.  II.  10.  of 
this  Sedion.  It  is  thus  likewife  obfervable  in  fome  inflammations  of 
the  bowels,  the  too  ftrong  efforts  made  by  the  mufcles  to  carry  for- 
wards the  offending  material  fixes  it  more  firmly  in  its  place,  and 
prevents  the  c;3re.  So  in  endeavouring  to  recal  to  our  memory  fome 
particular  word  of  a  fentence,  if  we  exert  ourfelves  too  ffrongly  about 
it,  we  are  lefs  likely  to  regain  it. 

11.  Catenated  trains  or  tribes  of  aftion  are  eafier  diffevered  than 
catenated  circles  of  a£lion.  Hence  in  epileptic  fiits  the  iynchronous 
conneded  tribes  of  acflion,  which  keep  the  body  eredV,  are  diffevered, 
but  the  circle  of  vital  motions  continues  undifturbed. 

12.  Sleep  deftroys  the  power  of  volition,  and  precludes  the  ftimull 
of  external  obje6ls,  and  thence  diffevers  the  trains,  of  which  thefe  are 
a  part ;  which  confirms  the  other  catenations,  as  thofe  of  the  vital 

motions. 


1,90  CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.      Sect.XVILi. 

motions,  fecretions,  and  abforptions ;  and  produces  the  new  trains  c^- 
ideaa,  which  conftitute  our  dreanis. 

IT.  r.  All  the  preceding  circumftances  of  the  catenations  of  animd- 
■motions  will  be  more  clearly  underftood  by  the  following  example  of 
a  perfon  learning  mufic  ;  and  when  we  recolleft  the  variety  of  me- 
chanic arts,  which  are  performed  by  affociated  trains  of  mufcular  ac- 
tions-catenated  with  the  efFe(!ls  they  produce,  as  in  knitting,  netting, 
weaving  ;  and  the  greater  variety  of  affociated  trains  of  ideas  caufed 
or  catenated  by  volitions  or  fenfations,  as  in  our  hourly  modes  of  rea- 
soning, or  imagining,  or  recollefting,  we  fhall  gain  fome-idea  of  the 
innumerable  catenated  trains  and  circles  ef  aflion,  which  form  the 
'  tenor  of  our  lives,  and  which  began,  and  will  only  ceafe  entirely  with 
them. 

2.  When  a  young  lady  begins  to  learn  mufic,  fhe  voluntarily  ap- 
rplies  herfelf  to  the  charadters  of  her  mufic-book,  and  by  many  repe- 
titions endeavoursto  catenate  them  with  the  proportions  of  found,  of 
which  they  are  fymbols.     The  ideas  excited  by  the  mufical  charac- 
ters are  {\awly  connedled  with  the  keys  of  the  harpfichord,  and  much 
effort  is  neceffary  to  produce  every  note  with  the  proper  finger,  and  in 
its  due  place  and  time ;  till  at  length  a  train  of  voluntary  exertions 
becomes  catenated  with  certain  irritations.     As  the  various  notes  by 
frequent  repetitions  become  connedled  in  the  order,  in  which  they 
-are  produced,  a  new  catenation  of  fenfitive  exertions  becomes  mixed 
with  the  voluntary  ones  above  defcribed;    and  not  only  the  mufical 
'fymbols  of  crotchets  and.  quavers,  but  the  auditory  notes  and  tones  at 
the  fame  time,  become  fo  many  fucceffive  or  fynchronous  links  in  this 
circle  of  catenated  adlions. 

At  leno-th  the  motions  of  her  fingers  become  catenated  with  the 
mufical  charaders;  and  thefe  no  fooner  ftrike  the  eye,  than  the  finger 
^reffes  down  the  key  without  any  voluntary  attention  between  them  j 
the  adivity  of  the  hand  being  conneded  with  the  irritation  of  the 

ifi^ure 


SE€T.XVrL2.     CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.  rpi 

figure  or  place  of  the  mufical  fjmbol  on  the  retina  ;  till  at  length  by 
frequent  repetitions  of  the  fame  tune  the  movements  of  her  fingers  in 
playing,  and  the  mufcles  of  the  larynx  in  finging,  become  affociated 
with  each,  other,  and  form  part  of  thofe  intricate  trains  and  circles  of 
catenated  motions,  according  with  the  fecond  article  of  the  preceding 
propofitions  in  No.  i.  of  this  Sedlion. 

3»  Befides  the  facility,  which  by  habit  attends  the  execution  of 
this  mufical  performance,  a  curious  circumftance  occurs,  which  is, 
that  when  our  young  mufician  has  began  a  tune,  (he  finds  herfelf  in- 
clined to  continue  it ;  and  that  even  when  fhe  is  carelcfsly  finging 
alone  without  attending  to  her  own  fong;  according  with  the  third 
preceding  article. 

4.  At  the  fame  time  that  our  young  performer  continues  to  play 
with  great  exadnefs  this  accuftomed  tune,  fhe  can  bend  her  mind, 
and  that  intenfely,  on  fome  other  objedt,  according  with  the  fourth, 
article  of  the  preceding  propofitions. 

The  manufcript  copy  of  this  work  was  lent  to  many  of  my  friends- 
at  different  times  for  the  ptirpofe  of  gaining  their  opinions  and  criti- 
cifms  on  many  parts  of  it,  and  I  found  the  following  anecdote  writ- 
ten with  a  pencil  oppofite  to  this  page,  but  am.  not  certain  by  whom, 
"  I  remember  feeing  the  pretty  young  a<flrefs,  who  fucceeded  Mrs.. 
Arne  in  the  performance  of  the  celebrated  Padlock,  rehearfe  the  mu.^ 
fical  parts  at  her  harpfichord  under  the  eye-  of  her  mafter  with  great 
tafte  and  accuracy ;  though  I  obferved  her  countenance  full  of  emo- 
tion, which  I  could  not  account  for;  at  laft  fiie  luddenly  burft  into 
tears;,  for  flie  had  all  this  time  been  eyeing  a  beloved  canary  bird,, 
fuffering  great  agonies,  which  at  that  inftant  fell  dead  from  its 
perch."" 

5.  At  the  fame  time  many  other  catenated  circles  of  action  are 
going  on  in  the  perfon  of  our  fair  miifician,  as  well  as  the  motions  of 
her  fingers,  fuch  as  the  vital  motions,  refpiration,  the  movements  of 

her 


i9»  CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.      Sect. XVII.  2. 

her  eyies  and  eyelids,  and  of  the  uitricate  mufcles  of  vocality,  accord- 
ing with  the  fifth  preceding  article. 

d.  If  by  any  ftrong  impreflion  on  the  mind  of  our  fair  raufician  fhe 
lhou4d  be  interrupted  for  a  very  inconfiderabJe  time,  Ihe  can  ftill  con- 
tinueher  performance,  according  to  the  fixth  article. 

7.  If  however  this  interruption  be  greater,  though 'the  chain^of  ac- 
tions be  not  diflevered,  it  proceeds  confufedly,  and  our  young  per- 
former continues  indeed  to  play,  but  in  a  hurry  without  accuracy  and 
elegance,  till  fhe  begins  the  tune  again,  according  to  the  feventh  of 
the  preceding  articles. 

8.  But  if. this  interruption  be  ftill  greater,  the  circle  of  axSions  be- 
comes entirely  drflTevered,  and  flie  finds  herfelf  immediately  under  the 
neceflity  to  begin  over  again  to  recover  the  lofl  catenation,  according 
to  the  eighth  preceding  article. 

,9.  Or  in  trying  to  recover  it  fhe  will  fing  fome  diilbnant  notes, 
or  flrike  fome  improper  k«ys,  according  to  the  ninth  j)receding 
a-rticle. 

10.  A  very  remarkable  thing  attends  this  breach  of  catenation,  if 
the  performer  has  forgotten  fome  word  oFher  fong,  the  more  energy 
of  mind  fhe  ufes  about  it,  the  more  diflant  is  fhe.from  regaining  it.; 
and  artfully- employs  her  mind  in  part  on  fome  other  obje£l,  or  endea- 
vours.to  dull  its  perceptions,  continuing  to  repeat,  as  it  were  inconfci- 
oufly,  the  former  part  of  the  fong,  that  fhe  remembers,  in  hopes  to 
regain  the  loft  connexion. 

For  if  the  aftivity  of  the  mind  itfelf  be  more  energetic,  or  takes  its 
attention  more,  than  the  connecting  word,  which  is  wanted.;  it  will 
not  perceive  the  (lighter  link  of  this  lofl  word ;  as  who  liflens  to  a 
feeble  found,  mufl  be  very  filent  and  motionlefs  ;  fo  that  in  this  cafe 
the  very  vigour  of  the  mind  itfelf  feems  to  .prevent  it  from  regaining 
the  lofl  catenation,  as  well  as  the  too  great  exertion  in  endeavouring  to 
regain  it,  according  to  the  tenth  preceding  article. 

We 


Sect.XVII.2.      catenation  of  motions.  193 

We  frequently  experience,  when  we  are  doubtful  about  the  fpelUng 
of  a  word,  that  the  greater  voluntary  exertion  we  ufe,  that  is  the 
inore  intenfely  we  think  about  it,  the  further  are  we  from  regaining 
the  loft  aflociatiou  between  the  letters  of  it,  but  which  readily  recurs 
M'hen  we  have  become  carelefs  about  it.  In  the  fame  manner,  after 
having  for  an  hour  laboured  to  recoUedl  the  name  of  fome  abfent  per- 
foh,  it  fhall  feem,  particularly  after  fleep,  to  come  into  the  mind  as  it 
were  fpontaneoufly;  that  is,  the  word  we  are  in  fearch  of,  was  joined 
to  the  preceding  one  by  affociation  J  this  affociation  being  diffevered, 
we  endeavour  to  recover  it  by  volition  ;  this  very  aftion  of  the  mind 
ftrikes  our  attention  more,  than  the  faint  link  of  affociation,  and  wc 
find  it  impoffible  by  this  means  to  retrieve  the  loft  word.  After  Deep, 
when  volition  is  entirely  fufpended,  the  mind  becomes  capable  of  per- 
ceiving the  fainter  link  of  afibciation,  and  the  word  is  regained. 

On  this  circumftance  depends  the  impediment  of  fpeech  before 
mentioned;  the  firft  fyllable  of  a  word  is  caufable  by  volition,  but  the 
remainder  of  it  is  in  common  converfation  introduced  by  its  aflbcia- 
tions  with  this  firft  fyllable  acquired  by  long  habit.  Hence  when  the 
mind  of  the  ftammerer  is  vehemently  employed  on  fome  idea  of  am- 
bition of  fhining,  or  fear  of  not  fucceeding,  the  aflbeiations  of  the  mo- 
tions of  the  mufcles  of  articulation  with  each  other  become  diflevered 
by  this  greater  exertion,  and  he  endeavours  in  vain  by  voluntary  ef- 
forts  to  rejoin  the  broken  affociation.  For  this  purpofe  he  continues 
to  repeat  the  firft  fyllable,  which  is  caufable  by  volition,  and  ftrives  in 
vain,  by  various  dift-ortions  of  countenance,  to  produce  the  next  links, 
which  are  fubje6t  to  affociation.     See  Clafs  IV.  3.  i.  i . 

II.  After  our  accomplifhed  mufician  has  acquired  great  variety  of 
tunes  and  fongs,  fo  that  fome  of  them  begin  to  ceafe  to  be  eafily  re- 
collefted,  ftie  finds  progreffive  trains  of  mufical  notes  more  frequently 
forgotten,  than  thofc  which  are  compofed  of  reiterated  circles,  ac- 
cording with  the  eleventh  preceding  article. 

Co  12.  To 


J94  CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.      SECT.XVIL3. 

12.  To  finifh  our  example  with  the  preceding  articles  we  mufl:  at 
length  fuppofe,  that  our  fair  performer  falls  afleep  over  her  harpfi- 
chord ;  and  thus  by  the  fufpeafion  of  volition,  and  the  exclufion  of  ex- 
ternal ftimuli,  fhe  diffevers  the  trains  and  circles  of  her  mufical  ex- 
ertions. 

III.  I.  Many  of  thefe  circuniftances  of  catenations  of  motions  re- 
ceive an  eafy  explanation  from  the  four  following  confequences  to  the 
feventh  law  of  animal  caufation  in  Se6l.  IV.  Thefe  are,  firft,  that 
thofe  fucceflions  or  combinations  of  animal  motions,  whether  they 
Were  united  by  caufation,  affociation,  or  catenation,  which  have  been 
moft  frequently  repeated,  acquire  the  ftrongeft  connexion.  Secondly, 
that  of  thefe,  thofe,  which  have  been  lefs  frequently  mixed  with 
other  trains  or  tribes  of  motion,  have  the  ftrongeft  connexion. 
Thirdly,  that  of  thefe,  thofe,  which  were  firft  formed,  have  the 
ftrongeft  connexion.  Fourthly,  that  if  an  animal  motion  be  excited 
fey  more  than  one  caufation,  affociation,  or  catenation,  at  the  fame 
time,  it  will  be  performed  with  greater  energy. 

2.  Hence  alfo  we  underftand,  why  the  catenations  of  irritative  mo- 
tions are  more  ftrongly  connedled  than  thofe  of  the  other  claffes, 
where  the  quantity  of  unmixed  repetition  has  been  equal ;  becaufe 
they  were  firft  formed.  Such  are  thofe  of  the  fecerning  and  abforbent 
fyftems  of  veffels,  where  the  aftion  of  the  gland  produces  a  fluid, 
which  ftimulates  the  mouths  of  its  correfpondent  abforbents.  The 
affociated  -motions  feem  to  be  the  next  moft  ftrongly  united,  from 
their  frequent  repetition  j  and  where  both  thefe  circumftances  unite, 
as  in  the  vital  motions,  their  catenations  are  indiffoluble  but  by  the 
deftruftion  of  the  animal. 

3.  Where  a  new  link  has  been  introduced  into  a  circle  of  adlions 
by  fome  accidental  defedl  of  ftimulus  ;    if  that  defeft  of  ftimulus  be 
repeated  at  the  fame  part  of  the  circle  a  fecond  or  a  third  time,  the 
defective  motions  thus  produced,  both  by  the  repeated  defed  of  fti- 
8  niuli>s 


Sect.XVII.^.     catenation  of  ^IOTIONS.  195 

mulus  and  by  their  catenation  with  the  parts  of  the  circle  of  a£lions, 
will  be  performed  with  lefs  and  lefs  energy.  Thus  if  any  perfon  is 
expofed  to  cold  at  a  certain  hour  to-daj^,  fo  long  as  to  render  fome 
part  of  the  fyflem  for  a  time  torpid  ;  and  is  again  expofed  to  it  at  the 
fame  hour  to-morrow%  and  the  next  day;  he  will  be  more  and  more 
afFeded  by  it,  till  at  length  a  cold  fit  of  fever  is  completely  formed, 
as  happens  at  the  beginning  of  many  of  thofe  fevers,  which  are  called 
nervous  or  low  fevers.  Where  the  patient  has  flight  periodical  fhiver- 
ings  and  palenefs  for  many  days  before  the  febrile  paroxifm  is  com- 
pletely formed. 

4.  On  the  contrary,  if  the  expofure  to  cold  be  for  fo  fhort  a  time 
as  not  to  induce  any  confiderable  degree  of  torpor  or  quiefcence  and 
is  repeated  daily  as  abov.e  mentioned,  it  lofes  its  effect  more  and  more 
at  every  repetition,  till  the  conftitution  can  bear  it  without  inconveni- 
ence, or  indeed  without  being  confcious  of  it.  As  in  walking  into  the 
cold  air  in  frofly  weather.  The  fame  rule  is  applicable  to  increafed 
ftimulus,  as  of  heat,  or  of  vinous  fpirit,  within  certain  limits,  as  is 
applied  in  the  two  laft  paragraphs  to  Deficient  Stimulus,  as  is  further 
explained  in  Se£t.  XXXVI.  on  the  Periods  of  Difeafes. 

5.  Where  irritation  coincides  with  fenfation  to  produce  the  fame 
catenations  of  motion,  as  in  inflammatory  fevers,  they  are  excited 
with  ftill  greater  energy  than  by  the  irritation  alone.  So  when  chil- 
dren expert  to  be  tickled  in  play,  by  a  feather  lightly  pafled  over  the 
lips,  or  by  gently  vellicating  the  foles  of  their  feet,  laughter  is  moft 
vshemently  excited  ;  though  they  can  ftimulate  thefe  parts  with  their 

'own  fingers  unmoved.  Here  the  pleafureable  idea  of  playfulnefs  co- 
incides with  the  vellication  ;  and  there  is  no  voluntary  exertion  ufed 
to  diminifti  the  fenfation,  as  there  would  be,  if  a  child  Ihould  endea- 

-vour  to  tickle  himfelf.     See  Seft.  XXXIV.  i.  4. 

6.  And  laftly,  the  motions  excited  by  the  junftion  of  voluntary 
exertion  with  irritation  are  performed  with  more  energy,  than  thole 

C  c  2  hv 


196  CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.     Sect.XVII.j. 

by  irritation  fingly ;  as  when  we  liften  to  fmall  noifes,  as  to  the  tick- 
ing of  a  watch  in  the  night,  we  perceive  the  moil  weak  founds,  that 
are  at  other  times  unheeded.  So  when  we  attend  to  the  irritative 
ideas  of  found  in  our  ears,  which  are  generally  not  attended  to,  we 
can  hear  them  ;  and  can  fee  the  fpeilra  of  obje£ts,  which  remain  in 
the  eye,  whenever  wc  pleafe  to  exert  our  voluntary  power  in  aid  of 
thofe  weak  a6lions  of  the  retina,  or  of  the  auditory  nerve. 

7.  The  temporary  catenations  of  ideas,  which  are  caufed  by  the 
fenfations  of  pleafure  or  pain,  are  eafily  diflevered  either  by  irritations, 
as  when  a  fudden  noife  difturbs  a  day-dream  ;  or  by  the  power  of  vo- 
lition, as  when  we  awake  from  deep.  Hence  in  our  waking  hours, 
whenever  an  idea  occurs,  which  is  incongruous  to  our  former  expe- 
rience, we  inflantly  diffever  the  train  of  imagination  by  the  power 
of  volition,  and  compare  the  incongruous  idea  with  our  previous 
knowledge  of  nature,  and  rejeft  it.  This  operation  of  the  mind  has 
not  yet  acquired  a  fpecific  name,  though  it  is  exerted  every  minute 
of  our  waking  hours ;  unlefs  it  may  be  termed  intuitive  ana- 
logy. It  is  an  a£l  of  reafoning  of  which  we  are  unconfcious  except 
from  its  efFe6ls  in  preferving  the  congruity  of  our  ideas,  and  bears  the 
fame  relation  to  the  fenforial  power  of  volition,  that  irritative  ideas, 
of  which  we  are  inconfcious  except  by  their  effetfls,  do  to  the  fenfo- 
rial power  of  irritation ;  as  the  former  is  produced  by  volition  without 
our  attention  to  it,  and  the  latter  by  irritation  without  our  attention 
to  them. 

If  on  the  other  hand  a  train  of  imagination  or  of  voluntary  ideas  are 
excited  with  great  energy,  and  paffing  on  with  great  vivacity,  and  be- 
come diflevered  by  fome  violent  ftimulus,  as  the  difcharge  of  a  piflol 
near  one's  ear,  another  circumftance  takes  place,  which  is  termed 
SURPRISE  ;  which  by  exciting  violent  irritation,  and  violent  fenfation, 
employs  for  a  time  the  whole  fenforial  energy,  and  thus  difl'evers  the 
paffing,  trains  of  ideas,  before  the  power  of  volition  has  time  to  com- 
pare 


Sect. XVII.  3-      CATENATION  OF  MOTIONS.  197 

pare  them  with  the  ufual  phenomena  of  nature.  In  this  cafe  fear  is 
generally  the  companion  of  furprife,  and  adds  to  our  embarralTment, 
as  every  one  experiences  in  fome  degree  when  he  hears  a  noife  in  the 
dark,  which  he  cannot  inftantly  account  for.  This  catenation  of  fear 
with  furprife  is  owing  to  our  perpetual  experience  of  injuries  from 
external  bodies  in  motion,  unlefs  we  are  upon  our  guard  againft  them. 
See  Sea.  XVIII.  17.  and  XIX.  2. 

Many  other  examples  of  the  catenations  of  animal  motions  are  ex- 
plained in  Sed.  XXXVI,  on  the  Periods  of  Difeafes, 


SECT. 


io8,  OF    SLEEP.  Sect.XVIILu 


SECT.    XVIIL 

OF    SLEEP. 

I.  Volition  is  Jufpended  in  Jleep.  i.  Senfation  continues.  Dreams  p-event  delirium 
and  inflammation.  3.  Nightmare.  4.  Ceajelejs  flow  of  ideas  in  dreams, 
5.  Wejeem  to  receive  them  by  thejenjes.  Optic  nerve  perfeRly  Jenfible  in  fleep^ 
Eyes  lejs  dazzled  after  dreaming  of  vifible  objects.  6.  Reverie,  belief.  7.  Hoia 
we  diftinguifh  ideas  from  perceptions.  8.  Variety  offcenery  in  dreams,  excellence 
cf  the  fenfe  of  vijion.  9.  Novelty  of  combination  in  dreams.  10.  DiftinEfnefs 
'Of  imagery  in  dreams.  11.  Rapidity  of  tranfaBion  in  dreams.  12.  Of  mcafur- 
ing  time.  Of  dramatic  time  and  place.  Why  a  dull  play  induces  fleep,  and  an 
interefting  one  reverie.  13.  Confcioufnefs  of  our  exiflence  and  identity  in  d.r earns „. 
14.  How  we  awake  fometimes  fuddenly,  fometimes  frequently,  n^.  Irritative 
motions  continue  in  fleep,  internal  irritations  are  fucceeded  byferfation.  Senftbility 
-increafes  during  fleep,  and  irritability.  Morning  dreams.  V^hy  epilepfies  occur 
in  fleep.  Ecftacy  of  children.  Cafe  of  convtdfions  in  fleep.  Cramj.\  why  pain- 
ful. Afthma.  Morning  fvoeats.  Increafe  of  heat,  Increafe  ■  of  urine  in  fleep. 
Why  more  liable  to  take  cold  in  fleep.  Catarrh  from  thin  night-caps.  WJjy  we 
feel  chilly  at  the'  approach  of  fleep,  and  at  waking  in  the  open  air.  16.  Why 
the  gout  commences  infle-ep.  Secretions  are  more  copious  in  fleep,  young  animals 
and  plants  grow  more  in  fleep.  17.  Incoiflflency  of  dreams.  Abftnce  of  furprife 
■in  dreams.  1 8 .  Why  we  forget  fame  dreams  and  not  others.  1 9.  Sleep- 
talkers  awake  with  furprife.  20.  Remote  caufes  of  Jleep.  Atmofphere  zoilh 
■lefs  oxygC'ie.  Compreflion  of  the  brain  in  fpina  bifida.  By  whirling  on  an  hori- 
zontal wheel.     By  cold,     11.  Definition  of  fle^p, 

I.  THERE  are  four  fituations  of  our  fyftem,  which  in  their  mo- 
clerate  degrees  are  not  ufually  termed  dileafes,  and  yet  abound  with 
-many  very  curious  and  inftruftive  phenomena;    thcfc  are  fleep ,  re- 

■ver-ie. 


Sect.XVIII.  I.  OF    SLEEP.  rp^i- 

vcrie,  vertigo,  druiikeniiefs.  T iefe  we  (hall  previoufly  confider, 
before  we  ftep  forwards  to  develop  the  caufes  and  cures  of  difeafes 
with  the  modes  of  the  operation  of  medicines. 

As  all  thofe  trains  and  tribes  of  animal  motion,  which  arefubjefted 
to  volition,  were  the  lalT:  that  were  cauftd,  their  connexion  is  weaker 
than  that  of  the  other  clafles  ;  and  there  is  a  peculiar  circumftance  at- 
tending this  caufation,  which  is,  that  it  is  entirely  lulpended  during 
deep;  \vhilft  the  other  claffes  of  motion,  which  are  more  immediate- 
ly neceffary  to  life,  as  thole  cauied  by  uiternal  ftimuli,  for  inftaiice 
the  pulfations  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  or  thofe  catenated  with  plea- 
furable  fenfation,  as  the  powers  of  digeftion,  continue  to  ftrengthen 
their  habits  without  interruption.  Thus  though  n>an  in  his  fleeping 
ftate  is  a  much  lefs  perfe6l  animal,  than  in  his  waking  hours;  and, 
though  he  confumes  more  than  one  third  of  his  life  in  this  his  irra- 
tional fituatlon  ;  yet  is  the  wildom  of  the  Author  of  nature  manifefl 
even  in  this  feeming  imperfeftion  of  his  work  ! 

The  truth  of  this  affertion  with  reipe£t  to  the  large  mufcles  of  the 
body,  which  are  concerned  in  locomotion,  is  evident ;  as  no  one  ia 
perfedl  fanity  walks  about  in  his  flsep,  or  performs  any  dom.eflic  of- 
fices :  and  in  refpeft  to  the  mind,  we  never  exercife  our  reafon  or  re- 
CoUedtion  in  dreams  ;  we  may  fometimes  ieem  diftradled  between  con- 
tending paflions,  but  we  never  compare  their  objects,  or  deliberate 
about  the  acquifition  of  thole  objeds,  if  our  fleep  is  perfe£l.  And 
though  many  fynchronous  tribes  or  fucceflive  trains  of  ideas  may  re- 
prefent  the  houfes  or  walks,  which  have  real  exiftence,  yet  are  they 
here  introduced  by  their  connexion  with  our  fenlations,  and  are  ia 
truth  ideas  of  imagination,  not  of  recolle6lion. 

2.  For  our  fenfations  of  pleafure  and  pain  are  experienced  with, 
great  vivacity  in  our  dreams ;  and  hence  all  that  motley  group  of  ideas, 
which  are  caufed  by  them,  called  the  ideas  of  imagination,  with  their 
various  aflbciated  trains,  are  in  a  very  vivid  manner  a£ted  over  in  the 
fenforium  ;  and  thefe  fometimes  call  into  aclion  the  larger  mufcles, 

which. 


2  00  OF     SLEEP.  Sect.XVIII.j. 

which  have  been  much  affociated  with  them  ;  as  appears-  from  the 
muttering  fentences,  which  fome  people  utter  ia  tlieir  dreams,  and 
from  the  obfcure  barking  of  fleeping  dogs,  and  the  motions  of  their 
feet  and  noflrils. 

This  perpetual  flow  of  the  trains  of  ideas,  which  conftltute  our 
dreams,  and  which  are  caufed  hy  painful  or  pleafureable  fenfation> 
might  at  firft  view  be  conceived  to  be  an  ufelefs  expenditure  of  fen- 
foriai  pow^er.  But  it  has  been  fliewn,  that  thofe  motions,  which  are 
perpetually  excited,  as  thofe  of  the  arterial  fyftem  by  the  ftimulus  of 
the  blood,  are  attended  by  a  great  accumulation  of  fenforial  power, 
after  they  have  been  for  a  time  fufpended  ;  as  the  hot-fit  of  fever  is 
the  confequence  of  the  cold  one.  Now  as  thefe  trains  of  ideas  caufed 
by  fenfation  are  perpetually  excited  during  our  waking  hours,  if  they 
were  to  be  fufpended  in  fleep  like  the  voluntary  motions,  (which  are 
exerted  only  by  intervals  during  our  waking  hours,)  an  accumulation 
of  fenforial  power  would  follow  j  and  on  our  awaking  a  delirium 
would  fupervene,  fince  thefe  ideas  caufed  by  fenfation  would  be  pro- 
duced with  fuch  energy,  that  we  (hould  miftake  the  trains  of  ima- 
gination for  ideas  excited  by  irritation  ;  as  perpetually  happens  to 
people  debilitated  by  fevers  on  their  firft  awaking;  for  in  thefe  fevers 
with  debility  the  general  quantity  of  irritation  being  diminiflied,  that 
of  fenfation  is  increafed.  In  like  manner  if  the  aftions  of  the  flomach, 
inteflines,  and  various  glands,  which  are  perhaps  in  part  at  leafl 
caufed  by  or  catenated  with  agreeable  fenfation,  and  which  perpetual- 
ly exift  during  our  waking  hours,  were  like  the  voluntary  motions 
fufpended  in  our  deep;  the  great  accumulation  of  fenforial  power, 
which  would  neceffarily  follow,  would  be  liable  to  excite  inflamma- 
tion in  them. 

3.  When  by  our  continued  poflure  in  {leep,  fome  uneafy  fenfa- 
tions  are  produced,  we  either  gradually  awake  by  the  exertion  of  vo- 
lition, or  the  mufcles  connefted  by  habit  with  fuch  fenfations  alter 
the  pofition  of  the  body;    but  where  the  fleep  is  uncommonly  pror 
.  S  .        found, 


SECT.XVI1I.4.S-  OF    SLEEP.  zoi 

found,  and  thofe  uneafy  fenfations  great,  the  difeafe  called  the  incu- 
bus, or  nightmare,  is  produced.  Here  the  defire  of  moving  the 
body  is  painfully  exerted,  but  the  power  of  moving  it,  or  volition,  is 
incapable  of  adion,  till  we  awake.  Many  lefs  dlfagreeable  ftruggles 
ill  our  dreams,  as  when  v^^e  wifh  in  vain  to  fly  from  terrifying  objeils, 
conftitute  a  flighter  decree  of  this  difeafe.  In  awakinsf  from  the 
nightmare  I  have  more  than  once  obferved,  that  there  was  no  diforder 
in  my  pulfe ;  nor  do  I  believe  the  refpiration  is  laborious,  as  feme 
have  affirmed.  It  occurs  to  people  whofe  fleep  is  too  profound,  and 
fome  dlfagreeable  fenfation  exifls,  which  at  other  tinies  would  have 
awakened  them,  and  have  thence  prevented  the  difeafe  of  nightmare; 
as  after  great  fatigue  or  hunger  with  too  large  a  fupper  and  wine, 
which  occafion  our  ileep  to  be  uncommonly  profound.  See  No.  14, 
of  this  Section. 

4.  As  the  larger  mufcles  of  the  body  are  much  more  frequently 
excited  by  volition  than  by  fenfation,  they  are  but  feldom  brought 
into -action  in  our  fleep:  but  the  ideas  of  the  mind  are  by  habit  much 
more  frequently  connedled  with  fenfation  than  with  volition ;  and 
hence  the  ceafekfs  fiow  of  our  ideas  in  dreams.  Every  one's  experi- 
ence will  teach  him  this  truth,  for  we  all  daily  exert  much  voluntary 
mufcular  motion :  but  few  of  mankind  can  bear  the  fatigue  of  much 
voluntary  thinking. 

5.  A  very  curious  circumftance  attending  thefe  our  fleeping  ima- 
ginations is,  that  we  feem  to  receive  them  by  the  fenfes.  The  muf- 
cles, which  are  fubfervientto  the  external  organs  of  fenfe,  are  con- 
nected with  volition,  and  ceafe  to  2.St  in  fleep  ;  hence  the  eyelids  are 
clofed,  and  the  tympanum  of  the  ear  relaxed;  and  it  is  probable  a 
iimilarity  of  voluntary  exertion  may  be  neceflary  for  the  perceptions 
of  the  other  nerves  of  fenfe  ;  for  it  is  obferved  that  the  papilla;  of  the 
tongue  can  be  feen  to  become  ere<3:ed,  when  we  attempt  to  tafte  any 
•thing  extremely  grateful.  Hewfoa  Exper.  Enquir.  V.  2.  186.  Albini 
Annot,  Acad.  L.  i.  c.  15..     Add  to  this,  that  the  immediate  organs 

D  d  of 


202  O  F     S  L  E  E  P.  Sect.  XVIII.  5. 

of  fenfe  have  no  objefts  to  excite  them  in  the  darknefs  and  filence  of 
the  night ;  but  their  nerves  of  fenfe  neverthelefs  continue  to  poffefs 
their  perfed  activity  fubfervient  to  all  their  numerous  fenfitive  con- 
nexions. This  vivacity  of  our  nerves  of  fenfe  during  the  time  of 
fleep  is  evinced  by  a  circumftance,  vi'hich  almoft  every  one  mufl  at 
fome  time  or  other  have  experienced  ;  that  is,  if  we  fleep  in  the  day- 
light, and  endeavour  to  fee  fome  objed  in  our  dream,  the  light  is  ex- 
ceedingly painful  to  our  eyes;  and  after  repeated  fl:ruggles  we  lament 
in  our  fleep,  that  we  cannot  fee  it.  In  this  cafe  I  apprehend  the  eye- 
lid is  in  fome  degree  opened  by  the  vehemence  of  our  fenfations;  and, 
the  iris  being  dilated,  the  optic  nerve  fhews  as  great  or  greater  fen- 
libility  than  in  our  waking  hours.     See  No.  15.  of  this  Se6lion, 

When  we  are  forcibly  waked  at  midnight  from  profound  fleep,  ouir 

eyes  are  much  dazzled  with  the  light  of  the  candle  for  a  minute  or 

two,  after  there  has  been  fufficient  time  allowed  for  the  coatraflioa 

of  the  iris;  which  is  owing  to  the  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  ia 

the  organ  of  vifiou  during  its  flate  of  lefs  adlivity.     But  when  we 

have  dreamt  much  of  vifible  objedls,  this  accumulation  of  fenforial 

power  in  the  organ  of  vifion  is  leflened  or  prevented,  and  we~  awake 

in  the  morning  without  being  dazzled  with  the  hght,  after  the  iris 

has  had  time  to  contraft  itfelf.     This  is  a  matter  of  great  curiofity, 

and  may  be  thus  tried  by  any  one  in  the  day-light.     Clofe  your  eyes, 

and  cover  them  with  your  bat  ;  thiiik  for  a  minute  on  a  tune,  which 

you  are  accufl:omed  to,  and  endeavour  to  fmg  it  with  as  little  adtivity 

of  mind  as  poflible.     Suddenly  uncover  and  open  your  eyes,  and  ia 

one  fecond  of  time  the  iris  will  contrail  itfelf,  but  you  will  perceive 

the  day  more  luminous  for  feveral  feconds,  owing  to  the  accumulatioa 

of  fenforial  power  in  the  optic  nerve. 

Then  again  clofe  and  cover  your  eyes,  and  think  intenfely  on  a 
cube  of  ivory  two  inches  diameter,  attending  firfl  to  the  north  and 
fouth  fides  of  it,  and  then  to  the  other  four  fides  of  it  j    then  get  a 
clear  image  in  your  mind's  eye  of  all  the  fides  of  the  fame  cube  co- 
Loured 


Sect. XVIII.  6.  OF     SLEEP.  203 

loured  red;  and  then  of  it  coloured  green;  and  then  of  it  coloured 
blue ;  laftly,  open  your  eyes  as  in  the  former  experiment,  and  after 
the  firft:  fecond  of  time  allowed  for  the  contra6lion  of  the  iris,  you 
will  not  perceive  any  increafe  of  the  light  of  the  day,  or  dazzling ; 
becaufe  now  there  is  no  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  in  the  optic 
nerve ;  that  having  been  expended  by  its  adlion  in  thinking  over  vi- 
fible  objeds. 

This  experiment  Is  not  eafy  to  be  made  at  firft,  but  by  a  few  pa- 
tient trials  the  fadt  appears  very  certain ;  and  (hews  clearly,  that  our 
ideas  of  imagination  are  repetitions  of  the  motions  of  the  nerve,  which 
were  originally  occafioned  by  the  flimulus  of  external  bodies  j  becaufe 
they  equally  expend  the  fenforial  power  in  the  organ  of  fenfe.  See 
Sed.  III.  4.  which  is  analogous  to  our  being  as  much  fatigued  by 
thinking  as  by  labour. 

6.  Nor  is  it  in  our  dreams  alone,  but  even  in  our  waking  reveries, 
and  in  great  efforts  of  invention,  fo  great  is  the  vivacity  of  our  ideas, 
that  we  do  not  for  a  time  diftinguifh  them  from  the  real  prefence  of 
fubftantial  objects  ;  though  the  external  organs  of  fenfe  are  open,  and 
furrounded  with  their  ufual  ftimuli.  Thus  whilft  I  am  thinking  over 
the  beautiful  valley,  through  which  I  yefterday  travelled,  I  do  not 
perceive  the  furniture  of  my  room :  and  there  are  fome,  whofe  wak- 
ing imaginations  are  fo  apt  to  run  into  perfecfl  reverie,  that  in  their 
common  attention  to  a  favourite  idea  they  do  not  hear  the  voice  of 
the  companion,  who  accofts  them,  unlefs  it  is  repeated  with  unufual 
energy. 

This  perpetual  miftake  in  dreams  and  reveries,  where  our  ideas  of 
imagination  are  attended  with  a  belief  of  the  prefence  of  external  ob- 
jects, evinces  beyond  a  doubt,  that  all  our  ideas  are  repetitions  of  the 
motions  of  the  nerves  of  fenfe,  by  which  they  were  acquired ;  and 
that  this  belief  is  not,  as  fome  late  phllofophers  contend,  an  inftin<5t 
neceffarily  connefted  only  with  our  perceptions, 

D  d  2  7.  A 


204  OF    SLEEP.       .      SECT.XVm.  7. 8. 

7.  A  curious  queftion  demands  our  attention  in  this  place  ;    as  we 
do  not  dlftinguiOi  in  our  dreams  and  reveries  between  our  perceptions^ 
of  external  obje<fls,  and  our  ideas  of  them  in  their  abfence,  how  da 
we  diftinguifh  them  at  any  time  I    In  a  dream,  if  the  fweetnefs  of 
fugar  occurs  to  my  imagination,  the  whitenefs  and  hardnefs  of  it,. 
which  were  ideas  ufually  coane£led  with  the  fweetnefs,  immediately 
follow  in  the  train  ;    and  I  believe  a  material  lump  of  fugar  prefent 
before  my  fenfes:    but  in  my  waking  hours,  if  the  fweetnefs  occurs 
to  my  imagination,  the  flimulus  of  the  table  to  my  hand,  or  of  th& 
window  to  my  eye,  prevents  the  other  ideas  of  fehe  hardnefs  and 
whitenefs  of  the  fugar  from,  fucceeding ;    and-  hence  I  perceive  the 
fallacy,  and  difbelieve  the  exigence  of  objecfts  correfpondeat  to  thofe. 
ideas,   whofe  tribes  or  trains- are  broken  by  the  ftimulus  of  other  ob-. 
jeds.     And  further  in  our  waking  hours,,  we  frequently  exert  our 
volition  in  comparing  prefent  appearances  with  fuch,  as  we  have 
tiiually  obferved;  and  thus  correal  the  errors  of  one  fenfe  by  our  ge- 
neral knowledge  of  nature  by  intuitive  analogy.      See  Se6t.  XVII. 
3.  7.     Whereas  in  dreams*  the  power  of  volition  is  fufpended,  we  can 
recollect  and  compare  our  prefent  ideas  with  none,  of  our  acquired 
knowledge,  and  are  hence  incapable  of  obferving^  any  abfurdities  ia 
them. 

By  this  criterion  we  diftinguilh  our  waking  from  our  fleeping. 
hours,  we  can  voluntarily  recolle£t  our  fleeping  ideas,  when  we  are 
awake,  and  compare  them  with,  our  waking  ones  ;  but  we  cannot  in 
our  fleep  vohtntarily  recolle£l  our  waking  ideas  at  all. 

8.  The  vaffc  variety  of  fcenery,  novelty  of  combination,  and  dif- 
tin£lnefs  of  imagery,  are  other  curious  circumftances  of  our  fl^eeping 
imaginations.  The  variety  of  fcenery  feems  to  arife  from  the  fupe- 
I'ior  aftivity  and  excellence  of  our  fenfe  of  viiion  j  which  in  an  inftant 
xuifolds  to  the  mind  extenfive  fields  of  pleafurable  ideas  ;  while  the 
other  fenfes  colle<£l  their  obj'edts  flowly,  and  with  little  combination ; 

3  add 


Sect.XVIII.  9- lo.  ir.         OF     SLEEP.  205 

add  to  this,  that  the  ideas,  which  this  organ  prefents  us  with,  are 
more  frequently  connefted  with  our  fenlation  than  thofe  of  any 
other. 

9.  The  great  novelty  of  combination  is  owing  to  another  circum- 
flance ;  the  trains  of  ideas,  which  are  carried  on  in  our  waking 
thoughts,  are  in  our  dreams  diflevered  in  a  thouiand  places  by  the 
fufpeniion  of  volition,  and  the  abfence  of  irritative  ideas,  and  are 
hence  pei"petually  falling  into  new  catenations.  As  explained  in  Seel. 
XVI.  1.9.  For  the  power  of  volition  is  perpetually  exerted  during 
our  waking  hours  in  comparing  our  paffing  trains  of  ideas  with  our 
acquired  knowledge  of  nature,  and  thus  forms  many  intermediate  links 
in  their  catenation.  And  the  irritative  ideas  excited  by  the  ftimulus 
of  the  objefts,,  with  which  we  are  furrounded,  are  every  moment  in- 
truded upon  us,  and  form  other  links  of  our  unceafing  catenations  of 
ideas. 

10.  The  abfence  of  the  {limuli  of  external  bodies,  and  of  volition,. 
in  our  dreams  renders  the  organs  of  fenfe  liable  to  be  more  ftrongly  af- 
fefted  by  the  powers  of  fenfation,  and  of  affociatlon.  For  our  defires- 
or  averiions,  or  the  obtrufions  of  furrounding  bodies,  diflever  the 
fenfitive  and  aflbciate  tribes  of  ideas  in  our  waking  hours  by  intro- 
ducing thofe  of  irritation  and  volition  amongfl  them..  Hence  pro- 
ceeds the  fuperiordifHnftnels  of  pleafureable  or  painful  imagery  in  our 
fleep;  for  we  recal  the  figure  and  the  features  of  a  long  loft  friend, 
whom  we  loved,  in  our  dreams  with  much  more  accuracy  and  viva- 
city than  in  our  waking  thoughts.  This  circum.ftance  contributes  to 
prove,  that  our  ideas  of  imagination  are  reiterations  of  thofe  motions 
of  our  organs  of  fenfe,  which  were  excited  by  external  objedls  ;  be- 
caufe  while  we  are  expofed  to  the  flimuli  of  prefent  objedts,  our  ideas 
of  abfent  obj efts  cannot  be  fo  diftinftly  formed. 

1 1.  The  rapidity  of  the  fucceffion  of  tranfa£tions  in  our  dreams  is 
almoft  inconceivable  ;.    infoniuch   that,  .  when    we   are    accidentally 
awakened  by  the  jarring  of  a  door,  which  is  opened  into  our  bed- 
chamber,. 


2o6  OF    SLEEP.  Sect.  XVIII.  12. 

chamber,   we  fometimes  dream  a  whole  hiftory  of  thieves  or  fire  in 
the  very  inftant  of  awaking. 

During  the  fufpenfion  of  volition  we  cannot  compare  our  other 
ideas  with  thofe  of  the  parts  of  time  in  which  they  exift  ;  that  is,  we 
cannot  compare  the  imaginary  fcene,  which  is  before  us,  with  thofe 
changes  of  it,  which  precede  or  follow  it ;  becaufe  this  aft  of  com- 
paring requires  recolle6lion  or  voluntary  exertion.  Whereas  in  our 
waking  hours,  we  are  perpetually  making  this  comparifon,  and  by 
that  means  our  waking  ideas  are  kept  confiftent  with  each  other  by 
intuitive  analogy^  but  this  comparifon  retards  the  fucceffion  of  them, 
by  occafioning  their  repetition.  Add  to  this,  that  the  tranfadlions  of 
our  dreams  confifl  chiefly  of  vifible  ideas,  and  that  a  whole  hiftory  of 
thieves  and  fire  may  be  beheld  in  an  inllant  of  time  like  the  figures  in 
a  picture. 

12.  From  this  incapacity  of  attending  to  the  parts  of  time  in  our 
dreams,  arifes  our  ignorance  of  the  length  of  the  night ;  which,  but 
from  our  conftant  experience  to  the  contrary,  we  ihould  conclude  was 
but  a  few  minutes,  when  our  fleep  is  perfedl-  The  fame  happens  in 
our  reveries;  thus  when  we  are  pofleffed  with  vehement  joy,  grief, 
or  anger,  time  appears  fhort,  for  we  exert  no  volition  to  compare  the 
prefent  fcenery  with  the  paft  or  future ;  but  when  we  are  compelled 
to  perform  thofe  exercifes  of  mind  or  body,  which  are  unmixed  with 
pafiion,  as  in  travelling  over  a  dreary  country,  time  appears  long ; 
for  our  defire  to  finifh  our  journey  occafions  us  more  frequently  to 
compare  our  prefeat  fituation  with  the  parts  of  time  or  place,  which 
are  before  and  behind  us. 

So  when  we  are  enveloped  in  deep  contemplation  of  any  kind,  or 
in  reverie,  as  in  reading  a  very  interefting  play  or  romance,  we  mea- 
fure  time  very  inaccurately  ;  and  hence,  if  a  play  greatly  affedls  our 
paffions,  the  abfurdities  of  paffing  over  many  days  or  years,  and  of 
perpetual  changes  of  place,  are  not  perceived  by  the  audience;  as  is 
-experienced  by  every  one,  who  reads  or  fees  fome  plays  of  the  im- 
mortal 


Sect.  XVIII.  12.  OF    SLEEP.  207 

mortal  Shakefpear ;  but  it  is  neceflary  for  inferior  authors  to  obferve 
thofe  rules  of  the  •fftdocvov  and  v^ivov  inculcated  by  Ariftotle,  becaufe 
their  works  do  not  intereft  the  paffions  fufficiently  to  produce  com- 
plete reverie. 

Thofe  works,  however,  whether  a  romance  or  a  fermon,  which 
do  not  intereft  us  fo  much  as  to  induce  reverie,  may  neverthelefs  in- 
cline us  to  fleep.  For  thofe  pleafureable  ideas,  which  are  prefented  to 
us,  and  are  too  gentle  to  excite  laughter,  (which  is  attended  with  in- 
terrupted voluntary  exertions,  as  explained  Seft.  XXXIV.  i.  4.)  and 
which  are  not  accompanied  with  any  other  emotion,  which  ufually 
excites  fome  voluntary  exertion,  as  anger,  or  fear,  are  liable  to  pro- 
duce fleep ;  which  confifts  in  a  fufpenlion  of  all  voluntary  power. 
But  if  the  ideas  thus  prefented  to  us,  and  intereft  our  attention,  are 
accompanied  with  fo  much  pleafureable  or  painful  fenfation  as  to  ex- 
cite our  voluntary  exertion  at  the  fame  time,  reverie  is  the  confe- 
qucnce.  Hence  an  interefting  play  produces  reverie,  a  tedious  one 
produces  fleep  :  in  the  latter  we  become  exhaufted  by  attention,  and 
are  not  excited  to  any  voluntary  exertion,  and  therefore  fleep ;  in  the 
former  we  are  excited  by  fome  emotion,  which  prevents  by  its  pain 
the  fufpenfion  of  volition,  and  in  as  much  as  it  intercfts  us,  induces 
reverie,  as  explained  in  the  next  Sedlion. 

But  when  our  fleep  is  imperfed,  as  when  we  have  determined  to 
rife  in  half  an  hour,  time  appears  longer  to  us  than  in  moft  other  litu- 
ations.  Here  our  folicitude  not  to  overfleep  the  determined  time  in- 
duces us  in  this  imperfed  fleep  to  compare  the  quick  changes  of  ima- 
gined fcenery  with  the  parts  of  time  or  place,  they  would  have  taken 
up,  had  they  real  exiftencei  and  that  more  frequently  than  in  our 
waking  hours ;  and  hence  the  time  appears  longer  to  us :  and  I  make 
no  doubt,  but  the  permitted  time  appears  long  to  a  man  going  to  the 
gallows,  as  the  fear  of  its  quick  lapfe  will  make  him  think  frequently 
about  it» 

13.  As 


2oB  OF    SLEEP,         SECT.XVIIL13.14. 

13.  As  we  gain  our  knowledge  of  time  by  comparing  the  prefent 
fcenery  with  the  paft  and  future,  and  of  place  by  comparing  the  fitu- 
ations  of  objedxs  with  each  other;  fo  we  gain  our  idea  of  confcioufnefs 
by  comparing  ourfelves  with  the  fcenery  around  usj  and  of  identity 
by  comparing  our  prefent  confcioufnefs  with  our  pall:  confcioufnefs  : 
as  we  never  think  of  time  or  place,  but  when  we  make  the  compa- 
rifons  above  mentioned,  fo  we  never  think  of  confcioufnefs,  but 
Vv'hen  we  compare  our  own  exiftence  with  that  of  other  objects  ;  nor 
of  identity,  but  when  we  compare  our  prefent  and  our  paft  confci- 
oufnefs. Hence  the  confcioufnefs  of  our  own  exiftence,  and  of  our 
identity,  is  owing  to  a  voluntary  exertion  of  our  minds:  and  on  that 
account  in  our  complete  dreams  we  neither  meafure  time,  are  fur- 
prifed  at  the  fudden  changes  of  place,  nor  attend  to  our  own  ex- 
iftence, or  identity;  beeaufe  our  power  of  volition  is  fufpended.  But 
all  thefe  circumftances  are  more  or  lefe  obfervable  in  our  incomplete 
ones ;  for  then  we  attend  a  little  to  the  lapfe  of  time,  and  the  changes 
of  place,  and  to  our  own  exiftence;  and  even  to  our  identity  of  per- 
fon;  for  a  lady  feldom  dreams,  that  fl^  is  a.  foldierj  nor  a  man,  that 
ihe  is  brought  to  bed- 

14.  As  long  as  our  fenfations  only  excite  their  fenfual  motions,  or 
ideas,  our  fleep  continues  found;  but  as  foon  as  they  excite  defires  or 
averfions,  our  fleep  becomes  imperfect;  and  when  that  defire  or  aver- 
sion is  fo  ftrong,  as  to  produce  voluntary  motions,  we  begin  to  awake; 
the  larger  mufcles  of  the  body  are  brought  into  a<3;ion  to  remove  that 
irritation  or  fenfation,  which  a  continued  pofture  has  caufed;  we 
ftretch  our  limbs,  and  yawn,  and  our  fleep  is  thus  broken  by  the  ac- 
cumulation of  voluntary  power. 

Som_etimes  it  happens,  that  the  zd:  of  waking  is  fuddenly  pro- 
duced, and  this  foon  after  the  commencement  of  fleep;  which  is  oc- 
cafioned  by  fome  fenfation  fo  difagreeable,  as  inflantaneoufly  to  ex- 
cite the  power  of  volition;  and  a  temporary  adion  of  all  the  voluntary 

motions 


Sect.  XVIII.  15.  O  F     S  L  E  E  P.  209 

motioas  fuddenly  fucceeds,  and  we  ftart  a>vak.e.  This  is  fometimes 
accompanied  with  loud  noife  in  the  ears,  and  with  rome  degree  of  fear ; 
and  when  it  is  in  great  excefs,  fo  as  to  produce  continued  convulfive 
motions  of  thofe  mufcles,  which  are  generally  fubfervient  to  volition, 
it  becomes  epilepfy :  the  fits  of  which  in  feme  patients  generally  com- 
mence during  fleep.  This  differs  from  the  night-mare  defcribed  in 
No.  3.  of  this  Se(flion,  becaufein  that  the  difagreeable  fenfation  is  not 
fo  great  as  to  excite  the  power  of  volition  into  action  ;  for  as  foon  as 
that  happens,  the  difeafe  ceaies. 

Another  circumftance,  which  fometimes  awakes  people  foon  after 
the  commencement  of  their  fleep,  is  where  the  voluntary  power  is  al- 
ready fo  great  in  quantity  as  almoft  to  prevent  them  from  falling 
afleep,  and  then  a  little  accumulation  of  it  foon  again  awakens  them ; 
this  happens  in  cafes  of  infanity,  or  where  the  mind  has  been  lately 
much  agitated  by  fear  or  anger.  There  is  another  circumftance  ia 
which  fleep  is  likewife  of  fhort  duration,  which  arifes  from  great  de- 
bility, as  after  great  over-fatigue,  and  in  fomc  fevers,  where  the 
ftrength  of  the  patient  is  greatly  dirpiniflied,  as  in  thefe  cafes  the  pulfe 
intermits  or  flutters,  and  the  refpiration  is  previoufly  affefted,  it  feems 
to  originate  from  the  want  of  fome  voluntary  efforts  to  facihtate  re- 
fpiration, as  when  we  are  awake.  And  is  further  treated  of  in  Vol.  II. 
Clafs  L  2.  I.  2.  on  the  Difeafes  of  the  Voluntary  Power.  Art.  Spm- 
nus  interruptus. 

15.  We  come  now  to  thofe  motions  which  depend  on  irritation. 
The  motions  of  the  arterial  and  glandular  fyfl:ems  continue  in  our  fleep, 
proceeding  flower  indeed,  but  flronger  and  more  uniformly,  than  in 
our  waking  hours,  when  they  are  incommoded  by  external  fl:imuli,  or 
by  the  movements  of  volition  ;  the  motions  of  the  mufcles  fubfervient 
to  refpiration  continue  to  be  fliimulated  into  adlion,  and  the  other  in- 
ternal fenfes  of  hunger,  thirfl,  and  lufl:,  are  not  only  occafionally  ex- 
cited in  our  fleep,  but  their  irritative  motions  are  fucceeded  by  their 
afuai  feafations,  and  make  a  part  of  the  farrago  of  our  dreams.    Thefe 

E  e  fenfations 


2IO  ^  OF     SLEEP.  S^cT.XVIIL  15. 

fenfations  of  the  want  of  air,  of  hunger,  thirfl,  and  hi  ft,  in  our  dreams^, 
contribute  to  prove,  that  the  nerves  of  the  external  fenfes  are  alfo 
alive  and  excitable  in  our  fleep  ;  but  as  the  ftimuli  of  external  objedts 
are  either  excluded  from  th^m  by  the  darknefs  and  filence  of  the 
night,  or  their  accefs  to  them  is  prevented  by  the  fufpenfion  of  vo- 
lition, thefe  nerves  of  fenfe  fall  more  readily  into  their  connexions 
with  fenlation  aiid  with  affociation ;  becaufe  much  fenforial  power, 
which  during  the  day  was  expended  in  moving  the  externaKorgans  of 
fenfe  in  confequence  of  irritation  from  external  ftimuli',  or  in  conffe- 
quence  of  volition,  becomes  now  n\  fome  degree  accumulated,  and 
renders  the  internal  or  immediate  organs  of  fenfe  more  ealily  excitable 
by  the  other  fenforial  powers.  Thus  ia  refpe£t  to  the  eye,  the  irrita- 
tion from  external  ftimuli,  and  the  power  of  volition  during  our  wak- 
ing.hours,  elevate  the  eye-lids,  adapt  the  aperture  of  the  iris  to  the 
quantity  of  light,  the  focus  of  the  eryftalline  humour,  and  the  angle 
of  the  optic  axifes  to  the  diftance  of  the  objedt,  all  which  perpetual 
aftivity  during  the  day  expends  much  fenforial  power,  which  isfaved 
during  our  fleep. 

Hence  it  appears,  that  not  only  thofe  parts  of  the  fyftem,  whicH 
are  always  excited  by  internal  ftimuli,  as  the  ftomach,  inteftinal  canal, 
bile-du£ls,  and  the  various  glands,  but  the  organs  of  fenfe  alfo  may 
be  more  violently  excited  into  adion  by  the  irritation  from  internal 
ftimuli,  or  by  fenfation,  during  our  fleep  than  in  our  waking  hours ; 
becaufe  during  the  fufpenfion  of  volition,  there  is  a  greater  quantity 
of  the  fpirit  of  animation  to  be  expended  by  theother  fenforial  powere. 
On  this  account  our  irritability  to  internal  ftimuli,  and  our  fenfibility 
to  pain  or  pleafure,  is  not  only  greater  in  fleep,  but  increafes  as  our 
fleep  is  prolonged.  Whence  digeftion  and  fecretion  are  performed 
better  in  fleep,  than  in  our  waking  hours,  and'  our  dreams  in  the 
morning  have  greater  variety  and  vivacity,  as  our  fenfibility  increafes, 
than  at  night  when  we  firft  lie  down.  And  hence  epileptic  fits, 
whiph  are  always  occafioned  by  fome  difagreeable  fenfation,  fo  fre- 
quently 


Sect.XVIIL  15.  OF     SLEEP.  211 

quently  attack  thofe,  who  are  fubjeft  to  them,  in  then-  fleep  ;  becaufe 
at  this  time  the  fyftem  is  more  excitable  by  painful  fenfation  in  con- 
lequence  of  intei^nal  ftimuh  ;  and  the  power  of  volition  is  then  fud- 
denly  exerted  to  relieve  this  pain,  as  explained  Seft.  XXXIV.  i.  4. 

There  is  a  difeafe,  which  frequently  afteds  children  in  the  cradle, 
"which  is  termed  ecftafy,  and  feems  to  confift  in  certain  exertions  to 
relieve  painful  fenfation,  in  which  the  voluntary  power  is  not  fo  fiir 
excited  gs  totally  to  awaken  them,  and  yet  is  fufficient  to  remove 
the  difagreeable  fenfation,  which  excites  it ;  in  this  cafe  changing  the 
poflure  of  the  child  frequently  relieves  it. 

I  have  at  this  time  under  my  care  an  elegant  young  man  about 
twenty-two  years  of  age,  who  feldom  Heeps  more  than  an  hour  with- 
out experiencing  a  convulfion  fit ;  which  ceafes  in  about  half  a  mi- 
nute without  any  fubfequent  ftupor.  Large  dofes  of  opium  only 
prevented  the  paroxyfms,  fo  long  as  they  prevented  him  from  flecping 
by  the  intoxication,  which  they  induced.  Other  medicines  had  no 
efFeft  on  him.  He  was  gently  awakened  every  half  hour  for  one 
night,  but  without  good  efFeft,  as  he  foon  (lept  again,  and  the  fit  re- 
turned at  about  the  fame  periods  of  time,  for  the  accumulated  fenfo- 
rial  power,  which  occafioned  the  increaled  fenflbility  to  pain,  was  not 
thus  exhaufted.  This  cafe  evinces,  that  the  fenfibiUty  of  the  fyflem 
to  internal  excitation  increafes,  as  our  fleep  is  prolonged  ;  till  the  paiii 
thus  occafioned  produces  voluntary  exertion  ;  which,  when  it  is  in 
its  ufual  degree,  only  awakens  us ;  but  when  it  is  more  violent,  it 
occafions  convulfions. 

The  cramp  in  the  calf  of  the  leg  is  another  kind  of  convulfion, 
which  generally  commences  in  fleep,  occalloned  by  the  continual  in- 
creafe  of  irritability  from  internal  flimuli,  or  of  lenfibility,  during 
that  flate  of  our  exiflence.  The  cramp  is  a  violent  exertion  to  re- 
lieve pain,  generally  either  of  the  Ikin  from  cold,  or  of  the  bowels, 
as  in  fome  diarrhoeas,  or  from  the  mufcles  having  been  previoufly 
overftretched,  as   in  walking  up  or  down  fleep  hills.     But  in  thei^ 

E  e  2  convulfions 


:ii2  OF     SLEEP.  Sect.XVIIL  15. 

convulfions  of  the  mufcles,  which  form  the  calf  of  the  leg,  the  con- 
tradtion  is  fo  violent  as  to  occaiion  another  pain  in  confequence  of 
their  own  too  violent  contraftion ;  as  foon  as  the  original  pain,  which 
caufed  the  contrai£tion,  is  removed.  And  hence  the  cramp,  or  fpafm, 
of  thefe  mufcles  is  continued  without  intcrmiffion  by  this  new  pain, 
unlike  the  alternate  convulfions  and  remiffions  in  epileptic  fits.  The 
reafon,  that  the  contradlion  of  thefe  mufcles  of  the  calf  of  the  leg  is 
more  violent  during  their  convulfion  than  that  of  others,  depends  on 
the  weaknefs  of  their  antagoniil:  mufcles;  for  after  thefe  have  been 
contra6ted  in  their  ufual  aftion,  as  at  every  flep  in  walking,  they  are 
again  extended,  not,  as  moft  other  mufcles  are,  by  their  antagoniflis, 
but  by  the  weight  of  the  whole  body  on  the  balls  of  the  toes ;  and 
that  weight  applied  to  great  mechanical  advantage  on  the  heel,  that  is, 
on  the  other  end  of  the  bone  of  the  foot,  which  thus  a£ts  as  a  lever. 

Another  difeafe,  the  periods  of  which  generally  commence  during 
our  deep,  is  the  ailhma.  Whatever  may  be  the  remote  caufe  of  pa- 
roxyfms  of  afthma,  the  immediate  caufe  of  the  convulfive  refpiration, 
whether  in  the  common  ailhma,  or  in  what  is  termed  the  convulfive 
afthma,  which  are  perhaps  only  different  degrees  of  the  fame  difeafe, 
mufl  be  owing  to  violent  voluntary  exertions  to  relieve  pain,  as  in  other 
convulfions  ;  and  the  increafe  of  irritability  to  internal  ftimuli,  or  of 
fenfibility,  during  fleep  mufl  occafion  them  to  commence  at  this  time. 

Debilitated  people,  who  have  been  unfortunately  accuflomed  to 
great  ingurgitation  of  fpirituous  potation,  frequently  part  with  a  great 
quantity  of  water  during  the  night,  but  with  not  more  than  ufual  in 
the  day-time.  This  is  owing  to  a  beginning  torpor  of  the  abforbent 
fyftem,  and  precedes  anafarca,  which  commences  in  the  day,  but  is 
cured  in  the  night  by  the  increafe  of  the  irritability  of  the  abforbent 
fyftem  during  deep,  which  thus  imbibes  from  the  cellular  membrane 
the  fluids,  which  had  been  accumulated  there  during  the  day ;  though 
it  is  poflible  the  horizontal  pofition  of  the  body  may  contribute  fome- 
thing  to  this  purpofe,  and  alfo  the  greater  irritability  of  fome  branches 

of 


Sect.  XVIII.  id.  O  F     6  L  E  E  P.  213 

of  the  abforbent  veflels,  which  open  their  mouths  in  the  cells  of  the 
cellular  membrane,  than  that  of  other  branches. 

As  foon  as  a  perfon  begins  to  fleep,  the  irritability  and  fenfibility  of 
the  fyftem  begins  to  increafe,  owing  to  the  fufpenlion  of  volition  and 
the  exckiiion  of  external  ftimuli.  Hence  the  adions  of  the  veflels  in 
obedience  to  internal  ftimulation  become  ftronger  and  more  energetic, 
though  lefs  frequent  in  refpedt  to  number.  And  as  many  of  the  fe- 
cretions  are  increafed,  fo  the  heat  of  the  fyftem  is  gradually  increafed, 
and  the  extremities  of  feeble  people,  which  had  been  cold  during  the 
day,  become  warm.  Till  towards  morning  many  people  become  fo 
warm,  as  to  find  it  neceflary  to  throw  off  fome  of  their  bed-clothes, 
as  foon  as  they  awake  ;  and  in  others  fweats  are  fo  liable  to  occur  to- 
wards morning  during  their  fleep. 

Thus  thofe,  who  are  not  accufl:omed  to  fleep  in  the  open  air,  are 
very  liable  to  take  cold,  if  they  happen  to  fall  afleep  on  a  garden 
bench,  or  in  a  carriage  with  the  window  open.  For  as  the  fy ftem  is 
warmer  during  fleep,  as  above  explained,  if  a  current  of  cold  air  affects 
any  part  of  the  body,  a  torpor  of  that  part  is  more  effedlually  pro- 
duced, as  when  a  cold  blafl  of  air  through  a  key-hole  or  cafement 
falls  upon  a  perfon  in  a  warm  room.  In  thofe  cafes  the  afredled  part 
poflefles  lefs  irritability  in  refpedt  to  heat  from  its  having  previoufly 
been  expofed  to  a  greater  ftimulus  of  heat,  as  in  the  warm  room,  or 
during  fleep  ;  and  hence,  when  the  fl:imulus  of  heat  is  diminiflied,  a 
torpor  is  liable  to  enfue ;  that  is,  we  take  cold.  Hence  people  who 
fleep  in  the  open  air,  generally  feel  chilly  both  at  the  approach  of 
fleep,  and  on  their  awaking  ;  and  hence  many  people  are  perpetually 
fubjeft  to  catarrhs  if  they  fleep  in  a  lefs  warm  head-drefs,  than  that 
which  they  wear  in  the  day. 

16.  Not  only  the  fenforial  powers  of  irritation  and  of  fenfation,  but 

that  of  aflbciatioii  alfo  appear  to  a6l  with  greater  vigour  during  the 

fufpenlion  of  volition  in  fleep.     It  will  be  fliewn  in   another  place, 

that  the  gout  generally  firfl:  attacks  the  liver,  and  that  afterwards  an 

3  inflammatioo 


2f4  OF     SLEEP.  Sect.  XVIII.  1^. 

inflammation  of  the  ball  of  the  great  toe  commences  by  aflbciation, 
and  that  of  the  liver  ceafes.  Now  as  this  change  or  metaftafis  of  the 
adlivityof  the  fyftem  generally  commences  in  fleep,  it  follows,  that 
thefe  affociations  of  motion  exift  with  greater  energy  at  that  time ; 
that  is,  that  the  fenforial  faculty  of  aflbciation,  like  thofe  of  irritation 
and  of  fenfation,  becomes  in  fome  meafure  accumulated  during  the 
fufpenfion  of  volition. 

Other  affociate  tribes  and  trains  of  motions,  as  well  as  the  irritative 
and  fenfitive  ones,  appear  to  be  increafed  in  their  aftivity  during  the 
fufpenfion  of  volition  in  fleep.  As  thofe  which  contribute  to  circu- 
late the  blood,  and  to  perform  the  various  fecretions  ;  as  well  as  the 
aflTociate  tribes  and  trains  of  ideas,  which  contribute  to  fumifli  the 
perpetual  ftreams  of  our  dreaming  imaginations. 

In  fleep  the  fecretions  have  generally  been  fuppofed  to  be  diminifh- 
ed,  as  the  expe6torated  mucus  in  c-oughs,  the  fluids  difoharged  in  di- 
arrhoeas, and  in  falivation,  except  indeed  the  fecretion  of  fweat, 
which  is  often  vifibly  increafed.  This  error  feems  to  have  arifen  from 
attention  to  the  excretions  rather  than  to  the  fecretions.  For  the  fe- 
cretions, except  that  of  fvveat,  are  generally  received  into  refervoirs, 
as  the  urine  into  the  bladder,  and  the  mucus  of  the  inteftines  and 
lungs  into  their  refpeflive  cavities  ;  but  th-efe  refervoirs  do  not  ex- 
clude thefe  fluids  immediately  by  their  ftimulus,  but  require  at  the 
fame  time  fome  voluntary  efforts,  and  therefore  permit  them  to  re- 
main during  fleep.  And  as  they  thus  continue  longer  in  thofe  re- 
ceptacles in  our  fleeping  hours,  a  greater  part  is  abforbed  from  them, 
and  the  remainder  becomes  thicker,  and  fometlmes  in  lefs  quantity, 
though  at  the  time  it  was  fecreted  the  fluid  was  in  greater  quantity 
than  in  our  waking  hours.  Thus  the  urine  is  higher  coloured  after 
long  fleep ;  which  fhews,  that  a  greater  quantity  has  been  fecreted, 
and  that  more  of  the  aqueous  and  faline  part  has  been  reabforbed,  and 
the  earthy  part  left  in  the  bladder ;  hence  thick  urine  in  fevers  fliews 

only 


Sect.  XVIII.  17-  OF     SLEEP.  zi5 

only  a  greater  a6lion  of  the  veflels  which  fecrete  it  in  the  kidneys,  and 
of  thofe  which  abforb  it  from  the  bladder. 

The  fame  happens  to  the  mucus  expedlorated  in  coughs,  which  is 
thus  thickened  by  abforption  of  its  aqueous  and  faline  parts;  and  the 
fame  of  thefeces  of  the  inteftines.  From  hence  it  appears,  and  from 
what  has  been  faid  in  No.  15  of  this  Sedtion  concerning  the  iucreafe 
of  irritability  and  of  fenfibility  during  deep,  that  the  fecretions  are  in 
general  rather  increafed  than  diminiihed  during  thefe  hours  of  our  ex- 
iflence  ;  and  it  is  prob;ibIe  that  nutrition  is  almoft  entirely  performed 
in  deep  ;  and  that  young  animals  grow  more  at  this  time  than  in  their 
waking  hours,  as  young  plants  have  long  fince  been  obferved  to  grow 
more  in  the  night,   which  is  their  time  of  fleep. 

17.  Two  other  remarkable  cireumftancea  of  our  dreaming  ideas  are 
their  inconfiflency,  and  the  total  abfencc  of  furprife.  Thus  we  feem 
to  be  prefent  at  more  extraordinary  metamorphofes  of  animals  or  trees, 
than  are  to  be  met  with  in  the  fables  of  antiquity  ;  and  appear  to  be 
tranfported  from  place  to  place,  which  feas  divide,  as  quickly  as  the 
changes  of  fcenery  are  performed  in  a  play-houfe ;  and  yet  are  not 
fenfible  of  their  inconfijftency,  nor  ia  the  leaft  degree  afFeded  with 
furprife. 

We  muft  confider  this  circumftance  more  minutely.  In  our  wak- 
ing trains  of  ideas,  thofe  that  are  inconfiftent  with  the  ufual  order  of 
nature,  fo  rarely  have  occurred  to  us,  that  their  connexion  is  the 
flighteft  of  all  others:  hence,  when  a  confiftent  train  of  ideas  is  ex- 
hauiled,  we  attend  to  the  external  ftimuli,  that  ulually  furround  us, 
rather  than  to- any  inconfiftent  idea,  which  might  other  wife  prefent 
itfelf :  and  if  an  inconfiftent  idea  fhould  intrude  itfelf,  we  immediately 
compare  it  with  the  preceding  one,  and  voluntarily  rejeil  the  train  it 
would  introduce  ;  this  appears  further  in  the  Sedlion  on  Reverie,  in 
which  ftate  of  the  mind  external  ftimuli  are  not  attended  to,  and  yet 
the  ftreams  of  ideas  are  kept  confiftent  by  the  efforts  of  volition.  But 
as  our  faculty  of  volition  is  fufpended,  and  all  external  ftimuli  are  ex- 
cluded 


2i6  OF    SLEEP,  Sect.XVIII.  1S.19. 

eluded  in  deep,  this  {lighter  connexion  of  ideas  takes  place  ;  and  the 
train  is  faid  to  be  inconfiftent ;  that  is,  diffirailar  to  the  ufual  order  of 
nature. 

But,  when  any  confident  train  of  fenfitive  or  voluntary  ideas  is 
flowing  along,  if  any  external  ftimulus  afFefts  us  fo  violently,  as  to  in- 
trude irritative  ideas  forcibly  into  the  mind,  it  difunites  the  former 
train  of  ideas,  and  we  are  afFe£led  with  furprife.  Thefe  ftimuli  of 
unufual  energy  or  novelty  not  only  difunite  our  common  trains  of 
ideas,  but  the  trains  of  mufcular  motions  alfo,  which  have  not  been 
long  eftabliflied  by  habit,  and  difturb  thofe  that  have.  Some  people 
become  motionlefs  by  great  furprife,  the  fits  of  hiccup  and  of  ague 
have  been  often  removed  by  it,  and  it  even  affetSts  the  movements  of 
the  heart,  and  arteries ;  but  in  our  fleep,  all  external  fliniuli  arc 
excluded,   and  in  confequence  n©  furprife   can   exift.      See  Seftioii 

XVII.  2>-l' 

18.  We  frequently  awake  with  pleafure  from  a  dream,  which  has 
delighted  us,  without  being  able  to  recollect  the  tranfaftions  of  it  4 
iinlefs  perhaps  at  a  diftance  of  time,  fome  analogous  idea  may  intro- 
duce afrefh  this  forgotten  train  :  and  in  our  waking  reveries  we  fome- 
times  in  a  moment  lofe  the  train  of  thought,  but  continue  to  feel  the 
glow  of  pleafure,  or  the  depreflion  of  fpirits,  it  occafioned  :  whilfi:  at 
other  times  we  can  retrace  with  eafe  thefe  hiflories  of  our  reveries  and 
dreams. 

The  above  explanation  of  furprife  throws  light  upon  this  fubjedL 
When  we  are  fuddenly  awaked  by  any  violent  ftimulus,  the  furprife 
totally  difunites  the  trains  of  our  fleeping  ideas  from  thefe  of  our  wak- 
ing ones  ;  but  if  we  gradually  awake,  this  does  not  happen  ;  and  we 
readily  unravel  the  preceding  trains  of  imagination. 

19.  There  are  various  degrees  of  furprife  ;  the  more  intent  we  are 
upon  the  train  of  ideas,  which  vs/'e  are  employed  about,  the  more  vio- 
lent muft  be  the  ftimulus  that  interrupts  them,  and  the  greater  is  the 
degree  of  furprife.     I  have  obferved  dogs,  who  have  flept  by  the  fire, 

and 


Sect.  XVIII.  20.  O  F    S  L  E  E  P.  217 

and  by  their  obfcure  barking  and  ftruggling  have  appeared  very  intent 
on  their  prey,  that  (hewed  great  furprife  for  a  few  feconds  after  their 
awaking  by  looking  eagerly  around  them  ;  which  they  did  not  do  at 
other  times  of  waking.  And  an  intelligent  friend  of  mine  has  re- 
marked,  that  his  lady,  who- frequently  fpeaks  much  and  articularly 
in  her  fleep,  could  never  recolle£l  her  dreams  in  the  morning,  when 
this  happened  to  her:  but  that  when  fhe  did  not  fpeak  in  her  deep, 
(he  could  always  recolle£l  them. 

Hence,  when  our  fenfations  aft  fo  ftrongly  in  fleep  as  to  influence 
the  larger  raufcles,  as  in  thofe,  who  talk  or  ftruggle  in  their  dreams ; 
or  in  thofe,  who  are  aitecled  with  complete  reverie  (as  dcfcribed  in 
the  next  Seflion),  great  furprile  is  produced,  when  they  awake  ;  and 
thefe  as  well  as  thofe,  who  are  completely  drunk  or  delirious,  totally 
forget  afterwards  their  imaginations  at  thofe  times. 

20.  As  the  immediate  cauie  of  fleep  confifts  in  the  fufpenfion  of  vo- 
lition, it  follows,  that  whatever  diminishes  the  general  quantity  of 
fenforial  power,  or  derives  it  from  the  faculty  of  volition,  will  ccn- 
ilitute  a  remote  cauie  of  fleep  ;  fuch  as  fatigue  from  mufcular  or  men- 
tal exertion,  which  diminifhes  the  general  quantity  of  fenforial  power; 
or  an  increafe  of  the  fenlitive  motions,  as  by  attending  to  foft  mufic, 
v/bich  diverts  the  fenforial  power  from  the  faculty  of  volition  ;  or 
laftly,  by  increafe  of  the  irritative  motions,  as  by  \^"lne,  or  food,  or 
warmth  ;  which  not  only  by  their  expenditure  of  fenforial  pov/er  di- 
minifh  the  quantity  of  volition  ;  but  alio  by  their  producing  pleafurc- 
able  fenfations  (which  occalion  other  mufcular  or  fenfual  motions  in 
confequence),  doubly  decreafe  the  voluntary  power,  and  thus  more 
forceably  produce  fleep.     See  Sect.  XXX1\\  i.  4. 

Another  method  of  inducing  fleep  is  delivered  in 'a  very  ingenious 
work  lately  publifhed  by  Dr  Beddoes.  Who,  after  lamenting  that 
opium  frequently  occaiions  reflilefliiefs,  thinks,  "  that  in  mofl:  cafes 
it  v.'ould  be  better  to  induce  fleep  by  the  abfl:raaion  of  Itimuli,  than 
by -exhaufl:ing  the  excitability;"  and  adds,   "  upon   this  principle  we 

F  f  could 


2i8  ^  OFSLEEP.  Sect.  XVIII.  20. 

could  not  have  a  better  foporific  than  an  atmofphere  with  a  diminifh- 
ed.  proportion  of  oxygene  air,  and  that  common  air  might  be  admitted 
after  the  patient  was  aflcep."     (Obferv.  on  Calculus,  &c.   by  Dr.  Bed- 
does.  Murray.)     If  it  ihould  be  found  to  be  true,  that  the  excitability 
of  the  fyftem  depends  on  the  quantity  of  oxygene  abforbed  by  the. 
lungs  in  refpiration  according  to  the  theory  of  Dr.  Beddoes,  and  of 
M.  Girtanner,  this  idea  of  deeping  in  an  atmofphere  with  lefs  oxygene 
in  its  compofition  might  be  of  great  fervice  in  epileptic  cafes,  and  in 
cramp,  and  even  in  fits  of  the  afthma,  where  their  periods  commence 
from  the  increafe  of  irritability  during  fleep. 

Sleep  is  likewife  faid  to  be  induced  by  mechanic  preffure  oix 
the  brain  in  the  cafes  of  fpina  bifida.  Where  there  has  been  a  de- 
feO.  of  one  of  the  vertebrae  of  the  back,  a  tumour  is  protruded  in  con- 
fequencej  and,  whenever  this  tumour  has  been  comprefled  by  the  hand, 
fleep  is  faid  to  be  induced,  becaufe  the  whole  of  the  brain  both  within: 
the  head  and  fpine  becomes  comprefled  by  the  retroceffion  of  the  fluid 
within  the  tumour.  But  by  what  means  a  compreflion  of  the  brain 
induces  fleep  has  not  been  explained,  but  probably  by  diminifliing  the 
fecretion  of  fenforial  power,  and  then  the  voluntary  motions  become 
fafpended  prevloufly  to  the  irritative  ones,  as  occurs  in  moft  dying 
perfons. 

Another  way  of  procuring  fleep  mechanically  was  related  to  me  by 
Mr.  Brindley,  the  famous  canal  engineer,  who  was  brought  up  tO' 
the  bufinefs  of  a  raill-wright ;  he  told  me,  that  he  had  more  than 
once  feen  the  experiment  of  a  man  extending  himfelf  acrofs  the  large 
flone  of  a  corn-mill,  and  that  by  gradually  letting  the  ftone  whirlj. 
the  man  fell  afleep,  before  the  flone  had  gained  its  full  velocity,  and 
he  fuppofed  would  have  died  without  pain  by  the  continuance  or  in- 
creafe of  the  motion.  In  this  cafe  the  centrifugal  motion  of  the  head 
and  feet  muft  accumulate  the  blood  in  both  thofe  extremities  of  the 
body,  and  thus  comprefs  the  brain. 

Laftly,  we  fliould  mention  the  application  of  cold  j  which,  when 

3  ^" 


Sect. XVIII.  21.  OF     SLEEP.  219 

in  a  lefs  degree,  produces  watchfulnefs  by  the  pain  it  occafions,  and 
the  treniulous  convuKions  of  the  fubcutaneous  mufcles;  but  when  it 
is  applied  in  great  degree,  is  faid  to  produce  fleep.  To  explain  this 
efFedl  it  has  been  faid,  that  as  the  veffels  of  the  Ikin  and  extremities 
become  firft  torpid  by  the  want  of  the  ftimulus  of  heat,  and  as  thence 
lefs  blood  is  circulated  through  them,  as  appears  from  their  palenefs, 
a  greater  quantity  of  blood  poured  upon  the  brain  produces  fleep  by 
its  compreilion  of  that  organ.  But  I  fhould  rather  imagine,  that  the 
fenforial  power  becomes  exhaufled  by  the  convulhve  adlions  in  confe- 
quence  of  the  pain  of  cold,  and  of  the  voluntary  exercife  previoufly 
ufed  to  prevent  it,  and  that  the  fleep  is  only  the  beginning  to  die,  as 
the  fufpenfion  of  voluntary  power  in  lingering  deaths  precedes  for  many 
hours  the  extinclion  of  the  irritative  motions. 

21.  The  following  are  the  charafteriftic  circumftances  attendino- 
perfe6l  fleep. 

1.  The  power  of  volition  is  totally  fufpended. 

2.  The  trains  of  ideas  caufed  by  fen  fat  ion  proceed  with  greater  fa- 
cility and  vivacity ;  but  become  inconfiftent  with  the  ufuai  order  of 
nature.  The  mufcular  motions  caufed  by  fenfation  continue;  as 
thofe  concerned  in  our  evacuations  during  infancy,  and  afterwards  in 
digeflion,  and  in  priapifmus. 

3.  The  irritative  mufcular  motions  continue,  as  thofe  concerned  in 
the  circulation,  in  fecretion,  in  refpiration.  But  the  irritative  fenfual 
motions,  or  ideas,  are  nDt  excited  ;  as  the  immediate  organs  of  fenfe 
are  not  ftimulated  into  adlion  by  external  objedis,  which  are  excluded 
by  the  external  organs  of  fenfe ;  which  are  not  in  fleep  adapted  to  their 
reception  by  the  power  of  volition,  as  in  our  waking  hours. 

4.  The  aflibciate  motions  continue ;  but  their  firfl  link  is  not  ex- 
cited into  adion  by  volition,  or  by  external  flimuli.  In  all  refpcfls, 
except  thofe  above  mentioned,  the  three  laft  fenforial  powers  are 
fomewhat  increafed  in  energy  during  the  fufpenfion  of  volition,  owing 
^o  the  confequent  accumulation  of  the  fpiritt)f  animation. 

Ff2  -SECT. 


220  OF    REVERIE.  Sect. XIX.  i. 


SECT.     XIX.. 

-  OF    REVERIE. 

I.  Various  degrees  of  reverie,  i.  Sleep-walkers,  Cafe  of  a  young  lady..  Great 
furfrife  at  awaking.  And  total  forgetfulnefs  of  what  pajfed  in  reverie.  3.  No 
Jufpenfton  of  volition  in  reverie.  4.  Senjitive  motions  continue,  and  are  confiflent. 
5.  Irritative  motions  continue,,  hut  .are  not  fucceeded  by  fenfation.  6.  Volition 
neceffary  for  the  perception  of  feeble  imprefftons.  7.  Affociated  motions  continue.- 
8.  Nerves  offenfe  are  irritable  infleep,.  but  not  in  reverie.  9.  Somnambuli  are 
not  afleep.     Contagion  received  but  once.     10.  Definition  of  reverie.^ 

I.  WHEN  we  are  employed,  with  great  fenfation  of  pleafure,  or 
with  great  efforts  of  volition,  in  the  purfuit  of  fome  intercfting  train 
of  ideas,  we  ceafe  to  be  confcious  of  our  exiftence,  are  inattentive  to 
time  and  place,  and  do  not  diftinguifli  this  train-  of  fenfitive  and  vo* 
luntary  ideas  from  the  irritative  ones  excited  by  the  prefence  of  exter- 
nal obje£ls,  though  our  organs  of  fenfe  are  furrounded  with  their  ac- 
cuftomed  ftimuli,  till  at  length  this  interefting  train  of  ideas  becomes 
exhaufted,  or  the  appulfes  of  external  objefts  are  applied  with  unufual 
violence,  and  we  return  with  furprife,.  or  with. regret,  into  the  com- 
mon track  of  life.     This  is  termed  reverie  or  ftudium. 

In  fome  conftitutions  thefe  reveries  continue  a  confiderable  time, 
and  are  not  to  be  removed  without  greater  difficulty,  but  are  experi- 
enced in  a  lefs  degree  by  us  all ;  when,  we  attend  earneftly  to  the  ideas 
excited  by  volition  or  fenfation,  with  their  affociated  connexions,  but 
are  at  the  fame  time  confcious  at  intervals  of  the  flimuli  of  furround- 
ing  bodies.     Thus  in  being  prefent  at  a  play,  or  in  reading  a  romance, 

fome 


Sect.  XIX.  2.  OF    REVERIE.  2c-r 

fome  perfons  are  fo  totally  abforbed  as  to  forget  tlielr  ufual  time  of 
fleep,  and  to  negledl  their  meals ;  while  others  are  faid  to  have  been 
fo  involved  in  voluntary  ftudy  as  not  to  have  heard  the  dlfcharge  of 
artillery;  and  there  is  a  ftory  of  an  Italian  politician,  who  could  think 
£b  intenfely  on  other  fubjefts,  as  to  be  infenfible  to  the  torture  of  the 
rack.. 

From  hence  it  appears,  that  thefe  catenations  of  ideas  and  mufcular 
motions,,  which  form  the  trains  of  reverie,  are  compofed  both  of  vo- 
luntary and  fenfitive  aflbciations  of  them ;  and  that  thefe  ideas  differ 
from  thofe  of  delirium  or  of  fleep,  as  they  are  kept  confident  by  the 
power  of  volition  ;  and  they  differ  alfo  from  the  trains  of  ideas  belono-- 
ing  to  infanity,  as  they  are  as-  frequently  excited  by  fenfation  as  by 
volition..  But  laflly,  that  the  whole  fenforial. power  is  fo  emploved 
on  thefe  trains  of  complete  reverie,  that  like  the  violent  efforts  of  vo- 
lition, as  in  convuliions  or  inlanity;  or  like  the  great  activity  of  the 
irritative  motions  in  drunkennefs  ;  or  of  the  fenfitive  motions  in  de- 
lirium j.  they  preclude  all  fenfation  confequent  to  extenoal  flimulus. 

2.  Thole  perfons,  who  are  faid  to  walk  in  their  fleep,  are  affefted 
with  reverie  to  fo  great  a  degree,  that  it  becomes  a  formidable  difeafe; 
the  effence  of  which  confifls  in  the  inaptitude  of  the  mind  to  attend  to 
external- flimuli.  Many  hiflories  of  this  difeafe  have  been  publifhed  by 
medical  writers  >.  of  which  there  is  a  very  curious  one  in  the  Lau- 
fanne  TranfaxSlions.  lihall  here  fubjoin  an  account  of  fuch.  a  cafe, 
with  its  cure,  for  the  better  illufliration  of  this  fubjedt. 

A  very  ingenious  and  elegant  young  lady,  with  light  eyes  and  hair, 
about  the  age  of  feventeen,  in  other  refpecls  well,  was  fuddenly 
feized  foon  after  her  ufual  menftruation  with  this  very  wonderful  ma- 
lady. The  difeafe  began  with  vehement  convulfions  of  almoft  every 
mufcle  of  her  body,,  with  great  but  vain  efforts  to  vomit,,  and  the 
raofl:  violent  hiccoughs,,  that  can  be  conceived:  thefe  were  fucceeded 
in  about  an  hour  with  a  fixed  fpafm  ;  in  which  one  hand  was  applied 
to  her  head,  and.  the  other  to  fupport  it :   in  about  half  an  hour  thefe 

ceafed. 


322  OF     REVERIE.  Sect.XIX.  2. 

'Ceafed,  and  the  reverie  began  fuddenly,  and  was  at  firft  manifeft  by 
the  look  of  her  eyes  and  countenance,  which  feemed  to  exprefs  at- 
tention. Then  fhe  converfed  aloud  with  imaginary  perfons  with  her 
eyes  open,  and  could  not  for  about  an  hour  be  brought  to  attend  to 
the  ftimulus  of  external  objedls  by  any  kind  of  violence,  which  it  was 
proper  to  ufe:  thefe  fymptoms  returned  in  this  order  every  day  for 
five  or  fix  weeks. 

Thefe  converfations  were  quite  confident,  and  we  could  under- 
hand, what  fhe  fuppofed  her  imaginary  companions  to  anfwer,  by 
the  continuation  of  her  part  of  the  difcourfe.  Sometimes  (he  was 
angry,  at  other  times  (hewed  much  wit  and  vivacity,  but  was  mod 
■frequently  inclined  to  melancholy.  In  thefe  reveries  (he  fometimes 
fung  over  fome  mufic  with  accuracy,  and  repeated  whole  pages  from 
the  Engli(h  poets.  In  repeating  fome  lines  from  Mr.  Pope's  works 
(he  had  forgot  one  word,  and  began  again,  endeavouring  to  recoUedl 
it ;  when  (he  came  to  the  forgotten  word,  it  was  (liouted  aloud  in  her 
ear,  and  this  repeatedly,  to  no  purpofe  ;  but  by  many  trials  (he  at 
length  reo;ained  it  herfelf. 

Thefe  paroxyfms  were  terminated  with  the  appearance  of  inex- 
preffible  furprife,  and  great  fear,  from  which  fhe  was  fome  minutes 
in  recovering  herfelf,-  calling  on  her  (after  with  great  agitation,  and 
very  frequently  underwent  a  repetition  of  convulfions,  apparently  from 
the  pain  of  fear.     See  Sed.  XVII.  3.  7. 

After  having  thus  returned  for  about  an  hour  every  day  for  two  or 
three  weeks,  the  reveries  feemed  to  become  lefs  complete,  and  fome 
of  their  circumftances  varied  ;  fo  that  fhe  could  walk  about  the  room 
.  in  them  without  running  againft  any  of  the  furniture  ;  though  thefe 
motions  were  at  firft  very  unfteady  and  tottering.  And  afterwards 
fhe  once  drank  a  di(h  of  tea,  when  the  whole  apparatus  of  the  tea- 
table  was  fet  before  her  ;  and  expreffed  fome  fufpicion,  that  a  medi- 
cine was  put  into  it,  and  once  feemed  to  fmell  of  a  tuberofe,  which 
was  in  flower  in  her  chamber,  and  deliberated  aloud  about  breaking  it 

from 


Sect.XIX.  3.4-  OF    REVERIE.  223 

from  the  ftem,  faying,  '*  it  would  make  her  fifter  fo  charmingly 
angry."  At  another  time  in  her  melancholy  moments  (he  heard  the 
found  of  a  paffing  bell,  "  I  wifh  I  was  dead,"  flie  cried,  liflening  to 
the  bell,  and  then  taking  off  one  of  her  flioes,  as  flie  fat  upon  the 
bed,  "  I  love  the  colour  black,"  fays  (he,  "  a  little  wider,  and  a 
little  longer,  even  this  might  make  me  a  coffin !" — Yet  it  is  evident, 
fhe  was  not  fenfible  at  this  time,  any  more  than  formerly,  of  feeing 
or  hearing  any  perfon  about  her ;  indeed  when  great  light  was  thrown 
upon  her  by  opening  the  fliutters  of  the  window,  her  trains  of  ideas 
feemed  lefs  melancholy;  and  when  1  have  forcibly  held  her  hands,  or 
covered  her  eyes,,  fhe  appeared  to  grow  impatient,  and  would  fay,,  fhe 
could  not  tell  what  to  do,  for  fhe  could  neither  fee  nor  move.  In  all 
thefe  circumftances  her  pulfe  continued  unaffe£]!ed  as  in  health.  And 
when  the  paroxyfm  was  over,  fhe  could  never  recolle£l  a  fingle  idea 
of  what  had  pafled  in  it. 

This  aftonifhing  dlfeafe,  after  the  ufe  of  many  other  medicines  and 
applications  in  vain,  was  cured  by  very  large  dofes  of  opium  given 
about  an  hour  before  the  expedted  returns  of  the  paroxyfms  ;  and  after 
a  few  relapfes,  at  the  intervals  of  three  or  four  months,  entirely  dif- 
appeared.  But  fhe  continued  at  times  to  have  other  fymptoms  of 
epilepfy. 

3.  We  fliall  only  here  confider,  what  happened  during  the  time  of 
her  reveries,  as  that  is  our  prefent  fubjedl;  the  fits  of  convulfion  be- 
long to  another  part  of  this  treatife.     Se£l.  XXXIV.  44. 

There  feems  to  have  been  no  fufpenfion  of  volition  during  the  fits 
©f  reverie,  becaufe  fhe  endeavoured  to  regain  the  lofb  idea  in  repeating 
the  lines  of  poetry,  and  deliberated  about  breaking  the  tuberofe,  and 
fufpefted  the  tea  to  have  been  medicated. 

4.  The  ideas  and  mufcular  movements  depending  on  fenfation  v/ere 
exerted  with  their  ufual  vivacity,  and  were  kept  from  being  incon- 
fiftent  by  the  power  of  volition,  as  appeared  from  her  whole  conver- 
fation^  and  was  explained  in  Se£l,  XVII.  3.  7.  and  XVIII.  16. 

5.  The 


224  OF    REVERIE.  Sect. XIX.  5. 6. 

5.  The  ideas  and  motions  dependant  on  irritation  during  the  firft 
weeks  of  her  difeafe,  whilft  the  reverie  was  complete,  were  never 
fucceeded  by  the  fenfation  of  pleafure  or  pain  j  as  flie  neither  faw, 
heard,  nor  felt  any  of  the  furrounding  objeds.  Nor  was  it  certain 
that  any  irritative  motions  fucceeded  the  flimulus  of  external  objefts, 
till  the  reverie  became  lefs  complete,  and  then  fhe  could  walk  about 
the  room  without  running  againfl  the  furniture  of  it.  Afterwards, 
when  the  reverie  became  dill  lefs  complete  from  the  ufe  of  opium, 
fome  few  irritations  were  at  times  fucceeded  by  her  attention  to  them.. 
As  when  ihe  fmelt  at  a  tuberofe,  and  drank  a  difh  of  tea,  but  this 
only  when  flie  feemed  voluntarily  to  attend  to  them. 

6.  In  common  life  when  we  liften  to  diftant  founds,  or  wifli  to 
diftinguifh  objects  in  the  night,  we  are  obliged  ftrongly  to  exert  our 
volition  to  difpofe  the  organs  of  fenfe  to  perceive  them,  and  to  fup- 
prefs  the  other  trains  of  ideas,  which  might  interrupt  thefe  feeble  fen- 
fations.  Hence  in  the  prefent  hiftory  the  flrongeft  ftimuli  were  not 
perceived,  except  when  the  faculty  of  volition  was  exerted  on  the 
organ  of  fenfe ;  and  then  even  comm.on  ftimuli  were  fometimes  per- 
ceived :  for  her  mind  was  fo  ftrenuoufly  employed  in  purfuing  its  own 
trains  of  voluntary  or  fenlitive  ideas,  that  no  common  ftimuli  could  fo 
far  excite  her  attention  as  to  difunite  them  ;  that  is,  the  quantity  of 
volition  or  of  fenfation  already  exifting  was  greater  than  any,  which 
could  be  produced  in  confequence  of  common  degrees  of  ftimulation. 
But  the  few  ftimuli  of  the  tuberofe,  and  of  the  tea,  which  fhe  did 
perceive,  were  fuch,  as  accidentally  coincided  with  the  trains  of 
thought,  which  were  paffmg  in  her  mind;  and  hence  did  not  dif- 
unite thofe  trains,  and  create  furprife.  And  their  being  perceived  at 
all  was  owing  to  the  power  of  volition  preceding  or  coinciding  with 
that  of  irritation. 

This  explication  is  countenanced  by  a  faft  mentioned  concerning  a 
fomnambulift  in  the  Laufanne  Tranfaftions,  who  fometimes  opened 
his  eyes  for  a  (hort  time  to  examine,  where  he  was,  or  where  his  ink- 
pot 


Sect. XIX.  7.8.9.         OF    REVERIE.  225 

pot  flood,  and  then  fliut  them  again,  dipping  his  pen  into  the  pot 
every  now  and  then,  and  writing  on,  but  never  opening  his  eyes  af- 
terwards, although  he  wrote  on  from  line  to  line  regularly,  and  cor- 
redled  fome  errors  of  the  pen,  or  in  fpelling  :  lb  much  eafier  was  it 
to  him  to  refer  to  his  ideas  of  the  pofitions  of  things,  than  to  his  per- 
ceptions of  them. 

7.  The  aflbciated  motions  perfifled  in  their  ufual  channel,  'as  ap- 
peared by  the  combinations  of  her  ideas,  and  the  ufe  of  her  mufcles, 
and  the  equality  of  her  pulfe  ;  for  the  natural  motions  of  the  arterial 
iyftem,  though  originally  excited  like  other  motions  by  flimulus, 
feem  in  part  to  continue  by  their  ailbciation  with  each  other.  As  the 
heart  of  a  viper  pulfates  long  after  it  is  cut  out  of  the  body,  and  re- 
moved from  the  ftimulus  of  the  blood. 

8.  In  the  feet  ion  on  fleep,  it  was  obferved  that  the  nerves  of  fenfe 
are  equally  alive  and  fufceptible  to  irritation  in  that  ftate,  as  when  we 
are  awake  ;  but  that  they  are  fecluded  from  flimulating  objects,  or 
rendered  unfit  to  receive  them  :  but  in  complete  reverie  the  reverfe 
happens,  the  immediate  organs  of  fenfe  are  expofed  to  their  ufual  fli- 
muli;  but  are  either  not  excited  into  adlion  at  all,  or  not  into  fo  great 
a£bion,  as  to  produce  attention  or  fenfation. 

The  total  forgetfulnefs  of  what  paffes  in  reveries  ;  and  the  furprife 
on  recovering  from  them,  are  explained  in  Section  XVIII.  19.  and  in 
Seaion  XVII.  3.  7. 

9.  It  appears  from  hence,  that  reverie  is  a  difeafe  of  the  epileptic 
or  cataleptic  kind,  fince  the  paroxyfms  of  this  young  lady  always  be- 
gan and  frequently  terminated  with  convuliions  ;  and  though  in  its 
greateft  degree  it  has  been  called  fomnambulation,  or  fleep- walking, 
it  is  totally  different  from  fleep;  becaufe  the  effential  charafter  of 
fleep  conlifts  in  the  total  fufpenfion  of  volition,  which  in  reverie  is 
not  affedled  ;  and  the  eflential  chara6ler  of  reverie  confifls  not  in  the 
abfence  of  thofe  irritative  motions  of  our  fenfes,  which  are  occafioned 
by  the  flimulus  of  external  obje£ls,  but  in  their  never  being  produc- 

G  g  tivc 


226  OF    REVERIE.  Sect. XIX.  lo. 

tive  of  fenfation.  So  that  during  a  fit  of  reverie  that  ftrange  event 
happens  to  the  whole  fyftem  of  nerves,  which  occurs  only  to  fome 
particular  branches  of  them  in  thofe,  who  are  a  fecond  time  expofed 
to  the  adtton  of  contagious  matter.  If  the  matter  of  the  fmall-pox  be 
inferted  into  the  arm  of  one,  who  has  previoufly  had  that  difeafe,  it 
will  ftimulate  the  wound,  but  the  general  fenfation  or  inflammation 
of  the  fyftem  does  not  follow,  which  conftitutes  the  difeafe.  See  Se£t. 
XII.  7.  6.  XXXIII.  2.  8. 

10.  The  following  is  the  definition  or  character  of  complete  reverie. 
I.  The  irritative  motions  occafioned  by  internal  ftimuli  continue, 
thofe  from  the  ftimuli  of  external  objedls  are  either  not  produced  at 
all,  or  are  never  fucceeded  by  fenfation  or  attention,  unlefs  they  are 
at  the  fame  time  excited  by  vohtion.  2.  The  fenfitive  motions  con- 
tinue, and  are  kept  confiftent  by  the  power  of  volition.  3.  The  vo- 
luntary motions  continue  undifturbed.  4.  The  aflbciate  motions  con- 
tinue undifturbed. 

Two  other  cafes  of  reverie  are  related  in  Se£lion  XXXIV.  3.  which 
further  evince,  that  reverie  is  an  effort  of  the  mind  to  relieve  fome 
painful  fenfation,  and  is  hence  allied  to  convulfion,  and  to  infanity. 


SECT. 


Sect.XX.i.  of     vertigo.  227 


SECT.    XX. 

OF    VERTIGO- 
IT.  We  determine  oiir  ferpendicularity  hy  the  apparent  motions  of  objeSfs.     A  pe-rfon 
hood-winked  cannot  walk  in  a  firaight  line.     Dizzinejs  on  looking  from  a  tower y 
in  a  room  flained.  with  uniform  lozenges,  on  riding  over  J?iow.     1.  Dizzinejs 
from  moving  ohjeSfs.     A  whirling  wheel.     Fluctuations  of  a  river.     Experiment 
with  a  child.     3.  Dizzinefs  from  our  own  motions  and  thofe  cf  other  objects. 
Riding  over  a  broad  fir  earn.     Sea-ficknejs.      5.  Of  turning  round  on  one  foot. 
Dervijes  in'Tia'key.     Attention  of  the  mind  prevents  flight  fea-fuknefs.     After  a 
voyage  ideas  of  vibratory  motions  are  fiill  perceived  on  fhore.     6.  Ideas  cojitinue 
Jome  time  after  they  are  excited.    Circumfiances  of  turning  on  one  foot,  Jlanding  on 
a  tower,  and  walking  in  the  dark  explained.     7.  Irritative  ideas  of  apparent  mo- 
tions.    Irritative  ideas  of  founds.    Batthnent  of  the  found  of  bells  and  organ-pipes. 
Vertiginous  noife  in  the  head.     Irritative  motions  of  the  flomach,  intefiines,  and 
glands.     8.  Symptoms  that  accompany  vertigo.    Why  vomiii?ig  comes  on  in  fir  ekes 
of  the  palfy.     By  the  motion  of  a  fhip.     By  injuries  en  the  head.     Why  motion 
makes  fick  people  vomit.      9.    Why  drunken  people  are  vertigi-nous.      IVhy  a 
jlor,e  in  the  ureter,  or  lile-duSl,  produces  vomiting,      i  o.  Wloy  after  a  voyage 
ideas  of  vibratory  motions  are  perceived  on  fhore.      1 1.  Kinds  of  vertigo  and  their 
cure.     12.  Definition  of  vertigo. 

I.  IN  learning  to  walk  we  judge  of  the  dlflances  of  the  objeds, 
which  we  approach,  by  the  eye ;  and  by  obferving  their  perpendicu- 
larity determine  our  own.  This  circumftatice  not  having  been  at- 
tended to  by  the  writers  on  vifion,  the  difeafe  called  vertigo  or  dizzi- 
nefs has  been  little  underftood. 

G  g  2  When 


ziS  OF    VERTIGO.      -        Sect. XX.  i,' 

When  any  perfon  lofes  the  power  of  mufcular  action,  whether  he 
is  ere£t  or  in  a  fitting  pofture,  he  finks  down  upon  the  ground ;  as  is 
{een.  in  fainting  fits,  and  other  inftances  of  great  debility.  Hence  it 
follows,  that  fome  exertion  of  mufcular  power  is  neceflkry  to  preferve 
our  perpendicular  attitude.  This  is  performed  by  proportionally  ex- 
erting the  antagonift  mufcles  of  the  trunk,  neck,  and  limbs  ;  and  if 
at  any  time  in  our  locomotions  we  find  ourfelves  inclining  to  one  fide, 
we  either  reftore  our  equilibrium  by  the  efforts  of  the  mufcles  on  the 
other  fide,  or  by  moving  one  of  our  feet  extend  the  bafe,  which  we 
reft  upon,  to  the  new  center  of  gravity. 

But  the  moft  eafy  and  habitual  manner  of  determining  our  want  of 
perpendicularity,  is  by  attending  to  the  apparent  motion  of  the  objedls 
within  the  fphere  of  diftindl  vifion  ;  for  this  apparent  motion  of  ob- 
je£ls,  when  we  incline  from  our  perpendicularity,  or  begin  to  fall,  is 
as  much  greater  than  the  real  motion  of  the  eye,  as  the  diameter  of 
the  fphere  of  diftind  vifion  is  to  our  perpendicular  height. 

Hence  no  one,  who  is  hood- winked,  can  walk  in  a  fi:raight  line 
for  a  hundred  fteps  together ;  for  he  inclines  fo  greatly,  before  he  is 
warned  of  his  want  of  perpendicularity  by  the  fenfe  of  touch,  not 
having  the  apparent  motions  of  ambient  obje£ls  to  meafure  this  incli- 
nation by,  that  he  is  neceflltated  to  move  one  of  his  feet  outwards,  to- 
the  right  or  to  the  left,  to  fupport  the  new  centre  of  gravity,  and  thus 
errs  from  the  line  he  endeavours  to  proceed  in. 

For  the  fame  reafon  many  people  become  dizzy,  when  they  look 
from  the  fummit  of  a  tower,  which  is  raifed  much  above  all  other  ob- 
jedls,  as  thefe  objeds  are  out  of  the  fphere  of  diftindl  vifion,  and  they 
are  obliged  to  balance  their  bodies  by  the  lefs  accurate  feelings  of  their 
mulcles. 

There  is  another  curious  phenomenon  belonging  to  this  place,  if 
the  circumjacent  vifible  obje£ts  are  fo  fmall,  that  we  do  not  diftingulfh 
their  minute  parts  ;  or  fo  fimilar,  that  we  do  not  know  them  from 
each  other ;  we  cannot  determine  our  perpendicularity  by  them.   Thus 

ill 


Sect.XX.2.3.  of    vertigo.  229 

in  a  room  hung  with  a  paper,  which  is  coloured  over  with  fimilar 
fmall  black  lozenges  or  rhomboids,  many  people  become  dizzy  ;  for 
when  they  begin  to  fall,  the  next  and  the  next  lozenge  fucceeds  upon 
the  eye ;  which  they  miftake  for  the  firft,  and  are  not  aware,  that 
they  have  any  apparent  motion.  But  if  you  fix  a  Iheet  of  paper,  or 
draw  any  other  figure,  in  the  midft  of  thefe  lozenges,  the  charm 
ceafes,  and  no  dizzinefs  is  perceptible. — The  fame  occurs,  when  we 
ride  over  a  plain  covered  with  fnow  without  trees  or  other  eminent 
objefts. 

2.  But  after  having  compared  vifible  objefls  at  reft  with  the  fenfe 
of  touch,  and  learnt  to  diftinguifh  their  fliapes  and  fhades,  and  to 
meafure  our  want  of  perpendicularity  by  their  apparent  motions,  we 
come  to  confider  them  in  real  motion.  Here  a  new  difficulty  occurs, 
and  we  require  fome  experience  to  learn  the  peculiar  mode  of  motion 
of  any  moving  obje6ts,  before  we  can  make  ufe  of  them  for  the  pur- 
pofes  of  determining  our  perpendicularity.  Thus  fome  people  become 
dizzy  at  the  fight  of  a  whirling  wheel,  or  by  gazing  on  the  fluctua- 
tions of  a  river,  if  no  fleady  obie6ls  are  at  the  fame  time  within  the 
fphere  of  their  diftin<5t  vifion  ;  and  when  a  child  firft  can  fland  ere6l 
upon  his  legs,  if  you  gain  his  attention  to  a  white  handkerchief  fleadi- 
ly  extended  like  a  fail,  and  afterwards  make  it  undulate,  he  inftantly 
lofes  his  perpendicularity,  and  tumbles  on  the  ground. 

3.  A  fecond  difficulty  we  have  to  encounter  is  to  diftinguifh  our 
own  real  movements  from  the  apparent  motions  of  objects.  Our 
daily  pra£lice  of  walking  and  riding  on  horfeback  foon  inftruds  us 
with  accuracy  to  difcern  thefe  modes  of  motion,  and  to  afcribe  the 
apparent  motions  of  the  ambient  objects  to  ourfelves ;  but  thofe, 
which  we  have  not  acquired  by  repeated  habit,  continue  to  confound 
us.  So  as  we  ride  on  horfeback  the  ti^ees  and  cottages,  which  occur 
to  us,  appear  at  reft;  we  can  meafure  their  diftances  with  our  eye, 
and  regulate  our  attitude  by  them  ;  yet  if  we  carelefsly  attend  to  dif- 
tant  hills  or  woods  through  a  thin  hedge,  which  is  near  us,  we  ob- 

ferve 


230 


OF    VERTIGO.  SECT.XX.4.-5. 

ferve  the  jumping  and  progreffive  motions  of  them;  as  this  is  iii- 
creafed  by  the  paiala>i  of  thefe  objects  ;  which  we  have  not  habituated 
ouffeh'es  to  attend  to.  When  firft  an  European  mounts  an  elephant 
iixteen  feet  high,  an  ■  whofe  mode  of  motion  he  is  not  accuftomed  to, 
the  obje£ls  feem  to  undulate,  as  he  pafles,  and  he  frequently  becomes 
fick  and  vertiginous,  as  I  am  well  informed.  Any  other  unufual  move- 
ment of  our  bodies  has  the  fame  effeft,  as  riding  backwards  in  a  coach, 
fwinging  on  a  rope,  turning  round  fvi'iftly  on  one  leg,  fcating  on  the 
ice,  and  a  thoufand  others.  So  after  a  patient  has  been  long  confined 
to  his  bed,  when  he  firft  attempts  to  walk,  he  finds  himfelf  verti- 
ginous, and  is  obliged  by  pradlice  to  learn  again  the  particular  modes 
of  the  apparent  motions  of  objedls,  as  he  walks  by  them. 

4.  A  third  difficulty,  which   occurs  to   us  in  learning  to  balance 
ourfelves  by  the  eye,    is,  when  both  ourfelves  and  the  circumjacent 
objefls  are  in  real  motion.     Here  it  is   necefi'ary,  that   we  fliould  be 
habituated  to  both  thefe  modes  of  motion  in  order  to  preferve  our  per- 
pendicularity.     Thus  on   horfeback   we  accurately  obferve  another 
perfon,   whom  we  meet,  trotting  towards  us,  without  confounding 
his  jumping  and  progreflive  motion  with  our  own,   becaufe  we  have 
been  accuftomed  to  them  both  ;    that  is,  to  undergo  the  one,  and  to 
fee  the  other  at  the  fame  time.     -But  in  riding  over  a  broad  and  fluc- 
tuating ftream,  though  we  are  well  experienced  in  the  motions  of  our 
horfe,   we  are  liable  to  become  dizzy  from  our  inexperience  in  that  of 
the  water.     And  when  firft  we   go  on  fhip-board,   where  the  move- 
ments of  ourfelves,  and  the  movements  of  the  large   waves  are  both 
new  to  us,  the  vertigo  is  almoft  unavoidable  with  the  terrible  ficknefs, 
which  attends  it.      And  this  I  have  been  affured  has  happened  to  fe- 
veral  from  being  removed  from  a  large  fliip  into  a  fmall  one ;    and 
again  from  a  fmall  one  into  a  man  of  war. 

5.  From  the  foregoing  examples  it  is  evident,  that,  when  we  are 

furrounded  with  unufual  motions,   we  lofe  our  perpendicularity:  but 

there  are  fome  peculiar  circumftances  attending  this  efFedl  of  moving 

5  objeds. 


Sect.XX.5.  of    vertigo.  231 

obje(5ts,  which  we  come  now  to  mention,  and  fhall  hope  from  the  re- 
cital of  them  to  gain  fome  infight  into  the  manner  of  their  produc- 
tion. 

When  a  child  moves  round  quick  upon  one  foot,  the  circumjacent 
objeds  become  quite  indiftin6l,  as  their  diftance  increafes  their  appa- 
rent motions  ;  and  this  great  velocity  confounds  both  their  forms, 
and  their  colours,  as  is  feen  in  whirhng  round  a  many  coloured  wheel; 
he  then  lofes  his  ufual  method  of  balancing  himfelf  by  vifion,  and  be- 
gins to  ftagger,  and  attempts  to  recover  himfelf  by  his  mufcular  feel- 
ings. This  daggering  adds  to  the  inftability  of  the  vifible  obje6ls  by 
giving  a  vibratory  motion  befides  their  rotatory  one.  The  child  then 
drops  upon  the  ground,  and  the  neighbouring  objeds  feem  to  con- 
tinue for  fome  feconds  of  time  to  circulate  around  him,  and  the  earth 
under  him  appears  to  librate  like  a  balance.  In  fome  feconds  of  time 
thefe  fenfations  of  a  continuation  of  the  motion  of  objeds  vanifh  ;  but 
if  he  continues  turning  round  fomewhat  longer,  before  he  falls,  lick- 
neis  and  vomiting  are  very  liable  to  fucceed.  But  none  of  thefe  cir- 
cumftanccs  afFe£l  thofe  who  have  habituated  themfelyes  to  this  kind 
of  motion,  as  the  dervifes  in  Turkey,  amongfl  whom  thefe  fwift 
gyrations  are  a  ceremony  of  religion. 

In  an  open  boat  pafling  from  Leith  to  Kinghorn  in  Scotland,  a  fud- 
den  change  of  the  wind  fhook  the  undiftended  fail,  and  ftopt  our  boat; 
from  this  unufual  movement  the  paffengers  all  vomited  except  my- 
felf.  I  obferved,  that  the  undulation  of  the  (hip,  and  the  inftability 
of  all  vifible  obje£ls,  inclined  me  ftrongly  to  be  lick ;  and  this  conti- 
nued or  increafed,  when  I  doled  my  eyes,  but  as  often  as  I  bent  my 
attention  with  energy  on  the  management  and  mechanifm  of  the  ropes 
and  fails,  the  ficknefs  ceafedj  and  recurred  again,  as  often  as  I  re- 
laxed this  attention  ;  and  I  am  afibred  by  a  gentleman  of  obfervation 
and  veracity,  that  he  has  more  than  once  obferved,  when  the  veffel 
has  been  in  immediate  danger,  that  the  fea-ficknefs  of  the  paffengers 

has 


232  OF    VERTIGO.  Sect.XX.6. 

has  inflantaneoufly  ceafed,  and  recurred  again,  when  the  danger  was 
over. 

'Thofe,  who  have  been  upon  the  water  in  a  boat  or  fliip  fo  long, 
that  they  have  acquired  the  neceflary  habits  of  motion  upon  that  un- 
liable elem;ent,  at  their  return  on  land  frequently  think  in  their  reve- 
ries, or  between  fleeping  and  waking,  that  they  oblerve  the  room, 
they  fit  in,  or  fome  of  its  furniture,  to  librate  like  the  motion  of  the 
veflel.  This  I  have  experienced  myfelf,  and  have  been  told,  that 
after  long  voyages,  it  is  fome  time  before  thefe  ideas  entirely  vanifh. 
The  fame  is  obfervable  in  a  lefs  degree  after  having  travelled  lome 
days  in  a  ftage  coach,  and  particularly  when  we  lie  down  in  bed,  and 
compofe  ourfelves  to  fleep;  in  this  cafe  it  is  obfervable,  that  the  rat- 
tling noife  of  the  coach,  as  well  as  the  undulatory  motion,  haunts  us. 
The  drunken  vertigo,  and  the  vulgar  cuftom  of  rocking  children, 
will  be  confidered  in  the  next  Sedion. 

6,  The  motions,  which  are  produced  by  the  power  of  volition, 
may  be  immediately  ftopped  by  the  exertion  of  the  fame  power  on  the 
antagonift  mufcles  ;  otherwife  thefe  with  all  the  other  claffes  of  mo- 
tion  continue  to  go  on,  fome  time  after  they  are  excited,  as  the  pal- 
pitation of  the  heart  continues  after  the  objed;  of  fear,  which  occafion- 
ed  it,  is  removed.  But  this  circumftance  is  in  no  clafs  of  motions 
more  remarkable  than  in  thofe  dependent  on  irritation ;  thus  if  any 
one  looks  at  the  fun,  and  then  covers  his  eyes  with  his  hand,  he  wili 
for  many  feconds  of  time,  perceive  the  image  of  the  fun  marked  oii 
his  retina :  a  fimilar  image  of  all  other  vifible  objedls  would  remain 
fome  time  formed  on  the  retina,  but  is  extinguiflied  by  the  perpetual 
change  of  the  motions  of  this  nerve  in  our  attention  to  other  objects. 
To  this  muft  be  added,  that  the  longer  time  any  movements  have 
continued  to  be  excited  without  fatigue  to  the  organ,  the  longer  will 
they  continue  fpontaneoufly,  after  the  excitement  is  withdrawn :  as 
the  talle  of  tobacco  in  the  mouth  after  a  perfoa  has  beea  fmoaking  it. 

This 


Sect.XX.6.  of    vertigo.  2^-3 

This  tafte  remains  fo  ftrong,  that  it  a  perfon  continues  to  draw  air 
tliraugh  a  tobacco  pipe  in  the  dark,  after  having  been  finoklng  feme 
time,  he  cannot  diftinguifh  whether  his  pipe  be  lighted  or  not. 

From  thefe  two  confiderations  it  appears,  that  the  dizzinefs  felt  in 
the  head,  after  feeing  objefts  in  unufual  motion,  is  no  other  than  a 
continuation  of  thetnotions  of  the  optic  nei^ve  excited  by  thofe  obje<9:s, 
and  which  engage  our  attention.  Thus  on  turning  round  oa  one 
foot,  the  vertigo  continues  for  fome  feconds  of  time  after  the  perfou 
is  fallen  on  the  ground  ;  and  the  longer  he  has  continued  to  revolve, 
the  longer  will  continue  thefe  fucceffive  motions  of  the  parts  of  the 
optic  nerve. 

Any  one,  who  ftands  alone  on  the  top  of  a  high  tower,  if  he  has 
not  been  accuftomed  to  balance  hlmfelf  by  objects  placed  at  fuch  dlf- 
tances  and  with  fuch  inclinations,  begins  to  flagger,  and  endeavours 
to  recover  himfelf  by  his  mufcular  feelings.     During  this  time  the 
apparent  motion  of  objedls  at  a  dlftance  below  him  is  very  great,  and 
the  impreffions  of  thefe  apparent  motions  continue  a  little  time  after 
he  has  experienced  them  ;  and  he  is  perfuaded  to  incline  the  contrary 
way  to  countera£l  their  efFefts  ;  and  either  immediately  falls,   or  ap- 
plying his  hands  to  the  building,  ufes  his  mufcular  feelings  to  preferve 
his  perpendicular  attitude,  contrary  to  the  eiToneous  perfualions  of  his 
eyes.    Whilfl:  the  perfon,  who  walks  in  the  dark,  flaggers,  but  with- 
out dizzinefs  ;  for  he  neither  has  the  fenfation  of  moving  objeds  to 
take  off  his  attention  from  his  mufcular  feelings,  nor  has  he  the  fpec- 
tra  of  thofe  motions  continued  on  his  retina  to  add  to  his  coafulion.  ' 
It  happens  indeed  fometimes  to  one  {landing  on  a  tower,  that  the 
idea  of  his  not  having  room  to  extend  his  bafe  by  moving  one  of  his 
feet  outwards,   when  he  begins  to  incline,  fuperadds  fears  to  his  other 
inconveniences  ;   which  like  furprife,  joy,  or  any  great  degree  of  fen- 
fation, enervates  him  in  a  moment,   by  employing  the  whole  fenfb- 
rlal  power,  and  by  thus  breaking  all  the  affoclated  trains  and  tribes  of 
motion. 

H  h  7.  The 


234  OF    VERTIGO..  Sect.XX.^. 

7.  The  irritative  ideas  of  obje£ls,  whilft  we  are  awake^  are  per- 
petually prefent  to  our  fenfe  of  light ;  as  we  view  the  furaiture  of  our 
rooms,  or  the  ground,  we  tread  upon,  throughout  the  whole  day  with" 
out  attending  to  it.    And  as  our  bodies  are  never  at  perfedt  reft  during, 
our  waking  hours,  thefe  irritative  ideas  of  objedk  are  at'tended  per- 
petually with  irritative  ideas  of  their  apparent  motions-    The  ideas  of 
apparent  motions  are  always  irritative  ideas,,  becaufe  we  never  attend^ 
to  them,  whether  we  attend  to  the  objedls  themfelves,.  or  to  their 
real  motions,  or  to  neither.     Hence  the  ideas  of  the  apparent  motions 
of  objedls  are  a  complete  circle  of  irritative  ideas,,  which  continue; 
throughout  the  day. 

Alfo  during  all  our  waking  hours,  there  Is  a  perpetual  conflifedi 
found  of  various  bodies,  as  of  tJie  wind  in  our  rooms,  the  fire,  dis- 
tant converfations,  mechanic  bufinefs  ;  this  continued  buzz,  as  we 
are  feldom  quite  motionlefs,  changes  its  loudnefs  perpetually,  like  tb^ 
found  of  a  bell ;  which  rifes  and  falls  as  long  as  it  continues,  and; 
feems  to  pulfate  on  the  ear.  This  any  one  may  experience  by  turning 
himfelf  round  near  a  waterfall ;:  or  by  ftriking  a  glafs  bell,  and  then 
moving  the  direftion  of  its  mouth  towards  the  ears,  or  frosn  them,  as 
long  as  its  vibrations  continue.  Hence  this  undulation  of  indiflindt 
found  makes  another  concomitant  circle  of  irritative  ideas,  which  con- 
tinues throughout  the  day.. 

We  hear  this  undulating  found,,  when  we  are  perfe£lly  at  reft  ouf- 
felves,  from  other  fonorous  bodies  befides  bells  ;  as  from  two  organ- 
pipes,  which  are  nearly  but  not  quite  in  unifon,.  when  they  are 
founded  together.  When  a  bell  is  ftruck,  the  circular  form  is  changed 
into  an  eliptic  one  1  the  longeft  axis  of  which,  as  the  vibrations  con- 
tinue, moves  round  the  periphery  of  the  bell ;  and  when  either  axis 
of  this  elipfe  is  pointed  towards  our  ears,  the  found  is  louder ;  and 
lefs  when  the  intermediate  parts  of  the  elipfe  are  oppofite  to  us.  The 
vibrations  of  the  two  organ-pipes  may  be  compared  to  Nonius's  rule ; 
the  found  is  louder,  when  they  coincide,  and  lefs  at  the  intermediate 
3  times. 


Sect.XX.8.  9.  OF    VERTIGO.  235 

times.  But,  as  the  found  of  bells  is  the  moft  familiar  of  thofe  founds, 
which  have  a  confiderable  battement,  the  vertiginous  patients,  who 
attend  to  the  irritative  circles  of  founds  above  defcribed,  generally  com- 
pare it  to  the  noife  of  bells. 

The  periftaltic  motions  of  our  ftomach  and  Inteftines,  and  the 
fecretions  of  the  various  glands,  are  other  circles  of  irritative  motions, 
fome  of  them  more  or  lefs  complete,  according  to  our  abflinence  or 
latiety-. 

So  that  the  irritative  ideas  of  the  apparent  motions  of  objeds.,  the 
irritative  battements  of  founds,  and  the  movements  of  our  bowels  and 
glands  compofe  a  great  circle  of  irritative  tribes  of  motion  :  and  when 
one  confiderable  part  of  this  circle  of  motions  becomes  interrupted, 
the  whole  proceeds  in  confufion,  as  defcribed  in  SeQion  XVII.  i.  7, 
on  Catenation  of  Motions. 

8.  Hence  a  violent  vertigo,  from  whatever  caufe  it  happens,  is  0-5- 
nerally  attended  with  undulating  noife  in  the  head,  perverfions  of  the 
motions  of  the  ftomach  and  duodenum,  unufual  excretion  of  bile  and 
gaftic  juice,  with  much  pale  urine,  fometimes  with  yellownefs  of  the 
Ikin,  and  a  difordered  fecretion  of  almoft  every  gland  of  the  body,  till 
at  length  the  arterial  fyftem  is  affefted,  and  fever  fucceeds. 

Thus  bilious  vomitings  accompany  the  vertigo  occafioned  by  the 
motion  of  a  fhip;  and  when  -the  brain  is  rendered  vertiginous  by  a 
paralytic  afFedlion  of  any  part  of  the  body,  a  vomiting  generally  en- 
fues,  and  a  great  difcharge  of  bile:  and  hence  great  injuries  of  the 
head  from  external  violence  are  fucceeded  with  bilious  vomitino-s, 
and  fometimes  with  abfceffes  of  the  liver.  And  hence,  when  a  pa- 
tient is  Inclined  to  vomit  from  other  cauies,  as  in  fome  fevers,  any 
motions  of  the  attendants  in  his  room,  or  of  himfelf  when  he  is  raifed 
or  turned  in  his  bed,  prefently  induces  the  vomiting  by  fuperaddino-  a 
degree  of  vertigo. 

9.  And  converfely-it  is  very  \ifual  with  thofe,  whofe  ftomachs  are 
affeded  from  internal  caufes,  to  be  afflided  with  vertigo,  and  noife 

H  h  2  in 


^^h  OF    VERTIGO.  S'ECT.XX.  lo. 

in  the  head ;  fuch  is  the  vertigo  of  drunken  people,  which  continues, 
when  their  eyes  are  clofed,  and  themfelves  in  a  recumbent  poflure,. 
as  well  as  when  they  are  in  an  ereft  pofture,  and  have  their  eyes 
open.  And  thus  the  irritation  of  a  ftone  in  the  bile-du6t,  or  in  the 
ureter,  or  an  inflammation  of  any  of  the  inteftines,  are  accompanied 
with  vomitings  and  vertigo. 

In  thefe  cafes  the  irritative  motions  of  the  ftomach,  which  are  in 
general  not  attended  to,  become  fo  changed  by  fome  unnatural  fti- 
nuilus,  as  to  become  uneafy,  and  excite  our  fenfation  or  attention. 
And  thus  the  other  irritative  trains  of  motions,  which  are  affociated 
with  it,  become  difordered  by  their  fympathy.  The  fame  happens, 
when  a  piece  of  gravel  flicks  in  the  ureter,  or  when  fome  part  of  the 
inteftinal  canal  becomes  inflamed.  In  thefe  cafes  the  irritative  muf- 
cular  motions  are  firft  difturbed  by  unufual  flimulus,  and  a  difordered 
adion  of  the  fenfual  motions,  or  dizzinefs  enfues.  While  in  fea- 
{icknefs  the  irritative  fenfual  motions,  as  vertigo,  precedes  ;  and  the 
difordered  irritative  mufcular  motions,  as  thofe  of  the  ftomach  in  vo- 
miting, follow. 

IQ.  When  thefe  irritative  motions  are  diikirbed,  if  the  degree  be 
not  very  great,  the  exertion  of  voluntary  attention  to  any  other  obje6t, 
or  any  fudden  fenfation,  will  disjoin  thefe  new  habits  of  motion. 
Thus  fome  drunken  people  have  become  fober  immediately,  when 
any  accident  has  flrongly  excited  their  attention;  and  fea-ficknefs  has. 
vanifhed,  when  the  fiiip  has  been  in  danger.  Hence  when  our  at- 
tention to  other  obje6ts  is  mofl:  relaxed,  as  juft  before  we  fall  afleep, 
or  between  our  reveries  when  awake,  thefe  irritative  ideas  of  motion 
and  found  are  mod  liable  to  be  perceived  ;  as  thofe,  who  have  been  at 
fea,  or  have  travelled  long  in  a  coach,  feem  to  perceive  the  vibrations 
of  the  ihip,  or  the  rattling  of  the  wheels,  at  thefe  intervals;  which 
ceafe  afain,  as  foon  as  they  exert  their  attention.  That  is,  at  thofe 
intervals  they  attend  to  the  apparent  motions,  and  to  the  battement 
of  founds  of  the  bodies  around  them,  and  for  a  monaent  miflake  them 
7  fe^ 


Sect.XX.  ir.  OF    VERT  IG  a.  237 

for  thofereal  motions  of  the  fliip,  and  noife  of  wheels,  which  they  had 
lately  been  accuftomed  to  :  or  at  thefe  intervals  of  reverie,  or  on  the 
approach  of  fleep,  th-efe  fuppofed  motions  or  founds  may  be  produced 
entirely  by  imagination. 

We  may  conclude  from  this  account  of  vertigo,  that  fea-ficknefs  is 
not  an  effort  of  nature  to  relieve  herfelf,  but  a  neceflary  confequence 
of  the  aflbciations  or  catenations  of  animal  motions.  And  may  thence 
infer,  that  the  vomiting,  which  attends  the  gravel  in  the  ureter,  in- 
flammations of  the  bowels,  and  the  commencement  of  fome  fevers, 
has  a  fimilar  origin,  and  is  not  always  an  effort  of  the  vis  medicatrix 
natur£e.  But  where  the  adtion  of  the  organ  is  the  immediate  confe- 
quence of  the  flimulating  caufe,  it  is  frequently  exerted  to  diflodge 
that  ftimulus,  as  in  vomiting  up  an  emetic  drug  ;  at  other  times, 
the  adion  of  an  organ  is  a  general  effort  to  relieve  pain,  as  in  couvul- 
lions  of  the  locomotive  mufcles  ;  other  adlions  drink  up  and  carry  on 
the  fluids,  as  in  abforption  and  fecretion ;  all  which-  may  be  termed  ef- 
forts of  nature  to  relieve,  or  to  preferve  herfelf. 

1 1 .  The  cure  of  vertigo  will  frequently  depend  on  our  previoufly 
inveftigating  the  caufe  of  it,  which  from  what  has  been  delivered 
above  may  originate  from  the  diforder  of  any  part  of  the  great  tribes 
of  irritative  motions,  and  of  the  afTociate  motions  catenated  with  them. 

Many  people,  when  they  arrive  at  fifty  or  fixty  years  of  age,  are  af- 
fected with  flight  vertigo;  which  is  generally  but  wrongly  afcribed  to 
indigeflion,  but  in  reality  arifes  from  a  beginning  defedl  of  their  fight ;, 
as  about  this  time  they  alib  find  it  neceflary  to  begin  to  ufe  fpe6tacles, 
when  they  read  fmall  prints,  efpecially  in  winter,  or  by  candle  light, 
but  are  yet  able  to  read  without  them  during  the  fummer  days,  when 
the  light  is  flronger.  Thefe  people  do  not  fee  objefts  fo  diflinctly  as 
formerly,  and  by  exerting  their  eyes  more  than  ufual,  they  perceive 
the  apparent  motions  of  objects,  and  confound  them  with  the  real 
motions  of  them  ;  and  therefore  cannot  accurately  balance  themfelves 
fo  as  eafily  to  preferve  their  perpendicularity  by  them> 

That 


238  OF    VERTIGO.  Sect.  XX.  I r. 

That  is,  the  apparent  motions  of  obje6ts,  which  are  at  reft,  as  we 
move  by  them,  (hould  only  excite  irritative  ideas  :  but  as  thefe  arc 
now  become  lefs  diftindt,  owing  to  the  beginning  imperfeftion  of' 
our  fight,  we  are  induced  voluntarily  to  attend  to  them ;  and  then  thefe 
apparent  motions  become  fucceeded  by  fenlation;  and  thus  the  other 
parts  of  the  -trains  of  irritative  ideas,  or  irritative  mufcular  motions, 
become  difordered,  as  explained  above.  In  thefe  cafes  of  flight  vertigo 
I  have  always  promifed  my  patients,  that  they  would  get  free  from 
it  in  two  or  three  months,  as  they  fhould  acquire  the  habit  of  ba- 
lancing their  bodies  by  lefs  diftilift  objedls,  and  have  feldom  been  mif- 
taken  in  my  prognoftic^' 

There  is  an  auditory  vertigo,  which  is  called  a  nolfe  in  tlie  head, 
explained  in  No.  7.  of  this  feftion,  which  alfo  is  very  liable  to  afFe£t 
people  in  the  advance  of  life,  and  is  owing  to  their  hearing  lefs  per- 
fedly  than  before.  This  is  fometimes  called  a  ringing,  and  fometimes 
a  finging,  or  buzzing,  in  the  ears,  and  is  occalioned  by  our  firft  ex- 
periencing a  difagreeable  fenfation  from  our  not  being  able  diftinftly 
to  hear  the  founds,  we  ufed  formerly  to  hear  diftindtly.  And  this 
difagreeable  fenfation  excites  defire  and  confequent  volition  ;  and 
when  we  voluntarily  attend  to  fmall  indiftiixSl  founds,  even  the  whifper- 
ing  of  the  air  in  a  room,  and  the  pulfations  of  the  arteries  of  th^^ear 
are  fucceeded  by  fenfation ;  which  minute  founds  ought  only  to  have 
produced  irritative  fenfual  motions,  or  \jnperceived  ideas.  See  Section 
XVII.  3.  6.  Thefe  patients  after  a  while  lofe  this  auditory  vertigo, 
by  acquiring  a  new  habit  of  not  attending  voluntarily  to  thefe  indi- 
ftind:  founds,  but  contenting  themfelves  with  the  lefs  accuracy  of  their 
fen fe  of  hearing. 

Another  kind  of  vertigo  begins  with  the  difordered  a£tion  of  fome 

irritative  mufcular  motions,  as'thofeof  the  ftomach  from  nitoxication, 

or  from  emetics;   or  thofe  of  the  ureter,  from  the  ftimulus  of  a  ftune 

lodged  in  it;   and  it  is  probable,  that  the  difordered  motions  of  fome  of 

the  great  congeries  of  glands,  as  of  thofe  which  form  the  liver,  or  of 

the 


Sect.XX.I2.  of    VERTIGa  239 

the  inteftinal  canal,  may  occafiou  vertigo  in  confequence  of  their  mo- 
tions beins:  affociated  or  catenated  with  the  great  circles  of  irritative 
motions ;  and  from  hence  it  appears,-  that  the  means  of  cure  muft  be 
adapted  to  the  caufe. 

To  prevent  fea-ficknefs  it  is  probable,  that  the  habit  of  fwinging 
for  a  week  or  two  before  going  on  fhipboard  might  be  of  fervice. 
For  the  vertigo  from  failure  of  fight,  fpe£lacles  may  be  ufed.  For 
the  auditory  vertigo,  sether  may  be  dropt  into  the  ear  to  Simulate  the 
part,  or  to  diflblve  ear-wax,  if  fuch  be  a  part  of  the  caufe.^  For  the 
vertigo  arifing  from  indigeflion,  the  peruvian  bark  and  a  blifter  are  re- 
commended. And  for  that  owing  to  a  flone  in  the  ureter,  venefec- 
tion,  cathartics-,  opiates,  fal  foda  aerated. 

1 2.  Definition  of  vertigo.  i.  Some  of  the  irritative  fenfual,  or 
mufcular  motions,  which  were  iifually  not  fucceeded  by  fenfation,  are 
in  this  difeafe  fucceeded  by  fenfation ;  and  the  trains  or  circles  of  mo- 
tions, which  were  ufually  catenated  with  them,  are  interrupted,  or 
inverted,  or  proceed  in  confufion.  2.  The  fenfitive  and  voluntary 
motions  continue  undiflurbed.  3.  The  afTociate  trains  or  circles  of 
motions  continue;  but  their  catenations  with  fome  of  the  irritative 
motions  are  difordered,  or  inverted,  or  dilTevered.. 


SECT. 


'240  OF    DRUNKENNESS.         Sect.XXI.  i. 


SECT.    XXI. 

OF    DRUNKENNESS. 

I.  Sleep  from  Jatiety  of  hunger.  From  rocking  children.  From  uniform  founds. 
2.  Intoxication  from  common  food  after  fatigue  and  inanition.  3.  From  wine 
or  opium.  Chilnejs  after  meals.  Vertigo.  Why  pleajure  is  produced  by  in- 
toxication, and  by  fwinging  and  rocking  children.  And  why  pain  is  relieved 
by  if.  4.  Why  drunkards  fiagger  and  flammer,  and  are  liable  to  weep.  5.  And 
become  delirious,  fleepy,  and  fiupid.  6.  Or  make  pale  urine  and  vomit.  7,  Ob~ 
jeSis  are  feen  double.  8.  Attention  of  the  mind  diminifloes  drunkennejs.  9. 
Dijordered  irritative  motions  of  all  the  Jenfes.  10.  Difeafes  from  drunken- 
vefs.      II.  Definition  of  drunkennefs. 

I.  IN  the  (late  of  nature  when  the  fenfe  of  hunger  is  appeafed  by 
the  ftimulus  of  agreeable  food,  the  bufinefs  of  the  day  is  over,  and- 
the  human  favage  is  at  peace  with  the  world,  he  then  exerts  little 
attention  to  external  objefts,  pleafing  reveries  of  imagination  fuc- 
ceed,  and  at  length  fleep  is  the  refult :  till  the  nourifhment  which  he 
has  procured,  is  carried  over  every  part  of  the  fyftem  to  repair  the  in- 
juries of  action,  and  he  awakens  with  frefh  vigour,  and  feels  a  renewal 
of  his  fenfe  of  hunger. 

The  juices  of  fome  bitter  vegetables,  as  of  the  poppy  and  the  lauro- 
cerafus,  and  the  ardent  fpirit  produced  in  the  fermentation  of  the 
fuo'ar  found  in  vegetable  juices,  are  fo  agreeable  to  the  nerves  of  the 
ftomach,  that,  taken  in  a  fmall  quantity,  they  inftantly  pacify  the 
fenfe  ©f  hunger ;  and  the  inattention  to  external  flimuii  with  the  re- 
veries 


Sect.XXI.  2.3.        OF    DRUNKENNESS.  241 

veries  of  imagination,  and  fleep,  fucceeds,  in  the  fame  manner  as  when 
the  flomach  is  tilled  with  other  lefs  intoxicatina:  food. 

This  inattention  to  the  irritative  motions  occafioned  by  external  fli- 
tnuli  is  a  very  important  circumftance  in  the  approach  of  fleep,  and 
is  produced  in  young  children  by  rocking  their  cradles:  during  which 
all  vifible  objects  become  indiftinft  to  them.  An  uniform  foft  re- 
peated found,  as  the  murmurs  of  a  gentle  current,  or  of  bees,  are 
faid  to  produce  the  fame  effeft,  by  prefenting  indiftincl  ideas  of  in- 
confequential  founds,  and  by  thus  ftealing  our  attention  from  other 
obje£ls,  whilfh  by  their  continued  reiterations  they  become  familiar 
themfelves,  and  we  ceafe  gradually  to  attend  to  any  thing,  and  fleep 
enfues. 

2.  After  great  fatigue  or  inanition,  when  the  ftomach  is  fuddenly 
filled  with  flefli  and  vegetable  food,  the  inattention  to  external  fti- 
muli,  and  the  reveries  of  imagination,  become  fo  confpicuous  as  to 
amount  to  a  degree  of  intoxication.  The  fame  is  at  any  time  pro- 
duced by  fuperadding  a  httle  wine  or  opium  to  our  common  meals; 
or  by  taking  thefe,feparately  in  confiderable  quantity;  and  this  more 
efEcacioufly  after  fatigue  or  inanition  ;  becaufe  a  lefs  quantity  of  any 
fllmulating  material  will  excite  an  organ  into  energetic  a6lIon,  after  it 
has  lately  been  torpid  from  defedl  of  Itimulus  ;  as  obje6ts  appear  more 
luminous,  after  we  have  been  in  the  dark;  and  becaufe  the  fufpenfi6n 
■of  volition,  which  is  the  immediate  caufe  of  fleep,  is  fooner  induced, 
after  a  continued  voluntary  exertion  has  in  part  exhaufled  the  fenforial 
power  of  volition  ;  in  the  fame  manner  as  we  cannot  contrad  a  flno-le 
mufcle  long  together  without  intervals  of  inadion. 
'  3.  In  the  beginning  of  intoxication  we  are  inclined  to  fleep,  as  men- 
tioned above,  but  by  the  excitement  of  external  circumftances,  as  of 
nolfe,  light,  bufinefs,  or  by  the  exertion  of  volition,  we  prevent  the 
approaches  of  it,  and  continue  to  take  into  our  flomach  greater  quan- 
tities of  the  inebriating  materials.  By  thefe  means  the  irritative 
movements  of  the  ftomach  are  excited  into  greater  adlion  than  is  na- 

I  i  tural ; 


243  OF    DRUNKENNESS.        SECT.XXL3. 

tural ;  and  in  confequence  all  the  irritativ^e  tribes  and  trains  of  mo- 
tion, which  are  catenated  with  thena,  become  fufceptible  of  ftronger 
aftion  fiom  their  accuftomed  flimuli ;  becaufe  thefe  motions  are  ex- 
cited both  by  their  ufual  irritation,  and  by  their  affociation  with  the 
increafed  aftions  of  the  ftoraach  and  lafteals.  Hence  the  Ikin  glows, 
and  the-heat  of  the  body  is  increafed,  by  the  more  energetic  aftion  of 
the  whole  glandular  fyflem  ;  and  pleafure  is  introduced  in  confequence 
of  thefe  increafed  motions  from  internal  ftimulus.  According  to 
Law,  5.  Se^.  IV.  on  Animal  Caufation. 

From  this  great  increafe  of  irritative  motions  from  internal  flimu- 
lus,  and  the  increafed  fenfation  introduced  into  the  fyftem  in  confe- 
quence ;  and  fecondly,  from  the  increafed  fenfitive  motions  in  confe- 
quence of  this  additional  quantity  of  fenfation,  fo  much  fenforial  power 
is  expended,  that  the  voluntary  power  becomes  feebly  exerted,  and 
the  irritation  from  the  ftimulus  of  external  objects  is  lefs  forcible ; 
•the  external  parts  of  the  eye  are  not  therefore  voluntarily  adapted  to 
the  diftances  of  objects,  whence  the  apparent  motions  of  thofe  objeds 
either  are  feen  double,  or  become  too  indiftind  for  the  purpofe  of  ba- 
lancing the  body,  and  vertigo  is  induced. 

Hence  we  become  acquainted  with  that  very  curious  circumftance, 
why  the  drunken  vertigo  is  attended  with  an  increafe  of  pleafure ;  for 
the  irritative  ideas  and  motions  occafioned  by  internal  ftimulus,  that 
were  not  attended  to  in  our  fober  hours,  are  now  juft  fo  much  in- 
<;reafed  as  to  be  fucceeded  by  pleafureable  fenfation,  in  the  fame  man- 
tier  as  the  more  violent  motions  of  our  organs  are  fucceeded  by  painful 
fenfation.  And  hence  a  greater  quantity  of  pleafureable  fenfation  is 
introduced  into  the  conftitution  ;  which  is  attended  in  fome  people 
with  an  increafe  of  benevolence  and  good  humour. 

If  the  apparent  motions  of  objects  is  much  increafed,  as  when  we 
revolve  on  one  foot,  or  are  fwung  on  a  rope,  the  ideas  of  thefe  ap- 
parent motions  are  alfo  attended  to,  and  are  fucceeded  with  pleafure- 
able fenfation,  till  they  become  familiar  to  us  by  frequent  ufe.    Hencq 

children 


S£CT.XXI.4.        OF    DRUNKENNESS.  243 

children  are  at  firft  delighted  with  thefe  kinds  of  exercife,  and  with 
riding,  and  failing,  and  hence  rocking  young  children  inclines  them 
to  fleep.  For  though  in  the  vertigo  froni  intoxication  the  irritative 
ideas  of  the  apparent  motions  of  objeds  are  indiftinft  from  their  de- 
creafe  of  energy :  yet  in  the  vertigo  occafioned  by  rocking  or  fwing- 
ing  the  irritative  ideas  of  the  apparent  motions  of  objects  are  increafed 
in  energy,  and  hence  they  induce  pleafure  into  the  fyftem,  but  are 
equally  indiflinft,  and  in  confequence  equally  unfit  to  balance  our- 
felves  by.  This  addition  of  pleafure  precludes  defire  or  averfion,  and 
in.  confequence  the  voluntary  power  is  feebly  exerted,  and  on  this  ac- 
count rocking  young  children  inclines  them  to  fleep. 

In  what  manner  opium  and  wine  a6l  in  relieving  pain  is  another 
article,  that  well  deferves  our  attention.  There  are  many  pains  that 
originate  from  defeft  as  well  as  from  excefs  of  ftimulus;  of  thefe  are 
thofe  of  the  fix  appetites  of  hunger,  thirft,  luft,  the  want  of  heat,  of 
diftention,  and  of  frefti  air.  Thus  if  our  cutaneous  capillaries  ceafe  to 
a£t  from  the  diminilhed  ftimulus  of  heat,  when  we  are  expofed  to 
cold  weather,  or  our  ftomach  is  uneafy  for  want  of  food  ;  thefe  are 
both  pains  from  defe£t  of  ftimulus,  and  in  confequence  opium,  which 
Simulates  all  the  moving  fyftem  into  increafed  adlion,  muft  relieve 
them.  But  this  is  not  the  cafe  in  thofe  pains,  which  arife  from  excefs 
of  ftimulus,  as  in  violent  inflammations:  in  thefe  the  exhibition  of 
opium  is  frequently  injurious  by  increafing  the  a<Sion  of  the  lyftem 
already  too-  great,  as  in  inflammation  of  the  bowels  mortification  is 
often  produced  by  the  ftimulus  of  opium.  Where,  however,  no  fuch 
bad  confequences  follow;  the  ftimulus  of  opium,  by  increafing  all  the 
motions  of  the  fyftem,  expends  fo  much  of  the  fenforial  power,  that 
the  adlions  of  the  whole  fyftem  foon  become  feebler,  and  in  confe- 
quence thofe  which  produced  the  pain  and  inflammation. 

4.  When  intoxication  proceeds  a  little  further,,  the  quantity  of 
pleafureable  fenfation  is  fo  far  increafed,  that  all  defire  ceafes,  for  there 
is  no  pain,  in  the  fyftem  to  excite  it.     Hence  the  voluntary  exertions 

I  i  2  are 


244  'OF    DRUNKENNESS.      Sect.XXI.  5.6. 

are  diminiflied,  ftaggering  and  ftammering  fucceed  j  and  the  trains  of 
ideas  become  more  and  more  inconfiftent  from  this  defedt  of  voluntary- 
exertion,  as  explained  in  the  fedlions  on  fleep  and  reverie,  whilft 
thofe  paffions  which  are  vinmixed  with  volition  are  more  vividly  felt, 
and  fliewn  with  lefs  referve  ;  hence  pining  love,  or  fuperftitious  fear, 
and  the  maudling  tear  dropped  on  the  remembrance  of  the  mofl  trifling 
diftrefs. 

5.  At  length  all  thefe  circumftances  are  increafed;  the  quantity  of 
pleafure  introduced  into  the  fyflrem  by  the  increafed  irritative  mufcu- 
lar  motions  of  the  whole  fanguiferous,  and  glandular,  and  abforbent 
fyftems,  becomes  fo  great,  that  the  organs  of  fenfe  are  more  forcibly 
excited  into  aftion  by  this  internal  pleafureable  fenfation,  than  by  the 
irritation  from  the  ftimulus  of  external  objefts.  Hence  the  drunkard 
ceafes  to  attend  to  external  ftimuli,  and  as  volition  is  now  alfo  fufpend- 
cd,  the  trains  of  his  ideas  become  totally  inconfiftent  as  in  dreams,  or 
delirium :  and  at  length  a  ftupor  fucceeds  from  the  great  exhauflion  of 
fenforial  power,  which  probably  does  not  even  admit  of  dreams,  and 
in  which,  as  in  apoplexy,  no  motions  continue  but  thofe  from  internal 
ftimuli,  from  fenfation,  and  from  aflbciation. 

6.  In  other  people  a  paroxyfm  of  drunkennefs  has  another  termina- 
tion ;  the  inebriate,  as  foon  as  he  begins  to  be  vertiginous,  makes  pale 
■urine  in  great  quantities  and  very  frequently,  and  at  length  becomes 
fick,  vomits  repeatedly,  or  purges,  or  has  profufe  fweats,  and  a  tem- 
porary fever  enfues  with  a  quick  ftrong  pulfe.  This  in  fome  hours  is 
fucceeded  by  fleep;  but  the  unfortunate  bacchanalian  does  not  perfeftly 
recover  himfelf  till  about  the  fame  time  of  the  fucceeding  day,  when 
his  courfe  of  inebriation  began.  As  fhewn  in  SeiSl.  XVII.  i.  7.  on 
Catenation.  The  temporary  fever  with  ftrong  pulfe  is  owing  to  the 
fame  caufe  as  the  glow  on  the  Ikin  mentioned  in  the  third  paragraph 
of  this  Sedlion  :  the  flow  of  urine  and  ficknefs  arifes  from  the  whole 
fyftem  of  irritative  motions  being  thrown  into  confufion  by  their  .aflb- 
ciations  with  each  other;  as  in  fea-licknefs,  mentioned  in  Sed.  XX.4. 

on 


Sect. XXI.  7- 8. 9-      OF  DRUNKENNESS.  245 

on  Vertigo;  and  which  is  more  fully  explained  in  Se£lion  XXIX.  on 
Diabetes. 

7.  In  this  vertigo  from  internal  caufes  we  fee  objects  double,  as  two 
candles  inftead  of  one,  which  is  thus  explained.  Two  lines  drawn 
through  the  axes  of  our  two  eyes  meet  at  the  objeifl  we  attend  to  : 
this  angle  of  the  optic  axes  increafes  or  diminifhes  \\'ith  the  lefs  or 
greater  diftances  of  objedls.  All  objefts  before  or  behind  the  place 
where  this  angle  is  formed,  appear  double  ;  as  any  one  may  obferve 
by  holding  up  a  pen  between  his  eyes  and  the  candle  ;  when  he  looks 
attentively  at  a  fpot  on  the  pen,  and  carelefsly  at  the  candle,  it  will 
appear  double;  and  the  reverfe  when  he  looks  attentively  at  the  candle 
and  carelefsly  at  the  pen ;  fo  that  in  this  cafe  the  mufcles  of  the  eye, 
like  thofe  of  the  limbs,  ftagger  and  are  difobedient  to  the  expiring  ef- 
forts of  volition.  Numerous  objeds  are  indeed  fometimes  feen  by  the 
inebriate,  occafioned  by  the  refractions  made  by  the  tears,  which  ftand 
■upon  his  eye-lids. 

8.  This  vertigo  alfb  continues,  when  the  inebriate  lies  in  his  bed, 
in  the  dark,  or  with  his  eyes  clofed ;  and  this  more  powerfully  than 
when  he  is  eredt,  and  in  the  light.  For  the  irritative  ideas  of  the  ap- 
parent motions  of  obje£ls  are  now  excited  by  irritation  from  internal 
flimulus,  or  by  affociation  with  other  irritative  motions;  and  the  in- 
ebriate, like  one  in  a  dream,  believes  the  objedls  of  thefe  irritative  mo- 
tions to  be  prefent,  and  feels  himfelf  vertiginous.     I  have  obferved  in 

f  this  fituation,  fo  long  as  my  eyes  and  mind  were  intent  upon  a  book, 
the  ficknefs  and  vertigo  ceafed,  and  were  renewed  again  the  moment 
I  difcontinued  this  attention ;  as  was  explained  in  the  preceding  ac- 
count of  fea-ficknefs.  Some  drunken  people  have  been  know^n  to  be- 
come fober  inftantly  from  fome  accident,  that  has  flrongly  excited 
their  attention,  as  the  pain  of  a  broken  bone,  or  the  news  of  their 
houfe  being  on  fire. 

9.  Sometimes  the  vertigo  from  internal  caufes,   as  from  intoxica- 
tion, or  at  the  beginning  of  fome  fevers,  becomes  fo  univerfal,  that 

4  the 


246  OF    DRUNKENNESS.        Sect. XXI.  lo. 

the  irritative  motions  which  befong  to  other  organs  of  fetife  are  fuc- 
ceeded  by  fenfatiou  or  attention,  as  well  as  thofe  of  the  eye.  The 
vertiginous  noife  in  the  ears  has  been  explained  in  Section  XX.  on 
Vertigo.  The  tafte  of  the  faUva,  which  in  general  is  not  attended 
to,  becomes  perceptible,  and  the  patients  complain  of  a  bad  tafte  ia 
their  mouth. 

The  common  fmells  of  the  furroundingair  fometimes  excite  the  at- 
tention of  thefe  patients,  and  bad  fmells  are  complained  of,  which  to 
other  people  are  imperceptible.  The  irritative  motions  that  belong- 
to  the  fenfe  of  preffure,  or  of  touch,  are  attended  to,  and  the  patient 
conceives  the  bed  to  librate,  and  is  fearful  of  falling  out  of  it.  The 
irritative  motions  belonging  to  the  fenfes  of  diflention,  and  of  heat,, 
like  thofe  above  mentioned,  become  attended  to  at  this  time::  hence 
we  feel  the  pulfation  of  our  arteries  all  over  us,  and  compkin  of  heat, 
or  of  cold,  in  parts  of  the  body  where  there  is  no  accumulation  or  di- 
minution of  aftual  heat.  All  which  are  to  be  explained,  as  in  the  laft 
paragraph,  by  the  irritative  ideas  belonging  to  the  various  fenfes  being 
now  excited  by  internal  ftimuli,  or  by  their  afiociations  with  other  ir- 
ritative motions.  And  that  the  inebriate,  like  one  in  a  dream,  be- 
lieves the  external  objefts,  which  ufually  caufed  thefe  irritative  ideas,, 
to  be' now  prefent. 

lo,  The  difeafes  in  confequence  of  frequent  inebriety,  or  of  daily 
taking  much  vinous  fpirit  without  inebriety,  confift  in  the  paralyfis, 
which  is  liable  to  fucceed  violent  Simulation.  Organs,  whofe  adions 
are  aflbciated  with  others,  are  frequently  more  afFefted  than  the  organ-,, 
which  is  Simulated  into  too  violent  adHon.  See  Seft.  XXIV.  2.  8, 
Hence  in  drunken  people  it  generally  happens,  that  the  fecretory  veflels 
of  the  liver  become  firft  paralytic,  and  a  torpor  with  confequent  gall- 
ftones  or  fchirrus  of  this  vifcus  is  induced  with  concomitant  jaundice  j 
otberwife  it  becomes  inflamed  in  confequence  of  previous  torpor,  and 
this  inflammation  is  frequently  transferred  to  a  more  fenfible  part,  which. 
is  aflbciated  with  it,  and  produces  the  gout,  or  the  rofy  eruption  of 

7  ^he 


Sect. XXI.  fo.        OF   DRUNKENNESS.  247 

the  face,  or  fdme  other  leprous  eruption  on  the  head,  or  arms,  or  leo-s. 
Sometimes  the  ftomach  is  firfi:  aftefted,  and  paralyfis  of  the  lacteal 
ijltem  is  induced;  whence  a  total  abhorrence  from  flefli-food,  and 
general  emaciation.  In  others  the  lymphatic  fyftem  is  afFecled  with 
paraljfis,  and  dropfy  is  the  confequence.  In  fome  inebriates  the  tor- 
por of  the  liver  produces  pain  without  apparent  fchirrus,  or  gall-ftones, 
or  inflammation,  or  confequent  gout,  and  in  thefe  epilepfy  or  infanity 
are  often  the  confequence.  All  which  will  be  more  fully  treated  of 
in  the  courfe  of  the  work. 

I  am  well  aware,  that  it  is  a  common  opinion,  that  the  gout  is  as 
frequently  owing  to  gluttony  in  eatings  as  to  intemperance  in  drink- 
ing fermented  or  fpirituous  liquors.  To  this  I  anfwer,  that  I  have 
feen  no  perfon  afflicted  with  the  gout,  who  has  not  drank  freely  of 
fermented  liquor,  as  wine  and  water,  or  fmall  beer ;  though  as  the 
difpolition  to  all  the  difeafes,  which  have  originated  from  intoxication, 
is  in  fome  degree  hereditary,  a  lefs  quantity  of  fpirituous  potation  w'lU 
induce  the  gout  in  thofe,  who  inherit  the  difpofition  from  their  pa- 
rents. To  which  I  muft  add,  that  in  young  people  the  rheum.atjiibj  is 
frequently  miftaken  for  the  gout. 

Spice  is  feldom  taken  in  fuch  quantity  as  to  do  any  material  injury 
to  the  fyflem,  flefh-meats  as  well  as  vegetables  are  the  natural  diet  of 
mankind ;  with  thefe  a  glutton  may  be  crammed  up  to  the  throat, 
and  fed  fat  like  a  flailed  ox ;  but  he  will  not  be  difeafed,  unlefs  he  adds 
fpirituous  or  fermented  liquor  to  his  food.  This  is  well  known  in  the 
diflilleries,  where  the  fwine,  which  are  fattened  by  the  fpirituous  fe- 
diments  of  barrels,  acquire  difeafed  livers.  But  mark  what  happens 
to  a  man,  who  drinks  a  quart  of  wine  or  of  ale,  if  he  has  not  been 
habituated  to  it.  He  lofes  the  ufe  both  of  his  limbs  and  of  his  under- 
flanding!  He  becomes  a  temporary  idiot,  and  has  a  temporary  ftroke 
of  the  palfy !  And  though  he  flowly  recovers  after  fome  hours,  is  it 
not  reaibnable  to  conclude,  that  a  perpetual  repetition  of  fo  powerful 
a  poifon  muft  at  length  permanently  affedl  him  ? — If  a  perfon  acciden- 
tal! v 


248  OF   DRUNKENNESS.        SecT.XXI.ir, 

tally  becomes  intoxicated  by  eating  a  few  muflirooms  of  a  peculiar 
kind,  a  general  alarm  is  excited,  and  he  is  faid  to  be  poifoned,  and 
emetics  are  exhibited  ;  but  fo  familiarifed  are  we  to  the  intoxication 
from  vinous  fpirit,  that  it  occafions  laughter  rather  than  alarm. 

There  is  however  confiderable  danger  in  too  haftily  difcontinuing 
the  ufe  of  fo  ftrong  a  ftimulus,  left  the  torpor  of  theXyftem,  or  para- 
lyfis,  fliould  fooner  be  induced  by  the  omiflion  than  by  the  continu- 
ance of  this  habit,  when  unfortunately  acquired.  A  golden  rule  for 
determining  the  quantity,  which  may  with  fafety  be  difcontinued,  is 
delivered  in  Seft.  XII.  7.  8. 

II.  Definition  of  drilnkennefs.  Many  of  the  irritative  motions  are 
much  increafed  in  energy  by  internal  ftimulation. 

2.  A  great  additional  quantity  of  pleafureable  fenfation  is  occafioned 
by  this  increafed  exertion  of  the  irritative  motions.  And  many  fenfi- 
tive  motions  are  produced  in  confequence  of  this  increafed  fenfation. 
■  3.  The  aflbciated  trains  and  tribes  of  motions,  catenated  with  the 
increafed  irritative  and  fenfitive  motions,  are  difturbed,  and  proceed 
in  confufion. 

4.  The  faculty  of  volition  is  gradually  impaired,  whence  proceeds 
the  inftability  of  locomotion,  inaccuracy  of  perception,  and  incon- 
liftency  of  ideas ;  and  is  at  length  totally  fufpended,  and  a  temporary 
apoplexy  fucceeds. 


SECT. 


Sect.  XXII.  u     REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.  249 


SECT.    XXII. 

OP    PROPENSITY    TO    MOTION,    REPETITION    AND    IIvIITATlON. 

L  Accumulation  of  Jenjorial  power  in  hemiplagia^  in  Jleep,  in  cold  fit  of  fever,  in 
the  locomotive  mufcles,  in  the  organs  of  fenfe.  Produces  propenftty  to  alfion. 
II.  Repetition  by  three  Jenforial  powers.  In  rhimes  and  alliterations,  in  mufic, 
dancing,  architeSfure,  landjcape-painting,  leauty.  III.  i.  Perception  confifts 
in  imitation.  Four  kinds  of  imitation.  i.  Voluntary.  Dogs  taught  to  dance. 
3.  Senfitive.  Hence  fympathy,  and  all  our  virtues.  Contagious  matter  of  vene- 
real ulcers,  of  hydrophobia,  of  jail-fever,  of  fmall-pox,  produced  by  imitation, 
and  the  fex  of  the  embryon.  4.  Irritative  imitation.  5.  Imitations  refolvable 
into  ajfociations-. 

I.  I.  IN  the  hemiplagia,  when  the  limbs  on  Oiie  fide  have  loft 
their  power  of  voluntary  motion,  the  .patient  is  for  many  days  per- 
petually employed  in  moving  thofe  of  the  other.  2.  When  the  vo- 
luntary power  is  fufpended  during  fleep,  there  commences  a  ceafelefs 
flow  of  feiifitive  motions,  or  ideas  of  imagination,  which  compofe  our 
dreams,  3.  When  in  the  cold  fit  of  an  intermittent  fever  fome  parts 
of  the  fyftem  have  for  a  time  continued  torpid,  and  have  thus  ex- 
pended lefs  than  their  u^ual  expenditure  of  fenforial  power  ;  a  hot  fit 
fucceeds,  with  violent  adltioii  of  thofe  velTels,  which  had  previoufly 
been  quiefcent.  All  thefe  are  explained  from  an  accumulation  of 
lenforial  power  during  the  inaftivity  of  fome  part  of  the  fyftem. 

Befides  the  very  great  quantity  of  fenforial  power  perpetually  pro- 
duced and  expended  in  moving  the  arterial,  venous,  and  glandular 

K  k  fyftems, 


250  REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.    Sect.  XXII.  2. 

fyftems,  with  the  various  organs  of  digeftion,  as  defcribed  in  Se«Slion 
XXXII.  3.  2.  there  is  alfo  a  conftant  expenditure  of  it  by  the  ac- 
tion of  our  locomotive  mufcles  and  organs  of  fenfe.  Thus  the  thick- 
nefs  of  the  optic  nerves,  where  they  enter  the  eye,  and  the  great  ex- 
panfion  of  the  nerves  of  touch  beneath  the  whole  of  the  cuticle, 
evince  the  great  confumption  of  fenforial  power  by  thefe  fenfes.  And 
our  perpetual  mufcular  a£llons  in  the  common  offices  of  life,  and  in 
conftantly  preferving  the  perpendicularity  of  our  bodies  during  the 
day,  evince  a  confiderable  expenditure  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  by 
our  locomotive  mufcles.  It  follows,  that  if  the  exertion  of  thefe 
organs  of  fenfe  and  mufcles  be  for  a  while  intermitted,  that  fome 
quantity  of  fenforial  power  muft  be  accumulated,  and  a  propenfity  to 
adivity  of  fome  kind  enfue  from  the  increafed  excitability  of  the 
fyftem.  Whence  proceeds  the  irkfomenefs  of  a  continued  attitude, 
and  of  an  indolent  life. 

However  fmall  this  hourly  accumulation  of  the  fpirit  of  animation 
may  be,  it  produces  a  propenfity  to  fome  kind  of  aftion ;  but  it  never- 
thelefs  requires  either  defire  or  averfion,  either  pleafure  or  pain,  or 
fome  external  ftimulus,  or  a  previous  link  of  aflbciation,  to  excite  the 
fyftem  into  activity;  thus  it  frequently  happens,  when  the  mind  and 
body  are  fo  unemployed  as  not  to  poflefs  any  of  the  three  firft  kinds 
of  ftimuli,  that  the  laft  takes  place,  and  confumes  the  fmall  but  per- 
petual accumulation  of  fenforial  power.  Whence  fome  indolent  pea-» 
pie  repeat  the  fame  verfe  for  hours  together,  or  hum  the  fame  tune. 
Thus  the  poet : 

Onward  he  trudged,  not  knowing  what  he  foughtj 
And  whiftled,  gs  he  went,  for  want  of  thought. 

II.  The  repetitions  of  motions  may  be  at  firft  produced  either  by 
volition,  or  by  fenfation,  or  by  irritation,  but  they  foon  become  eafier 
to  perform  than  any  other  kinds  of  a£lion,  becaufe  they  foon  become 
affociated  together,  according  to  Law  the  feventh,  Sedion  IV.  on 

Animal 


Sect. XXII.  2.     REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.  25! 

Animal  Caufation.  And  becaufe  their  frequency  of  repetition,  if  as 
much  fenforial  power  be  produced  during  every  reiteration  as  is  ex- 
pended, adds  to  the  facility  of  their  production. 

If  a  ftimulus  be  repeated  at  uniform  intervals  of  time,  as  defcribed 
in  Sedl.  XII.  3.  3.  the  aftion,  whether  of  our  mufcles  or  organs  of 
feiife,  is  produced  with  flill  greater  facility  or  energy;  becaufe  the 
fenforial  power  of  affociation,  mentioned  above,  is  combined  with  the 
fenforial  power  of  irritation  ;  that  is,  in  common  language,  the  ac- 
quired habit  affifts  the  power  of  the  ftimulus. 

This  not  only  obtains  in  the  annual,  lunar,  and  diurnal  catenations 
of  animal  motions,  as  explained  in  Se£l.  XXXVI.  which  are  thus 
performed  with  great  facility  and  energy ;  but  in  every  lefs  circle  of 
a£lions  or  ideas,  as  in  the  burthen  of  a  long,  or  the  reiterations  of  a 
dance.  To  the  facility  and  diftindlnefs,  with  which  we  hear  founds 
at  repeated  intervals,  we  owe  the  pleafure,  which  we  receive  from 
mufical  time,  and  from  poetic  time  ;  as.  defcribed  in  Botanic  Garden, 
P.  2.  Interlude  3.  And  to  this  the  pleafure  we  receive  from  the 
rhlmes  and  alliterations  of  modern  verification  ;  the  fource  of  which 
without  this  key  would  be  difficult  to  difcover.  And  to  this  likewife 
fhould  be  afcribed  the  beauty  of  the  duplicature  in  the  perfecfl  tenfe 
of  the  Greek  verbs,  and  of  fome  Latin  ones,  as  tango  tetegi,  mordeo 
momordi. 

There  is  no  variety  of  notes  referable  to  the  gamut  in  the  beating 
of  the  drum,  yet  if  it  be  performed  in  mufical  time,  it  is  agreeable  to 
our  ears ;  and  therefore  this  pleafureable  fenfation  muft  be  owing  to 
the  repetition  of  the  divifions  of  the  founds  at  certain  intervals  of  time, 
or  mufical  bars.  Whether  thefe  times  or  bars  are  dlftinguilhed  by  a 
paufe,  or  by  an  emphafis,  or  accent,  certain  it  is,  that  this  diftindtion 
is  perpetually  repeated  ;  otherwife  the  ear  could  not  determine  inftant- 
ly,  whether  the  fucceflions  of  found  were  in  common  or  in  triple  time. 
In  common  time  there  is  a  divifion  between  every  two  crotchets,  or 

K  k  2  other 


2.52  REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.     Sect.  XXII.  z, 

other  notes  of  equivalent  time  ;  though  the  bar  in  written  mufic  is. 
put  after  every  fourth  crotchet,  or  notes  equivalent  in  time;  in  triple 
time  the  divifion  or  bar  is  after  every  three  crotchets,  or  notes  equi^ 
valent;  fo  that  in  common  time  the  repetition  recurs  more  frequently 
than  in  triple  time.  The  grave  or  heroic  verfes  of  the  Greek  and, 
Latin  poets  are  written  in  common  time ;  the  French  heroic  verfes, 
and  Mr.  Anftie's  humorous  verfes  in  his  bath  guide,  are  written  in 
the  fame  time  as  the  Greek  and  Latin  verfes,  but  are  one  bar  fhorter. 
The  Englifh  grave  or  h«roic  verfes,  are  meafured.  by  triple  time,  as. 
Mr.  Pope's  tranflation  of  Homer.. 

But  befides  thefe  little  circles  of  mufical  time,  there  are  the  greater 
returning  periods,  and  the  ftill  more  diftant  chorufes,  which,  like  the 
rhimes  at  the  ends  of  verfes,  owe  their  beauty  to  repetition;  that  is, 
to  the  facility  and  diflinftnefs  with  which  we  perceive  founds,  which 
we  expedl  to  perceive,  or  have  perceived  before  ;.  or  in  the  language 
of  this  work,  to  the  greater  eafe  and  energy  with  which  o\xt  organ,  is 
excited  by  the  combined  fenforial  powers  of  affociation  and  irritation, 
than  by  the  latter  fingly. 

A  certain  uniformity  or  repetition  of  parts  enters  the  very  compo- 
fition  of  harmony.  Thus  two  oftaves  neareft  to  each  other  in.  the 
fcale  cemmence  their  vibrations  together  after  every  fecond  vibration 
of  the  higher  one.  And  where  the  firfl,  third,  and  fifth  compofe  a 
chord  the  vibrations  concur  or  coincide  frequently,  though  lefs  fo 
than  in  the  two  odaves.  It  is  probable  that  thefe  chords  bear  fome 
analogy  to  a  mixture  of  three  alternate  colours  in  the  fun's  fpeftrum 
feparated  by  a  prifm. 

The  pleafure  we  receive  from  a  melodious  fuccefiion  of  notes  refer- 
able to  the  gamut  is  derived  from  another  fource,'  viz.  to  the  pandi- 
culation or  counteradtion  of  antagonift  fibres.  See  Botanic  Garden, 
P.  2.  Interlude  3.  If  to  thefe  be  added  our  early  aflbciations  of  agree- 
able ideas  with  certain  proportions  of  found,  I  fuppofe,  from  thefe 

three 


Sect.  XXII.  5.     REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.  253- 

three  fources  fprings  all  the  deUght  of  mufic,  fo  celebrated  by  ancient 
authors,  and  fo  enthufiafticaUy  cultivated  at  prefent.  See  Sedl.  XVL 
No.  10.  on  Inftinft. 

This  kind  of  pleafure  arifing  from  repetition,  that  is  from  the  faci- 
lity and  diftindlnefs,  with  which  we  perceive  and  underftand  repeated 
fenfations,  enters  into  all  the  agreeable  arts  ;  and  when  it  is  carried  tO' 
excefs  is  termed  formality.  The  art  of  dancing  like  that  of  mulic  de- 
pends for  a  great  part  of  the  pleafure,  it  affords,,  on  repetition  ;  ar- 
chitefture,  efpecially  the  Grecian,  confi-fts  of  ©ne  part  being  a  repe- 
tition of  another  ;  and  hence  the  beauty  of  the  pyramidal  outline  in 
landfcape-painting  ;  where  one  fide  of  the  pi£ture  may  be  faid  in  fome 
meafure  to  balance  the  other..  So.  univerfally  does  repetition  contribute 
to  our  pleafure  in  the  fine  arts,  that  beauty  itfelf  has  been  defined  by 
fome  writers  to  conliU  in  a  due  combination  of  uniformity  and  variety. 
See  Sea.  XVI.  6. 

III.  I.  IvJ^n  is  termed  by  A..riftotle  an  imitative  animal;:  this  pro- 
penfity  to  imitation  not  only  appears  in  the  adions  of  children,  but  in- 
all  the  cuftoms  and  fafhions  of  the  world;  many  thoufands  tread  ini 
the  beaten  paths  of  others,  for  one  who  traverfes  regions  of  his  own 
difcov.ery.  The  origin  of  this  propenfity  to  imitation  has  not,  that  I 
recoUedl,  been  deduced  from  any  known  principle;  when  any  a6lion 
prefenfes  itfelf  to  the  view  of  a  child,  as  of  whetting  a  knife,  or  thread- 
ing a  needle,  the  parts  of  this  a£lion  in  refpeifl  of  time,  motion,  fi-- 
gure,  is  imitated  by  a  part  of  the  retina  of  his  eye;  to  perform  this- 
a«Stioh  therefore  with  his  hands  is  eafier  to  him  than  to  invent  anv 
new  aftion,  becaufe  it  confifts  in  repeating  with  another  fet  of  fibres^ 
viz.  with  the  moving  mufcles,  what  he  had  jufi;  performed  by  fome 
partsof  the  retina ;  jull  a^  in  dancing  we  transfer  the  times  of  mo- 
tion from  the  adions  of  the  auditory  nerves  to  the  mufcles  of  the 
limbs.  Imitation  therefore  confifts  of  repetition,  which  we  have 
Ihewn  above  to  be  the  eafiefl:  kind  of  animal  adion,  and  which  we- 

3  perpetually 


^54  REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.    Sect.XXII,  3. 

perpetually  fall  into,  when  we  poffefs  an  accumulation  of  fenforial 
power,  which  is  not  otherwife  called  into  exertion. 

It  has  been  fliewn,  that  our  ideas  are  configurations  of  the  organs 
of  fenCe,  produced  originally  in  confequence  of  the  ftimulus  of  exter- 
nal bodies,  x-^nd  that  thefe  ideas,  or  configurations  of  the  organs  of 
fenfe,-  refemble  in  fome  property  a  correfpondent  property  of  external 
matter;  as  the  parts  of  the  fenfes  of  fight  and  of  touch,  which  are 
excited  into  aftion,  refemble  in  figure  the  figure  of  the  ftimulating 
body;  and  probably  alfo  the  colour,  and  the  quantity  of  denfity, 
^vhich  they  perceive.  As  explained  in  Seft.  XIV.  2.  2.  Hence  it  ap- 
pears, that  our  perceptions  themfelves  are  copies,  that  is,  imitations 
of  fome  properties  of  external  matter ;  and  the  propenfity  to  imitation 
is  thus  interwoven  with  our  exiftence,  as  it  is  produced  by  the  ftimuli 
of  external  bodies^  and  is  afterwards  repeated  by  our  volitions  and  fen- 
fations,  and  thus  conftitutes  all  the  operations  of  our  minds. 

2.  Imitations  refolve  themfelves  into  four  kinds,  voluntary,  fenfi- 
tive,  irritative,  and  aflbciate.  The  voluntary  imitations  are,  when 
•we  imitate  deliberately  the  aftions  of  others,  either  by  mimicry,  as  in 
afting  a  play,  or  in  delineating  a  flower  ;  or  in  the  common  actions  of 
our  lives,  as  in  our  drefs,  cookery,  language,  manners,  and  even  in 
our  habits  of  thinking. 

Not  only  the  greatefl  part  of  mankind  learn  all  the  common  arts  of 
life  by  imitating  others,  but  brute  animals  feem  capable  of  acquiring 
knowledge  with  greater  ■  facility  by  imitating  each  other,  than  by  any 
methods  by  which  we  can  teach  them  ;  as  dogs  and  cats,  when  they 
are  fick,  learn  of  each  other  to  eat  grafs  ;  and  I  fuppofe,  that  by 
making  an  artificial  dog  perform  certain  tricks,  as  in  dancing  on  his 
hinder  legs,  a  living  dog  might  be  eafily  induced  to  imitate  them; 
and  that  the  readieft  way  of  inftrufting  dumb  animals  is  by  pradtifing 
them  with  others  of  the  fame  fpecies,  which  have  already  learned  the 
arts  we  wifh  to  teach  them.     The  important  ufe  of  imitation  in  ac- 

5  quiring 


Sect.  XXII.  3.    REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.  255 

quiring  natural  language  is  mentioned  in  Sedion  XVI.  7.  and  8.  on 
Inftina. 

3.  The  fenfitive  imitations  are  the  immediate  confequences  of  plea- 
fure  or  pain,  and  thefe  are  often  produced  even  contrary  to  the  efforts 
of  the  will.  Thus  many  young  men  on  feeing  cruel  furgical  opera- 
tions become  fick,  and  fome  even  feel  pain  in  the  parts  of  their  ovfii 
bodies,  which  they  fee  tortured  or  wounded  in  others ;  that  is,  they 
in  fome  meafure  imitate  by  the  exertions  of  their  own  fibres  the  vio- 
lent a£lions,  which  they  witnefled  in  thofe  of  others.  In  this  cafe  a 
double  imitation  takes  place,  firft  the  obferver  imitates  with  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  optic  nerve  the  mangled  limbs,  which  are  prefent  be- 
fore his  eyes ;  then  by  a  fecond  imitation  he  excites  fo  violent  a6tion 
of  the  fibres  of  his  own  limbs  as  to  produce  pain  in  thofe  parts  of  his 
own  body,  which  he  faw  wounded  in  another.  In  thefe  pains  pro- 
duced by  imitation  the  effect  has  fome  fimilarity  to  the  caufe,  which 
diftinguillies  them  from  thofe  produced  by  aflbciation ;  as  the  pains  of 
the  teeth,  called  tooth-edge,  which  arc  produced  by  aflbciation  with 
difagreeable  founds,  as  explained  m  Se£l.  XVI.  10. 

The  efFe£l  of  this  powerful  agent,  imitation,  in  the  moral  world, 
is  mentioned  in  Se£l.  XVI.  7.  as  it  is  the  foundation  of  all  our  intel- 
ledual  fympathies  with  the  pains  and  pleafures  of  others,  and  is  in 
confequence  the  fource  of  all  our  virtues.  For  in  what  confifls  our 
fympathy  with  the  miferies,  or  with  the  joys,  of  our  fellow  creatures, 
but  in  an  involuntary  excitation  of  ideas  in  fome  meafure  fimilar  or 
imitative  of  thofe,  which  we  believe  to  exift  in  the  minds  of  the  per- 
fons,  whom  we  commiferate  or  congratulate? 

There  are  certain  concurrent  or  fucceffive  adions  of  fome  of  the 
glands,  or  other  parts  of  the  body,  which  are  poflefled  of  fenfation,' 
which  become  intelligible  from  this  propenfity  to  imitation.  Of 
thefe  are  the  production  of  matter  by  the  membranes  of  the  fauces,  or 
by  the  Ikin,  in  confequence  of  the  venereal  difeafe  previoufly  affeding 

the 


±se  REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.     Sect.  XXII.  3. 

the  parts  of  generation.  Since  as  no  fever  is  excited,  and  as  neither 
the  blood  of.  fuch  patients,  nor  even  the  matter  from  ulcers  of  the 
throat,  or  from  cutaneous  ulcers,  will  by  inoculation  produce  the  ve- 
nereal difeafe  in  others,  as  obferved  by  Mr.  Hunter,  there  is  reafon 
to  conclude,  that  no  contagious  matter  is  conveyed  thither  by  the 
blood-vefiels,  but  that  a  milder  matter  is  formed  by  the  adlions  of  the 
fine  vefl'els  in  thofe  membranes  imltatins;  each  other.  See  Seftion 
XXXIII.  2.  9.  In  this  difeafe  the  actions  of  thefe  veffels  producing 
ulcers  on  the  throat  and  ikin  are  imperfedt  imitations  of  thofe  pro- 
ducing chanker,  or  gonorrhoea ;  fince  the  matter  produced  by  them 
is  not  infeftious,  while  the  imitative  a<3:ions  in  the  hydrophobia  ap- 
pear to  be  perfedt  refemblances,  as  they  produce  a  material  -equally  in- 
fedlious  with  the  original  one,  which  induced  them. 

The  contagion  from  the  bite  of  a  mad  dog  differs  from  other  con- 
tasious  materials,  from  its  being;  communicable  from  other  animals  to 
mankind,  and  from  many  animals  to  each  other  ;  the  phenomena  at- 
tending the  hydrophobia  are  in  fome  degree  explicable  on  the  fore- 
going theory.  The  infe£tious  matter  does  not  appear  to  enter  the 
circulation,  as  it  cannot  be  traced  along  the  courfe  of  the  lymphatics 
from  the  wound,  nor  is  there  any  fwelling  of  the  lymphatic  glands, 
nor  does  any  fever  attend,  as  occurs  in  the  fmall-pox,  and  in  many 
other  contagious  difeafes  ;  yet  by  fome  unknown  procefs  the  difeafe  is 
^communicated  from  the  wound  to  the  throat,  and  that  many  months 
after  the  injury,  fo  as  to  produce  pain  and  hydrophobia,  with  a  fecre- 
tion  of  infeftious  faiiva  of  the  fame  kind,  as  that  of  the  mad  dog, 
which  inflicted  the  wound. 

This  fubje£t  is  very  intricate. — It  would  appear,  that  by  certain 
morbid  a£lions  of  the  falivary  glands  of  the  mad  dog,  a  peculiar  kind 
of  faiiva  is  produced;  which  being  inftilled  into  a  wound  of  another 
animal  ftimulates  the  cutaneous  or  mucous  glands  into  morbid  a£lions, 
but  which  are  ineffedlual  in  refpeft  to  the  production  of  a  fimilar  con- 
tagious 


Sect.XXIT.4.    repetition  and  imitation.  25; 

taglous  material ;  but  the  fallvary  glands  by  irritative  fympathy  are 
thrown  into  firailar  aftion,  and  produce  an  infedlious  faliva  fimilar  to 
that  inftilled  into  the  wound. 

Though  in  many  contagious  fevers  a  material  fimilar  to  that  which 
produced  the  difeafe,  is  thus  generated  by  imitation  ;  yet  there  are 
other  infeftious  materials,  which  do  not  thus  propagate  themfelves, 
but  which  feem  to  a£l  like  flow  poifons.  Of  this  kind  was  the  con- 
tagious matter,  which  produced  the  jail-fever  at  the  affizes  at  Oxford 
about  a  century  ago.  Which,  though  fatal  to  fo  many,  was  not 
communicated  to  their  nurfes  or  attendants.  In  theie  cafes,  the  imi- 
tations of  the  fine  veflels,  as  above  defcribed,  appear  to  be  imperfect, 
and  do  not  therefore  produce  a  matter  fimilar  to  that,  which  Simulates 
them  ;  in  this  circumftance  refembling  the  venereal  matter  in  ulcers 
of  the  throat  or  fkin,  according  to  the  curious  difcovery  of  Mr.  Hun- 
ter above  related,  who  found,  by  repeated  inoculations,  that  it  would 
not  infecl.     Hunter  on  Venereal  Difeafe,  Part  vi.  ch.  i. 

Another  example  of  morbid  imitation  is  in  the  produftion  of  a  great 
quantity  of  contagious  matter,  as  in  the  inoculated  fmall-pox,  from  a 
fmall  quantity  of  it  inferted  into  the  arm,  and  probably  ditFufed  in  the 
blood.  Thefe  particles  of  contagious  matter  flimulate  the  extremities 
of  the  fine  arteries  of  the  fkin,  and  caufe  them  to  imitate  fome  pro- 
perties of  thofe  particles  of  contagious  matter,  fo  as  to  produce  a  thou- 
fandfold  of  a  fimilar  material.  See  Se£l.  XXXIII.  2.  6.  Other  in- 
flances  are  mentioned  in  the  Se(ftion  on  Generation,  which  fliew  the 
probability  that  the  extremities  of  the  feminal  glands  may  imitate  cer- 
tain ideas  of  the  mind,  or  actions  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  and  thus  oc- 
cafion  the  male  or  female  fex  of  the  embryon.    See  Sedl.  XXXIX.  6. 

4.  We  come  now  to  thofe  imitations,  which  are  not  attended  with, 
fenfation.  Of  thefe  are  all  the  irritative  ideas  already  explained,  as 
when  the  retina  of  the  eye  imitates  by  its  adion  or  configuration  the 
tree  or  the  bench,  which  I  fhun  in  walking  pait  without  attending 
to  them.     Other  examples  of  thefe  irritative  imitations  are  daily  ob- 

L 1  fervable 


258  REPETITION  AND  IMITATION.    Sect.  XXII.  5, 

fervable  in  common  life  :  thus  one  yawning  perfon  (hall  fet  a  whole 
company  a  yawning  ;  and  fome  have  acquired  winking  of  the  eyes  or 
impediments  of  fpeech  by  imitating  their  companions  without  being 
confcious  of  it. 

5.  Befides  the  three  fpecies  of  imitations  above  defcribed  there  may 
be  fome  affociate  motions,  which  may  imitate  each  other  in  the  kind 
as  well  as  in  the  quantity  of  their  a6tion ;  but  it  is  difficult  to  dif- 
tinguifli  them  from  the  aflbciations  of  motions  treated  of  in  Sedlioa 
XXXV.  Where  the  a£lions  of  other  perfons  are  imitated  there  can  be 
no  doubt,  or  where  we  imitate  a  preconceived  idea  by  exertion  of  our 
locomotive  mufcles,  as  in  painting  a  dragon ;  all  thefe  imitations  may 
aptly  be  referred  to  the  fources  above  defcribed  of  the  propenfity  to 
activity,  and  the  facility  of  repetition  ;  at  the  fame  time  I  do  not  af- 
firm, that  all  thofe  other  apparent  fenfitive  and  irritative  imitations 
may  not  be  refolvable  into  aflbciations  of  a  peculiar  kind,  in  which 
certain  diftant  parts  of  fimilar  irritability  or  fenfibility,  and  which  have 
habitually  afled  together,  may  affedl  each  other  exadly  with  the  fame 
kinds  of  motion ;  as  many  parts  are  known  to  fympathife  in  the  quan- 
tity of  their  motions.  And  that  therefore  they  may  be  ultimately  re- 
folvable into  aflbciations  of  a£lion,  as  defcribed  in  Sedt.  XXXV. 


SECT. 


Sect.  XXIII.  i.  OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.        259 


SECT.    XXIII. 

OF    THE    CIRCULATORY    SYSTEM. 

I.  'The  heart  and  arteries  have  no  antagonift  mujcles.  Veins  ahforh  the  Mood,  pro- 
pel it  forwards,  and  diftend  the  heart;  contraSiion  of  the  heart  diflends  the  ar- 
teries. Vena  portarmn.  II.  Glands  which  take  their  fluids  from  the  blood. 
With  long  necks,  with  fhort  necks.  III.  Abjorhent  Jyflem.  IV.  Heat  given 
out  from  glandular  fecretions.  Blood  changes  colour  in  the  lungs  and  in  the 
glands  and  capillaries.     V.  Blood  is  abforbed  by  veins,  as  chyle  by  laSeal  vef- 

fels,  otherwife  they  could  not  join  their  fir  earns.  VI.  Two  kinds  of  flimidus, 
agreeable  and  difagreeable.      Glandular  appetency.      Glands  originally  pojfejjed 

fenjation. 

I.  WE  now  flep  forwards  to  illuftrate  feme  of  the  phzenomena  of 
difeafes,  and  to  trace  out  their  moft  efficacious  methods  of  cure ;  and 
fhall  commence  this  fubje£l  with  a  fhort  defcription  of  the  circulatorj 
fyftem. 

As  the  nerves,  whofe  extremities  form  our  various  organs  of  fenfe 
and  mufcles,  are  all  joined,  or  communicate,  by  means  of  the  brain, 
for  the  convenience  perhaps  of  the  diftribution  of  a  fubtile  ethereal 
fluid  for  the  purpofe  of  motion;  fo  all  thofe  veffels  of  the  bodj, 
■which  carry  the  groffer  fluids  for  the  purpofes  of  nutrition,  communi- 
cate with  each  other  by  the  heart. 

The  heart  and  arteries  are  hollow  mufcles,  and  are  therefore  in- 
dued with  power  of  contraction  in  confequence  of  ftimulus,  like  all 
other  mufcular  fibres  ;  but,  as  they  have  no  antagonifl  mufcles,"  the 
cavities  of   the  veflels,    which  they  form,    would  remain  for  e\-er 

L  1  2  clofed. 


26o        OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.   Sect.  XXIII.  i, 

clofed,  after  they  have  contradled  themfelves,  unlefs  fome  extraneous 
power  be  applied  to  again  diftend  them.  This  extraneous  power  in 
refpeft  to  the  heart  is  the  current  of  blood,  which  is  perpetually  ab- 
forbed  by  the  veins  from  the  various  glands  and  capillaries,  and 
pufhed  into  the  heart  by  a  power  probably  very  fimilar  to  that,  which 
raifes  the  fap  in  vegetables  in  the  fpring,  which,  according  to  Dr. 
Hale's  experiment  on  the  ftump  of  a  vine,  exerted  a  force  equal  to  a 
column  of  water  above  twenty  feet  high.  This  force  of  the  current 
of  blood  in  the  veins  is  partly  produced  by  their  abforbent  power,  ex- 
erted at  the  beginning  of  every  fine  ramification ;  which  may  be  con- 
ceived to  be  a  mouth  abforbing  blood,  as  the  mouths  of  the  lafteals 
and  lymphatics  abforb  chyle  and  lymph.  And  partly  by  their  inter- 
mitted compreffion  by  the  pulfations  of  their  generally  concomitant  ar- 
teries ;  by  which  the  blood  is  perpetually  propelled  towards  the  heart, 
as  the  valves  in  many  veins,  and  the  abforbent  mouths  in  them  all, 
will  not  fuffer  it  to  return. 

The  blood,  thus  forcibly  injected  into  the  chambers  of  the  heart, 
diftends  this  combination  of  hollow  mufcles;  till  by  the  ftimulus  of 
diftention  they  contrail  themfelves;  and,  pufhing  forwards  the  blood 
into  the  arteries,  exert  fufficient  force  to  overcome  in  lefs  than  a 
fecond  of  time  the  vis  inertias,  and  perhaps  fome  elafticity,  of  the  very 
extenfive  ramifications  of  the  two  great  fyftemsof  the  aortal  and  pul- 
monary arteries.  The  power  neceffary  to  do  this  in  fo  Ihort  a  time 
mull:  be  confiderable,  and  has  been  varioufly  eftimated  by  different 
phyfiologifts. 

The  mufcular  coats  of  the  arterial  fvftem  are  then  brought  into  ac- 
tion  by  the  ftimulus  of  diftention,  and  propel  the  blood  to  the  mouths, 
or  through  the  convolutions,  which  precede  the  fecretory  apertures  of 
the  various  glands  and  capillaries.    , 

In  the  veffels  of  the  liver  there  is  no  intervention  of  the  heart;  but 
the  vena  poitariun,  which  does  the  office  of  an  artery,  is  diftended  by 
the  blood  poured  into  it  from  the  mefenteric  veins,  and  is  by  this 

diftention 


Sect.XXIII.  2.    OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.        261 

diftention  Simulated  to  contraft  itfelf,  and  propel  the  blood  to  the 
mouths  of  the  numerous  glands,  which  compofe  that  vifcus. 

II.  The  glandular  fyftem  of  veffels  may  be  divided  into  thofe, 
which  take  fome  fluid  from  the  circulation  ;  and  thofe,  which  give 
fomething  to  it.  Thofe,  which  take  their  fluid  from  the  circulation, 
are  the  various  glands,  by  which  the  tears,  bile,  urine,  perfpiration, 
and  many  other  fecretions  are  produced;  thefe  glands  probably  confifh 
of  a  mouth  to  fele£l,  a  belly  to  digeft,  and  an  excretory  aperture  to 
emit  their  appropriated  fluids  ;  the  blood  is  conveyed  by  the  power  of 
the  heart  and  arteries  to  the  mouths  of  thefe  glands,  it  is  there  taken 
up  by  the  living  power  of  the  gland,  and  carried  forwards  to  its  belly, 
and  excretory  aperture,  where  a  part  is  feparated,  and  the  remainder 
abforbed  by  the  veins  for  further  purpofes. 

Some  of  thefe  glands  are  furnifhed  with  long  convoluted  necks  or 
tubes,  as  the  feminal  ones,  which  are  curioufly  feen  when  injedled 
with  quickfilver.  Others  feem  to  confift  of  fhorter  tubes,  as  that 
great  congeries  of  glands,  which  conftitute  the  liver,  and  thofe  of  the 
kidneys.  Some  have  their  excretory  apertures  opening  into  refervoirs, 
as  the  urinary  and  gall-bladders.  And  others  on  the  external  body,  as 
thofe  which  fecret  the  tears,  and  perfpirable  matter. 

Another  great  fyftem  of  glands,  which  have  very  fhort  necks,  are 
the  capillary  veflels ;  by  which  the  infenlible  perfpiration  is  fecreted 
on  the  Ikin  ;  and  the  mucus  of  various  confidences,  which  lubricates 
the  interftices  of  the  cellular  membrane,  of  the  mufcular  fibres,  and 
of  all  the  larger  cavities  of  the  body.  From  the  want  of  a  long  con- 
volution of  veffels  fome  have  doubted,  whether  thefe  capillaries  lliould 
be  confidered  as  glands,  and  have  been  led  to  conclude,  that  the  per- 
fpirable matter  rather  exuded  than  was  fecreted.  But  the  fluid  of 
perfpiration  is  not  fimple  water,  though  that  part  of  it  which  exhales 
into  the  air  may  be  fuch  ;  for  there  is  another  part  of  it,  which  in  a 
ftate  of  health  is  abforbed  again  ;  but  which,  when  the  abfcrbents  are 

^  difeafed. 


262      OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.  Sect.  XXIII.  3. 4, 

dlfeafed,  remains  on  the  furface  of  the  fkin,  in  the  form  of  fcurf,  or 
indurated  mucus.  Another  thing,  which  fhews  their  fimiUtude  to 
other  glands,  is  their  fenfibility  to  certain  afFeftions  of  the  mind  ;  as 
is  feen  in  the  deeper  colour  of  the  Ikin  in  the  blufti  of  fhame,  or  the 
greater  palenefs  of  it  from  fear. 

III.  Another  feries  of  glandular  velTels  is  called  the  abforbent 
fyftem  ;  thefe  open  their  mouths  into  all  the  cavities,  and  upon  all 
thofe  furfaces  of  the  body,  where  the  excretory  apertures  of  the 
other  glands  pour  out  their  fluids.  The  mouths  of  the  abforbent 
fyftem  drink  up  a  part  or  the  whole  of  thefe  fluids,  and  carry  them, 
forwards  by  their  living  power  to  their  refpective  glands,  which  are 
called  conglobate  glands.  There  thefe  fluids  undergo  fome  change, 
before  they  pafs  on  into  the  circulation ;  but  if  they  are  very  acrid, 
the  conglobate  gland  fwells,  and  fometimes  fuppurates,  as  in  inocu- 
lation of  the  fmall-pox,  in  the  plague,  and  in  venereal  abforptions  ; 
at  other  times  the  fluid  may  perhaps  continue  there,  till  it  undergoes 
fome  chemical  change,  that  renders  it  lefs  noxious  ;  or,  what  is  more 
likely,  till  it  is  regurgitated  by  the  retrograde  motion  of  the  gland  in 
fpontaneous  fweats  or  diarrhoeas,  as  difagreeing  food  is  vomited  from 
the  ftomach. 

IV.  As  all  the  fluids,  that  pafs  through  thefe  glands,  and  capillary 
veiTels,  undergo  a  chemical  change,  acquiring  new  combinations, 
the  matter  of  heat  is  at  the  fame  time  given  out ;  this  is  apparent, 
fince  whatever  increafes  infenfible  perfpiration,  increafes  the  heat  of 
the  flcin ;  and  when  the  aftion  of  thefe  veflels  is  much  increafed  but 
for  a  moment,  as  in  blulhing,  a  vivid  heat  on  the  Ikin  is  the  immedi- 
ate confequence.  So  when  great  bilious  fecretions,  or  thofe  of  any 
other  o-land,  are  produced,  heat  is  generated  in  the  part  in  proportion 
to  the  quantity  of  the  fecretion. 

The  heat  produced  on  the  flcin  by  blufliing  may  be  thought  by 
fome  too  fudden  to  be  pronouaced  a  chemical  efFed,  as  the  fermenta- 
tions 


Sect.  XXIII.  5.    OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.        263 

tions  or  new  combinations  taking  place  in  a  fluid  is  in  general  a  flower 
procefs.  Yet  are  there  many  chemical  mixtures  in  which  heat  is 
given  out  as  infl:antaneoufly  ;  as  in  folutions  of  metals  in  acids,  or  in 
mixtures  of  eflential  oils  and  acids,  as  of  oil  of  cloves  and  acid  of 
nitre.  So  the  bruifed  parts  of  an  unripe  apple  become  almoft  inflan- 
taneoufly  fweet ;  and  if  the  chemico-animal  procefs  of  digeftion  be 
flopped  for  but  a  moment,  as  by  fear,  or  even  by  voluntary  eruda- 
tion,  a  great  quantity  of  air  is  generated,  by  the  fermentation,  which 
infl:antly  fucceeds  the  fl:op  of  digeftion.  By  the  experiments  of  Dr. 
Hales  it  appears,  that  an  apple  during  fermentation  gave  up  above  fix 
hundred  times  its  bulk  of  air  ;  and  the  materials  in  the  ftomach  are 
fuch,  and  in  fuch  a  lituation,  as  immediately  to  run  into  fermenta- 
tion, when  digeftion  is  impeded. 

As  the  blood  pafles  through  the  fmall  vefl™els  of  the  lungs,  which 
conne£l  the  pulmonary  artery  and  vein,  it  undergoes  a  change  of  co- 
lour from  a  dark  to  a  light  red ;  which  may  be  termed  a  chemical 
change,  as  it  is  known  to  be  efFefted  by  an  admixture  of  oxygene, 
or  vital  air;  which,  according  to  a  difcovery 'of  Dr.  Prieftley,  pafles 
through  the  moift  membranes,  which  conftitute  the  fides  of  thefe 
veflels.  As  the  blood  pafles  through  the  capillary  veflels,  and  glands, 
which  connedl  the  aorta  and  its  various  branches  with  their  corre- 
fpondent  veins  in  the  extremities  of  the  body,  it  again  lofes  the  bright 
red  colour,  and  undergoes  fome  new  combinations  in  the  glands  or 
capillaries,  in  which  the  matter  of  heat  is  given  out  from  the  fecreted 
fluids.  This  procefs  therefore,  as  well  as  the  procefs  of  refpiration, 
has  fome  analogy  to  combuftion,  as  the  vital  air  or  oxygene  feems  to 
become  united  to  fome  inflammable  bafe,  and  the  matter  of  heat 
efcapes  from  the  new  acid,  which  is  thus  produced. 

V.  After  the  blood  has  pafled   thefe   glands  and  capillaries,    and 
parted  with  whatever  they  chofe  to  take  from  it,  the  remainder  is  re- 
ceived by  the  veins,  which  are  a  fet  of  blood-abforbiiig  veflels  in  ge- 
neral 


264        OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.    Sect.XXIIL  6. 

neral  correfponding  with  the  ramifications  of  the  arterial  fyftem.  At 
the  extremity  of  the  fine  convolutions  of  the  glands  the  arterial  force 
ceafcs ;  this  in  refpe^l  to  the  capillary  veffels,  which  unite  the  extre- 
mities of  the  arteries  with  the  commencement  of  the  veins,  is  evident 
to  the  eye,  on  viewing  the  tail  of  a  tadpole  by  means  of  a  folar,  or 
even  by  a  common  microfcope,  for  globules  of  blood  are  feen  to  en- 
deavour to  pafs,  and  to  return  again  and  again,  before  they  become 
abforbed  by  the  mouths  of  the  veins ;  which  returning  of  thefe  glo- 
bules evinces,  that  the  arterial  force  behind  them  has  ceafed.  The 
veins  are  furnifhed  with  valves  Ijike  the  lymphatic  abforbents ;  and 
the  great  trunks  of  the  veins,  and  of  the  ladleals  and  lymphatic,  join 
together  before  the  ingrefs  of  their  fluids  into  the  left  chamber  of  the 
heart  J  both  which  evince,  that  the  blood  in  the  veins,  and  the  lymph 
and  chyle  in  the  lafleals  and  lymphatics,  are  carried  on  by  a  fimilar 
force;  otherwife  the  flream,  which  was  propelled  with  a  lefs  power, 
could  not  enter  the  veffels,  which  contained  the  ftream  propelled  with 
a  greater  power.  From  whence  it  appears,  that  the  veins  are  a  fyftem 
of  veffels  abforbing  blood,  as  the  ladteals  and  lymphatics  are  a  fyftem 
of  veffels  abforbing  chyle  and  lymph.    See  Setfl.  XXVII.  i. 

VI.  The  movements  of  their  adapted  fluids  in  the  various  veffels  of 
the  body  are  carried  forwards  by  the  adlions  of  thofe  veffels  in  confe- 
quence  of  two  kinds  of  ftimulus,  one  of  which  may  be  compared  to  a 
pleafureabie  fenfation  or  defire  inducing  the  veffel  to  feize,  and,  as  it 
were,  to  fwallovv  the  particles  thus  felefted  from  the  blood;  as  is 
done  by  the  mouths  of  the  various  glands,  veins,  and  other  abforbents, 
which  may  be  called  glandular  appetency.  The  other  kind  of  ftimu- 
lus  rriay  be  compared  to  difagreeable  fenfation,  or  averfion,  as  when 
the  heart  has  received  the  blood,  and  is  ftimulated  by  it  to  pufh  it  for- 
wards into  the  arteries ;  the  fame  again  ftimulates  the  arteries  to  con- 
tract, and  carry  forwards  the  blood  to  their  extremities,  the  glands 
and  tapillaries.     Thus  the  mefenteric  veins  abforb  the  blood  from  the 

jnteftines 


Sect.XXIIL  6.    OF  THE  CIRCULATORY  SYSTEM.        i^{ 

inteftines  by  glandular  appetency,  and  carry  it  forward  to  the  vena  por- 
tarum  ;  which  adling  as  an  artery  contrails  itfelf  by  difagreeable  fti- 
naulus,  and  puflies  it  to  its  ramified  extremities,  the  various  glands, 
which  conftitute  the  liver. 

It  feems  probable,  that  at  the  beginning  of  the  formation  of  thefe 
veflels  in  the  embryon,  an  agreeable  fenfation  was  in  reality  felt  by 
the  glands  during  fecretion,  as  is  now  felt  in  the  a<3:  of  fwallowing 
palatable  food;  and  that  a  difagreeable  fenfation  was  originally  felt  by 
the  heart  from  the  diftention  occafioned  by  the  blood,  or  by  its  che- 
mical ftimulus;  but  that  by  habit  thefe  are  all  become  irritative  mo- 
tions; that  is,  fuch  motions  as  do  not  afFedl  the  whole  fyflem^  except 
wiien  the  veflels  are  difeafed  by  inflammation. 


Mm  SECT. 


M  OF  THE  SALIVA  AND  TEARS.     Sect.  XXI V.x, 


SECT.    XXIV. 

OF  THE  SECRET  10 N-S  OF  SALIVA^  AND  OF  TEARS,    ANU  OF 
THE  LACRYMAL  SACK,. 

1^  Secretion  ofjaliva  increqfed  by  mercury  in  the  blood',  i..  By  the  food  in  the  mouth, 
Drynefs  of  the  mouth  not  from  a  deficiency  of  f diva..  2.  Byfenfitive  ideas.  3.. 
By  volition.^  4.  By  dijiafteful  fubftances.  Itisfecreted  in  a  dilute  and /aline- 
fiate.  It  then  becomes  more  vifcid.  5.  By  ideas  of  difi:aftefuljubfiances.  6.  By 
natifea.  7.  By  averfton.  8.  By  catenation,  'with  ftimulating  fubftances  in  the-. 
ear.  II.  i.  Secretion,  of  tears  lefs  in  Jleep.  From  Jlimulation  of  their  excretory 
du^.  1.  Lacrymal  fack  is  a  gland..  3.  J/j  «/&j.  4.  'T!ears  are  fecreted^, 
when  the  nafal  du5l  is  Jiimulated.  5.  Or  when  it  is  excited  by  fenfation.  6,. 
Or  by  volition,  j.  "The  lacrymal  fack  can  regurgitate  its  contents  into  the  eye.. 
8.  More  tears  are  fecreted  by  affociation  with  the  irritation  of  the  nafal  duSl  of 
the  lacrymal  fack.,  than,  the  punSfa  lacrymalia  can  imbibe.  Of  the  gout  in  the: 
liver  and  ftomachi 

I.  THE  falival  glands  drink  up  a  certain  fluid  from  the  circumflu- 
ent bloo'd,.  and  pour  it  into  the  mouth.  They  are  fometimes  ftimulatedi 
into  a£lion  by  the  blood,  that  furrounds  their  origin,-  or  by  fome  part: 
of  that  heterogeneous  fluid  :  for  when  mercurial  falts,  or  oxydes,  are 
mixed  with  the  blood,  they  ftimulate  thefe  glands  into  unnatural  ext- 
ertions ;  and  then  an  unufual  quantity  of  faliva  is  feparated. 

As  the  faliva  fecreted  by  thefe  glands  is  moft  wanted  during  the 
maftication  of  our  food,  it  happens,  when  the  terminations  of  their 
dufts  in  the  mouth,  are  ftimulated  into  adion,  the  falival  glands  them- 

3  felves 


Sect. XXIV.  I.      OF  THE  SALIVA  AND  TEARS.  267 

felves  arc  brought  into  increafed  aftion  at  the  fame  time  by  aflbciation, 
and  feparate  a  greater  quantity  of  their  juices  from  the  blood  ;  in  the 
iame  manner  as  tears  are  produced  in  greater  abundance  during  the 
flimulus  of  the  vapour  of  onions,  or  of  any  other  acrid  material  in  the 
eye. 

The  faliva  is  thus  naturally  poured  into  the  mouth  only  during  the 
flimulus  of  our  food  in  maftication ;  for  when  there  is  too  great  an  ex- 
halation of  the  mucilaginous  fecretion  from  the  membranes,  which 
line  the  mouth,  or  too  great  an  abforption  of  it,  the  mouth  becomes 
dry,  though  there  is  no  deficiency  in  the  quantity  of  faliva  ;  as  in  thofc 
who  deep  with  their  mouths  open,  and  in  fome  fevers. 

2.  Though  during  the  maftication  of  our  natural  food  the  falival 
glands  are  excited  into  action  by  the  ftimulus  on  their  excretory  du£lSj 
and  a  due  quantity  of  faliva  is  feparated  from  the  blood,  and  poured 
into  the  mouth  ;  yet  as  this  maftication  of  our  food  is  always  attended 
with  a  degree  of  pleafure;  and  that  pleafureable  fenfation  is  alfb  con- 
iie<9;ed  with  our  ideas  of  certain  kinds  of  aliment ;  it  follows,  that 
when  thefe  ideas  are  reproduced,  the  pleafureable  fenfation  arifes 
along  with  them,  and  the  falival  glands  are  excited  into  aftion,  and 
fill  the  mouth  with  faliva  from  this  fenfitive  aftbciation,  as  is  frequent- 
ly feen  in  dogs,  who  flaver  at  the  fight  of  food. 

3.  We  have  alfo  a  voluntary  power  over  the  adibri  of  d\efc  falival^ 
glands,  for  we  can  at  any  time  produce  a  flow  of  faliva  intoour  mouth,' 
and  fpit  out,  or  fwallow  it  at  will. 

4^  If  any  very  acrid  material  be  held  in  the  mouth,  as  the  root  of 
py^-ethrum,  or  the  leaves  of  tobacco,  the  falival  glands  are  ftimulated"* 
into  ftronger  action  than  is  natural,  and  thence  fecrete  a  much  larger 
quantity  of  faliva;  which  is  at  the  fame  tirtie  more  vifcid  than  in  its 
natural  ftate  J  becaufe  the  lymphatics,  that  open  their  mouths  into 
the  dufts  of  the  falival  glands,  and  on  the  membranes,  which  line  the 
iaioBth,  are  likewifeftimulated  into  ftronger  adion,  and  abforb  the- 

.  M  m  2  more 


268  OF  THE  SALIVA  AND  TEARS.      Sect.  XXIV.  r^ 

more  liquid  parts  of  the  faliva  with  greater  avidity  j  and  the  remainder 
is  left  both,  in  greater  quantity  and  more  vifcidv 

The  increafed  abforption  in  the  mouth-  by  fome  ftimuiating  fub» 
fiances,  which  are  called  aftringents,  as  crab  juice,  is  evident  from^ 
the  inftant  drynefs  produced  in  the  mouth  by  a  fmall  quantity  of 
them.. 

As  the  extremities  of  the  glands  are  of  exquifite  tenuity,  as  appears- 
by  their  difficulty  of  injedlion,  it  was  neceffary  for  them  to  fecrete 
their  fluids  in  a  very  dilute  ftate  ;  and,  probabdy  for  the  purpofe  of 
ftimuiating  them  into  a£tion,  a  quantity  of  neutral  fait  is  like  wife  fe* 
Greted  or  formed  by  the  gland.  This  aqueous  and  faline  part  of  all 
fecreted  fluids  is  again  reabforbed  into  the  habit..  More  than  half  of 
fome  fecreted  fluids  is  thus  imbibed  from  the  refervoirs,  into  which, 
they  are  poured ;  as  in  the  urinary  bladder  much  more  than  half  of 
what  is  fecreted  by  the  kidneys  becomes  reabforbed  by  the  lymphaticsy. 
which  are  thickly  difperled  around  the  neck-  of  the  bladder.  This, 
feems  to  be  the  purpofe  of  the  urinary  bladders  of  fifh,  as  otherwife: 
fuch  a  receptacle  for  the  urine  could  have  been  of  no  ufe  to  an- animal-, 
immerfed  in  water. 

,5.  The  idea  of  fubffances  difagreeably  acrid  will  alfo  produce  as. 
quantity  of  faliva  in  the  mouth ;  as  when  we  fmell  very  putrid  va- 
pours,, we.  are  induced  to  fpit  out  our  faliva,  as  if  fomething  difagree--- 
able  was  actually  upon  our  palates. 

6.  When  difagreeable  food  in  the  ftomach  produces  naufea^  a  flow-' 
of  faliva  is  excited  in  the  mouth  by  affociation ;,  as  efforts  to  vomit  are 
frequently  produced  by  difagreeable  drugs  in  the  mouth  by  the  fame 
kind  of  alfociation. 

7.  A  preternatural  flow  of  faliva  is  likewife  fometimes  occafioned? 
by  a  difeafe  of  the  voluntary  power;  for  if  we  think  about  our  faliva* , 
and  determine  not  to  fwallow  it,  or  not  to  fpit  it  out,  an  exertion  is 
produced  by  the  will,  and  more  faliva;  is  fecreted  againft  our  wifh  ;= 

that- 


Sect. XXIV.  2.     OF  THE  SALIVA  AND  TEARS.  2^9 

that  is,  by  our  averfion,  which  bears  the  fame  analogy  to  defire,  as 
pain  does  to  pleafure  ;  as  they  are  only  modifications  of  the  fame  dif- 
pofition  of  the  fenforium.     See  Clafs-  IV.  3.  2.  r. 

8.  The  quantity  of  faliva  may  alfo  be  increafed  beyond  what  is  na- 
tural, by  the  catenation  of  the  motions  of  thefe  glands  with  other  mo- 
tions, or  fenfations,  as  by  an  extraneous  body  in  the  ear  j  of  which  I 
have  known  an  inftance ;  or  by  the  application  of  flizolobium,  fdiqua- 
h-irfuta,  cowhage,  to  the  feat  of  the  parotis,  as  fome  writers  have  af^ 
firmed  .- 

II.     I.  The  lacrymal  gland  drinks  up  a  certain  fluid  from  the  cir- 
cumfluent blood,  and  pours  it  on  the  ball  of  the  eye,  on  the  upper 
part  of  the  external  corner  of  the  eyelids.     Though  it  may  perhaps 
be  ftimulated  into  the  performance  of  its  natural  adion  by  the  blood,, 
which  furrounds  its  origin,  or  by  fome  part  of  that  heterogeneous 
fluid  ;■  yet  as  the  tears  fecreted  by  this  gland  are  more  wanted  at  fome^ 
times  than  at  others,  its  fecretion  is  variable,  like  that  of  the  faliva: 
above  mentioned,  and  is  chiefly  produced  when  it's  excretory  du(5l  is- 
ftiraulated';  for  in  our  common  fleep  there  feems  to  be  little  or  no  fe- 
cretion of  tears ;  though  they  are  occafionally  produced  by  our  fenia— 
tions  in  dreams. 

Thus  when  any  extraneous  material  on  the  eye-ball,  or  thedrynefs 
of  the  external  covering  of  it,  or  the  coldnefs  of  the  air,  or  the  acri- 
mony of  fome  vapours,  as  of  onions,  Simulates  the  excretory  dudl  of 
the  lacrymal  gland,  it  difcharges  its  contents  upon  the  ball ;  a  quicker 
fecretion  takes  place  in  the  gland,  and  abundant  tears  fucceed;  to 
moiften,  clean,  and  lubricate  the  eye.  Thefe  by  frequent  nidlitation 
are  difFufed  over  the  whole  baD,  and  as  the  external  angle  of  the  eye 
in  winking  is  clofed  fooner  than  the  internal  angle,  the  tears  are  gra- 
dually driven  forwards,  and  downwards  from  the  lacrymal  gland  to  the 
punda  lacrymalia-. 

2.  The  lacrymal  fack,  Avith  its  punfta  lacrymalia,  and  its  nafal 
dud,  is  a  complete  gland;  and  is  Angular  in  this  refped,  that  it  nei- 
ther 


27®  OF  THE  SALIVA  AND  TEARS.      Sect.  XXIV.  2. 

ther  derives  its  fluid  from,  nor  difgorges  it  into  the  circulation.  The 
iimplicity  of  the  ftrudure  of  this  gland,  and  both  the  extremities  of  it 
tbeing  on  the  furface  of  the  body,  makes  it  well  worthy  our  minuter 
obfervation ;  as  the  aftions  of  more  intricate  and  concealed  glands  may 
'be  better  underftood  from  their  analogy  to  this. 

3.  This  fimple  gland  confifts  of  two  abforbing  mouths,  a  belly,  and 
an  excretory  dud.  As  the  tears  are  brought  to  the  internal  angle  of 
the  eye,  thefe  two  mouths  drink  them  up,  being  ftimuiated  into  ac- 
tion by  this  fluid,  which  they  abforb.  The  belly  of  the  gland,  or 
lacrymal  fack,  is  thus  filled,  in  which  the  faline  part  of  the  tears  is 
abforbed,  and  when  the  other  end  of  the  gland,  or  nafal  du<St,  is  fti- 
mulated  by  the  diynefs,  or  pained  by  the  coldnefs  of  the  air,  or  af- 
fedted  by  any  acrimonious  duft  or  vapour  in  the  noftrils,  it  is  excited 
into  a€lion  together  with  the  fack,  and  the  tears  are  difgorged  upon 
the  membrane,  which  lines  the  noflrils  ;  where  they  ferve  a  fecond 
purpofe  to  moiflen,  clean,  and  lubricate,  the  organ  of  fmell. 

4^.  When  the  nafal  du6l  of  this  gland  is  Simulated  by  any  very 
acrid  material,  as  the  powder  of  tobacco,  or  volatile  fpirits,  it  not 
only  difgorges  the  contents  of  its  belly  or  receptacle  (the  lacrymai: 
fack),  and  abforbs  haftily  all  the  fluid,  that  is  ready  for  it  in  the  cor- 
ner of  the  eye  ;  but  by  the  aflTociation  of  its  motions  with  thofe  of  the 
lacrymal  gland,  it  excites  that  alfo  into  increafed  a(5lion,  and  a  large 
flpw  of  tears  is  poured  into  the  eye, 

5.  This  ri^fal  duft  is  likewife  excited  into  ftrong  adion  by  fenfitive 
ideas,  as  iii  grief,  or  joy,  and  then  alfo  by  its  affociations  with  the  la- 
crymal gland.it  produces  a  great  flow  of  tears  without  any  external  ftifi 
mulus ;  as  is  more  fully  explained  in  Se£l.  XVI.  8.  on  Inftind. 

6.  There  are  fome,    famous  in  the  arts  of  exciting  compa/lion^ 

who  are  faid  to  have  acquired  a  voluntary  power  of  producing  a  flowi 

of  tears  in  the  eye  ;  which,  from  what  has  been  faid  in  the  fe£lion,on<; 

Iqftinfl:  abqve.-meritioned,  I  fliould  fufped,  is -performed  by  acqpiring 

a  voluntary  power  oyer  the  adipn  of  this  nafal  dwd. . 

7.  Tliere 


S-ECT.  XXIV.  2.      OF  THE  SALIVA  AND  TEARS-.  2 yr 

7.  There  is  another  circumftance  well:  worthy  our  attention,  that 
when  by  any  accident  this  nafal  du£l  is  obfl:ru£led,  the  lacrymal  fack, 
which  is  the  beliy  or  receptacle  of  this  gland,  by  flight  preffure  of  the 
finger  is  enabled  to  difgorge  its  contents  again  into  the  eye ;  perhaps 
the  bile  in  the  lame  manner,,  when  the  biliary  dufts  are  obflrufted,  is^ 
returned-  into  the  blood  by  the  veflels  which  fecrete  it  }- 

8.  A  very  important  though  minute  occurrence  mufl:  here  be  ob- 
ferved,  that  though  the  lacrymal  gland  is  only  excited  into  a6tion,. 
when  we  weep  at  a  diftrefsful-  tale,,  by  its  aflbciation  with  this  nafaL 
du£l,  as  is  more  fully  explained  in  Sedl.  XVI.  8  ;  yet  the  Quantity  of" 
tears  fecreted  at  once  is  more  than  the  punfta  lacrymalia  can  readily 
abforb;  which  fhews  that  the  motions  occajioned  by  ajfoeiations  are  fre- 
quently more  energetic  than  the  original  motions.,  by  which  they  were  oc^ 
cajioned.     Which  we  fhall  have  occafion  to  mention^  hereafter,  to  il- 
luftrate,  why  pains  frequently  exift  in.  a  part  diftant  from  the  caufe  of 
them,  as  in  the  other  end  of  the  urethra,   when  a  ftone  ftimulates  the 
Heck  of  the  bladder.    And  why  inflammations  frequently  ariie  in  parts-- 
diftant  from  their  caufe,  as  the  gutta  rofea  of  drinking  people,  fram  an-, 
inflamed  liver. 

The  inflammation  of  a  part  is  generally  preceded  by  a.  torpor  or" 
quiefcence  of  it ;  if  this  exifts  in  any  large  congeries  of  glands,  as  in; 
the  liver,  or  any  membranous  part,  as  the  flomach,  pain,  is  produced,, 
and  chillinefs  in  confequence  of  the  torpor  of  the  veflels.  In  this  fitu- 
ation  fometimes  an  inflammation  of  the  parts  fucceeds  the  torpor;  at: 
other  times  a  diflant  more  fenfible  part  becomes  inflamed  ;  whofe  ac- 
tions have  previoufly  been  aflbciated  with  it;  and  the  torpor  of  the  firft. 
part,  ceaies.  This  I  apprehend  happens,,  when  the  gout  of  the  foot 
fucceeds  a  pain  of  the  biliary  duft,  or  of  the  flomach.  Laflly,  it  fome- 
times happens,  that  the  pain  of  torpor  exifts  without  any  confequent 
inflammation  of  the  afFe£led  part,  or  of  any  diftant  part  aflbciated  with: 
it,  as  in  the  membranes  about  the  temple  and  eye-brows  in  hemicra— 
nia,,  and  in  thofe  pains,  which  occafion  convulfioas ;  if  this  happens 


372  -OF  THE  SALIVA  AND  TEARS.      Sect. XXIV.  z. 

to  gouty  people,  when  it  afFe£ls  the  liver,  I  fuppofe  epileptic  fits  are 
•produced  ;  and,  when  it  afFedts  the  ftomach,  death  is  the  confequence. 
In  thefe  cafes  the  pulfe  is  weak,  and  the  extremities  cold,  and  fuch 
medicines  as  ftirciulate  the  quiefcent  parts  into  action,  or  which  induce 
inflamnnation  in  them,  or  in  -any  diftant  part,  which  is  affociated  with 
them,  cures  the  prefent  pain  of  torpor,  and  faves  the  patient. 

I  have  twice  feen  a  gouty  inflammation  of  the  liver,  attended  with 
jaundice ;  the  patients  after  a  few  days  were  both  of  them  affeded 
with  cold  fits,  like  ague-fits,  and  their  feet  became  afFe£ted  with  gout, 
^nd  the  inflammation  of  their  livers  ceafed.  It  is  probable,  that  the 
uueafy  fenfations  about  the  ftomach,  and  indigeftion,  which  precedes 
gouty  paroxyfms,  are  generally  owing  to  torpor  or  flight  inflammation 
of  the  liver,  and  biliary, du£l:s;  but  where  great  pain  with  continued 
iicknefs,  with  feeble  pulfe,  and  fenfation  of  cold,  affedt  the  ftomach  in 
•patients  debilitat-ed  by  the  gout,  that  it  is  a  torpor  of  the  ftomach  itfelf, 
and  deftroys  the  patient  from  the  great  connexion  of  that  vifcus  with 
ihe  vital  organs.    See  Se£l.  XXV.  ly. 


SECT. 


Sect.XXV.  r.      STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES,  273 


SECT.     XXV, 

OF    THE    STOMACH    AND    INTESTINESc 

X.  Ofjwallowing  our  food.  Ruminating  animals.  2.  Aciion  of  the  flomach.  3, 
ASfion  of  the  intejiines.  Irritative  motions  connected  with  theje.  4.  EffeSis  of 
repletion.  5.  Stronger  aSfion  of  the  flomach  and  intefiines  from  more  flimulating 
food.  6.  Their  aSlion  inverted  by  flill  greater  Jlimuli.  Or  by  dijgtiftfid  ideas. 
Or  by  volition,  7.  Other  glands  flrengthen  or  invert  their  motions  by  fympathy. 
8.  Vomiting  performed  by  intervals.  9.  Inverfton  of  the  cutaneous  ahforbents. 
10.  Increafedjecretion  of  bile  a.nd  pancreatic  juice.  11.  Inverfionofthe  laSfeals. 
12.  And  of  the  bile-du£ls.  13.  Cafe  of  a  cholera.  14.  Further  account  of 
the  inverfton  of  la£feals.  15.  Iliac  paffion.  Valve  of  the  colon.  .16.  Cure  of 
the  iliac  paffion.  17.  Tain  of  gall-fione  diftinguifhed  from  pain  of  the  flomach. 
Gout  of  the  flomach  from  torpor,  from  inflammation.  Intermitting  pvJfe  owing  to 
indigefion.  To  overdofe  of  foxglove.  Weakpulfe  from  emetics.  Death  from  a 
hlotx)  m  thejlomach.     From  gout  of  the  Jiomach, 

I.  THE  throat,  flomach  and  inteilincs,  may  be  confidered  as 
one  great  gland;  which,  like  the  lacrymal  fack  above  mentioned,  nei- 
ther begins  nor  ends  in  the  circulation.  Though  the  ztk.  of  mafticat- 
ing  our  aliment  belongs  to  the  fenfitive  clafs  of  motions,  for  the  plea- 
ilire  of  its  tafte  induces  the  mufcles  of  the  jaw  into  adlion;  yet  the 
deglutition  of  it  when  mafticated  is  generally,  if  not  always,  an  irrita- 
tive motion,  occalioned  by  the  application  of  the  food  already  mafti- 
cated to  the  origin  of  the  pharix  ;  in  the  fame  manner  as  we  often, 
fwallow  our  fpittle  without  attending  to  it. 

N  a  The 


274  STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.  Sect. XXV.  2.3- 4<. 

The  ruminating  clafs  of  animals  have  the  power  to  invert  the  mo- 
tion of  their  gullet,  and  of  their  firft  ftomach,  from  the  ftimulus  of 
this  aliment,  when  it  is  a  little  further  prepared ;  as  is  their  dailjr 
pradice  in  chewing  the  cud ;  and  appears  to  the  eye  of  any  one,  wha. 
attends  to  them,  whilfl  they  are  employed  in  this  fecond  maftication, 
of  their  food, 

2.  When  our  natural  aliment  arrives  into  the  ftomach,  this  organ  is- 
ftimulated  into  its  proper  vermicular  aftion  ;  which  beginning  at  the 
upper  orifice  of  it,  and  terminating  at  the  lower  one,  gradually  mixes^ 
together  and  pufhes  forwards  the  digefting  materials  into  the  inteftinc 
beneath  it. 

At  the  fame  time  the  glands,  that  fupply  the  gaftric  juices,  whicb 
are  neceflary  to  promote  the  chemical  part  of  the  procefs  of  digeflion^ 
are  ftimulated  to  difcharge  their  contained  fluids,  and  to  feparate  a 
further  fupply  from  the  blood-veflels  i  and  the  lafteals  or  lymphatics,^ 
which  open  their  mouths  into  the  ftomach,  are  ftimulated  into  adtion,, 
and  take  up  fome  part  of  the  digefting  materials. 

3.  The  remainder  of  thefe  digefting  materials  is  carried  forwards- 
into  the  upper  inteftines,  and  ftimulates  them  into  their  periftaltic- 
motion  iimilar  to  that  of  the  ftomach  ;  which  continues  gradually  to 
mix  the  changing  materials,  and  pafs  them  along  through  the  valve- 
of  the  colon  to  the  excretory  end  of  this  great  gland,  the  fphiuder- 

ani. 

The  digefting  materials  produce  a  flow  of  bile,  and  of  pancreatic 
juice,  as  they  pafs  along  the  duodenum,  by  ftimulating  the  excretory 
du6ls  of  the  liver  and  pancreas,  which  terminate  in  that  inteftine :  and 
other  branches  of  the  abforbent  or  lymphatic  fyftem,  called  ladeals^ 
are  excited  to  drink  up,  as  it  paffes,  thofe  parts  of  the  digefting  me- 
terials,  that  are  proper  for  their  purpofe,  by  its  ftimulus  on  their 
mouths. 

4.  When  the  ftomach  and  inteftines  are  thus  filled  with  their  pro- 
per food,  not  only  the  motions  of  the  gaftric  glands>  the  pancreas,. 

liver, 


Sect.  XXV.  5- 6.    STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.  275 

liver,  and  ladleal  veffels,  are  excited  into  aftion  ;  but  at  the  fame  time 
the  whole  tribe  of  irritative  motions  are  exerted  with  greater  energy, 
a  greater  degree  of  warmth,  colour,  plumpnefs,  and  moifture,  is  given 
to  the  Ikin  from  the  increafed  a£lion  of  thofe  glands  called  capillary 
veffels ;  pleafureable  fenfation  is  excited,  the  voluntary  motions  are 
lefs  eafily  exerted,  and  at  length  fufpended;  and  fleep  fucceeds,  un- 
lefs  it  be  prevented  by  the  ftimulus  of  furrounding  objects,  or  by  vo- 
luntary exertion,  or  by  an  acquired  habit,  which  was  originally  pro- 
duced by  one  or  other  of  thefe  circumftances,  as  is  explained  in  Sed:. 
XXI.  on  Drunkennefs. 

At  this  time  alfo,  as  the  blood-veflels  become  replete  with  chyle, 
more  urine  is  feparated  into  the  bladder,  and  lefs  of  it  is  reabforbed ; 
more  mucus  poured  into  the  cellular  membranes,  and  lefs  of  it  re- 
abforbed ;  the  pulfe  becomes  fuller,  and  fofter,  and  in  general  quicker. 
The  reafon  why  lefs  urine  and  cellular  mucus  is  abforbed  after  a  full 
meal  with  fufficient  drink  is  owing  to  the  blood-veffels  being  fuller  : 
hence  one  means  to  promote  abforption  is  to  decreafe  the  refiftance  by 
emptying  the  veffels  by  venefe£lion.  From  this  decreafed  abforption 
the  urine  becomes  pale  as  well  as  copious,  and  the  Ikin  appears  plump 
as  well  as  florid. 

By  daily  repetition  of  thefe  movements  they  all  become  conneded 
together,  and  make  a  diurnal  circle  of  irritative  adlion,  and  if  one  of 
this  chain  be  difturbed,  the  whole  is  liable  to  be  put  into  diforder.  See 
Sea.  XX.  on  Vertigo. 

5.  When  the  flomach  and  inteftines  receive  a  quantity  of  food, 
•whofe  ftimulus  is  greater  than  ufual,  all  their  motions,  and  thofe  of 
the  glands  and  lymphatics,  are  ftimulated  into  ftronger  action  than 
ufual,  and  perform  their  offices  with  greater  vigour  and  in  lefs  time  : 
fuch  are  the  effe6ts  of  certain  quantities  of  fpice  or  of  vinous  fpirit. 

6.  But  if  the  quantity  or  duration  of  thtfe  ftlmuli  are  flill  further 
increafed,  the  ftomach  and  throat  are  Simulated  into  a  motion,  whofe 
■^ireftion  is  contrary  to  the  natural  one  above  defcribed ;  and  they  re- 

N  n  2  gurgitate 


276'  STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.      SECT.XXV.7; 

gurgitate  the  materials,  which  they  contain^  inftead  of  carrying  them 
forwards.  This  retrograde  motion  of  the  ftomach  may  be  compared 
to  the  ftretchings  of  wearied  limbs  the  contrary  way,  and  is  well  elu- 
cidated by  the  following  experiment..  Look  earneftly  for  a  minute  or 
two  on  an  area  an  inch  fquare  of  pink  filk,  placed  in  a  ftrong  light, 
the  eye  becomes  fatigued,  the  colour  becomes  faint,  and  at  length 
vanifhes,  for  the  fatigued  eye  can  no  longer  be  ftimulated  into  dired! 
motions  -^  then  on  clofing  the  eye  a  green  fpeilrum  will  appear  in  it^ 
which  is  a  colour  direftly  contrary  to  pink,  and  which  will  appear 
and  difappear  repeatedly,  like  the  efforts  in  vomitings  See  Se<flioa 
XXIX.  II. 

Hence  all  thofe  drugs,  which  by  their  bitter  or  aftringent  ftimurus 
increafe  the  a6lion  of  the  ftomach,  as  camomile  and  white  vitriol,  tf 
their  quantity  is  iucreafed  above  a  certain  dofe  become  emetics* 

Thefe  inverted  motions  of  the  ftomach  and  throat  are  generally 
produced  from  the  ftimulus  of  unnatural  food,  and  are  attended  with 
the  fenfation  of  naufea  or  ficknefs :  but  as  this  fenfation  is  again  con*- 
ne6;ed  with  an  idea  of  the  diftafteful  food,  which  induced  it ;  fo  an: 
idea  of  naufeous  food  will  alfo  fometimes  excite  the  a6tion  of  naufea  r 
and  that  give  rife  by  aflbciation  to  the  inverfion  of  the  motions  of  the 
ftomach  and  throat.  As  fome,  who  have  had  horfe-flefti  or  dogs- 
flefli  given  them  for  beef  or  mutton,  are  faid  to  have  vomited  many- 
hours  afterwards,  when  they  have  been  told' of  the  impofition. 

I  have  been  told  of  a  perfbn,  who  had  gained- a  voluntary  command' 
over  thefe  inverted  motions  of  the  ftomach-  and  throat,  and  fupported 
himfelf  by  exhibiting  this  curiofity  to  the  public.  Atthefe  exhibitions 
he  fw allowed  a  pint  of  red  rough  goofeberries,  and  a  pint  of  white 
fmooth  ones,  brought  them  up  in  fmall  parcels  into  his  mouth,  and 
reftored  them  feparately  to  the  fpedators,  who  called  for  red  or  white 
as  they  pleafed,  till  the  whole  were  redelivered. 

y.  At  the  fame  time  that  thefe  motions  of  the  ftomach  and  throat 
are  ftimulated  int-o  inverlionj  fome  of  the  other  irritative  motions, 

that 


Sect. XXV.  8.9. 10.   STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.  27; 

that  had  acquired  more  immediate  connexions  with  the  flomach,  as 
thofe  of  the  gaftric  glands,  are  excited  into  ftronger  aftion  by  this 
aflbciation  ;  and  fome  other  of  thefe  motions,  which  are  more  eafily 
excited,  as  thofe  of  the  gaftric  lymphatics,  are  inverted  by  their  aflb- 
ciation with  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  flomach,  and  regurgitate 
their  contents,  and  thus  a  greater  quantity  of  mucus,  and  of  lymph, 
or  chyle,  is  poured  into  the  flomach^  and  thrown  up  along  with  its 
contents. 

8.  Thefe  inverlions  of  the  motion  of  the  ftomach  in  vomiting  are 
performed  by  intervals,  for  the  fame  reafon  that  many  other  motions 
are  reciprocally  exerted  and  relaxed  ;  for  during  the  time  of  exertioa 
the  ftimulus,  or  fenfation,  which  caufed  this  exertion,  is  not  per- 
ceived ;  but  begins  to  be  perceived  again,  as  foon  as  the  exertioa 
ceafes,  and  is  fome  time  in  again  producing  its  efFecfl.  As  explained. 
in  Seel.  XXXIV.  on  Volition,  where  it  is  fhewn,.  that  the  contrac- 
tions of  the  fibres,  and  the  fenfation  of  pain,  which  occafioned  that 
exertion,  cannot  exift  at  the  fame  time.  The  exertion  ceafes  froin 
another  caufe  alfo,  which  is  the  exhauftion  of  the  fenforial  power  of 
the  part,  and  thefe  two  caufes  frequently  operate  together. 

9.  At  the  times  of  thefe  inverted  efforts  of  the  flomach  not  only 
the  lymphatics,  which  open  their  mouths  into  the  flomach,^  but  thofe 
of  the  fkin  alfo,  are  for  a  time  inverted  ;  for  fweats  are  fometimes. 
pufhed  out  during  the  efforts  of  vomiting  without  an  increafe  o£ 
heat. 

10.  But  if  by  a  greater  fflmulus  the  motions  of  the  flomach  are  in- 
verted ftill  more  violently  or  more  permanently,  the  duodenum  has. 
its  periflaltic  motions  inverted  at  the  fame  time  by  their  affociation. 
with  thofe  of  the  flomach  ;  and  the  bile  and  pancreatic  juice,  which 
it  contains,  are  by  the  inverted  motions  brought  up  into  the  flomach, 
and  difcharged  along  with  its  contents  ;  while  a  greater  quantity 
of  bile  and  pancreatic  juice  is  poured  into  this  intefline ;    as   the 

glands,.- 


37B      STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.  Sect.XXV.  i  i.  12. 13. 

glands,  that  fecrete  them,  are  by  their  affociation  with  the  motions  of 
the  inteftine  excited  into  Wronger  aftion  than  ufual. 

11.  The  other  inteftines  are  by  affociation  excited  into  more  power- 
fial  adlion,  while  the  lymphatics,  that  open  their  mouths  into  them, 
fuffer  an  inverfion  of  their  motions  correfponding  with  the  lymphatics 
of  the  ftomach,  and  duodenum  ;  which  with  a  part  of  the  abundant 
lecretion  of  bile  is  carried  downwards,  and  contributes  both  to  ffimu- 
late  the  bowels,  and  to  increafe  the  quantity  of  the  evacuations. 
This  inverfion  of  the  motion  of  the  lymphatics  appears  from  the 
quantity  of  chyle,  which  comes  away  by  ftools ;  which  is  otherwifc 
abforbed  as  foon  as  produced,  and  by  the  immenfe  quantity  of  thin 
fluid,  which  is  evacuated  along  with  it. 

12.  But  if  the  ftimulus,  which  inverts  the  ftomach,  be  ftill  more 
powerful,  or  more  permanent,  it  fometimes  happens,  that  the  motions 
of  the  biliary  glands,  and  of  their  excretory  duds,  are  at  the  fame 
time  inverted,  and  regurgitate  their  contained  bile  into  the  blood-vef- 
fels,  as  appears  by  the  yellow  colour  of  the  Ikin,  and  of  the  urine; 
and  it  is  probable  the  pancreatic  fecretion  may  fuffer  an  inverfion  at 
the  fame  time,  though  we  have  yet  no  mark  by  which  this  can  be 
afcertained. 

13.  Mr. eat  two  putrid  pigeons  out  of  a  cold   pigeon-pye, 

and  drank  about  a  pint  of  beer  and  ale  along  with  them,  and  immedi- 
ately rode  about  five  miles.  He  was  then  feized  with  vomiting, 
which  was  after  a  few  periods  fucceeded  by  purging ;  thefe  con- 
tinued alternately  for  two  hours  ;  and  the  purging  continued  by 
intervals  for  fix  or  eight  hours  longer.  During  this  time  he 
could  not  force  himfeif  to  drink  more  than  one  pint  in  the 
whole,  this  great  inability  to  drink  was  owing  to  the  naufea,  or 
inverted  motions  of  the  flomach,  which  the  voluntary  exertion 
of  fwallowing  could  feldom  and  with  difficulty  overcome ;  yet 
he  difcharged  in  the   whole  at  leafl  fix  quarts ;    whence  came  this 

3  quantity 


Sect.XXV.  14.  r^.   STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.  ay?. 

quantity  of  liquid  ?  Firft,  the  contents  of  the  flonnach  were  emitted,, 
then  of  the  duodenum,  gall-bladder,  and  pancreas,  by  vomitings 
After  this  the  contents  of  the  lower  bowels,  then  the  chyle,  that  was. 
in  the  lacteal  veffels,  and  in  the  receptacle  of  chyle,  was  regurgitated 
into  the  inteftines  by  a  retrograde  motion  of  thefe  veffels.  And  after- 
wards the  mucus  depofited  in  tiie  cellular  membrane,,  and  on  the  fur- 
face  of  all  the  other  membranes,  feems  to  have  been  abforbed ;  and 
■with  the  fluid  abforbed  from  the  air  to  have  been  carried  up  their  re- 
fpedlive  lymphatic  branches  by  the  increafed  energy  of  their  natural 
motions,  and  down  the  vifceral  lymphatics,  or  lafteals,  by  the  inver- 
fion  of  their  motions. 

14.  It  may  be  difficult  to  invent  experiments  to  demonffrate  the 
truth  of  this  inverfion  of  fome  branches  of  the  abforbent  fyftem,  and 
increafed  abforption  of  others,  but  the  analogy  of  thefe  veffels  to  the 
inteftinal  canal,  and  the  fymptoms  of  many  difeafes,  render  this  opi- 
nion more  probable  than  many  other  received  'opinions  of  the  animal 
ceconomy. 

In  the  above  Inftance,  after  the  yellow  excrement  was  voided,  the 
fluid  ceafed  to  have  any  fmell,  and  appeared  like  curdled  milk,  and 
then  a  thinner  fluid,  and  fome  mucus,  were  evacuated  :  did  not 
thefe  feem  to  partake  of  the  chyle,  of  the  mucus  fluid  from  all  the 
cells  of  the  body,  and  laftly,  of  the  atmofpheric  moifture  ?  All 
thefe  fadls  may  be  eafily  obferved  by  any  one,  who  takes  a  brific 
purge. 

15.  Where  the  ftimulus  on  the  ftomach,  or  on  fome  other  part  of 
the  inteffinal  canal,  is  ffill  more  permanent,  not  only  the  ladleal  vef- 
fels, but  the  whole  canal  itfelf,  becomes  inverted  from  its  affocia- 
tious :  this  is  the  iliac  paffion,  in  which  all  the  fluids  mentioned 
above  are  thrown  up  by  the  mouth.  At  this  time  the  valve  in  the 
colon,  from  the  inverted  motions  of  that  bowel,  and  the  inverted  ac- 
tion of  this  living  valve,  does  not  prevent  the  regurgitation  of  its 
contents. 

The 


28o  STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.     Sect. XXV.  15. 

The  {l:ru6ture  of  this  valve  may  be  reprefented  by  a  flexile  leathern 
pipe  {landing  up  from  the  bottom  of  a  veffel  of  water  :  its  fides  col- 
lapfe  by  the  preffure  of  the  ambient  fluid,  as  a  fmall  part  of  that  fluid 
paffes  through  it ;  but  if  it  has  a  living  power,  and  by  its  inverted  ac- 
tion keeps  itfelf  open,  it  becomes  like  a  rigid  pipe,  and  will  admit  the 
whole  liquid  to  pafs.     See  Se£l.  XXIX.  2.  5. 

In  this  cafe  the  patient  is  averfe  to  drink,  from  the  conflant  inver- 
fion  of  the  motions  of  the  flomach,  and  yet  many  quarts  are  daily 
ejefted  from  the  ftomach,  which  at  length  fmell  of  excrement,  and 
at  lafl  feem  to  be  only  a  thin  mucilaginous  or  aqueous  liquor. 

From  whence  is  it  pofllble,  that  this  great  quantity  of  fluid  for 
many  fuccefllve  days  can  be  fupplied,  after  the  cells  of  the  body  have 
given  up  their  fluids,  but  from  the  atmofphere  ?  When  the  cutaneous 
branch  of  abforbents  a6ls  with  unnatural  ftrength,  it  is  probable  the 
inteftinal  branch  has  its  motions  inverted,  and  thus  a  fluid  is  fupplied  . 
without  entering  the  arterial  fyftem.  Could  oiling  or  painting  the 
Ikin  give  a  check  to  this  difeafe  ? 

So  when  the  ftomach  has  its  motions  inverted,  the  lymphatics  of 
the  ftomach,  which  are  moft  ftridly  affociated  with  it,  invert  their 
motions  at  the  fame  time.  But  the  more  diftant  branches  of  lympha- 
tics, which  are  lefs  ftriftly  affociated  with  it,  a£t.with  increafed  ener- 
o-y ;  as  the  cutaneous  lymphatics  in  the  cholera,  or  iliac  paflion,  above 
defcribed.  And  other  irritative  motions  become  decreafed,  as  the 
pulfatlons  of  the  arteries,  from  the  extra-derivation  or  exhauftion  of 
the  fenforial  power. 

Sometimes  when  ftronger  vomiting  takes  place  the  more  diftant 
branches  of  the  lymphatic  fyftem  invert  their  motions  with  thofe  of 
the  ftomach,  and  loofe  ftools  are  produced,  and  cold  fweats. 

So  when  the  ladteals  have  their  motions  inverted,  as  during  the, 
operation  of  ftrong  purges,  the  urinary  and  cutajieous  abforbents  have 
their  motions  increafed  to  fupply  the  want  of  fluid  in  the  blood,  as  in 
great  thirftj  but  after  a  meal  with  fufficient  potation  the  urine  is  pale, 

that 


Sect.  XXV.  i  6. 1 7.    STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.  28 1 

that  is,  the  urinary  abforbents  a6l  weakly,  no  fupply  of  water  being 
wanted  for  the  blood.  And  when  the  inteftinal.  abforbents  zGt  too 
violently,  as  when  too  great  quantities  of  fluid  have  been  drank,  the 
iirinary  abforbents  invert  their  motions  to  carry  off  the  fuperfluity, 
which  is  a  new  circumftance  of  affociation,  and  a  .temporary  diabetes 
fupervenes. 

16.  I  have  h^d  the  opportunity  of  feeing  four  patients  in  the  iliac 
paflion,  where  the  ejefted  material  fmelled  and  looked  like  excrement. 
Twoof  thefe  were  fo  exhaufted  at  the  time  I  faw  them,  that  more 
blood  could  not  be  taken  from  them,  and  as  their  pain  had  ceafed,  and 
they  continued  to  vomit  up  every  thing  which  they  drank,  I  fufpeded 
that  a  mortification  of  the  bowel  had  already  taken  place,  and  as  they 
were  both  women  advanced  in  life,  and  a  mortification  is  produced 
with  lefs  preceding  pain  in  old  and  weak  people,  thefe  both  died. 
The  other  two,  who  were  both  young  men,  had  ftill  pain  and 
iftrength  fufficient  for  further  venefedion,  and  they  neither  of  them 
had  any  appearance  of  hernia,  both  recovered  by  repeated  bleeding, 
and  a  fcruple  of  calomel  given  to  one,  and  half  a  dram  to  the  other, 
in  very  fmall  pills:  the  ufual  means  of  clyfters,  and  purges  joined 
with  opiates,  had  been  in  vain  attempted.  I  have  thought  an  ounce 
or  two  of  crude  mercury  in  lefs  violent  difeafes  of  this  kind  has  been 
of  ufe,  by  contributing  to  reftore  its  natural  motion  to  fome  part  of 
the  inteftinal  canal,  either  by  its  weight  or  ftimulus  ;  and  that  hence 
the  whole  tube  recovered  its  ufual  affociations  of  progreffive  periftaltic 
motion.  I  have  in  three  cafes  feen  crude  mercury  given  in  fmall 
dofes,  as  one  or  two  ounces  twice  a  day,  have  great  efFe£tin  flopping 
pertinaceous  vomitings. 

1 7.  Befides  the  aff'edions  above  defcribed,  the  ftomach  is  liable, 
like  many  other  membranes  of  the  body,  to  torpor  without  confequent 
inflammation :  as  happens  to  the  membranes  about  the  head  in  fome 
cafes  of  hemicrania,  or  in  general  head-ach.     This  torpor  of  the  fto- 

O  o  mach 


282  STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.    '  Sect.  XXV.  17,. 

mach  is  attended  with  indigeftion,  and  confequent  flatulency,  and 
with  pain,  which  is  ufually  called  the  cramp  of  the-  ftomach,  and  is 
relievable  by  aromatics,  eflential  oils,  alcohol^  ot  opium. 

The  intrufion  of  a  gall-ftone  into  the  common  bile-du£t  from 
the  gall-bladder  is  fometimes  miftaken  for  a  pain  of  the  ftomach,. 
as  neither  of  them  are  attended  with  fever ;.  but  in  the  paflage  of  a 
gall-ftone,    the  pain  is  confined  to  a  lefs  fpace,^   which  is  exaftly,/ 
where  the  common  bile-dudl  enters  the  duodenum,  as  explained. ia. 
Seftion   XXX.    3.       Whereas    in    this    gaftrodynia    the    pain    is 
difFufed    over    the  whole  ftomach  ;    and,    lik€  other  difeafes  fronst 
torpor,  the  pulfe  is  weaker,,  and  the  extremities  colder,  and  the  ge- 
neral debility  greater,  than  in  the  paflage  of  a  gall-ftone;  for  in  the 
former  the  debility  is  the  confequence  of  the  pain,  in  the  latter  it  is 
the  caufe  of  it. 

Though  the  firft  fits  of  the  gout,  I  believe,  commence  with  a. 
torpor  of  the  liver ;  and  the  ball  of  the  toe  becomes  inflamed  inftead 
of  the  membranes  of  the  liver  in  confequence  of  this  torpor,  as  a, 
coryza  or  catarrh  frequently  fucceeds  a  long  expofure  of  the  feet  to 
cold,  as  in  fnoW,  oi"  on  a  moift  brick-floor  ;..  yet  in  old  or  exliaufted 
conftitutioHS,  which  have  been  long  habituated  to  its  attacks,  it  fome» 
times  commences  with  a  torpor  of  the  ftomach,  and  is  transferable 
to  every  membrane  of  the  body.  When  the  gout  begins  with  torpor 
of  the  ftomach,  a  painful  fenfation  of  cold  occurs,  which  the  patient 
compares  to  ice,  with  weak  pulfe,  cold  extremities,  and  licknefs ; 
this  in  its  flighter  degree  is  relievable  by  fpiee,  wine,  or  opium  ; 
in  its  greater  degree  it  is  fucceeded  by  fudden  death,  which  is  owing 
to  the  fympathy  of  the  ftomach  with  the  heart,  as  explained 
below. 

If  the  ftomach  becomes  inflamed  in  confequence  of  this  gouty 
torpor  of  it,  or  in  confequence  of  its  fympathy  with  fome  other 
part,  the  danger  is  lefs.     A  ficknefs  and  vomiting  continues  many 

3  «3^7s, 


Sect.XXV.I7.       stomach  and  intestines.  2S3 

•days,  or  even  weeks,  the  ftomach  rejeding  every  thing  ftimulant, 
€ven  cpiutn  or  alcohol,  together  with  much  vifcid  mucus  ;  till 
the  inflammation  at  length  ceafes,  as  happens  when  other  membranes, 
as  thofe  of  the  joints,  are  the  feat  of  gouty  inflammatioa ;  as  obferved 
in  Sed.  XXIV.  2.8. 

The  fympathy,  or  affociation  of  motions,  between  thofe  of  the 
ilomach  and  thofe  of  the  heart,  are  evinced  in  many  difeafes.  Firft, 
many  people  are  occafionally  affedled  with  an  intermiffion  of  their 
pulfe  for  a  few  days,  which  then  ceafes  again.  In  this  cafe  there 
is  a  flop  of  the  motion  of  the  heart,  and  at  the  fame  time  a 
■tendency  to  eruiftation  from  the  ftomach.  As  foon  as  the  patient 
feels  a  tendency  to  the  intermiffion  of  the  motion  of  his  heart,  if 
lie  voluntarily  brings  up  wind  from  his  flomach,  the  flop  of  the 
heart  does  not  occur.  From  hence  I  conclude  that  the  flop  of 
digeflion  is  the  primary  difeafe  ;  and  that  air  is  inftantly  generated 
from  the  aliment,  which  begins  to  ferment,  if  the  digeflive  pro- 
cefs  is  impeded  for  a  moment,  (fee  Seft.  XXIII.  4.) ;  and  that  the 
flop  of  the  heart  is  in  confequence  of  the  aflbciation  of  the  motions 
of  thefe  vifcera,  as  explained  in  Seft.  XXXV.  1.4.;  but  if  the  little 
air,  which  is  inflantly  generated  during  the  temporary  torpor  of  the 
flomach,  be  evacuated,  the  digeflion  recommences,  and  the  tempo- 
rary torpor  of  the  heart  does  not  follow.  One  patient,  whom  I  lately 
faw,  and  who  had  been  five  or  fix  days  much  troubled  with  this  in- 
termiffion of  a  pulfation  of  his  heart,  and  who  had  hemicrania  with 
fome  fever,  was  immediately  relieved  from  them  all  by  lofing  ten 
ounces  of  blood,  which  had  what  is  termed  an  inflammatory  crufl 
on  it. 

Another  inflance  of  this  affociation  between  the  motions  of  the 
ilomach  and  heart  is  evinced  by  the  exhibition  of  an  over  dofe  of 
foxglove,  which  induces  an  incefTant  vomiting,  which  is  attended 
with  very  flow,  and  fometimes  intermitting  pulfe. — Which  continues 

O  o  2  in 


284  STOMACH  AND  INTESTINES.      Sbct.  XXV.  17-. 

in  fpite  of  the  exhibition  of  wine  and  opium  for  two  or  three  days^ 
To  the  fame  affociation  mufl  be  afcribed  the  weak  pulfe,  which  con- 
ftantly  attends  the  exhibition  of  emetics  during  their  operation.  And 
alfo  the  fudden  deaths,  which  have  been  occafioned  in  boxing  by  a 
blow  on  the  ftomachj  and  laftly,  the  fudden  death  of  thofe,  wha 
have  been  long  debilitated  by  the  gout,  from  the  torpor  of  the  ftomacho. 
See  Sedt,  XXV.  i,  4. 


SECT. 


Sect.  XXVI.  i.    OF  GLANDS  AND  MEMBRANES..  285 


SECT,  xxvn 

OF  THE  CAPILLARY  GLANDS  AND  MEMBRANES* 

I.  I.  'The. capillary  vejjels  are  glands.  2.  Their  excretory  du^s.  Experiments  on 
the  mucus  of  the  intejiines,  abdomen,  cellular  membrane,  and  on  the  humours  of 
the  eye.  3.  Scurf  on  the  head,  cough,  catarrh,  diarrhoea,  gonorrhoea.  4. 
Rheumatifin.  Gout.  Leprojy.  II.  i.  The  moft  minute  membranes  are  un~ 
organized.  0..  Larger  membranes  are  cor,ipofed  of  the  duSls  of  the  capillaries, 
and  the  mouths  of  the  abf or  bents.  3.  Mucilaginous  fadd  is  fecreted  on  their- 
furfaces.     Ill,  Three  kinds  of  rheumatifm. 

1.  I.  THE  capillary  veffek  are  like  all  the.  other  glands  except 
the  abforbent  fyflem,  inafmuch  as  they  receive  blood  from  the  ar- 
teries,, feparate.  a  fluid  from  it,  and  return  the  remainder  by  the 
veins. 

2.  This  feriesof  glands  is  of  the  moft  extenlive  ufe,  as  their  ex- 
cretory dufts  open  on  the  whole  external  Ikin  forming  its  perfpirative 
pores,,  and  on  the  internal  furfaces  of  every  cavity  of  the  body.  Their 
fecretion  on  the  fkia  is  termed  infenfible  perfpiration,  which  in  health 
is  in  part  reabforbed  by  the  mouths  of  the  lymphatics,  and  in  part 
evaporated  in  the  air  ;  the  fecretion  on  the  membranes,  which  line  the 
larger  cavities  of  the  body,  which  have  external  openings,  as  the 
mouth  and  inteftinal.caual,  is  termed  mucus,  but  is  not  however  co- 
agulable  by  heat ;  and  the  fecretion  on  the  membranes  of  thofe  cavi- 
ties of  the  body,  which  have  no  external  openings,  is  called  lymph  or 

water, 


286  GF  GLANDS  AND  MEMBRANES.    Sect.  XXVI.  2. 

water,  as  in  the  cavities  of  the  cellular  membrane,  and  of  the  abdo- 
men ;  this  lymph  however  is  coagulable  by  the  heat  of  boiling  wa- 
ter. Some,  mucus  nearly  as  vifcid  as  the  white  of  egg,  which  was 
difcharged  by  ftool,  did  not  coagulate,  though  I  evaporated  it  to  one 
fourth  of  the  quantity,  nor  did  the  aqueous  and  vitreous  humours  of  a 
fheep's  eye  coagulate  by  the  like  experiment :  but  the  feroiity  from 
an  anafarcous  leg,  and  that  from  the  abdomen  of  a  dropfical  perfon, 
and  the  cryftalline  humour  of  a  fheep's  eye,  coagulated  in  the  fame 
heat. 

3.  When  any  of  thiefe  capillary  glands  are  flimulated  into  greater 
irritative  anions,  than  is  natural,  they  fecrete  a  more  copious  mate- 
rial; and  as  the  mouths  of  the  abforbent  fyftem,  which  open  in  their 
vicinity,  are  at  the  fame  time  flimulated  into  greater  aftion,  the 
thinner  and  more  faline  part  of  the  fecreted  fluid  is  taken  up  again; 
and  the  remainder  is  not  only  more  copious  but  alfo  more  vifcid  thaa 
natural.  This  is  more  or  lefs  troublefome  or  noxious  according  to  the 
importance  of  the  functions  of  the  part  afFefted:  on  the  Ikin  and 
bronchiae,  where  this  fecretion  ought  naturally  ,to  evaporate,  it  be- 
comes fo  vifcid  as  to  adhere  to  the  membrane;  on  the  tongue  it  forms 
a  pellicle,  which  can  with  difficulty  be  fcraped  off;  produces  the  fcurf 
on  the  heads  of  many  people;  and  the  mucus,  which  is  fpit  up  by 
others  in  coughing.  On  the  noftrils  and  fauces,  when  the  fecretion 
of  thefe  capillary  glands  is  increafed,  it  is  termed  finaple  catarrh.; 
when  in  the  inteftines,  a  mucous  diarrhoea,;  and  in ;the  urethra,  or 
vagina,  it  has  the  name  of  gonorrhoea,  or  fluor  albus. 

4.  When  thefe  capillary  glands  become  inflamed,  a  ftill  more  vifcid 
or  even  cretaceous  humour  is  produced  upon  the  furfaces  of  the  mem-^ 
branes,  which  is  the  caufe  orthe  efFe6l  of  rheumatifm,  gout,  leprofy, 
and  of  hard  tumours  of  the  legs,  which  are  generally  termed  fcorbutic; 
all  which  will  be  treated  of  hereafter. 

H.    I .  The  whole  furface  of  the  body,  with  all  its  cavities  and  con- 

.tentSc, 


Sect.  XXVI.  2.     OF  GLANDS  AND  MEMBRANES.  287 

tents,  are  covered  with  membrane.  It  lines  every  veffel,  forms  every 
cell,  and  binds  together  all  the  mufcular  and  perhaps  the  ofTeous  fibres 
of  the  bodyi  and  is  itfelf  therefore  probably  a  fimpler  fubftance  than 
thofe  fibres.  And  as  the  containing  veflels  of  the  body  from  the 
krgeft  to  the  leaft  are  thus  lined  and  connefted  with  membrnines,  it 
follows  that  thefe  membranes  themfelves  confided  of  unorganized 
materials. 

For  however  fmall  we  may  conceive  the  diameters  of  the  minuteft 
veflels  of  the  body,  which  efcape  our  eyes  and  glafles,  yet  thefe  vef- 
fels  muft  confift  of  coats  or  fides,  which  are  made  up  of  an  unorga- 
nized material,  and  which  are  probably  produced  from  a  gluten, 
which  hardens  after  its  produdlion,  like  the  filk  or  web  of  caterpillars 
and  fpiders.  Of  this  material  confift  the  membranes,  which  line  the 
Ihells  of  eggs,  and  the  fliell  itfelf,  both  which  are  unorganized,  and 
are  formed  from  mucus,  which  hardens  after  it  is  formed,  either  by  the 
abforption  of  its  more  fluid  part,  or  by  its  uniting  with  fome  part  of 
the  atmofphere.  Such  is  alfo  the  produ£lion  of  the  fhells  of  fnails, 
and  of  fliell-fifh,  and  I  fuppofe  of  the  enamel  of  the  teeth. 

2.  But  though  the  membranes,  that  compofe  the  fides  of  the  mofl: 
minute  veflTels,  are  in  truth  unorganized  materials,  yet  the  larger 
membranes,  which  are  perceptible  to  the  eye,  feern  to  be  com- 
pofed  of  an  intertexture  of  the  mouths  of  the  abforbent  fyftem, 
and  of  the  excretory  du£ls  of  the  capillaries,  with  their  concomitant 
arteries,  veins,  and  nerves  :  and  from  this  conftruftion  it  is  evident, 
that  thefe  membranes  muft  poflefs  great  irritability  to  peculiar  fl:i- 
muli,.  though  they  are  incapable  of  any  motions,  that  are  vifible  to 
the  naked  eye  :  and  daily  experience  fliews  us,  that  in  their  inflamed 
ftate  they  have  the  greatefl:  fenfibillty  to  pain,  as  in  the  pleurify  and 
paronychia. 

3.  On  all  thefe  membranes  a   mucilaginous  or  aqueous  fluid  is 
fecreted,  which  moiftens  and  lubricates  their  furfaces,  as  was  ex- 
plained 


i88  OF  GLANDS  AND  MEMBRANES.     Sect.  XXVL  3. 

-plained  in  Sedtion  XXIII.  3.  Some  have  doubted,  whether  this 
mucus  is  feparated  from  the  blood  by  an  appropriated  fet  of  glands, 
•or  exudes  through  the  membranes,  or  is  an  abrafion  or  deftruc- 
tion  of  the  furface  of  the  membrane  itfelf,  which  is  continually 
repaired  on  the  other  fide  of  it,  but  the  great  analogy  between 
■the  capillary  veflfels,  and  the  other  glands,  countenances  the  former 
opinion ;  and  evinces,  that  thefe  capillaries  are  the  glands,  that 
fecrete  it;  to  which  we  muft  add,  that  the  blood  in  paffing 
thefe  capillary  veffels  undergoes  a  change  in  its  colour  from 
florid  to  purple,  and  gives  out  a  quantity  of  heat ;  from  whence, 
as  in  other  glands,  we  muft  conclude  that  fomething  is  fecreted 
from  it. 

III.  The  feat  of  rheumatifm  is  in  the  mem'branes,  or  upon  them  ; 
but  there  are  three  very  diflindl  difeafes,  which  commonly  are 
confounded  under  this  name.  Pirft,  when  a  membrane  becomes 
affeded  with  torpor,  or  inactivity  of  the  veffels  which  compofe  it, 
pain  and  coldnefs  fucceed,  as  in  the  hemicrania,  and  other  head- 
achs,  which  are  generally  termed  nervous  rheumatifm  i  they  exift 
whether  the  part  be  at  reft  or  in  motion,  and  are  generally  attended 
witli  other  marks  of  debility. 

Another  rheumatifm  is  faid  to  exift,  wlien  inflammation  and 
fwelling,  as  well  as  pain,  aiFedt  fome  of  the  membranes  of  the 
joints,  as  of  the  ancles,  wrifts,  knees,  elbows,  and  fometimes  of 
the  ribs-  This -is  accompanied  with  fever,  is  analogous  to  pleu- 
rify,  and  other  inflammations,  and  is  termed  the  acute  rheuma- 
tifm. 

A  third  difeafe  is  called  chronic  rheumatifm,  which  is  diftin- 
guiflied  from  that  firft  mentioned,  as  in  this  the  pain  only  affeds 
ihe  patient  during  the  motion  of  .the  part,  and  from  the  fecond  kind 
of  rheumatifm  above  defcribed,  as  it  is  not  attended  with  quick  pulfe 
or  infl?.mmation.  It  is  generally  believed  to  fucceed  the  acute  rheu- 
matifm 


Sect.  XXVI.  3.     OF  GLANDS  AND  MEMBRANES.  289 

matifm  of  the  fame  part,  and  that  fome  coagulable  lymph,  or  creta- 
ceous, or  calculous  material,  has  been  left  on  the  membrane  ;  which 
gives  pain,  when  the  mufcles  move  over  it,  as  fome  extraneous  body 
would  do,  which  was  too  infoluble  to  be  abforbed.  Hence  there  is 
an  analogy  between  this  chronic  rheumatifm  and  the  difeafes  which 
produce  gravel  or  gout-ftones  ;  and  it  may  perhaps  receive  relief  from 
the  fame  remedies,  fuch  as  aerated  fal  fpda. 


SECT, 


290  OF    HAEMORRHAGES.      Sect. XXVII.  i. 


SECT.    XXVII. 

OF     HEMORRHAGES. 

I.  The  veins  are  abjorhent  vejfels.  i.  Hemorrhages  from  inflammation.  Cafe  of 
hemorrhage  from  the  kidney  cured  by  cold  bathing.  Cafe  of  hamorrhage  from 
the  nofe  cured  by  cold  immerjion.  II.  Hemorrhage  from  venous  paralyjts.  Of 
Piles.  Black  fl:ools.  Petechia.  Confumption.  Scurvy  of  the  lungs.  Black- 
nefs  of  the  face  and  eyes  in  epileptic  fits.  Cure  of  hemorrhages  from  venous 
inability. 

I.  A  S  the  Imbibing  mouths  of  the  abforbent  fyftem  already  de- 
fcribed  open  on  the  furface,  and  into  the  larger  cavities  of  the  body, 
fo  there  is  another  fyftem  of  abforbent  veffels,  which  are  not  com- 
monly efteemed  fuch,  I  mean  the  veins,  which  take  up  the  blood 
from  the  various  glands  and  capillaries,  after  their  proper  fluids  or  fe- 
cretions  have  been  feparated  from  it. 

The  veins  refemble  the  other  abforbent  veffels  j  as  the  progreffion 
of  their  contents  is  carried  on  in  the  fame  manner  in  both,  they  alike 
abforb  their  appropriated  fluids,  and  have  valves  to  prevent  its  regur- 
gitation by  the  accidents  of  mechanical  violence.  This  appears  firft, 
becaufe  there  is  no  pulfation  in  the  very  beginnings  of  the  veins,  as  is 
feen  by  microfcopes ;  which  muft  happen,  if  the  blood  was  carried 
into  them  by  the  a£lion  of  the  arteries.  For  though  the  concurrence 
of  various  venous  ftreams  of  blood  from  difl^erent  diftances  mufl:  pre- 
vent any  pulfation  in  the  larger  branches,  yet  in  the  very  beginnings 
of  all  thefe  branches  a  pulfation  mufl  unavoidably  exift,  if  the  circu- 
lation 


Sect.  XXVII.  1.       OF   HAEMORRHAGES.  291 

lation  in  them  was  owins;  to  the  intermitted  force  of  the  arteries. 
Secondly,  the  venous  abforption  of  blood  from  the  penis,  and  from 
the  teats  of  female  animals  after  their  eredlion,  is  flill  more  fimilar  to 
the  lymphatic  abforption,  as  it  is  previoufly  poured  into  cells,  where 
all  arterial  impulfe  muft  ceafe. 

There  is  an  experiment,  which  feems  to  evince  this  venous  abforp- 
tion, which  confifts  in  the  external  application  of  a  ftimulus  to  the 
lips,  as  of  vinegar,  by  which  they  become  iuftantly  pale  ;  that  is,  the 
bibulous  mouths  of  the  veins  by  this  ftimulus  are  excited  to  abforb  the 
blood  fafter,  than  it  can  be  fupplied  by  the  ufual  arterial  exertion.  See 
Sea.  XXIII.  5. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  hemorrhages  frequent  in  difeafes,  one  is 
where  the  glandular  or  capillary  adlion  is  too  powerfully  exerted,  and 
propels  the  blood  forwards  more  haftily,  than  the  veins  can  abforb  it ; 
and  the  other  is,  where  the  abforbent  power  of  the  veins  is  diminiflied, 
or  a  branch  of  them  is  become  totally  paralytic. 

The  former  of  thefe  cafes  is  known  by  the  heat  of  the  part,  and 
the  general  fever  or  inflammation  that  accompanies  the  haemorrhage. 
An  haemorrhage  from  the  nofe  or  from  the  lungs  is  fometimes  a  crifis 
of  inflammatory  difeafes,  as  of  the  hepatitis  and  gout,  and  generally 
ceafes  fpontaneoufly,  when  the  velTels  are  confiderably  emptied. 
Sometimes  the  haemorrhage  recurs  by  daily  periods  accompanying  the 
hot  fits  of  fever,  and  ceafing  in  the  cold  fits,  or  in  the  intermiffions  j 
this  is  to  be  cured  by  removing  the  febrile  paroxyfms,  which  will  be 
treated  of  in  their  place.  Otherwife  it  is  cured  by  venefeftion,  by 
the  internal  or  external  preparations  of  lead,  or  by  the  application  of 
cold,  with  an  abftemious  diet,  and  diluting  liquids,  like  other  inflam- 
mations. Which  by  inducing  a  quiefcence  on  thofe  glandular  parts, 
that  are  affedleJ,  prevents  a  greater  quantity  of  blood  from  being  pro- 
truded forwards,  than  the  veins  are  capable  of  abforbing. 

Mr.  B had  an  hemorrhage  from  his  kidney,  and  parted  with 

not  lefs  than  a  pint  of  blood  a  day  (by  conjedture)  along  with  his 

P  p  2  urine 


292  OF    HiEMORRHAGES.       Sect. XXVII.  2. 

urine  for  above  a  fortnight :  venefedtions,  mucilages,  balfams,  pre- 
parations of  lead,  the  bark,  alum,  and  dragon's  blood,  opiates,  with  a 
large  blifter  on  his  loins,  were  feparately  tried,  in  large  dofes,  to  no 
purpofe.  He  was  then  directed  to  bathe  in  a  cold  fpring  up  to  the 
middle  of  his  body  only,  the  upper  part  being  covered,  and  the 
haemorrhage  diminifhed  at  the  firft,  and  ceafed  at  the  fecond  im- 
merfion. 

In  this  cafe  the  external  capillaries  were  rendered  quiefcent  by  the 
coldnefs  of  the  water,  and  thence  a  lefs  quantity  of  blood  was  cir- 
culated through  them  ;  and  the  internal  capillaries,  or  other  glands, 
became  quiefcent  from  their  irritative  affociations  with  the  external 
ones ;  and  the  haemorrhage  was  flopped  a  fufficient  time  for  the  rup- 
tured veffels  to  contraft  their  apertures,  or  for  the  blood  in  thofe  aper- 
tures to  coagulate. 

Mrs.  K •  had  a  continued  haemorrhage  from  her  nofe  for 

fome  days ;  the  ruptured  veflel  was  not  to  be  reached  by  plugs  up  the 
noftrils,  and  the  fenfibility  of  her  fauces  was  fuch  that  nothing 
could  be  borne  behind  the  uvula.  After  repeated  venefeftion,  and 
other  common  applications,  fhe  was  dire£led  to  immerfe  her  whole 
head  into  a  pail  of  water,  which  was  made  colder  by  the  addi- 
tion of  feveral  handfuls  of  fait,  and  the  hemorrhage  immediately 
ceafed,  and  returned  no  more ;  but  her  pulfe  continued  hard, 
and  fhe  was  neceffitated  to  lofe  blood  from  the  arm  on  the  fucceed- 
ing  day. 

Query,  might  not  the  cold  bath  inftantly  flop  haemorrhages  from 
the  lungs  in  inflammatory  cafes  ? — for  the  fhortnefs  of  breath  of 
thofe,  who  go  fuddenly  into  cold  water,  is  not  owing  to  the 
accumulation  of  blood  in  the  lungs,  but  to  the  quiefcence  of  the 
pulmonary  capillaries  from  alTociation,  as  explained  in  Section  XXXII. 

3.  2. 

II.  The  other  kind  of  haemorrhage  is  known  from  its  being  at- 
tended with  a  weak  pulfe,  and  other  fymptoms  of  general  debility, 

.>>       and 


Sect. XXVII.  2.     OF  HEMORRHAGES.  293 

and  very  frequently  occurs  in  thofe,  who  have  difeafed  livers,  owing 
to  intemperance  in  the  lafe  of  fermented  liquors.  Thefe  conftitutions 
are  fliewn  to  be  liable  to  paralyfis  of  the  lymphatic  abforbents,  pro- 
ducing the  various  kinds  of  dropfies  in  Seftion  XXIX.  5.  Now  if 
any  branch  of  the  venous  fyftem  lofes  its  power  of  abforption,  the  part 
fwells,  and  at  length  burfls  and  difcharges  the  blood,  which  the  ca- 
pillaries or  other  glands  circulate  through  them. 

It  fometimes  happens  that  the  large  external  veins  of  the  legs 
burfl,  and  effufe  their  blood  ;  but  this  occurs  moft  frequently  in  the 
veins  of  the  inteflines,  as  the  vena  portarum  is  liable  to  fuffer  from  a 
fchirrus  of  the  liver  oppofing  the  progreffion  of  the  blood,  which  is 
abforbed  from  the  inteftines.  Hence  the  piles  are  a  fymptom  of  he- 
patic obftruction,  and  hence  the  copious  difcharges  downwards  or 
upwards  of  a  black  material,  which  has  been  called  melancholia,  or 
black  bile;  but  is  no  other  than  the  blood,  which  is  probably  difcharged 
from  the  veins  of  the  inteftines. 

J.  F.  Meckel,  in  his  Experimenta  de  Finibus  Vaforum,  publifhed 
at  Berlin,  1772,  mentions  his  difcovery  of  a  communication  of  a 
lymphatic  veffel  with  the  gaftric  branch  of  the  vena  portarum.  It 
is  poffible,  that  when  the  motion  of  the  lymphatic  becomes  retro- 
grade in  fbme  difeafes,  that  blood  may  obtain  a  paflage  into  it,  where 
it  anaftomofes  with  the  vein,  and  thus  be  poured  into  the  inteftines. 
A  difcharge  of  blood  with  the  urine  fometimes  attends  diabetes,  and 
may  have  its  fource  in  the  fame  manner. 

Mr.  A • ,  who  had  been  a  hard  drinker,  and  had  the  ^utta 

rofacea  on  his  face  and  breaft,  after  a  ftroke  of  the  palfy  voided  near 
a  quart  of  a  black  vifcid  material  by  ftool :  on  diluting  it  with  water 
it  did  not  become  yellow,  as  it  muft  have  done  if  it  had  been  inlpiflated 
bile,  but  continued  black  like  the  grounds  of  coffee. 

But  any  other  part  of  the  venous  fyftem  may  become  quiefcent 

or  totally  paralytic  as  well  as  the  veins  of  the  inteftines :    all  which 

5  occur 


294  OF   HEMORRHAGES.     Sect. XXVII.  2. 

occur  more  frequently  in  thofe  who  have  difeafed  livers,  than  in  any 
others.  Hence  troublefome  bleedings  of  the  nofe,  or  from  the  lungs 
with  a  weak  pulfe ;  hence  haemorrhages  from  the  kidneys,  too  great 
menflruation;  and  hence  the  oozing  of  blood  from  every  part  of  the 
body,  and  the  petechias  in  thofe  fevers,  which  are  termed  putrid, 
and  which  is  erroneoufly  afcribed  to  the  thinnefs  of  the  blood  :  for 
the  blood  in  inflammatory  difeafes  is  equally  fluid  before  it  coagulates 
in  the  cold  air. 

Is  not  that  hereditary  confumption,  which  occurs  chiefly  in  dark- 
eyed  people  about  the  age  of  twenty,  and  commences  with  flight  pul- 
monary hemorrhages  without  fever,  a  difeafe  of  this  kind  ? — Thefe 
hzemorrhages  frequently  begin  during  fleep,  when  the  irritability  of 
the  lungs  is  not  fufficient  in  thefe  patients  to  carry  on  the  circula- 
tion without  the  afliftance  of  volition  ;  for  in  our  waking  hours, 
the  motions  of  the  lungs  are  in  part  voluntary,  efpecially  if  any 
difficulty  of  breathing  renders  the  efforts  of  volition  neceflary.  See 
Clafs  I.  2.  I.  2.  and  Clafs  III.  2.  i.  10.  Another  fpecies  of  pulmo- 
nary confumption  which  feems  more  certainly  of  fcrophulous  origin 
is  defcribed  in  the  next  Sedion,  No.  2. 

I  have  feen  two  cafes  of  women,  of  about  forty  years  of  age, 
both  of  whom  were  feized  with  quick  weak  pulfe,  with  difficult 
refpiration,  and  who  fpit  up  by  coughing  much  vifcid  mucus  mixed 
with  dark  coloured  blood.  They  had  both  large  vibices  on  their 
limbs,  and  petechia;  in  one  the  feet  were  in  danger  of  mortifica- 
tion, in  the  other  the  legs  were  oedematous.  To  relieve  the  diffi- 
cult refpiration,  about  fix  ounces  of  blood  were  taken  from  one  of 
them,  which  to  my  furprife  was  fizy,  like  inflamed  blood  :  they 
had  both  palpitations  or  unequal  pulfations  of  the  heart.  They  con- 
tinued four  or  five  weeks  with  pale  and  bloated  countenances,  and 
did  not  ceafe  fpitting  phlegm  mixed  with  black  blood,  and  the  pulfe 
feldom  flower  than  130  or  135  in  a  minute.     This  blood,  from  its 

dark 


Sect. XXVII.  2.      OF  HEMORRHAGES.  295 

dark  colour,  and  from  the  many  vibices  and  petechia,  feems  to  have 
been  venous  blood ;  the  quicknefs  of  the  pulfe,  and  the  irregularity 
of  the  motion  of  the  heart,  are  to  be  afcribed  to  debility  of  that  part 
of  the  lyftem ;  as  the  extra vafation  of  blood  originated  from  the  de- 
fect of  venous  abforption.  The  approximation  of  thefe  two  cafes  to 
fea-fcurvy  is  peculiar,  and  may  allow  them  to  be  called  fcorbutus  pul- 
monaUs.  Had  thefe  been  younger  fubjedls,  and  the  paralyfis  of  the 
veins  had  only  aftefted  the  lungs,  it  is  probable  the  difeafe  would  have 
been  a  pulmonary  confumptlon. 

Lafl  week  I  faw  a  gentleman  of  Birmingham,  who  had  for  ten 
days  laboured  under  great  palpitation  of  his  heart,  which  was  fo  dif- 
tindlly  felt  by  the  hand,  as  to  difcountenance  the  idea  of  there  being 
a  fluid  in  the  pericardium.  He  frequently  fpit  up  mucus  ftained  with 
dark  coloured  blood,  his  pulfe  very  unequal  and  very  weak,  with 
cold  hands  and  nofe.  He  could  not  lie  down  at  all,  and  for  about 
ten  days  paft  could  not  flcep  a  minute  together,  but  waked  perpetually 
with  great  uneafinefs.  Could  thofe  fymptoms  be  owing  to  very  ex- 
tenfive  adheiions  of  the  lungs  ?  or  is  this  a  fcorbutus  pulmonalis  ? 
After  a  few  days  he  fuddenly  got  fo  much  better  as  to  be  able  to  fleep 
many  hours  at  a  time  by  the  ufe  of  one  grain  of  powder  of  foxglove 
twice  a  day,  and  a  grain  of  opium  at  night.  After  a  few  days  longer, 
the  bark  was  exhibited,  and  the  opium  continued  with  fome  wine ; 
and  the  palpitations  of  his  heart  became  much  relieved,  and  he  reco- 
vered his  ufual  degree  of  health. 

In  epileptic  fits  the  patients  frequently  become  black  in  the  face, 
from  the  temporary  paralyfis  of  the  venous  lyftem  of  this  part.  I  have 
known  two  inftances  where  the  blacknefs  has  continued  many  days. 

M.  P ,  who  had  drank  intemperately,  was  feized  with  the  epi- 

lepfy  when  he  was  in  his  fortieth  year ;  in  one  of  thefe  fits  the  white 
part  of  his  eyes  was  left  totally  black  with  effufed  blood ;  which  was 
attended  with  no  pain  or  heat,  and  was  in  a  few  weeks  gradually  ab- 
forbed,  changing  colour  as  is  ufual  with  vibices  from  bruifes. 

The 


296  OF   HAEMORRHAGES.     Sect.XXVII.  2. 

The  haemorrhages  produced  from  the  inability  of  the  veins  to  ab- 
forb  the  refluent  blood,  is  cured  by  opium,  the  preparations  of  fteel, 
lead,  the  bark,  vitriolic  acid,  and  blifters ;  but  thefe  have  the  effedb 
with  much  more  certainty,  if  a  venefedtion  to  a  few  ounces,  and  a 
moderate  cathartic  with  four  or  fix  grains  of  calomel  be  premifed> 
where  the  patient  is  not  already  too  much  debilitated ;  as  one  great 
means  of  promoting  the  abforption  of  any  fluid  confifts  in  previoufly 
emptying  the  veffels,  which  are  to  receive  it. 


SECT. 


^ECT.  XXVIIl,  r.     PARALYSIS  OP  ABSORBENTS.  297 


SECT.    XXVIII. 

OF    THE   PARALYSIS    OF    THE    ABSORBENT    SYSTEM. 

I.  Parahfis  of  the  laSfeals,  atrophy.  Dijiajle  to  animal  food.  II.  Canfe  of 
dropfy.  Caufe  of  herpes.  Mefenteric  confimption.  Pulmonary  conjumption. 
Why  idcers  in  the  lungs  arefo  difficult  to  heal. 

THE  term  paralyfis  has  generally  been  ufed  to  exprefs  the 
■lofs  of  voluntary  motion,  as  in  the  hemiplagia,  but  may  with  equal 
propriety  be  applied  to  exprefs  the  difobediency  of  the  mufcular 
iibres  to  the  other  kinds  of  ftimulus ;  as  to  thofe  of  irritation  or  fen- 
fation. 

I.  There  is  a  fpecies  of  atrophy,  which  has  not  been  well  under- 
flood ;  when  the  abforbent  vefleis  of  the  ftomach  and  inteftines  have 
been  long  inured  to  the  flimulus  of  too  much  fpirituous  liquor,  they 
at  length,  either  by  the  too  fudden  omiffion  of  fermented  or  fpirituous 
potation,  or  from  the  gradual  decay  of  nature,  become  in  a  certain 
degree  paralytic  ;  now  it  is  obferved  in  the  larger  mufcles  of  the  body, 
■when  one  fide  is  paralytic,  the  other  is  more  frequently  in  motion, 
owing  to  the  lefs  expenditure  of  fenforial  power  in  the  paralytic 
limbs ;  fo  in  this  cafe  the  other  part  of  the  abforbent  fy flem  afts  with 
greater  force,  or  with  greater  perfeverance,  in  confequence  of  the 
paralyfis  of  the  lafbeals ;  and  the  body  becomes  greatly  emaciated  in  a 
fmall  time. 

Q^q  I  have 


298  PARALYSIS  Off  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXVIII.  2. 

I  have  feen  feveral  patients  iti  this  difeafe,  of  v/hich  the  following 
are  the  circumftances,  i.  They  were  men  about  fifty  years  of  age, 
and  had  lived  freely  in  refpeift  to  fermented  hquors.  2.  They  loft 
their  appetite  to  animal  food»  3.  They  became  kiddenty  emaciated; 
to  a  great  degree.  4.  Their  flcins  were  dry  and  rough.  5.  They 
coughed  and  expeftorated  with'  difficulty  a  vifcid  phlegm.  6.  The 
membrane  of  the  tongue  was  dry  and  red,  and  liable  to  become  ul- 
cerous. 

The  inability  to  digeft  animal  food,  and  the  confequent  diftafte  to 
it,  generally  precedes  the  dropfy,  and  other  difeafes,  which  originate 
from  fpirituous  potation.  I  fuppofe  when  the  fiomach  becomes  in- 
irritable,  that  there  is  at  the  fame  time  a  deficiency  of  gaftric  acid  ; 
hence  milk  feldom  agrees  with  thefe  patients>  unlefs  it  be  previoufly 
curdled,^  as  they  have  not  fufficient  gaflric  acid  to  curdle  it ;  and^ 
hence  vegetable  food,  which  is  itfelf  acefcent,  will  agree  with  theic 
flomachs  longer  than  animal  food,  which  requires  more  of  the  gaftric 
acid  for  its  digeftion. 

In  this  difeafe  the  Ikin  is  dry  from  the  increafed  abforption  of  the 
cutaneous  lymphatics,  the  fat  is  abforbed  from  the  increafed  abforption. 
of  the  cellular  lymphatics,  the  mucus  of  the  lungs  is  too  vifcid  to  be 
eafily  fpit  up  by  the  increafed-  abforption  of  the  thinner  parts  of  it,  the. 
membrana  fneideriana  becomes  dry,  covered  with  hardened  mucus, 
and  at  length  becomes  inflamed  and  full  of  apthae,  and  either  thefe 
floughs,  or  pulmonary  ulcers,  terminate  the  fcene. 

II.  The  immediate  caufe  of  dropfy  is  the  paralyfis  of  fome  other 
branches  of  the  abforbent  fyftem,  which  are  called  lymphatics,  and' 
which  open  into  the  larger  cavities  of  the  body,  or  into  the  cells  of 
the  cellular  membrane ;  whence  thofe  cavities  or  cells  become  diftend- 
ed  with  the  fluid,  which  is  hourly  fecreted  into  them  for  the  purpofe 
of  lubricating  their  furfaces.  As  is  more  fully  explained  in  No.  5.  of 
the  next  Seiliono 

As 


Sect.  XXVIII.  2.     PARALYSIS  OF  ABSORBENTS.  299 

As  thofe  lymphatic  veflels  confift  generally  of  a  long  neck  or  mouth, 
which  drinks  up  its  appropriated  fluid,  and  of  a  conglobate  gland,  in 
which  this  fluid  undergoes  fome  change,  it  happens,  that  fometimes 
the  mouth  of  the  lymphatic,  and  fometimes  the  belly  or  glandular 
part  of  it,  becom-es  totally  or  partially  paralytic.  In  the  former  cafe, 
where  the  mouths  of  the  cutaneous  lymphatics  become  torpid  or  qui- 
efcent,  the  fluid  fecreted  on  the  flcin  ceafes  to  be  abforbed,  and 
erodes  the  fkia  by  its  faline  acrimony,  and  produces  eruptions  termed 
herpes,  the  difcharge  from  which  is  as  fait,  as  the  tears,  which  are 
fecreted  too  fafl:  to  be  reabforbed,  as  in  grief,  or  when  the  punfta  la- 
crymalia  are  obftrudled,  and  which  running  down  the  cheek  redden 
and  inflame  the  fkin. 

When  the  mouths  of  the  lymphatics,  which  open  on  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  noftrils,  become  torpid,  as  on  walking  into  the 
air  in  a  frofty  morning ;  the  mucus,  which  continues  to  be  fecreted, 
has  not  its  aqueous  and  faline  part  reabforbed,  which  runninty  over 
the  upper  lip  inflames  it,  and  has  a  fait  tafte,  if  it  falls  on  the 
tongue. 

When  the  belly,  or  glandular  part  of  thefe  lymphatics,  becomes 
torpid,  the  fluid  abforbed  by  its  mouth  Magnates,  and  forms  a 
tumour  in  the  gland.  This  difeafe  is  called  the  fcrophula.  If 
thefe  glands  fuppurate  externally,  they  gradually  heal,  as  tliofe  of 
the  neck;  if  they  fuppurate  without  an  gpening  on  the  external 
habit,  as  the  mefenteric  glands,  a  hedlic  fever  enfues,  which  de- 
ftroys  the  patient ;  if  they  fuppurate  in  the  lungs,  a  pulmonary 
confumption  enfues,  which  is  believed  thus  to  differ  from  that 
defcribed  in  the  preceding  SeftLon,  in  refpeft  to  its  feat  or  proximate 
caufe. 

It  is  remarkable,  that  matter  produced  by  fuppuration  will  lie 
concealed  in  the  body  many  weeks,  or  even  months,  without  pro- 
ducing hedic  fever ;    but  as  foon  as  the  wound  is  opened,  fo  as  to 

Q^q  2  admit 


300  PARALYSIS  OF  ABSORBENTS;    Sect.  XXVIII.  2-. 

admit  air  to  the  furface  of  the  ulcer,  a  hedtic  fever  fupervenes,  even. 
in  very  few  hours,  which  is  probably  owing  to  the  azotic  part 
of  the  atmofphere  rather  than  to  the  oxygene  ;  becaufe  thofe  me- 
dicines, which  contain  much  oxygene,  as  the  calces  or  oxydes  o£ 
metals,  externally  applied,  greatly  contribute  to  heal  ulcers,  of  thefe 
are  the  folutions  of  lead  and  mercury,  and  copper  in  acids,  or  their- 
precipitates. 

Hence  when  ulcers  are  to  be  healed  by  the  firfl  intention,  as  it  is- 
called,  it  is  neceflary  carefully  to  exclude  the  air  from  them.  Hence 
we  have  one  caufe,  which  prevents  pulmonary  ulcers  from  healing,, 
which  is  their  being  perpetually  expofed  to  the  air. 

Both  the  dark-eyed  patients,  which  are  afFefted  with  pulmonary 
ulcers  fi'om  deficient  venous  abforption,  as  defcribed  in  SedioiB 
XXVII.  2.  and  the  light-eyed  patients  from  deficient  lymphatic  ab- 
forption, which  we  are  now  treating  of,  have  generally  large  aper- 
tures of  the  iris ;  thefe  large  pupils  of  the  eyes  are  a  common  mark 
of  want  of  irritability ;  and  it  generally  happens,  that  an  increafe  oi 
fenfibility,  that  is,  of  motions  in  confequence  of  fenfation,  attends 
thefe  conflitutions.  See  Sedc.  XXXI.  z.  Whence  inflammations 
may  occur  in  thefe  from  ftagnated  fluids  more  frequently  than  ia 
thofe   conflitutions,    which   pofTefs   more  irritability  and   lefs   feii:- 

fibility. 

Great  expectations  in  refpe6t  to  the  cure  of  confumptions,  as  well; 
as  of  many  other  difeafes,  are  produced  by  the  very  ingenious  exer- 
tions of  Dr.  Beddoes  ;  who  has  eftablilhed  an  apparatus  for  breathing 
various  mixtures  of  aii's  or  gaffes,  at  the  hot-wells  near  Briflol,  which* 
well  defervcs  the  attention  of  the  public. 

Dr.  Beddoes  very  ingenioufly  concludes,  from  the  florid  colour  of 
the  blood  of  confumptive  patients,  that  it  abounds  in  oxygene  ;  and- 
that  the  rednefs  of  their  tongues,  and  lips,  and  the  fine  biufh  of  their 
cheeks  fhew  the  prefence  of  the  fame  principle,  like  flefh  reddened 

7  ^^ 


Sect.  XXVIII.  2.    PARALYSIS  OF  ABSORBENTS.  301 

by  nitre.  And  adds,  that  the  circumftance  of  the  confumptlons  of 
pregnant  women  being  flopped  in  their  progrefs  during  pregnancy, 
at  which  time  their  blood  may  be  fuppofed  to  be  in  part  deprived  of 
its  oxygene,  by  oxygenating  the  blood  of  the  foetus,  is  a  forceable  ar- 
gument in  favour  of  this  theory  ;  which  muft  foon  be  confirmed  or 
confuted  by  his  experiments.  See  Effay  on  Scurvy,  Confumption, 
&c.  by  Dr.  Beddoes.  Murray.  London.  Alfo  Letter  to  Dr.  Darwin, 
by  the  fame.    Murray.    London. 


SECT, 


J02  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  u 


SECT.    XXIX. 

fON  THE  RETROGRADE  MOTIONS  OP  THE  ABSORBENT  SYSTEM. 

I.  jiaount  of  the  ahjorhent  fyfiem.  II.  'the  valves  of  the  abjorhent  veffels  mayfuf- 
fer  their  fluids  to  regurgitate  in  fame  difeafes.  III.  Communication  from  the 
alimentary  canal  to  the  bladder  by  means  of  the  abforbent  vejfels.  IV.  The  pha~ 
.nomena  of  diabetes  explained,  V.  i.  "The  phenomena  of  dropfies  explained. 
2.  Cafes  of  the  life  of  foxglove.  VI.  Of  cold  fweats.  VII.  Tranjlations  of 
matter,  of  chyle,  of  milk,  of  urine,  operation  of  purging  drugs  applied  external^ 
ly.  VIII.  Circumftances  by  which  the  fluids,  that  are  effufed  by  the  retrograde 
motions  of  the  abforbent  vejfels,  are  dijlinguifjed.  IX.  Retrograde  motions  of 
vegetable  juices.  X.  Objections  anfwered.  XL  The  caufes,  which  induce  the 
retrograde  motions  of  animal  vejfels,  and  the  medicines  by  which  the  natural 
motions  are  rejlored. 

N.  B.  'The  following  SeSiion  is  a  tranjlation  of  a  part  of  a  Latin  thefts  written 
by  the  late  Mr.  Charles  "Darwin,  which  was  printed  with  his  prize-dijferta- 

tion   on  a  criterion   between  matter  and  mucus  in  I'-jio.      Sold  by  Cadell, 
London. 


I.  Account  of  the  Abforbent  Syflem. 

I.  THE  abforbent  fyftem  of  veffels  in  animal  bodies  confifts  of  fe- 
veral  branches,  differing  in  refpefl:  to  their  fituations,  and  to  the  fluids, 
■which  they  abforb. 

The  inteftinal  abforbents  open  their  mouths  on  the  internal  fur- 
faces  of  the  inteftines;  their  office  is  to  drink  up  the  chyle  and  the 

3  other 


S-ECT.XXIX.  I.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  303 

other  fluids  from  the  alimentary  canal ;  and  they  are  termed  ladleals, 
to  diftinguifh  them  from  the  other  abforbent  veflel-s,.  which  have  been 
termed  lymphatics. 

Thofe,.  whofe  mouths  are  difperfed  on  the  external' fkin,  imbibe  a 
great  quantity  of  water  from  the  atmofphere,  and  a  part  of  the  per- 
fpirable  matter,  which  does- not  evaporate,  and  are  termed  cutaneous 
abforbents. 

Thofe,  which  arife  from  the  internal  furface  of  the  bronchia,  and 
which  imbibe  moiflure  from  the  atmofphere,  and  a  part  of  the  bron- 
chial mucus,  are  called  pulmonary  abforbents. 

Thofe,  which  open  their  innumerable  mouths  into  the  cells  of  the 
whole  cellular  membrane;-  and  whofe  ufe  is  to  take  up  the  fluid, 
which  is  poured  into  thofe  cells,,  after  it  hasdbne  its  office  there;  may^ 
be  called  cellular  abforbents. 

Thofe,  which  arife  from  the  internal  furfaces  of  the  membranes,, 
which  line  the  larger  cavities  of  the  body,  as  the  thorax,  abdomen^, 
fcrotum,  pericardium,  take  up  the  mucus  poured  into  thofe  ca- 
vities ;  and  are  diftinguifhed  by  the  names  of  their  reipe<Slive 
cavities.. 

Whilfl  thofe,  which  arife  from  the  internal  furfaces  of  the  urinary- 
bladder,  gall-bladder,  falivary  dufts,  or  other  receptacles  of  fecreted 
fluids,  may  take  their  names  from  thofe  fluids  ;  the  thinner  parts  of 
which  it  is  their  office  to  abforb  :  as  urinary,  bilious,  or  falivary  ab-- 
forbents. 

2.  Many  of  thefe  abforbent  veffels,  both  ladleals  and  lymphatics^,^ 
like  fome  of  the  veins,  are  replete  with  valves:  which  feem  defigned^ 
toaflifl:  the  progrefs  of  their  fluids,  or  atleaft  to  prevent  their  regur- 
gitation;, where-  they  are  fubjedled  to  the  intermitted  preflure  of  the- 
mufcular,  or  arterial  ailions  in. their  neighbourhood. 

Thefe  valves  do  not  however  appear  to  be  neceflary  to  all  the  ab-- 
forbents,  any  more  than  to  all  the  veins;  fince  they  are  not  found  to 
exift  in  theabforbent  fyflem  of  fifh ;  according  to  the  difcoveries  of  th&- 

ingenious,. 


304  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  i. 

ingenious,  and  much  lamented  Mr.  Hewfon.     Philof.  Tranf.  v.  59, 
Enquiries  into  the  Lymph.  Syll.  p.  94. 

3.  Thefe  abforbent  veffels  are  alfo  furnifhed  with  glands,  which 
are  called  conglobate  glands ;  whofe  ufe  is  not  at  prefent  fufficiently 
invefligated ;  but  it  is  probable  that  they  refemble  the  conglomerate 
glands  both  in  ftruflure  and  in  ufe,  except  that  their  abforbent 
mouths  are  for  the  conveniency  of  lituation  placed  at  a  greater  dif- 
tance  from  the  body  of  the  gland.  The  conglomerate  glands  open 
their  mouths  immediately  into  the  fanguiferous  veffels,  which  bring 
the  blood,  from  whence  they  abforb  their  refpeftive  fluids,  quite  up 
to  the  gland:  but  thefe  conglobate  glands  collefl  their  adapted  fluids 
from  very  diftant  membranes,  or  cyfls,  by  means  of  mouths  furnifh- 
ed with  long  necks  for  this  purpofe;  and  which  are  called  ladeals,  or 
lymphatics. 

4.  The  fluids,  thus  collefled  from  various  parts  of  the  body,  pafs 
by  means  of  the  thoracic  du£t  into  the  left  fubclavian  near  the  ju- 
gular vein ;  except  indeed  that  thofe  coUedled  from  the  right  fide  of 
the  head  and  neck,  and  from  the  right  arm,  are  carried  into  the  right 
fubclavian  vein :  and  fometimes  even  the  lymphatics  from  the  right 
fide  of  the  lungs  are  inferted  into  the  right  fubclavian  vein  j  whilfl 
thofe  of  the  left  fide  of  the  head  open  but  juft  into  the  fummit  of  the 
thoracic  du£l. 

5.  In  the  abforbent  fyftem  there  are  many  anaflomofes  of  the  vef- 
fels, which  feem  of  great  confequence  to  the  prefervation  of  health. 
Thefe  anaftomofes  are  difcovered  by  diffeftion  to  be  very  frequent 
between  the  inteftinal  and  urinary  lymphatics,  as  mentioned  by  Mr. 
Hewfon,  (Phil.  Tranf.  v.  58). 

6.  Nor  do  all  the  inteftinal  abforbents  feem  to  terminate  in  the 

thoracic  d\i£l,  as  appears  from  fome  curious  experiments  of  D.  Monro, 

who  gave  madder  to  fome  animals,  having  previoufly  put  a  ligature  on 

the  thoracic  du6t,  and  found  their  bones,  and  the  ferum  of  their  blood, 

coloured  red. 

II.  The 


Sect.  XXIX.  2.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  305 


II.  ^he  Valves  of  the  Abforbent  Syjiem  may  fuffer  their  Fluids  to 
regurgitate  in  fame  Difeafes. 

I.  The  many  valves,  which  occur  In  the  progrefs  of  the  lymphatic 
and  ladteal  veflels,  would  feem  infuperable  obflacles  to  the  regurgita- 
tion of  their  contents.  But  as  thefe  valves  are  placed  in  veffels, 
which  are  indued  with  life,  and  are  themfelves  indued  with  life  alfo  ; 
and  are  very  irritable  into  thofe  natural  motions,  which  abforb,  or 
propel  the  fluids  they  contain  ;  it  is  poflible,  in  fome  difeafes,  where 
thefe  valves  or  vefTels  are  ftimulated  into  unnatural  exertions,  or  are 
become  paralytic,  that  during  the  diaflole  of  the  part  of  the  veffel  to 
which  the  valve  is  attached,  the  valve  may  not  fo  completely  clofe, 
as  to  prevent  the  relapfe  of  the  lymph  or  chyle.  This  is  rendered 
more  probable,  by  the  experiments  of  injedting  mercury,  or  water,  or 
fuet,  or  by  blowing  air  down  thefe  veffels  ;  all  which  pafs  the  valves 
very  eafily,  contrary  to  the  natural  courfe  of  their  fluids,  when  the 
veffels  are  thus  a  little  forcibly  dilated,  as  mentioned  by  Dr.  Haller, 
Elem.  Phyfiol.  t.  iii.  f.  4. 

*'  The  valves  of  the  thoracic  du(3:  are  few,  fome  affert  they  are  not 
more  than  twelve,  and  that  they  do  not  very  accurately  perform  their 
office,  as  they  do  not  clofe  the  whole  area  of  the  du£l,  and  thence 
may  permit  chyle  to  repafs  them  downwards.  In  living  animals, 
however,  though  not  always,  yet  more  frequently  than  in  the  dead, 
they  prevent  the  chyle  from  returning.  The  principal  of  thefe  valves 
is  that,  which  prefides  over  the  infertion  of  the  thoracic  du£t,  into 
the  fubclavian  vein ;  many  have  believed  this  alfo  to  perform  the  of- 
fice of  a  valve,  both  to  admit  the  chyle  into  the  vein,  and  to  preclude 
the  blood  from  entering  the  dudl ;  but  in  my  opinion  it  is  fcarcely 
fufficient  for  this  purpofe."     Haller,  Elem.  Phyf.  t.  vii.  p.  226. 

R  r  2.  The 


3o6  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  2, 

2.  The  mouths  of  the  lymphatics  feem  to  admit  water  to  pafs 
through  them  after  death,  the  inverted  way,  eafier  than  the  natural 
one ;  fince  an  inverted  bladder  readily  lets  out  the  water  with  which 
it  is  filled ;  whence  it  may  be  inferred,  that  there  is  ao  obftacle  at 
the  mouths  of  thefe  veflels  to  prevent  the  regurgitation  of  their  con- 
tained fluids. 

I  w,as  induced  to  repeat  this  experiment,  and  having  accurately  tied 
the  ureters  and  neck  of  a  frefli  ox's  bladder,  I  made  an  opening  at  the 
fundus  of  it ;  and  then,  having  turned  it  infide  outwards,  filled  it 
half  full  with  water,  and  was  furprifed  to  fee  it  empty  itfelf  fo  haftily. 
I  thought  the  experiment  rhore  appofite  to  my  purpofe  by  fufpending 
the  bladder  with  its  neck  downwards,  as  the  lymphatics  are  chiefly 
fpread  upon  this  part  of  it ;  as  fliewn  by  Dr.  Watfon,  Philof.  Tranf. 
V.  59.  p.  392. 

3.  In  fome  difeafes,  as  in  the  diabetes  and  fcrophula,  it  is  probable 
the  valves  themfelves  are  difeafed,  and  are  thence  incapable  of  pre- 
venting the  return  of  the  fluids  they  fhould  fupport.  Thus  the  valves 
of  the  aorta  itfelf  have  frequently  been  found  fchirrous,  according  ta 
the  diflTedlions  of  Monf.  Lieutaud,  and  have  given  rife  to  an  inter- 
rupted pulfe,  and  laborious  palpitations,  by  fufFering  a  return  of  part 
of  the  blood  into  the  heart.  Nor  are  any  parts  of  the  body.fo  liable; 
to  fchirrofity  as  the  lymphatic  glands  and  veflels,  infomuch  that 
their  fchirrofities  have  acquired  a  difl:inct  name,  and  been  termed 
fchrophula. 

4.  There  are  valves  in  other  parts  of  the  body,  analogous  to  thofe 
of  the  abforbent  fyfliem,  and  which  are  liable,  when  difeafed,  to  re- 
gurgitate their  contents  :  thus  the  upper  and  lower  orifices  of  the 
llomach  are  clofed  by  valves,  which,  when  too  great  quantities  of 
warm  water  have  been  drank  with  a  defign  to  promote  vomiting, 
have  fometimes  refifl:ed  the  utmoft  effbrts  of  the  abdominal  mufcles, 
and  diaphragm :  yet,  at  other  times,  the  upper  valve,  or  cardia, 
eafily  permits,  the  evacuation  of  the  contents  of  the  ftomach ;  whilfb 

4  the 


Sect.  XXIX,  2.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  307 

the  inferior  valve,  or  pylorus,  permits  the  bile,'  and  other  contents  of 
the  duodenum,  to  regurgitate  into  the  ftomach. 

5.  The  valve  of  the  colon  is  well  adapted  to  prevent  the  retrograde 
motion  of  the  excrements  ;  yet,  as  this  valve  is  poffefled  of  a  living 
power,  in  the  iliac  pafiion,  either  from  fpafm,  or  other  unnatural  ex- 
ertions, it  keeps  itfelf  open,  and  either  fuffers  or  promotes  the  retro- 
grade movements  of  the  contents  of  the  inteftines  b'slow  ;  as  in  rumi- 
natine  animals  the  mouth  of  the  firft  flomach  feems  to  be  fo  con- 
flruded,  as  to  facilitate  or  uflifi:  the  regurgitation  of  the  food  ;  the 
rings  of  the  oefophagus  afterwards  contracting  themfelves  in  inverted 
order.  De  Haen,  by  means  of  a  fyringe,  forced  fo  much  water  into 
the  rectum  inteftinum  of  a  dog,  that  he  vomited  it  in  a  full  ftream 
from  his  mouth  ;  and  in  the  iliac  paflion  above  mentioned,  excre- 
ments and  clyiler  are  often  evacuated  by  the  mouth.  See  Section 
XXV.  15. 

6.  The  pun£ta  lacrymalia,  with  the  lacrymal  fack  and  nafal  du£t, 
compofe  a  complete  gland,  and  much  refemble  the  inteflinal  canal  * 
the  punifta  lacrymalia  are  abforbent  mouths,  that  take  up  the  tears 
from  the  eye,  when  they  have  done  their  office  there,  and  convey 
them  into  the  noftrils  ;  but  when  the  nafal  du(ft  is  obftru6ted,  and 
the  lacrymal  fack  diflended  with  its  fluid,  on  preflure  with  the  finger 
the  mouths  of  this  gland  (puncta  lacrymalia)  will  readily  difgorge  the 
fluid,  they  had  previouily  abforbed,  back  into  the  eye. 

7.  As  the  capillary  veflels  receive  blood  from  the  arteries,  and  fe- 
parating  the  mucus,  or  perfpirable  matter  from  it,  convey  the  re- 
mainder back  by  the  veins ;  thefe  capillary  veflels  are  a  fet  of  glands, 
in  every  refpedt  fimilar  to  the  fecretory  veflTels  of  the  liver,  or  other 
large  congeries  of  glands.  The  beginnings  of  thefe  capillary  veflTels 
have  frequent  anafl:omofes  into  each  other,  in  which  circumftance 
they  are  refembled  by  the  ladteals ;  and  like  the  mouths  or  beginnings 
of  other  glands,  they  are  a  fet  of  abforbent  veflTels,  which  drink  up  the 
blood  which  is  brought  to  them  by  the  arteries,  as  the  chyle  is  drank 

R  r  3  up 


3o8  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  3. 

■up  by  the  ladeals:  fo|-  the  circulation  of  the  blood  through  the  capil- 
laries is  proved  to  be  independent  of  arterial  impulfe ;  fince  in  the  blufli 
of  (hanae,  and  in  partial  inflammations,  their  aftionis  increafed,  with- 
out any  increafe  of  the  motion  of  the  heart. 

8.  Yet  not  only  the  mouths,  or  beginnings  of  thefe  anaftomoling 
capillaries  are  frequently  feen  by  microfcopes,  to  regurgitate  fome  par- 
ticles of  blood,  during  the  ftruggles  of  the  animal ;  but  retrograde 
motion  of  the  blood,  in  the  veins  of  thofe  animals,  from  the  very 
heart  to  the  extremity  of  the  limbs,  is  obfervable,  by  intervals,  during 
the  diftreffes  of  the  dying  creature.  Haller,  Elem.  Phyfiol.  t.  i. 
p.  216.  Now,  as  the  veins  have  perhaps  all  of  them  a  valve  fome- 
where  between  their  extremities  and  the  heart,  here  is  ocular  de- 
monftration  of  the  fluids  in  this  difeafed  condition  of  the  animal,  rc- 
paffing  through  venous  valves  :  and  it  is  hence  highly  probable,  from 
the  llriftcft  analogy,  that  if  the  courfe  of  the  fluids,  in  the  lymphatic 
veffels,  could  be  fubjefted  to  microfcopic  obfervation,  they  would  alfo, 
in  the  difeafed  ftate  of  the  animal,  be  feen  to  repafs  the  valves,  and  the 
mouths  of  thofe  veffels,  which  had  previoufly  abforbed  them,  or  pro-- 
moted  their  progreflion. 


III.  Communication  from  the  Alimentary  Canal  to  the  Bladder ^  By 
means  of  the  Abforbent  Vejfeh. 

Many  medical  philofophers,  both  ancient  and  modern,  have  fuf- 
peded  that  there  was  a  nearer  communication  between  the  ftomach 
and  the  urinary  bladder,  than  that  of  the  circulation :  they  were  led 
into  this  opinion  from  the  great  expedition  with  which  cold  water, 
when  drank  to  excefs,  paffes  off  by  the  bladder  ;  and  from  the  iimila- 
rity  of  the  urine,  when  produced  in  this  hafty  mamierj  with  the  ma- 
terial that  was  drank. 

The 


Sect.  XXIX.  3.    RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  309 

The  former  of  thefe  circumftances  happens  perpetually  to  thofc 
who  drink  abundance  of  cold  water,  when  they  are  much  heated  by 
exercife,  and  to  many  at  the  beginning  of  intoxication. 

Of  the  latter,  many  inftances  are  recorded  by  Etmuller,  t.  xi. 
p.  716.  where  fimple  water,  wine,  and  wine  with  fugar,  and  emul- 
fions,  were  returned  by  urine  unchanged. 

There  are  other  experiments,  that  feem  to  demonftrate  the  exiftence 
of  another  paffage  to  the  bladder,  befides  that  through  the  kidneys. 
Thus  Dr.  Kratzenftein  put  ligatures  on  the  ureters  of  a  dog,  and  then 
emptied  the  bladder  by  a  catheter  ;  yet  in  a  little  time  the  dog  drank 
greedily,  and  made  a  quantity  of  water,  (Difputat.  Morbor.  Halleri. 
t.  iv.  p.  63.)  A  fimilar  experiment  is  related  in  the  Philofophical 
Tranfaftions,  with  the  fame  events  (No.  6^,  6'j^  for  the  year 
1670.) 

Add  to  this,  that  in  fome  morbid  cafes  the  urine  has  continued  to 
pafs,  after  the  fuppuration  or  total  deftruftion  of  the  kidneys ;  of 
which  many  inftances  are  referred  to  iii  the  Elem.  Phyiiol.  t.  vii, 
p.  379.  of  Dr.  Haller. 

From  all  which  it  muft  be  concluded,  that  fome  fluids  have  paffed 
from  the  ftomach  or  abdomen,  without  havins:  sone  through  the 
fanguiterous  circulation:  and  as  the  bladder  is  fupplied  with  many 
lymphatics,  as  defcribed  by  Dr.  Watfon,  m  the  Philof.  Tranf.  v.  59. 
p.  392.  and  as  no  other  veliels  open  into  it  befides  thefe  and  the  ure- 
ters, it  feems  evident,  that  the  unnatural  urine,  produced  as  above  de- 
fcribed, when  the  ureters  were  tied,  or  the  kidneys  obliterated,  was 
carried  into  the  bladder  by  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  urinarj 
branch  of  the  lymphatic  fyftem. 

The  more  certainly  to  afcertain  the  exiftence  of  another  communi- 
cation between  the  ftomach  and  bladder,  befides  that  of  the  circula- 
tion, the  following  experiment  was  made,  to  which  I  muft  beg  your 
patient  attention: — A  friend  of  mine  (June  14,  1772)  on  drinking  re- 
peatedly of  cold  fmall  punch,  till  he  began  to  be  intoxicated,  made  a 

q^uantity 


3IQ-  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  3; 

quantity  of  colourlefs  urine.  He  then  drank  about  two  drams  of  nitre 
diflblved  in  feme  of  the  punch,  and  eat  about  twenty  ftalks  of  boiled 
afparagus :  on  continuing  to  drink  more  of  the  punch,  the  next  urine 
that  he  made  was  quite  clear,  and  without  fmell;  but  in  a  little  time 
another  quantity  was  made,  which  was  not  quite  fo  colourlefs,  and 
had  a  ftrong  fmell  of  the  afparagus :  he  then  loft  about  four  ounces  of 
blood  from  the  arm. 

The  fmell  of  afparagus  was  not  at  all  perceptible  in  the  blood,  nei*' 
ther  when  frefti  taken,  nor  the  next  morning,  as  myfelf  and  two, 
others  accurately  attended  to;  yet  this  fmell  was  ftrongly  perceived  in 
the  urine,  which  was  made  juft  before  the  blood  was  taken  from  his 
arm. 

Some  bibulous  paper,  moiftened  in  the  lerum  of  this  blood,  and 
fuffered  to  dry,  fhewed  no  figns  of  nitre  by  its  manner  of  burning. 
But  fome  of  the  fame  paper,  moiftened  in  the  urine,  and  dried,  on 
being  ignited,  evidently  ftiewed  the  prefence  of  nitre.  This  blood 
and  the  urine  ftood  fome  days  expofed  to  the  fun  in  the  open  air,  till 
they  were  evaporated  to  about  a  fourth  of  their  original  quantity,  and 
began  to  ftink :  the  paper,  which  was  then  moiftened  with  the  con- 
centrated urine,  fliewed  the  prefence  of  much  nitre  by  its  manner  of 
burning ;  whilft  that  moiftened  with  the  blood  fhewed  no  fuch  ap- 
pearance at  all. 

Hence  it  appears,  that  certain  fluids  at  the  beginning  of  intoxica- 
tion, find  another  paffage  to  the  bladder  belides  the  long  courfe  of  the 
arterial  circulation ;  and  as  the  inteftinal  abforbents  are  joined  with  the 
■urinary  lymphatics  by  frequent  anaftomofes,  as  Hewfon  has  deraon- 
ftrated  ;  and  as  there  is  no  other  road,  we  may  juftly  conclude,-  that 
thefe  fluids  pafs  into  the  bladder  by  the  urinary  branch  of  the  lym- 
phatics, which  has  its  motions  inverted  during  the  difeafed  ftate  of  the 
animal. 

A  gentleman,  who  had  been  fome  weeks  affeded  with  jaundice, 
and  whofe  urine  was  in  confequence  of  a  very  deep  yellow,  took  fome 

cold 


Sect.  XXIX.  4.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  311 

cold  fmall  punch,  in  which  was  diffolved  about  a  dram  of  nitre  ;  he 
then  took  repeated  draughts  of  the  punch,  and  kept  himfelf  in  a  cool 
room,  till  on  the  approach  of  flight  intoxication  he  made  a  large 
quantity  of  water  ;  this  water  had  a  flight  yellow  tinge,  as  might  be 
expefted  from  a  fmall  admixture  of  bile  fecreted  from  the  kidneys ; 
but  if  the  whole  of  it  had  paffed  through  the  fanguiferous  veflels, 
which  were  now  replete  with  bile  {his  whole  Ikin  being  as  yellow  as 
gold)  would  not  this  urine  alfo,  as  well  as  that  he  had  made  for  weeks 
before,  have  been  of  a  deep  yellow  ?  Paper  dipped  in  this  water,  and 
dryed,  and  ignited,  ihewed  evident  marks  of  the  prefence  of  nitre^. 
when  the  flarne,  wAS,  b|9,\y,Q,Qut., 


IV.    The  Phcenomena   of  the  Diabetes   explained,    and  of  fame 

Diarrhoeas.. 

The  phsenomenaof  many  dlfeafes  are  only  explicable  from  ■  the  re? - 
trograde  motions  of  feme  of  the  branches  of  the  lymphatic  fyftem  ;  as- 
the  great  and  immediate  flow  of  pale  urine  in.  the  beginning  of  drunk'- 
cnnefs  ;  in  hyfteric  paroxyfms  ;,  from  being  expofed  to  cold  air  j.  or  to 
the  influence  of  fear  or  anxiety.. 

Before  we  endeavour  to  illuftrate  this  doctrine,  by  defcribing  the 
phsenomena  of  thefe  difeafes,  we  mufl:  premife.  one  circumftance  ; 
that  all  the  branches  of  the  lymphatic  fyftem  have  a  certain  fympathy. 
with  each  other,  infomuch  that  when  one  branch  is  ftimulated  intO' 
unufual  kinds  or  quantities  of  motion,  fome  other  branch  has  its  mo- 
tions either  increafed,  or  decreafed,  or  inverted  at  the  fame  time.. 
This  kind,  of  fympathy  can  only  be  proved  by  the  concurrent  tefti- 
ipony  of  numerous  fads,  which  will  be  related  in  the  courfe  of  the 
work.  I  fliall  only  add  here,  that  it  is  probable,  that  this  fympathy 
does., not  depend  on  any  communication  of  nervous  filaments,  but  on; 

habit  I ; 


312  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  4. 

habit ;  owing  to  the  various  branches  of  this  fyftem  having  frequently 
been  {Simulated  into  a6lion  at  the  fame  time. 

There  are  a  thoufand  inflances  of  involuntary  motions  aflbciated  in 
this  manner  ;  as  in  the  a£t  of  vomiting,  w^hile  the  motions  of  the  fto- 
mach  and  oefophagus  are  inverted,  the  pulfations  of  the  arterial  fyftem 
by  a  certain  fympathy  become  vi^eaker  ;  and  when  the  bowels  or  kid- 
neys are  ftimulated  by  poifon,  a  ftone,  or  inflammation,  into  more 
violent  a£lion ;  the  ftomach  and  oefophagus  by '  fympathy  invert  their 
motions.  .i.  ,  j 

1.  When  any  one  drinks  a  moderate  quantity  of  vinous  fpirit,  the 
whole  fyftem  a<3:s  with  more  energy  by  confent  with  the  ftomach  and 
inteftines,  as  is  feen  from  the  glow  on  the  Ikin,  and  the  increafe  of 
ftrength  and  a£livity;  but  when  a  greater  quantity  of  this  inebriating 
material  is  drank,  at  the  fame  time  that  the  ladteals  are  excited  into 
greater  action  to  abforb  it ;  it  frequently  happens,  that  the  urinary 
branch  of  abforbents,  which  is  conne£ted  w^ith  the  la£leals  by  many 
anaftomofes,  inverts  its  motions,  and  a  great  quantity  of  pale  unani- 
malized  urine  is  difcharged.  By  this  wife  contrivance  too  much  of 
an  unneceffary  fluid  is  prevented  from  entering  the  circulation — This 
may  be  called  the  drunken  diabetes,  to  diftinguifh  it  from  the  other 
temporary  diabetes,  which  occur  in  hyfteric  difeafes,  and  from  con- 
tinued fear  or  anxiety. 

2.  If  this  idle  ingurgitation  of  too  much  vinous  fpirit  be  daily  prac- 
tifed,  the  urinary  branch  of  abforbents  at  length  gains  an  habit  of  in- 
verting its  motions,  whenever  the  ladeals  are  much  ftimulated  ;  and 
the  whole  or  a  great  part  of  the  chyle  is  thus  daily  carried  to  the  blad- 
der without  entering  the  circulation,  and  the  body  becomes  emaci- 
ated. This  is  one  kind  of  chronic  diabetes,  and  may  be  diftinguiftied 
from  the  others  by  the  tafte  and  appearance  of  the  urine  ;  which  is 
fweet,  and  the  colour  of  whey,  and  may  be  termed  the  chyliferous 
diabetes. 

3.  Ma^iy 


Sect.XXIX.4.    retrograde  absorbents.  313 

3.  .Many  children  have  a  fimilar  depofition  of  chyle  in  their  urine, 
from  the  irritation  of  worms  in  their  inteftines,  which  ftimulating  the 
mouths  of  the  lacleals  into  unnatural  a6tion,  the  urinary  branch  of 
the  abforbents  becomes  inverted,  and  carries  part  of  the  chyle  to  the 
bladder :  part  of  the  chyle  alfo  has  been  carried  to  the  iliac  and  lumbar 
glands,  of  which  inftances  are  recorded  by  Haller,  t.  vii,  235.  and 
which  can  be  explained  on  no  other  theory:  but  the  diffedlions  of  the 
lymphatic  fyftem  of  the  human  body,  which  have  yet  been  publiflied, 
are  not  fufficiently  extenfive  for  our  purpofe  ;  yet  if  we  may  reafon 
from  comparative  anatomy,  this  tranflation  of  chyle  to  the  bladder  is 
much  illuftrated  by  the  account  given  of  this  fyftem  of  veffels  in  a 
turtle,  by  Mr.  Hewfon,  who  obferved,  "  That  the  ladeals  near  the 
root  of  the  mefentery  anaftomofe,  fo  as  to  form  a  net-work,  from 
which  feveral  large  branches  go  into  fome  coniiderable  lymphatics  ly- 
ing near  the  fpine ;  and  which  can  be  traced  almoft  to  the  anus,  and 
particularly  to  the  kidneys.  Philof.  Tranf.  v.  59.  p.  199 — Enquiries, 
p.  74. 

4.  At  the  fame  time  that  the  urinary  branch  of  abforbents,  in  the 
beginning  of  diabetes,  is  excited  into  inverted  action,  the  cellular 
branch  is  excited  by  the  fympathy  above  mentioned,  into  more  ener- 
getic action ;  and  the  fat,  that  was  before  depofited,  is  reabforbed  and 
thrown  into  the  blood  veffels  ;  where  it  floats,  and  was  miftaken  for 
chyle,  till  the  late  experiments  of  the  ingenious  Mr.  Hewfon  demon- 
ftrated  it  to  be  fat. 

This  appearance  of  what  was  m.iftaken  for  chyle  in  the  blood, 
which  was  drawn  from  thefe  patients,  and  the  obftrucled  liver, 
which  very  frequently  accompanies  this  difeafe,  feems  to  have  led 
Dr.  Mead  to  fufpe£l  the  diabetes  was  owing  to  a  defect  of  fanguifica- 
tion  ;  and  that  the  fchirrofity  of  the  liver  was  the  original  caufe  of  it : 
but  as  the  fchirrhusof  the  liver  is  moft  frequently  owing  to  the  fame 
caufes,  that  produce  the  diabetes  and  dropfies ;  namely,  the  great  ufe 

Sf  .  of 


31-4  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  4.. 

of  fermented  liquors ;  there  is  no  wander  they  fliould  exifl  together, 
without  being  the  confequence  of  each  other. 

-  5.  If  the  cutaneous  branch  of  abforbents  gains  a  habit  of  being  ex- 
cited into  ftronger  aflion,  and  imbibes  greater  quantities  of  moiilure. 
from  the  atmofphere,  at  the  fame  time  th^t  the  urinary  branch  has 
its  motions  inverted,  another  kind  of  diabetes  is  formed,  which  may 
be  termed  the  aqueous  diabetes.  In  this  diabetes  the  cutaneous  ab- 
forbents frequently  imbibe  an  amazing  quantity  of  atmofpheric  moif- 
ture  ;  infomuch  that  there  are  authentic  hiftories,  where  many  gallons, 
a  day,  for  many  weeks  together,  above  the  quantity  that  has  beea 
drank,  have  been  difcharged  by  urine.. 

Dr.  Keil,  in  his  Medicina  Statica,  found  that  he  gained  eighteeoi 
ounces  from  the  moift  air  of  one  night ;  and  Dr.  Percival  affirms,, 
that  one  of  his  hands  imbibed,  after  being  well  chafed,  near  an  ounce- 
and  half  of  water,  in  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  (Tranfa£t.  of  the  College,. 
London,  vol.  ii.  p.  102).     Home's  Medic.  Fa£ts,  p.  2.  fecft.  3. 

The  pale  urine  in  hyfterical  women,  or  which  is  produced  by  fear 
or  anxiety,  is  a  temporary  complaint  of  this  kind;  and  it  would  ia re- 
ality be  the  fame  difeafe,  if  it  was  confirmed  by  habit. 

6.  The  purging  ftools,  and  pale  urine,  occafioned  by  expofing  the- 
naked  hody  to  cold  air,  or  fprinkling  it  with  cold  water,  originate 
from  a"  fimilar  caufe;  for  the  mouths  of  the  cutaneous  lymphatics, 
being  fuddenly  expofed  to  cold  become  torpid,  and  ceafe,  or  nearly 
ceafe,  to  a£l ;  whilft,  by  the  fympathy  above  defcribed,  not  only  the 
lymphatics  of  the  bladder  and  inteftines  ceafe  alfo  to  abforb  the  more 
aqueous  and  faline^part  of  the  fluids  fecrcted  into  them;,  but  it  is 
probable  that  thefe  lymphatics  invert  their  motions,  and  return  the 
fluids,  which  were  previoufly  abforbed,  into  the  inteftines  and  bladder. 
At  the  very  infliant  that  the  body  is  expofed  naked  to  the  cold  air,  an 
unufual  movement  is  felt  in  the  bowels ;  as  is  experienced  by  boys 
going  into  the  cold  bath :  this  could  not  occur  from  an  obflrudion  of 

the 


Sect.XXIX.4.     retrograde  absorbents.  315 

the  perfplrable  matter,  fince  there  is  not  time  for  that  to  be  returned 
to  the  bowels  bv  the  courfe  of  the  circulation. 

There  is  alfo  a  chronic  aqueous  diarrhoea,  in  which  the  atmofpheric 
moifture,  drank  up  by  the  cutaneous  and  pulmonary  lymphatics,  is 
poured  into  the  inteftines,  by  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  lacleals. 
This  difeafe  is  moft  limilar  to  the  aqueous  diabetes,  and  is  frequently 
exchanged  for  it:  a  diflinct  injftance  of  this  is  recorded  by  Benninge- 
rus,  Cent,  v.  Obf.  98.  in  which  an  aqueous  diarrhcea  fucceeded  an 
aqueous  diabetes,  and  deflroyed  the  patient.  There  is  a  curious  ex- 
ample of  this,  defcribed  by  Sympfon  (De  Re  Medica) — '*  A  young  man 
(fays  he)  was  feized  with  a  fever,  upon  which  a  diarrhoea  came  on, 
with  great  ftupor  ;  and  he  refufed  to  drink  any  thing,  though  he  was 
parched  up  with  exceffive  heat :  the  better  to  fupply  him  with  moif- 
ture,  I  diredled  his  feet  to  be  immerfed  in  cold  water;  immediately  I 
obferved  a  wonderful  decreafe  of  water  in  the  veffel,  and  then  an  im- 
petuous ftream  of  a  fluid,  fcarcely  coloured,  was  dlfcharged  by  ftool, 
like  a  cataraft." 

7.  There  is  another  kind  of  diarrhoea,  which  has  been  called  c£e- 
liaca  ;  in  this  difeafe  the  chyle,  drank  up  by  the  lacteals  of  the  fmall 
inteftines,  is  probably  poured  into  the  large  inteftines,  by  the  retro- 
grade motions  of  their  lafteals :  as  in  the  chyliferous  diabetes,  the 
chyle  is  poured  into  the  bladder,  by  the  retrograde  motions  of  the 
urinary  branch  of  abforbents. 

The  chyliferous  diabetes,  like  this  chyliferous  diarrhoea,  produces 
fudden  atrophy ;  fince  the  nourifhment,  which  ought  to  fupply  the 
hourly  wafte  of  the  body,  is  expelled  by  the  bladder,  or  redlum  : 
"whilft  the  aqueous  diabetes,  and  the  aqueous  diarrhoea  produce  excef- 
five thirft ;  hecaufe  the  moifture,  which  is  obtained  from  the  atmo- 
fphere,  is  not  conveyed  to  the  thoracic  receptacle,  as  it  ought  to  be, 
but  to  the  bladder,  or  lower  inteftines ;  whence  the  chyle,  blood, 
and  whole  fyftem  of  glands,  are  robbed  of  their  proportion  of  hu- 
midity. 

S  f  2  8.  There 


31 6  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  4, 

8.  There  is  a  third  fpecies  of  diabetes,  in  which  the  urine  is  mu- 
cilaginous, and  appears  ropy  in  pouring  it  from  one  veflel  into  another ; 
and  will  fometimes  coagulate  over  the  fire.  This  difeafe  appears  by 
intervals,  and  eeafes  again,  and  feems  to  be  occafioned  by  a  previous 
dropfy  in  fome  part  of  the  body.  When  fuch  a  colledlion  is  reab- 
forbed,  it  is  not  always  returned  into  the  circulation  ;  but  the  fame 
irritation  that  ftimulates  one  lymphatic  branch  to  reabforb  the  depo- 
fited  fluid,  inverts  the  urinary  branch,  and  pours  it  into  the  bladder. 
Hence  this  mucilaginous  diabetes  is  a  cure,  or  the  confequence  of  a. 
cure,  of  a  warfe  difeafe,  rather  than  a  difeafe  it felf. 

Dr.  Cotunnius  gave  half  an  ounce  of  cream  of  tartar,  every 
morning,  to  a  patient,  who  had  the  anafarca  ;  and  he  voided  a  great 
quantity  of  urine  ;  a  part  of  which,  put  over  the  fire,  coagulated,  on; 
the  evaporation  of  half  of  it,  fo  as  to  look  like  the  white  of  an  egg.. 
De  Ifchiade  Nervos. 

This  kind  of  diabetes  frequently  precedes  a  dropfy  ;    and  has  this. 
remarkable  circumflance  attending  it,  that  it  generally  happens  in  the. 
night ;  as  during  the  recumbent  flate  of  the  body,,  the  fluid,  that  waj. 
accumulated  in  the  cellular  membrane,  or  in  the  lungs,,  is  more  rea.- 
dily  abforbed,  as  it  is  lefs  impeded  by  its  gravity.     I  have  feen  more 
thaa  one  inflance  of  this  difeafe.     Mr.  D;  a  man  in  the  decline  of  life^. 
who  had  long  accuflomed  himfelf  to  fpirituOus  liquor,  had  fvvelled 
legs,  and  other  fymptoms  of  approaching  anafarca ;    about  once  in  a, 
week,  or  ten  days,  for  feveral  months,  he  was  feized,  on  gpingto  bed,, 
with  great  general  uneafinefs,   which  his  attendants  refembled  to  aini 
"  hyfteric  fit ;  and  which  terminated  in  a  great  difcharge  of  vifcid  urine  j, 
ibis  legs  "became  lefs  fwelled,  and  he  continued  in  better  health  for, 
fome  days  afterwards.     I  had  not  the  opportunity  to  try  if  this  urine- 
would  coagulate  over  the  fire,  when  part  of  it  was  evaporated,  whidh; 
I  imagine  would  be  the  criterion  of  this  kind  of  diabetes  ;  as  the  mu- 
cllaginous  fluid  depofited  in  the  cells  and  cyfls  of  the  body,  which  have 
no  communication  with  the  external  air,  feems  to  acquire,,  by  flagna- 

tionj 


Sect.  XXIX.  4.    RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  51 7 

tion,  this  property  of  coagulation  by  heat,  which  the  fecreted  mucus 
of  the  inteftines  and  bladder  do  not  appear  to  poffefs ;  as  I  have  found' 
by  experiment :  and  if  any  one  fhould  fuppofe  this  coagulable  urine 
was  feparated  from  the  blood  by  the  kidneys,  he  may  recoUedl,  that 
in  the  moffc  inflammatory  difcafes,  in  which  the  blood  is  moft  replete^ 
or  moft  ready  to  part  with  the  coagulable  lymph,  none  of  this  appears 
in  the  urine* 

9.  Different  kinds  of  diabetes  require  different  methods  of  cure.. 
For  the  firft  kind,  or  chyliferous  diabetes,  after  clearing  the  ftomacb 
and  inteflines,  by  ipecacuanha  and  rhubarb,  to  evacuate  any  acid  ma- 
terial,, which  may  too  powerfully  ftimulate  the  mouths  of  the  ladeals,. 
repeated  and  large  dofes  of  tinfture  of  cantharides  have  been  much  re- 
commended^ The  fpecific  ftimulus  of  this  medicine,,  on  the  neck  of 
the  bladder,  is  likely  to  excite  the  numerous  abforbent  vefTels,  which; 
are  fpread  on  that  part,  into  ftronger  natural  adions,  and  by  that 
jaieans  prevent  their  retrograde  ones  ;  till,  by  perfifting  in  the  ufe  of 
the  medicine,  their  natural  habits  of  motions  might  again  be  eftablifh- 
ed.  Another  indication  of  cure,  requires  fuch  medicines,  as^  by  lin- 
ing the  inteftines  with  mucilaginous  fubftances,  or  with  fiich  as  con- 
lift  of  fmooth  particles,  or  which  chemically  deftroy  the  acrimony  of 
their  contents,  may  prevent  the  too  great  aftion  of  the  inteftinal  ab- 
fbrbents.  For  this  purpofe,  I  have  found  the  earth  precipitated  froran . 
a.  folution  of  alum,  by  means  of  fixed  alcali,  given  in  the  dofe  of  half 
a  dram  every  fix  hours,  of  great  advantage,  with  a.  few  grains  of  rhu- 
barb, fo  as  to  procure  a  daily  evacuation. 

The  food  fhould  confift  of  materials  that  have  the  leaft  ftimulus, 
with  calcareous  water,  as  of  Briftol  and  Matlock  ;  that  the  mouths  of 
the  lafteals  may  be  as  little  fHrnulated  as  is  necefTary  for  their  proper 
abforption ;  left  with  their  greater  exertions,  fliould  be  conneded  by 
fympathy,  the  inverted  motions  of  the  urinary  lymphatics. 

The  fame  method  may  be  employed  with  equal  advantage  in.  the- 
aqueous  diabetes,  fo  great  is.  the  fympathy  between  the  Ikin  and  the 

ftomach.. 


3i8  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  4. 

ftomach.     To  which,  however,   fome  application  to  the  fkin  might 
be  ufefully  added  ;  as  rubbing  the  patient  all  over  with  oil,  to  prevent 
the  too  great  aftion  of  the  cutaneous  abforbents.     I  knew  an  ex-   ' 
periraent  of  this   kind    made   upon  one  patient  with  apparent  ad- 
vantage. 

The  mucilaginous  diabetes  will  require  the  fame  treatment,  which 
is  moft  efficacious  in  the  dropfy,  and  will  be  defcribed  below.  I  muft 
add,  that  the  diet  and  medicines  above  mentioned,  are  ft r on gly  re- 
commended by  various  authors,  as  by  Morgan,  Willis,  Harris,  and 
Etmuller ;  but  more  hiflories  of  the  fuccefsful  treatment  of  thefe 
difeafes  are  wanting  to  fully  afcertain  the  moft  efficacious  methods  of 
cure. 

■  In  a  letter  from  Mr.  Charles  Darwin,  dated  April  24,  1778,  Edin- 
burgh, is  the  fubfequent  paflage: — "  A  man  who  had  long  laboured 
under  a  diabetes  died  yefterday  in  the  clinical  ward.  He  had  for  fome 
time  drank  four,  and  paffed  twelve  pounds  of  fluid  daily ;  each  pound 

■  of  urine  contained  an  ounce  of  fugar.  He  took,  without  confiderable 
relief,  o-um  kino,  fanguis  draconis  melted  with  alum,  tindture  of  can- 
tharides,  ifinglafs,  gum  arable,  crabs  eyes,  fpirit  of  hartfliorn,  and  eat 
ten  or  fifteen  oyfters  thrice  a  day.  Dr.  Home,  having  read  my  thefts, 
bled  him,  and  found  that  neither  the  frefli  blood  nor  the  ferum  tafted 
fweet.  His  body  was  opened  this  morning — every  vifcus  appeared  in 
a  ft)und  and  natural  ftate,  except  that  the  left  kidney  had  a  very  fmall 
pelvis,  and  that  there  was  a  confiderable  enlargement  of  moft  of  the  , 
mefenteric  lymphatic  glands.  I  intend  to  infert  this  in  my  thefis,  as 
it  coincides  with  the  experiment,  v^'here  fome  afparagus  was;eaten'_at  •, 
the  beginning  of  intoxication,  and  its  ftnell  perceived  in  the  urine, 
though  rxot  in  the  blood." 

The  following  cafe  of  chyliferous  diabetes  is  extradled  from  fome 
letters  of  Mr.  Hughs,  to  whofe  unremitted  care  the  infirmary  at  Staf- 
ford for   many   years    was    much    indebted.       Dated  Odober  10, 

1778. 
'-'  Richard 


Sect.XXIX.4.    retrograde  absorbents.  315, 

Richard  Davis,  aged  33J  a  whitefmith  by  trade,  had  drank  hard 
by  intervals ;  was  much  troubled  with  fweating  of  his  hands,  which 
incommoded  him  in  his  occupation,  but  which  ceafed  on  his  frequent- 
ly dipping  them  in  lime.  About  feven  months  ago  he  began  to  make 
large  quantities  of  water;  his  legs  are  oedematous,  his  belly  tenfe,  and 
he  complains  of  a  rifing  in  his  throat,  like  the  globus  hyftericus :  he 
eats  twice  as  much  as  other  people,  drinks  about  fourteen  pints  of  fmall 
beer  a  day,  befides  a  pint  of  ale,  fome  milk-porridge,  and  a  bafon  of 
broth,  and  he  makes  about  eighteen  pints  of  water  a  day. 

He  tried  alum,  dragon's  blood,  fteel,  blue  vitriol,  and  cantharides 
in  large  quantities,  and  duly  repeated,  under  the  care  of  Dr.  Under- 
bill, but  without  any  efFed  ;  except  that  on  the  day  after  he  omitted 
the  cantharides,  he  made  but  twelve  pints  of  water,  but  on  the  next 
day  this  good  efFedt  ceafed  again. 

November  21. — He  made  eighteen  pints  of  water,  and  he  now,  at 
Dr.  Darwin's  requeft,  took  a  grain  of  opium  every  four  hours,  and 
five  grains  of  aloes  at  night  j.  and  had  a  flannel  ibirt  given  him. 

22. — Made  fixteen  pints.     23. — Thirteen  pints :  drinka  lefs. 

24. — Increafed  the  opium  to  a  grain  and  quarter  every  four  hours  t 
he  made  twelve  pints. 

25. — Increafed  the  opium  to  a  grain  and  half:  he  now  makes  ten 
pints  ;  and  drinks  eight  pints  in  a  day. 

The  opium  was  gradually  increafed  during  the  next  fortnight,  till 
he  took  three  grains  every  four  hours,  but  without  any  further  dimu- 
nition  of  his  water.  During  the  ute  of  the  opium  he  fweat  much  in 
the  nights,  fo  as  to  have  large  drops  ftand  on  his  face  and  all  over  him. 
The  quantity  of  opium  was  then  gradually  decreafed,  but  not  to- 
tally omitted,  as  he  continued  to  take  about  a  grain  morning  and 


evening. 


January  17. — He  makes  fourteen  pints  of  water  a  day.     Dr.  Un- 
derbill now  direded  him  two  fcruples  of  common  rofln  triturated 

with 


|2o  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  4. 

with  as  much  fu  gar,  every  fix  hours;  and  three  grains  of  opium 
every  night. 

19. — Makes  fifteen  pints  of  water:  fweats  at  night. 

21. — Makes  feventeen  pints  of  water;  has  twitchings  of  his  hmbs 
in  a  morning,  and  pains  of  his  legs:  he  now  takes  a  dram  of  rofin  for 
a  dofe,  and  continues  the  opium. 

33. — Water  more  coloured,  and  reduced  to  fixteen  pints,  and  he 
thinks  has  a  brackifh  tafte. 

26. — Water  reduced  to  fourteen  pints. 

28. — Water  thireen  pints:  he  continues  the  opium,  and  takes  four 
fcruples  of  the  rofin  for  a  dofe. 

February  i. — ■  Water  twelve  pints. 

4.-^ Water  eleven  pints :  twitchings  lefs  :  takes  five  fcruples  for 
a  dofe. 

8. — Water  ten  pints :  has  had  many  flools. 

12. — Appetite  lefs  :  purges  very  much. 

After  this  the  rofin  either  purged  him,  or  would  not  ftay  on  his 
flomach  ;  and  he  gradually  relapfed  nearly  to  his  former  condition,  and 
in  a  few  months  funk  under  the  difeafe. 

Oftober  3,  Mr.  Hughs  evaporated  two  quarts  of  the  water,  and 
obtained  from  it  four  ounces  and  half  of  a  hard  and  brittle  faccharine 
mafs,  like  treacle  which  had  been  fome  time  boiled.  Four  ounces  of 
blood,  which  he  took  from  his  arm  with  defign  to  examine  it,  had 
the  common  appearances,  except  that  the  ferum  refembled  cheefe- 
whey;  and  that  on  the  eviderice  of  four  perfons,  two  of  whom  did 
not  know  what  it  was  they  tafted,  the  ferum  had  afaltijh  tajie. 

From  hence  it  appears,  that  the  faccharine  matter,  with  which  the 
urine  of  thefe  patients  fo  much  abounds,  does  not  enter  the  blood- 
veffels  like  the  nitre  and  afparagus  mentioned  above ;  but  that  thc' 
procefs  of  digeftion  refembles  the  procefs  of  the  germination  of  ve- 
getables, or  of  making  barley  into  malt ;  as  the- vaft  quantity  of  fugar 

■2  found 


Sect.  XXIX.  4.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  321 

found  in  the  urine  muil  be  made  from  the  food  which  he  took  (which 
was  double  that  taken  by  others),  and  from  the  fourteen  pints  of 
fmall  beer  which  he  drank.  And,  fecondly,  as  the  ferum  of  the 
blood  was  not  fvveet,  the  chyle  appears  to  have  been  conveyed  to  the 
bladder  without  entering  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  fince  fo  large  a 
quantity  of  fugar,  as  was  found  in  the  urine,  namely,  twenty  ounces 
a  day,  could  not  have  previoufly  exifted  in  the  blood  without  being 
perceptible  to  the  tafte. 

November  i.  Mr.  Hughes  diffolved  two  drams  of  nitre  in  a  pint  of 
a  deco£lion  of  the  roots  of  afparagus,  and  added  to  it  two  ounces  of 
tinfture  of  rhubarb:  the  patient  took  a  fourth  part  of  this  mixture 
every  five  minutes,  till  he  had  taken  the  whole. — In  about  half  an 
hour  he  made  eighteen  ounces  of  water,  which  was  very  manifeftly 
tinged  with  the  rhubarb ;  the  fmell  of  afparagus  was  doubtful. 

He  then  loft  four  ounces  of  blood,  the  ferum  of  which  was  not  fb 
opake  as  that  drawn  before,  but  of  a  yellowifli  caft,  as  the  ferum  of 
the  blood  ufually  appears. 

Paper,  dipped  three  or  four  times  in  the  tinged  urine  and  dried 
again,  did  not  fcintillate  when  it  was  fet  on  fire  ;  but  when  the  flame 
was  blown  out,  the  fire  ran  along  the  paper  for  half  an  inch;  which, 
when  the  fame  paper  was  unimpregnated,  it  would  not  do  ;  nor  when, 
the  fame  paper  was  dipped  in  urine  made  before  he  took  the  nitre,  and 
dried  in  the  fame  manner. 

Paper,  dipped  in  the  ferum  of  the  blood  and  dried  in  the  iame' 
manner  as  in  the  urine,  did  not  fcintillate  when  the  flame  was  blown 
out,  but  burnt  exadlly  in  the  fame  manner  as  the  fame  paper  dipped  in 
the  ferum  of  blood  drawn  from  another  perfon. 

This  experiment,  which  is  copied  from  a  letter  of  Mr.  Hughes,  as 
well  as  the  former,  feems  to  evince  the  exiftence  of  another  pafiage 
from  the  inteftines  to  the  bladder,  in  this  difeafe,  befides  that  of  the 
fanguiferous  fyftem  j  and  coincides  with  the  curious  experiment  re- 
lated in  fedion  the  third,  except  that  the  fmell  of  the  afparagus  was 

T  t  not 


322  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  5 

not  here  perceived,  owing  perhaps  to  the  roots  having  been  made  ufe 
of  inftead  of  the  heads. 

The  rifing  in  the  throat  of  this  patient,  and  the  twitchings  of  hh 
limbs,  feem  to  indicate  fome  fimilarity  between  the  diabetes  and  the 
hyfteric  difeafe,  befides  the  great  flow  of  pale  urine,  which  is  common 
to  them  both. 

Perhaps  if  the  mefenteric  glands  were  nicely  infpefted  in  the  dif- 

.  fe£lions  of  thefe  patients ;    and  if  the  thoracic  dudt,   and  the  larger 

branches  of  the  lafteals,  and  if  the  lymphatics,  which  arife  from  the 

bladder,  were  well  examined  by  injection,  or  by  the  knife,  the  caufe 

of  diabetes  might  be  more  certainly  underftood. 

The  opium  alone,  and  the  opium  with  the  rofin,  feem  much  to 
have  ferved  this  patient,  and  might  probably  have  effected  a  cure,  if 
the  difeafe  had  been  {lighter,  or  the  medicine  had  been  exhibited,  be- 
fore it  had  been  confirmed  by  habit  during  the  feven  months  it  had 
continued.  The  increafe  of  the  quantity  of  water  on  beginning  the 
large  dofes  of  rofin  was  probably  owing  to  his  omitting  the  morning 
dofes  of  opium. 


V.  T'/je  Phixnomma  of  Dropjies  explained. 

I.  Some  inebriates  have  their  paroxyfms  of  inebriety  terminated  by 
much  pale  urine,  or  profufe  fweats,  or  vomiting,  or  ftools ;  others 
have  their  paroxyfms  terminated  by  ftupor,  or  fleep,  without  the 
above  evacuations. 

The  former  kind  of  thefe  inebriates  have  been  obferved  to  be  more 
liable  to  diabetes  and  dropfy;  and  the  latter  to  gout,  gravel,  and  le- 
profy.  Evoe !  attend  ye  bacchanalians !  flart  at  this  dark  train  of  evils, 
and,  amid  your  immodeft  jefls,  and  idiot  laughter,  recoiled, 

Quern  Deus  vnlt  peidere,  prius  dementat. 

In 


Sect.  XXIX.  5-     RETIIOGRADE  ABSORBENTS,  323 

In  thofe  who  are  fubjedl  to  diabetes  and  dropfy,  the  abforbent  vef- 
fels  are  naturally  more  irritable  than  in  the  latter ;  and  by  being  fre- 
quently difturbed  or  inverted  by  violent  flimulus,  and  by  their  too 
great  lympathy  with  each  other,  they  become  at  length  either  entire- 
ly paralytic,  or  are  only  fufceptible  of  motion  from  the  ftimulus  of 
very  acrid  materials ;  as  every  part  of  the  body,  after  having  been  ufed 
to  great  irritations,  becomes  lefs  affefted  by  fmaller  ones.  Thus  we 
cannot  diftinguifli  objefts  in  the  night,  for  fome  time  after  we  come 
out  of  a  ftrong  light,  though  the  iris  is  prefently  dilated  ;  and  the  air 
of  a  fummer  evening  appears  cold,  after  we  have  been  expofed  to  the 
heat  of  the  day. 

There  are  no  cells  in  the  body,  where  dropfy  may  not  be  produced, 
if  the  lymphatics  ceafe  to  abforb  that  mucilaginous  fluid,  which  is 
perpetually  depofited  in  them,  for  the  purpofe  of  lubricating  their 
furfaces. 

If  the  lymphatic  branch,  which  opens  into  the  cellular  membrane, 
either  does  its  office  imperfe6lly,  or  not  at  all ;  thefe  cells  become  re- 
plete with  a  mucilaginous  fluid,  which,  after  it  has  ftagnated  fome 
time  in  the  cells,  will  coagulate  over  the  fire  3  and  is  erroneoufly  called 
water.  Wherever  the  feat  of  this  difeafe  is,  (unlefs  in  the  lungs  or 
other  pendent  vifcera)  the  mucilaginous  liquid  above  mentioned  will 
fubfide  to  the  moft  depending  parts  of  the  body,  as  the  feet  and  legs, 
when  thofe  are  lower  than  the  head  and  trunk;  for  all  thefe  cells  have 
communications  with  each  other. 

When  the  cellular  abforbents  are  become  inlenfible  to  their  ufual 
irritations,  it  moft  frequently  happens,  but  not  always,  that  the  cuta- 
neous branch  of  abforbents,  which  is  flridlly  alTociated  with  them, 
fuffers  the  like  inability.  And  then,  as  no  water  is  abforbed  from  the 
atmofphere,  the  \irine  i^  not  only  lefs  diluted  at  the  time  of  its  fecre- 
tion,  and  confequently  in  lefs  quantity  and  higher  coloured :  but  great 
thirfl:  is  at  the  fame  time  induced,  for  as  no  water  is  abforbed  from  the 
atmofphere  to  dilute  the  chyle  and  blood,  the  la(3:eals  and  other  ab- 

T  t  2      '  forbent 


324  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  5. 

forbent  veffels,  which  have  not  loft  their  powers,  are  excited  into 
more  conftant  or  more  violent  a£lion,  to  fupply  this  deficiency; 
whence  the  urine  becomes  ftill  lefs  in  quantity,,  and  of  a  deeper  colour, 
and  turbid  like  the  yolk  of  an  egg,  owing  to  a  greater  abforption  of 
its  thinner  parts.  From  this  ftronger  adlion  of  thofe  abforbents, 
which  ftill  retain  their  irritability,  the  fat  is  alfo  abforbed,  and  the 
whole  body  becomes  emaciated.  This  increafed  exertion  of  fome 
branches  of  the  lymphatics,  while  others  are  totally  or  partially  pa- 
ralytic, is  refembled  by  what  conftantly  occurs  in  the  hemiplagia  ; 
when  the  patient  has  loft  the  ufe  of  the  limbs  on  one  fide,  he  is  in- 
ceflantly  moving  thofe  of  the  other  ;  for  the  moving  power,  not  hav- 
ing accefs  to  the  paralytic  limbs,  becomes  redundant  in  thofe  which 
are  not  difeafed. 

The  paucity  of  urine  and  thirft  cannot  be  explained  from  a  greater 
quantity  of  mucilaginous  fluid  being  depofited  in  the  cellular  mem- 
brane :  for  though  thefe  fymptoms  have  continued  many  weeks,  or 
even  months,  this  colleilion  frequently  does  not  amount  to  more 
than  very  few  pints.  Hence  alfo  the  difficulty  of  promoting  copious 
fweats  in  anafarca  is  accounted  for,  as  well  as  the  great  thirft,  paucity 
of  urine,  and  lofs  of  fat  ;  fince,  when  the  cutaneous  branch  of  abfor- 
bents is  paralytic,  or  nearly  fo,  there  is  already  too  fmall  a  quantity 
of  aqueous  fluid  in  the  blood  :  nor  can  thefe  torpid  cutaneous  lympha- 
tics be  readily  excited  into  retrograde  motions. 

Hence  likewife  we  underftand,  why  in  the  afeites,.  and  fome  other 
dropfies,  there  is  often  no  thirft,  and  no  paucity  of  urine ;  in  thefe 
cafes  the  cutaneous  abforbents  continue  to  do  their  office. 

Some  have  believed,  that  dropfies  were  occafioned  by  the  inability 
of  the  kidneys,  from  having  only  obferved  the  paucity  of  urine  ;  and 
have  thence  laboured  much  to  obtain  diuretic  medicines  ;  but  it  is  daily 
obfervable,  that  thofe  who  die  of  a  total  inability  to  make  water,  do 
not  become  dropfical  in  confequence  of  it :  Fernelius  mentions  one, 
who  laboured  under  a  perfed  fuppreffioii  of  urine  during  twenty  days 

before 


Sect.  XXIX.  5:.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  325 

before  his  death,  and  yet  had  no  fymptoms  of  dropfy.  Pathol.  1.  vL 
c.  8.  From  the  fame  idea  many  phyficians  have  reftrained  their  pa- 
tients from  drinking,  though  their  thirft  .has  been  very  urgent ;  and 
fome  cafes  have  been  publifhed^  where  this  cruel  regimen  has  been 
thought  advantageous :  but  others  of  nicer  obfervation  are  of  opinion, 
that  it  has  always  aggravated  the  diftrelTes  of  the  patient ;  and  though, 
it  has  abated  his  fwelllngs,  yet  by  inducing  a  fever  it  has  haftened  his 
diflblution.  See  Tranfadions  of  the  College,  London,,  vol.  ii.  p.  235. 
Cafes  of  Dropfy  by  Dr.  G.  Baker. 

The  cure  of  anafarca,  fo  far  as  refpefts  the  evacuation  of  the  accu'- 
mulated  fluid,  coincides  with  the  idea  of  the  retrograde  adlion  of  the 
lymphatic  fyflem.  It  is  well  known  that  vomits,  and  other  drugs,, 
which  induce  ficknefs  or  naufea ;  at  the  fame  time  that  they  evacuate 
the  ftomach,  produce  a  great  abforption  of  the  lymph  accumulated  in 
the  cellular  membrane.  In  the  operation  of  a  vomit,  not  only  the 
motions  of  the  ftomach  and  duodenuhi  become  inverted,  but  alfo  thofe 
of  the  lymphatics  and  la£leals,  which  belong  to  them;  whence  a 
great  q,uantity  of  chyle  and  lymph  is  perpetually  poured  into  the  fto- 
mach and  inteftines,  during  the  operation,  and  evacuated  by  the 
mouth.  Now  at  the  fame  time,  other  branches  of  the  lymphatic 
fyftem,  viz.  thofe  which,  open  on  the  cellular  membrane,  are  brought 
into  more  energetic  action,  by  the  fympathy  above  mentioned,  and  an 
increafe  of  their  abforption  is  produced. 

Hence  repeated  vomits,  and  cupreous  falts,  and  fmall  dofes  of  fquill 
or  foxglove,  are  fo  efficacious  in  this  difeafe.  And  as  draftic  purges 
a£l  alfo  by  inverting  the  motions  of  the  lacteals  ;  and  thence  the  other 
branches  of  lymphatics  are  induced  into  more  powerful  natural  action, 
by  fympathy,  and  drink  up  the  fluids  from  all  the  cells  of  the  body ; 
and  by  their  anaftomofes,  pour  them  into  the  lafteal  branches ;  which, 
by  their  inverted  a£lions,  return  them  into  the  inteftines ;  and  they  are 
thus  evacuated  from  the  body : — thefe  purges  alfo  are  ufed  with  fuccefs 


in  difcharging  the  accumulated  fiuid.in  anafarca. 


II.  The 


326  "RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    SECT.XXlX.5. 

II.  The  following  cafes  are  related  with  defiga  to  afcertain  the  par- 
ticular kinds  of  dropfy  in  which  the  digitalis  purpurea,  or  common 
foxglove,  is  preferable  to  ^fquill,  or  other  evacuants,  and  were  firfl 
publifhed  in  1780,  in  a  pamphlet  entitled  Experiments  on  mucila- 
ginous and  purulent  Matter,  &c.  Cadell.  London.  Other  cafes  of 
dropfy,  treated  with  digitalis,  were  afterwards  publifhed  by  Dr.  Darwin 
in  the  Medical  Tranfadllons,  vol.  iii.  in  which  there  is  a  miftake  in 
refpe6lto  the  dofe  of  the  powder  of  foxglove,  which  fhould  have 
been  froni  £ve  sirains  to  one,  inilead  of  from  five  grains  to  ten^ 


Anafarca  of  the  Lungs, 

1 .  A  lady,  between  forty  and  fifty  years  of  age,  had  been  indif- 
pofed  fome  time,  was  then  feized  with  cough  and  fever,  and  after- 
wards expeftorated  much  digefted  mucus.  This  expectoration  fud- 
denly  ceafed,  and  a  confiderable  difficulty  of  breathing  fupervened, 
with  a  pulfe  very  irregular  both  in  velocity  and  ftrength ;  Ihe  was 
much  diftreffed  at  firft  lying  down,  and  at  firft  rifing ;  but  after  a 
minute  or  two  bore  either  of  thofe  attitudes  with  eafe.  She  had  no 
pain  or  numbnefs  in  her  arms ;  fhe  had  no  hedtic  fever,  nor  any 
cold  Ihlverings,  and  the  urine  was  in  due  quantity,  and  of  the  natu- 
ral colour. 

The  difficulty  of  breathing  was  twice  confiderably  relieved  by  fmall 
dofes  of  ipecacuanha,  which  operated  upwards  and  downwards,  but 
recurred  in  a  few  days :  Ihe  was  then  diredled  a  deco£tion  of  foxglove, 
(digitalis  purpurea)  prepared  by  boiling  four  ounces  of  the  frefli  leaves 
from  two  pints  of  water  to  one  pint ;  to  which  was  added  two  ounces 
of  vinous  fpirit :  ffie  took  three  large  fpoonfuls  of  this  mixture  every 
two  hours,  till  fhe  had  taken  it  four  times  ;  a  continued  ficknefs  fu- 
pervened, with  frequent  vomiting,  and  a  copious  flow  of  urine : 
thefe  evacuations  continued  at  intervals  for  two  or  three  days,  and 

relieved 


Sect.  XXIX.  5-    RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  327 

relieved  the  difficulty  of  breathing — She  had  fome  relapfes  after- 
wards, which  were  again  relieved  by  the  repetition  of  the  decodlion 
of  foxglove. 

2.  A  gentleman,  about  fixty  years  of  age,  who  had  been  addi£ted 
to  an  immoderate  ufe  of  fermented  liquors,  and  had  been  very  cor- 
pulent, gradually  loft  his  ftrength  and  flefh,  had  great  difficulty  of 
breathing,  with  legs  fomewhat  fwelled,  and  a  very  irregular  pulfe. 
He  was  very  much  diftreffed  at  firfl  lying  down,  and  at  firil  rifing 
from  his  bed,,  yet  in  a  minute  or  two  was  eafy  in  both  thofe  attitudes. 
He  made  ftraw-coloured  urine  in  due  quantity,  and  had  no  pain  or 
numbnefs  of  his  arms.' 

He  took  a  large  fpoonful  of  the  decoflion  of  foxglove,  as  above, 
every  hour,  for  ten  or  twelve  fucceffive  hours,  had  inceffant  ficknefs 
for  about  two  days,  and  pafied  a  large  quantity  of  urine  ;  upon  which 
his  breath  became  quite  eafy,  and  the  fwelling  of  his  legs  fubfided ; 
but  as  his  whole  conftitution  was  already  finking  from  the  previous 
intemperance  of  his  life,  he  did  not  furvive  more  than  three  or  four 
months. 


Hydrops  Pericardii. 

3.  A  gentleman  of  temperate  life  and  fedulous  application  to  bufi- 
nefs,  between  thirty  and  forty  years  of  age,  had  long  been  fubjeft,  at 
intervals,  to  an  irregular  pulfe  :  a  few  months  ago  he  became  weak, 
with  difficulty  of  breathing,  and  dry  cough.  In  this  fituation  a  phy- 
fician  of  eminence  diredled  him  to  abftain  from  all  animal  food  and 
fermented  liquor,  during  which  regimen  all  his  complaints  increafed ; 
he  now  became  emaciated,  and  totally  loft  his  appetite ;  his  pulfe 
very  irregular  both  in  velocity  and  ftrength;  with  great  difficulty  of 
breathing,  and  fome  fwelling  of  his  legs ;  yet  he  could  lie  down  ho- 
rizontally in  his  bed,  though  he  got  little  fleep,  and  pafled  a  due 

8  quantity 


328  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  5-. 

quantity  of  uriae,  and  of  the  natural  colour:  no  fullnefs  or  hardnefs 
could  be  perceived  about  the  region  of  the  livei' ;  and  he  had  no  pain 
or  numbnefs  in  his  arms. 

One  night  he  had  a  moft  profufe  fweat  all  over  his  body  and  limbs, 
which  quite  deluged  his  bed,  and  for  a  day  or  two  fomewhat  relieved 
his  difficulty  of  breathing,  and  his  pulfe  became  lefs  irregular :  this 
copious  fweat  recurred  three  or  four  times  at  the  intervals  of  five  or  fix 
days,  and  repeatedly  alleviated  his  fymptoms. 

He  was  directed  one  large  fpoonful  of  the  above  decodlion  of  fox- 
glove every  hour,  till  it  procured  fome  confiderable  evacuation :  after 
he  had  taken  it  eleven  fucceffive  hours  he  had  a  few  liquid  flools,  at- 
tended with  a  great  flow  of  urine,  which  laft  had  a  dark  tinge,  as  if 
■mixed  with  a  few  drops  of  blood:  he  continued  fick  at  intervals  for 
two  days,  but  his  breath  became  quite  eafy,  and  his  pulfe  quite  regu- 
lar, the  fwelling  of  his  legs  difappeared,  and  his  appetite  and  fleep 
returned. 

He  then  took  three  grains  of  white  vitriol  twice  a  day,  with  fome 
bitter  medicines,  and  a  grain  of  opium  with  five  grains  of  rhubarb 
every  night ;  was  advifed  to  eat  flefh  meat,  and  fpice,  as  his  ftomach 
would  bear  it,  with  fmall  beer,  and  a  few  glaffes  of  wine;  and  had 
iffues  made  in  his  thighs ;  and  has  fuffered  no  relapfe. 

4.  A  lady,  about  fifty  years  of  age,  had  for  fome  weeks  great  dif- 
ficulty of  breathing,  with  very  irregular  pulfe,  and  confiderable  ge- 
neral debility :  fhe  could  lie  down  in  bed,  and  the  urine  was  in  <iue 
quantity  and  of  the  natural  colour,  and  fhe  had  no  pain  or  numbnefs 
of  her  arms. 

She  took  one  large  fpoonful  of  the  above  deco£tion  of  foxglove 
every  hour,  for  ten  or  twelve  fucceflive  hours  ;  was  fick,  and  made 
a  quantity  of  pale  urine  for  about  two  days,  and  was  quite  relieved 
both  of  the  difficulty  of  breathing,  and  the  irregularity  of  her  pulfe. 
She  then  took  a  grain  of  opium,  and  five  grains  of  rhubarb,  every 

night, 


Sect.  XXIX.  5.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  329 

night,  for  many  weeks;  with  fome  flight  chalybeate  and  bitter  medi- 
cines, and  has  fufFered  no  relapfe. 


Hydrops  Thoracis. 

5.  A  tradefman,  about  fifty  years  of  age,  became  weak  and  fhort 
-of  breath,  efpecially  on  increafe  of  motion,  with  pain  in  one  arm, 
about  the  infertion  of  the  biceps  mufcle.  Ke  obferved  he  fbmetimes 
in  the  night  made  an  unufual  quantity  of  pale  water.  He  took  calo- 
mel, alum,  and  peruvian  bark,  and  all  his  fymptoms  increafed  :  his 
legs  began  to  fwell  confiderably ;  his  breath  became  more  difficult, 
and  he  could  not  lie  down  in  bed ;  but  all  this  time  he  made  a  due 
quantity  of  ftraw-coloured  water. 

The  decodlion  of  foxglove  was  given  as  in  the  preceding  cafes, 
which  operated  chiefly  by  purging,  and  feemed  to  relieve  his  breath 
for  a  day  or  two  ;  but  alfo  feemed  to  contribute  to  weaken  him. — He 
became  after  fome  weeks  univerfally  dropfical,  and  died  comatous. 

6.  A  young  lady  of  delicate  conftitution,  with  light  eyes  and  hair, 
and  who  had  perhaps  lived  too  abftemioufly  both  in  refpedt  to  the 
q'uantity  and  quality  of  what  fhe  eat  and  drank,  was  feized  with  great 
difficulty  of  breathing,  fo  as  to  threaten  immediate  death.  Her  ex- 
tremities were  quite  cold,  and  her  breath  felt  cold  to  the  back  of  one's 
hand.  She  had  no  fweat,  nor  could  lie  down  for  a  fingle  moment; 
and  had  previoufly,  atid  at  prefent,  complained  of  great  weaknefs  and 
pain  and  numbnels  of  both  her  arms  j  had  no  fwelling  of  her  legs,  no 
thlrft,  water  in  due  quantity  and  colour.  Her  fifter,  about  a  year 
before,  was  affli6led  with  limiiar  fymptoms,  was  repeatedly  blooded, 
and  died  univerfally  dropfical. 

A  grain  of  opium  was  given  immediately,  and  repeated  everv  fix 
hours  with  evident  and  amazing  advantage  ;  afterwards  a  blifter,  with 
chalybeates,   bitters,   and  eflential  oils,   were  exhibited,  but  nothing 

U  u  had 


330  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  5., 

had  fuch  eminent  effeft  in  relieving  the  difficulty  of  breathing  and 
coldnefs  of  her  extremities  as  opium,  by  the  ufe  of  which  in  a  few 
weeks  Ihe  perfeftly  regained  her  health,  and  has  fufFered  no  relapfe.. 


^Afcitei. 

7.  A  young  lady  of  delicate  conflitution  having  been  expofed  to 
great  fear,  cold,  and  fatigue,  by  the  overturn  of  a  chaife  in  the  night,, 
began  with  pain  and  tumour  in  the  right  hypochondrium  :  in  a  few 
months  a  flu£tuation  was  felt  throughout  the  whole  abdomen,  more 
diftindly  perceptible  indeed  about  the  region  of  the  flomach  ;  fince 
the  integuments  of  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen- generally  become: 
thickened  in  this  difeafe  by  a  degree  of  anafarca.  Her  legs  were  not 
fwelled,  no  thirft,  water  in  due  quantity  and  colour.— She  took  the 
foxglove  fo  as  to  induce  ficknefs  and  ftools,  but  without  abating; 
the  fwelling,  and  was  obliged  at  length  to  fubmit  to  the  operation  of 
tapping. 

8.  A  man  about  fixty-feven,  who  had  long  been  accuftomed  to^ 
fpirituous  potation,  had  fome  time  laboured  under  afcites ;  his  legs-^ 
fomewhat  fwelled  ;  his  breath  eafy  in  all  attitudes  j  no  appetite;  great 
thirft  ;  urine  in  exceedingly  fmall  quantity,  very  deep  colotu-ed,  and; 
turbid ;  pulfe  equal.  He  took  the  foxglove  in  fuch  quantity  as  vo- 
mited him,  and  induced  (icknefs  for  two  days ;  but  procured  no  flow 
of  urine,  or  diminution  of  his  fwelling ;  but  was  thought  to  leave  him. 
confiderably  weaker. 

9.  A  corpulent  man,  accuftomed  to  large  potation  of  fermented 
liquors,  had  vehement  cough,  difficult  breathing,-  anafarca  of  his  legs,, 
thighs,  and  hands,  and  conliderable  tumour,  with  evident  flinSuatioa 
of  his  abdomen  ;  his  pulfe  was  equal ;  his  urine  in  fmall  quantity,  of 
deep  colour,  and  turbid.  Thefe  fwellings  had  been  twice  confider- 
ably 


Sect.  XXIX.  5.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  331 

ably  abated  by  draftic  cathartics.  He  took  three  ounces  of  a  deco£tioa 
of  foxglove  (made  by  boiling  one  ounce  of  the  frefh  leaves  in  a  pint  of 
water)  every  three  hours,  for  two  whole  days;  it  then  began  to  vo- 
mit and  purge  him  violently,  and  promoted  a  great  flow  of  urine  ;  he 
was  by  thefe  evacuations  completely  emptied  in  twelve  hours.  After 
two  or  three  months  all  thefe  fymptoms  returned,  and  were  again 
relieved  by  the  ufe  of  the  foxglove  ;  and  thus  in  the  fpace  of  about 
three  years  he  was  about  ten  times  evacuated,  and  continued  all  that 
time  his  ufual  potations :  excepting  at  firft,  the  medicine  operated 
only  by  urine,  and  did  not  appear  confiderably  to  weaken  him — The 
laft  time  he  took  it,  it  had  no  efFed  ;  and  a  few  weeks  afterwards  he 
vomited  a  great  quantity  of  blood,  and  expired. 


q^JJERIES. 

1.  As  the  firft  fix  of  thefe  patients  had  a  due  difcharge  of  urine, 
and  of  the  natural  colour,  was  not  the  feat  of  the  difeafe  confined  to 
fome  part  of  the  thorax,  and  the  fwelling  of  the  legs  rather  a  fymp- 
tom  of  the  obftrudled  circulation  of  the  blood,  than  of  a  paralyfis  of 
the  cellular  lymphatics  of  thofe  parts  ? 

2.  When  the  original  difeafe  is  a  general  anafarca,  do  not  the  cu- 
taneous lymphatics  always  become  paralytic  at  the  fame  time  with  the 
cfillular  ones,  by  their  greater  fympathy  with  each  other  ?  and  hence 
the  paucity  of  urine,  and  the  great  thirft,  diftinguifh  this  kind  of 
dropfy  ? 

3.  In  the  anafarca  of  the  lungs,  when  the  difeafe  is  not  very  great, 
though  the  patients  have  confiderable  difficulty  of  breathing  at  their 
firfl  lying  down,  yet  after  a  minute  or  two  their  breath  becomes  eafy 
again ;  and  the  fame  occurs  at  their  firft  rifing.  Is  not  this  owing 
to  the  time  iiecelTary  for  the  fluid  in  the  cells  of  the  lungs  to  change 

U  u  3  its 


352  ~  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sfxt.XXIX.  5. 

its'  place,  &>  as  the  lead  to  incommode  refpiratlon  ia  the  new  -at> 
titude  ? 

4.  In  the  dropfy  of  the  pericardium  does  not  the  patient  bear  the 
horizontal  or  perpendicular  attitude  with  equal  eafe  ?  Does  this  cir.- 
curaftance  diftinguifh  the  dropfy  of  the  pericardium  from  that  of  the 
lungs  and  of  the  thorax  ? 

5.  Do  the  univerfal  fweats  dlftinguifli  the  dropfy  of  the  pericardium, 
or  of  the  thorax  ?  and  thofe,  which  cover  the  upper  parts  of  the  body 
only,  the  anafarca  of  the  lungs  ? 

6.  When  in  the  dropfy  of  the  thorax,,  the  patient  endeavours  to  lie- 
down.,  does  not  the  extravafated  fluid  comprefs  the  upper  parts,  of  the 
bronchia,  and  totally  preclude  the  accefs  of  air  to  every  part,  of  the 
lungs  ;  whilft  in  the  perpendicular  attitude  the  inferior  parts  of  the 
lungs  only  are  compreffed  ?  Does  not  fomething  fimilar  to  this  occur 
in  the  anafarca  of  the  lungs, _  when  the.  difeafe  is  very  great,  and  thus, 
prevent  thofe  patients  alfo  from  lying  down  ? 

7.  As  a  principal  branch  of  the  fourth  cervical  nerve  of  the  left 
fide,  after  having  joined  a  branch  of  the  third  and  of  the  fecond  cer- 
vical nerves,  defcending  between  the  fubclavian  vein  and  artery,  is 
I'eceived  in  a  groove  formed  for  it  in  the  pericardium,  and  is  obliged 
to  make  a  confiderable  turn  outwards  to  go  over  the  prominent  part 
of  it,  where  the  point  of  the  head  is  liDdged,  in  its  courfe  to  the  dia- 
phragm ;  and  as  the  other  phrenic  nerve  of  the  right  fide  has  a  fi:raight 
courfe  to  the  diaphragm ;  and  as  many  other  confiderable  branchesof 
this  fourth  pair  of  cervical  nerves  are  fpread  on  the  arms  ;  does  ncft  z 
pain  in  the  left  arm  dlftinguifli  a  difeafe  of  the  pericardium,  as  in  the 
angina  pectoris,  or  in  the  dropfy  of  the  pericardium  ?  and  does  not  a 
pain  or  weaknefs  in  both  arms  diftinguifh  the  dropfy  of  the  thorax  ? 

8.  Do  not  the  dropfies  of  the  thorax  and  pericardium  frequently 
exift  together,  and  thus  ad'd  to  the  uncertainty  and  fatality  of  the 
difeafe  ? 

9.  Might 


Sect.  XXIX.  6.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS,  3,35: 

9.  Might  not  the  foxglove  be  ferviceable  in  hydrocephalus  internus,- 
m  hydrocele,  and  in  white  fwellings  of  the  joints  i 

VI.  Of  cold  Sweat's. 

There  have  been  hiftories  given  of  chronical  immoderate  fvs^eat- 
ings,  which  bear  feme  analogy  to  the  diabetes.  Dr.  Willis  mentions  ar 
lady  then  living,  whofe  fweats  were  for  many  years  fo  profufe,  that 
all  her  bed-clothes  were  not  only  moiftened,  but  deluged  with  them 
every  night ;.  and  that  many  ounces,  and  fometimes  pints,  of  this 
fweat,  were  received  in  veffels  properly  placed,  as  it  trickled  down  her 
body.  He  adds,  that  flie  had  great  thirft,  had  taken  many  medicines, 
and  fubmitted  to  various  rules  of  life,  and  changes  of  climate,  but 
flill  continued  to  have  thefe  immoderate  fweats.  Pharmac.  ration, 
de  fudore  anglico. 

Dr.  Willis  has  alfo'  obferved,  that  the  fudor  anglicanus  which  ap- 
peared in  England,  in  1483,  and  continued  till  1551,  was  in  fome 
refpefts  fimilar  to  the  diabetes ;  and  as  Dr.  Caius,  who  faw  this  dif- 
eafe,  mentions  the  vifeidity,  as  well  as  the  quantity  of  thefe  fweats, 
and  adds,  that  the  extremities  were  often  cold,  when  the  internal  parts 
were  burnt  up  with  heat  and  thirft,  with  great  and  fpeedy  emaciatioa 
and'  debility :  there  is  great  reafon  to  believe,  that  the  fluids  vt'cre  ab- 
forbed  from  the  cells  of  the  body  by  the  cellular  and  cyftic  branches 
of  the  lymphatics,,  and  poured  on  the  fkjn  by  the  retrograde  motions 
of  the  cutaneous  ones. 

Sydenham  has  recorded,  in  the  ftationary  fever  of  the  year  1685, 
the  vifcid  fweats  flowing  from  the  head,  which  were  probably  from 
the  fame  fource  as  thofe  in  the  fweating  plague  above  mentioned. 
■  It  is  very  common  in  dropfles  of  the  cheft  or  lungs  to  have  the 
difficulty  of  breathing  relieved  by  copious  fweats,  flowing  from  the 
bead  and  neck.     Mr.  P.  about  50  years  of  age,  had  for  many  weeks 

beea 


334  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.XX1X.6; 

been  affli6led  with  anafarca  of  his  legs  and  thighs,  attended  with  dif- 
ficulty of  breathing  ;  and  had  repeatedly  been  relieved  by  fquill,  other 
bitters,  and  chalybeates. — One  night  the  difficulty  of  breathing  became 
fo  great,  that  it  was  thought  he  muft  have  expired;  but  fo  copious  a 
fweatcame  out  of  his  head  and  neck,  that  in  a  few  hours  fome  pints, 
by  eflimation,  were  wiped  off  from  thofe  parts,  and  his  breath  was  for 
a  time  relieved.     This  dyfpnoea  and  thefe  fweats  recurred  at  intervals, 
and  after  fome  weeks  he  ceafed  to  exifl.   The  Ikin  of  his  head  and  neck 
felt  cold  to  the  hand,  and  appeared  pale  at  the  time  thefe  fweats  flowed 
fo  abundantly ;  which  is  a  proof,  that  they  were  produced  by  an  inverted 
motion  of  the  abforbeats  of  thofe  parts  :  for  fweats,  which  are  the  con- 
fequence  of  an  increafed  a£tion  of  the  fanguiferous  fyftem,  are  always  at- 
tended with  a  warmth  of  the  Ikin,  greater  than  is  natural,  and  a  more 
florid  colour ;  as  the  fweats  from  exercife,  or  thofe  that  fucceed  the  cold 
fits  of  agues.  Can  anyone  explain  how  thefe  partial  fweats  (hould  relieve 
the  difficulty  of  breathing  in  anafarca,  but  by  fuppofing  that  the  pul- 
monary branch  of  abforbents  drank  up  the  fluid  in  the  cavity  of  the  tho- 
rax, or  in  the  cells  of  the  lungs,  and  threw  it  on  the  Ikin,  by  the  retro- 
grade motions  of  the  cutaneous  branch  ?  for,  if  we  could  fuppofe,  that 
the  increafed  adion  of  the  cutaneous  glands  or  capillaries  poured  upon 
the  Ikin  this  fluid,  previoufly  abforbed  from  the  lungs  ;  why  is  not  the 
whole  furface  of  the  body  covered  with  fweat  ?  why  is  not  the  Ikia 
warm  ?  Add  to  this,  that  the  fweats  above  mentioned  were  clammy 
or  glutinous,  which  the  condenfed  perfpirable  matter  is  not ;  whence 
it  would  feem  to  have  been  a  different  fluid  from  that  of  common 
perfpiration. 

Dr.  Dobfon,  of  Liverpool,  has  given  a  very  ingenious  explanation  of 
the  acid  fweats,  which  he  obferved  in  a  diabetic  patient — he  thinks  part 
of  the  chyle  is  fecreted  by  the  flcin,  and  afterwards  undergoes  an  ace- 
-tous  fermentation. — Can  the  chyle  get  thither,  but  by  an  inverted 
motion  of  the  cutaneous  lymphatics  I   in  the  fame  manner  as  it  is  car- 

2  ried 


Sect.  XXIX.  7-    RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  355 

ried  to  the  bladder,  by  the  inverted  motions  of  the  urinary  lymphatics. 
Medic.  Obfervat.  and  Enq.  London,  vol.  v. 

Are  not  the  cold  fweats  in  fome  fainting  fits,  and  in  dying  people^ 
owing  to  an  inverted  motion  of  the  cutaneous  lymphatics  I  for  in 
thefe  there  can  be  no  increafed  arterial  or  glandular  a6Vion. 

Is  the  difficulty  of  breathing,  arifing  from  anarfaca  of  the  lungs, 
relieved  by  fweats  from  the  head  and  neck ;  whilfl  that  difficulty  of 
breathing,  which  arifes  from  a  dropfy  of  the  thorax,  or  pericardium^ 
is  never  attended  with  thefe  fweats  of  the  head  ?  and  thence  can  thefe 
difeafes  be  diftinguifhed  from  each  other  ?  Do  the  periodic  returns  of 
no£lurnal  afthma  rife  from  a  temporary  dropfy  of  the  lungs,  colle6led 
during  their  more  torpid  flate  in  found,  fleep,  and  then  re-abforbed  by 
the  vehement  efforts  of  the  difordered  organs  of  refpiration,  and  car- 
ried off  by  the  copious  fweats  about  the  head  and  neck  ? 

More  extenfive  and  accurate  diffedlions  of  the  lymphatic  fyftent 
are  wanting  to  enable  us  to  unravel  thefe  knots  of  fcience. 


VII.  Tranjlations  »f  Matter,  of  Chyle,  of  Milk.,  of  Urine.     Operatloit: 
of  purging  Drugs  applied  externally. 

1.  The  tranflations  of  matter  from  one  part  of  the  body  to  another, 
can  only  receive  an  explanation  from  the  do£lrine  of  the  occafional  re- 
trograde motions  of  fome  branches  of  the  lymphatic  fyflem  :  for  how 
can  matter,  abforbed  and  mixed  with  the  whole  mafs  of  blood,  be  fo 
haftily  collected  again  in  any  one  part  ?  and  is  it  not  an  immutable 
law,  in  animal  bodies,  that  each  gland  can  fecrete  no  other,  but  its 
own  proper  fluid  ?  whicL  is,  in  part,  fabricated  in  the  very  gland  by 
an  animal  procefs,  which  it  there  undergoes  :  of  thefe  purulent  tranf-- 
lations  innumerable  and  very  remarkable  inftances  are  recorded. 

2.  The  chyle,  which  is  feen  among  the  materials  thrown  up  by  vio- 

lent 


23^  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  7. 

lent  vomiting,  or  in  purging  flools,  can  only  conae  thither  by  its 
having  been  poured  into  the  bowels  by  the  inverted  motions  of  the 
.la£leals:  for  our  aliment  is  not  converted  into  chyle  in  the  ftomach  or 
inteftines  by  a  chemical  proce'fs,  but  is  made  in  the  very  mouths  of 
the  lafteals;  or  in  the  mefenteric  glands;  in  the  fame  manner  as  other 
fecrcted  fluids  are  made  by  an  animal  procefsin  their  adapted  glands. 

Here  a  curious  phaenomenon  in  the  exhibition  of  mercury  is  worth 
explaining : — If  a  moderate  dofe  of  calomel,  as  fix  or  ten  grains,  be 
fwallowed,  and  within  one  or  two  days  a  cathartic  is  given,  a  laliva- 
tion  is  prevented  :  but  after  three  or  four  days,  a  falivation  having 
come  on,  repeated  purges  every  day,  for  a  week  or  two,  are  required 
to  eliminate  the  mercury  from  the  conftitution.  For  this  acrid  me- 
tallic preparation,  hei.ng  abforbed  by  the  mouths  of  the  ladleals,  con- 
tinues, for  a  time  arrefted  by  the  mefenteric  glands,  (as  the  variolous 
,or  venereal  poifons  fwell  the  fubaxillar  or  inguinal  glands) :  which, 
durinty  the  operation  of  a  cathartic,  is  returned  into  the  inteftines  by 
the  inverted  a6lion  of  the  ladeals,  and  thus  carried  out  of  the  fyftem. 

Hence  we  underftand  the  ule  of  vomits  or  purges,  to  thofe  who 
have  fwallowed  -either .contagious  or  poifonous  materials,  even  though 
exhibited  a  day  or  even  two  days  after  fuch  accidents  ;  namely,  that 
by  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  ladteals  and  lymphatics,  the  material 
ftill  arrefted  in  the  mefenteric,  or  other  glands,  may  be  eliminated 
from  the  body. 

3.  Many  inftances  of  mlllc  and  chyle  found  in  uicers  are  given  by 
Haller,  El.  Phyfiol.  t.  vii.  p.  12,  23,  which  admit  of  no  other  expla- 
nation than  by  fuppofing,  that  the  chyle,  imbibed  by  one  branch  of  the 
-abforbent  fyflem,  was  carried  to  the  ulcer,  by  the  inverted  motions  of 
■another  branch  of  the  fame  fyflem. 

4.  Mrs.  P.  on  the  fecond  day  after  delivery,  wasfelzcd  with  a  vio- 
lent purging,  in  which,  though  ^opiates,  mucilages,  the  bark,  and 
•teftacea  were  profufely  ufed,  continued  many  days,  till  at  length  (ho 
jecovercd.    During  the  time  of ithis  purging,  no  milk  could  be  drawn 

from 


Sect. XXIX.  7-    RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  33; 

from  her  breafts ;  but  the  ftools  appeared  like  the  curd  of  milk  broken 
into  fmall  pieces.  In  this  cafe,  was  not  the  milk  taken  up  from  the 
follicles  of  the  perioral  glands,  and  thrown  on  the  inteftines,  by  a  re- 
trogreffion  of  the  inteftinal  abforbcnts  ?  for  how  can  we  for  a  moment 
fufpeft  that  the  mucous  glands  of  the  inteftines  could  feparate  pure 
milk  from  the  blood  ?  Dodlor  Smelly  has  obferved,  that  loofe  flools, 
mixed  with  milk,  which  is  curdled  in  the  inteftines,  frequently  re- 
lieves the  turgefcency  of  the  breafts  of  thofe  who  ftudioufly  repel 
their  milk.     Cafes  in  Midwifery,  43,  No.  2.  i. 

5.  J.  F.  Meckel  obferved  in  a  patient,  whofe  urine  was  in.  fmall 
quantity  and  high  coloured,  that  a  copious  fweat  under  the  arm-pits, 
of  a  perfedly  urinous  fmell,  flained  the  linen;  which  ceafed  again 
when  the  ufual  quantity  of  urine  was  difcharged  by  the  urethra.  Here 
we  muft  believe  from  analogy,  that  the  urine  was  firft  fecreted  in  the 
kidneys,  then  re-abforbed  by  the  increafed  aftion  of  the  urinary  lym- 
phatics, and  laftly  carried  to  the  axillae  by  the  retrograde  motions  of 
the  lymphatic  branches  of  thofe  parts.  As  in  the  jaundice  it  is  ne- 
ceffary,  that  the  bile  (hould  firft  be  fecreted  by  the  liver,  and  re-ab- 
forbed into  the  circulation,  to  produce  the  yellownefs  of  the  (kin;  as 
was  formerly  demonftrated  by  the  late  Dr.  Monro,  (Edin.  Medical 
Effays)  and  if  in  this  patient  the  urine  had  been  re-abforbed  into  the  - 
mafs  of  blood,  as  the  bile  in  the  jaundice,  why  was  it  not  detedled  in 
other  parts  of  the  body,  as  well  as  in  the  arm-pits  ? 

6.  Cathartic  and  vermifuge  medicines  applied  externally  to  the  ab- 
domen, feem  to  be  taken  up  by  the  cutaneous  branch  of  lymphatics, 
and  poured  on  the  inteftines  by  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  ladleals, 
without  having  pafled  the  circulation. 

For  when  the  draftic  purges  are  taken  by  the  mouth,  they  excite 
the  lafteals  of  the  inteftines  into  retrograde  motions,  as  appears  from 
the  chyle,  which  is  found  coagulated  among  the  fffices,  as  was  fhewn 
above,  (fe£l  2  and  4.)  And  as  the  cutaneous  lymphatics  are  joined 
with  the  ladeals  of  the  inteftines,  by  frequent  anaftomofes ;  it  would 

Xx  be 


338  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect.  XXIX.  g, 

be  more  extraordinary,  when  a  ftrong  purging  drug,  abforbed  by  the 
Ikin,  is  carried  to  the  anaflomofing  branches  of  the  la£leals  unchanged^ 
if  it  fbould  not  excite  them  into  retrograde  aftion  as  efficacioufly,  as 
if  it  was  taken  by  the  mouth,  and  mixed  with  the  food  of  the  fto- 
mach. 


VIII.  C'lrcumjiances  by  which  the  Fluids,  that  are  effiifedhy  the  retrOf 
■grade  Motions  of  the  abforbent  Fejfels,  are  dijiingwjhed. 

I .  We  frequently  obferve  an  unufual  quantity  of  mucus  or  othe? 
fluids  in  fome  difeafes,  although  the  aftion  of  the  glands,  by  which 
thofe  fluids  are  feparated  from  the  blood,  is  not  unufually  increafed  ; 
but  when  the  power  of  abforption  alone  is  diminished.  Thus  the  ca- 
tarrhal humour  from  the  noftrils  of  fome,  who  ride  in  frofty  weather; 
and  the  tears,  which  run  down  the  cheeks  of  thofe,  who  have  an  ob- 
flru£tion  of  the  pundla  lacrymalia ;  and  the  ichor  of  thofe  phagedenic 
tslcers,  which  are  not  attended  with  inflammation,  are  all  inftances  of 
this  circvimftance. 

Thefe  fluids  however  are  eafily  diftinguiflied  from  others  by  their 
abounding  in  ammoniacal  or  muriatic  falts;  whence  they  inflame  the 
circumjacent  Ikin:  thus  in  the  catarrh  the  upper  lip  l)ecomes  red  and 
fwelled  from  the  acrimony  of  the  mucus,  and  patients  complain  of 
the  faltnefs  of  its  tafte.  The  eyes  and  cheeks  are  red  with  the  corro- 
fivc  tears,  and  the  ichor  of  fome  herpetic  eruptions  erodes  far  and  wide 
the  contiguous  parts,  and  is  pungently  fait  to  the  tafte,  as  fome  pa- 
tients have  informed  me. 

Whilfl,  on  the  contrary,  thofe  fluids,  which  are  eiFufed  by  the  re- 
trograde adion  of  the  lymphatics,  arc  for  the  moft  part  mild  and  in- 
nocent; as  water,  chyle,  and  the  natural  mucus:  or  they  take  their 
properties  from  the  materials  previoufly  abforbed,  as  in  the  coloured 

or 


Sect.  XXIX.  8.    RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS,  339 

or  vinous   urine,    or   that   fcented    with    afparagus,    defcribed   be- 
fore. 

2.  Whenever  the  fecretion  of  any  fluid  Is  increafed,  there  Is  at  the 
fame  time  an  increafed  heat  in  the  part;  for  the  fecreted  fluid,  as  the- 
bile,  did  not  previoufly  exifl:  in  the  mafs  of  blood,  but  a  new  combi- 
nation is  produced  in  the  gland.  Now  as  folutions  are  attended  with, 
cold,  fo  combinations  are  attended  with  heat ;  and  it  is  probable  the 
fum  of  the  heat  given  out  by  all  the  fecreted  fluids  of  animal  bodies 
may  be  the  caufe  of  their  general  heat  above. that  of  the  atmolphere. 

Hence  the  fluids  derived  from  increafed  fecretions  are  readily  diftin- 
guiflied  from  thofe  originating  from  the  retrograde  motions  of  the 
lymphatics:  thus  an  increafe  of  heat  either  in  the  difeafed  parts,  or 
difFufed  over  the  whole  body,  is  perceptible,  when  copious  bilious 
ftoolsare  confequent  to  an  inflamed  liver  ;  or  a  copious  mucous  faliva- 
tion  from  the  inflammatory  angina. 

3.  When  any  fecreted  fluid  is  produced  In  an  unufual  quantity, 
and  at  the  fame  time  the  power  of  abforption  is  increafed  in  equal  pro- 
portion, not  only  the  heat  of  the  gland  becomes  more  intenfe,  but  the 
fecreted  fluid  becomes  thicker  and  milder,  its  thinner  and  faline  parts 
being  re-abforbed  :  and  thele  are  diflinguifliable  both  by  their  greater 
confiftence,  and  by  their  heat,  from  the  fluids,  which  are  efFufed  by 
the  retrograde  motions  of  the  lymphatics  ;  as  is  obfervable  towards  the 
termination  of  gonorrhoea,  catarrh,  chincough,  and  in  thofe  ulcers, 
which  are  faid  to  abound  with  laudable  pus. 

4.  When  chyle  is  obferved  in  ftools,  or  among  the  materials  ejefl:- 
ed  by  vomit,  we  may  be  confident  it  muft  have  been  brought  thither 
by  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  ladeals  ;  for  chyle  does  not  previoufly 
exifl  amid  the  contents  of  the  inteflines,  but  is  made  in  the  very 
mouths  of  the  lafteals,  as  was  before  explained. 

5.  When  chyle,  milk,  or  other  extraneous  fluids  are  found  ia 
the  urinary  bladder,  or  in  any  other  excretory  receptacle  of  a  gland  ; 
no  one  can  for  a  moment  believe,  that  thefe  have  been  coUedled  from 

X  X  2  the 


340  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  9. 

the  mafs  of  blood  bj  a  morbid  fecretion,  as  it  contradidls  all  ana-« 
logy. 

■Aurea  durs 


Mala  ferant  quercus  ?  Narcifco  floreat  alnus  ? 
Pinguia  corticibus  fudent  eledra  myrics  ? 

Virgil, 


IX.  Retrograde  Motions  of  Vegetable  Juices, 

There  are  befides  fome  motions  of  the  fap  in  vegetables,  which 
bear  analogy  to  our  prefent  fubjedl  j  and  as  the  vegetable  tribes  are  by 
many  phiiofophers  held  to  be  inferior  animals,  it  may  be  a  matter  of 
curiofity  at  lead  to  obferve,  that  their  abforbent  veffels  feem  evidently, 
at  times,  to  be  capable  of  a  retrograde  motion.  Mr.  Perault  cut  off 
a  forked  branch  of  a  tree,  with  the  leaves  on  ;  and  inverting  one  of 
the  forks  into  a  velTel  of  water,  obferved,  that  the  leaves  on  the  other 
branch  continued  green  much  longer  than  thofe  of  a  fimilar  branch, 
cut  off  from  the  fame  tree;  which  fhews,  that  the  water  from  the 
veffel  was  carried  up  one  part  of  the  forked  branch,  by  the  retrograde 
motion  of  its  veflels.  and  fupplied  nutriment  fome  time  to  the  other 
part  of  the  branch,  which  was  out  of  the  water.  And  the  celebrated 
Dr.  Hales  found,  by  numerous  very  accurate  experiments,  that  the 
fap  of  trees  rofe  upwards  during  the  warmer  hours  of  the  day,  and  in 
part  defcended  again  during  the  cooler  ones.     Vegetable  Statics. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  branches  of  willows,  and  of  many  other 
trees,  will  either  take  root  in  the  earth  or  engraft  on  other  trees, 
fo  as  to  have  their  natural  diredlion  inverted,  and  yet  flourifh  with 
vigour. 

Dr.  Hope  has  alfo  made  this  pleafing  experiment,  after  the  manner 
of  Hales — he  has  placed  a  forked  branch,  cut  from  one  tree,  ere£l  be- 
tween two  others ;   then  cutting  off  a  part  of  the  bark  from  one  fork 
4  applied 


Sect.  XXIX.  10.    RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  341 

applied  it  to  a  fimilar  branch  of  one  of  the  trees  in  its  vicinity ;  and 
the  fame  of  the  other  fork ;  fo  that  a  tree  is  {een  to  grow  fufpended  in 
the  air,  between  two  other  trees;  which  fupplj  their  fofler  friend 
with  due  nourifhment. 

Miranturque  novas  frondes,  et  non  fua  poma» 

All  thefe  experiments  clearly  evince,  that  the  juices  of  vegetables 
can  occafionally  pafs  either  upwards  or  downwards  in  their  abforbent 
fyftem  of  veflels. 


X.  Objetilons  anjwered. 

The  following  experiment,  at  firlT:  view,  would  feem  to  invalidate 
this  opinion  of  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  lymphatic  veflels,  in 
fome  difeafes. 

About  a  gallon  of  milk  having  been  given  to  an  hungry  fwine,  he 
was  fuffered  to  live  about  an  hour,  and  was  then  killed  by  a  ftroke  or 
two  on  his  head  with  an  axe. — On  opening  his  belly  the  ladteals  were 
well  feen  filled  with  chyle;  on  irritating  many  of  the  branches  of 
them  with  a  knife,  they  did  not  appear  to  empty  themfelves  haftily ; 
but  they  did  however  carry  forwards  their  contents  in  a  little  time. 

I  then  pafled  a  ligature  round  feveral  branches  of  la£leals,  and  irri- 
tated them  much  with  a  knife  beneath  the  ligature,  but  could  not 
make  them  regurgitate  their  contained  fluid  into  the  bowels, 

I  am  not  indeed  certain,  that  the  nerve  was  not  at  the  fame  time 
included  in  the  ligature,  and  thus  the  lymphatic  rendered  unirritable 
or  lifelefs  ;  but  this  however  is  certain,  that  it  is  not  any  quantity  of 
any  flimulus,  which  induces  the  veflels  of  animal  bodies  to  revert 
their  motions  ;  but  a  certain  quantity  of  a  certain  flimulus,  as  appears 
from  wounds  in  the  flomach,  which  do  not  produce  vomitings  and 
wounds  of  the  inteftines,  which  do  not  produce  the  cholera  morbus. 

At 


342  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  u. 

At  Nottingham,  a  few  years  ago,  two  flioemakers  quarrelled,  and 
one  of  them  with  a  knife,  which  they  ufe  in  their  occupation,  {tabbed 
his  companion  about  the  region  of  the  ftomach.  On  opening  the  ab- 
domen of  the  wounded  man  after  his  death  the  food  and  medicines 
he  had  taken  were  in  part  found  in  the  cavity  of  the  belly,  on  the 
otitfide  of  the  bowels;  and  there  was  a  wound  about  half  an  inchlonsr 
at  the  bottom  of  the  flomach  ;  which  I  fuppofe  was  difteiided  with 
liquor  and  food  at  the  time  of  the  accident ;  and  thence  was  more  li- 
able to  be  injured  at  its  bottom  :  but  during  the  whole  time  he  lived, 
which  was  about  ten  days,  he  had  no  efforts  to  vomit,  nor  ever  even 
complained  of  being  lick  at  the  ftomach  i  Other  cafes  fimilar  to  this 
;  are  mentioned  in  the  philofophical  tranfa£lions. 

Thus,  if  you  vellicate  the  throat  with  a  feather,  naufea  is  produced; 
if  you  wound  it  with  a  penknife,  pain  is  induced,  but  not  ficknefs. 
So  if  the  foles  of  the  feet  of  children  or  their  armpits  are  tickled, 
convulfive  laughter  is  excited,  which  ceafes  the  moment  the  hand  is 
applied,  fo  as  to  rub  them  more  forcibly. 

The  experiment  therefore  above  related  upon  the  la£teals  of  a 
-dead  pig,  which  were  included  in  a  flridl  ligature,  proves  nothing  ;  as 
it  is  not  the  quantity,  but  the  kind  of  flimulus,  which  excites  the 
lymphatic  veffels  into  retrograde  motion. 


XL  ^he  Caufes  which  induce  the  Retrograde  Motions  of  animal  Vejfsls ; 
4and  the  Medicines  by  which  the  natural  Motions  are  refiored, 

1.  Such  is  the  conftruflion  of  animal  bodies,  that  all  their  parts, 
which  are  fubjeded  to  lefs  flimuli  than  nature  defigned,  perform  their 
fundions  with  lefs  accuracy:  thus,  when  too  watery  or  too  acefcent 
food  is  taken  into  the  ftomach,  indigeftion,  and  flatulency,  and  heart- 
burn fucceed. 

2.  Another  law  of  irritation,  connate  with  our  exiftence,  is,  that 

all 


Sect. XXIX.  II.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  343 

all  thofe  parts  of  the  body,  which  have  previoufly  been  expofed  to  too 
great  a  quantity  of  fuch  ftlmuli,  as  flrongly  afFe£l  them,  become  for 
feme  time  afterwards  difobedient  to  the  natural  quantity  of  their  adapt- 
ed ftimuli. — Thus  the  eye  is  incapable  of  feeing  obje6ls  in  an  obfcure 
room,  though  the  iris  is  quite  dilated,  after  having  been  expofed  to 
the  meridian  fun. 

3.  There  is  a  third  law  of  irritation,  that  all  the  parts  of  our  bodies, 
which  have  been  lately  fubjefted  to  lefs  flimulus,  than  they  have  been 
accuftomed  to,  when  they  are  expofed  to  their  ufual  quantity  of  fli- 
mulus, are  excited  into  more  energetic  motions  :  thus  when  we  come 
from  a  duiky  cavern  into  the  glare  of  daylight,  our  eyes  are  dazzled  i 
and  after  emerging  from  the  cold  bath,  the  fkin  becomes  warm  and- 
red. 

4.  There  is  a  fourth  law  of  irritation,  that  all  the  parts  of  our 
bodies,  which  are  fubjefted  to  flill  ftronger  ftimuli  for  a  length  of  time, 
become  torpid,  and  refufe  to  obey  even  thefe  flronger  flimuli;  and 
thence  do  their  offices  very  imperfeftly. — Thus,  if  any  one  looks 
earneftly  for  fome  minutes  on  an  area,  an  inch  diaineter,.  of  red  filk, 
placed  on  a  ftieet  of  white  paper,  the  image  of  the  lilk  will  gradually 
become  pale,  and  at  length  totally  vanilh. 

5.  Nor  is  it  the  nerves  of  fenfe  alone,  as  the  optic  and  auditory 
nerves,  that  thus  become  torpid,  when  the  flimulus  is  withdrawn  or 
their  irritability  decreafed;  but  the  motive  mufcles,  when  they  are 
deprived  of  their  natural  ftimuli,  or  of  their  irritability,  become  torpid 
and  paralytic ;  as  is  feen  in  the  tremulous  hand  of  the  drunkard  in  a 
morning;  and  in  the  awkward  ftep  of  age. 

The  hollow  mufcles  alfo,  of  which  the  various  velTels  of  the  body 
are  confl:ru£ted,  when  they  are  deprived  of  their  natural  ftimuli,  or  of 
their  due  degree  of  irritability,  not  only  become  tremulous,  as  the  ar- 
terial, pulfations  of  dying  people j  but  alfo  frequently  invert  their 
motions,  as  in  vomiting,  in  hyfteric  fufFocations,  and  diabetes  above 
defcribed. 

Imuit 


344  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.    Sect.  XXIX.  1 1, 

I  tnuft  beg  your  patient  attention,  for  a  few  moments  whilft  I  en- 
deavour to  explain,  how  the  retrograde  a£lions  of  our  hollow  mufcles 
are  the  confequence  of  their  debility ;  as  the  tremulous  actions  of  the 
folid  mufcles  are  the  confequence  of  their  debility.  When,  through 
fatigue,  a  mufcle  can  aft  no  longer ;  the  antagonift  mufcles,  either  by 
their  inanimate  elafticity,  or  by  their  animal  aftion,  draw  the  limb 
into  a  contrary  diredion  :  in  the  folid  mufcles,  as  thofe  of  locomotion, 
their  a£lions  are  affociated  in  tribes,  which  have  been  accuflomed  to 
lynchronous  aftion  only;  hence  when  they  are  fatigued,  only  a  fingle 
contrary  effort  takes  place ;  which  is  either  tremulous,  when  the  fa- 
tigued mufcles  are  again  immediately  brought  into  adlion  ;  or  it  is  a 
pandiculation,  or  flretching,  where  they  are  not  immediately  again 
brought  into  aftion. 

Now  the  motions  of  the  hollow  mufcles,  as  they  in  general  pro- 
pel a  fluid  along  their  cavities,  are  aflbciated  in  trains,  which  have 
been  accuftomed  to  fucceflive  actions :  hence  when  one  ring  of  fuch 
a  mufcle  is  fatigued  from  its  too  great  debility,  and  is  brought  into 
retrograde  aftion,  the  next  ring  from  its  affociation  falls  fucceffively 
into  retrograde  aftion ;  and  fo  on  throughout  tl;ie  whole  canal.  See 
Sea.  XXV.  6. 

6.  But  as  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  ftomach,  cefophagus,  and 
fauces  in  vomiting  are,  as  it  were,  apparent  to  the  eye;  we  fhall 
confider  this  operation  more  minutely,  that  the  limilar  operations 
in  the  more  recondite  parts  of  our  fyflem  may  be  eafier  underftood. 

From  certain  naufeous  ideas  of  the  mind,  from  an  ungrateful  tafte 
in  the  mouth,  or  from  foetid  fmells,  vomiting  is  fometimes  inftantly 
excited ;  or  even  from  a  ftroke  on  the  head,  or  from  the  vibratory 
motions  of  a  fhip;  all  which  originate  from  affociation,  or  fy  mpathy. 
See  Sea.  XX.  on  Vertigo. 

But  when  the  flomach  is  fubjeded  to  a  lefs  ftimulus  than  is  na- 
tural,   according   to  the   firft    law  of  irritation    mentioned   above, 
its  motions  become  diflurbed,  as  in  hunger;  firft  pain  is  produced, 

then 


Sect.  XXIX.  II.     RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.  345 

then  ficknefs,  and  at  length  vain  efforts  to  vomit,  as  many  authors 
inform  us. 

But  when  a  great  quantity  of  wine,  or  of  opium,  is  fvYallowed, 
the  retro2:rade  motions  of  the  ftomach  do  not  occur  till  after  feveral 
minutes,  or  even  hours  ;  for  when  the  power  of  fo  ftrong  a  ftimulus 
ceafes,  according  to  the  fecdnd  law  of  irritation,  mentioned  above, 
the  periflaltic  motions  become  tremulous,  and  at  length  retrograde ; 
as  is  well  known  to  the  drunkard,  who  on  the  next  morning  has 
licknefs  and  vomitings. 

When  a  flill  greater  quantity  of  wine,  or  of  opium,  or  when  nau- 
feous  vegetables,  or  ftrong  bitters,  or  metallic  falts,  are  taken  into  the 
ftomach,  they  quickly  induce  vomiting ;  though  all  thefe  in  lefs 
dofes  excite  the  ftomach  into  more  energetic  adtiou,  and  ftrengthen 
the  digeftion  ;  as  the  flowers  of  chamomile,  and  the  vitriol  of  zinc  : 
for,  according  to  the  fourth  law  of  irritation,  the  flomach  will  not 
long  be  obedient  to  a  ftimulus  fo  much  greater  than  is  natural;  but 
its  aftion  becomes  firfl  tremulous  and  then  retrograde. 

7.  When  the  motions  of  any  veffels  become  retrograde,  lefs  heat 
of  the  body  is  produced  ;  for  in  paroxyfms  of  vomiting,  of  hyfteric 
affeftions,  of  diabetes,  of  afthma,  the  extremities  of  the  body  are  cold : 
hence  we  may  conclude,  that  thefe  fymptoms  arife  from  the  debility 
of  the  parts  in  a£tion  ;  for  an  increafe  of  mufcular  a6lion  is  always 
attended  with  increafe  of  heat. 

8.  But  as  animal  debility  is  owing  to  defect  of  ftimulus,  or  to  defect 
of  irritability,  as  (hewn  above,  the  method  of  cure  is  eafily  deduced  : 
when  the  vafcular  mufcles  are  not  excited  into  their  due  adion  by 
the  natural  ftimuli,  we  fhould  exhibit  thofe  medicines,  which  poffefs  a 
Hill  greater  degree  of  flimulus  ;  amongft  thefe  are  the  foetids,  the  vo- 
latiles,  aromatics,  bitters,  metallic  falts,  opiates,  wine,  which  indeed 
fhould  be  given  in  fmall  dofes,  and  frequently  repeated.  To  thefe 
ihould  be  added  conftant,  but  moderate  exercife,  cheerfulnefs  of  mind, 
and  change  of  country  to  a  warmer  climate  ;  and  perhaps  occalionally 
the  external  ftimulus  of  bliflers. 

Y  y  I| 


34^  RETROGRADE  ABSORBENTS.     Sect. XXIX.  ii. 

It  is  alfo  frequently  ufeful  to  dimiiiifli  the  quantity  of  natural 
ftimulus  for  a  lliort  time,  by  which  afterwards  the  irritability  of 
the  fyftem  becomes  increafed;  according  to  the  third  law  of  irritation 
above-mentioned,  hence  the  ufe  of  baths  fomewhat  colder  than  ani- 
mal heat,  and  of  equitation  in  the  open  air. 

'The  catalogue  of  difeafes  ozving  to  the  retrograde  motions  of  lymphatics 
is  here  omitted,  as  it  will  appear  in  the  fecond  volume  of  this  work. 
The  following  is  the  conclufion  to  this  thefts  of  Mr.  Charles 
Darwin. 

Thus  have  I  endeavoured  in  a  concife  manner  to  explain  the  nu- 
merous difeafes,  which  deduce  their  origin  from  the  inverted  motions 
of  the  hollow  mufcles  of  our  bodies  :  and  it  is  probable,  that  Saint 
Vitus's  dance,  and  the  ftammering  of  fpeech,  originate  from  a  fimiiar 
inverted  order  of  the  affociated  motions  of  fome  of  the  folid  mufcles  ; 
which,  as  it  is  foreign  to  my  prefent  purpofe,  I  (hall  not  here  difcufs. 

I  beg,  illuftrious  profeflbrs,  and  ingenious  fellow-ftudents,  that 
you  will  recolledt  how  difficult  a  talk  I  have  attempted,  to  evince  the 
retrograde  motions  of  the  lymphatic  veffels,  when  the  veffels  them- 
felves  for  fo  many  ages  efcaped  the  eyes  and  glaffes  of  philofophers : 
and  if  you  are  not  yet  convinced  of  the  truth  of  this  theory,  hold,  I 
entreat  you,  your  minds  in  fufpenfe,  till  Anatomy  draws  her  fword 
with  happier  omens,  cuts  afunder  the  knots,  which  entangle  Phy^ 
siOLOGY ;  and,  like  an  augur  infpefting  the  immolated  vidlim,  an- 
nounces to  mankind  the  wifdom  of  HEAVEN. 


SECT, 


Sect. XXX.  i.     PARALYSIS  OF  THE  LIVER.  347 


I. 


SECT.    XXX. 

PARALYSIS   OF    THE    LIVER    AND   KIDNEYS. 

Bile-duSls  lejs  irritable  after  having  been  ftimulated  much.  1.  Jaundice  from 
faralyfis  of  the  bile  du£is  cured  by  ek5iric  Jhocks.  3.  From  bile-ftones.  Expe- 
riments on  bile-Jiones.  Oil  vomit.  4.  Palfy  of  the  liver,  two  cafes,  5.  Schir- 
rofity  of  the  liver.  6.  Large  livers  of  geefe.  II.  Paralyfis  of  the  kidneys^ 
III.  Story  of  Protnetheus. 


I.  FROM  the  ingurgltatioii  of  fpirituous  liquors  into  the  ftomach 
and  duodenum,  the  ternaination  of  the  common  bile-dudl  in  that 
bowel  becomes  ftimulated  into  unnatural  a£tion,  and  a  greater  quan- 
tity of  bile  is  produced  from  all  the  fecretory  veflels  of  the  liver,  by 
the  aflbciation  of  their  motions  with  thofe  of  their  excretory  duds; 
as  has  been  explained  in  Seftion  XXIV.  and  XXV.  but  as  all  parts 
of  the  body,  that  have  been  afFeded  with  ftronger  ftimuli  for  any 
length  of  time,  become  lefs  fufceptible  of  motion,  from  their  natural 
weaker  ftimuli,  it  follows,  that  the  motions  of  the  fecretory  veflels, 
and  in  confequence  the  fecretion  of  bile,  is  lefs  than  is  natural  durino- 
the  intervals  of  fobriety.  2.  If  this  ingurgitation  of  fpirituous  liquors 
has  been  daily  continued  in  coniiderable  quantity,  and  is  then  fud- 
denly  intermitted,  a  languor  or  paralyfis  of  the  common  bile-dud  is 
induced ;  the  bile  is  prevented  from  being  poured  into  the  inteftines; 
and  as  the  bilious  abforbents  are  ftimulated  into  ftronger  adion  by  its 
accunaulation,  and  by  the  acrimony  or  vifcidity,  which  it  acquires  by 

Y  y  2  delay. 


34S  PARALYSIS  OF  THE  LIVER.      Sect. XXX.  r. 

delay,  it  is  abforbed,  and  carried  to  the  receptacle  of  the  chyle ;  or 
otherwile  the  fecretory  velTels  of  the  liver,  by  the  above-mentioned 
flimulus,  invert  their  motions,  and  regurgitate  their  contents  into 
the  blood,  as  fometimes  happens  to  the  tears  in  the  lachrymal  fack, 
fee  Se6t.  XXIV.  2.  7.  and  one  kind  of  jaundice  is  brought  on. 

There  is  reafon  to  believe,  that  the  bile  is  moft  frequently  returned 
into  the  circulation  by  the  inverted  motions  of  thefe  hepatic  glands, 
for  the  bile  does  not  feem  liable  to  be  abforbed  by  the  lymphatics, 
for  it  foaks  through  the  gall-du6ls,  and  is  frequently  found  in  the 
cellular  membrane.  This  kind  of  jaundice  is  not  generally  attended 
with  pain,  neither  at  the  extremity  of  the  bile-du6l,  where  it  enters 
the  duodenum,  nor  on  the  region  of  the  gall-bladder. 

Mr.  S.  a  gentleman  between  40  and  50  years  of  age,  had  had  the 
jaundice  about  fix  weeks,  without  pain,  ficknefs,  or  fever;  and  had 
taken  emetics,  cathartics,  mercurials,  bitters,  chalybeates,  effential 
oil,  and  ether,  without  apparent  advantage.  On  a  fuppofition  that 
the  obflruftion  of  the  bile  might  be  owing  to  the  paralyiis,  or  torpid 
action  of  the  common  bile-du<fl,  and  the  frimulants  taken  into  the 
ftomach  feeming  to  have  no  efFedl,  I  direfted  half  a  fcore  fmart 
eleflric  fhocks  from  a  coated  bottle,  which  held  about  a  quart,  to 
be  pafl'ed  through  the  liver,  and  along  the  courfe  of  the  common  gall- 
du£l>  as  near  as  could  be  guefled,  and  on  that  very  day  the  ftools 
became  yellow  ;  he  continued  the  eledric  Ihocks  a  few  days  more, 
and  his  fkin  gradually  became  clear. 

3.  The  bilious  vomiting  and  purging,  that  affects  fome  people  by 
intervals  of  a  few  weeks,  is  a  lefs  degree  of  this  difeafe  ;  the  bile-duft 
is  lefs  Irritable  than  natural,  and  hence  the  bile  becomes  accumulated 
in  the  gall-bladder,  and  hepatic  dudls,  till  by  its  quantity,  acrimony  or 
vifcidity,  a  greater  degree  of  irritation  is  produced,  and  it  is  fuddenly 
evacuated,  or  laftly  from  the  abforption  of  the  more  liquid  parts  of 
the  bile,  the  remainder  becomes  infpiflated,  and  chryftallizes  into 
4  mafles 


Sect.  XXX.  i.     PARALYSIS  OF  THE  LIVER.  349 

maiTes  too  large  to  pafs,   and  forms  another  kind  of  jaundice,  where 
the  bile-duct  is  not  quite  paralytic,  or  has  regained  its  irritability. 

This  difeafe  is  attended  with  much  pain,  which  at  firft  is  felt  at  the 
pit  of  the  ftomach,  exactly  in  the  centre  of  the  body,  where  the  bile- 
du(£l  enters  the  duodenum  ;  afterwards,  when  the  fize  of  the  bile- 
ftones  increafe,  it  is  alfo  felt  on  the  right  fide,  where  the  gall-bladder 
is  fituated.  The  forrtier  pain  at  the  pit  of  the  ftomach  recurs  by  in- 
tervals, as  the  bile-ftone  is  pufhed  againft  the  neck  of  the  du6t ;  like 
the  paroxyfms  of  the  flone  in  the  urinary  bladder,  the  other  is  a  more 
dull  and  conftant  pain. 

Where  thefe  bile-ftones  are  too  large  to  pafs,  and  the  bile-dufls 
poffefs  their  fenfibility,  this  becomes  a  very  painful  and  hopelefs 
difeafe.  I  made  the  following  experiments  with  a  view  to  their 
chemical  folution. 

Some  fragments  of  the  fame  bile-ftone  were  put  into  the  weak 
fpirit  of  marine  fait,  which  is  fold  in  the  fhops,  and  into  folution  of 
mild  alcalij  and  into  a  folution  of  cauftic  alcali ;  and  into  oil  of  tur- 
pentine ;  without  their  being  diflblved.  All  thefe  mixtures  were 
after  fome  time  put  into  a  heat  of  boiling  water,  and  then  the  oil  of 
turpentine  diffolved  its  fragments  of  bile-ftone,  but  no  alteration 
was  produced  upon  thofe  in  the  other  liquids  except  fome  change  of 
their  colour. 

Some  fragments  of  the  fame  bile-ftone  were  put  into  vitriolic 
aether,  and  were  quickly  diffolved  without  additional  heat.  Might 
not  aether  mixed  with  yolk  of  egg  or  with  honey  be  given  advan- 
tageoufly  in  bilious  concretions  ? 

I  have  in  two  inftances  feen  from  30  to  50  bile-ftones  come 
away  by  ftool,  about  the  fize  of  large  peafe,  after  having  given  fix 
grains  of  calomel  in  the  evening,  and  four  ounces  of  oil  of  almonds 
or  olives  on  the  fucceeding  morning.  I  have  alfb  given  half  a  pint  of 
good  olive  or  almond  oil  as  an  emetic  during  the  painful  fit,   and 

repeated 


350        ^        PARALYSIS  OF  THE  LIVER.     Sect.  XXX.  i. 

repeated  it  in  half  an  hour,  if  the  firft  did  not  operate,  with  frequent 
good  effed. 

4.  Another  difeafe  of  the  Uver,  which  I  have  feveral  times  ob- 
ferved,  confifts  in  the  inabihty  or  paralyfis  of  the  fecretory  veflels. 
This  difeafe  has  generally  the  fame  caufe  as  the  preceding  one,  the 
too  frequent  potation  of  fpirituous  liquors,  or  the  too  fudden  omiffion 
of  them,  after  the  habit  is  confined;  and  is  greater  or  lefs  in  propor- 
tion, as  the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  liver  is  affedled,  and  as  the  inability 
or  paralyfis  is  more  or  lefs  complete. 

This  palfy  of  the  liver  is  knowu  from  thefe  fymptoms,  the  pa- 
tients have  generally  paffed  the  meridian  of  life,  have  drank  fer- 
mented liquors  daily,  but  perhaps  not  been  opprobrious  drunkards; 
they  lofe  their  appetite,  then  their  flefh  and  ftrength  diminifh  in  con- 
fequence,  there  appears  no  bile  in  their  ftools,  nor  in  their  urine,  nor 
is  any  hardnefs  or  fwelling  perceptible  on  the  region  of  the  liver. 
But  what  is  peculiar  to  this  difeafe,  and  diftinguifhes  it  from  all  others 
at  the  firft  glance  of  the  eye,  is  the  bombycinous  colour  of  the  fkin, 
which,  like  that  of  full-grown  filk worms,  has  a  degree  of  tranf- 
parency  with  a  yellow  tint  not  greater  than  is  natural  to  the  ferum  of 
the  blood. 

Mr.  C.  and  Mr.  B.  both  very  ftrong  men,  between  50  and  60 
years  of  age,  who  had  drank  ale  at  their  meals  inflead  of  fmall  beer, 
but  were  not  reputed  hard-drinkers,  fuddenly  became  weak,  loft 
their  appetite,  flefli,  and  ftrength,  with  all  the  fymptoms  above  enu- 
merated, and  died  in  about  two  months  from  the  beginning  of  their 
malady.  Mr-  C.  became  anafarcous  a  few  days  before  his  death,  and 
Mr.  B.  had  frequent  and  great  haemorrhages  from  an  iffiie,  and  fome 
parts  of  his  mouth,  a  few  days  before  his  death.  In  both  thefe  cafes 
calomel,  bitters  and  chalybeates  were  repeatedly  ufed  without  effedl. 

One  of  the  patients  defcribed  above,  Mr.  C,  was  by  trade  a 
plumber ;  both  of  them  could  digeft  no  food,  and  died  apparently  for 

want 


Sect. XXX.  I.     PARALYSIS  OF  THE  LIVER.  ss^ 

want  of  blood.     Might  not  the  transfufion  of  blood  be  ufed  in  thefe 
cafes  with  advantage  ? 

5.  When  the  paralyfis  of  the  hepatic  glands  is  lefs  complete,  or  lefs 
univerfal,  a  fchirrofity  of  fome  part  of  the  liver  is  induced ;  for  the 
fecretory  veflels  retaining  fome  of  their  living  power  take  up  a  fluid 
from  the  circulation,  without  being  fufficiently  irritable  to  carry  it 
forwards  to  their  excretory  dufts;  hence  the  body,  or  receptacle  of 
each  gland,  becomes  inflated,  and  this  diftenfion  increafes,  till  by  its 
very  great  ftimulus  inflammation  is  produced,  or  till  thofe  parts  of 
the  vifcus  become  totally  paralytic.  This  difeafe  is  diflinguifliable 
from  the  foregoing  by  the  palpable  hardnefs  or  largenefs  of  the  liver ; 
and  as  the  hepatic  glands  are  not  totally  paralytic,  or  the  whole  liver 
not  afFedled,  fome  bile  continues  to  be  made.  The  inflammations  of 
this  vifcus,  confequent  to  the  fchirrofity  of  it,  belong  to  the  difeafes 
of  the  fenlitive  motions,  and  will  be  treated  of  hereafter. 

6.  The  ancients  are  faid  to  have  poflTefled  an  art  of  increafing  the 
livers  of  geefe   to  a  fize  greater  than   the  remainder  of  the   goofe. 
Martial.  1.  13.  epig.  58. — .This  is  faid  to  have  been  done  by  fat  and 
figs.  Horace,   1.  2.  fat.  8. — Juvenal  fets  thefe  large  livers  before  an 
epicure  as  a  great  rarity.   Sat.  5.  1.  114;  and  Perlius,  fat.  6.  1.  71. 
Pliny  fays  thefe  large  goofe-livers  were  foaked  in  mulled  milk,  that 
is,  I  fuppofe,   milk  mixed  with  honey  and  wine;  and  adds,   "  that  it 
is    uncertain   whether  Scipio  Metellus,  of  confular   dignity,  or  M. 
Seftius,  a  Roman  knight,   was  the  great  difcoverer  of  this  excellent 
difh."     A  modern  traveller,  I  believe  Mr.  Brydone,  aflerts  that  the 
art  of  enlarging  the  livers   of  geefe  ftill  exifl:s  in  Sicily;  and  it  is  to 
be  lamented  that  he  did  not  import  it  into  his  native  country,  as  fome 
method  of  affecting  the  human  liver  might  perhaps  have  been  col- 
ledted  from  it ;  befides  the  honour  he  might  have  acquired  in  improv- 
ing our  giblet  pies. 

Our  wifer  caupones,  I  am  told,  know  how  to  fatten  their  fowls, 
as  well  as  their  geefe,  for  the  London  markets,  by  mixing  gin  inftead 

of 


35a  PARALYSIS  OF  THE  LIVER.    SECT.XXX.2.3. 

of  figs  and  fat  with  their  food ;  by  which  they  are  faid  to  become 
fleepy,  and  to  fatten  apace,  and  probably  acquire  enlarged  livers ;  as 
the  fwine  are  aflerted  to  do,  which  are  fed  on  the  fediments  of  barrels  > 
in  the  diftilleries ;  and  which  fo  frequently  obtains  in  thofe,  who  in-. 
Efursitate  much  ale,  or  wine,  or  drams. 

II.  The  irritative  difeafes  of  the  kidneys,  pancreas,  fpleen,  and 
other  glands,  are  analogous  to  thofe  of  the  liver  above  defcribed, 
differing  only  in  the  confequences  attending  their  inability  to  a<£tion. 
For  inftance,  when  the  fecretory  veffels  of  the  kidneys  become  dif- 
obedient  to  the  ftimulus  of  the  paffing  current  of  blood,  no  urine  is 
feparated  or  produced  by  then) ;  their  excretory  mouths  become  filled 
with  concreted  mucus,  or  calculus  matter,  and  in  eight  or  tea  days 
ftupor  and  death  fupervenes  in  confequence  of  the  retention  of  the 
feculent  part  of  the  blood. 

This  difeafe  in  a  (lighter  degree,  or  when  only  a  part  of  the  kidney 
is  affefted,  is  fucceeded  by  partial  inflammation  of  the  kidney  in  con- 
fequence of  previous  torpor.  In  that  cafe  greater  adlions  of  the 
fecretory  veffels  occur,  and  the  nucleus  of  gravel  is  formed  by  the  in- 
flamed mucous  membranes  of  the  tubuli  uriniferi,  as  farther  explained 
in  its  place. 

"  This  torpor,  or  paralyfis  of  the  fecretory  veffels  of  the  kidneys, 
like  that  of  the  liver,  owes  its  origin  to  their  being  previoufly  habi- 
bituated  to  too  great  flimulus ;  which  in  this  country  is  generally 
owino"  to  the  alcohol  contained  in  ale  or  wine;  and  hence  muft  be 
reo"iftered  amongft  the  difeafes  owing  to  inebriety;  though  it  may  be 
caufed  bv  whatever  occafionally  inflames  the  kidney;  as  too  violent 
ridino'  on  horfeback,  or  the  cold  from  a  damp  bed,  or  by  fleeping 
on  the  cold  ground;  or  perhaps  by  drinking  in  general  too  little 
aqueous  fluids. 

III.  I  fliall  conclude  this  fedion  on  the  difeafes  of  the  liver  induced 
by  fpirituous  liquors,  with  the  well-known  ffory  of  Prometheus, 
which  feems  indeed  to  have  been  invented  by  phyficians  in  thofe 

ancient 


Sect.  XXX.  3.      PARALYSIS  OF  THE  LIVER.  35- 


3 


ancient  times,  when  all  things  were  clothed  in  hieroglyphic,  or  in 
fable.  Prometheus  was  painted  as  flealing  fire  from  heaven,  which 
might  well  reprefent  the  inflammable  fpirit  produced  by  fermentation  ; 
which  may  be  faid  to  animate  or  enliven  the  man  of  clay :  whence 
the  conquefts  of  Bacchus,  as  well  as  the  temporary  mirth  and  noife  of 
his  devotees.  But  the  after  puniflTment  of  thofc,  who  fteal  this  ac- 
curfed  fire,  is  a  vulture  gnawing  the  liver;  and  well  allegorifes 
the  poor  inebriate  lingering  for  years  under  painful  hepatic  dif- 
eafes.  When  the  expediency  of  laying  a  further  tax  on  the  diftilla- 
tion  of  fpirituous  liquors 'from  grain  was  canvaffed  before  the  Houfe 
of  Commons  fome  years  ago,  it  was  faid  of  the  diftillers,  with  great 
truth,  "  They  take  the  bread  from  the  people^  and  convert  it  hito  poifonV 
Yet  is  this  manufactory  of  difeafe  permitted  to  continue,  as  appears  by 
its  paying  into  the  treafury  above  920,000/.  near  a  million  of  money 
annually.  And  thus,  under  the  names  of  rum,  brandy,  gin,  whiiky, 
ufquebaugh,  wine,  cyder,  beer,  and  porter,  alcohol  is  become  the 
baae  of  the  Chriftian  world,  as  opium  of  the  Mahometan. 

Evoe  !  parce,  liber? 
Farce,  gravi  metuende  thirfo ! 

HOR. 


7.  7.  SECT. 


354'  OF  TEMPERAMENTS.        Sect.  XXXI.  lo 


SECT.        XXXI. 


OF    TEMPERAMENTS. 


'The  temperament  of  decreajed  irritahiltty  known  by  weak  ■pulje,  targe  pupils  of  the 
eyes,  cold  extremities.  Are  generally  Juppofed  to  be  too  irritable.  Bear  pain 
better  than  labour.  Natives  of  North-America  contrafled  with  thofe  upon  the  ■ 
coaji  of  Africa.  Narrow  and  broad-fhouldered  people.  Irritable  confiitutions 
bear  labour  better  than  pain.  II.  Temperament  of  increafed  fenftbility.  Liable 
to  intoxication,  to  inflammation,  hamontoe,  gutta  ferena,  enthuftafm,  delirium^ 
reverie.  Thefe  confiitutions  are  indolent  to  voluntary  exertions,  and  dull  to  irri- 
tations. The  natives  of  South-America,  and  brute  animals  of  this  temperament, 
III.  Of  increafed  voluntarily ;  thefe  arefubjeSi  to  locked  jaw,  convulfions,  epilepfy, 
mania.  Are  very  active,  bear  cold,  hunger,  fatigue.  Arefuited  to  great  exer- 
tions. This  temperament  dijlinguifhes  mankind  from  other  animals.  FV.  Of 
increafed  affociation.  Thefe  have  great  memories,  are  liable  to  quartan  agues, 
and  flronger  fympathies  of  parts  with  each  other.  V.  Change  of  temperaments 
into  one  another. 


ANTIENT   writers  have  fpoken  much  of  temperaments,  but 

without  fufEcient  precifioii.     By  temperament  of  the  fyftem  fhould 

be  meant  a  permanent   predifpofition   to  certain   clafles  of  difeafes  : 

without  this  definition  a  temporary  predifpofition   to  every  diftindl 

malady  might  be  termed  a  temperament.     There  are  four  kinds  of 

conftitution,  which  permanently  deviate  from  good  health,  and  are 

perhaps  fufficiently  marked  to  be  diftinguiflied  from  each  other,  and 

conftitute  the  temperaments  or  predifpofitions  to  the  irritative,  fenii- 

tive,  voluntary,  and  aflbciate  clafles  of  difeafes. 

I.  "the 


Sect.  XXXT.  i.        OF   TEMPERAMENTS.  ^^^ 


I.    77je  Temper ameni  of  dea-eafed  Irritability, 

The  difeafes,  which  are  caufed  by  irritation,  mofl  frequently  ori- 
ginate from  the  defe6l  of  it ;  for  thofe,  which  are  immediatelv  owincr 
to  the  excefs  of  it,  as  the  hot  fits  of  fever,  are  generally  occafioned 
by  an  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  in  confequence  of  a  previous 
defedl  of  irritation,  as  in  the  preceding  cold  fits  of  fever.  Whereas 
the  difeafes,  which  are  caufed  by  fenfation  and  volition,  moft  fre- 
quently originate  from  the  excefs  of  thofe  fenforial  powers,  as  will 
be  explained  below. 

The  temperament  of  decreafed  irritability  appears  from  the  follow- 
ing circumftances,  which  fliew  that  the  mufcular  fibres  or  organs  of 
{ei\(e.  are  liable  to  become  torpid  of  quiefcent  from  lefs  defeft  of  ili- 
mulation  than  is  produ6live  of  torpor  or  quiefcence  in  other  con- 
ftitutions. 

I.  The  firfl  is  the  weak  pulfe,  which  in  fome  conftitutions  is  at 
the  fame  time  quick.  2.  The  next  moft  marked  criterion  of  this  tem- 
perament is  the  largenefs  of  the  aperture  of  the  iris,  or  pupil  of  the 
eye,  which  has  been  reckoned  by  fome  a  beautiful  feature  in  the  fe- 
male countenance,  as  an  indication  of  delicacy,  but  to  an  experienced 
obferver  it  is  an  indication  of  debility,  and  is  therefore  a  defe(fl,  not 
an  excellence.  The  third  moft  marked  circumftance  in  this  confti- 
tution  is,  that  the  extremities,  as  the  hands  and  feet,  or  nofe  and 
ears,  are  liable  to  become  cold  and  pale  in  fituations  in  refpe£l  to 
warmth,  where  thofe  of  greater  flrength  are  not  affefted.  Thofe 
of  this  temperament  are  fubjed  to  hyfteric  affeilions,  nervous  ievers 
hydrocephalus,  fcrophula,  and  confumption,  and  to  all  other  difeafes 
of  debility. 

Thofe,  who  poffefs  this  kind  of  conflitution,  are  popularly  fup- 
pofed  to  be  more  irritable  than  is  natural,  but  are  in  reality  lefs  fo. 

Z  z  2  '      This 


356  OF  TEMPERAMENTS.        Sect.  XXXI.  i. 

This  miftake  has  arifen  from  their  generally  having  a  greater  quick- 
nefs  of  pulfe,  as  explained  in  Sedl.  XII.  i.  4.  XII.  3.  3.  ;  but  this  fre- 
quency of  pulfe  is  not  neceffary  to  the  temperament,  like  the  debility 
of  it. 

Perfons  of  this  temperament  are  frequently  found  amongft  the 
fofter  fex,  and  amongft  narrow-fliouldered  men;  who  are  faid  to  bear 
labour  worfe,  and  pain  better  than  others.  This  laft  circumftance  is 
fuppofed  to  have  prevented  the  natives  of  North  America  from  hav- 
ing been  made  flaves  of  by  the  Europeans.  They  are  a  narrow- 
fhouldered  race  of  people,  and  will  rather  expire  under  the  la(h,  than 
be  made  to  labour.  Some  nations  of  Afia  have  fmall  hands,  as  may 
be  feen  by  the  handles  of  their  fcymetars ;  which  with  their  narrow 
fhoulders  fhew,  that  they  have  not  been  accuftomed  to  fo  great  la- 
bour with  their  hands  and  arms,  as  the  European  nations  in  agricul- 
ture, and  thofe  on  the  coafts  of  Africa  in  fvvimming  and  rowing. 
Dr.  Maningham,  a  popular  accoucheur  in  the  beginning  of  this 
century,  obferves  in  his  aphorlfms,  that  broad -Ihouldered  men  pro- 
create broad-fhouldered  children.  Now  as  labour  ftrengthens  the 
mufcles  employed,  and  increafes  their  bulk,  it  would  feem  that  a  few 
generations  of  labour  or  of  indolence  may  in  this  refpedxhange  the 
form  and  temperament  of  the  bod/. 

■  On  the  contrary,  thofe  who  are  happily  poffeffed  of  a  great  degree 
of  irritability,  bear  labour  better  than  pain ;  and  are  ftrong,  active, 
and  ingenious.  But  there  is  not  properly  a  temperament  of  in- 
creafed  irritability  tending  to  difeafe,  becaufe  an  increafed  quantity 
of  irritative  motions  generally  induces  an  increaie  of  pleafur.e  or  pain, 
as  in  intoxication,  or  inflammation;  and  then  the  new  motions  are 
the  immediate  confequences  of  increafed  fen fation,  not  of  increafed 
irritation;  which  have  hence  been  fo  perpetually  confounded  with 
each  other. 

11.  'Temperament 


Sect.  XXXI. 2.         OF   TEMPERAMENTS.  -^^-j 

II.     'Temperament  of  Senjibllity. 

There  is  not  properly  a  temperament,  or  predifpofition  to  difeafe, 
from  decreaied  leniibility,  (ince  irritability  and  not  fenlibility  is  im- 
mediately neceffary  to  bodily  health.  Hence  it  is  the  excefs  of  fen- 
fation  alone,  as  it  is  the  defe£l  of  irritation,  that  mofl  frequently  pro- 
duces difeafe.  This  temperament  of  increafed  fenfibility  is  known 
from  the  increafed  activity  of  all  thofe  motions  of  the  organs  of  fenfe 
and  mufcles,  which  are  exerted  in  confequence  of  pleafure  or  pain, 
as  in  the  beginning  of  drunkennefs,  and  in  inflammatory  fever.  Hence 
thofe  of  this  conftitution  are  liable  to  inflammatory  dileafes,  as  hepa- 
titis ;  and  to  that  kind  of  confumption  which  is  hereditary,  and  com- 
mences with  flight  repeated  hoemoptoe.  They  have  high-coloured 
lips,  frequently  dark  hair  and  dark  eyes  with  large  pupils,  and  are  in 
that  cale  fubje£l  to  gutta  ferena.  They  are  liable  to  enthufiafm,  de- 
lirium, and  reverie.  In  this  lail  circumftance  they  are  liable  to  f!:art 
at  the  clapping  of  a  door;  becaufe  the  more  intent  any  one  is  on  the 
pafling  current  of  his  ideas,  the  greater  furprife  he  experiences  on 
their  being  diflevered  by  fome  external  violence,,  as  explained  in 
Sedt.  XIX.  on  reverie. 

As  in  thefe  conflitutions  more  than  the  natural  quantities  of  fen- 
fitive  motions  are  produced  by  the  increafed  quantity  of  fenfation 
exifting  in  the  habit,  it  follows,  that  the  irritative  motions  will  be 
performed  in  fome  degree  with  lefs  energv,  owing  to  the  great  ex- 
penditure of  fenforial  power  on  the  fenfitive  ones.  Hence  thofe  of 
this  temperament  do  not  attend  to  flight  Emulations,  as  explained  in 
Se£l.  XIX.  But  when  a  ftimulus  is  fo  great  as  to  excite  fenfation,  it 
produces  greater  fenfitive  aftions  of  the  fyftem  than  in  others  ;  fuch 
as  delirium  or  inflammation.  Hence  they  are  liable  to  be  abfent  in 
company  ;  fit  or  lie  long  in  one  pofture  ;  and  in  winter  have  the  Ikin 

of 


35S  OF   TEMPERAMENTS.        Sect.  XXXI.  3. 

of  their  legs  burnt  into  various  colours  by  the  fire.  Hence  alfo  they 
are  fearful  of  pain ;  covet  mufic  and  fleep ;  and  delight  in  poetry  and 
romance. 

♦As  the  motions  in  confequence  of  fenfation  are  more  than  natural, 
it  alfo  happens  from  the  greater  expenditure  of  fenforial  power  oix 
them,  that  the  voluntary  motions  are  lefs  eafilj  exerted.  Hence  the 
I'ubjefts  of  this  temperament  are  indolent  in  refpe6l  to  all  voluntary 
exertions,  M'hether  of  mind  or  body. 

A  race  of  people  of  this  defcription  feems  to  have  been  found  by 
the  Spaniards  in  the  iflands  of  America,  where  they  firft  landed,  ten 
of  whom  are  faid  not  to  have  confumed  more  food  than  one  Spaniard, 
nor  to  have  been  capable  of  more  than  one  tenth  of  the  exertion  of  a 
Spaniard.  Robertfon's  Hiftory. — In  a  ftate  fimilar  to  this  the  greateft 
part  of  the  animal  world  pafs  their  lives,  between  fleep  or  inadive 
reverie,  except  when  they  are  excited  by  the  call  of  hunger. 

III.    'The  'Temperament  of  increafed  Vduntarity. 

Those  of  this  conftitution  differ  from  both  the  lafl:  mentioned  ia 
this,  that  the  pain,  which  gradually  fubfides  in  the  firft,  and  is  pro- 
dudive  of  inflammation  or  delirium  in  the  fecond,  is  in  this  fucceded 
by  the  exertion  of  the  mufcles  or  ideas,  which  are  moft  frequently 
conneded  with  volition  ;  and  they  are  thence  fubjefl  to  locked  jaw, 
convulfions,  epilepfy,  and  mania,  as  explained  inSedt.XXXIV.  Thofe 
of  this  temperament  attend  to  the  flighteft  irritations  or  fenfations, 
and  immediately  exert  themfelves  to  obtain  or  avoid  the  objeds  of 
them ;  they  can  at  the  fame  time  bear  cold  and  hunger  better  than 
others,  of  which  Charles  the  Twelfth  of  Sweden  was  an  inftance. 
They  are  fuited  and  generally  prompted  to  all  great  exertions  of  ge- 
nius or  labour,  as  their  defires  are  more  extenfive  and  more  vehement, 
and  their  powers  of  attention  and  of  labour  greater. .  It  is  this  facility 
8  of 


Sect.  XXXI.  4.        OF  TEMPERAMENTS.  359 

of  voluntary  exertion,  which  diftinguiihes  men  firom  brutes,  and  which 
has  made  them  lords  of  the  creation. 


IV.    Tie  'temperament  ofincreafed  ^Jfociation, 

This  conftitution  confifts  in  the  too  great  facility,  with  which  the 
fibrous  motions  acquire  habits  of  affociation,  and  by  which  thefe  af- 
fociations  become  proportionably  ftronger  than  in  thofe  of  the  other 
temperaments.  Thofe  of  this  temperament  are  flow  in  voluntary 
exertions,  or  in  thofe  dependent  on  fenfation,  or  on  irritation.  Hence 
great  memories  have  been  faid  to  be  attended  with  lefs  fenfe  and  lefs- 
imagination  from  Ariftotle  down  to  the  prefent  time  ;  for  by  the  word 
memory  thefe  writers  only  underftood  the  unmeaning  repetition  of 
words  or  numbers  in  the  order  they  were  received,  without  any  vo- 
luntary efforts  of  the  mind. 

In  this  temperament  thofe  aflbciations  of  motions,   which  are  com- 
monly termed  fympathies,  a£l  with  greater  certainty  and  energy,  as 
thofe  between  difturbed  vifion  and  the  inverfion  of  the  motion  of  the 
ftomach,  as  in  fea-ficknefs  ;  and  the  pains  in  the  ftioulder  from  hepatic 
inflammation.    Add  to  this,  that  the  catenated  circles  of  anions  are  of 
g;reater  extent  than  in  the  other  conftitutions.     Thus  if  a  flrons;  vo- 
mit  or  cathartic  be  exhibited  in  this  temperament,   a  fmaller  quantity 
will  produce  as  great  an  efFeft,   if  it  be  given  feme  weeks  afterwards  ; 
whereas  in  other  temperaments  this  is  only  to  be  expefted,  if  it  be 
exhibited  in  a  ftw  days  after  the  firfl:  dofe.     Hence  quartan  agues  are 
formed  in  thofe  of  this  temperament,  as  explained  in  Sedlion  XXXII. 
on  dileafes  from  irritation,  and  other  intermittents  are  liable  to  recur 
from  flight  caufes  many  weeks  after  they  have  been  cured  by  the 
bark. 

V.  The 


360  OF  TEMPERAMENTS.        Sect.  XXXI.  5. 

V.  The  firft  of  thefe  temperaments  differs  from  the  ftandard  of 
health  from  defedl,  and  the  others  from  excefs  of  fenforial  power; 
but  it  fometimes  happens  that  the  fame  individual,  from  the  changes 
introduced  into  his  habit  by  the  different  feafons  of  the  year,  modes 
or  periods  of  Ufe,  or  by  accidental  difeafes,  palTes  from  one  of  thefe 
temperaments  to  another.  Thus  a  long  ufe  of  too  much  fermented 
liquor  produces  the  temperament  of  increafed  fenfibility  ;  great  indo- 
lence and  folitude  that  of  decreafed  irritability ;  and  want  of  the  ne» 
ceflaries  of  life  that  of  increafed  voluntarity. 


SECT. 


Sect  .XXXII.  r.      DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  q6i 


SECT.    XXXII. 

DISEASES    OF    IRRITATION. 

I,    Irritative  fevers  ivith  ftrong  p'ulfe.     With  weak  pul/e.     Symptoms   of  fever. 
Their fource.     II.   I.  ^ick  pulfe  is  owing  to  decreafed  irritability.     2.  Not  in 
jleep  or  in  apoplexy.     3.  From  inanition.     Owing  to  deficiency  of fenforial  power. 
III.     I.  Caufes  of  fever.     From  defe£i  of  heat.     Heat  fromfecretions.     Fain 
of  cold  in  the  loins  and  forehead,     1.  Great  expenje  of  fenforial  power  in  the  vital 
motions.     Immerfton  in  cold  water.     Succeeding  glow  of  heat.     Difficult  refpi- 
ration  in  cold  bathing  explained.     Why  the  cold  bath  invigorates.     Bracing  and 
relaxation  are  mechanical  terms.     3.  Ufes  of  cold  bathing.     Ufes  of  coid  air  in 
fevers.     4.  Ague  fits  froin  cold  air.  Whence  their  periodical  returns.     IV.  De- 
feat of  diftention  a  caufe  of  fever.      Deficiency  of  blood.     Transfufion  of  Mood. 
V.   I.  DefeSl  of  momentum  of  the  blood  from  mechanic  ftimuli.     2.  jiir  injeoied 
into  the  blood-veffels.    3.  Exercife  increafes  the  momentum  of  the  blood,    j^.  Some- 
times bleeding  increafes  the  momentum  of  it.     VI.  Influence  cf  the  fun  and  moon 
on  difeafes.     The  chemical  ftimulus  of  the  blood.     Menftruation  obeys  the  luna- 
tions,    juries,     VII.  ^iefcence  of  large  glands  a  caufe  of  fever.     Swelling  of 
the  pracordM.     VIII.    Other  caufes  cf  quiefce-nce,  as  hunger,  bad  air,  feary 
anxiety.     IX.   i.  Symptoms  of  the  cold  fit.     2.  Of  the  hot  fit.     3.  Second  cold 
fit  why.    4.  Inflammation  introduced,  or  delirium,  crftupor.     X.  Recapitulation. 
Fever  not  an  effort  ofjtatiire  to  relieve  herfelf,     Do£frine  offpafm. 

I.  WHEN  the  contractile  fides  of  the  heart  and  arteries  perform 
a  greater  number  of  pulfations  in  a  given  time,  and  move  through  a 
orreater  area  at  each  pulfation,  whether  thefe  motions  are  occafioned 
by  the  ftimulus  of  the  acrimony  or  quantity  of  the  blood,  or  by  their 
affociation  with  other  irritative  motions,  or  by  the  increafed  irritability 

3  A  '  of 


362  t)ISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.      Sect.  XXXII.  r. 

of  the  arterial  fyftem,  that  is,  by  an  increafed  quantity  of  fenforial 
power,  one  kind  of  fever  is  produced  ;  which  may  be  called  Synocha 
irritativa,  or  Febris  irritativa  pulfu  forti,  or  irritative  fever  with  ftrong 
pulfe. 

When  the  contra<5lile  fides  of  the  heart  and  arteries  perform  s). 
greater  number  of  pulfations  in  a  given  time,  but  move  through  a. 
much  lefs  area  at  each  pulfation,  whether  thefe  motions  are  occafioned: 
by  defeat  of  their  natural  ftimuli,  or  by  the  defeft  of  other  irritative 
motions  with  which  they  are  alTociated,  or  from  the  inirritability  o£ 
the  arterial  fyftem,  that  is,  from  a  decreafed  quantity  of  fenforial 
power,  another  kind  of  fever  arifes ;  which  may  be  termed,  Typhus 
irritativus,  or  Febris  irritativa  pulfu  debili,  or  irritative  fever  with  weak 
pulfe.  The  former  of  thefe  fevers  is  the  fynocha  of  nofologifts,  and' 
the  latter  the  typhus  mitior,  or  nervous  fever.  In  the  former  there 
appears  to  be  an  increafe  of  fenforial  power,  in  the  latter  a  deficiency 
of  it ;  which  is  fliewn  to  be  the  immediate  caufe  of  ftrength  and 
weaknefs,  as  defined  in  Se£l.  XII.  i.  3;^ 

It  ftiould  be  added,  that  a  temporary  quantity  of  ftrength  or  debility^ 
may  be  induced  by  the  defedl  or  excefs  of  ftimulus  above  what  is. 
natural;  and  that  in  the  fame  fever  debility  always  exijls  during  the- 
cold  jit,  though  Jirength  does  not  always  exijl  during  the  hot  Jit, 

Thefe  fevers  are  always  connedled  with,,  and  generally  induced  by,, 
the  difordered  irritative  motions  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  or  of  the  in- 
teftinal  canal,  or  of  the  glaiidular  fyftem,  or- of  the  abforbent  fyftem  ;  '- 
and  hence  are  always  complicated  with   fome  or  many  of  thefe  dif- 
ordered motions,  which  are  termed  the  fymptoms  of  the  fever,  and; 
which  compofe  the  great  variety  in  thefe  difeafes. 

Th-e  irritative  fevers  both  with  ftrong  and  with  weak  pulfe,  as  well 
as  the  fenfitive  fevers  with  ftrong  and  with  weak  pulfe,  which  are  to- 
be  defcribed  in  the  next  feftion,  are  liable  to  periodical  remiflions,  and. 
then  they  take  the  name  of  intermittent  fevers,  and  are  diftinguiflied: 
fey  the  periodical  times  of  their  accefs,^ 

XL  For 


Sect.  XXXII.  2.      DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  363 

II,  For  the  better  illuftration  of  the  phenomena  of  irritative 
fevers  we  muft  refer  the  reader  to  the  circunnftances  of  irritation  ex- 
plained in  Se6t.  XII.  and  {hall  commence  this  intricate  fubjedt  by 
fpeaking  of  the  quick  pulfe,  and  proceed  by  confidering  many  of  the 
caufes,  which  either  feparately  or  in  combination  moft  frequently 
produce  the  cold  fits  of  fevers. 

I.  If  the  arteries  are  dilated  but  to  half  their  ufual  diameters, 
though  they  contract  twice  as  frequently  in  a  given  time,  they  will 
circulate  only  half  their  ufual  quantity  of  blood  ;  for  as  they  are  cy- 
linders, the  blood  which  they  contain  muft  be  as  the  fquares  of  their 
diameters.  Hence  when  the  pulfe  becomes  quicker  and  fmaller  in 
the  fame  proportion,  the  heart  and  arteries  acl  with  lefs  energy  than 
in  their  natural  ftate.     See  Sedl.  XII.  i.  4. 

That  this  quick  fmall  pulfe  is  owing  to  want  of  irritability,  ap- 
pears, firfl:,  becaufe  it  attends  other  fymptoms  of  want  of  irritability ; 
and,  fecondly,  becaufe  on  the  application  of  a  fcimulus  greater  than 
ufual,  it  becomes  flower  and  larger.  Thus  in  cold  fits  of  agues,  in 
hyfleric  palpitations  of  the  heart,  and  when  the  body  is  much  ex- 
haufted  by  haemorrhages,  or  by  fatigue,  as  well  as  in  nervous  fevers, 
the  pulfe  becomes  quick  and  fmall ;  and  fecondly,  in  all  thofe  cafes  if 
an  increafe  of  ftimulus  be  added,  by  giving  a  httle  wine  cr  opium  ; 
the  quick  fmall  pulfe  becomes  flower  and  larger,  as  any  one  may 
eafily  experience  on  himfelf,  by  counting  his  pulfe  after  drink  in  o-  one 
or  two  glafles  of  wine,  when  he  is  faint  from  hunger  or  fatigue. 

Now  nothing  can  fo  ftrongly  evince  that  this  quick  fmall  pulfe  is 
owing  to  defeft  of  irritability,  than  that  an  additional  ftimulus,  above 
what  is  natural,  makes  it  become  flower  and  larger  immediately :  for 
what  is  meant  by  a  defeft  of  irritability,  but  that  the  arteries  and 
heart  are  not  excited  into  their  ufual  exertions  by  their  ufual  quantity 
of  ftimulus  ?  but  if  you  increafe  the  quantity  of  ftimulus,  and  they 
immediately  ad  with  their  ufual  energy,  this  proves  their  previous 
want  of  their  natural  degree  of  irritabihty.     Thus  the  tremblino- 

3  A  2  hands 


364  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.      Sect.  XXXIL  2. 

hands  of  drunkards  in  a  morning  become  fteady,  and  acquire  ftrength 
to  perform  their  ufual  offices,  by  the  accuflomed  ftimulus  of  a  glafs 
or  two  of  brand V. 

1.  In  fleep  and  in  apoplexy  the  pulfe  becomes  flower,  which  is  not 
owing  to  defe6l  of  irritability,  for  it  is  at  the  fame  time  larger ;  and 
thence  the  quantity  of  the  circulation  is  rather  increafed  than  diminiihed. 
In  thefe  cafes  the  organs  of  fenfe  are  clofed,  and  the  voluntary  power 
is  fufpended,  while  the  motions  dependent  on  internal  irritations,  as 
thofe  of  digeftion  and  fecretion,  are  carried  on  with  more  than  their 
ufiial  vigour ;  which  has  led  fuperficial  obfervers  to  confound  thefe 
cafes  with  thofe  arifing  from  want  of  irritability.  Thus  if  you  lift 
up  the  eyelid  of  an  apoplectic  patient,  who  is  not  actually  dying,  the 
iris  will,  as  ufual,  contradl  itfelf,  as  this  motion  is  aflbciated  with 
the  ftimulus  of  light ;  but  it  is  not  fo  in  the  laft  ftages  of  nervous 
fevers,  where  the  pupil  of  the  eye  continues  expanded  in  the  broad 
day-light :  in  the  former  cafe  there  is  a  want  of  voluntary  power,  in 
the  latter  a  want  of  irritability. 

Hence  alfo  thofe  conftitutions  which  are  deficient  in  quantity  of 
irritability,  and  which  poflefs  too  great  fenfibility,  as  during  the  pain 
of  hunger,  of  hyfteric  fpafms,  or  nervous  headachs,  are  generally 
fuppofed  to  have  too  much  irritability;  and  opium,  which  in  its  due 
dofe  is  a  moft  powerful  ftimulant,  is  erroneoufly  called  a  fedative ; 
becaufe  by  increafing  the  irritative  motions  it  decreafes  the  pains 
arifing  from  defedl  of  them. 

Why  the  pulfe  fliould  become  quicker  both  from  an  increafe  of 
irritation,  as  in  the  fynocha  irritativa,  or  irritative  fever  with  ftrong 
pulfe ;  and  from  the  decreafe  of  it,  as  in  the  typhus  irritativus,  or  irri- 
tative fever  with  weak  pulfe ;  feems  paradoxical.  The  former  cir- 
cumftance  needs  no  illuftration ;  fince  if  the  ftimulus  of  the  blood,  or 
the  irritability  of  the  fanguiferous  fyftem  be  increafed,  and  the  ftrength 
of  the  patient  not  diminiihed,  it  is  plain  that  the  motions  muft  be 
performed  quicker  and  ftronger. 

In 


Sect.  XXXII.  2.     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  365 

In  the  latter  circumftance  the  weaknefs  of  the  mufcular  power  of 
the  heart  is  foon  over-balanced  by  the  elafticity  of  the  coats  of  the  ar- 
teries, which  they  poffefs  befides  a  mufcular  power  of  contraftion  ; 
and  hence  the  arteries  are  diftended  to  lefs  than  their  ufual  diameters. 
The  heart  being  thus  flopped  when  it  is  but  half  emptied,  begins 
fooner  to  dilate  again  ;  and  the  arteries  being  dilated  to  lefs  than  their 
•ufual  diameters,  begin  fo  much  fooner  to  contract:  themfelves  ;  info- 
much,  that  in  the  lad  ftages  of  fevers  with  weaknefs  the  frequency  of 
pulfation  of  the  heart  and  arteries  becomes  doubled  ;  which,  however, 
is  never  the  cafe  in  fevers  with  ftrength,  in  which  they  feldom  ex- 
ceed 118  or  120  pulfations  in  a  minute.  It  muft  be  added,  that  in 
thefe  cafes,  while  the  pulfe  is  very  fmall  and  very  quick,  the  heart 
often  feels  large,  and  labouring  to  one's  hand  ;  which  coincides  with, 
the  above  explanation,  fliewing  that  it  does  not  completely  empty 
itfelf.  '  , 

3.  In  cafes  however  of  debility  from  paucity  of  blood,  as  in  ani- 
mals which  are  bleeding  to  death  in  the  flaughter-houfe,  the  quick 
pulfations  of  the  heart  and  arteries  may  be  owing  to  their  not  being 
diftended  to  more  than  half  their  ufual  diaftole ;  and  in  confequence 
they  muft  contra£l  fooner,  or  more  frequently,  in  a  given  time.  As 
weak  people  are  liable  to  a  deficient  quantity  of  blood,  this  caufe  may 
occafionally  contribute  to  quicken  the  pulfe  in  fevers  with  debility, 
which  may  be  known  by  applying  one's  hand  upon  the  heart  as 
above  ;  but  the  principal  caufe  1  fuppofe  to  confift  in  the  diminution 
of  fenforial  power.  When  a  mufcle  contains,  or  is  fupplied  with 
but  little  fenforial  power,  its  contraftion  foon  ceafes,  and  in  confe- 
quence may  foon  recur,  as  is  feen  in  the  trembling  hands  of  people 
weakened  by  age  or  by  drunkennefs.    See  Se£t.  XII.  i .  4.  XII.  3.  4. 

It  may  neverthelefs  frequently  happen,  that  both  the  deficiency 

of  fllmulus,  as  where  the  quantity  of  blood  is  leffened  (as  defcribed 

in  No.  4.  of  this  fedion),  and  the  deficiency  of  fenforial  power,  as  in 

5  thofe 


366  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.     Sect.  XXXII.  3. 

thofe  of  the  temperament  of  inirritability,  defcrlbed  in  Seft.  XXXI. 
occur  at  the  fame  time  j  which  will  thus  add  to  the  quicknefs  of  the 
pulfe  and  to  the  danger  of  the  difeafe. 

III.  I.  A  certain  degree  of  heat  is  neceflary  to  mufcular  motion, 
and  is,  in  confequence,  effential  to  hfe.  This  is  obferved  in  thofe  ani- 
mals and  infefts  which  pafs  the  cold  feafon  in  a  torpid  ftate,  and  which 
revive  on  being  warmed  by  the  fire.  This  neceffary  ftimulus  of  heat 
has  two  fources ;  one  from  the  fluid  atmofphere  of  heat,  in  which  all 
things  are  immerfed,  and  the  other  from  the  internal  combinations  of 
the  particles,  which  form  the  various  fluids,  which  are  produced  in 
the  extenfive  fyftems  of  the  glands.  When  either  the  external  heat, 
which  furrounds  us,  or  the  internal  production  of  it,  becomes  leffened 
to  a  certain  degree,  the  pain  of  cold  is  perceived. 

This  pain  of  cold  is  experienced  moll:  fenfibly  by  our  teeth,  when, 
ice  is  held  in  the  mouth  ;  or  by  our  whole  fyflem  after  having  been 
previoufly  accuftomed  to  much  warmth.  It  is  probable,  that  this 
pain  does  not  arife  from  the  mechanical  or  chemical  efFefts  of  a  defi- 
ciency of  heat ;  but  that,  like  the  organs  of  fenfe  by  which  we  per- 
ceive hunger  and  thirft,  this  fenfe  of  heat  fufi"ers  pain,  when  the  ftimu- 
lus  of  its  objeft  is  wanting  to  excite  the  irritative  motions  of  the  or- 
gan; that  is,  when  the  fenforial  power  becomes  too  much  accumu- 
lated in  the  quiefcent  fibres.  See  Sedt.  XII.  5.  3.  Fer  as  the  pe- 
riftaltic  motions  of  the  ftomach  are  leffeued,  when  the  pain  of  hunger 
is  great,  fo  the  a£lion  of  the  cutaneous  capillaries  are  leflened  during 
the  pain  of  cold  ;  as  appears  by  the  palenefs  of  the  Ikin,  as  explained 
in  Seft.  XIV.  6.  on  the  production  of  ideas. 

The  pain  in  the  fmall  of  the  back  and  forehead  in  the  cold  fits  of 
the  ague,  in  nervous  hemicrania,  and  in  hyfteric  paroxyfms,  when  all 
the  irritative  motions  are  much  impaired,  feems  to  arife  from  this 
caufe ;  the  vefTels  of  thefe  membranes  or  mufcles  become  torpid  by 
their  irritative  affociations  with  other  parts  of  the  body,  and  thence' 

7  ^  produce 


Sect.XXXII.3.     diseases  OF  IRRITATION.  367 

produce  lefs  of  their  accuftomed  fecretioiis,  and  in  confequence  lefs 
heat  is  evolved,  and  they  experience  the  pain  of  cold ;  which  eold- 
nefs  may  often  be  felt  by  the  hand  applied  upon  the  affefted  part. 

2.  The  importance  of  a  greater  or  lefs  dediiilion  of  heat  from  the 
fyftem  M'ill  be  more  eafy  to  comprehend,  if  we  firft  confider  the  great 
expenfe  of  fenforial  power  ufed  in  carrying  on  the  vital  motions  ; 
that  is,  which  circulates,  abforbs,  fecretes,  aerates,  and  elaborates  the 
whole  mafs  of  fluids  with  unceafing  affiduity.  The  fenfcwial  power, 
or  fpirit  of  animation,  ufed  in  giving  perpetual  and  ftrong  motion  to 
the  heart,  which  overcomes  the  elaflicity  and  vis  inertise  of  the  whole 
arterial  fyftem  j  next  the  expenfe  of  fenforial  power  in  moving  with 
great  force  and  velocity  the  innumerable  trunks  and  ramifications  of 
the  arterial  fyftem  ;  the  expenfe  of  fenforial  power  in-  circulating  the 
whole  mafs  of  blood  through  the  long  and  intricate  intortions  of  the 
very  fine  vefTels,  which  compofe  the  glands  and  capillaries  ;  then  the 
expenfe  of  fenforial  power  in  the  exertions  of  the  abforbent  extremi- 
ties of  all  the  la£teals,  and  of  all  the  lymphatics,  which  open  their 
mouths  on  the  external  furface  of  the  Ikin,  and  on  the  internal  fur- 
faces  of  every  celt  or  interftice  of  the  body  ;  then  the  expenfe  of  fen- 
forial power  in  the  venous  abforption,  by  which  the  blood  is  received 
from  the  capillary  veffels,  or  glands,  where  the  arterial  power  ceafeSy 
and  is  drank  up,  and  returned  to  the  heart ;  next  the  expenfe  of  fen- 
forial power  ufed  by  the  mufcles  of  refpiration  in  their  office  of  perpetu- 
ally expanding  the  bronchia,  or  air-vefiels,  of  the  lungs  ;  and  laftly  in 
the  unceafing  periflaltic  motions  of  the  ftomach  and  whole  fyftem  of 
inteftines,  and  in  all  the  fecretions  of  bile,  gaftric  juice,  mucus,  per- 
ipirable  matter,  and  the  various  excretions  from  the  fyftem.  If  we 
confider  the  ceafelefs  expenfe  of  fenforial  power  thus  perpetually  em- 
ployed, it  will  appear  to  be  much  greater  in  a  day  than  all  the  volun- 
tary exertions  of  our  mufcles  and  organs  of  fenfe  confume  in  a  week  ;; 
and  all  this  without  any  fenfible  fatigue  !  Now,  if  but  a  part  of  thefe 
vital  motions  are  impeded,  or  totally  flopped  for  but  a  Ihort  time,  we: 


gain 


368  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.    Sect.  XXXII.  3. 

gain  ail  idea,  that  there  muft  be  a  great  accumulation  of  fen  ferial 
power  ;  as  its  produ£tion  in  thefe  organs,  which  are  fubjedt  to  perpe- 
tual adivity,  is  continued  during  their  quiefcence,  and  is  in  confe- 
quence  accumulated. 

While,  on  the  contrary,  where  thofe  vital  organs  a£t  too  forcibly 
by  increafe  of  ftimulus  without  a  proportionally-increafed  produdion 
of  fenforial  power  in  the  bi^ain,  it  is  evident,  that  a  great  deficiency  of 
action,  that  is  torpor,  muft  foon  follow,  as  in  fevers  ;  whereas  the 
locomotive  mufcles,  which  a£t  only  by  intervals,  are  neither  liable  to 
fo  great  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  during  their  times  of  inadi- 
vity,  nor  to  fo  great  an  exhauftion  of  it  during  their  times  of  adion. 

Thus,  on  going  into  a  very  cold  bath,  fuppofe  at  ^^  degrees  of 
heat  on  Fahrenheit's  fcale,  the  aftion  of  the  fubcutaneous  capillaries, -or 
o-lands,  and  of  the  mouths  of  the  cutaneous  abforbents  is  diminifhed, 
or  ceafes  for  a  time.  Hence  lefs  or  no  blood  paflfes  thefe  capillaries, 
and  palenefs  fucceeds.  But  foon  after  emerging  from  the  bath,  a 
more  florid  colour  and  a  greater  degree  of  heat  is  generated  on  the 
fkin  than  was  poffefied  before  immerfion  ;  for  the  capillary  glands, 
after  this  quiefcent  ftate,  occafioned  by  the  want  of  ftimulus,  become 
more  irritable  than  ufual  to  their  natural  ftimuh,  owing  to  the  accu- 
mulation of  fenforial  power,  and  hence  a  greater  quantity  of  blood  is 
tranfmitted  through  them,  and  a  greater  fecretion  of  perfpirable  mat- 
ter; and,  in  confequence,  a  greater  degree  of  heat  fucceeds.  During 
the  continuance  in  cold  water  the  breath  is  cold,  and  the  ad  of  re- 
fpiration  quick  and  laborious ;  which  have  generally  been  afcribed  to 
the  obftrudion  of  the  circulating  fluid  by  a  fpafm  of  the  cutaneous 
veflels,  and  by  a  confequent  accumulation  of  blood  in  the  lungs,  oc- 
cafioned by  the  preflure  as  well  as  by  the  coldnefs  of  the  water.  This 
is  not  a  fatisfadory  account  of  this  curious  phsenomenon,  fince  at  this 
time  the  whole  circulation  is  lefs,  as  appears  from  the  fmallnefs  of  the 
pulfe  and  coldnefs  of  the  breath  ;  which  fliew  that  lefs  blood  pafles 
through  the  lungs  in  a  given  time;  the  fame  laborious  breathing 

imme- 


Sect.  XXXII.  3-     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  3^9 

immediately  occurs  when  the  palenefs  of  the  ikhi  15  produced  by  fear, 
■where  no  external  cold  or  prefiure  are  applied. 

The  minute  veffels  of  the  bronchia,  through  which  the  blood  pafles 
from  the  arterial  to  the  venal  fyflem,  and  which  correfpond  with  the 
cutaneous  capillaries,  have  frequently  been  expofed  to  cold  air,  and 
become  quiefcent  along  with  thofe  of  the  Ikin  ;  and  hence  their  mo- 
tions are  fo  affociated  together,  that  when  one  is  affected  either  with 
quiefcencc  or  exertion,  the  other  fympathizes  with  it,  according  to 
the  laws  of  irritative  aflbciation.  See  Seft.  XXVII.  i.  on  hsemor- 
rhages. 

Befides  the  quiefcence  of  the  minute  veffels  of  the  lungs,  there  are 
many  other  fyftems  of  veffels  which  become  torpid  from  their  irrita- 
tive affociations  with  thofe  of  the  (kin,  as  the  abforbents  of  the  blad- 
der and  inteftines ;  whence  an  evacuation  of  pale  urine  occurs,  when 
the  naked  Ikin  is  expofed  only  to  the  coldnefs  of  the  atmofphere  ;  and 
fprinkling  the  naked  body  with  cold  water  is  known  to  remove  even 
pertinacious  conflipation  of  the  bowels.  From  the  quiefcence  of 
fuch  extenfive  fyftems  of  veffels  as  the  glands  and  capillaries  of  the 
Ikin,  and  the  minute  veffels  of  the  lungs,  with  their  various  ablbrb- 
ent  feries  of  veffels,  a  great  accumulation  of  fenforial  powers  is  occa- 
lioned  ;  part  of  which  is  again  expended  in  the  increafed  exertion  of 
all  thefe  veffels,  with  an  univerfal  glow  of  heat  in  confequence  of 
this  exertion,  and  the  remainder  of  it  adds  vigour  to  both  the  vital  and 
voluntary  exertions  of  the  whole  day. 

If  the  aclivity  of  the  fubcutaneous  veffels,  and  of  thofe  with  which 
their  aftions  are  affociated,  was  too  great  before  cold  immerfion,  as  in  the 
hot  days  of  fummer,  and  by  that  means  the  fenforial  power  was  previ- 
eufly  diminifhed,  we  fee  the  caufe  why  the  cold  bath  gives  fuch  prefent 
ftrength  ;  namely,  by  flopping  the  unneceffary  activity  of  the  fubcu- 
taneous veffels,  and  thus  preventing  the  too  great  exhauftion  pf  fen- 
forial power  ;  which,  in  metaphorical  language,  has  been  called  ^•<7^/;^g• 
tJie  fylliem  :  which  is,  however,  a  mechanical  term,  only  applicable 

5  B  to 


370  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.     S^ct.  XXXII.  3,. 

to  drums,   or  mufical  firings  :  as  oa  the  ceritrary  the  word  relaxa- 
tion, when  applied  to  living  animal  bodies,  can  only  mean  too  fmall; 
a  quantity  of  flimulus,  or  too  fmall  a  quantity  of  lenforial  power  ;  as 
explained  in  Se<^.  XII.  i. 

3..  This  experiment  of  cold  bathing  prefents  us  with  a  fimple  fe- 
v.er-fit ;  for  the  pulfe  is  weak,  fmall,  and  quick  during  the  cold  im- 
merfion.;  and  becomes  flrong,  full,  and  quick  during  the  fubfequent 
glow  of  heat ;  till  in  a  few  minutes  thefe  fymptoms  fubfide,  and  the: 
temporary  fever  ceafes. 

In  thofe  conftitutions  where  the  degree  of  inirritability,  or  of  debi- 
lity, is  greater  than  natural,  the  coldnefs  and  palenefs  of  the  Ikinwith 
the  quick  and  weak  pulfe  continue  a  long  time  after  the  patient  leaves 
the  bath  ;  and  the  fubfequent  heat  approaches  by  unequal  flufhings, 
and  he  feels  himfelf  difordered  for  many  hours.     Hence  the  bathing; 
in  a  cold  fpringof  water,  where  the  heat  is  but  forty-eight  degrees  orij 
Fahrenheit's  thermometer,  much  difagrees  with  thofe  of  weak  or  inirri-- 
table  habits  of  body ;   who  poffefs  fo  little  fenforial  power,  that  they, 
cannot  without  injury  bear  to  have  it  diminifhed  even  for  a  (hort 
time;  but   who  can  neverthelefs  bear  the  more  temperate  coldnefs. 
of  Buxton  bath,  which  is  about  eighty  degrees  of.  heat,  and  which;:, 
ftreno-thens  them,  and  makes  them  by  habit  lefs  liable  to  great  quief- 
cence  from  fmall  variations  of  cold,  and  thence  lefs  liable  to  be  difor-- 
dered  by  the  unavoidable  accidents  of  life.     Hence  it  appears,  why.- 
people  of  thefe  inirritable  conftitutions,  which  is  another  expreflioii, 
for  fenforial  deficiency,. are  often  much  injured  by  bathing  in  a  cold; 
fpring  of  water  ;  and  why  they  fhould  continue  but  a  very  fhort  time 
in  baths.v  which  are  colder  than  their  bodies  ;  and  fliouid  gradually  in- 
creafe  both  the  degree  of  coldnefs  of  the  water,  and  the  time  of  their- 
continuance  in  it,  if  they  would  obtain  falutary  effedls  from  cold  im-? 
merfions.     See  Sed.  XII.  2.  i. 

On  the  other  hand  in  all  cafes  where  the  heat  of  the  external  fur- 
face  of  the  body,  or  of  the  internal  furface  of  the  lungs,  is  greater  than : 
7  natural,, 


Sect. XXXII.  3.    DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  371 

natural,  the  ufe  of  expofure  to  cool  air  may  be  deduced.  In  fever- 
fits  attended  with  ftrength,  that  is  with  great  quantity  of'fenforial 
power,  it  removes  the  additional  ftimulus  of  heat  from  the  furfaces 
above  mentioned,  and  thus  prevents  their  excefs  of  ufelefs  motion ; 
and  in  fever- fits  attended  with  debility,  that  is  with  a  deficiency  of 
the  quantity  of  fenforial  power,  it  prevents  the  great  and  dangerous 
wafte  of  fenforial  power  expended  in  the  unnecefTary  increafe  of  the 
adlions  of  the  glands  and  capillaries  of  the  fkin  and  lungs. 

4.  In  the  fame  manner,  when  any  one  is  long  expofed  to  very  cold 
air,  a  quiefcence  is  produced  of  the  cutaneous  and  pulmonary  ca- 
pillaries and  abforbents,  owing  to  the  deficiency  of  their  ufual  flimu- 
lus  of  heat ;  and  this  quiefcence  of  fo  great  a  quantity  of  veiTels  af- 
fefts,  by  irritative  afTociation,  the  whole  abforbent  and  glandular  {yf- 
tem,  which  becomes  in  a  greater  or  lefs  degree  quiefcent,  and  a  cold 
fit  of  fever  is  produced. 

If  the  deficiency  of  the  flimulus  of  heat  is  very  great,  the  quief- 
cence becomes  fo  general  as  to  extinguifh  life,  as  in  thofe  who  are  fro- 

zen  to  death. 

If  the  deficiency  of  heat  be   in  lefs  degree,  but  yet  fo  great  as  in 

fome  meafure  to  diforder  the  fyflem,  and  fhould  occur  the  lucceeding 
day,  it  will  induce  a  greater  degree  of  quiefcence  than  before,  from 
its  acling  in  concurrence  with  the  period  of  the  diurnal  cnxle  of  ac- 
tions, explained  in  Sedl.  XXXVI.  Hence  from  a  fmall  beginning  a 
greater  and  greater  degree  qf  quiefcence  may  be  induced,  till  a  com- 
"  plete  fever-fit  is  formed  ;  and  which  will  continue  to  recur  at  the  pe- 
riods by  which  it  was  produced.     See  Se£t.  XVII.  3.  6. 

If'the  degree  of  quiefcence  occafioned  hy  defeft  of  the  ftimulus  of 
heat  be  very  great,  it  will  recur  a  fecondtime  by  a  {lighter  caufe,  than 
that  which  firfl:  induced  it.  If  the  caufe,  which  induces  the  fecond 
fit  of  quiefcence,  recurs  the  facceeding  day,  the  quotidian  fever  is  pro- 
duced ;  if  not  till  the  alternate  day,  the  tertian  fever  ;  and  if  not  till 
;after  feventy-two  hours  from  the  firft  fit  of  quiefcence,  the  quartan 

3  B  5  fever 


373  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.     Sect. XXXII.  4, 

fever  is  formed.  This  laft  kind  of  fever  recurs  lefs  frequently  thaa 
the  other,  as  it  is  a  difeafe  only  of  thofe  of  the  temperament  of  affoci- 
ability,  as  mentioned  in  Seft.  XXXI. ;  for  in  other  conftitutions  the 
eapability  of  forming  a  habit  ceafes,  before  the  new  caufe  of  quiefcence. 
is  again  applied,  if  that  does  not  occur  fooner  than  in  feventy-two 
hours. 

And  heace  thofe  fevers,  whofe  caufe  is  from  col-d  air  of  the  night  or- 
morning,  are  more  liable  to  obferve  the  folar  day  in  their  periods  ;. 
while  thofe  from  other  ca,ufes  frequently  obferve  the  lunar  day  in 
their  periods,  their  paroxyfms  returning  near  an  hour  later  every  day, 
as  explained  in  Sedl.  XXXVI. 

IV.  Another  frequent  caufe  of  the  cold  fits  of  fever  is  the  defe£l  of 
the  flimulus  of  diftention.  The  whole  arterial  fyftem  would  appear^ 
by  the  experiments  of  Haller,  to  be  irritable  by  no  other  ftimulus,  and. 
the  motions  of  the  heart  and  alimentary  canal  are  certainly  in  fome 
meafure  dependant  on  the  fame  caufe.  See  Sedl.  XIV.  7.  Hence 
there  can  be  no  wonder,  that  the  diminution  of  diftention  fhould  fre-^ 
quently  induce  the  quiefcence,  which  conftitutes  the  beginning  of  fe- 
ver-fits. ~  • 

Monfieur  Leiutaud  has  judicioufly  mentioned  the  deficiency  of  the- 
quantity  of  blood  amongft  the  caufes  of  difeafes,  which  he  fays  is  fre- 
quently evident  in  difleftions  :  fevers  are  hence  brought  on  by  great 
haemorrhages,  diarrhoeas,  or  other  evacuations;  or  from  the  continued; 
-ufe  of  diet,  which  contains  but  little  nourifhraent ;  or  from  the  exhauf- 
tion  occafioned  by  violent  fatigue,  or  by  thofe  chronic  difeafes  irt 
which  the  digeftion  is  much  impaired  ;  as  where  the  ftomach  has 
been  long  affeded  with  the  gout  or  fchirrus;  or  in  the  paralyfis  of 
the  liver,  as  defcribed  in  Sed.  XXX.  Hence  a  paroxyfm  of  gout  is. 
liable  to  recur  on  bleeding  or  purging  ;  as  the  torpor  of  fome  vifcus,. 
which  precedes  the  inflammation  of  the  foot,  is  thus  induced  by  the 
want  of  the  ftimulus  of  diftention.  And  hence  the  extremities  of 
the  body,  as  the  nofe  and  fingers,  are  more  liable  to  become  cold,. 

when 


Sect.  XXXII.  5.     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  ^-js 

when  we  have  long  abftained  from  food  ;  and  hence  the  pulfe  is  in- 
creafed  both  in  ftrength  and  velocity  above  the  natural  ftandard  after 
a  full  meal  by  the  flimulus  of  diftention^ 

However,  this  ftimulus  of  diftention,  like  the  flimulus  of  heat 
above  defcribed,  though  it  contributes  much  to  the  due  adtion  not  only 
of  the  heart,  arteries,  and  alimentary  canal,  but  feems  neceflary  to  the 
proper  fecretion  of  all  the  various  glands ;  yet  perhaps  it  is  not  the 
fole  caufe  of  any  of  thefe  numerous  motions  :  for  as  the  la6leals,  cu- 
taneous abforbents,  and  the  various  glands  appear  to  be  Simulated  into 
action  by  the  peculiar  pungency  of  the  fluids  they  abforb,  fo  in  the 
inteftinal  canal  the  pungency  of  the  digefting  aliment,  or  the  acri- 
mony of  the  faeces,  feem  to  contribute,  as  well  as  their  bulk,  to  pro- 
mote the  periflaltic  motions  ;  and  in  the  arterial  fyflem,  the  mo- 
'  mentum  of  the  particles  of  the  circulating  blood,  and  their  acrimony, 
ftimulate  the  arteries,  as  well  as  the  diftention  occafioned  by  it. 
Where  the  pulfe  is  fmall  this  defedl  of  diftention  is  prefent,  and  con- 
tributes much  to  produce  the  febris  irritativa  pu'lfu  debili,  or  irritative 
fever  with  weak  pulfe,  called  by  modern  writers  nervous  fever,  as  a 
predifponent  caufe.  See  Sedl.  XII.  i.  4.  Might  not  the  transfufioa 
of  blood,  fuppofe  of  four  ounces  daily  from  a  ftrong  man,  or  other 
healthful  animal,  as  a  fheep  or  an  afs,  be  ufed  in  the  early  ftate  of  ner-- 
vous  or  putrid  fevers  with  great  profpeft  of  fuccefs  ? 

V.  The  defedl  of  the  momentum  of  the  particles  of  the  circu- 
lating blood  is  another  caufe  of  the  quiefcence,  vvith  which  the  cold 
fits  of  fever  commence.  This  ftimulus  of  the  momentum  of  the 
progreffive  particles  of  the  blood  does  not  ad  over  the  whole  body 
like  thofe  of  heat  and  diftention  above  defcribed,  but  is  confined  to  the 
arterial  fyflem  j  and  differs  from  the  ftimulus  of  the  diftention  of  the 
blood,  as  much  as  the  vibration  of  the  air  does  from  the  currents  of 
it.  Thus  are  the  different  organs  of  our  bodies  ftimulated  by  four 
different  mechanic  properties  of  the  external  world :  the  fenfe  of 
touch  by  the  preffure  of  folid  bodies  fo  as  to  diftinguifh  their  figure  %. 

the- . 


374  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.    Sect. XXXII.  5, 

the  mufcular  fyftem  by  the  diftentioa,  which  they  occafion  ;  the  in- 
ternal furface  of  the  arteries,  by  the  momentum  of  their  moving  par- 
ticles ;  and  the  auditory  nerves,  by  the  vibration  of  them  :  and  thefe 
four  mechanic  properties  are  as  different  from  -each  other  as  the  vari- 
ous chemical  ones,  which  are  adapted  to  the  numerous  glands,  and  to 
the  other  organs  of  fenfe. 

2.  The  momentum  of  the  progreffive  particles  of  blood  is  com- 
pounded of  their  velocity  and  their  quantity  of  matter  :  hence  what- 
ever circumftances  diminifh  either  of  thefe  without  proportionally  in- 
creafing  the  other,  and  without  fuperadding  either  of  the  general  fti- 
muli  of  heat  or  diftention,  will  tend  to  produce  a  quiefcence  of  the  ar- 
terial fyilem,  and  from  thence  of  all  the  other  irritative  motions,  which 
are  conne£ted  with  it. 

Hence  in  all  thofe  conftitutions  or  difeafes  where  the  blood  con- 
tains a  greater /proportion  of  ferum,  which  is  the  lighteft  part  of  its 
compofition,  the  pulfations  of  the  arteries  are  weaker,  as  in  nervous  - 
fevers,  chlorofis,  and  hyfteric  complaints  ;  for  in  thefe  cafes  the  mo- 
mentum ofthe  progreffive  particles  of  blood  is  lefs  :  and  hence,  where 
the  denfer  parts  of  its  compofition  abound,  as  the  red  part  of  it,  or  the 
coagulable  lymph,  the  arterial  pulfations  are  frronger  ;  as  in  thofe  of 
Toblift  health,  and  in  inflammatory  difeafes. 

That  this  ftimulus  of  the  momentum  ofthe  particles  ofthe  circu- 
lating fluid  is  of  the  greateft  confequence  to  the  arterial  aftion,  appears 
from  the  experiment  of  injecting  air  into  theblood  veffels,  which  feems 
to  deftroy  animal  life  from  the  want  of  this  ftimulus  of  momentum  ; 
•for  the  diftention  ofthe  arteries  is  not  diminiflied  by  it,  it  pofleffes  no 
corroiive  acrimony,  and  is  lefs  liable  to  repafs  the  valves  than  the  blood 
itfelf;  iince  air-valves  in  all  machinery  require  much  lefs  accuracy  of 
conftrudlion  than  thofe  which  are  oppofed  to  water. 

3.  One  method  of  increafing  the  velocity  of  the  blood,  and  in^con- 
■fequence  the  momentum  of  its  particles,  is  by  the  exerciie  of  the 
rbody,  or  by  the  fri£tion  of  its  furface:  fo,  on  the  contrary,  too  great 

indolence 


S^EGT.  XXXII.  6.     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  o^-js 

indolence  contributes  to  decreafe  this  flinaulus  of  the  monientum  of 
the  particles  of  the  circulating  blood,  and  thus  tends  to  induce  quief- 
cence  ;  as  is  feeu  in  hyfteric  cafes,  and  chlorofis,  and  the  other  difeafes 
of  fedentary  people. 

4.  The  velocity  of  the  particles  of  the  blood  iu  certain  circum- 
dftances  is  increafed  by  venefe£lion,  which,  by  removing  a  part  of  it, 
diminifties  the  refiftance  to  the  motion  of  the  other  part,  andhence  the 
momentum  of  the  particles  of  it  is  increafed.  This  may  be  eafily  un- 
derftood  by  conlidering  it  in  the  extreme,  fince,  if  ttie  refiftance  was 
greatly  increafed,  lo  as  to  overcome  the  propelling  power,  there  could 
be  no  velocity,  and  in  confequence  no  momentum  at  all..  From  this 
eircumftance  arifes  that  curious  phenomenon,  the  truth  of  which  I 
have  been  more  than  once  witnefs  to,  that  venefe6tion  will  often  in- 
ilantaneoufly  relieve  thofe  nervous  pains,  which  attend  the  cold  pe- 
riods of  hyfteric,  afthmatic,  or  epileptic  difeafes;  and  that  even  where 
large  dofes  of  opium  have  been  in  vain  exhibited.  In  thefe  cafes  the 
pulfe  becomes  ftronger  after  the  bleeding,  and  the  extremities  regain 
their  natural  v/armth  ;  and  an  opiate  then  given  a6ls  with  much  more_ 
certain  eifeft. 

VI.  There  is  another  caufe,  which  feems  occafionally  to  induce 
quiefcence  into  fome  part  of  our  fyftem,  I  mean  the  influence  of  the. 
fun  and  moonj  the  attradion  of  thefe  luminaries,  by  decreaftng  the 
gravity  of  the  particles  of  the  blood,  cannot  afFe£t  their  momentum,,, 
as  their  vis  inertias  remains  the  famej  but  it  may  neverthelefs  pro- 
duce fome  chemical  change  in  them,  bscaufe  whatever  afFeds  the  ge- 
neral attraftions  of  the  particles  of  matter  may  be  fuppofed  from  ana-- 
logy  to  affed  their  fpecific  attradions  or  affinities  :  and  thus  the  ftimu- 
lus  of  the  particles  of  blood  may  be  diminiftied,  though  not  their  mo- 
mentum.    As  the  tides  of  the  fea  obey  the  fouthing  and  northing  of 
the  moon  (allowing  for  the  time  neceflary  for- their  motion,  and  the;- 
obftruclions  of  the  fliores),  it  is  probable,  that  there  are  alfo  atmofphe- 
ric  tides  on. both  fides  of  the  earth,  which  to  the  inhabitants  of  ano- 
ther.- 


376  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.     Sect.  XXXII.  6. 

ther  planet  might  fo  defledl  the  light  as  to  refemble  the  ring  of  Sa- 
turn.    Now  as  thefe  tides  of  water,  -or  of  air,  are  raifed  by  the  dimi- 
nution of  their  gravity,  it  follows,  that  their  preffbre  on  the  furface 
of  the  earth  is  no  greater  than  the  preflure  of  the  other  parts  of  the 
ocean,  or  of  the  atmofphere,  wh-ere  no  fuch  tides  exift ;  and  there- 
fore that  they  cannot  affect  the  mercury  in  the  barometer.     In  the 
fame  manner,  the  gravity  of  all  other  terreftrial  bodies  is  dimini(hed 
at  the  times  of  the  fouthing  and  northing  of  the  moon,  and  that  in  a 
greater  degree  when  this  coincided  with  the  fouthing  and  northing  of 
the  fun,  and  this  in  a  flill  greater  degree  about  the  times  of  the  equi- 
noxes.    This  decreafe  of  the  gravity  of  all  bodies  during  the  time  the 
moon  pafles  our  zenith  or  nadir  might  poffibly  be  (hewn   by  the 
flower  vibrations  o^f  a  pendulum,  compared  with  a  fpring  clock,  or 
with  aflronomical  obfervation.     Since  a  pendulum  of  a  certain  length 
moves  flower  at  the  line  than  near  the  poles,  becaufe  the  gravity  be- 
ing diminiflied  and  the  vis  inerti^e  continuing  the  fame,  the  motive 
pov/er  is  lefs,  but  the  refiftance  to  be  overcome  continues  the  fame. 
The  combined  powers  of  the  lunar  and  folar  attraction  is  eftimated  by 
Sirlfaac  Newton  not  to  exceed  one  7,868,850th  part  of  the  power  of 
gravitation,  which  feems  indeed  but  a  fmall  circumftance  to  produce 
any  confiderable  effeft  on  the  weight  of  fublunary  bodies,  and  yet  this 
is  fufficient  to  raife  the  tides  at  the  equator  above  ten  feet  high  ;   and 
if  it  be  confidered,  what  fmall  impulfes  of  other  bodies  produce  their 
effefts  on  the  organs  of  fenfe  adapted  to  the  perception  of  them,  as  of 
vibration  on  the  auditory  nerves,  we  fhall  ceafe  to  be  furprifed,  that 
fo  minute  a  diminution  in  the  gravity  of  the  particles  of  blood  fhould 
fo  far  affetS:  their  chemical  changes,  or  their  ftimulating  quality,  as, 
joined  with  other  caufes,  fometimes  to  produce  the  beginnings  of 
difeafes. 

Add  to  this,  that  if  the  lunar  influence  produces  a  very  fmall  degree 
of  quiefcence  at  firft,  and  if  that  recurs  at  certain  periods  even  with 
lefs  power  to  produce  quiefcence  than  at  firft,  yet  the  quiefcence  will 

daily 


Sect.  XXXir.  6.     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  377 

daily  increafe  by  the  acquired  habit  afting  at  the  fame  time,  till  at 
length  fo  great  a  degree  of  quiefcence  is  induced  as  to  produce 
phrenfy,  canine  madnefs,  epilepfy,  hyfteric  pains,  or  cold  fits  of  fever, 
inftances  of  many  of  which  are  to  be  found  in  Dr.  Mead's  work  on 
this  fubjetfl.  The  folar  influence  alfo  appears  daily  in  feveral  dif- 
eafes  ;  but  as  darknefs,  filence,  fleep,  and  our  periodical  meals  mark 
the  parts  of  the  folar  circle  of  a6lions,  it  is  fometimes  dubious  to  which 
of  thefe  the  periodical  returns  jof  thefe  difeafes  are  to  be  afcribed. 

As  far  as  1  have  been  able  to  obferve,  the  periods  of  inflammatory 
difeafes  obferve  the  folar  day  j  as  the  gout  and  rheumatifm  have  their 
greateil:  quiefcence  about  noon  and  midnight,  and  their  exacerbations 
ibme  hours  after  ;  as  they  have  more  frequently  their  immediate  caufe 
from  cold  air,  inanition,  or  fatigue,  than  from  the  effects  of  lunations  : 
whilfl;  the  cold  fits  of  hyfteric  patients,  and  thofc  in  nervous  fevers, 
more  frequently  occur  twice  a  day,  later  by  near  half  an  hour  each 
time,  according  to  the  lunar  day;  whilfl  fome  fits  of  intermittents, 
which  are  undiflurbed  by  medicines,  return  at  regular  folar  periods, 
and  others  at  lunar  ones  ;  which  may,  probably,  be  owing  .to  the  dif- 
ference of  the  periods  of  thofe  external  circumftances  of  cold,  inani- 
tion, or  lunation,  which  immediately  caufed  them. 

We  muft,  however,  obferve,  that  the  periods  of  quiefcence  and  ex- 
acerbation in  difeafes  do  not  always  commence  at  the  times  of  the  fy- 
zygies  or  quadratures  of  the  moon  and  fun,  or  at  the  times  of  their 
pafiing  the  zenith  or  nadir ;  but  as  it  is  probable,  that  the  flimulus  of 
the  particles  of  the  circumfluent  blood  is  gradually  dim/mifhed  from 
the  time  of  the  quadratures  to  that  of  the  fyzygies,  the  quiefcence 
may  commence  at  any  hour,  when,  co-operating  with  other  caufes  of 
quiefcence,  it  becomes  great  enough  to  produce  a  difeafe  :  afterwards 
it  will  continue  to  recur  at  the  fame  period  of  the  lunar  or  folar  influ- 
ence ;  the  fame  caufe  operating  conjointly  with  the  acquired  habit, 
that  is  with  the  catenation  of  this  new  motion  with  the  difievered 
links  of  the  lunar  or  folar  circles  of  animal  action. 

qC  la 


378  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.     Sect.XXXIL6. 

la  this  manner  the  periods  of  menflruation  obey  the  lunar  month 
with  great  exaftnefs  in  healthy  patients  (and  perhaps  the  vene- 
real orgafm  in  brute  animals  does  the  fame),  yet  thefe  periods  do  not 
commence  either  at  the  fyzygies  or  quadratures  of  the  lunations,  but 
at  whatever  time  of  the  lunar  periods  they  begin,  they  obferve  the 
,  fame  in  their  returns  till  fome  greater  caufe  diflurbs  them. 

Hence,  though  the  befl  way  to  calculate  the  time  of  the  expefted 
returns  of  the  paroxyfms  of  periodical  difeafes  is  to  count  the  number 
of  hours  between  the  commencement  of  the  two  preceding  fits,  yet 
the  following  obfervations  may  be  worth  attending  to,  when  we  en- 
deavour to  prevent  the  returns  of  maniacal  or  epileptic  difeafes  ;  whole 
periods  (at  the  beginning  of  them  efpecially)  frequently  obferve  the 
fyzygies  of  the  moon  and  fun,  and  particularly  about  the  equinox. 

The  greateft  of  the  two  tides  happening  in  every  revolution  of  the 
moon,  is  that  when  the  moon  approaches  neareft  to  the  zenith  or  na- 
dir ;  for  this  reafon,  while  the  fun  is  in  the  northern  figns,  that  is  during 
the  vernal  and  fummer  months,  the  greater  of  the  two  diurnal  tides 
in  our  latitude  is  that,  when  the  moon  is  above  the  horizon  ;  and  when 
the  fun  is  in  the  fouthern  figns,  or  during  the  autumnal  and  winter 
months,  the  greater  tide  is  that,  which  arifes  when  the  moon  is  below 
the  horizon  :  and  as  the  fun  approaches  fomewhat  nearer  the  earth  in 
winter  than  in  fummer,  the  greateft  equinodial  tides  are  obferved  to  be 
a  little  before  the  vernal  equinox,  and  a  little  after  the  autumnal  one. 

Do  not  the  cold  periods  of  lunar  difeafes  commence  a  few  hours  be- 
fore the  fouthiug  of  the  moon  during  the  vernal  and  fummer  months, 
and  before  the  northing  of  the  moon  during  the  autumnal  and  winter 
months  ?  Do  not  palfies  and  apoplexies.  Which  occur  about  the  equi- 
noxes, happen  a  few  days  before  the  vernal  equinoftial  lunation,  and 
after  the  autumnal  one  ?  Are  not  the  periods  of  thofe  diurnal  dif. 
eafes  more  obftinate,  that  commence  many  hours  before  the  fouthing, 
or  northing  of  the  moon,  than  of  thofe  which  commence  at  thofe- 
times  ?  Are  not  thofe  palfies  and  apoplexies  more  dangerous  which 
3  commence. 


Sect.XXXII.7-S.    diseases  of  irritation.  379 

commence  many  days  before  the  fyzygies  of  the  moon,  than  thofe 
which  happen  at  thofe  times  ?  See  Se(5t.  XXXVI.  on  the  periods  of 
difeafes. 

VII.  Another  very  frequent  caufe  of  the  cold  fit  of  fever  is  the 
quiefcence  of  fome  of  thofe  large  congeries  of  glands,  which  compofe 
the  liver,  fpleen,  or  pancreas  j  one  or  more  of  which  are  frequently 
fo  enlarged  in  the  autumnal  intermittents  as  to  be  perceptible  to  the 
touch  externally,  and  are  called  by  the  vulgar  ague-cakes.  As  thefe 
glands  are  ftimulated  into  adlion  by  the  fpecific  pungency  of  the 
fluids,  which  they  abforb,  the  general  caufe  of  their  quiefcence  feems 
to  be  the  too  great  infipidity  of  the  fluids  of  the  body,  co-operating 
perhaps  at  the  fame  time  with  other  general  caufes  of  quiefcence. 

Hence,  in  marfhy  countries  at  cold  feafons,  which  have  fucceeded 
hot  ones,  and  amongfl  thole,  who  have  lived  on  innutritious  and  un- 
ftimulating  diet,  thefe  agues  are  mofl  frequent.  The  enlargement  of 
thefe  quiefcent  vifcera,  and  the  fwelling  of  the  prtecordia  in  many 
other  fevers,  is,  moll:  probably,  owing  to  the  fame  caufe ;  which  may 
confifl  in  a  general  deficiency  of  the  produdlion  of  feuforial  power,  as 
well  as  in  the  diminifhed  ftimulation  of  the  fluids;  and  when  the 
quiefcence  of  lb  great  a  number  of  glands,  as  conftitute  one  of  thofe 
large  vifcera,  commences,  all  the  other  irritative  motions  are  affefted 
by  their  connection  with  it,  and  the  cold  fit  of  fever  is  produced. 

VIII.  There  are  many  other  caufes,  which  produce  quiefcence  of 
fome  part  of  the  animal  fyftem,  as  fatigue,  hunger,  thirfl,  bad  diet, 
difappointed  love,  unwholefome  air,  exhauftion  from  evacuations,  and 
many  others ;  but  the  lafl:  caufe,  that  we  fhall  mention,  as  frequently 
productive  of  cold  fits  of  fever,  is  fear  or  anxiety  of  mind.  The  pains, 
which  we  are  firft  and  moft  generally  acquainted  with,  have  been  pro- 
duced by  defeat  of  fome  fl:imulus  ;  thus,  foon  after  our  nativity  we 
become  acquainted  with  the  pain  from  the  coldnefs  of  the  air,  from 
the  want  of  refpiration,  and  from  the  want  of  food.  Now  all  thefe 
pains  occalioned  by  defed  of  ftimulus  are  attended  with  quiefcence 

3  C  2  of 


380  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  .  Sect.  XXXII.  9. 

of  the  organ,  and  at  the  fame  time  with  a  greater  or  lefs  degree  of 
quiefcence  of  other  parts  of  the  fyftem :  thus,  if  we  even  endure  the 
pain  of  hunger  fo  as  to  mifs  one  meal  inftead  of  our  daily  habit  of  re- 
pletion, not  only  the  periftaltic  motions  of  the  ftomach  and  bowels  are 
diminiftied,  but  we  are  more  liable  to  coldnefs  of  our  extremities,  as 
of  our  nofes,  and  ears,  and  feet,  than  at  other  times. 

Now,  as  fear  is  originally  excited  by  our  having  experienced  pain, 
and  is  itfelf  a  painful  afFedtion,  the  fame  quiefcence  of  other  fibrous 
motions  accompany  it,  as  have  been  moft  frequently  conneded  with 
this  kind  of  pain,  as  explained  in  Sed:.  XVI.  8.  i.  as  the  coldnefs 
and  palenefs  of  the  ikin,  trembling,  difficult  refpiration,  indigeftion, 
and  other  fymptoms,  which  contribute  to  form  the  cold  fit  of  fevers. 
Anxiety  is  fear  continued  through  a  longer  time,  and,  by  producing 
chronical  torpor  of  the  fyftem,  extinguiflies  life  flowly,  by  what  is 
commonly  termed  a  broken  heart. 

IX.  I.  We  now  flep  forwards  to  confider  the  other  fymptoms 
in  confequence  of  the  quiefcence  which  begins  the  fits  of  fever.  If 
by  any  of  the  circumftances  before  defcribed,  or  by  two  or  more 
of  them  adling  at  the  fame  time,  a  great  degree  of  quiefcence  is  in- 
duced on  any  confiderable  part  of  the  circle  of  Irritative  motions,  the 
whole  clafs  of  them  is  more  or  lefs  difturbed  by  their  irritative  aflbcia- 
tions.  If  this  torpor  be  occafioned  by  a  deficient  fupply  of  fenforial 
power,  and  happens  to  any  of  thofe  parts  of  the  fyflem,  which-  are  ac- 
cuftomed  to  perpetual  a£livity,  as  the  vital  motions,  the  torpor  in- 
creafes  rapidly,  becaufe  of  the  great  expenditure  of  fenforial  power  by 
the  inceffant  adivity  of  thofe  parts  of  the  fyftein,  as  fhewn  in  No.  3.  ti 
of  this  Seftion.  Hence  a  deficiency  of  all  the-fecretions  fuceeeds,  and 
as  animal  heat  is  produced  in  proportion  to  the  quantity  of  thofe  fecre- 
tions,  the  coldnefs  of  the  Ikin  is.  the  firft  circumftance,  which  isat- 
tended  to.  Dr.  Martin  afierts,  that  fome  parts  of  his  body  were- 
warmer  than  natural  in  the  cold  fit  of  fever;  but  it  is  certain,  that 
thofe,  which  are  uncovered,,  as  the  fingers,  and  nofe,  and  ears,. are 

much* 


Sect.  XXXII.  9-     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION,  3^1 

much  colder  to  the  touch,  and  paler  in  appearance.  It  is  poffible,, 
that  his  experiments  were  made  at  the  beginning  of  the  fubfequent 
hot  hts ;  which  commence  with  partial  diftributions  of  heat,  owing 
to  fome  parts  of  the  body  regaining  their  natural  irritability  fooner 
than  others. 

From  the  quiefcence  of  the  anaftomofing  capillaries  a  palenefs  of 
the  Ikin  fucceeds,  and  a  lefs  fecretion  of  the  perfpirable  matter  ;  from 
the  quiefcence  of  the  pulmonary  capillaries  a  difficulty  of  refpiration 
arifes ;  and  from  the  quiefcence  of  the  other  glands  lels  bile,  lefs  gaf- 
trie  and  pancreatic  juice,  are  fecreted  into  the  ftomach  and  inteftines, 
and  lefs  mucus  and  faliva  are  poured  into  the  mouth ;  whence  arifes 
the  dry  tongue,  coftivenefs,  dry  ulcerSy  and  paucity  of  urine.  From 
the  quiefcence  of  the  abforbent  fy flem  arifes  the  great  thirft,  as 
lefs  moifture  is  abforbed  from  the  atmofphere.  The  abforption  from 
the  atmofphere  was  obferved  by  Dr.  Lyfter  to  amount  to  eighteen 
ounces  in  one  night,  above  what  he  had  at  the  fame  time  infenfibly 
perfpired.  See  Langrifh.  On  the  fame  account  the  urine  is  pale, 
though  in  fmall  quantity,  for  the  thinner  part  is  not  abforbed  from  it ; 
and  when  repeated  ague-fits  continue  long,,  the  legs  fwell  from  the 
diminifhed  abforption  of  the  cellular  abforbents. 

From  the  quiefcence  of  the-  inteftinal  canal  a  lofs  of  appetite  and 
flatulencies  proceed.  From  the  partial  quiefcence  of  the  glandular 
vifcera  a  fwelling  and  tenfion  about  the  prscordia  becomes  fenfible  to 
the  touch  ;  which  is  occafioned  by  the  delay  of  the  fluids  from  the 
defedt  of  venous  or  lymphatic  abforption.  The  pain  of  the  forehead, 
and  of  the  limbs,  and  of  the  fmall  of  the  back,  arifes  from  the  q^uief- 
cence  of  the  membranous  fafcia,  or  mufcles  of  thofe  parts,  in  the 
fame  manner  as  the  Ikin  becomes  painful,  when  the  veflels,  of  which  it 
is  compofed,  become  quiefcent  from- cold.  The  trembling  in  confer 
quence  of  the  pain  of  coldnefs,  the  reftleflhefs,  and  the  yawning,  and 
ijretching  of  the.  limbs,  together  with  the  Ihuddering,  or  rigours,  are 

convulfive. 


383  ,     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.    Sect.  XXXII.  9. 

convulfive  motions ;  and  will  be  explained  amongft  the  difeafes  of  vo- 
lition, Sea.  XXXIV. 

Sicknefs  and  vonaiting  is  a  frequent  fympton:i  in  the  beginnings  of 
fever-fits,  the  mufciilar  fibres  of  the  ilomach  fhare  the  general  torpor 
and  debility  of  the  fyftem  ;  their  motions  become  firft  leflened,  and 
then  flop,  and  then  become  retrograde ;  for  the  a£t  of  vomiting,  like 
the  globus  hyftericus  and  the  borborigmi  of  hypocondriafis,  is  always 
a  fymptom  of  debility,  either  from  want  of  ftimulus,  as  in  hunger  ; 
or  from  want  of  fenforial  power,  as  after  intoxication  ;  or  from  fym- 
pathy  with  fome  other  torpid  irritative  motions,  as  in  the  cold  fits  of 
ague.  See  Sect.  XII.  5.  5.  XXIX.  11.  and  XXXV.  i.  3.  where  this 
a£t  of  vomiting  is  further  explained. 

The  fmall  pulfe,  which  is  faid  by  fome  writers  to  be  flow  at  the 
commencement  of  ague-fits,  and  which  is  frequently  trembling  and 
intermittent,  is  owing  to  the  qulefcence  of  the  heart  and  arterial  fyf- 
tem, and  to  the  refinance  oppofed  to  the  circulating  fluid  from  the 
inadtivity  of  all  the  glands  and  capillaries.  The  great  weaknefs  and 
inability  to  voluntary  motions,  with  the  infenfibility  of  the  extremi- 
ties, are  owing  to  the  general  quiefcence  of  the  whole  moving  fyftem ; 
or,  perhaps,  fimply  to  the  deficient  produftion  of  fenforial  power. 

If  all  thefe  fymptoms  are  further  increafed,  the  quiefcence  of  all  the 
rnufcles,  including  the  heart  and  arteries,  becomes  complete,  and  death 
enfues.  This  is,  moft  probably,  the  cafe  of  thofe  who  are  flarved  to 
death  with  cold,  and  of  thofe  who  are  faid  to  die  in  Holland  from  long 
fkaiting  on  their  frozen  canals.    . 

a.  As  foon  as  this  general  quiefcence  of  the  fyflem  ceafes,  either  by 
the  diminution  of  the  caufe,  or  by  the  accumulation  of  fenforial  power, 
(as  in  fyncope,  Se£l.  XII.  7.  i .)  which  is  the  natural  confequence  of 
previous  quiefcence,  the  hot  fit  commences.  Every  gland  of  the 
body  is  now  ftimulated  into  ftronger  adlion  than  is  natural,  as  its  irri- 
tability is  increafed  by  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  during  its  late 

quiefcence. 


Sect.XXXII.  9-     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  3$^ 

quiefcence,  a  fiiperabundance  of  all  the  fecretions  is  produced,  and  an 
increafe  of  heat  in  confequence  of  the  increafe  of  thefe  fecretions. 
The  fkin  becomes  red,  and  the  perfpiration  great,  owing  to  the  in- 
creafed  action  of  the  capillaries  during  the  hot  part  of  the  paroxyfna. 
The  fecretion  of  perfpirable  matter  is  perhaps  greater  during  the  hot 
fit  than  in  the  fweating  fit  which  follows  ;  but  as  the  abforption  of  it 
alfb  is  greater,  it  does  not  fland  on  the  fkin  in  vifible  drops  :  add  to 
this,  that  the  evaporation  of  it  alfo  is  greater,  from  the  increafed  heat 
of  the  fkin..  But  at  the  decline  of  the  hot  fit,  as  the  mouths  of  the  ab- 
forbents  of  the  fkin  are  expofed  to  the  cooler  air,  or  bed-clothes,  thefe 
vefiels  fooner  lofe  their  increafed  adlivity,  and  ceafe  to  ablorb  more  than 
their  natural  quantity  :  but  the  fecerning  vefTels  for  fome  time  longer,, 
being  kept  warm  by. the  circulating  blood,  continue  to  pour  out  an  in- 
creafed quantity  of  perfpirable  matter,  which  now  flands  on  the  fkin 
in  large  vifible  drops  ;  the  exhalation  of  it  alfo  being  leffened  by  the 
greater  coolnefs  of  the  fkin,  as  well  as  its  abforption  by  the  diminifLed 
a6lion  of  the  lymphatics.     See  Clafs  I.  i.  2.  3. 

The  increafed  fecretion  of  bile  and  of  other  fluids  poured  into  the 
inteflines  frequently  induce  a  purging  at  the  decline  of  the  hot  fit;; 
for  as  the  external  abforbent  veflels  have  their  mouths  expofed  to  the 
cold  air,  as  above  mentioned,  they  ceafe  to  be  excited  into  unnatural- 
adivity  fooner  than  the  fecretory  vefTels,  whofe  mouths  are  expofed 
to  the  warmth  of  the  blood  :  now,  as  the  internal  abforbents  fympa- 
thize  v/ith  the  external  ones,  thefe  alfo,  which  during  the  hot  fit 
drank  up  the  thinner  part  of  the  bile,  or  of  other  fecreted  fluids,  lofe 
their  increafed  adivity  before  the  gland  lofes  its  increafed  activity,  at 
the  decline  of  the  hot  fit ;  and  the  loofe  dejections  are  produced  from 
the  fame  caufe,  that  the  increafed  perfpiration  flands  on  the  fur- 
face  of  the  fkin,  from  the  increafed  abforption  ceafing  fooner  than  the 
increafed  fecretion. 

The  urine  during  the  cold  fit  is  in  fmall  quantity  and  pale,  both- 
Irom  a  deficiency  of  the  fecretion  and  a  deficiency  of  the  abforption,.  . 

During 


384  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.    SECT.XXXn.9. 

During  the  hot  fit  it  is  in  its  ufual  quantity,  but  very  high  coloured 
and  turbid,  becaufe  a  greater  quantity  had  been  fecreted  by  the  in- 
creafed  aftion  of  the  kidnies,  and  alfo  a  greater  quantity  of  its  more 
aqueous  part  had  been  abforbed  from  it  in  the  bladder  by  the  increafed 
aftion  of  the  abforbents  ;  and  laftly,  at  the  dedine  of  the  hot  fit  it  is 
in  laro-e  quantity  and  lefs  coloured,  or  turbid,  becaufe  the  abforbent 
velTels  of  the  bladder,  as  obferved  above,  lofe  their  increafed  adion  by 
fympathy  with  the  cutaneous  ones  fooner  than  the  fecretory  veffels 
of  the  kidnies  lofe  their  increafed  aftivity.  Hence  the  quantity  of 
the  fediment,  and  the  colour  of  the  urine,  in  fevers,  depend  much 
on  the  quantity  fecreted  by  the  kidnies,  and  the  quantity  abforbed 
from  it  again  in  the  bladder :  the  kinds  of  fediment,  as  the  lateri- 
tious,  purulent,  mucous,  or  bloody  fediments,  depend  on  other 
caufes.  It  fhould  be  obferved,  that  if  the  fweating  be  increafed  by 
the  heat  of  the  room,  or  of  the  bed-clothes,  that  a  paucity  of  turbid 
urine  vi^ill  continue  to  be  produced,  as  the  abforbents  of  the  bladder 
will  have  their  activity  increafed  by  their  fympathy  with  the  veffels 
of  the  Ikin,  for  the  purpofe  of  fupplying  the  fluid  expended  in  per- 
fpiration. 

The  pulfe  becomes  ftrong  and  full  owing  to  the  increafed  irritabi- 
lity of  the  heart  and  arteries,  from  the  accumulation  of  fenforial 
power  during  their  quiefcence,  and  to  the  quicknefs  of  the  return  of 
the  blood  from  the  various  glands  and  capillaries.  This  increafed  ac- 
tion of  all  the  fecretory  veflels  does  not  occur  very  fuddenly,  nor  uni- 
verfally  at  the  fame  time.  The  heat  feems  to  begin  about  the  center, 
and  to  be  difFufed  from  thence  irregularly  to  the  other  parts  of  the 
fyftem.  This  imay  be  owing  to  the  fituation  of  the  parts  which  firft 
became  quiefcent  and  caufed  the  fever-fit,  efpecially  when  a  hardnefs 
or  tumour  about  the  praecordia  can  be  felt  by  the  hand  ;  and  hence 
this  part,  in  whatever  vifcus  it  is  feated,  might  be  the  firft  to  regain  its 
natural  or  increafed  irritability. 

It 


Sect.  XXXII.  9.     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  385 

3.  It  muft  be  here  noted,  that,  by  the  increafed  quantity  of  heat, 
and  of  the  impulfe  of  the  blood  at  the  conamencement  of  the  hot  fit, 
a  great  increafe  of  flimulus  is  induced,  and  is  now  added  to  the  in- 
creafed irritabihty  of  the  fyftem,  which  -was  occafioned  by  its  previ- 
ous quiefcence.  This  additional  ftimulus  of  heat  and  momentum  of 
the  blood  augments  the  violence  of  the  movements  of  the  arterial  and 
glandular  fyftem  in  an  increafing  ratio.  Thefe  violent  exertions  ftill 
producing  more  heat  and  greater  momentum  of  the  moving  fluids, 
till  at  length  the  fenforial  power  becomes  wafted  by  this  great  ftimu- 
lus beneath  its  natural  quantity,  and  predifpofes  the  fyftem  to  a  fe- 
cond  cold  fit. 

At  length  all  thefe  unnatural  exertions  fpontaneoufly  fubfide  with 
the  increafed  irritability  that  produced  them  ;  and  which  was  itfelf 
produced  by  the  preceding  quiefcence,  in  the  fame  manner  as  the  eye, 
on  coming  from  darknefs  into  day-light,  in  a  little  time  ceafes  to  be 
<lazzled  and  pained,  and  gradually  recovers  its  natural  degree  of  irri- 
tability. 

4.  But  if  the  increafe  of  irritability,  and  the  confequent  increafe 
of  the  ftimulus  of  heat  and  momentum,  produce  more  violent  exer- 
tions than  thofe  above  defcribed  ;  great  pain  arifes  in  feme  part  of  the 
moving  fyftem,  as  in  the  membranes  of  the  brain,  pleura,  or  joints; 
and  new  motions  of  the  veflels  are  produced  in  confequence  of  this 
■pain,  which  are  called  inflammation;  or  delirium  or  ftupor  arifes; 
as  explained  in  Se£l.  XXI.  and  XXXIII. :  for  the  immediate  efFe6l  is 
the  fame,  whether  the  great  energy  of  the  moving  organs  arifes  from 
an  increafe  of  ftimulus  or  an  increafe  of  irritability  ;  though  in  the 
former  cafe  the  wafte  of  fenforial  power  leads  to  debility,  and  in  the 
latter  to  health. 


3   D  Recafitulation. 


386  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.    Sect. XXXII.  lo. 


Recapitulation. 


X.  Thofe  mufcles,  which  are  lefs  frequently  exerted,  and  whofe 
acStioas  are  interrupted  by  fleep,  acquire  lefs  accumulation  of  fenfo- 
rial  power  during  their  quiefcent  flate,  as  the  nnufcles  of  locomotion. 
In  thefe  mufcles  after  great  exertion,  that  is,  after  great  exhauftion  of 
fenforial  power,  the  pain  of  fatigue  enfues  ;  and  during  reft  there  is  a 
renovation  of  the  natural  quantity  of  fenforial  power;  but  where  the 
reft,  or  quiefcence  of  the  mufcle,  is  long  continued,  a  quantity  of  fen- 
forial power  becomes  accumulated  beyond  what  is  neceffary  ;  as  ap- 
pears by  the  uneafinefs  occafioned  by  want  of  exercife;  and  which  in 
young  animals  is  one  caufe  exciting  them  into  aftion,  as  is  feen  in  the 
play  of  puppies  and  kittens. 

But  when  thofe  mufcles,  which  are  habituated  to  perpetual  adion, 
as  thofe  of  the  ftomach  by  the  ftimulus  of  food,  thofe  of  the  veffels 
of  the  Ikin  by  the  ftimulus  of  heat,  and  thofe  which  conftitute  the 
arteries  and  glands  by  the  ftimulus  of  the  blood,  become  for  a  time 
quiefcent,  from  the  want  of  their  appropriated  ftimuli,  or  by  their  af- 
lociations  with  other  quiefcent  parts  of  the  fyftem  ;  a  greater  accu- 
mulation of  fenforial  power  is  acquired  during  their  quiefcence,  and  a 
greater  or  quicker  exhauftion  of  it  is  produced  during  their  increafed 

a£lion. 

This  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  from  deficient  adion,  if  it 
happens  to  the  ftomach  from  want  of  food,  occafions  the  pain  of  hun- 
ger ;  if  it  happens  to  the  veflels  of  the  Ikin  from  want  of  heat,  it  oc- 
cafions the  pain  of  cold;  and  if  to  the  arterial  fyftem  from  the  want 
of  its  adapted  ftimuli,  many  difagreeable  fenfations  are  occafioned, 
fuch  as  are  experienced  in  the  cold  fits  of  intermittent  fevers,  and  are 

as 


Sect.  XXXII.  10.     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  3S7 

as  various,  as  there  are  glands  or  membranes  in  the  fyfl:em,  and  are 
generally  termed  univerfal  uneafmefs. 

When  the  quiefcence  of  the  arterial  fyfteni  is  not  owing  to  defed: 
of  ftimulus  as  above,  but  to  the  defedlive  quantity  of  lenforial  power, 
as  in  the  commencement  of  nervous  fever,  or  irritative  fever  with  weak 
pulfe,  a  great  torpor  of  this  fyftem  is  quickly  induced ;  becaufe  both 
the  irritation  from  the  Aimulus  of  the  blood,  and  the  affociation  of  the 
vafcular  motions  with  each  other,  continue  to  excite  the  arteries  into 
a£lion,  and  thence  quickly  exhaufl  the  ii!-fupplied  vafcular  mufcles ; 
for  to  reft  is  death  ;  and  therefore  thofe  vafcular  mufcles  continue  to 
proceed,  though  with  feebler  action,  to  the  extreme  of  wearinefs  or 
faintnefs  :  while  nothing  limilar  to  this  afFeils  the  locomotive  mufcles, 
whofe  adlions  are  generally  caufed  by  volition,  and  not  much  fubje<Sl 
cither  to  irritation  or  to  other  kinds  of  aflbciations  belides  the  vo- 
luntary ones,  except  indeed  when  they  are  excited  by  the  la/h  of 
flavery. 

In  thcfe  vafcular  mufcles,  which  are  fubje£t  to  perpetual  adiort, 
and  thence  liable  to  great  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  during  their 
quiefcence  from  want  of  ftimulus,  a  great  increafe  of  a£livity  occurs, 
either  from  the  renewal  of  their  accuftomed  ftimulus,  or  even  from 
much  lefs  quantities  of  ftimulus  than  ufual.  This  increafe  of  aftion 
conftitutes  the  hot  fit  of  fever,  which  is  attended  with  various  in- 
creafed  fecretions,  with  great  concomitant  heat,  and  general  uneafi- 
nefs.  The  uneafinefs  attending  this  hot  paroxyfm  of  fever,  or  fit 
of  exertion,  is  very  different  from  that,  which  attends  the  previous 
cold  fit,  or  fit  of  quielcence,  and  is  frequently  the  caufe  of  inflamma- 
tion, as  in  pleurify,  which  is  treated  of  in  the  next  fedion. 

A  fimilar  effedl  occurs  after  the  quiefcence  of  our  organs  of  fenfe ; 
thofe  which  are  not  fubjeft  to  perpetual  a£lion,  as  the  tafte  and  fmell, 
are  lefs  liable  to  an  exuberant  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  after 
their  having  for  a  time  been  inactive ;  but  the  eye,  which  is  in  per- 

3  D  2  petual 


388  DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.     Sect.  XXXII.  lo. 

petual  acStioii  during  the  day,  becomes  dazzled,  and  liable  to  inflam- 
ixiation  after  a  temporary  quiefcence. 

Where  the  previous  quiefcence  has  been  owing  to  a  defed:  of  fen- 
forial  power,  and  not  to  a  defedt  of  ftimulus,  as  in  the  irritative  fever 
with  weak  pulfe,  a  fimilar  increafe  of  adliivity  of  the  arterial  fyftem 
fucceeds,  either  from  the  ufual  fl:imulus  of  the  blood,  or  from  a  fti- 
mulus  lefs  than  iifual ;  but  as  there  is  in  general  in  thefe  cafes  of  fe- 
ver with  weak  pulfe  a  deficiency  of  the  quantity  of  the  blood,  the  pulfe 
in  the  hot  fit  is  weaker  than  in  health,  though  it  is  ftronger  than  in 
the  cold  fit,  as  explained  in  No.  2.  of  this  feftion.  But  at  the  fame 
time  in  thofe  fevers,  where  the  defe£l  of  irritation  is  owing  to  the 
defefl:  of  the  quantity  of  fenforial  power,  as  well  as  to  the  defe£t  of 
ftimulus,  another  circumflance  occurs ;  which  confifts  in  the  partial 
diftribution  of  it,  as  appears  in  partial  flulhings,  as  of  the  face  or  bo- 
fom,  while  the  extremities  are  cold  ;  and  in  the  increafe  of  particular 
fecretions,  as  of  bile,  faliva,  infenfible  perfpiration,  with  great  heat  of 
the  Ikin,  or  with  partial  fweats,  or  diarrhoea. 

There  are  alfo  many  uneafy  fenfations  attending  thefe  increafed  ac- 
tions, which,  hke  thofe  belonging  to  the  hot  fit  of  fever  with  ftrong 
pulfe,  are  frequently  followed  by  inflammation,  as  in  fcarlet  fever; 
which  inflammation  is  neverthelefs  accompanied  with  a  pulfe  weaker, 
though  quicker,  than  the  pulfe  during  the  remiflion  or  intermiffion 
of  the  paroxyfms,  though  ftronger  than  that  of  the  previous  cold  fit. 

From  hence  I  conclude,  that  both  the  cold  and  hot  fits  of  fever  are 
neceffary  confequences  of  the  perpetual  and  inceflant  a£tion  of  the  ar- 
terial and  glandular  fyftem  ;  fince  thofe  mufcular  fibres  and  thofe  or- 
gans of  fenfe,  which  are  moft  frequently  exerted,  become  neceflarily 
moft  afFeiled  both  with  defe<9:  and  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  :- 
and  that  htnce  fever -Jits  are  not  an  effort  of  nature  to  relieve  herfelf 
and  that  therefore  they  fhould  always  be  prevented  or  diminifhed  as 
much  as  poflible,  by  any  means  which  decreafe  the  general  or  partial 
2  v.afc.ular 


Sea.  XXXII.  10.     DISEASES  OF  IRRITATION.  3S9 

vafcular  aftions,  when  they  are  greater,  or  by  increafing  them  whea 
they  are  lefs  than  in  health,  as  defcribed  in  Se£l.  XII.  6.  i. 

Thus  have  I  endeavoured  to  explain,  and  I  hope  to  the  fatisfadion 
of  the  candid  and  patient  reader,  the  principal  lymptoms  or  circum- 
flances  of  fever  without  the  introduftion  of  the  fupernatural  power  of 
fpafm.  To  the  arguments  in  favour  of  the  doftrine  of  fpafm  it  may 
be  fufficient  to  reply,  that  in  the  evolutioa  of  medical  as  well  as  of 
dramatic  cataftrophe. 

Nee  Deus  interlit,  nili  dignus  vindice  nodus  incident. 

HOR; 


SECT. 


390  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.    Sect. XXXIII.  i. 


SECT.  XXXIII. 


DISEASES    OF  SENSATION. 


I.  Motions  excited  by  fenfation.     Digejiiou.     Generation.     Pleafure  of  exijience. 
Hypocbondriacijm.     2.  Pain  introduced.     Senfttive  fevers  of  two  kinds.     ^.Two 
Jenforial  -powers  exerted  in  Jenfitive  fevers.     Size  of  the  blood.     I\/ervous  fevers 
diflinguifhed from  putrid  ones.     The  feptic  and  antifeptic  theory.     4.  Two  kindf 
cf  delirium.     5.  Other  animals  are  lefs  liable  to  delirium^  cannot  receive  our  con- 
tagious difeajes,  and  are  lefs  liable  to  madne/s.     II.  1.  Senfitive  motions  generated. 
2.  Inflammation  explained.     3.     Its  remote  caufes  from  excefs  of  irritation,  or  of 
irritability,  not  from  thofe  pains  which  are  owing  to  defeSl  of  irritation.     New 
vejfels  produced,  and  much  heat.     4.  Purulent  matter  fecreted.     5.  Contagion 
explained.    6.  Received  but  once.    ^ .  If  common  matter  be  contagious  ?    Z.  Why 
Jome  contagions  are  received  but  once.    9.  Why  others  may  be  received  frequently. 
Contagions  of  fmall-pox  and  meafles  do  not  a£l  at  the  fame  times.     Two  cafes  of 
Juch  patients.     10.  The  blood  from  patients  in  the  fmall-pox  will  mtinfeSl  others. 
Cafes  of  children  thus  inoculated.     The  variolous  contagioh  is  not  received  into 
the  blood.   It  alls  byfenfitive  ajfociation  between  thefiomach  andjkin.   III.  i .  Ab" 
forption  of  folids  and  fluids.     2.  Art  of  healing  ulcers,     3.  Mortification  at~ 
tended  with  lefs  pain  in  weak  people. 

I.  I.  AS  many  motions  of  the  body  are  excited  and  continued  by 
irritations,  fo  others  require,  either  conjun£lly  with  thefe,  or  fepa- 
rately,  the  pleafurable  or  painful  fenfations,  for  the  purpofe  of  pro- 
ducing them  with  due  energy.  Araongft  thefe  the  bufinefs  of  di- 
geftion  fupplies  us  with  an  inftance  :  if  the  food,  which  we  fwallow, 
is  not  attended  with  agreeable  fenfation,  it  digefts  lefs  perfeftty ;  and 
if  very  difagreeable  fenfation  accompanies  it,  fuch  as  a  naufeous  idea, 

or 


Sect.  XXXIII.  1.    DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  391 

or  very  difguftful  tafte,  the  digeftion  becomes  impeded  ;  or  retrograde 
motions  of  the  ftomach  and  oefophagus  fucceed,  and  the  food  is 
ejefled. 

The  bufinefs  of  generation  depends  fo  much  on  agreeable  fenfation, 
that,  where  the  objeft  is  dlfguftful,  neither  voluntary  exertion  nor  irri- 
tation can  effeft  the  purpofe  ;  which  is  alio  liable  to  be  interrupted  by 
the  pain  of  fear  or  bafhfulnefs. 

Befides  the  pleafure,  which  attends  the  irritations  produced  by  the 
objefts  of  luft  and  hunger,  there  feems  to  be  a  fum  of  pleafurable  af- 
fedlion  accompanying  the  various  fecretions  of  the  numerous  glands, 
which  conftitutes  the  pleafure  of  life,  in  contradiftinttion  to  the  te- 
dium vit£c.  This  quantity  or  fum  of  pleafurable  affection  feems  to 
contribute  to  the  due  or  energetic  performance  of  the  whole  move- 
able fyftem,  as  well  that  of  the  heart  and  arteries,  as  of  digeftion 
and  of  abforption  ;  fince  without  the  due  quantity  of  pleafurable  fenfa- 
tion, flatulency  and  hypochondriacifm  affedt  the  inteftines,  and  a  lan- 
guor feizes  the  arterial  pulfations  and  fecretions  ;  as  occurs  in  great 
and  continued  anxiety  of  the  mind. 

2.  Befides  the  febrile  motions  occafioned  by  irritation,  defcribed  in 
Sedl.  XXXII.  and  termed  irritative  fever,  it  frequently  happens  that 
pain  is  excited  by  the  violence  of  the  fibrous  contra£tions  ;  and  other 
new  motions  are  then  fuperadded,  in  confequence  of  fenfation,  which 
we  fhall  term  febris  fenfitiva,  or  fenfitive  fever.  It  muft  be  obferved, 
that  mofl  irritative  fevers  begin  with  a  decreafed  exertion  of  irritation, 
owing  to  defedl  of  flimulus  ;  but  that  on  the  contrary  the  fenfitive 
fevers,  or  inflammations,  generally  begin  with  the  increafed  exertion 
of  fenfation,  as  mentioned  in  Se6t.  XXXI.  on  temperaments  :  for 
though  the  cold  fit,  which  introduces  inflammation,  commences  with 
decreafed  irritation,  yet  the  inflammation  itfelf  commences  in  the  hot 
fit  during  the  increafe  of  fenfation.  Thus  a  common  puftule,  or 
phlegmon,  in  a  part  of  little  fenfibility  does  not  excite  an  inflamma- 
tory fever;  but  if  the  ftomach,  inteftines,  or  the  tender  fubftance 
5  beneath 


392  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.     Sect.  XXXIII.  i. 

beneath  the  nails,  be  injured,  great  fenfatiou  is  produced,  and  the 
whole  fyftenn  is  thrown  into  that  kind  of  exertion,  which  confiitutes 
inflammation. 

Thefe  fenfitive  fevers,  like  the  Irritative  ones,  refolve  themfelves 
into  thofe  with  arterial  ftrength,  and  thofe  with  arterial  debility,  that 
is  with  excefs  or  defeat  of  fenforlal  power ;  thefe  may  be  termed  the 
febris  fenfitiva  pulfu  forti,  fenfitive  fever  with  ftrong  pulfe,  which  is 
the  fynocha,  or  inflammatory  fever  ;  and  the  febris  fenfitiva  pulfu  de- 
bili,  fenfitive  fever  with  weak  pulfe,  which  is  the  typhus  gravior,  or 
putrid  fever  of  fome  writers. 

3.  The  inflammatory  fevers,  which  are  here  termed  fenfitive  fe- 
vers with  ftrong  pulfe,  are  generally  attended  with  fome  topical  in- 
flammation, as  pleurify,  peripneumony,  or  rheumatifm,  which  dif- 
tinguifhes  them  from  irritative  fevers  v/ith  ftrong  pulfe.  The 
pulfe  is  ftrong,  quick,  and  full ;  for  in  this  fever  there  is  great  irri- 
tation, as  well  as  great  fenfation,  employed  in  moving  the  arterial 
fyftem.  The  fize,.or  coagulable  lymph,  which  appears  on  the  blood, 
is  probably  an  increafed  fecretion  from  the  inflamed  internal  lining  of 
the  whole  arterial  fyftem,  the  thinner  part  being  taken  away  by  the 
increafed  abforption  of  the  inflamed  lymphatics. 

The  fenfitive  fevers  with  weak  pulfe,  which  are  termed  putrid  or 
malignant  fevers,  are  diftinguiflied  from  irritative  fevers  with  weak 
pulfe,  called  nervous  fevers,  defcribed  in  the  laft  feflion,  as  the  for- 
mer confift  of  inflammation  joined  with  debility,  and  the  latter  of  de- 
bility alone.  Hence  there  is  greater  heat  and  more  florid  colour  of 
the  Ikin  in  the  former,  with  petechias,  or  purple  fpots,  and  aphtha, 
or  floughs  in  the  throat,  and  generally  with  previous  contagion. 

When  animal  matter  dies,  as  a  flough  in  the  throat,  or  the  morti- 
fied part  of  a  carbuncle,  if  it  be  kept  moift  and  warm,  as  during  its 
adhefion  to  a  living  body,  it  will  foon  putrify.  This,  and  the  origin 
of  contagion  from  putrid  animal  fubftances,  feem  to  have  given  rife 
to  the  feptic  and  antifeptic  theory  of  thefe  fevers. 

The 


Sect. XXXIII.  I.     DISEx^SES  OF  SENSATION.  393 

The  matter  in  puftules  and  ulcers  is  thus  liable  to  become  putrid, 
and  to  produce  microfcopic  animalcula  ;  the  urine,  if  too  long  re- 
tained, may  alfo  gain  a  putrefcent  fmell,  as  well  as  the  alvine  feces  ; 
but  fome  writers  have  gone  fo  far  as  to  believe,  that  the  blood  itfelf 
in  thcfe  fevers  has  fmelt  putrid,  when  drawn  from  the  arm  of  the  pa- 
tient :  but  this  feems  not  well  founded  ;  fince  a  fnigle  particle  of  putrid 
matter  taken  into  the  blood  can  produce  fever,  how  can  we  conceive 
that  the  whole  mafs  could  continue  a  minute  in  a  putrid  flate  without 
deftroying  life  ?  Add  to  this,  that  putrid  animal  fubftances  give  up 
air,  as  in  gangrenes  ;  and  that  hence  if  the  blood  was  putrid,  air 
fhould  be  given  out,  which  in  the  blood-veffels  is  known  to  occaficn 
immediate  death. 

In  thefe  fenfitive  fevers  with  flrong  pulfe  (or  inflammations)  there 
are  two  fenforial  faculties  concerned  in  producing  the  difeafe,  viz.  ir- 
ritation and  fenfation  ;  and  hence,  as  their  combined  aftion  is  more 
violent,  the  general  quantity  of  fenforial  power  becomes  further  ex- 
haufled  during  the  exacerbation,  and  the  fyftem  more  rapidly  weak- 
ened than  in  irritative  fever  with  flrong  pulfe;  where  the  fpirit  of 
animation  is  weakened  by  but  one  mode  of  its  exertion  :  fo  that  this 
febris  fenfitiva  pulfu  forti  (or  inflammatory  fever,)  may  be  confidered 
as  the  febris  irritativa  pulfu  forti,  with  the  addition  of  inflammation  ; 
and  the  febris  fenfitiva  pulfu  debili  (or  malignant  fever)  may  be  con- 
fidered as  the  febris  irritativa  pulfu  debili  (or  nervous  fever),  with  the 
addition  of  inflammation. 

4.  In  thefe  putrid  or  malignant  fevers  a  deficiency  of  irritability  ac- 
companies the  increafe  of  fenlibility  ;  and  by  this  wafte  of  fenforial 
power  by  the  excefs  of  fenfation,  which  was  already  too  fmall,  arifes 
the  delirium  and  flupor  which  fo  perpetually  attend  thefe  inflamma- 
tory fevers  with  arterial  debility.  In  thefe  cafes  the  voluntary  power 
firfl  ceafes  to  acl  from  deficiency  of  fenforial  fpirit;  and  the  iiimuli 
from  external  bodies  have  no  etFect  on  the  exhaufted  fenforial  power, 
and  a  delirium  hke  a  dream  is  the  confequence.     At  length  the  in- 

3  E  ternal 


394-  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.     Sect.XXXIIL  i, 

teriial  fllmuli  ceafe  to  excite  fufficient  irritation,  and  the  fecretions  are 
either  not  produced  at  all,  or  too  parfimonious  in  quantity.  Amongft 
thefe  the  fecretion  of  the  brain,  or  produdlion  of  the  fenforial  power, 
becomes  deficient,  till  at  laft  all  fenforial  power  ceafes,  except  what 
is  juft  neceffary  to  perform  the  vital  motions,  and  a  ftupor  fucceeds  ; 
which  is  thus  owing  to  the  fame  caufe  as  the  preceding  delirium  ex- 
erted in  a  greater  degree. 

This  kind  of  delirium  is  owing  to  a  fufpenfion  of  volition,  and  to 
the  difobedience  of  the  fenfes  to  external  flimuli,  and  is  always  occa- 
fioned  by  great  debility,  or  paucity  of  fenforial  power ;  it  is  therefore 
a  bad  fign  at  the  end  of  inflammatory  fevers,  which  had  previous  ar- 
terial ftrength,  as  rheumatifm,  or  pleurify,  as  it  fhews  the  prefeace 
of  great  exhauftion  of  fenforial  power  in  a  fyflem,  which  having  lately 
been  expofed  to  great  excitement,  is  not  fo  liable  to  be  ftimulated  into 
its  healthy  adion,  either  by  additional  ftimulus  of  food  and  medicines, 
or  by  the  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  during  its  prefent  torpor. 
]n  inflammatory  fevers  with  debility,  as  thofe  termed  putrid  fevers, 
delirium  is  fometimes,  as  well  as  ftupor,  rather  a  favourable  fign  ;  as 
lefs  fenforial  power  is  wafted  during  its.  continuance  (fee  Clafs  II. 
1.  6.  8.),  and  the  conftitution  not  having  been  previoufly  expofed  to 
excefs  of  ftimulation,  is  more  liable  to  be  excited  after  previous 
quiefcence. 

When  the  fum  of  general  pleafurable  fenfation  becomes  too  great, 
another  kind  of  delirium  fupervenes,  and  the  ideas  thus  excited  are 
miftaken  for  the  irritations  of  external  objefts  :  fuch  a  delirium  is  pro- 
duced for  a  time  by  intoxicating  drugs,  as  fermented  liquors,  or 
opium  :  a  permanent  delirium  of  this  kind  is  fometimes  induced  by 
the  pleaiufes  of  inordinate  vanity,  or  by  the  enthufiaftic  hopes  of 
heaven.  In  thefe  cales  the  power  of  volition  is  incapable  of  exertion, 
and  in  a  great  degree  the  external  fenfes  become  incapable  of  perceiv- 
ing their  adapted  ftimuli,  becaufe  the  whole  ienforial  power  is  em- 
ployed or  expended  on  the  ideas  excited  by  pleafurable  fenfation. 

This 


Sect  .XXXIII.  2.      DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  395 

This  kind  of  delirium  is  diftinguinied  from  that  which  attends  the 
fevers  above  mentioned  from  its  not  being  accompanied  with  general 
debilitv,  but  fimply  with  excefs  of  pleafureable  fenfation  ;  and  is 
therefore  in  fome  mealure  allied  to  madnels  or  to  reverie  ;  it  ditFers 
from  the  delirium  of  dreams,  as  ia  this  the  power  of  volition  is  not 
totally  lufpended,  nor  are  the  fenfes  precluded  from  external  ftimula- 
tion ;  there  is  therefore  a  degree  of  confiftency,  in  this  kind  of  deli- 
rium, and  a  degree  of  attention  to  external  objeds,  neither  of  which 
exift  in  the  delirium  of  fevers  or  in  dreams. 

5.  It  would  appear,  that  the  vafcular  fyftem  of  other  animals  are 
lefs  liable  to  be  put  into  action  by  their  general  fum  of  pleafureable  or 
painful  ienlation  ;  and  that  the  trains  of  their  ideas,  and  the  mufcular 
motions  ufually  aflbciated  with  them,  are  lefs  powerfully  connedled 
than  in  the  human  fyftem.  For  other  animals  neither  weep,  nor 
fmlle,  nor  laugh  ;  and  are  hence  feldom  fubjeifl  to  delirium,  as  treated 
of  in  Se£t.  XVI.  on  InftincEl.  Now  as  our  epidemic  and  contagious 
difeafes  are  probably  produced  by  difagreeabie  fenfation,  and  not  fimply 
by  irritation  ;  there  appears  a  reafon,  why  brute  animals  are  lefs  liable 
to  epidemic  or  contagious  difeafes  ;  and  fecondly,  why  none  of  our 
contagions,  as  the  fmall-pox  or  meafles,  can  be  communicated  to 
them,  though  one  of  theirs,  viz.  the  hydrophobia,  as  well  as  many 
of  their  poifons,  as  thofe  of  fnakes  and  of  infedls,  communicate  their 
deleterious  or  painful  effedls  to  mankind. 

Where  the  quantity  of  general  painful  fenfation  is  too  great  in  the 
fyftem,  inordinate  voluntary  exertions  are  produced  either  of  our 
ideas,  as  in  melancholy  and  madnefs,  or  of  our  mufcles,  as  in  con- 
vulfion.  From  thefe  maladies  alfo  brute  animals  are  much  more  ex- 
empt than  mankind,  owing  to  their  greater  inaptitude  to  voluntary 
exertion,  as  mentioned  in  Seft.  XVI.  on  Inftinft. 

II.  I.  When  any  moving  organ  is  excited  into  fuch  violent  mo- 
tions, that  a  quantity  of  pleafureable  or  painful  fenfation  is  produced, 
it  frequently  happens  (but  not  always)  that  new  motions  of  the  af- 

3  E  2  fcaed 


396  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.     Sect.XXXIII.  2. 

fedled  organ  are  generated  in  coafequence  of  the  pain  or  pleafure, 
which  are  termed  inflammation. 

Thefe  new  motions  are  of  a  peculiar  kind,  tending  to  diftend  the 
old,  and  to  produce  new  fibres,  and  thence  to  elongate  the  ftraight 
mufcles,  which  ferve  locomotion,  and  to  form  new  veflels  at  the  ex- 
tremities or  fides  of  the  vafcular  mufcles. 

2.  Thus  the  pleafureable  fenfations  produce  an  enlargement  of  the 
nipples  of  nurfes,  of  the  papillae  of  the  tongue,  of  the  penis,  and 
probably  produce  the  growth  of  the  body  from  its  embryori  flate  to  its 
maturity  ;  whilft  the  new  motions  in  confeqilence  of  painful  fenfa- 
tion,  with  the  growth  of  the  fibres  or  veflels,  which  they  occafion, 
are  termed  inflammation. 

Hence  when  the  ftraight  mufcles  are  inflamed,  part  of  their  ten- 
dons at  each  extremity  gain  new  life  and  fenfibility,  and  thus  the 
mufcle  is  for  a  time  elongated  ;  and  inflamed  bones  become  foft,  vaf- 
cular, and  fenfible.  Thus  new  veflels  flioot  over  the  cornea  of  in- 
flamed eyes,  and  into  fchirrous  tumours,  when  they  become  inflamed; 
and  hence  all  inflamed  parts  grow  together  by  intermixture,  and  in- 
ofculation  of  the  new  and  old  veflels. 

The  heat  is  occalioned  from  the  increafed  fecretions  either  of  mu- 
cus, or  of  the  fibres,  which  produce  or  elongate  the  veflels.  The  red 
colour  is  owing  to  the  pellucidity  of  the  newly  formed  veflels,  and  as 
the  arterial  parts  of  them  are  probably  formed  before  their  corre- 
Ipondent  venous  parts. 

3.  Thefe  new  motions  are  excited  either  from  the  increafed  quan- 
tity of  fenfation  in  confequence  of  greater  fibrous  contradlions,  or 
from  increafed  fenfibility,  that  is,  from  the  increafed  quantity  of  fen- 
forial  power  in  the  moving  organ.  Hence  they  are  induced  by  great 
external  ftimuli,  as  by  wounds,  broken  bones  ;  and  by  acrid  or  in- 
fectious materials  ;  or  by -common  ftimuli  on  thofe  organs,  which 
have  been  fome  time  quiefcent ;  as  the  ufual  light  of  the  day  inflames 
the  eyes  of  thofe,  who  have  been  confined  in  dungeons ;    and  the 

warmth 


Sect.  XXXIII.  2.    DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  39y 

warmth  of  a  common  fire  inflames  thofe,  who  have  been  previoufly 
expofed  to  much  cold. 

But  thefe  new  motions  are  never  generated  by  that  pain,  which 
arifes  from  defedl  of  (limulus,  as  from  hunger,  thirft,  cold,  or  in- 
anition, with  all  thofe  pains,  which  are  termed  nervous.  Where 
thefe  pains  exift,  the  motions  of  the  afFefted  part  are  leflened  ;  and  if 
inflammation  fucceeds,  it  is  in  fome  difl:ant  parts ;  as  coughs  are 
caufed  by  coldnefs  and  moifture  being  long  applied  to  the  feet ;  or  it 
is  in  confequedce  of  the  renewal  of  the  ftimulus,  as  of  heat  or  food, 
which  excites  our  organs  into  ftronger  aftion  after  their  temporary 
quiefcence  ;  as  kibed  heels  after  walking  in  fnow. 

4.  But  when  thefe  new  motions  of  the  vafcular  mufcles  are  ex- 
erted with  greater  violence,  and  thefe  veffels  are  either  elongated  too 
much  or  too  haftily,  a  new  material  is  fecreted  from  their  extremi- 
ties, which  is  of  various  kinds  according  to  the  peculiar  animal  mo- 
tions of  this  new  kind  of  gland,  which  lecretes  it ;  fuch  is  the  pus 
laudabile  or  common  matter,  the  variolous  matter,  venereal  matter, 
catarrhous  matter,  and  many  others. 

5.  Thefe  matters  are  the  produd  of  an  animal  procefs  ;  they  are 
fecreted  or  produced  from  the  blood  by  certain  difeafed  motions  of  the 
extremities  of  the  blood-veflTels,  and  are  on  that  account  all  of  them 
contagious  ;  for  if  a  portion  of  any  of  thefe  matters  is  tranfmitted  into 
the  circulation,  or  perhaps  only  inferted  into  the  Ikin,  or  beneath  the 
cuticle  of  an  healthy  perfon,  its  ftimulus  in  a  certain  time  produces 
the  fame  kind  of  morbid  motions,  by  which  itfelf  was  produced  ;  and 
hence  a  fimilar  matter  is  generated.     See  Seft.  XXXIX.  6.  i. 

6.  It  is  remarkable,  that  many  of  thefe  contagious  matters  are 
capable  of  producing  a  fimilar  difeafe  but  once  ;  as  the  fmall-pox  and 
meafles  ;  and  I  fuppofe  this  is  true  of  all  thofe  contagious  difeafes, 
which  are  fpontaneoufly  cured  by  nature  in  a  certain  time  ;  for  if  the 
body  was  capable  of  receiving  the  difeafe  a  fecond  time,  the  patient 
mufl  perpetually  infedl  himfelf  by  the  very  matter,  which  he  has 

himfelf 


39§  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.     Sect.  XXXIII.  2. 

hirafelf  produced,  and  is  lodged  about  him ;  and  hence  he  could 
never  become  free  from  the  dileafe.  Something  fimilar  to  this  is 
feen  in  the  fecondary  fever  of  the  confluent  fmall-pox;  there  is  a 
great  abforption  of  variolous  matter,  a  very  minute  part  of  which 
would  give  the  genuine  fmall-pox  to  another  perfon  ;  but  here  it 
only  ftimulates  the  fyftem  into  common  fever ;  like  that  which 
common  pus,  or  any  other  acrid  material  might  occafion. 

7.  In  the  pulmonary  confumption,  where  common  matter  is 
daily  abforbed,  an  irritative  fever  only,  not  an  inflammatory  one,  is 
produced  ;  which  is  terminated  like  other  irritative  fevers  by  fweats, 
or  loofe  ftools.  Hence  it  does  not  appear,  that  this  abforbed  matter 
always  aidls  as  a  contagious  material  producing  frefh  inflammation  or 
new  abfcefles.  Though  there  is  reafon  to  believe,  that  thefirft  time 
any  common  matter  is  abforbed,  it  has  this  efFefl:,  but  not  the  fecond 
time,  like  the  variolous  matter  above  mentioned. 

This  accounts  for  the  opinion,  that  the  pulmonary  confumption  is 
fometimes  infedlious,  which  opinion  was  held  by  the  ancients,  and 
continues  in  Italy  at  prefent ;  and  I  have  myfelf  feen  three  or  four 
inftances,  where  a  hulband  and  wife,  who  have  flept  together,  and 
have  thus  much  received  each  other's  breath,  who  have  infe£ted  each 
other,  and  both  died  in  confequence  of  the  original  taint  of  only  one 
of  them.  This  alfo  accounts  for  the  abfcefles  in  various  parts  of  the 
body,  that  are  fometimes  produced  after  the  inoculated  Imall-pox  is 
terminated ;  for  this  fecond  abforption  of  variolous  matter  afts  like 
common  matter,  and  produces  only  irritative  fever  in  thofe  children, 
whofe  conftitutions  have  already  experienced  the  abforption  of  com- 
mon matter ;  and  inflammation  with  a  tendency  to  produce  new  ab- 
fcefles in  thofe,  whofe  confl:itutions  have  not  experienced  the  abforp- 
tions  of  common  matter. 

It  is  probable,  that  more  certain  proofs  might  have  been  found  to 
fliew,  that  common  matter  is  infedious  the  firfl;  time  it  is  abforbed, 

tending 


Sect.  XXXIII.  2.     DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  399 

tending  to  produce  fimilar  abfcefles,  but  not  the  fecond  time  of  its 
abforption,  if  this  fubjeft  had  been  attended  to. 

8.  Thefe  contagious  difeafes  are  very  numerous,  as  the  plague, 
fmall-pox,  chicken-pox,  meafles,  fcarlet-fever,  pemphigus,  catarrh, 
chincough,  venereal  difeafe,  itch,  trichoma,  tinea.  The  infe6lious 
material  does  not  feem  to  bediflblved  by  the  air,  but  only  mixed  with 
it  perhaps  in  tine  powder,  which  foon  fubfides  ;  fince  many  of  thefe 
contagions  can  only  be  received  by  adual  contact ;  and  others  of 
them  only  at  Imall  diftances  from  the  infedted  perfon  ;  as  is  evident 
from  many  perfons  having  been  near  patients  of  the  fmall-pox  with- 
out acquiring  the  difeafe. 

The  reafon,  why  many  of  thefe  difeafes  are  received  but  once, 
and  others  repeatedly,  is  not  well  underflood  ;  it  appears  to  me,  that 
the  conftitution  becomes  fo  accuflomed  to  the  flimuli  of  thefe  infec- 
tious materials,  by  having  once  experienced  them,  that  though  irri- 
tative motions,  as  hedic  fevers,  may  again  be  produced  by  them,  yet 
no  fenfation,  and  in  confequence  no  general  inflammation  fucceeds  ; 
as  difagreeable  fmells  or  taftes  by  habit  ceafe  to  be  perceived  ;  they 
continue  indeed  to  excite  irritative  ideas  on  the  organs  of  fenfe,  but 
thefe  are  not  fucceeded  by  fenfation. 

There  are  many  irritative  motions,  which  were  at  firft  fucceeded 
by  fenfation,  but  which  by  frequent  repetition  ceafe  to  excite  fenfa- 
tion, as  explained  in  Seft.  XX.  on  Vertigo.  And,  that  this  circum- 
ftance  exifts  in  refpeft  to  infectious  matter  appears  from  a  known 
faft ;  that  nurfes,  who  have  had  the  fmall-pox,  are  liable  to  experi- 
ence fmall  ulcers  on  their  arms  by  the  conta6l  of  variolous  matter  iu 
lifting  their  patients  ;  and  that  when  patients,  who  have  formerly 
had  the  fmall-pox  have  been  inoculated  in  the  arm,  a  phlegmon,  or 
inflamed  fore,  has  fucceeded,  but  no  fubfequent  fever.  Which 
fhews,  that  the  contagious  matter  of  the  fmall-pox  has  not  loft  its 
power  of  ftimulating  the  part  it  is  applied  to,  but  that  the  general 

fjftcm 


400  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.     Sect.XXXUT.  2. 

fyftem  Is  not  afFe6led  in  confequence.  See  Seftioii  XII.  7.  6. 
XIX.  10. 

9.  From  the  accounts  of  the  plague,  virulent  catarrh,  and  putrid 
dyfentery,  it  feems  uncertain,  whether  thefe  difeafes  are  experienced 
more  than  once  ;  but  the  venereal  difeafe  and  itch  are  doubtlefs  re- 
peatedly infectious  ;  and  as  thefe  difeafes  are  never  cured  fpontaneoufly, 
but  require  medicines,  which  ail  without  apparent  operation,  fome 
have  fufpefted,  that  the  contagious  material  produces  fimilar  matter 
rather  by  a  chemical  change  of  the  fluids,  than  by  an  animal  procefs  ; 
and  that  the  fpecific  medicines  deftroy  their  virus  by  chemically  com- 
bining with  it.  This  opinion  is  fuccefsfully  combated  by  Mr.  Hun- 
ter, in  his  Treatife  on  Venereal  Difeafe,  Parti,  c.  i.. 

But  this  opinion  wants  the  fupport  of  analogy,  as  there  is  no 
known  procefs  in  animal  bodies,  which  is  purely  chemical,  not  even 
digeflion  ;  nor  can  any  of  thefe  matters  be  produced  by  chemical  pro- 
cefles.  Add  to  this,  that  it  is  probable,  that  the  infefts,  obferved  in 
the  puflules  of  the  itch,  and  in  the  ftools  of  dyfenteric  patients,  are 
the  confequences,  and  not  the  caufes  of  thefe  difeafes.  And  that  the 
fpecific  medicines,  which  cure  the  itch  and  lues  venerea,  as  brimftone 
and  mercury,  ail  only  by  increafing  the  abforption  of  the  matter  in 
the  ulcufcles  of  thofe  difeafes,  and  thence  difpofmg  them  to  heal ; 
which  would  otherwife  continue  to  fpread. 

Why  the  venereal  difeafe,  and  itch,  and  tenia,  or  fcald  head,  are 
repeatedly  contagious,  while  thofe  contagions  attended  with  fever  can 
be  received  but  once,  feems  to  depend  on  their  being  rather  local  dif- 
eafes than  univerfal  ones,  and  are  hence  not  attended  with  fever,  ex- 
cept the  purulent  fever  in  their  laft  ftages,  when  the  patient  is  deftroy- 
ed  by  them.  On  this  account  the  whole  of  the  fyftem  does  not  be- 
come habituated  to  thefe  morbid  adions,  fo  as  to  ceafe  to  be  afFeded 
with  fenfation  by  a  repetition  of  the  contagion.  Thus  the  contagious 
inatter  of  the  venereal  difeafe,  and  of  the  tenia,  affeils  the  lymphatic 
5  glands, 


SECT.XXXIir.2.       DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  401 

glands,  as  the  iuquhnl  glands,  and  thofe  about  the  roots- of  the  iiair 
and  neck,  where  it  is  arrefted,  but  does  not  feeoi  to  aife^l  the  blood- 
veflels,   fince  no  lever  enlues. 

Hence  it  would  appear,  that  thefe  kinds  of  contagion  are  propa- 
gated not  by  ncieans  of  the  circulation,  but  by  fvmpathy  of  diftanC 
-parts  with  each  other  ;  fmce  if.  a  diftant  part,  as  the  palate,  Ihould 
be  excited  by  feniitive  aflbciation  into  the  fame  kind  of  motions,  as 
the  parts  originally  affe£led  by  the  contadl  of  infedious  matter  ;  that 
diftant  part  will  produce  the  fame  kind  of  infedlious  matter  ;  for  every 
fecretion  from  the  blood  is  formed  from  it  by  the  peculiar  motions  of 
the  fine  extremities  of  the  gland,  which  fecretes  it;  the  various  fe- 
creted  fluids,  as  the  bile,  faliva,  gaftric  juice,  not  previoufly  exiftin"-, 
as  fuch,  in  the  blood-veflels. 

And  this  peculiar  fympathy  between  the  genitals  and  the  throat, 
owing  to  fenfitive  aflbciation,  appears  not  only  in  the  produ6lion  of 
venereal  ulcers  in  the  throat,  but  in  variety  of  other  inftances,  as  in 
the  mumps,  in  the  hydrophobia,  fome  coughs,  ftrangulation,  the 
produ£lion  of  the  beard,  change  of  voice  at  puberty.  Which  are  fur- 
ther defcribed  in  Clafs  IV.  z.   1.7. 

To  evince  that  the  produ6lion  of  fuch  large  quantities  of  contagi- 
ous matter,  as  are  feen  in  fome  variolous  patients,  fo  as  to  cover  the 
whole  Ikin  almoft  with  puftules,  does  not  arife  from  any  chemical  fer- 
mentation in  the  blood,  but  that  it  is  owing  to  morbid  motions  of  the 
fine  extremities  of  the  capillaries,  or  glands,  whether  thefe  be  rup- 
tured or  not,  appears  from  the  quantity  of  this  matter  always  cor- 
refponding  with  the  quantity  of  the  fever ;  that  is,  with  the  violent 
exertions  of  thofe  glands  and  capillaries,  which  are  the  terminations 
of  the  arterial  fyftem. 

The  truth  of  this  theory  is  evinced  further  by  a  circumftance  ob- 
ferved  by  Mr.  J.  Hunter,  in  his  Treatife  on  Venereal  Difeafe ;  that 
in  a  patient,  who  was  inoculated  for  the  fmall-pox,  and  who  appear- 
jgd  afterwards  to  have  been  previoufly  infected   with   the   meafles, 

3  F  the 


402  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.      Sect.  XXXIII.  2. 

the  progrefs  of  the  fmall-pox  was  delayed  till  the  meafles  had  run 
their  courfe,  and  that  then  the  fmall-pox  went  through  its  ufual 
periods. 

Two  fimilar  cafes  fell  under  my  care,  which  I  fliall  here  relate,  as 
it  confirms  that  of  Mr.  Hunter,  and  contributes  to  illuftrate  this  part 
of  the  theory  of  contagious  difeafes.  I  have  tranfcribed  the  particu- 
lars from  a  letter  of  Mr.  Lightwood  of  Yoxal,  the  furgeon  who 
daily  attended  them,  and  at  my  requeft,  after  I  had  (sen  them,  kept 
a  kind  of  journal  of  their  cafes. 

Mifs  H.  and  Mifs  L.  two  fifters,  the  one  about  four  and  the  other 
about  three  years  old,  were  inoculated  Feb.  7,  1791.  On  the  loth 
there  was  a  rednefs  on  both  arms  difcernible  by  a  glafs.  On  the 
Jith  their  arms  were  fo  much  inflamed  as  to  leave  no  doubt  of  the 
infedlion  having  taken  place.  On  the  12th  lefs  appearance  of  in- 
flammation on  their  arms.  In  the  evening  Mifs  L,  had  an  eruption, 
which  refembled  the  meafles.  On  the  13th  the  eruption  on  Mifs  L. 
"was  very  full  on  the  face  and  breaft,  like  the  meafles,  with  confider- 
able  fever.  It  was  now  known,  that  the  meafles  were  in  a  farm  houfe 
in  the  neighbourhood.  Mifs  H.'s  arm  lefs  inflamed  than  yefl:erday. 
On  the  14th  Mifs  L.*s  fever  great,  and  the  eruption  univerfal.  The 
arm  appears  to  be  healed.  Mifs  H.'s  arm  fomewhat  redder.  They 
were  nov/  put  into  feparate  rooms.  On  the  15th  Mifs  L.'s  arms  as 
yefl:erday.  Eruption  continues.  Mifs  H.'s  arms  have  varied  but  little. 
16th,  the  eruptions  on  Mifs  L.  are  dying  away,  her  fever  gone.  Be- 
o-ltis  to  have  a  little  rednefs  in  one  arm  at  the  place  of  inoculation. 
Mifs  H.'s  arms  get  redder,  but  fhe  has  no  appearance  of  complaint. 
20th,  "Mifs  L.'s  arms  bav^e  advanced  flowly  till  this  day,  and  now  a 
few  puflules  appear.  Mifs  H.'s  arm  has  made  little  progrefs  from  the 
16th  to  this  day,  and  now  fhe  has  fome  fever,  aift,  Mifs  L.  as 
yeflerday.  Mifs  H.  has  much  inflammation,  and  an  iiicreafe  of  the 
red  circle  on  one  arm  to  the  fize  of  half  a  crown,  and  had  much  fever 
at  ni<^ht,  with  fetid  breath..    22d,  Mifs  L.'s  puflules  continue  advanc- 


ing. 


SiiCT.XXXril.  2.       DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  403 

ing.  I\/i(s  H.'s  infiammstioii  of  he;  arm  ar.cl  red  ciicle  inci'cafcs.  A 
few  red  (pots  appear  ii!  dilH;rent  parts  with  loaie  deorcc  of  fever  this 
moroing.  23d  Mifs  L.  has  a  larger  crop  of  puftules.  rslifs  H.  has 
Imall  pufiults  and  great  inflammation  of  her  arms,  with  but  one 
puftule  likely  to  fuppurate.  After  this  day  they  gradually  got  v\-eli, 
and  the  puflules  difappeared. 

In  one  of  thefe  cafes  the  meafles  went  throii2;h  their  common  courfe 
with  milder  fymptoms  than  ufual,  and  in  the  other  the  meafly  conta- 
gion feemed  juft  fuificient  to  flop  the  progrefs  of  variolous  contagion, 
but  without  itfelf  throwing  the  conflitutiou  into  any  diforder.  At  the 
fame  time  both  the  meafles  and  fmall-pox  feem  to  have  been  rendered 
milder.  Does  not  this  s;ive  an  idea,  that  if  they  were  both  inoculated 
at  the  fame  time,  that  neither  of  them  might  afFeft  the  patient  ? 

From  thefe  cafes  I  contend,  that  the  contagious  matter  of  thefe  dif- 
eafes  does  not  affc6l  the  conflitution  by  a  fermentation,  or  chemical 
change  of  the  blood,  becaufe  then  they  muft  have  proceeded  together, 
and  have  produced  a  third  fomething,  not  exactly  fimilar  to  cither  of 
them  :  but  that  they,  produce  new  motions  of  the  cutaneous  termina- 
tions of  the  blood-vefleis,  which  for  a  time  proceed  daily  with  increaf- 
ing  activity,  like  fome  paroxyfms  of  fever,  till  they  at  length  fecrete 
or  form  a  fimilar  poifon  by  thefe  unnatural  aclions. 
.  Now  as  in  the  meafles  one  kind  of  unnatural  motion  takes  place, 
and  in  the  fmall-pox  another  kind,  it  is  ealy  to  conceive,  that  thefe 
different  kinds  of  morbid  motions  cannot  exift  together  ;  and  there- 
fore, that  that  which  has  firft  begun  will  continue  till  the  fyflem  be- 
comes habituated  to  the  ftimulus  which  occafions  it,  and  has  ceafed  to 
be  thrown  into  ailion  by  it ;  and  then  the  other  kind  of  ftunulus  will 
in  its  turn  produce  fever,  and  new  kinds  of  motions  peculiar  to  itfelf. 

10.  On  further  confidering  the  aftion  of  contagious  matter,  fince 

'  the  former  part  of  this  work  was  fent  to  the  prefs ;  where  1  haveaf- 

ferted,  in  Sedt.  XII.  3.  6.  that  it  is  probable,  that  the  variolous  matter 

is  dittufed  through  the  blood  ;  I  prevailed  on  my  friend  Mr.  Power, 

3  F  2  furgeon 


404  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.       Sect.  XXXIII.  z, 

furgeon  at  Bofworth  in  Leicefterfhire  to  try,  whether  the  fmall-pox 
could  be  inoculated  by  ufing  the  blood  of  a  variolous  patient  inftead 
of  the  matter  from  the  puftules ;  as  I  thought  fuch  an  experiment 
migh  throw  fome  light  at  leaft  on  this  interefting  fubjedl.  The  fol- 
lowing is  an  extradl  from  his  letter  : — • 

"  March  ii,  1793.  1  inoculated  two  children,  who  had  not  had 
the  fmall-pox,  with  blood ;  which  was  taken  from  a  patient  on  the 
fecond  day  after  the  eruption  commenced,  and  before  it  was  com- 
pleted. And  at  the  fame  time  I  inoculated  myfelf  with  blood  from 
the  fame  perfon,  in  order  to  compare  the  appearances,  which  might 
arife  in  a  perfon  liable  to  receive  the  infection ,  and  in  one  not  liable  to 
receive  it.  On  the  fame  day  I  inoculated  four  other  children  liable 
to  receive  the  infeftion  with  blood  taken  from  another  perfon  on  the 
fourth  day  after  the  commencement  of  the  eruption.  The  patients 
from  whom  the  blood  was  taken  had  the  difeafc  mildly,  but  had  the 
moft  puftules  of  any  I  could  fele£t  from  twenty  inoculated  patients ; 
and  as  much  of  the  blood  was  infinuated  under  the  cuticle  as  I  could 
introduce  by  elevating  the  Ikin  without  drawing  blood ;  and  three  or 
four  fuch  punftures  were  made  in  each  of  their  arms,  and  the  blood 
was  ufed  in  its  fluid  ftate. 

*'  As  the  appearances  in  all  thefe  patients,  as  well  as  in  myfelf,, 
were  fimilar,  I  fliall  only  mention  them  in  general  terms.  March  13. 
A  flight  fubcuticular  difcoloration,  with  rather  a  livid  appearance, 
without  forenefs  or  pain,  was  viiible  in  them  all,  as  well  as  in  my 
own  hand.  15.  The  difcoloration  fbmewhat  lefs,  witkout  pain  or 
forenefs.  Some  patients  inoculated  on  the  fame  day  with  variolous 
matter  have  confiderable  inflammation.  17.  The  difcoloration  is 
quite  gone  in  them  all,  and  from  my  own  hand,  a  dry  mark  only  re- 
maining. And  they  were  all  inoculated  on  the  i8th,  with  variolous 
matter,  which  produced  the  difeafe  in  them  all." 

Mr.  Power  afterwards  obferves,  that,  as  the  patients  from  whom 
the  blood  was  taken  had  the  difeafe  mildly,  it  may  be  fuppofed,  that 

though 


Sect. XXXIII.  2.       DISEASES  OF  SENSATION,  405 

though  the  contagious  matter  might  be  mixed  with  the  blood,  it 
might  ftill  be  in  too  dilute  a  flate  to  convey  the  infedion  ;  but  adds  at 
the  fame  time,  that  he  has  diluted  recent  matter  with  at  leaft  five 
times  its  quantity  of  watery  and  which  has  ftill  given  the  infedion  ;: 
though  he  has  fometimes  diluted  it  fo  far  as  to  fail. 

The  following  experiments  were  inftituted  at  my  requeft  by  my 
friend  Mr.  Hadley,  furgeon  in  Derby,  to  afcertain  whether  the  blood, 
of  a  perfon  in  the  fmall-pox  be  capable  of  communicating  the  difeafe. 
"Experiment  ifl.  .October  i8th,  1793.  I  took  fome  blood  from  a 
vein  in  the  arm  of  a  perfon,  who  had  the  fmall-pox  on  the  fecond 
day  of  the  eruption,  and  introduced  a  fmall  quantity  of  it  immedi- 
ately with  the  point  of  a  lancet  between  the  fcarf  and  true  Ikin  of  the; 
right  arm  of  a  boy  nine  years  old  in  two  or  three  different  places  ;  the 
other  arm  was  inoculated  with  variolous  matter  at  the  fame  time. 

**  19th.  The  pundlured  parts  of  the  right  arm  were  furrounded 
with  Ibme  degree  of  fubcuticular  inflammation.  20th.  The  inflam- 
mation more  conliderable,  with  a  flight  degree  of  itching,  but  no  pairt 
tipon  preflTure.  21  ft.  Upon  examining  the  arm  this  day  with  a  lens 
I  found  the  inflamniation  lefs  extenfive,  and  the  rednefs  chansine  to 
a  deep  yellow  or  orange- colour.  22d,  Inflammation  nearly  gone. 
23d.  Nothing  remained,  except  a  flight  difcoloration  and  a  little  fcurfv 
appearance  on  the  pun£tures.  At  the  fame  time  the  inflammation  of 
the  arm  inoculated  with  variolous  matter  was  increafing  faft,  and  he 
had  the  difeafe  mildly  at  the  ufual  time. 

"  Experiment  2d.  I  inoculated  another  child  at  the  fame  time  and. 
in  the  fame  manner,  with  blood  taken  on  the  firfl;  day  of  the  erup- 
tion ;  but  as  the  appearance  and  eftefts  were  fimilar  to  thofe  in  the 
preceding  experiment,  1  fliall  not  relate  them  minutely.. 

Experiment  3d.  October  20th.  Blood  was  taken  from  a  perfon 
who  had  the  fmall-pox,  on  the  third  day  of  the  eruption,  and  on- 
the  fixth  from  the  commencement  of  the  eruptive  fever.  I  introduced 
fome  of  it  in  its  fluid  fl:ate  into  both  arms  of  a  boy  feven  years  old. 

2-1  ft.. 


4c5         \   -  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.       Sect.  XXXiil.  2. 

2,i!l.  There  apoeared  to  be  fome  inflammation  under  the  cuticle, 
M-here  the  puuilures  were  made.  22J.  Inflammation  more  coa- 
fiderable.  a^cl.  Ou  this  day  the  iiifiammatioa  was  fomewhat  greater, 
and  the  cuticle  ratlier  elevated. 

24th.  Inflammation  much  lefs,  and  only  a  brown  or  orange-colour 
remained.  25th.  Scarcely  any  difcoloration  left.  On  this  day  he 
was  inoculated  with  variolous  matter,  the  progrels  of  the  infediou 
went  on  ia  the  ufual  v-av,  and  he  had  the  fmall-pox  very  favour- 


ablv. 


"  At  this  time  I  was  requeued  to  inoculate  a  young  perfon,  who 
was  thought  to  have  had  the  Imall-pox,  but  his  parents  were  not  quite 
certain  ;  in  one  arm  I  introduced  variolous  matter,  and  in  the  other 
blood,  taken  as  in  experiment  3d.  On  the  fecond  day  after  the  ope- 
ration, the  pA^inclured  parts  were  inflamed,  though  I  think  the  arm  in 
which  i  had  inferted  variolous  matter  was  rather  more  fo  than  the 
other.  On  the  third  the  inflammation  was  increafed,  and  looked 
much  the  fame  as  in  the  preceding  experiment.  4th.  The  inflam- 
mation was  much  diminiflied,  and  on  the  5th  almoft  gone.  He  was 
ex  poled  at  the  fame  time  to  the  natural  infedlion,  but  has  continued 

perfe6lly  well. 

"  I  have  frequently  obferved  (and  believe  moft '  praftitioners  have 
done  the  fame),  that  if  variolous  matter  be  inferted  in  the  arm  of  a 
perfon  who  has  previoufly  had  the  fmall-pox,  that  the  inflammation 
on  the  fecond  or  third  days  is  much  greater,  than  if  they  had  not  had 
the  difeafe,  but  on  the  fourth  or  fifth  it  difappears. 

"  On  the  23d  I  introduced  blood  into  the  arms  of  three  more  chil- 
dren, taken  on  the  third  and  fourth  days  of  the  eruption.  The  ap- 
pearances v/ere  much  the  fame  as  mentioned  in  experiments  firft  and 
third.  They  were  afterwards  inoculated  with  variolous  matter,  and 
had  the  difeafe  in  the  regular  way. 

"  The  above  experiments  were  made  with  blood  taken  from  a 
fmall  vein  in  the  hand  or  foot  of  three  or  four  different  patients, 

whom 


SEcr.XXXIir.  2.       DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  407 

whom  I  had  at  that  time  under  inoculation.  They  were  feledled 
from  160,  as  having  the  greateft  number  of  puftules.  The  part  was 
wafhed  with  warm  water  before  the  blood  was  taken,  to  prevent  the 
poffibility  of  any  matter  being  mixed  with  it  from  the  furface.'* 

Shall  we  conclude  from  hence,  that  the  variolous  matter  never  en- 
ters the  blood- veflels  ?  but  that  the  morbid  motions  of  the  veflels  of 
the  fkin  around  the  infertion  of  it  continue  to  increafe  in  a  larger  and 
larger  circle  for  fix  or  feven  days ;  that  then  their  quantity  of  morbid 
aftion  becomes  great  enough  to  produce  a  fever-fit,  and  to  afFedt  the 
ftomach  by  affociation  of  motions  ?  and  finally,  that  a  fecond  affocia- 
tion  of  motions  is  produced  between  the  ftomach  and  the  other  parts 
of  the  fkin,  inducing  them  into  morbid  adlions  fimilar  to  thofe  of  the 
circle  round  the  infertion  of  the  variolous  matter  ?  Alany  more  ex- 
periments and  obfervations  are  req^uired  before  this  important  queftion 
can  be  fatisfacftorily  anfwered. 

It  may  be  adduced,  that  as  the  matter  inferted  into  the  flcin  of  the 
arm  frequently  fwells  the  lymphatic  in  the  axilla,  that  in  that  cir- 
cumftance  it  feems  to  be  there  arrefted  in  its  progrefs,  and  cannot  be 
imagined  to  enter  the  blood  by  that  lymphatic  gland  till  the  fwelling 
of  it  fubfides.  Some  other  phasnomena  of  the  dil'eafe  are  more  eafilv 
reconcileable  to  this  theory  of  fyrapathetic  motions  than  to  that  of 
abforption  ;  as  the  time  taken  up  between  the  infertion  of  the  matter, 
and  the  operation  of  it  on  the  fyftem,  as  mentioned  above.  For  the 
circle  around  the  infertion  is  {een  to  increafe,  and  to  inflame ;  and  I 
believe,  undergoes  a  kind  of  diurnal  paroxyfm  of  torpor  and  palenefs 
with  a  lucceeding  increafe  of  aclion  and  colour,  like  a  topical  fever- 
fit.  Whereas  if  the  matter  is  conceived  to  circulate  for  fix  or  {tveix 
days  with  the  blood,  without  producing  diforder,  it  ought  to  be  ren- 
dered milder,  or  the  blood-veflels  more  familiarized  to  its  acrimony. 

It  is  much  eafier  to  conceive  from  this  doctrine  of  allbciated  or 
fympathetic  motions  of  diftant  parts  of  the  fyftem,  how  it  happens,, 
that  the  variolous  infedtion  can  be  received  but  once,  as  before  ex- 
plained ;; 


4:1  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.       Sect.XXXIII.  2. 

plained  ;  tlian  by  fiippofing,  that  a  change  is  efFecled  in  the  m;tfs  of 
iblood  by  any  kind  of  fermentative  procefs. 

.  '  The  curious  circumftance  of  the  two  contagions  of  fmall-pox  and 
meafles  not  afting  at  the  fame  time,  but  one  of  them  refting  or  fuf- 
pending  its  aclion  till  that  of  the  other  ceafes,  may  be  much  eafier 
explained  from  fympathetic  or  affociated  adtions  of  the  infedted  part 
with  other  parts  of  the  fyftem,  than  it  can  from  fuppofing  the  two 
contagions  to  enter  the  circulation. 

The  fkin  of  the  face  is  fubjeft  to  more  frequent  viciffitudes  of  heat 
and  cold,  from  its  expofure  to  the  open  air,  and  is  in  confequence  more 
liable  to  fenfitive  aflbciation  with  the  ilomach  than  any  other  part  of 
the  furface  of  the  body,  becaufe  their  adions  have  been  more  fre- 
quently thus  aflbciated.  Thus  in  a  furfeit  from  drinking  cold  water, 
when  a  perfon  is  very  hot  and  fatigued,  an  eruption  is  liable  to  appear 
on  the  face  in  confequence  of  this  fympathy.  In  the  fame  manner 
the  rofy  eruption  on  the  faces  of  drunkards  more  probably  arifes  from 
the  fympathy  of  the  face  with  the  flomach,  rather  than  between  the 
face  and  the  liver,  as  is  generally  fuppofed. 

This  fympathy  between  the  ftomach  and  the  Ikln  of  the  face  is  ap- 
parent in  the  eruption  of  the  fmall-pox  ;  lince,  where  the  difeafe  is  in 
confiderable  quantity,  the  eruption  on  the  face  firft  fucceeds  the  lick- 
nefs  of  the  ftomach.  In  the  natural  difeafe  the  ftomach  feems  to  be 
frequently  primarily  affected,  either  alone  or  along  with  the  tonfils,  as 
the  matter  feems  to  be  only  difFufed  in  the  air,  and  by  being  mixed 
with  the  faliva,  or  mucus  of  the  tonfils,  to  be  fwallowed  into  the 
ftomach. 

After  fome  days  the  irritative  circles  of  motions  become  difordered 
by  this  new  ftimulus,  which  a£ls  upon  the  mucous  lining  of  the  fto- 
mach ;  and  ficknefs,  vertigo,  and  a  diurnal  fever  fucceed.  Thefe 
jdifordered  irritative  motions  become  daily  increafed  for  two  or  three 
days,  and  then  by  their  increafed  adion  certain  fenfitive  motions,  or 
inflammation,  is  produced^  and  at  the  next  cold  fit  of  fever,  when 

the 


Sect.  XXXIII.  3.    DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  409 

the  ftomach  recovers  from  its  torpor,  an  inflammatiou  of  the  exter- 
nal Ikin  is  formed  in  points  (which  afterwards  fuppurate),  by  fenfitive 
aflbciation,  in  the  fame  manner  as  a  cough  is  produced  in  confequence 
of  expofing  the  feet  to  cold,  as  defcribed  in  Sedl.  XXV.  i.  i.  a-nd 
Clafs  IV.  2.  2.  4.  If  the  inoculated  fkin  of  the  arm,  as  far  as  it  ap- 
pears inflamed,  was  to  be  cut  out,  or  deftroyed  by  cauftic,  before  the 
fever  commenced,  as  fuppofe  on  the  fourth  day  after  inoculation, 
would  this  prevent  the  difeafe  ?  as  it  is  fuppofed  to  prevent  the  hy- 
drophobia. 

III.  I.  Where  the  new  veffels,  and  enlarged  old  ones,  which 
conflitute  inflammation,  are  not  fo  haftily  diftended  as  to  burft,  and 
form  a  new  kind  of  gland  for  the  fecretion  of  matter,  as  above  men- 
tioned ;  if  fuch  circumftances  happen  as  diminiih  the  painful  fenfa- 
tion,  the  tendency  to  growth  ceafes,  and  by  and  by  an  abforption 
commences,  not  only  of  the  fuperabundant  quantity  of  fluids  depo- 
fited  in  the  inflamed  part,  but  of  the  folids  likewife,  and  this  even 
of  the  hardeft  kind. 

Thus  during  the  growth  of  the  fecond  fet  of  teeth  in  children, 
the  roots  of  the  firft  fet  are  totally  abforbed,  till  at  length  nothing  of 
them  remains  but  the  crown  ;  though  a  few  weeks  before,  if  they  are 
drawn  immaturely,  their  roots  are  found  complete.     Similar  to  this 
Mr.  Hunter  has  obferved,  that  where  a  dead  piece  of  bone  is  to  exfo- 
liate, or  to  feparate  from  a  living  one,  that  the  dead  part  does  not  pu- 
trify,  but  remains  perfedly  found,   while  the  furface  of  the  living 
part  of  the  bone,  which  is  in  contail  with  the  dead  part,  becomes 
abforbed,  and  thus  effefts  its  feparation.     Med.  Comment.  Edinb.  V. 
I.  425.     In  the  fame  manner  the  calcareous  matter  of  gouty  concre- 
tions, the  coagulable  lymph  depofited  on  inflamed  membranes  in  rheu* 
matifm  and  extravafated  blood  become  abforbed  ;  which  are  all  as  fo- 
lid  and  as  indilToluble  materials  as  the  new  veflels  produced  in  inflam- 
mation. 

This  abforption  of  the  new  veffels  and  depofited  fluids  of  inflamed 

3  G  parts 


4IO  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.     Sect.  XXXIII.  3. 

parts  is  called  refolution  :  it  is  produced  by  firfi:  uiing  fuch  internal 
means  as  decreafe  the  pain  of  the  part,  and  in  confequence  its  new 
motions,  as  repeated  bleeding,  cathartics,  diluent  potations,  and  warm 
bath. 

After  the  veffels  are  thus  emptied,  and  the  abforption  of  the  new 
veffels  and  depofited  fluids  is  evidently  begun,  it  is  much  promoted 
by  flimulating  the  part  externally  by  folutions  of  lead,  or  other  me- 
tals, and  internally  by  the  bark,  and  fmall  dofes  of  opium.  Hence 
when  an  ophthalmy  begins  to  become  paler,  any  acrid  eye- water,  as 
a  folution  of  fix  grains  of  white  vitriol  in  an  ounce  of  water,  haftens 
the  abforption,  and  clears  the  eye  in  a  very  Ihort  time.  But  the  lame 
application  ufed  a  few^  days  fooner  would  have  increafed  the  inflam- 
mation. Hence  after  evacuation  opium  in  Imall  dofes  may  contri- 
bute to  promote  the  abforption  of  fluids  depofited  on  the  brain,  as  ob- 
ferved  by  Mr.  Bromfield  in  his  treatife  of  furgery. 

2.  Where  an  abfcefs  is  formed  by  the  rupture  of  thefe  new  veflels,, 
the  violence  of  inflammation  ceafes,  and  a  new  gland  feparates  a  ma- 
terial called  pus :  at  the  fame  time  a  lefs  degree  of  inflammation  pro- 
duces new  veflels  called  vulgarly  proud  flefh  ;  which,  if  no  bandage 
confines  its  growth,  nor  any  other  circumflance  promotes  abforption. 
in  the  wound,  would  rife  to  a  great  height  above  the  ufual  fize  of  the 
part. 

Hence  the  art  of  healing  ulcers  confifts  in  producing  a  tendency  to 
abforption  in  the  wound  greater  than  the  depofition.  Thus  when  an. 
ill-conditioned  ulcer  feparates  a  copious  and  thin  difcharge,  by  the  ufe 
of  any  ftimulus,  as  of  falts  of  lead,  or  mercury,  or  copper  exter- 
nally applied,  the  difcharge  becomes  diminiChed  in  quantity,  and  be- 
comes thicker,  as  the  thinner  parts  are  firft  abforbed. 

But  nothing  fo  much  contributes  to  increafe  the  abforption  in  a 

•wound  as  covering  the  whole  limb  above  the  fore  with  a  bandage,, 

which    fhould    be  fpread    with    fome   plafter,    as   with   emplaftrum 

de   minio,  to  prevent    it   from  flipping.      By   this   artificial   tight- 

7  uefa 


Sect.  XXXIII.  3.     DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  411 

nefs  of  the  fkin,  the  arterial  pulfations  a£l  with  double  their  ufual 
power  in  promoting  the  afcending  current  of  the  fluid  in  the  val- 
vular lymphatics. 

Internally  the  abforption  from  ulcers  fhould  be  promoted  firft  by 
evacuation,  then  by  opium,  bark,  mercury,  fteel. 

3.  Where  the  inflammation  proceeds  with  greater  violence  or  ra- 
pidity, that  is,  when  by  the  painful  fenfation  a  more  inordinate  ac- 
tivity of  the  organ  is  produced,  and  by  this  great  aitivity  an  additional 
quantity  of  painful  fenfation  follows  in  an  increafing  ratio,  till  the 
whole  of  the  fenforial  power,  or  fpirit  of  animation,  in  the  part  be- 
comes exhaufted,  a.  mortification  enfues,  as  in  a  carbuncle,  in  in- 
flammations of  the  bowels,  in  the  extremities  of  old  people,  or  in 
the  limbs  of  thofe  who  are  brou2;ht  near  a  fire  after  having  been  much 
benumbed  with  cold.  And  from  hence  it  appears,  why  weak  people 
are  more  fubje£t  to  mortification  than  ftrong  ones,  and  why  in  weak 
perfons  lefs  pain  will  produce  mortification,  namely,  becaufe  the  fen- 
forial power  is  fooner  exhaufted  by  any  excefs  of  adivity.  I  remem- 
ber feeing  a  gentleman  who  had  the  preceding  day  travelled  two  ftages 
in  a  chaife  with  what  he  termed  a  bearable  pain  in  his  bowels  ;  which 
when  I  faw  him  had  ceafed  rather  fuddenly,  and  without  a  paflage 
through  him  ;  his  pulfe  was  then  weak,  though  not  very  quick  ;  but 
as  nothing  which  he  fwallowed  would  continue  in  his  ftomach  many 
minutes,  I  concluded  that  the  bowel  was  mortified  ;  he  died  on  the 
next  day.  It  is  ufual  for  patients  finking  under  the  fmall-pox  with 
mortified  puftules,  and  with  purple  fpots  intermixed,  to  complain  of 
no  pain,  but  to  fay  they  are  pretty  well  to  the  lad  moment. 


J 


G  2  Rccapiiu- 


4 1 3  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.    Sect.  XXXIII.  4, 


Recapitulation. 

IV.  When  the  motions  of  any  part  of  the  fyftem,  in  confequence 
of  previous  torpor,  are  performed  with  more  energy  than  in  the  irri- 
tative fevers,  a  difagreeable  fenfation  is  produced,  and  new  adions  of 
fome  part  of  the  fyftem  commence  in  confequence  of  this  fenfation 
conjointly  with  the  irritation  ;  which  motions  conftitute  inflamma- 
tion. If  the  fever  be  attended  with  a  ftrong  pulfe,  as  in  pleurify,  or 
rheumatifm,  it  is  termed  fynocha  fenfitiva,  or  fenfitive  fever  with 
flrong  pulfe ;  which  is  ufually  termed  inflammatory  fever.  If  it  be 
attended  with  weak  pulfe,  it  is  termed  typhus  fenfitivus,  or  fenfitive 
fever  with  weak  pulfe,  or  typhus  gravior,  or  putrid  malignant  fever. 

The  fynocha  fenfitiva,  or  fenfitive  fever  with  ftrong  pulfe,  is  ge- 
nerally attended  with  fome  topical  inflammation,  as  in  peripneumony,' 
hepatitis,  and  is  accompanied  with  much  coagulable  lymph,  or  fize; 
■which  rifes  to  the  furface  of  the  blood,  when  taken  into  a  bafon,  as 
it  cools  ;  and  which  is  believed  to  be  the  increafed  mucous  fecretion 
from  the  coats  of  the  arteries,  infpiffated  by  a  greater  abforption  of 
its  aqueous  and  faline  part,  and  perhaps  changed  by  its  delay  in  the 
circulation.  , 

The  typhus  fenfitivus,  or  fenfitive  fever  with  weak  pulfe,  is  fre- 
quently attended  with  delirium,  which  is  caufed  by  the  deficiency 
of  the  quantity  of  fenforial  power,  and  with  variety  of  cutaneous 
eruptions. 

Inflammation,  is  caufed  by  the  pains  occafioned  by  excefs  of  aftion, 
and  not  by  thofe  pains  which  are  occafioned  by  defe6l  of  aftion. 
Thefe  morbid  anions,  which  are  thus  produced  by  two  fenforial 
powers,  viz.  by  irritation  and  fenfation,  fecrete  new  Hving  fibres, 

which 


Sect.  XXXIII.  4-     DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.  413 

which  elongate  the  old  vefTels,  or  form  new  ones,  and  at  the  fame 
time  much  heat  is  evolved  from  thefe  combinations.  By  the  rupture 
of  thefe  veffels,  or  bj  a  new  conftruclion  of  their  apertures,  purulent 
matters  are  fecreted  of  various  kinds ;  which  are  infeflious  the  firfl 
time  thej  are  applied  to  the  fkin  beneath  the  cuticle,  or  fwallowed 
with  the  faliva  into  the  ftomach.  This  contagion  adls  not  by  its  be- 
ing abforbed  into  the  circulation,  but  by  the  fympathies,  or  aflbciated 
a£lions,  between  the  part  firfl:  flimulated  by  the  contagious  matter 
and  the  other  parts  of  the  fyfl:em.  Thus  in  the  natural  fmall-pox  the 
contagion  is  fwallowed  with  the  faliva,  and  by  its  flimulus  inflames 
the  flomach ;  this  variolous  inflammation  of  the  fl:omach  increafes  every 
day,  like  the  circle  round  the  punfture  of  an  inoculated  arm,  till  it 
becomes  great  enough  to  diforder  the  circles  of  irritative  and  fenfitive 
motions,  and  thus  produces  fever- fits,  with  ficknefs  and  vo^niting. 
Laftly,  after  the  cold  paroxyfm,  or  fit  of  torpor,  of  the  flomach  has 
increafed  for  two  or  three  fucceflive  days,  an  inflammation  of  the  ikin 
commences  in  points  ;  which  generally  firfl  appear  upon  the  face,  as 
the  aflbciated  aclions  between  the  fl^:in  of  the  face  and  that  of  the  flo- 
mach have  been  more  frequently  exerted  together  than  thofe  of  any 
other  parts  of  the  external  furface. 

Contagious  matters,  as  thofe  of  the  meafles  and  fmall-pox,  do  not 
a£l  upon  the  fyfl:em  at  the  fame  time ;  but  the  progrefs  of  that  which 
was  laft  received  is  delayed,  till  the  adlion  of  the  former  infedion 
ccafes.  All  kinds  of  matter,  even  that  from  common  ulcers,  are  pro- 
bably contagious  the  firfl  time  they  are  inferted  beneath  the  cuticle  or 
fwallowed  into  the  flomach  ;  that  is,  as  they  were  formed  by  certain 
morbid  aftions  of  the  extremities  of  the  veflels,  they  have  the  power 
to  excite  fimilar  morbid  adlions  in  the  extremities  of  other  veflTels,  to 
which  they  are  applied ;  and  thefe  by  fympathy,  or  aflxDciations  of 
motion,  excite  fimilar  morbid  aftions  in  diflant  parts  of  the  fyflrem, 
without  entering  the  circulation ;  and  hence  the  blood  of  a  patient  in 
the  fmall-pox  will  not  give  that  difeafe  by  inoculation  to  others. 

When 


414  DISEASES  OF  SENSATION.     Sect.  XXXIII.  4. 

When  the  new  fibres  or  veflels  become  again  abforbed  into  the  cir- 
culation, the  inflammation  ceafes  ;  which  is  promoted,  after  fufficient 
evacuations,  by  external  ftimulants  and  bandages  :  but  where  the  ac- 
tion of  the  veflels  is  very  great,  a  mortification  of  the  part  is  liable  to 
enfue,  owing  to  the  exhauftion  of  fenforial  power  ;  which  however 
occurs  in  weak  people  without  much  pain,  and  without  very  violent 
previous  inflammation  ;  and,  like  partial  paralyfis,  may  be  efleemed  one 
mode  of  natural  death  of  old  people,  a  part  dying  before  the  whole. 


SECT. 


Sect.  XXXIV.       DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  415 


SECT.    XXXIV. 


DISEASES    OF    VOLITION. 


I.     I.  Volition  defined.    Motions  termed  involuntary  are  caufed  hy  volition.     Dejires 
oppofed  to  each  other.     Deliberation.    AJs  between  two  hay -cocks.     Saliva  Jwal- 
lozved  againjl  one's  defire.      Voluntary  ^notions  diftinguijhed  from  thoje  ajfociated 
with  Jenfitive  motions.      2.  Fains  from  excefs,  and  from  defeat  of  motion.     No 
pain  is  felt  during  vehement  voluntary  exertion ;  as  in  cold  fits  of  ague,  labour- 
pains,  ftrangury,    tenefmus,    vomiting,    reftlejfnefs   in  fevers,    convulfion   of  a 
wounded  mufcle.     3.  Of  holding  the  breath  and  Jcreaming  in  pain;  why /wine 
and  dogs  cry  out  in  pain,  and  not  fheep  and  horjes.     Of  grinning  and  biting  in 
pain;   why  mad  animals  bite  others.     4.  Epileptic  convidfions  explained,  why 
the  fits  begin  with  quivering  of  the  under  jaw,  biting  the  tongue,  and  Jetting  the 
teeth  ;  why  the  convulfive  motions  are  alternately  relaxed.     The  phenomenon  of 
laughter  explained.     Why  children  cannot  tickle  themjelves.     How  fame  have  died, 
from  immode}' ate  laughter.     5.   Of  cataleptic  fpafms ,  of  the  locked  jaw,  of  pain- 
ful cramps.      6.  Syncope  explained.     Why  no  external  objects  are  perceived  in 
Jyneope.     7.  Of  pal/y  and  apoplexy  from  violent  exertions.     Cafe  of  Mrs.  Scot. 
From  dancing,  /eating,  /wimming.     Ca/e  of  Mr.  Nairn.     Why  pal/ies  are  not 
fdways    immediately  preceded  by  violent   exertions.      Pal/y   and  epilep/y  from 
di/ea/ed  livers.     Why  the  right  arm  more  frequently  paralytic   than   the  left. 
How   paralytic    iimbs   regain  their   ^notions.       II.    Difeafes    of    the  /en/ual 
motions  from  exce/s  or  defe£i  of  voluntary  exertion,      i.  Madne/s.      1.    Di/- 
tiyiguijhed  from    delirium.       3.    Why  mankind    more  liable  to   in/anity  than 
brutes.     4.  Si/picion.     Want  of  fljame,  and  of  cleanline/s.     5.   They  bear  cold, 
hunger,  and  fatigue.     Charles 'KW.  of  Sweden.     6.  Plea/ureable  delirium,  and 
in/anity.     Child  riding  on  a  ftick.     Tains  of  martyrdom  not  felt.     7,  Dropfy._ 
8.  Inflammation  cured  by  h/anity.     III.    i.  Pain  relieved  by  reverie.     Reveiie 

is 


4i6  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.     Sect.  XXXIV.  i. 

is  an  exertion  of  voluntary  and  fenfitive  motions.     i.  Cafe  of  reverie.     3.  Lactf 
fuppojed  to  have  two  fouls.     4.  Methods  of  relieving  fain. 


I.  I.  BEFORE  we  commence  this  Seftion  on  Difeafed  Voluntary 
Motions,  it  may  be  neceflary  to  premife,  that  the  word  volition  is 
not  ufed  in  this  work  exa£tly  in  its  common  acceptation.  Volition  is 
faid  in  Sedlion  V.  to  bear  the  fame  analogy  to  defire  and  averfioii, 
which  fenfation  does  to  pleafure  and  pain.  And  hence  that,  when 
defire  or  averfioa  produces  any  aftion  of  the  mufcular  fibres,  or  of  the 
organs  of  fenfe,  they  are  termed  volition  ;  and  the  adlions  produced 
in  confequence  are  termed  voluntary  a<Slions.  Whence  it  appears, 
that  motions  of  our  mufcles  or  ideas  may  be  produced  m  confequence 
of  defire  or  averfion  without  our  having  the  power  to  prevent  them, 
and  yet  thefe  motions  may  be  termed  voluntary,  according  to  our 
definition  of  the  word;  though  in  common  language  they  would  be 
called  involuntary. 

The  objedrs  of  defire  and  averfion  are  generally  at  a  diftance,  where- 
as thofe  of  pleafure  and  pain  are  immediately  afting  upon  our  organs. 
Hence,  before  defire  or  averfion  are  exerted,  fo  as  to  caufe  any  ac- 
tions, there  is  generally  time  for  deliberation  ;  which  confifiis  in  dif- 
covering  the  means  to  obtain  the  obje£l  of  defire,  or  to  avoid  the  ob- 
je6l  of  averfion  ;  or  in  examining  the  good  or  bad  confequences,  which 
may  refuit  from  them.  In  this  cafe  it  is  evident,  that  we  have  a 
power  to  delay  the  propofed  aftion,  or  to  perform  it ;  and  this  power 
of  choofing,  whether  we  fhall  ad  or  not,  is  in  common  language  ex- 
preffed  by  the  word  volition,  or  will.  Whereas  in  this  work  the 
word  volition  means  fimply  the  aftive  ftate  of  the  .fenforial  faculty  in 
producing  motion  in  confequence  of  defire  or  averfion  ;  whether  we 
have  the  power  of  reftraining  that  adion,  or  not ;  that  is,  whether 
we  exert  any  anions  in  confequence  of  oppofite  defires  or  averfions, 
or  not. 

5  For 


Sect.  XXXIV.  i.     DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  4^7 

For  if  the  obje£ts  of  defire  or  averfion  are  prefent,  there  is  no  ne- 
ceffity  to  inveftigate  or  compare  the  means  of  obtaining  them,  nor  do 
we  always  dehberate  about  their  confequences  ;  that  is,  no  delibera- 
tion neceflkrily  intervenes,  and  in  confequence  the  power  of  choofing 
to  a£l  or  not  is  not  exerted.  It  is  probable,  that  this  twofold  ufe  of 
the  word  volition  in  all  languages  has  confounded  the  metaphyficians, 
who  have  difputed  about  free  will  and  neceffity.  Whereas  from  the 
above  analyfis  it  would  appear,  that  during  our  fleep,  we  ufe  no  vo- 
luntary exertions  at  all ;  and  in  our  waking  hours,  that  they  are  the 
confequence  of  defire  or  averfion. 

To  will  is  to  ail  in  confequence  of  defire ;  but  to  defire  means  to 
defire  fomething,  even  if  that  lomething  be  only  to  become  free  from 
the  pain,  which  caufes  the  defire  ;  for  to  defire  nothing  is  not  to  de- 
fire; the  word  defire,  therefore,  includes  both  the  a£lion  and  the  ob- 
jeiS:  or  motive  ;  for  the  obje6t  and  motive  of  defire  are  the  fame  thing. 
Hence  to  defire  without  an  obje6l,  that  is,  without  a  motive,  is  a 
folecifm  in  language.  As  if  one  Ihould  afk,  if  you  could  eat  without 
food,  or  breathe  without  air. 

From  this  account  of-  volition  it  appears,  that  convulfions  of  the- 
raulcles,  as  in  epileptic  fits,  may  in  the  common  fenfe  of  that  word 
be  termed  involuntary  ;  becaufe  no  dehberation  is  interpofed  between, 
the  defire  or  averfion  and  the  coniequent  a6lion  ;  but  in  the  fenfe  of 
the  word,  as  above  defined,  they  belong  to  the  clafs  of  voluntary  mo- 
tions, as  delivered  in  Vol.  II.  Clafs  III.  If  this  ufe  of  the  word  be 
difcordant  to  the  ear  of  the  reader,  the  term  morbid  voluntary  mo- 
tions, or  motions  in  confequence  of  averfioa,  may  be  fubfl:ituted  in  its 
ftead. 

If  a  perfon  has  a  defire  to  be  cured  of  the  ague,  and  has  at  the  fame 
time  an  averfion  (or  contrary  defire)  to  fwallowing  an  ounce  of  Pe- 
ruvian bark  ;  he  balances  defire  againfl:  defire,  or  averfion  againfi: 
averfion;  and  thus  he  acquires  the  power  of  choofing,  which  is  the 
common  acceptation  of  the  word  zvi/ling.     But  in  the  cold  fit  of  ague,'; 

3  H  after 


41 8  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.      S>gcr.XXXW,x^i 

after  having  difcovered  that  the  ad  of  (huddering,  or  exerting  the  fub- 
eutaneous  mufcles,  relieves  the  pain  of  cold  ;  he  immediately  exerts 
this  a£l  of  volition,  and  (hudders,  as  foon  as  the  pain  and  confequent 
averfion  return,  without  any  deliberation  intervening  ;  yet  is  this  a(3:, 
as  well  as  that  of  fwallowing  an  ounce  of  the  bark,  cauled  by  voli-- 
tion ;  and  that  even  though  he  endeavours  in  vain  to  prevent  it  by  a 
weaker  contrary  volition.  This  recalls  to  our  minds  the  flory  of  the 
"hungry  afs  between  two  hay-ftacks,  where  the  two  defires  are  fup- 
pofed  fo  exa£lly  to  countera6b  each  other,  that  he  goes  to  neither  of 
the  ftacts,  but  pcrifhes  by  want.  Now  as  two  equal  and  oppofite  de- 
fires  are  thus  fuppofed  to  balance  each  other,  and  prevent  all  a£lion, 
it  follows,  that  if  one  of  thefe  hayflacks  was  fuddenly  removed,  that 
the  afs  would  irrefiflibly  be  hurried  to  the  other,  which  in  the  com- 
mon ufe  of  the  word  might  be  called  an  involuntary  a£t ;  but  which, 
in  our  acceptation  of  it,  would  be  claffed  amongft  voluntary  actions, 
as  above  explained. 

Hence  to  deliberate  is  to  compare  oppofmg  defires  or  ayerfions,  and 
that  which  is  the  moft  intereftingat  length  prevails,  and  produces  ac- 
tion. Similar  to  this,  where  two  pains  oppofe  each  other,  the  ftronger 
or  more  interefting  one  produces  action ;  as  in  pleurify  the  pain  from 
fuffocation  would  produce  expanfion  of  the  lungs,  but  the  pain  occa-^ 
fioned  by-  extending  the  inflamed  membrane,  which  lines  the  cheft, 
oppofes  this€xpanfion,  and  one  or  the  other  alternately  prevails. 

When  any  one  moves  his  hand  quickly  near  another  perfon's  eyes, 
the  eye-lids  inftantly  clofe  ;  this  aft  in  common  language  is  termed 
involuntary,  as  we  have  not  time  to  deliberate  or  to  exert  any  con- 
trary defire  or  averfion,  but  in  this  work  it  would  be  termed  a  volun- 
tary aO:,  becaule  -it  is  caufed  by  the  faculty  of  volition,  and  after  a 
few  trials  the  niiSlvtation  can  be  prevented  by  a  contrary  or  oppofing 

volition. 

The  power  of  oppofing  volitions  is  beft  exemplified  in  the  ftory  of 
Mutius  ScKVola,  who  is  laid  to  have  thruft  his  hand  into  the  fire  be- 
fore 


Sbct.xxxiv.  I.    DISEASES  OF  Volition.  41^ 

fore  Porcenna,  and  to  have  fuffered  it  to  be  confumcd  for  having 
failed  him  ia  his  attempt  on  the  life  of  that  general.  Here  the  aver- 
fion  for  the  lofs  of  fame,  or  the  unfatisfied  defire  to  ferve  his  country, 
the"  two  prevalent  enthufiafms  at  that  time,  were  more  powerful  than, 
the  defire  of  withdrawing  his  hand,  which  muft  be  occafioned  by  the 
pain  of  combuftion  ;  of  thefe  oppofiiig  volitions 

Vincit  amor  pjitrise,  laudumijuc  immenfa  cnpiJo. 

If  any  one  is  told  not  to  fwallow  his  faliva  for  a  minute,  he  foon 
fwallows  it  contrary  to  his  will,  in  the  common  fenfe  of  that  word  ; 
but  this  alfo  is  a  voluntary  a<flion,  as  it  is  performed  by  the  faculty  of 
volition,  and  is  thus  to  be  underflood.  When  the  power  of  volitiori 
is  exerted  on  any  of  our  fenfes,  they  become  more  acute,  as  in  our 
attempts  to  hear  fmall  noifes  in  the  night.  As  explained  in  Setflioii 
XIX.  6.  Hence  by  our  attention  to  the  fauces  from  our  defire  not  to 
fwallow  our  faliva  ;  the  fauces  become  more  fenfible ;  and  the  stimu- 
lus of  the  faliva  is  followed  by  greater  fenfation,  and  confequent  de- 
sire of  fwallowing  it.  So  that  the  defire  of  volition. in  confequence  of 
the  increafed  fenfation  of  the  faliva  is  more  powerful,  than  the  previ- 
ous defire  not  to  fwallow  it.  See  Vol.  II.  Deglutitio  invita.  In  the" 
fame  manner  if  a  modeft  man  wilhes  not  to  want  to  make  water, 
when  he  is  confined  with  ladies  in  a  coach  or  an  affembly-room  ;  that 
very  acl  of  volition  induces  the  circumftanc«,  which  he  wiflies  tcr 
avoid,  as  above  explained  ;  infomuch  that  I  once  faw  a  partial  infa- 
nity,  which  might  be  called  a  voluntary  diabetes,  which  was  occa- 
fioned by  the  fear  (and  confequent  averfion)  of  not  being  able  to  raaks 
water  at  all. 

It  is  further  neceflary  to  obferve  here,  to  prevent  any  confufion  of 
voluntary,  with  fenfitive,  or  alTociate  motions,  that  in  all  the  inftance^ 
of  violent  efforts  to  relieve  pain,  thofe  efforts  are  at  firft  voluntary 
exertions ;    but  after  they  have  been  frequfently  repeated  far  the  pur- 

3  H  2  j)oie 


420  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.      Sect.XXXIV.  i; 

pofe  of  relieving  certain  pains,  they  become  affociated  with  thofe 
pains,  and  ceafe  at  thofe  times  to  be  fubfervient  to  the  will;  as  in 
coughing,  fneezing,  and  ftrangury.  Of  thefe  motions  thofe  which 
contribute  to  remove  or  diflodge  the  offending  caufe,  as  the  a£lions  of 
the  abdominal  mufcles  in  parturition  or  in  vomiting,  though  they 
were  originally  excited  by  volition,  are  in  this  work  termed  fenfitive 
motions  ;  but  thofe  anions  of  the  mufcles  or  organs  of  fenfe,  which 
do  not  contribute  fo  remove  the  offending  caufe,  as  in  general  convul- 
lions  or  in  madnefs,  are  in  this  work  termed  voluntary  motions,  or 
motions  in  confequence  of  averfion,  though  in  common  language  they 
are  called  involuntary  ones.  Thofe  fenfitive  -unreflrainable  adlions, 
which  contribute  to  remove  the  caufe  of  pain  are  uniformly  and  inva- 
riably exerted,  as  i^i  coughing  or  fneezing ;  but  thofe  motions  which 
are  exerted  in  confequence  of  averfion  without  contributing  to  remove 
the  painful  caufe,  but  only  to  prevent  the  fenfation  of  it,  as  in  epi- 
leptic, or  cataleptic  fits,  are  not  uniformly  and  invariably  exerted, 
but  change  from  one  fet  of  mufcles  to  another,  as  will  be  further  ex- 
plained ;  and  may.  by  this  criterion  alfo  be  diflinguifhed  from  the 
former. 

,  At  the  fame  time  thofe  motions,  which  are  excited  by  perpetual 
flimulus,  or  by  aflbciation,  with  each  other,  or  immediately  by  plea- 
fureable  or  painful  fenfation,  may  properly  be.  termed  involuntary  mo- 
tions, as  thofe  of  the  heart  and  arteries ;  as  the  faculty  of  volition  fel- 
dom  afFtds  thofe,  except  when  it  exifls  in  unnatural  quantity,  as  iu 
maniacal  people. 

2.  It. was  obferved  in  Sedlion  XIV.  on  the  Produftion  of  Ideas, 
that  thofe  parts  of  the  fyflem,  which  are  ufually  termed  the  organs 
of  fenfe,  are  liable  to  be  excited  into  pain  by  the  excefs  of  the  flimu- 
lus  of  thofe  objects,  which  are  by  .nature  adapted  to  affeft  them  ;  as  of 
too  great  light,  found,  or  prefiure.  But  that  thefe  organs  receive  no 
pain  from  the  defect  or  abfence  of  thefe  flimuli,_  as  in  darknefs  or 
filence.  But  that  our  other  organs  of  perception,  which  have  gene- 
rally 


Sect.  XXXIV.  i .     DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  42 1 

rally  been  called  appetites,  as  of  hunger,  thirfl,  want  of  heat,  want 
of  frefh  air,  are  liable  to  be  afFe£led  with  pain  by  the  defeft,  as  well 
as  by  the  excefs  of  their  appropriated  ftimuli. 

This  excefs  or  defeft  of  ftimulus  is  however  to  be  confidered  only 
as  the  remote  caufe  of  the  pain,  the  immediate  caufe  being  the  excefs 
or  defedl  of  the  natural  a£lion  of  the  afFedled  part,  according  to  Se£t. 
IV.  5.  Hence  all  the  pains  of  the  body  may  be  divided  into  thofe  from 
excefs  of  motion,  and  thofe  from  defe£l  of  motion  ;  which  diflinftion 
is  of  great  importance  in  the  knowledge  and  the  cure  of  many  difeafes. 
For  as  the  pains  from  excefs  of  motion  either  gradually  fubfide,  or  are 
in  general  fucceeded  by  inflammation  ;  fo  thofe  from  defe6l  of  motion 
either  gradually  fubfide,  or  are  in  general  fucceeded  by  convulfion, 
or  madnefs.  Thefe  pains  are  eafily  diflinguifhable  from  each  other  by 
this  circumflance,  that  the  former  are  attended  with  heat  of  the  pain- 
ed part,  or  of  the  whole  body  ;  whereas  the  latter  exifls  without  in- 
creafe  of  heat  in  the  pained  part,  and  is  generally  attended  with  cold- 
nefs  of  the  extremities  of  the  body ;  which  is  the  true  criterion  of 
"what  have  been  called  nervous  pains. 

Thus  when  any  acrid  material,  as  fnufFor  lime,  falls  into  the  eye, 
pain  and  inflammation  and  heat  are  produced  from  the  excefs  of  fti- 
mulus  ;  but  violent  hunger,  hemicrania,  or  the  clavus  hyftericus, 
are  attended  with  coldnefs  of  the  extremities,  and  defeat  of  circula- 
tion. When  we  are  expofed  to  great  cold,  the  pain  we  experience 
from  the  deficiency  of  heat  is  attended  with  a  quiefcence  of  the  mo- 
tions of  the  vafcular  fyftem  ;  fo  that  no  inflammation  is  produced, 
but  a  great  defire  of  heat,  and  a  tremulous  motionof  the  fubcutaneous 
mufcles,  which  is  properly  a  convulfion  in  confequence  of  this  pain 
from  defe£l  of  the  ftimulus  of  heat. 

It  was  before  mentioned,  that  as  fenlation  confifts  in  certain  move- 
ments of  the  fenforium,  beginning  at  fome  of  the  extremities  of  it,. 
and  propagated  to  the  central  parts  of  it;  fo  volition  confifts  of  cer- 
tain other  movements  of  the  fenforium,   commencing  in  the  central 

parts 


■42^  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.     Seer.  XXXIV.  r. 

^parts  of  it,  and  propagate;]  to  fome  of  its-extremities.  This  idea  of 
^ihefe  two  great -powers  of  rnotion  in  the  animal  machine  is  confirmed 
from  obferviiig,  that  they  never  exifl:  in  a  great  degree  or  univerfally 
at  tiie  fame  time;  for  while  we  ftrongly  exert  our  voluntary  motions, 
we  ceafetofeel  the  pains  or  uneafmefles,  which  occafioned  us  to  exert 
them. 

Flence  during  the  time  of  fighting  M'ith  fifts  or  fvvords  no  pain  is 
felt  by  the  combatants,  till  they  ceafe  to  exert  themfelves.  Thus  in 
the  beginning  of  ague-fits  the  painful  fenfation  of  cold  is  diminifhed, 
while  the  patient  exerts  himfelf  in  the  fhivering  and  gnafhing  of  his 
teeth.  He  then  ceafes  to  exert  himfelf,  and  the  pain  of  cold  returns; 
and  he  is  thus  perpetually  induced  to  reiterate  thefe  exertions,  from 
■which  he  experiences  a  temporary  relief.  The  fame. occurs  in  labour- 
pains,  the  exertion  of  the  parturient  woman  relieves  the  violence  of 
the  pains  for  a  time,  which  recur  again  foon  after  fhe  has  ceafed  to 
'ufe  thofe  exertions.  The  fame  is  true  in  many  other  painful  difeafes, 
as  in  the  llrangury,  tenefmus,  and  the  efforts  of  vomiting  ;  all  thefe 
difagreeable  fenfations  are  diminifhed  or  removed  for  a  time  by  the 
various  exertions  they  occafion,  and  recur  alternately  with  thofe.ex- 
ertions. 

The  reftlefihefs  in  fome  fevers  is  an  almofl  perpetual  exertion  of 
this  kind,  excited  to  relieve  fome  difagreeable  fenfations ;  the  recipro- 
cal oppofite  exertions  of  a  wounded   worm,    the  alternate  emproftlio- 
tonos  and  opiflhotonos  of  fome  fpafmodic  difeafes,  and  the  intervals  of 
all  convulfions,  from  whatever  caufe,   feem  to  be  owing  to  this  cir- 
cumflance  of  the  laws  of  animation  ;   that  great  or  univerfal  exertion 
cannot  exift  at  the  fame  time  with  great  or  univerfal  fenfation,  though 
they  can  exift  reciprocally ;    which  is  probably  refolvable  into  the 
more  general  law,  that  the  whole  fenforial  power  being  expanded  in 
one  mode  of  exertion,  there  is  none  to  fpare  for  any  other.     Whence 
fyncope,    or    temporary   apoplexy,    fucceeds    to    epileptic    convul- 
fions. 
'  6  '  2'  Hence 


Sect.  XXXIV.  I.     DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  423. 

3.  Hence  when  any  violent  pain  affjids  us,  of  which  we  can  nei- 
ther avoid  nor  remove  the  caufc,  we  foon  learn  to  endeavour  to  alle- 
viate it,  by  exerting  fome  violent  voluntary  effort,  as  mentioned 
above;  and  are  naturally  induced  to  ufe  thofe  mufcles  for  this  pur- 
pofe,  which  have  been  in  the  early  periods  of  our  lives  mofl  frequent- 
ly or  moil  powerfully  exerted. 

Now  the  firft  mufcles,  which  infants  ufe  moft  frequently,  f.re 
thofe  of  refpiration  ;  and  on  this  account  we  gain  a  habit  of  holding 
our  breath,  at  the  fame  time  that  we  ufe  great  efforts  to  exclude  it, 
for  this  purpofe  of  alleviating  unavoidable  pain  ;  or  we  prefs  out  our 
breath  through  a  fmaU  aperture  of  the  larinx,  and  Icream  violently, 
when  the  pain  is  greater  than  is  relievable  by  the  former  mode  of  ex- 
ertion. Thus  children  fcrcam  to  relieve  any  pain  either  of  body  or 
mind,  as  from  anger,  or  fear  of  being  beaten. 

Hence  it  is  curious  to  obferve,  that  thofe  animals,  who  have  more 
frequently  exerted  their  mufcles  of  refpiration  violently,  as  in  talking, 
barking,  or  grunting,  as  children,  dogs,  hogs,  fcream  much  more, 
when  they  are  in  pain,  than  thofe  other  animals,  who  ufe  little  or 
no  language  in  their  common  modes  of  life;  as  horfes,  fheep,  and 
cows. 

The  next  mofl:  frequent  or  mofl:  powerful  efforts,  which  infants  are 
firfl:  tempted  to  produce,  are  thofe  with  the  mufcles  in  biting  hard 
fubftances ;  indeed  the  exertion  of  thefe  mufcles  is  vcrv  powerful  in 
common  maftication,  as  appears  from  the  pain  we  receive,  if  a  bit  of 
bone  is  unexpecledly  found  amongft  our  fofter  food  ;  and  further  ap- 
pears from  their  afting  to  fo  great  mechanical  diladvantage,  particu- 
larly when  we  bite  with  the  incifores,  or  canine  teeth  ;  which  are 
firft  formed,  and  thence  are  tirfl:  uled  to  violent  exertion. 

Hence  when  a  perion  is  in  great  pain,  the  caufe  of  ^vhich  he  can- 
Hot  remove,  he  fets  his  teeth  firmly  together,  or  bites  fome  fubftance 
between  them  v/ith  great  vehemence,  as  another  mode  of  violent  ex- 
ertion to  produce  a  temporary  relief.     Thus  we  have  a  proverb  vvhere 

no 


424  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.      Sect.XXXIV,  r. 

no  help  can  be  had  in  pain,  *'  to  grin  and  abide  ;"  and  the  tortures  of 
hell  are  faid  to  be  attended  with  "  gnashing  of  teeth." 

Hence  in  violent  fpafmodic  pains  I  have  feen  people  bite  not  only 
their  tongues,  but  their  arms  or  fingers,  or  thofe  of  the  attendants', 
or  any  objeft  which  was  near  them  ;  and  alfo  ftrike,  pinch,  or  tear, 
others  or  themfelves,  particularly  the  part  of  their  own  body,  which 
is  painful  at  the  time.  Soldiers,  who  die  of  painful  wounds  in  battle, 
are  faid  by  Homer  to  bite  the  ground.  Thus  alfo  in  the  bellon,  or 
colica  faturnina,  the  patients  are  faid  to  bite  their  own  flefh,  and 
dogs  in  this  difeafe  to  bite  up  the  ground  they  lie  upon.  It  is  pro- 
bable that  the  great  endeavours  to  bite  in  mad  dogs,  and  the  violence 
of  other  mad  animals,  is  owing  to  the  fame  caufe. 

4.  If  the  efforts  of  our  voluntary  motions  are  exerted  with  flill 
greater  energy  for  the  relief  of  fome  difagreeable  fenfation,  convul- 
sions are  produced ;  as  the  various  kinds  of  epilepfy,  and  in  fome  hyf- 
teric  paroxifms.  In  all  thefc  difeafes  a  pain  or  difagreeable  fenfation 
is  produced,  frequently  by  worms,  or  acidity  in  the  bowels,  or  by 
a  difeafed  nerve  in  the  fide,  or  head,  or  by  the  pain  of  a  difeafed 
liver. 

In  fome  conftitutions  a  more  intolerable  degree  of  pain  is  produced 
in  fome  part  at  a  diftance  from  the  caufe  by  fenfitive  affociation,  as 
before  explained  i  thefe  pains  in  fuch  conftitutions  arife  to  fo  great  a 
degree,  that  I  verily  believe  no  artificial  tortures  could  equal  fome, 
which  I  have  witneiled  ;  and  am  confident  life  would  not  have  long 
been  preferved,  unlefs  they  had  been  foon  diminifhed  or  removed  by 
the  univerfal  couvulfion  of  the  voluntary  motions,  or  by  temporary 
madnefs. 

In  fome  of  the  unfortunate  patients  I  have  obferved,  the  pain  has 
rifen  to  an  inexpreliible  degree,  as  above  defcribed,  before  the  con- 
vulfions  have  fupervened  ;  and  which  were  preceded  by  fcreaming, 
and  grinning  ;  in  others,  as  in  the  common  epilepfy,  the  convulfion 
has  immediately  fucceeded  the  commencement  of  the  difagreeable 

5  fenfations ; 


Sect.  XXXIV.  I.      DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  425 

fenfations  ;  and  as  a  ftupor  frequently  fucceeds  the  convulfions,  they 
only  feemed  to  remember  that  a  pain  at  the  ftomach  preceded  the  fit, 
or  fome  other  unealy  feel ;  or  more  frequently  retained  no  memory  at 
all  of  the  immediate  caufe  of  the  paroxyfm.  But  even  in  this  kind  of 
epilepfy,  where  the  patient  does  not  recolleft  any  preceding  pain,  the 
paroxifms  generally  are  preceded  by  a  quivering  motion  of  the  under 
jaw,  with  a  biting  of  the  tongue  ;  the  teeth  afterwards  become 
preffed  together  with  vehemence,  and  the  eyes  are  then  convulfed, 
before  the  commencement  of  the  univerfal  convullion  ;  which  are  all 
efforts  to  relieve  pain. 

The  reafon  why  thefe  convulfive  motions  are  alternately  exerted 
and  remitted  was  mentioned  above,  and  in  Sedt.  XII.  i.  3.  when  the 
exertions  are  fuch  as  give  a  temporary  relief  to  the  pain,  which  ex- 
cites them,  they  ceafe  for  a  time,  till  the  pain  is  again  perceived  ;  and 
then  new  exertions  are  produced  for  its  relief.  We  fee  daily  examples 
of  this  in  the  loud  reiterated  laughter  of  fome  people  ;  the  pleafure- 
able  fenfation,  which  excites  this  laughter,  arifes  for  a  time  fo  high 
as  to  change  its  name  and  become  painful :  the  convulfive  motions  of 
the  refpiratory  mufcles  relieve  the  pain  for  a  time  ;  we  are,  however, 
unwilling  to  lofe  the  pleafure,  and  prefently  put  a  flop  to  this  ex- 
ertion, and  immediately  the  pleafure  recurs,  and  again  as  infcantly 
rifes  into  pain.  All  of  us  have  felt  the  pain  of  immoderate  laughter ; 
children  have  been  tickled  into  convulfions  of  the  whole  body  ;  and 
others  have  died  in  the  z€t  of  laughing ;  probably  from  a  paralyfis 
fucceeding  the  long  continued  adions  of  the  mufcles  of  refpira- 
tion. 

Hence  we  learn  the  reafon,  why  children,  who  are  fo  eafily  ex- 
cited to  laugh  by  the  tickling  of  other  people's  fingers,  cannot  tickle 
themfelves  into  laughter.  The  exertion  of  their  hands  in  the  en- 
deavour to  tickle  themfelves  prevents  the  neceffity  of  any  exertion  of 
the  refpiratory  mufcles  to  relieve  the  excefs  of  pleafureable  affecdon. 
See  Se6l.  XVII.  3.  5. 

3 1  Chryfippus 


426  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.      Sect.  XXXIV.  i. 

Chryfippus  is  recorded  to  have  died  laughing,  when  an  afs  was  in- 
vited to  fup  with  him.  The  fame  is  related  of  one  of  the  popes, 
who,  when  he  was  ill,  faw  a  tame  monkey  at  his  bedfide  put  on  the 
holy  thiara.     Hall.  Phyf.  T.  III.  p.  306. 

There  are  inftances  of  epilepfy  being  produced  by  laughing  recorded 
by  Van  Swieton,  T.  III.  402  and  308.  And  it  is  well  known,  that 
many  people  have  died  inftantaneoufly  from  the  painful  excefs  of  joy, 
which  probably  might  have  been  prevented  by  the  exertions  of 
laughter. 

Every  combination  of  ideas,  which  we  attend  to,  occafions  pain  or 
pleafure  ;  thofe  which  occafion  pleafure,  furnifli  either  focial  or  felfifh 
pleafure,  either  malicious  or  friendly,  or  lafcivious,  or  fublime  plea- 
fure ;  that  is,  they  give  us  pleafure  mixed  with  other  emotions,  or 
they  give  us  unmixed  pleafure,  without  occalioning  any  other  emo- 
tions or  exertions  at  the  fame  time.  This  unmixed  pleafure,  if  it 
be  great,  becomes  painful,  like  all  other  animal  motions  from  flimuli 
of  every  kind;  and  if  no  other  exertions  are  occafioned  at  the  fame 
time,  we  ufe  the  exertion  of  laughter  to  relieve  this  pain.  Hence 
laughter  is  occafioned  by  fuch  wit  as  excites  fimple  pleafure  without 
any  other  emotion,  fuch  as  pity,  love,  reverence.  For  fublime  ideas 
are  mixed  with  admiration,  beautiful  ones  with  love,  new  ones  with 
furprife  ;  and  thefe  exertions  of  our  ideas  prevent  the  a£lion  of  laugh- 
ter from  being  necelTary  to  relieve  the  painful  pleafure  above  defcribed. 
Whence  laughable  wit  confifts  of  frivolous  ideas,  without  connexions 
of  any  confequence,  fuch  as.  puns  on  words,  or  on  phrafes,  incon- 
gruous junftions  of  ideas;  on  which  account  laughter  is  fo  frequent 
in  children. 

Unmixed  pleafure  lefs  than  that,  which  caufes  laughter,  caufes 
fleep,  as  in  finging  children  to  fleep,  or  in  flight  intoxication  from 
wine  or  food.     See  Sedl.  XVIII.  12. 

5.  If  the  pains,  or  difagreeable  fenfations,  above  defcribed  do  not 
obtain  a  temporary  relief  from  thefe  convulfive  exertions  of  the  muf- 

5  cles. 


Sect.XXXIV.  I.      DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  427 

cles,  thofe  convulfive  exertions  continue  without  remiflion,  and  one 
kind  of  cataleply  is  produced.  Thus  when  a  nerve  or  tendon  pro- 
duces gre^t  pain  by  its  being  inflamed  or  wounded,  the  patient  lets 
his  teeth  firmly  together,  and  grins  violently,  to  diminifli  the  pain  ; 
and  if  the  pain  is  not  relieved  by  this  exertion,  no  relaxation  of  the 
maxillary  mufcles  takes  place,  as  m  the  convulfions  above  defcribed, 
but  the  jaws  ren.aln  firmly  fixed  together.  This  locked  jaw  is  the 
moft  frequent  inftance  of  cataleptic  Ipalm,  becaule  we  are  more  in- 
clined to  exert  the  mufcles  fubfervient  to  maftication  from  their  early 
obedience  to  violent  efforts  of  volition. 

But  in  the  cafe  related  in  Seel.  XIX.  on  Reverie,  the  cataleptic 
lady  had  pain  in  her  upper  teeth  ;  and  preffing  one  of  her  hands  ve- 
hemently againft  her  cheek-bone  to  dlminifh  this  pain,  it  remained  in 
that  attitude  for  about  half  an  hour  twice  a  day,  till  the  painful  pa- 
roxyfm  was  over. 

I  have  this  very  day  feen  a  young  lady  in  this  difeafe,  (with  which 
file  has  frequently  been  affli6led,)  fhe  began  to-day  with  violent  pain 
fliooting  from  one  fide  of  the  forehead  to  the  occiput,  and  after  various 
flruggles  lay  on  the  bed  with  her  fingers  and  wrifts  bent  and  ftiff  for 
about  two  hours ;  in  other  refpefts  fhe  feemed  in  a  fyncope  with  a 
natural  pulfe.  She  then  had  intervals  of  pain  and  of  ipafm,  and  took 
three  grains  of  opium  every  hour  till  flie  had  taken  nine  grains,  before 
the  pains  and  fpafm  ceafed. 

There  is,  however,  another  fpecies  of  fixed  fpafm,  which  differs 
from  the  former,  as  the  pain  exifls  in  the  contracted  mufcle,  and 
would  feem  rather  to  be  the  coniequence  than  the  caufe  of  the  con- 
tradlion,  as  in  the  cramp  in  the  calf  of  the  leg,  and  in  many  other 
parts  of  the  body. 

In  thefe  fpafms  it  fhould  feem,  that  the  mufcle  itfelf  is  firfl  thrown 
into  contrailion  by  fome  dilagreeable  fenfation,  as  of  cold ;  and  that 
then  the  violent  pain  is  produced  by  the  great  contradtion  of  the  muf- 

2  I  2  cular 


428  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.     Sect.  XXXIV.  r. 

cular  fibres  extending  its  own  tendons,  which  are  faid  to  be  fenfible 
to  extenfion  only  ;  and  is  further  explained  in  Se£t.  XVIII.  1 5. 

6.  Many  inftances  have  been  given  in  this  work,  where  after  vio- 
lent motions  excited  by  irritation,  the  organ  has  become  quiefcent  to 
lefs,    and  even  to  the  great  irritation,  which  induced  it  into  violent 
motion  ;    as  after  looking  long  at  the  fun  or  any  bright  colour,  they 
ceafe  to  be  feen ;    and  after  removing  from  bright  day-light  into  a 
o-loomy  room,  the  eye  cannot  at  firft  perceive  the  objefts,  which  Si- 
mulate it  lefs.     Similar  to  this  is  the  fyncope,  which  fucceeds  after 
the  violent  exertions  of  our  voluntary  motions,  as  after  epileptic  fits, 
for  the  power  of  volition  a£ls  in  this  cafe  as  the  ftimulus  in  the  other. 
This  fyncope  is  a  temporary  palfy,  or  apoplexy,  which  ceafes  after  a 
time,  the  mufclcs  recovering  their  power  of  being  excited  into  adioii 
by  the  efforts  of  volition ;  as  the  eye  in  the  circumftance  above  m.en- 
tioned  recovers  in  a  little  time  its  power  of  feeing  objects  in  a  gloomy 
room  ;  which  were  inviiible  immediately  after  coming  out  of  a  flronger 
lio-ht.     This  is  owing  to  an  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  during 
the  ina6lion  of  thofe  fibres,  which  were  before  accuftomed  to  per- 
petual exertions,  as  explained  in  Se£t.  XII.  7.  i.     A  {lighter  degree 
of  this  difeafe  is  experienced  by  every  one  after  great  fatigue,  when 
the  mufcles  gain  fuch  inability  to  further  adlion,   that  we  are  obliged 
to  reft  them  for  a  while,  or  to  fummon  a  greater  power  of  volition  to. 
continue  their  motions. 

In  all  the  fyncopes,  which  I  have  feen  induced  after  convulfive  fits,- 
the  pulfe  has  continued  natural,  though  the  organs  of  fenfe  as  well  as 
the  locomotive  mufcles,  have  ceafed  to  perform  their  funftions  ;  for 
it  is  neceffary  for  the  perception  of  objeds,  that  the  external  organs 
of  fenfe  fhould  be  properly  excited  by  the  voluntary  power,  as  the 
eye-lids  muft  be  open,  and  perhaps  the  mufcles  of  the  eye  put  into 
aftion  to  diftend,  and  thence  give  greater  pellucidity  to  the  cornea, 
wliich  in  fyncope^    as  in  death,  appears  flat  and  lefs  tranfparent. 

The 


Sect.XXXIV.i.     diseases  of  volition.  429 

The  tympanum  of  the  ear  alfo  feems  to  require  a  voluntary  exertion 
of  its  mufcles,  to  gain  its  due  tenfion,  and  it  is  probable  the  other 
external  organs  of  fenfe  require  a  fimilar  voluntary  exertion  to  adapt 
them  to  the  diftinft  perception  of  objefts.  Hence  in  fyncope  as  in 
deep,  as  the  power  of  volition  is  fufpended,  no  external  obje6ls  are 
perceived.  See  Se£l.  XVIII.  5.  During  the  time  which  the  patient 
lies  in  a  fainting  fit,  the  fpirit  of  animation  becomes  accumulated  ; 
and  hence  the  mufcles  in  a  while  become  irritable  by  their  ufual  fti- 
mulation,  and  the  fainting  fit  ceafes.     See  Seel.  XII.  7.  i. 

7.  If  the  exertion  of  the  voluntary  motions  has  been  ftill  more 
energetic,  the  quiefcence,  which  fucceeds,  is  fo  complete,  that  they 
cannot  again  be  excited  into  a6lion  by  the  efforts  of  the  will.  In  this 
manner  the  palfy,  and  apoplexy  (which  is  an  univerfal  palfy)  are  fre- 
quently produced  after  convulfions,  or  other  violent  exertions ;  of  this 
i  fhall  add  a  few  inftances. 

Platernus  mentions  feme,  who  have  died  apoplectic  from  violent 
exertions  in  dancing ;  and  Dr.  Mead,  in  his  EfTay  on  Poifons,  records 
a  patient  in  the  hydrophobia,  who  at  one  effort  broke  the  cords 
which  bound  him,  and  at  the  fame  inftant  expired.  And  it  is  pro- 
bable, that  thofe,  who  have  expired  from  immoderate  laughter,  have 
died  from  this  paralyfis  confequent  to  violent  exertion.  Mrs.  Scott  of 
Stafford  was  walking  in  her  garden  in  perfedt  health  with  her  neigh- 
bour Mrs. ;    the  latter  accidentally  fell  into  a  muddy  rivulet, 

and  tried  in  vain  to  difengage  herfelf  by  the  afliftance  of  Mrs.  Scott's 
hand.  Mrs.  Scott  exerted  her  utmofl  power  for  many  minutes,  firfl 
to  affift  her  friend,  and  next  to  prevent  herfelf  from  being  pulled  into 
the  moraf's,  as  her  dittreffed  companion  would  not  difengage  her  hand. 
After  other  affiftance  was  procured  by  their  united  fcreams,  Mrs. 
Scott  walked  to  a  chair  about  twenty  yards  from  the  brook,  and  was 
feized  with  an  apoplectic  ftroke  ;  which  continued  many  days,  and 
terminated  in  a  total  lofs  of  her  right  arm,  and  her  fpeech  ;  neither  of 
which  fhe  ever  after  perfedlly  recovered. 

It 


430     .  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.     Sect. XXXIV.  i. 

It  is  faid,  that  many  people  in  Holland  have  died  after  fkating  too 
long  or  too  violently  on  their  frozen  canals  ;  it  is  probable  the  death 
of  thefe,  and  of  others,  who  have  died  fuddenly  in  fwimming,  has 
been  owing  to  this  great  quiefcence  or  paralyfis  ;  which  has  fucceeded 
very  violent  exertions,  added  to  the  concomitant  cold,  which  has  had 
greater  efFeft  after  the  fufFerers  had  been  heated  and  exhaufted  by  pre- 
vious exercife. 

I  remember  a  young  man  of  the  name  of  Nairne  at  Cambridge, 
who  walking  on  the  edge  of  a  barge  fell  into  the  river.  His  coufin 
and  fellow-ftudent  of  the  fame  name,  knowing  the  other  could  not 
fvvim,  plunged  into  the  water  after  him,  caught  him  by  his  clothes, 
and  approaching  the  bank  by  a  vehement  exertion  propelled  him  fafe 
to  the  land,  but  that  inftant,  feized,  as  was  fuppofed,  by  the  cramp^ 
or  paralyfis,  funk  to  rife  no  more.  The  reafon  why  the  cramp  of 
the  mufcles,  which  compofe  the  calf  of  the  leg,  is  fo  liable  to  affect 
fwimmers,  is,  becaufe  thefe  mufcles  have  very  weak  antagonifts,  and 
are  in  walking  generally  elongated  again  after  their  contraction  by  the 
weight  of  the  body  on  the  ball  of  the  toe,  which  is  very  much  greater 
than  the  refiftance  of  the  water  in  fwimming.  See  Sedion 
XVIII.  15. 

It  does  not  follow  that  every  apople£lic  or  paralytic  attack  is  im- 
mediately preceded  by  vehement  exertion  ;  the  quiefcence,  which 
fucceeds  exertion,  and  which  is  not  {a  great  as  to  be  termed  paralyfis, 
frequently  recurs  afterwards  at  certain  periods  ;  and  by  other  caufes 
of  quiefcence,  occurring  with  thofe  periods,  as  was  explained  in  treat- 
ing of  the  paroxyfms  of  intermitting  fevers  ;  the  quiefcence  at  length 
becomes  fo  great  as  to  be  incapable  of  again  being  removed  by  the 
efforts  of  volition,  and  complete  paralyfis  is  formed.  See  Sedion 
XXXII.  3.  2. 

Many  of  the  paralytic  patients,  vvhom  Ihive  feen,  have  evidently 
had  dileafed  livers  from  the  too  frequent  potation  of  fpirituous  liquors ; 
fome  of  them  have  had  the  gutta  rofea  on  their  faces  and  breafts ; 

which 


Sect.  XXXIV.  I.     DISEASES  OF  VIOLITION.  431 

which  has  in  fome  degree  receded  either  fpontaneoufly,  or  by  the  ufe 
of  external  remedies,  and  the  paralytic  flroke  has  fucceeded  ;  and  as 
in  fcveral  perfons,  who  have  drank  much  vinous  fpirits,  I  have  ob- 
ferved  epileptic  fits  to  commence  at  about  forty  or  fifty  years  of  age, 
without  any  hereditary  taint,  from  the  flimulus,  as  I  believed,  of  a 
difeafed  liver ;  I  was  induced  to  afcribe  many  paralytic  cafes  to  the 
fame  fource  ;  which  were  not  evidently  the  effe£fc  of  age,  or  of  un- 
acquired debility.  And  the  account  given  before  of  dropfies,  which 
very  frequently  are  owing  to  a  paralyfis  of  the  abforbent  fyftem,  and 
are  generally  attendant  on  free  drinkers  of  fpirituous  liquors,  con- 
firmed me  in  this  opinion. 

The  difagreeable  irritation  of  a  difeafed  liver  produces  exertions  and 
confequent  quiefcence  ;  thefe  by  the  accidental  concurrence  of  other 
caufes  of  quiefcence,  as  cold,  folar  or  lunar  periods,  inanition,  the 
want  of  their  ufual  portion  of  fpirit  of  wine,  at  length  produces  pa- 
ralyfis. 

This  is  further  confirmed  by  obferving,  that  the  mufcles,  we  mofl 
frequently,  or  moft  powerfully  exert,  are  moft  liable  to  palfy ;  as 
thofe  of  the  voice  and  of  articulation,  and  of  thofe  paralytics  which  I 
have  feen,  a  much  greater  proportion  have  loft  the  ufe  of  their  right 
arm  ;   which  is  fo  much  more  generally  exerted  than  the  left. 

I  cannot  difmifs  this  fubjedl  without  obferving,  that  after  a  para- 
lytic ftroke,  if  the  vital  powers  are  not  much  injured,  that  the  pa- 
tient has  all  the  movements  of  the  affedled  limb  to  learn  over  aeain, 
jufl  as  in  early  infancy ;  the  limb  is  firft  moved  by  the  irritation  of 
its  mufcles,  as  in  ftretching,  (of  which  a  cafe  was  related  in  Se6lion 
VII.  I.  3.)  or  by  the  eledlric  concuffion  j  afterwards  it  becomes 
obedient  to  fenfation,  as  in  violent  danger  or  fear  ;  and  laftly,  the 
mufcles  become  again  alTociated  with  volition,  and_  gradually  acquire 
their  ufual  habits  of  aftins:  tog-ether. 

Another  phacnomenon  in  palfies  is,  that  when  the  limbs  of  one  fide 

are 


432  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION,      Sect.  XXXIV.  2. 

are  difabled,  thofe  of  the  other  are  in  perpetual  motion.  This  can 
only  be  explained  from  conceiving  that  the  power  of  motion,  what- 
ever it  is,  or  wherever  it  refides,  and  which  is  capable  of  being  ex- 
haufted  by  fatigue,  and  accumulated  in  reft,  is  now  lefs  expended, 
whilft  one  half  of  the  body  is  incapable  of  receiving  its  ulual  propor- 
tion of  it,  and  is  hence  derived  with  greater  eafe  or  in  greater  abundance 
into  the  limbs,  which  remain  unaffefted. 

11.  I.  The"  excefs  or  defe6t  of  voluntary  exertion  produces  fimilar 
efFedls  upon  the  fenfual  motions,  or  ideas  of  the  mind,  as  thofe  al- 
ready mentioned  upon  the  mufcular  fibres.  Thus  when  any  violent 
pain,  arifing  from  the  defedl  of  fome  peculiar  ftimulus,  exifts  either 
in  the  mufcular  or  fenfual  fyftems  of  fibres,  and  which  cannot  be 
removed  by  acquiring  the  defedlive  ftimulus  ;  as  in  fome  conftitutions 
convulfions  of  the  mufcles  are  produced  to  procure  a  temporary  relief, 
fo  in  other  conftitutions  vehement  voluntary  exertions  of  the  ideas  of 
the  mind  are  produced  for  the  fame  purpofe  ;  for  during  this  exertion, 
like  that  of  the  mufcles,  the  pain  either  vanifhes  or  is  diminifhed  : 
this  violent  exertion  conftitutes  madnefs ;  and  in  many  cafes  I  have 
feen  the  madnefs  take  place,  and  the  convulfions  ceafe,  and  recipro- 
cally the  madnefs  ceafe,  and  the  convulfions  fupervene.  See  Se£tion 
III.  5.  8. 

2.  Madnefs  is  diftingulftiable  from  delirium,  as  in  the  latter  the 
patient  knows  not  the  place  where  he  refides,  nor  the  perfons  of  his 
friends  or  attendants,  nor  is  confcious  of  any  external  obje£ls,  except 
when  fpoken  to  with  a  louder  voice,  or  ftimulated  with  unufual  force, 
and  even  then  he  foon  relapfes  into  a  ftate  of  inattention  to  every 
thing  about  him.  Whilft  in  the  former  he  is  perfedtly  fenfible  to 
every  thing  external,  but  has  the  voluntary  powers  of  his  mind  in- 
tenfely  exerted  on  fome  particular  object  of  his  defire  or  averfion,  he 
harbours  in  his  thoughts  a  fufpicion  of  all  mankind,  left  they  fliould 
counterad  his  defigns ;    and  while  he  keeps  his  intentions,  and  the 

motives 


Sect.  XXXIV.  2.     DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  4:^^ 

motives  of  his  aftions  profoundly  fecret ;  he  is  perpetually  fludying 
the  means  of  acquiring  the  objedt  of  his  wifti,  or  of  preventing  or  re- 
venging the  injuries  he  fufpedls. 

3.  A  late  French  philofopher,  Mr.  Helvetlus,  has  deduced  almofi: 
all  our  aftions  from  this  principle  of  their  relieving  us  from  the  ennui 
or  tcEdium  vit^ej  and  true  it  is,  that  our  defires  or  averfions  are  the 
motives  of  all  our  voluntary  adlions  ;  and  human  nature  feems  to  ex- 
cel other  animals  in  the  more  facil  ufe  of  this  voluntary  power,  and 
on  that  account  is  more  liable  to  infanity  than  other  animals.  But 
in  mania  this  violent  exertion  of  volition  is  expended  on  midaken  ob- 
jects, and  would  not  be  relieved,  though  we  were  to  gain  or  efcape 
the  objefts,  that  excite  it.  Thus  I  have  feen  two  inftances  of  mad- 
men, who  conceived  that  they  had  the  itch,  and  feveral  have  believed 
they  had  the  venereal  infedlion,  without  in  reality  having  a  fymptom 
of  either  of  them.  They  have  been  perpetually  thinking  upon  this 
fubjeft,  and  fome  of  them  were  in  vain  fahvated  with  defign  of  con- 
vincing them  to  the  contrary. 

4.  In  the  minds  of  mad  people  thofe  volitions  alone  exift,  which 
are  unmixed  with  fenfation  ;  immoderate  fufpicion  is  generally  the 
firft  fymptom,  and  want  of  fhame,  and  want  of  delicacy  about  clean- 
linefs.  Sufpicion  is  a  voluntary  exertion  of  the  mind  arifing  from  the 
pain  of  fear,  which  it  is  exerted  to  relieve :  fhame  is  the  name  of  a 
peculiar  difagreeable  fenfation,  fee  Fable  of  the  Bees,  and  delicacv 
about  cleanhnefs  arifes  from  another  difagreeable  fenfation.  And 
therefore  are  not  found  in  the  minds  of  maniacs,  which  are  employed 
folely  in  voluntary  exertions.  Hence  the  moft  modeft  women  in 
this  difeafe  walk  naked  amongft  men  without  any  kind  of  concern, 
ufe  obfcene  dilcourfe,  and  have  no  delicacy  about  their  natural  eva- 
cuations. 

5.  Nor  are  maniacal  people  more  attentive  to  their  natural  appe- 
tites, or  to  the  irritations  which  lurround  them,  except  as  far  as  may 
refped  their  fufpicions  or  defigns  ;    for  the  violent  and  perpetual  ex- 

5  K  ertions 


/ 


434  DISEASES  OF  VOLlTIOlSr.       Sect.  XXXIV.  2. 

ertions  of  their  voluntary  powers  ofmind  prevents  their  perception  of 
almoft  every  other  obje6l,  either  of  irritation  or  of  fenfation.  Hence 
it  is  that  they  bear  cold,  hunger,  and  fatigue,  with  much  greater 
pertinacity  than  in  their  fober  hours,  and  are  lefs  injured  by  thena  in 
refpedt  to  their  general  health.  Thus  it  is  aOTerted  by  hiflorians,  that 
Charles  the  Twelfth  of  Sweden  flept  an  the  fnow,  wrapped  only  in 
his  cloak,  at  the  fiege  of  Frederickfhad,  and  bore  extremes  of  cold, 
and  hunger,  and  fatigue,  under  which  numbers  of  his  foldiers  perifh- 
ed  ;  becaufe  the  king  was  infane  with  ambition,  but  the  foldier  had 
no  fvich  powerful  ftimulus  to  preferve  his  fyllem  from  debility  and 
death. 

6.  Befides  the  infanities  arifing  from  exertions  in  confequence  of 
pain,  there  is  alfo  a  pleafureable  infanity,  as  well  as  a  pleafureable 
delirium  ;  as  the  infanity  of  perfonal  vanity,  and  that  of  religious  fa- 
naticifm.  When  agreeable  ideas  excite  into  motion  the  fenforial 
power  of  fenfation,  and  this  again  caufes  other  trains  of  agreeable 
ideas,  a  conftant  ftreani  of  pleafureable  ideas  fucceeds,  and  produces 
pleafureable  delirium.  So  when  the  fenforial  power  of  volition  ex- 
cites ao-reeable  ideas,  and  the  pleafure  thus  produced  excites  more  vo- 
lition in  its  turn,  a  conftant  flow  of  agreeable  voluntary  ideas  fuc- 
ceeds ;  which  when  thus  exerted  in  the  extreme  conftitutes  in- 
fanity. 

Thus  when  our  mufcular  acSlions  are  excited  by  our  fenfations  of 
pleafure,  it  is  termed  play  ;  when  they  are  excited  by  our  volition, 
it  is  termed  work  ;  and  the  former  of  thefe  is  attended  with  lefs  fa- 
tlo-ue,  becaufe  the  mufcular  adlions  in  play  produce  in  their  turn 
more  pleafureable  fenfation  ;  which  again  has  the  property  of  pro- 
ducino-  more  mufcular  a6tion.  An  agreeable  inftance  of  this  I  faw 
this  morning.  A  little  boy,  who  was  tired  with  walking,  begged  of 
"his  papa  to  carry  him.  "  Here,"  fays  the  reverend  doctor,  "  ride 
upon  my  gold-headed  cane ;"  and  the  pleafed  child,  putting  it  be- 
tween his  legs,    gallopped  away  with  delight,  and  complained  no 

more 


Sect.XXXIV.2.      diseases  OF  VOLITION,  ^35 

more  of  his  fatigue.  Here  the  aid  of  another  fenforial  power,  that 
of  pleafureablefenfation,  fuperadded  vigour  to  the  exertion  of  exhaufted 
voiition.  Which  could  othervvife  only  have  been  excited  by  additional 
pain,  as  by  the  lafli  of  flavery.  On  this  account  where  the  whole 
lenforial  power  has  been  exerted  on  the  contemplation  of  the  promifed 
joys  of  heaven,  the  faints  of  all  pcrfecuted  religions  have  borne  the 
tortures  of  martyrdom  with  otherwife  unaccountable  firmnefs. 

7.  There  are  fome  difeafes,  which  obtain  at  leaft  a  temporary  relief 
from  the  exertions  of  infanity  ;  many  inftances  of  dropfies  being  thus 
for  a  time  cured  are  recorded.  An  elderly  woman  labouring  with 
afcites  I  twice  faw  relieved  for  fom.e  weeks  by  infanity,  the  dropfy 
ceafed  for  feveral  weeks,  and  recurred  again  alternating  with  the  in- 
fanity. A  man  affli£ted  with  difficult  refpiration  on  lying  down,  with 
Very  irregular  pulfe,  and  oedematous  legs,  whom  I  faw  this  day,  has 
for  above  a  week  been  much  relieved  in  refpedt  to  all  thofe  fymptoms 
by  the  acceflion  of  infanity,  which  is  fhewn  by  inordinate  fufpicion, 
and  great  anger. 

In  cafes  of  common  temporary  anger  the  increafed  action  of  the  ar- 
terial fyftem  is  feen  by  the  red  fkin,  and  increafed  pulfe,  with  the 
immediate  increafe  of  mufcular  activity.  A  friend  of  mine,  when  he 
was  painfully  fatigued  by  riding  on  horfeback,  was  accuftomed  to  call 
up  ideas  into  his  mind,  which  ufed  to  excite  his  anger  or  indignation, . 
and  thus  for  a  time  at  leaft  relieved  the  pain  of  fatigue.  By  this  tempo- 
rary infanity,  the  efte£l  of  the  voluntary  power  upon  the  whole  of  his 
fyftem  was  increafed  ;  as  in  the  cafes  of  dropfy  above  m.entioned,  it 
would  appear,  that  the  increafed  adion  of  the  voluntary  faculty  of 
the  fenforiura  afFeded  the  abforbent  fyfiem,  as  v/ell  as  the  fecernino- 
one. 

8.  In  refped  to  relieving  inflammatory  pains,  and  removing  fever, 
1  have  feen  many  inftances,  as  mentioned  in  Sed.  XII.  3.  4.  One 
.lady,  whom  I  attended,  had  twice  at  fome  years  interval  a  locked 

3  K  2  jaw^ 


43^  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.     Sect.  XXXIV.  2. 

jaw,  which  reheved  a  pain  on  her  fternum  with  peripneumony.  Two 
other  ladies  I  faw,  who  towards  the  end  of  violent  peripneumony,  in 
which  they  frequently  loft  blood,  were  at  length  cured  by  infanity 
fupervening.  In  the  former  the  increafed  voluntary  exertion  of  the 
mufcles  of  the  jaw,  in  the  latter  that  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  removed 
the  difeafe ;  that  is,  the  difagreeable  fenfation,  which  had  produced 
the  inflammation,  now  excited  the  voluntary  power,  and  thefe  new 
voluntary  exertions  employed  or  expended  the  fuperabundant  fenforial 
power,  which  had  previoufly  been  exerted  on  the  arterial  fyftem,  and 
eaufed  inflammation. 

Another  cafe,  which  I  think  worth  relating,  was  of  a  young  man 
about  twenty  j  he  had  laboured  under  an  irritative  fever  with  debility 
for  three  or  four  weeks,  with  very  quick  and  very  feeble  pulfe,  and 
other  ufual  fymptoms  of  that  fpecies  of  typhus,  but  at  this  time  com- 
plained much  and  frequently  of  pain  of  his  legs  and  feet.  When  thofe 
who  attended  him  were  nearly  in  defpair  of  his  recovery,  I  obferved 
with  pleafure  an  infanity  of  mind  fupervene  :  which  was  totally  dif- 
ferent from  delirium,  as  he  knew  his  friends,  calling  them  by  their 
names,  and  the  room  in  which  he  lay,  but  became  violently  fufpici- 
ous  of  his  attendants,  and  calumniated  with  vehement  oaths  his  ten- 
der mother,  who  fat  weeping  by  his  bed.  On  this  his  pulfe  became 
{lower  and  firmer,  hut  the  quicknefs  did  not  for  fome  time  intirely 
cea{e,,aad  he  gradually  recovered.  In  this  cafe  the  introdufi^ion  of  an 
increafed  quantity  of  the  power  of  volition  gave  vigour  to  thofe  move- 
ments of  the  fyftem,  which  are  generally  only  a£luated  by  the  power 
of  irritation,  and  of  affociation. 

.   Another  cafe  I  recolleft  of  a  young  man,  about  twenty-five,  who 
had  the  fcarlet-fever,  with  very  quick  pulfe,  and   an_  univerfal  erup- 
tion on  his  ikin,  and  was  not  without  reafoa  efteemed  to  be  in  great 
danger  of  his  life.     After  a  few  days  an  infanity  fupervened,  which 
4iis  friends  miftook  for  delirium,  and  he  gradually  recovered,  and  the 
6>  cuticlft 


Sect.  XXXIV.  5-      DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  437 

cuticle  peeled  off.  From  thefe  and  a  few  other  cafes  I  have  always 
efteemed  infanity  to  be  a  favourable  figu  ia  fevers,  and  have  cautioufly 
<lifl:ingui(hed  it  from  delirium. 

III.  Another  mode  of  mental  exertion  to  relieve  pain,  is  by  pro- 
ducing a  train  of  ideas  not  only  by  the  efforts  of  volition,  as  in  infa- 
nity ;  but  by  thofe  of  fenfation  likewife,  as  in  delirium  and  fleep. 
This  mental  effort  is  termed  reverie,  or  fomnambulation,  and  is  de- 
fcribed  more  at  large  in  Sedt.  XIX.  on  that  fubje6t.  But  I  fhall  here 
relate  another  cafe  of  that  wonderful  difeafe,  which  fell  veflerday 
■under  my  eye,  and  to  which  I  have  ieen  many  analogous  alienations 
of  mind,  though  not  exadlly  fimilar  in  all  circumftances.  But  as  alL 
of  them  either  began  or  terminated  with  pain  or  convullion,  there- 
can  be  no  doubt  but  that  they  are  of  epileptic  origin,  and  coaftitute- 
another  mode  of  mental  exertion  to,  relieve  fome  painful  fen^- 
lation. 

I.  Mailer  A.  about  nine  years  old,  had  been  feized  at  feven  every 
morning  for  ten  days  with  uncommon  fits,  and  had  had  flight  re- 
turns  ia  the  afternoon.       They  were  fuppofed  to  originate  from 
worms,  and  had  been  in  vain  attempted  to  be  removed  by  vermi- 
fuge purges.     As  his   fit   was  expe6led  at  feven  yeflerday  morning,, 
I  faw  him  before  that  hour ;  he  was  afleep,  feeraed  free  from  pain^ 
and  his  pulie  natural.     About  feven  he  began  to  complain  of  pain 
about  his  navel,  or  more  to  the  left  fide,  and  in  a  few.  minutes  had 
exertions  of  his  arms  and  legs  like  fwimming.     He  then  for  half 
an   hour  hunted  a  pack  of  hounds  ;    as   appeared   by  his  hallooine, 
and  calling  the  dogs   by  their  names,  and  difcourfing  with  the  at- 
tendants of  the  chafe,  defcribing  exadlly  a  day  of  hunting,,  which 
(I  was  informed)  he  had  witneffed  a  year  before,    going  through 
all  the  mofl  minute   circumflances  of  it  ;    calling  to  people,   who 
were  then  prefent,  and  lamenting  the  abfence  of  others,  who  were 
^hen  alfo.  abfent.     After  this,  fcene  he  imitated,  as  he  lay.  ia  bed; 

feme. 


43S  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.      Sect.  XXXIV.  3. 

fome  of  the  plays  of  boys,  as  fwimming  and  jumping.  He 
then  fung  an  Englifli  and  then  an  Italian  fong  ;  part  of  which 
with  his  eyes  open,  and  part  with  them  clofed,  but  could  not 
be  awakened  or  excited  by  any  violence,  which  it  was  proper 
to  ufe. 

After  about  an  hour  he  came  fuddenly  to  himfelf  with  ap- 
parent furprife,  and  feemed  quite  ignorant  of  any  part  of  what 
had  paffed,  and  after  being  apparently  well  for  half  an  hour,  he 
fuddenly  fell  into  a  great  fbupor,  with  flower  pulfe  than  natural,  and 
a  flow  moaning  refpiration,  in  which  he  continued  about  another  half 
hour,  and  then  xecovered. 

The  fequel  of  this  difeafe  was  favourable ;  he  was  direded  one 
grain  of  opium  at  fix  every  morning,  and  then  to  rife  out  of 
bed  ;  at  half  paft  fix  he  was  direfted  fifteen  drops  of  laudanum  in 
a  glafs  of  wine  and  water.  The  firfh  day  the  paroxyfm  became 
fhorter,  and  lefs  violent.  The  dofe  of  opium  was  increafed  to  one- 
half  more,  and  in  three  or  four  days  the  fits  left  him.  The  bark  and 
filings  of  iron  were  alfo  exhibited  twice  a  day  ;  and  I  believe  the  com- 
plaint returned  no  more. 

2.  In  this  paroxyfm  it  muft  be  obferved,  that  he  began  with  pain,  and 
ended  with  flupor,  in  both  circumfi:ances  refembling  a  fit  of  epilepfy. 
And  that  therefore  the  exertions  both  of  mind  and  body,  both  the  vo- 
luntary ones,  and  thofe  immediately  excited  by  pleafureable  fenfation, 
were  exertions  to  relieve  pain. 

The  hunting  fcene  appeared  to  be  rather  an  a£t  of  memory 
than  of  imagination,  and  was  therefore  rather  a  voluntary  exer- 
tion, though  attended  with  the  pleafureable  eagernefs,  which  was 
the  confequence  of  thofe  ideas  recalled  by  recoUeftion,  and  not  the 
caufe  of  them. 

Thefe  ideas  thus  voluntarily  recoUefted  were  fuccceded  by  fen- 

fations  of  pleafure,    though  his  fenfes  were  unaffefted  by  the  fi:i- 

8  mull 


Sect.  XXXIV.  3.       DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.  439 

muli  of  vifible  or  audible  objeils  ;  or  fo  weakly  excited  by  them  as 
;iot  to  produce  fenfatioa  or  attention.  And  the  pleafure  thus  ex- 
cited by  volition  produced  other  ideas  and  other  motions  in  con- 
fequence  of  the  fenforial  power  of  fenfatioa.  Whence  the  mixed 
catenations  of  voluntary  and  fenfitive  ideas  and  mufcular  motions 
in  reverie  ;  which,  like  every  other  kind  of  vehement  exertion, 
contribute  to  relieve  pain,  by  expending  a  large  quantity  of  fenforial 
power. 

Thofe  fits  generally  commence  during  fleep,  from  whence  I  fup- 
pole  they  have  been  thought  to  have  feme  connection  with  fleep, 
and  have  thence  been  termed  Somnambalifm  ;  but  their  commence- 
ment during  fleep  is  owing  to  our  increafed  excitability  by  internal 
fenfations  at  that  time,  as  explained  in  Se6t.  XVIII.  14  and  15,  and 
not  to  any  fimilitude  between  reverie  and  fleep. 

3.  I  was  once  concerned  for  a  very  elegant  and  ingenious  youno- 
lady,  who  had  a  reverie  on  alternate  days,  which  continued  nearly 
the  whole  day ;  and  as  in  her  days  of  difeafe  fhe  took  up  the  fame 
kind  of  ideas,  which  fhe  had  converfed  about  on  the  alternate  day 
before,  and  could  recoUeifl  nothing  of  them  on  her  well-day ;  fhe 
appeared  to  her  friends  to  poflefs  two  minds.  This  cafe  alfo  was  of 
epileptic  kind,  and  was  cured,  with  fome  relapfes,  by  opium  admi- 
niflered  before  the  commencement  of  the  paroxyfm. 

4.  Whence  it  appears,  that  the  methods  of  relieving  inflammatory 
pains,  is  by  removing  all  fliimulus,  as  by  venefe6lion,  cool  air,  mu- 
cilaginous diet,  aqueous  potation,  filence,  darknefs. 

The  methods  of  relieving  pains  from  defe£b  of  flimulus  is  by  fup- 
plying  the  peculiar  fl:imulus  required,  as  of  food,  or  warmth. 

And  the  general  method  of  relieving  pain  is  by  exciting  into  a(flion 
fome  great  part  of  the  fyftem  for  the  purpofe  of  expending  a  part 
of  the  fenforial  power.  This  is  done  either  by  exertion  of  the  vo- 
luntary ideas  and  mufcles,    as  in  infanity  and  convulfion ;    or  by 

exertins; 

w 


440  DISEASES  OF  VOLITION.    Sect.  XXXIV.  3. 

exerting  both  voluntary  and  fenfitive  motions,  as  in  reverie  ;  or  by 
exciting  the  irritative  motions  by  wine  or  opium  internally,  and 
by  the  warm  bath  or  blifters  externally  ;  or  laftly,  by  exciting 
the  fenfitive  ideas   by  good  news,   affeding  (lories,    or  agreeable 

traffions. 


SEC  T. 


-Sect.XXXV.  I.     DISEASES  OF  ASSOCIATION.  4^1 


SECT.    ^rxXV; 


DISEASES   OF    ASSOCIATION. 


I.  I.  Sympathy  tn'  conjent  of  parts.  .Primary  and  fecondary  parts  of  an  qffbctatei 
train  of  motions  reciprccaHy  affeSl  each  other,  Farts  of  irritative  trains  of  mo- 
tion affeSl  each  other  in  four  ways.  Sympathies  of  thejkin  and  ftomach.  Flujh- 
ing  of  the  face  after  a  meal.  Eruption  of  the  fmall-pox  on  the  face.  Chihiefs 
after  a  meal.     2.  Vertigo  from  intoxication.     3.  Abforption  from  the  lungs  and 

pericardium  by  emetics.  In  vomiting  the  anions  of  the  Jlomach  are  decreafed,  not 
increofed.     Digeftion  flrengthened  after  an  emetic.     Vomitting  from  deficiency  of 

Jenforial  power.  4.  Dyfpncea  from  cold  bathing.  Slow  pulfe  fro'm.  digitalis. 
Death  from  gout  in  the  fiomach.       II.     i.  Primary  and  fecondary  parts  of  fen- 

Jitive  ajfociations  affeU  each  ether.  Pain  from  gall-flone,  from  urinary  Jione. 
Hetnicrania.  Painful  epilepfy.  2.  Gout  and  red  face  from  inflamed  liver. 
Shingles  from  inflamed  kidney.  3..  Coryza  from  cold  applied  to  the  feet.  Pleu- 
rijy.  Hepatitis.  4.  Pain  offhouldersfrom  inflamed  liver.  III.  Difeafes  from 
the  qffociations  of  ideas, 

I.  I.  MANY  fynchronous  and  fucceffive  motions  of  our  mufcular 
fibres,  and  of  our  organs  of  fenfe,  or  ideas,  become  aflbciated  io  as  to 
form  Indiffoluble  tribes  or  trains  of  adion,  as  fhewn  in  Seflion  X.  on 
Affociate  Motions.  Some  conftitutions  more  eafily  eflablifh  thefe  af- 
fociations,  whether  by  voluntary,  fenfitive,  or  irritative  repetitions, 
and  fome  more  eafily  lofe  them  again,  as  Ihewn  in  Section  XXXI.  on 
Temperaments. 

When  the  beginning  of  fuch  a  train  of  aftlons  becomes  by  any 
ineans  <3ifordered,  the  fucceeding  part  is  liable  to  become  difturbed 

3  L  in 


44a  DISEASES  OF  ASSOGI ATION.     Sject.  XXXV:  i ^ 

in  confequence,  and  this  is  commonly  termed  fympath y. or  confent  of 
parts  by  the  writers  of  medicine.     For  the.  more  clear  underftanding, 
of  thefe  fympathies  wc  muft  confidera  tribe  or  train  of  actions  as  di- 
vided into  two  parts,  and  call  one  of  them  the  primary  or  original  : 
motions,  and  the  other  the  fecondary  or  fympathetic  ones.. 

The  primary  and  fecondary  parts  of  a  train  of  irritative  adlions  may 
reciprocally  affedt  each  other  in  foiu*  different,  manners;  i.  They 
may  both  be  exerted  with  greater  energy  than  natural.  2.  The 
former  may  zdi  with  greater,  and  the.  latter  with  lefs  energy..  3; 
The  former  may  a6l  with  lefs,  and  the  latter  with  greater  energy, 
4.  They  may  both  aO:  with  lefs  energy  than  natural.-  I  fhaU  now 
give  an  example  of  each  kind  of  thefe  modes  of  a£tion,  and  endeavour 
to  fhew,  that  though  .the  primary  and  fecondary  parts  of  thefe  trains 
of  tribes  of .  motion  .  are  conneft'ed  by  irtitative  affobiation,  or  their 
previous  habits  of  a£ling.  together,  as  defcribed  in  Beit.  XX.  on  Ver- 
tigo. Yet  that  th-eir  ading.with  fimilar  or  diffimilar  degrees  of  ener-  - 
gy,  depends  on  th,& greater  or  lefs  quantity  of  feriforiarpower,  which.; 
the  primary  part  of  the  train,  expends  in  its  exertions, . 

The-  axflions  of.  the  ftomach  con  flit  ute  {d  importanfa  parrt  of',  the 
affociations  of  both  > irritative  and  fenfitive  motions,  .that  it  is  faid  to 
fympathize  with  almoft  every  part  of  the  body ;  ^  the  firfk  example, 
which  I  fhall  adduce  to  fhew  that  both  the-  primary  and  fecondary. 
parts  of  a  train  of  irritative  affociations  of  motion  a£t  with  increafed 
energy,  is  taken  from  the  confent  of-the.lkin  with  this  organ.  When 
the  adion  of  the  fibres  .of  the  flomach  is- increafed,  as  by  the  fhimulus 
of  a  full  meal,,  the.  exertions  of  the  cutaneous  arteries  of  the  face  be- - 
come  increafed  by  their  irritative  affociations  with'  thofe  of  the  flo- 
mach,  and  a  glow  or  flufbing  of.  the  face  fucceeds.     For  the  fmall : 
veffels  of  the  fkin  of.  the  face  having  been  more  accuflomed  to  the  va-r 
rieties.  of  adlion,  from  their  frequent  expofure  to.  various  degrees  of 
cold  and  heat  become  more  eafily  excited  into  increafed  adlion,  than 
thofe  of  the  covered .  parts  of  o.ur  bodies,   and  thus  ad  with,  more 

3-  energy 


Sect.. XXXV.  I.    DISEASES  OF  ASSOCIATION,  443 

energy  from  their  irritative  or  fenfitive  affociatiohs  with  the  ftomach. 
On  this  account  in  fmall-pox  the  eruption  in  confequence  of  the  pre- 
vious afFeclion  of  the  ftomach  breaks  out  a  day  fooner  on  the  face  than, 
on  the  hands,  and  two  days  fooner  than  on  the  trunk,  and  recedes  in 
fimilar  times  after  maturation. 

But  fecondly,  in  weaker  conftitutions,  that  is,  in  thofe  who  pof- 
fefs  lefs  fenforial  power,  fo  much  of  it  is  expended  in  the  increafed 
adlions  of  the  fibres  of  the  flomach  excited  by  the  ftimulus  of  a  meal, 
that  a  fenfe  of  chihiefs  fucceeds  inftead  of  the  univerfal  glow  above 
mentioned  ;  and  thus  the  fecondary  part  of  the  affociated  train  of  mo- 
tions is  diminifhed  in  energy,  in  confe'quence  of  the  increafed  aftivity 
of  the  primary  part  of  it. 

2.  Another  inflance  of  a  fimilar  kind,  where  the  fecondary  part  of 
the  train  aiSls  with  lefs  energy  in  confequence  of  the  greater  exertions 
of  the  primary  part,  is  the  vertigo  attending  intoxication  ;  in  this 
circumftance  fo  much  fenforial  power  is  expended  on  the  ftomach, 
and  on  its  neareft  or  more  ftrongly  affociated  motions,  as  thofe  of  the 
fubcutaneous  veffels,  and  probably  of  the  membranes  of  fome  inter- 
nal vifcera,  that  the  irritative  motions  of  the  retina  become  imper- 
fe6tly  exerted  from  deficiency  of  fenforial  power,  as  explained  in 
Seft,  XX.  and  XXI.  on  Vertigo  and  on  Drunkennefs,  and  hence  the 
daggering  inebriate  cannot  completely  balance  himfelf  by  fuch  in- 
diftindt  vifion. 

3.  An  inflance  of  the  third  circumftance,  where  the  primary  part 
of  a  train  of  irritative  motions  a;cts  with  lefs,  and  the  fecondary  part 
with  greater  energy,  may  be  obferved  by  making  the  following  ex- 
periment. If  a  perfon  lies  with  his  arms  and  Ihoulders  out  of  bed, 
till  they  become  cold,  a  temporary  coryza  or  catarrh  is  produced  ;  fo 
that  the  paffage  of  the  noflrils  becomes  totally  obftrudled  ;  at  leafl 
this  happens  to  many  people ;  and  then  on  covering  the  arms  and 
fhoulders,  till  they  become  warm,  the  paffage  of  the  uortrils  ceafes 

J  L  2  again 


444  DISEASES  OF  ASSOCIATION.    Sect.  XXXV.  i. 

again  to  be  bbftradled,  and  a  quantity  of  mucus  is  difcharged  fronl 
them.  In  this  cafe  the  quiefcence  of  the  veffels  of  the  fkin  of  the 
arms  and  fhoulders,  occaiioned  by  expofure  to  cold  air,  produces  by 
irritative  affociation  an  increafed  a£lion  of  the  veffels  of  the  membrane 
of  the  noftrils  ;  and  the  accumulation  of  fenforial  power  during  the 
torpor  of  the  arms  and  fhoulders  is  thus  expended  in  producing  a 
terriporary  coryza  or  catarrh. 

Another  inflance  may  be  adduced  from  the  fympathy  or  confent  of 
the  motions  of  the  ftomach  with  other  more  diftant  links  of  the  very 
extenlive  tribes  or  trains  of  irritative  motions  affociated  with  them, 
defcribed  in  Seft.  XX.  on  Vertigo.  When  the  aftions  of  the  fibres  of 
the  flomach  are  diminifhed  or  inverted,  the  adtions  of  the  abforbent 
veffels,  which  take  up  the  mucus  from  the  lungs,  pericardium,  and', 
other  cells  of  the  body,  become  increafed,  and  abforb  the  fluids  accu- 
mulated in  them  with  greater  avidity,  as  appears  from  the  exhibition, 
of  foxglove,  antimony,  or  other  emetics  in  cafes  of  anafarca,  attend* 
ed  with  unequal  pulfe  and  difficult  refpiration. 

That  the  a£l  of  naufea  and  vomiting  is  a  decreafed  exertion  of  the 
fibres  of  the  ftomach  may  be  thus  deduced  ;  when  an  emetic  medi- 
cine is  adrainiftered,  it  produces  the  pain  of  ficknefs,  as  a  difagreeable; 
tafte  in  the  mouth,  produces  the  pain  of  naufea  ;  thefe  pains,  like  that: 
of  hunger,  or  of  cold,,  or  like  thofe,  which  are  ufually  termed  ner- 
vous,, as  the  headrach  or  hemicrania,  do  not  excite  the  organ  into 
greater  aftion  ;  but  In  this  cafe  I  imagine  the  pains  of  ficknefs  or  of. 
aaufea  eomiteraft  or  deftroy  the  pleafureable  fenfation,   which  feems- 
neceffary  to  digeftion,  as   flievvn  in  Se&.  XXXIII.  i^  i.     The  peri-- 
ft'altic  motions  of  the  fibres  of  the  ftomach  become  enfeebled  by  the 
want  of  this  ftimulus  of  pleafureable  fenfation,  and  in.confequence 
ftop  for  a  time,  and  then  become  inverted  ;  for  they  cannot  become, 
inverted  without  being  previoufly  ftopped.     Now  that  this  inverfioJi, 
of  the  trains  of  motion  of  the  fibres  of  the  ftomach.  is  owing  to  the  de- 
6'  ■      ficiency. 


Sect.  XXXV.  I.    DISEASES  OF  ASSOCIATION.  445 

ficiency  of  pleafureable  fenfation  is  evinced  from  this  circumftancc, 
that  a  naufeous  idea  excited  by  words  will  produce^  vomiting  as  effec- 
tually as  a  naufeous  drug. 

Hence  it  appears^  that  the  a£l  of  nauiea  or  vomiting  expends  lefs- 
fenforial  power  than  the  ufual  periftaltic  motions  of  the  ftomach  in 
the  digeftlon  of  our  aliment ;  and  that  hence  there  is  a  greater  quan- 
tity of  fenforial  power  becomes  accumulated  in  the  fibres  of  the  flo- 
nvach,  and  more  of  it  in  confequence  to  fpare  for  the  aftion  of  thofe 
parts  of  the  fyftem,  which  are  thus  aflbciated  with  the  fhomach,  as 
of  the  whole  abforbent  feries  of  veflTels,  and  which  are  at  the  fame 
time  excited  by  their  ufualftimuli. 

From  this  we  can  underftand,  how  after  the  operation  of  an  emetic 
the  flomach  becomes  more  irritable  and  fenfible  to  the  flimulus,  and 
the  pleafure  of  food ;  fince  as  the  fenforial  power  becomes  accumu= 
lated  during  the  naufea  and  vomiting,  the  digeflive  power  is  after- 
wards exerted  more  forceably  for  a  time.  It  fhould,  however,  be 
here  remarked,  that  though  vomiting  is  in  general  produced  by  the 
defe6l  of  this  flimulus  of  pleafureable  fenfation,  as  when  a  naufeous 
drug  is  adminiflered ;  yet  in  long  continued  vomiting,  as  in  fea-fick- 
nefs,  or  from  habitual  dram-drinking,  it  arifes  from  deficiency  of  fen- 
forial power,  w^hich  in  the  former  cafe  is  exhaufled  by  the  increafed^ 
exertion  of  the  irritative  ideas  of  viflon,  and  in  the  latter  by  the  fre- 
quent application  of  an  unnatural  ftimulus. 

4.  An  example  of  the  fourth  circumftance  above  mentioned,  where 
both  the  primary  and  fecondary  parts  of  a  train  of  motions  proceed 
with  energy  lefs  than  natural,  may  be  obferved  in  the  dyfpacea, 
which  occurs  in'going  into  a  very  cold  bath,  and  which  has  been  de- 
fcribed  andexplained  in  Se61:.  XXXIL  3,  2. 

And  by  the  increafed  debility  of  the  pulfations  of  the  heart  and  ar- 
teries during  the  operation  of  an  emetic.     Secondly, .  from  the  flow- 
nefs  and  intermifHon  of  the  pulfations  of  the  heart  from  the  iiiceilant; 
efforts  to  vomit  occafioned  by  an  overdofe  of  digitalis. .   And. thirdly,, 

froru-; 


44^  Di&EASES  OF  ASSOCIATION.     Sect.XXXV.^. 

from  the  total  ftoppage  of  the  motions  of  the  heart,  or  death,  in  con- 
fequence  of  the  torpor  of  the  ftomach,  when  affeded  with  the  com- 
mencement or  cold  paroxyfm  of  the  gout.     See  Sect.  XXV.  1 7. 

II.  I.  The  prinaary  and  fecondary  ■  parts  of  the  trains  of  fenfitive 
aflbciation  reciprocally  affeit  each  other  in  different  manners,  i.  The 
increafed  fenfation  of  the  primary  part  may  ceafe,  when  that  of  the 
fecondary,part  commences.  2.  The  increafed  aftion  of  the  primary 
part  may. ceafe,  when  that  of  the  fecondary  part  commences.  3. 
The  primary,  part  may  have  increafed  fen fatioii,  and  the  fecondary 
part  increafed  a6tion.  4.  The  primary  part  may  have  .increafed. ac- 
tion, and  the  fecondary  part  increafed  fenfation. 

Examples  of  the  firft  .mode,  M'here  the  increafed  fenfation  of  the 
primary  part  of  a  train  of  feniitive  affociation  ceafes,  when  that  of 
the  fecondary  part  commences,  are  not  unfrequent ;  as  this  is  the 
general  origin  of  thofe  pains,  which  continue  fome  time  without 
being  attended  with  inflammation,  fuch  as  the  pain  at  the  pit  of  the 
ftomach  from  a  ftone  at  the  neck  of  the  gall-bladder,  and  the  pain 
of  flrangury  in  the  glans  penis  from  a  ftone  at  the  neck  of  the  urinary 
bladder.  In  both  thefe  cafes  the  part,  which  is  affefted  fecondarily, 
is  believed  to  be  much  more  fenfible  than  the  part  primarily  afFe£l;ed, 
as  defcribed  in  the  catalogue  of  difeafes,  Clafs  II.  i.  i.  10.  and  IV.  2. 
1. 1,  and  IV.  2.  I.  2. 

The  hemicrania,  or  nervous  headach,  as  it  is  called,  when  it  ori- 
ginates from  a  decaying  tooth,  is  another  difeafe  of  this  kind;  as  the 
pain  of  the  carious  tooth  always  ceafes,  when  the  pain  over  one  eye 
and  temple  commences.  And  it  is  probable,  that  the  violent  pains, 
which  induce  convulfions  in  painful  epilepfies,  are  produced  in  the 
fame  manner,  from  a  more  fenfible  part  fympathizing  with  a  difeafed 
one  of  lefs  fenfibihty.  See  Catalogue  of  Difeafes,  Clafs  IV.  2.  1.5. 
and  III.  1.1.7. 

The  lafl:  tooth,  or  dens  fapientias,  of  the  upper  jaw  moft  frequents 
ly  decays  firft,  and  is  liable  to  produce  pain  over  the  eye  and  tempJe 

of 


STect.  XXXV.  t.    DISEASES  OF  ASSOCIATION.  447 

of  that  fide.  The  laft  tooth  of  the  under-jaw  is  alfo  liable  to  produce 
a  fimilar  hemicrania,  when  it  begins  to  decay.  When  a  tooth  in  the 
\)pper-jaw  is  the  caufe  of  the  headach,.a  {lighter  pain  is  fometimes 
perceived  on  the  cheek-bone.  And  when  a  tooth  in. the  lower-jaw 
is  the  caufe  of  headach,  a  pain  fometimes  affe£ls  the  tendons  of  the 
mufcles  of  the  neck,,  v/hich  are  attached  near  the  jaws.  But  the 
clav^us  hyftericus,  or  pain  about  the  middle  of  the  parietal  bone  on 
one  fide  of  the  head,  I  have  feen  produced  by  the  fecond  of  the  mo- 
lares,  or  grinders,  of  the  under-jaw  ;  of  which  I  (hall  relate  the  foL- 
lowing.cafe.     See  ClafsII.  i..  i.  4,  and  IV.  2.  i.  5. 

MrSi  ,  about  30  years  of  age,    was  feized  with  great  paia 

about  the  middle  of  the  right,  parietal  bone,  which  had  continued  a 
whole  day  before  I  faw  her,  and  was  fo  violent  as  to  threaten  tooc- 
cafion  convulfions.  Not  being  able  to  dete£t  a  decaying  tooth,  or  a 
tender  one,  by  examination  with  my  eye,  or  by  ftriking  them  with 
a  tea-fpoon,.and  fearing  bad.  confequences  from  her  tendency  to  con- 
vulfion,  I  advifed  her  to  extract  the  laft  tooth  of  the  under-jaw  on  the 
affefted  fide  ;  which  was  done  without  any  good  effedc.  She  was 
then  diredled  to  lofe  blood,  and  to  take  a  brilk.  cathartic ;  and  after 
that  had  operated,  about  60  drops.of  laudanum,  were  given:  her,  with 
J^rge  dofes  of  bark;  by  vv^hich  the  pain .  was  removed .^  In  about  a 
fortnight  (he  took  a  cathartic  medicine  by  ill  advice,  and  the  pain  re- 
turned with  greater  violence  in  the  fame  place  ;  and,  before  I  could 
arrive,  as  flie  lived  30  miles  from  me,  fhe  fufFered  a  paralytic  ftroke-; 
which  afFedted  her  limbs  and  her  face  on  one  fide,  and  relieved. the 
pain  of  her  head.. 

About  a  year  afterwards  I  was  again  called  to  her  on  account  of  a 
pain  as  violent  as  before  exaftly  on  the  fame  part  of  the  other  parietal 
bone.  On  examining  her  mouth  I  found  the  fecond  molaris  of  the 
under-rjaw  on  the  fide  before  affedled  was  now  decayed,  and  con-- 
dxided,  ."that  this  tooth  had  occafioned  the  ftroke  of  the  palfy  by  the 
pain  and  confequent  exertion  it  had  caufed.     On  this  account  I  ear- 

neftly 


4|8  DISEASES  OF  ASSOCIATION.    Sect.  XXXV.  2, 

iieftly  entreated  her  to  allow  the  found  raolaris  of  the  fame  jaw  op» 
polite  to  the  decayed  one  to  be  extraftcd  ;  which  was  forthwith  done, 
and  the  pain  of  her  head  immediately  ceafed,  to  the  aflonifhment  of 
■her  attendants. 

•  In  the  cafes  above  related  of  the  pain  exifting  in  a  part  diilant  from 
:the  feat  of  the  difeafe,  the  pain  is  owing  to  defeft  of  the  ufual  mo- 
tions of  the  painful  part.  This  appears  from  the  coldnefs,  palenefs, 
and  emptinefs  of  the  affedled  veflels,  or  of  the  extremities  of  the  body 
in  general,  and  from  there  being  no  tendency  to  inflammation.  The 
increafed  aftion  of  the  primary  part  of  thefe  affociated  motions,  as  of 
the  hepatic  termination  of  the  bile-du£l  from  the  flimulus  of  a  gall- 
ftone,  or  of  the  interior  termination  of  the  urethra  from  the  ftimulus 
of  a  {lone  in  the  bladder,  or  laftly,  of  a  decaying  tooth  in  hemicrania, 
deprives  the  fecondary  part  of  thefe  affociated  motions,  namely,  the 
exterior  terminations  of  the  bile-duQ:  or  urethra,  or  the  pained  mem- 
branes of  the  head  in  hemicrania,  of  their  natural  (hare  of  fenforial 
power  :  and  hence  the  fecondary  parts  of  thefe  fenfitive  trains  of  aflb- 
ciation  become  pained  from  the  deficiency  of  their  ufual  motions, 
which  is  accompanied  with  deficiency  of  fecretions  and  of  heat.  See 
Sea.  IV.  5.  XII.  5.  3.  XXXIV.  I. 

Why  does  the  pain  of  the  primary  part  of  the  aflbciation  ceafe, 
when  that  of  the  fecondary  part  commences  ?  This  is  a  queftion  of 
intricacy,  but  perhaps  not  inexplicable.  The  pain  of  the  primary 
part  of  thefe  aflbciated  trains  of  motion  was  owing  to  too  great  flimu- 
lus,  as  of  the  ftone  at  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  and  was  confequently 
caufed  by  too  great  adtion  of  the  pained  part.  This  greater  a£l:ion 
than  natural  of  the  primary  part  of  thefe  aflbciated  motions,  by  em- 
ploying or  expending  the  fenforial  power[of  irritation  belonging  to  the 
whole  aflbciated  train  of  motions,  occafioned  torpor,  and  confequent 
pain,  in  the  fecondary  part  of  the  aflbciated  train  ;  which  was  pof- 
fefled  of  greater  fenfibility  than  the  primary  part  of  it.  Now  the 
great  pain  of  the  fecondary  part  of  the  train,  as  foon  as  it  commences, 

employs 


^» 


Sect,  XXXV.  2.     DISEASES  OF  ASSOCIATION.  449 

employs  or  expends  the  feiiforial  power  of  fenfation  belonging  to  the 
whole  affociated  train  of  motions ;  and  in  confequence  the  motions 
of  the  primary  part,  though  increafed  by  the  ftimukis  of  aji  extrane- 
ous body,  ceafe  to  be  accompanied  with  pain  or  fenfation. 

If  this  mode  of  reafoning  be  juft  it  explains  a  curious  fatft,  why 
when  two  parts  of  the  body  are  flrongly  Simulated,  the  pain  is  felt 
only  in  one  of  them,  though  it  is  poffible  by  voluntary  attention  it 
may  be  alternately  perceived  in  them  both.  In  the- fame  manner, 
when  two  new  ideas  are  prefented  to  us  from  the  fiimulus  of  external 
bodies,  we  attend  to  but  one  of  them  at  a  time.  In  other  words, 
when  one  fet  of  fibres,  whether  of  the  mufcles  or  organs  of  fenfe, 
contraft  {o  ftrongly  as  to  excite  much  fenfation  ;  another  let  of  fibres 
contra<9:ing  more  weakly  do  not  excite  fenlation  at  all,  becaufe  the 
fenforial  power  of  fenfation  is  pre-occupied  by  the  firfc  fet  of  fibres. 
So  we  cannot  will  more  then  one  efFedl  at  once,  though  by  aflbcia- 
tions  previoufly  formed  we  can  move  many  fibres  in  combination. 

Thus  in  the  inftances  above  related,  the  termination  of  the  bile 
du£t  in  the  duodenum,  and  the  exterior  extrernity  of  the  urethra, 
are  more  fenfible  than  their  other  terniinations.  When  thefe  parts 
are  deprived  of  their  ufual  motions  by  deficiency  of  the  fenforial 
power  of  irritation,  they  become  painful  according  to  law  the  fifth 
in  Seftlon  IV.  and  the  lefs  pain  originally  excited  by  the  fllmulus  of 
concreted  bile,  or  of  a  ftone  at  their  other  extremities  ceafes  to  be 
perceived.  Afterwards,  however,  when  the  concretions  of  bile,  or 
the  ftone  on  the  urinary  bladder,  become  more  numerous  or  larger, 
the  pain  from  their  increafed  flimulus  becomes  greater  than  the 
affociated  pain ;  and  is  then  felt  at  the  neck  of  the  gall  bladder  or 
urinary  bladder;  and  the  pain  of  the  glans  penis,  or  at  the  pit  of  the 
ftomach,  ceafes  to  be  perceived. 

2.  Examples  of  the  fecond  mode,  where  the  increafed  adion  of 
the  primary  part  of  a  train  of  lenfitive  affociation  ceafes,  when  that 
of  the  fecondary  part  commences,  are  alfo  not  unfrequent;  as  this  is 

^  M  the 


450  PISEASES  Of  ASSOCIATION.     Sect.  XXXV.  2. 

the  ufual  manner  of  the  tranflation  of  inflammations  from  internal  to 
external  parts  of  the  fyftem,  Tuch  as  when  an  inflammation  of  the 
liver  or  floraach  is  tranilated  to  the  membranes  of  the  foot,  and 
forms  the  gout ;  or  to  the  fkln  of  the  face,  and  forms  the  rofy  drop, 
or  when  an  inflammation  of  the  membranes  of  the  kidneys  is  tranf- 
lated  to  the  Ikin  of  the  loins,  and  forms  one  kind  of  herpes,  called 
fhingles ;  in  thefe  cafes  by  whatever  caufe  the  original  inflammation 
may  have  been  produced,  as  the  fecondary  part  of  the  train  of  fenfi- 
tive  aflbciation  is  more  fenfible,  it  becomes  exerted  with  greater  vio- 
lence than  the  firfl  part  of  it ;  and  by  both  its  increafed  pain,  and 
the  increafed  motion  of  its  fibres,  fo  far  diminifhes  or  exhaufts  the 
fenforial  power  of  fenfation ;  that  the  primary  part  of  the  train  being 
lefs  fenfible  ceafes  both  to  feel  pain,  and  to  aft  with  unnatural 
energy. 

3.  Examples  of  the  third  mode,  where  the  primary  part  of  a  train 
of  fenfitive  aflbciation  of  motions  may  experience  increafed  fenfation, 
and  the  fecondary  part  inaxafed  aftion,  are  likewife  not  unfrequent ; 
as  it  is  in  this  manner  that  mofl:  inflammations  commence.  Thus, 
after  {landing  fome  time  in  fnow,  the  feet  become  affefted  with  the 
pain  of  cold,  and  a  common  coryza,  or  inflammation  of  the  mem- 
brane of  the  noftrils,  fucceeds^  It  is  probable  that  the  internal  in- 
flammations, as  pleurifies,  or  hepatitis,  which  are  produced  after  the 
eold  paroxyfm  of  fever,  originate  in  the  fame  manner  from  the  fym- 
pathy  of  thofe  parts  with  fome  others,  which  were  previoufly  pained 
from  quiefcence;,  as  happens  to  various  parts  of  the  fyftem  during- 
the  cold  fits  of  fevers.  In  thefe  cafes  it  would  feem,  that  the  fen- 
forial power  of  fenfation  becomes  accumulated  during  the  pain  of 
fiold,  as  the  torpor  of  the  veffels  occafioned  by  the  defeft  of  heat  con-- 
tributes  to  the  increafe  or  accumulation  of  the  fenforial  power  of 
irritation,  and  that  both  thefe  become  exerted  on  fome  internal  part, 
which  was  not  rendered  torpid  by  the  cold  which  afi^efted  the  external 

partsj. 


Sect.  XXXV.  3-     DISEASES  OF  ASSOCIATION.  451 

parts,  nor  by  its  aflbciation  with  them;  or  which  fooner  recovered 
its  fenfibility. 

4.  An  example  of  the  fourth  mode,  or  where  the  primary  part  of 
a  fenlitive  aflbciation  of  motions  may  have  increafed  aftion,  and  the 
fecondary  part  increafed  fenfation,  may  be  taken  from  the  pain  of  the 
fhoulder,  which  attends  inflammation  of  the  membranes  of  the  Hver, 
fee  Hepatitis,  Clafs  IV.  2.  1.6.  in  this  circumfl:ance  fo  much  fenforial 
power  feems  to  be  expended  in  the  violent  aftions  and  fenfations  of 
the  inflamed  membranes  of  the  liver,  that  the  membranes  affociated 
with  them  become  quiefcent  to  their  ufual  ftimuli,  and  painful  in 
confequence. 

There  may  be  other  modes  in  which  the  primary  and  fecondary 
parts  of  the  trains  of  aflbciated  fenfitive  motions  may  reciprocally 
afFe6t  each  other,  as  may  be  feen  by  looking  over  Clafs  IV.  in  the 
catalogue  of  difeafes;  all  which  may  probably  be'  refolved  into  the 
plus  and  minus  of  fenforial  power,  but  we  have  not  yet  had  fufficient 
obfervations  made  upon  them  with  a  view  to  this  doclrine. 

III.  The  allociated  trains  of  our  ideas  may  have  fympathies,  and 
their  primary  and  fecondary  parts  afte6l  each  other  in  fome  manner 
iimilar  to  thofe  above  defcribed  ;  and  may  thus  occafion  various  curi- 
ous phenomena  not  yet  adverted  to,  befides  thofe  explained  in  the 
Seftions  on  Dreams,  Reveries,  Vertigo,  and  Drunkennefs ;  and  may 
thus  difturb  the  deductions  of  our  reafonings,  as  well  as  the  ftreams 
of  our  imaginations ;  prefent  us  with  falfe  degrees  of  fear,  attach 
unfounded  value  to  trivial  circnm fiances  ;  give  occafion  to  our  earl}' 
prejudices  and  antipathies  ;  and  thus  embarrafs  the  happinefs  of  our 
lives.  A  copious  and  curious  harveft  might  be  reaped  from  this  pro- 
vince of  fcience,  in  which,  however,  I  fliall  not  at  prefent  wield 
my  fickle. 


3M  2  SECT. 


•45^  PERipDS  OF  DISEASES.     Sect,  XXXVI.  i. 


SECT.    XXXVL 

OF    THE    PERIODS    OF    DISEASES. 

L  Mufchs  excited  hy  volition  foon  ceaje  to  contraEl,  or  hyfenjation,  or  by  irritation,, 
owing  to  the  exhauftion  of  Jenjorial  ■power.  Mufdes  JubjeSfed  to  lefs  fiimulus. 
have  their  Jenjorial  power  accumulated.  Hence  the  periods  of  Jome  fevers.. 
Want  of  irritability  after  intoxication.  II.  i.  Natural  aSlions  catenated  with 
daily  habits  of  life.  i.  With  Jolar  periods.  Periods  oj  Jleep.  Of  evacuating_ 
the  bowels.  3.  Natural  anions  catenated  with  lunar  periods.  Menflruation^ 
Venereal  orgajm  of  animals.  Barrennejs.  III.  Periods  of  dijeajed  animal 
aUions  from  flated  returns  of  noSfurnd  cold,  from  folar  and  lunar  influence. 
Periods  of  diurnal  fever,  helfic  fever,  quotidian,,  tertian,  quartan  fever.  Periods 
ef  gout,  pleurijy,  of  fevers  with  arterial  debility,  and  with  arterial  jlrength. 
Periods  of  rhaphania,  of  nervous  cough,  hemicrania,  arterial  htemorrhages^. 
btemorrboids,  h^moptoe,  epilepfy,  paljy,  apoplexy,  tnadnejs.  IV.  Critical  days- 
depend  en  lunar  periods.     Lunar  periods  in  tbejmall  pox. 

I.  IF  any  of  our  mufcl'es  be  made  to  contrad  violently  by  the 
power  of  volition,  as  thofe  of  the  fingers,  when  any  one  hangs  by 
his  hands  on  a  fwing,  fatigue  foon  enfues  %.  and  the  mufcles  ceafe  to 
aft  owing  to  the  temporary  exhauftion  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  ;  as 
foon  as  this  is  again  accumulated  in  the  mufcles,  they  are  ready  to. 
contraft  again  by  the  efforts  of  volition.. 

Thofe  violent  mufcular  actions  induced  by  pain  become  in  the 
fame  manner  intermitted  and  recurrent ;  as  in  labour-pains,  vomit- 
ing, tenefmus,  flrangury  ;  owing  likewife  to  the  temporary  exhauf- 
tion  of  the  fpirit  of  animation,  as  above  mentioned, 

When. 


Sect.  XXXVI.  r.       PERIODS  OF  DISEASES.  i^S 

When  any  ftimulus  continues  long  to  a6t  with  unnatural  violence, 
fo  as  to  produce  too  energetic  a6lion  of  any  of  our  moving,  organs, 
thofe  motions  loon  ceai'e,  though  the  ftimulus  continues  to  acl ;  as 
in  looking  long  on  a  bright  objeft,  as  on  an  inch-fquare  of  red  filk 
laid  on  white  paper  in  the  funfhine.     See  Plate  I.  in  Sed.  HI.  i.. 

On  the  contrary,  where  lefs  of  the  ftimulus  of  volition,  fenfation, 
or  irritation,  have  been  applied  to  a  mufcle  than  ufual  ;  there  ap- 
pears to  be  an  accumulation  of  the  fpirit  of  animation  in. the  moving- 
organ  ;  by  which  it  is  liable  to  a£l  with  greater  energy  from  lefs 
quantity  of  ftimulus,  than  was  previoufly  neceflary  to  excite  it  into  fa 
great  adlion  i  as  after  having  beei>  immerfed  in  fnow  the  cutaneous 
veffels  of  oui-  hands  are  excited  into  ftronger  a6lion  by  the  ftimulus 
of  a  lefs  degree  of  heat^  than  would  previoufly  have  produced,  that 
effea. 

From  hence  the  periods  of  fome  fever-fits  may  take  their  origin^, 
either  limply,  or  by  their  accidental  coincidence  with  lunar  and  folar. 
periods,  or  with  the  diurnal  periods  of  heat  and  cold,  to  be  treated, 
of  below;  for  during  the  cold  fit  at  the  commencement  of  a  fever,, 
from  whatever  caufe  that  cold  fit  may  have  been  induced,  it  follows,. 
I.  That  the  fpirit  of  animation  muft  become  accumulated  in  the: 
parts,  which  exert  during  this  cold  fit  lefs  than  their  natural  quanr 
tity  of  a6lion.  z.  If  the  caufe  producing  the  cold  fit  does  not  iri- 
creafe,  or  becomes  diminifhed ;  the  parts  before  benumbed  or  in- 
active become  now  excitable  by  fmaller  ftimulus,  and  are  thence, 
thrown  iato  more  violent  adiioa  than  is  natural ;  that  is  a  hot  fit  fuc- 
ceeds  the  cold  one.  3.  By  the  energetic  adtion  of  the  fyftem  during 
the  hot  fit,  if  it  continues  long,  an  exhauftion  of  the  fpirit  of  ani- 
mation takes  place;  and  another  cold  fit  is  liable  to  fucceed,  from  the- 
moving  fyftem  not  being  excitable  into  action  from  its  ufual  ftimulus. 
This  inirritability  of  the  fyftem  from  a  too  great  previous  ftimulus, 
and  Gonfequent  exhauftion  of  fenforial  power,  is  the  caufe  of  the 
general  debility,,  and  ficknefs,  and  head-ach,  fome  hours  after  in- 
toxication*- 


454  Periods' OF  diseases-,    sect,  xxxvi.  2. 

toxication.  And  hence  we  fee  one  of  the  caiifes  of  the  periods  of 
fever-fits  ;  which  however  are  frequently  combined  with  the  periods 
of  our  diurnal  habits,"  or  of  heat!' and  cold,  or  of  folar  or  lunar 
periods. 

When  befides  the  tendency  to  quiefcence  occafioned  by  the  expen- 
diture of  fenforial  power  during  the  hot  fit  of  fever,  fome  other  caufe 
of  torpor,  as  the  folar  or  lunar  periods,  is  necefiary  to  the  introduc- 
tion of  a  fecond  cold  fit ;  the  fever  becomes  of  the  intermittent  kind  ; 
that  is,  there  is  a  fpace  of  time  intervenes  between  the  end  of  the 
hot  fit,  and  the  commencement  of  the  next  cold  one.  But  where 
no  exteriour  caufe  is  necefiary  to  the  introduction  of  the  fecond  cold 
fit ;  no  fuch  interval  of  health  intervenes  ;  but  the  fecond  cold  fit 
commences,  as  foon  as  the  fenforial  power  is  fufiSciently  exhaufled 
by  the  hot  fit ;  and  the  fever  becomes  continual. 

II.  I.  The  following  are  natural  animal  a£lions,  which  afe  fre- 
quently catenated  with  our  daily  habits  of  hfe,  as  well  as  excited  by 
their  natural  irritations.  The  periods  of  hunger  and  thifft  become 
catenated  with  certain  portions  of  tinie,  or  degrees  of  exhauflion,  df 
other  diurnal  habits  of  life.  And  if  the  pain  of  hunger  be  not  re- 
lieved by  taking  food  at  the  ufual  time,  it  is  liable  to  ceafe  till  the 
next  period  of  time  or  other  habits  recur ;  this  is  not  only  true  in 
refpeft  to  our  general  defire  of  food,  but  the  kinds  Of  it  alfo  itt 
governed  by  this  periodical  habit ;  infomuch  that  beer  taken  to  break- 
faft  will  difturb  the  digeftion  of  thofe,  who  have  been  acduftomed  to 
tea ;  and  tea  taken  at  dinner  will  difagree  with  thofe,  who  have 
been  accuftomed  to  beer.  Whence  it  happens,  that  thofe,  who 
have  weak  flomachs,  will  be  able  to  digefl  more  food,  if  they  take 
their  meals  at  regular  hours  ;  becaufe  they  have  both  the  fiimulus  of 
the  aliment  they  take,  and  the  periodical  habit,  to  aflifi:  their  digef- 
tion. 

The   periods  of  emptying  the  bladder  are  not  only  dependent  on 

the  acrimony  or  diftention  of  the  water  in  it,  but  are  frequently 

2  catenated 


Sr.cT.XXXVI.2.       PERIODS  OF  DISEASES.  455 

catenated  with  external  cold  applied  to  the  Ikin,  as  in  cold  bathings 
or  vvafhlng  the  hands  ;  or  with  other  habits  of  life,  as  many  .^re  ac- 
cuftomed  to  empty  the  bladder  before  going  to  bed,  or  into  the  houfe 
after  a  journey,  and  this  whether  it  be  full  or  not. 

Our  times  of  refpiration  are  not  only  governed  by  the  ftimulus  of 
the  blood  in  the  lungs,  or  our  defire  of  frefli  air,  but  aUb  by  our 
attention  to  the  hourly  objedls  before  us.  Hence  when  a  perfon  is 
earneftly  contemplating  an  idea  of  grief,  he  forgets  to  breathe,  till, 
the  fenfation  in  his  lungs  becomes  va-y  urgent  ;  and  then  a  figh  fuc- 
ceeds  for  the  purpofe  of  more  forceably  pufhing  forwards  the  blood,, 
which  is  accumulated  in  the  lun^s. 

Our  times  of  refpiration  are  alfo  frequently  governed  in  part  by 
our  want  of  a  fteady  fupport  for  the  adlions  of  our  arms,  and  hands, 
as  in  threading  a  needle,  or  hewing  wood,  or  in  fwimming ;  when 
we  are  intent  upon  thefe  objefts,  we  breathe  at  the  intervals  of  the 
exertion  of  the  pedloral  mufcles. 

2.  The  following  natural  animal  aflions  are  influenced  by  folar 
periods.  The  periods  of  fleep  and  of  waking  depends  much  on  the 
iblar  period,  for  we  are  inchned  to  fleep  at  a  certain  hour,  and  to 
awake  at  a  certain  hour,  whether  we  have  had  more  or  lefs  fatigue 
during  the  day,  if  within  certain  limits;  and  are  liable  to  wake  at  a 
certain  hour,  whether  we  went  to  bed  earlier  or  later  within  certain, 
limits.  Hence  it  appears,  that  thofe  who  complain  of  want  of  fleep, 
will  be  liable  to  fleep  better  or  longer,  if  they  accuflom  themfelves 
to  go  to  reft,  and  to  rife,  at  certain  hours. 

The  periods  of  evacuating  the  bowels  are  generally  conne£ted  with, 
fome  part  of  the  folar  day,  as  well  as  with  the  acrimony  or  diften— 
tion  occafioned  by  the  feces.  Hence  one  method  of  corredling  cof- 
tivenefs  is  by  endeavouring  to  eflabhfh  a  habit  of  evacuation  at  a  cer- 
tain hour  of  the  day,  as  recommended  by  Mr.  Locke,  which  may 
be  accomplifhed  by  ufing  daily  voluntary  efforts  at  thofe  times,  joined] 
with  the  ufual  flimulus  of  the.  material  to  be  evacuated. 

5,  The 


456  PERIODS  OF  DISEASES.      SEcr.  XXXVI.  3. 

3.  The  following  natural  animal  actions  are  connefted  with  lunar 
•periods,  i.  The  periods  of  female  menftruation  are  connetSted  with 
lunar  periods  to  great  exaftnefs,  in  fome  inftances  even  to  a  few 
hours.  Thefe  do  not  commence  or  terminate  at  the  full  or  change, 
or  at  any  other  particular  part  of  the  lunation,  but  after  they  have 
commenced  at  any  part  of  it,  they  continue  to  recur  at  that  part 
with  great  regularity,  unlefs  dillurlDed  by  fome  violent  circumftance, 
as  explained  in  Seft.  XXXII.  No.  6.  their  return  is  immediately  caufed 
by  deficient  venous  abfocption,  which  is  owing  to  the  want  of  the 
ftimulus,  defigned  by  nature,  of  amatorial  copulation,  or  of  the 
growing  fetus.  When  the  catamenia  returns  fooner  than  the  period 
of  lunation,  it  fliews  a  tendency  of  the  conftitution  to  inirritabi- 
lity ;  that  is  to  debility,  or  deficiency  of  fenforial  power,  and  is  to  be 
relieved  by  fmall  dofes  of  fteel  and  opium. 

The  venereal  orgafm  of  birds  and  quadrupeds  feems  to  commence, 
or  return  about  the  moft  powerful  lunations  at  the  vernal  orautumnal 
equinoxes  ;  but  if  it  be  difappointed  of  its  obje£l:,  it  is  faid  to  recur  at 
monthly  periods  ;  in  this  refpedt  refembling  the  female  catamenia. 
Whence  it  is  believed,  that  women  are  more  liable  to  become  preg- 
nant at  or  about  the  time  of  their  catamenia,  than  at  the  intermediate 
times ;  and  on  this  account  they  are  feldom  much  miftaken  in  their 
reckoning  of  nine  lunar  periods  from  the  laft  menftruation;  the  in- 
attention to  this  may  fometimes  have  been  the  caufe  of  fuppofed  bar- 
rennefs,  and  is  therefore  worth  the  obfervation  of  thofe,  who  wifh 
to  have  children. 

III.  We  now  come  to  the  periods  of  difeafed  animal  a£lions. 
The  periods  of  fever-fits,  which  depend  on  the  ftated  returns  of  noc- 
turnal cold,  are  difcuffed  in  Seel.  XXXII.  3.  Thofe,  which  origi- 
nate or  recur  at  fdlar  or  lunar  periods,  are  alfo  explained  in  Section 
XXXII.  6.  Thefe  we  ihall  here  enumerate  ;  obferving,  however,  that 
it  isnot  more  furprifing,  that  the  influence  of  the  varying  attractions 
of  the   fan  and  moon,  fliould  raife  the  ocean  into  mountains,  than 

that 


Sect. XXXVI.  3-      PERIODS  OF  DISEASES.  457 

that  it  fliould  affe6t  the  nice  feMfibihties  of  animal  bodies ;  though  tha- 
inanner  of  its  operation  -on  them  is  difficult  to  be  underflood.  It  is 
probable  however,  that  as  this  influence  gradually  leflens  during  the 
courfe  of  the  day,  or  of  the  lunation,  or  of  the  year,  fome  actions 
of  our  fyftem  become  lefs  and  lefs  ;  till  at  length  a  total  quiefcence 
of  fome  part  is  induced;  which  is  the  commencement  of  the  pa- 
Toxyfm-sof  fever,  of  menflruation,  of  pain  wi:th  decreafed  adion  of 
the  affetTted  organ,  and  of  confequent  convulfion. 

1.  A  diurnal  fever  in  fome  wealc  people  is  diftinctly  obferved  to 
■come  on  towards  evening,  and  to  ceafe  with  a  moift  Ikin  early  in  the 
■morning,  obeying  -the  folar  periods.  Perfons  of  weak  conftitutions 
are  liable  to  get  into  better  fpirits  at  the  accefs  of  the  hot  fit  of  this 
•evening  fever  ;  and  are  thence  inclined  to  fit  up  late  ;  which  by  fur- 
ther enfeebling  them  increafes  the  difeafe  j  whence  they  lofe  their 
ilrenp-th  and  their  coloiiir, 

O 

2.  The  .periods  of  heftic  fever,  fuppofed  to  arife  from  abforption  of 
matter,  obeys  the  diurnal  periods  like  the  above,  having  the  exacer- 
befcence  towards  evening,  and  its  remiilion  early  in  the  morningy 
with  fweats,  or  diarrhoea,  or  urine  with  white  fedimeiit. 

.  3.  The  periods  of  quotidian  fever  are  either  catenated  with  folar 
■time,  and  return  at  the  intervals  of  twenty-four  hours  ;  or  with  Ivsnar 
■time,  recurring  at  the  intervals  of  about  twenty-five  Iiours.  There  is 
great  lafe  in  knowing  with  what  circumftances  the  periodical  return 
of  new  morbid  motions  are  conjoined,  as  the  mofb  effe6iual  times  of 
exhibiting  the  proper  medicines  are  thus  determined.  So  if  the  tor- 
por, which  uftiers  in  an  ague  fit,  is  catenated  with  the  lunar  day:  it 
is  know,  when  the  bark  or  opium  m:uil  be  given,  fo  as  to  exert  ita. 
principal  effed  about  the  time  of  the  expedled  return.  Solid  opium 
fliould  be  given  about  an  hour  before  the  expeded  cold  fit ;  liquid 
opium  and  wine  about  half  an  hour ;  the  bark  repeatedly  for  fix  or 
eight  hours  previous  to  the  expeded  return. 

J  N  4.  The 


458  PERIODS  OF  DISEASES.      Sect.  XXXVI.  3, 

-  4.  The  periods  of  tertian  fevers,  reckoned  from  the  commence- 
ment of  one  cold  fit  to  the  commencement  of  the  next  cold  fit,  recur 
with  folar  intervals  of  forty-eight  hours,  or  with  lunar  ones  of  about 
fifty  hours.  When  thefe  times  of  recurrence  begin  one  or  two  hours 
earlier  than  the  folar  period,  it  fliews,  that  the  torpor  or  cold  fit  is 
produced  by  lefs  external  influence  ;  and  therefore  that  it  is  more  li- 
able to  degenerate  into  a  fever  with  only  remiffions ;  fo  when  men- 
flruation  recurs  fooner  than  the  period  of  lunation,  it  fhews  a  ten- 
dency of  the  habit  to  torpor  or  inirritability. 

5.  The  periods  of  quartan  fevers  return  at  folar  intervals  of  feventy- 
two  hours,  or  at  lunar  ones  of  about  feventy-four  hours  and  an  half. 
This  kind  of  ague  appears  moft  in  moift  cold  autumns,  and  in  cold 
countries  replete  with  marfhes.  It  is  attended  with  greater  debility, 
and  its  cold  accefs  more  difficult  to  prevent.  For  where  there  is  pre- 
vioufly  a  deficiency  of  fenforial  power,  the  conftitution  is  liable  to 
run  into  greater  torpor  from  any  further  diminution  of  it ;  two 
ounces  of  bark  and  fome  fteel  fhould  be  given  on  the  day  before  the 
return  of  the  cold  paroxyfm,  and  a  pint  of  wine  by  degrees  a  few 
hours  before  its  return,  and  thirty  drops  of  laudanum  one  hour  before 
the  expe£led  cold  fit. 

6.  The  periods  of  the  gout  generally  commence  about  an  hour  be- 
fore fun-rife,  which  is  ufually  the  coldeft  part  of  the  twenty- four 
hours.  The  greater  periods  of  the  gout  feem  alfo  to  obferve  the  folar 
influence,  returning  about  the  fame  feafon  of  the  year. 

7.  The  periods  of  the  pleurify  recur  with  exacerbation  of  the  pain 
and-  fever  about  fun-fet,  at  which  time  venefeftion  is  of  mofi:  fervice. 
The  fame  may  be  obfcrved  of  the  inflammatory  rheumatifm,  and 
other  fevers  with  arterial  ftrength,  which  feem  to  obey  folar  periods;; 
and  thofe  with  debility  feem  to  obey  lunar  ones. 

8.  The  periods  of  fevers  with  arterial  debility  feem  to  obey  the 
lunar  day,  having  their  accefs  daily  nearly  an  hour  later  ;    and  have 

..  .  fometimes 


Sect. XXXVI.  3-       PERIODS  OF  DISEASES.  459 

fometimes  two  acceffes  ia  a  day,  refembling  the  lunar  effects  upon  the 
tides.  ■ 

9.  The  periods  of  rhaphania,  or  convulfions  of  the  limbs  from  rheu- 
matic pains,  feem  to  be  connedted  with  folar  influence,  returning  at 
nearly  the  fame  hour  for  weeks  together,  tinlefs  diflurbed  by  the  ex- 
hibition of  powerful  dofes  of  opium. 

So  the  periods  of  Tuffis  ferina,  or  violent  cough  with  flow  pulfe, 
called  nervous  cough,  recurs  by  folar  periods.  Five  grains  of  opium 
given  at  the  time  the  cough  commenced  difturbed  the  period,  from 
{even  in  the  evening  to  eleven,  at  which  time  it  regularly  returned 
for  fome  days,  during  which  time  the  opium  was  gradually  omitted. 
Then  120  drops  of  laudanum  were  given  an  hour  before  the  accefs  of 
the  cough,  and  it  totally  ceafed.  .  The  laudanum  was  continued  a 
fortnight,  and  then  gradually  difcontinued. 

10.  The  periods  of  hemicrania,  and  of  painful  epilepfy,  are  liable 
to  obey  lunar  periods,  both  in  their  diurnal  returns,  and  in  their 
greater  periods  of  weeks,  but  are  alfo  induced  by  other  exciting 
caufes. 

11.  The  periods  of  arterial  haemorrhages  feem  to  return  at  folar 
periods  about  the  fame  hour  of  the  evening  or  morning.  Perhaps  the 
venous  haemorrhages  obey  the  lunar  periods,  as  the  catamenia,  and 
haemorrhoids. 

12.  The  periods  of  the  haemorrhoids,  or  piles,  in  fome  recur 
monthly,  in  others  only  at  the  greater  lunar  influence  about  the  equi- 
noxes. 

13.  The  periods  of  haemoptoe  fometimes  obey  folar  influence,  re- 
curring early  in  the  morning  for  feveral  days  ;  and  fometimes  lunar 
periods,  recurring  monthly ;  and  fometimes  depend  on  our  hours  of 
lleep.     See  Clafs  I.  2.   i.  9. 

14.  Many  of  the  firft  periods  of  epileptic  fits  obey  the  rnonthly  lu- 
nation with  fome  degree  of  accuracy  ;  others  recur  only  at  the  raofl 
powerful  lunations  before  the  vernal  equinox^  and  after  the  autumnal 

3  N  2  one  ; 


460    .  PERIODS  OF  DISEASES..      Sect.  XXXVI.  4. 

one  J  but  when  the  conftitution  has  o-ained  a  habit  of  relieving  dif- 
agreeable  fenfations  by  this,  kind  of  exertion,  the  fit  recurs  from  any 
flight  caufe. 

15..,  The  attack  of  palfy  and  apoplexy  are  known,  to  recur  with 
great  frequency  about  the  equinoxesi 

16.  There  are  nu^merous  inftances  of  the  efFe£t  of  the  lunations  upon 
the  periods  of  i»fanity,  whence.- the  name  of  lunatic  has  been  given  ta. 
thofe  afflidled  with  this-difeafe.. 

IV.  The  critical  days,  ia.  which  fevers  arc  fuppofed'  to  terminate^, 
have  employed  the  attention  of  medical  philofophers  from  the  days  of 
Hippocrates  to  the  prefent  time.     In  whatever  part  of  a  lunation  a 
fever  commences,  which  owes  either  its  whole  caufe  to  folar  and- lu- 
nar influence,  or  to  this  m  conjunftion'  with  other  caufcs;.,  it  would 
feem,  that  tiie  efFedt  would  be  the  gr^ateft  at  the  full  and  new  moon, 
as. the  tides  rife  higheft  at  thofe  times,  and  would  be  the  leafl:  at  the 
quadratures-;  th.u&  if  a. fever-fit  fliould  commence  at  the  new  or  full 
moon^  oecafioned  by  the  folar  and  lunar  attradl-ion  diminifliing  fome 
chemical  affinity  of  the  particles  of  blood,  and  thence  decreafing  their 
ftimukis  on  our  fanguiferous  fyftem,  as- mentioned  in- Seel.  XXXIL  6. 
this- effe6l' will' daily  decreafe   for  the  firft  feven  days,  and  will- then 
increafe  till  about  the  fourteenth  day,  and  wiliagaindecreafe  till  about 
the  twenty.-firft  day,  and  increafe  again  till  the  end  of  the  lunation; 
If  a  fever-fit- from  tile  above-  caufe  (hould  commence-  on  the  feventh.', 
day  after- either- lunation,-:  the  revsrlfe  of  the  above  circumftances  would 
happen*     Now.  it;  is,  probable,  that  thofe  fevers,,  whofe  crifis  or- ter- 
minations are  influenced  by  lunations,  may  begin  at  one.  or  other  of' 
the  above  times,  namely  at  the- changes -or  quadi'aturesj  though  fuf- 
^ficient  obfervatioiis- have  not  been  made- to  afcertain  this  circumftance.. 
Hence  I  conclude,,  that  the_fmall-pox  and^meafles  have  their  critrcal, 
days,  not  governed  by  the  times  required  for; certain  chemical  changes- 
in  the  blood,,  which  afFe6l  or  alter  the  flimulus  of  the  contagious 
matter,  but  from-,  the  daily- increafing  or  decreafing  efteft  of  this  luna?- 
^]  .  link-: 


Sect.  XXXVI.  4.      PERIODS  OF  MSEASES.  461 

link  of  catenation,  as  explained  in  Seftion  XVII.  3.  3.  And  as  other 
fevers  terminate  mofl  frequently  about  the  feventh,  fourteenth-, 
twenty-firft,  or  about  the  end  of  four  \veek5,  when  no  medical  af- 
fiftance  ba&  difturbed  their  periods,  I  conclude,  that  thefe  crifes,  or 
terminations,  are  governed  by  periods  of  the  lunations,  though  we  are 
ftill  ignorant  of  their  ma;nner  of  operation. 

In.  the  diftinft  fmall-pox  the  vefliges  of  lunation  are  very  apparent,- 
after  inoculation  a  quarter  c^  a- lunation  precedes  the  commencement 
of  the  fever,  another  quarter  terminates  with  the  complete  eruption,- 
aiiother  quarter  with  the  complete  maturation,  and  another  quarter 
terminates  the  complete  abforption  of  a  material  now  rendered  inoScixa- 
£ve  to  the  conftitutioiu 


SECT, 


46z  DIGESTION,  SECRETION,  &c.    Sect.XXXVII.  i. 


SECT.    XXXVII. 

OF    DIGESTION,    SECRETION,    NUTRITION. 

I.  Cryftals  increaje  by  the  greater  attraSfion  of  their  fides.  Accretion  by  chemical 
preciptationsy  by  welding,  by  freffure,  by  agglutination.  II.  Hunger,  dtgejiion, 
why  it  cannot  be  imitated  out  of  the  body.  LaEleals  abfori  by  animal  feleSfion, 
or  appetency.  III.  'The  glands  and  pores  abforb  nutritious  particles  by  animal 
feleSlion.  Organic  particles  of  Buffon.  Nutrition  applied  at  the  time  of  elonga- 
tion of  fibres.  Like  inflammation.  IV.  Itfeems  eafter  to  have  preferved  animals 
than  to  reproduce  them.  Old  age  and  death  from  inirritability .  Three  caufes  of 
this.  Original  fibres  of  the  organs  of  fenfe  and  mufcles  unchanged.  V.  Art  of 
producing  long  life. 


I.  THE  larger  cryftals  of  faline  bodies  may  be  conceived  to  arife 
from  the  combination  of  fmaller  cryftals  of  the  fame  form,  owing  to 
the  greater  attractions  of  their  fides  than  of  their  angles.  Thus  if 
four  cubes  were  floating  in  a  fluid,  whofe  ffidioii  or  refiftance  is  no- 
thing, it  is  certain  the  fides  of  thefe  cubes  would  attract  each  other 
ftronger  than  their  angles  ;  and  hence  that  thefe  four  fmaller  cubes 
would  fo  arrange  themfelves  as  to  produce  one  larger  one. 

There  are  other  means  of  chemical  accretion,  fuch  as  the  depofi-  ■ 
tions  of  diflblved  calcareous  or  filiceous  particles,  as  are  feen  in  the 
formation  of  the  ftaladtites  of  limeftone  in  Derbyftiire,  or  of  calcedone 
in  Cornwall.  Other  means  of  adhefion  are  produced  by  heat  and 
preffure,  as  in  the  welding  of  iron-bars  ;  and  other  means  by  fimple 
preffure,  as  in  forcing  two  pieces  of  caoutchou,  or  elaftic  gum,  to  ad- 
here; 


SECT.XXXVn.2.   DIGESTION,  SECRETION,  &:c.  463 

here  ;  and  laftly,  by  the  agglutination  of  a  third  fubftance  penetrating 
the  pores  of  the  other  two,  as  in  the  agglutination  of  wood  by  means 
of  animal  gluten.  Though  the  ultimate  particles  of  animal  bodies 
are  held  together  during  life,  as  well  as  after  death,  by  their  fpecific 
attra£lion  of  cohefion,  like  all  other  matter;  yet  it  does  not  appear, 
that  their  original  organization  was  produced  by  chemical  laws,  and 
their  produftion  and  increafe  muft  therefore  only  be  looked  for  from 
the  laws  of  animation. 

II.  When  the  pain  of  hunger  requires  relief,  certain  parts  of  the 
material  world,  which  furround  us,  when  applied  to  our  palates,  ex- 
cite into  aftion  the  mufcles  of  deglutition  ;  and  the  material  is  fwal- 
lowed  into  the  ftomach.  Here  the  new  aliment  becomes  mixed  with 
certain  animal  fluids,  and  undergoes  a  chemical  procefs,  termed  di- 
geftion ;  which  however  chemiftry  has  not  yet  learnt  to  imitate 
out  of  the  bodies  of  living  animals  or  vegetables.  This  procefs  leems 
very  (imilar  to  the  faccharine  procefs  in  the  lobes  of  farinaceous  feeds, 
as  of  barley,  when  it  begins  to  germinate ;  except  that,  along  with 
the  fugar,  oil  and  mucilage  are  alfo  produced  ;  which  form  the  chyle 
of  animals,  which  is  very  limilar  to  their  milk. 

The  reafon,  I  imagine,  why  this  chyle- making,  or  faccharine  pro- 
cefs, has  not  yet  been  imitated  by  chemical  operations,  is  owing  to 
the  materials  being  in  fuch  a  fituation  in  refpecl  to  warmth,  moifture, 
and  motion  ;  that  they  will  immediately  change  into  the  vinous  or 
acetous  fermentation  ;  except  the  new  fugar  be  abforbed  by  the  nu- 
merous lacteal  or  lymphatic  vefl'els,  as  foon  as  it  is  produced  ;  which 
is  not  eafy  to  imitate  in  the  laboratory. 

Thefe  lafteal  veffels  have  mouths,  which  are  irritated  into  aftion 
by  the  ftimulus  of  the  fluid,  which  furrounds  them  ;  and  by  animal 
fele£lion,  or  appetency,  they  abforb  fuch  part  of  the  fluid  as  is  agree- 
able to  their  palate  ;  thofe  parts,  for  inflance,  which  are  already  con- 
verted into  chyle,  before  they  have  time  to  undergo  another  change 
by  a  vinous  or  acetous  fermentation.  This  animal  abforption  of  fluid 
8  is 


4H  DIGESTION,  SECRETION,  &c.    Sect.XXXVIL  3, 

is  almoft -vifible  to  the  naked  eye  in  the  adlon  of  the  pun£la  laory- 
•,malia.;  which  imbibe  the  tears  from  the  eye,  and  difcharge  them 
,again  into  the  noftrils. 

•III.  The  arteries  conftitute  another  refervoir  of  a  changeful  fluid; 
•from  which,  after  its  recent  oxygenation  in  the  lungs,  a  further  ani- 
mal feledlion  of  various  fluids  is  abforbed  by  the  numerous  glands ; 
.thefe  felefl:  t^eir  refpe£tive  fluids  from  the  blood,  which  is  perpetu- 
ally undergoing  a  chemical  change  ;  but  the  feleclion  by  thefe  glands, 
.like  that  of  the  ia<£leals,  which  open  their  mouths  into  the  digeflin^ 
_aliment  in  the  flomach,  is  from  animal  appetency,  not  from  chemical 
affinity  ;  fecretion  cannot  therefore  be  imitated  in  the  laboratory,  as 
it  confifls  in  a  fele£lioa  of  part  of  a  fluid  during  the  chemical  change 
of  that  fluid. 

The  mouths  of  the  lafteals,  and  Iym]3ha-tlcs,  and  t;he  ^dtimate  ter^ 
jnination-s  of  the  glands,  are  finer  than  can  eafily  ,be  conceived  ;  yet 
it  is  probable,  that  the  pores,  or  interftices  of  the  parts,  or  coats, 
which  conftitute  thefe  ultimate  veflels,  may  ftill  have  greater  tenuity; 
and  that  thefe  pores  from  the  above  analogy  muft  poflefs  a  fimilar 
power  of  irritability,  and  abforb  by  their  living  energy  the  particles  of 
fluid  adapted  to  their  purpofes,  whether  to  replace  the  parts  abraded 
or  diflblved,  ,or  to  elongate  and  .enlarge  themfelves.  Not  only  every 
kind  of  gland  is  thus£iidued  with  its  peculiar  appetency,  and  feledls 
the  material  agreeable  to  its  tafte  from  the  blood,  but  every  individual 
pore  acquires  ,by  animal  feletlion  the  material,  which  it  wants  ;  and 
thus  nutrition  fe.ems  to  be  performed  in  a  manner  fo  fimilar  to  fecre- 
tion ;  that  they  only  differ  in  the  one  retaining,  ^  and  the  other 
parting. again  with  the  particles,  which  they  hav.e  felei3:ed  from  the 
.blood. 

This  \yay  of  accounting  for  nutrition  from  ftimulus,  and  the  con- 
f^quent  aninial  fele6tion  of  particles,  is  much  more  analogous  to  other - 
phenomena  of  the  animal  microcofm,  than  by  having  recourfe  to  the 
.raicrofcopic  aaioialcu-la,  or  wganic  particles  of  Buffi?n  and  Needham ; 

wliieh. 


Sect.XXXVILj.    digestion,  secretion,  &:c.  465 

which  being  already  compounded  mufl  themfelves  require  nutritive 
particles  to  continue  their  own  exiftence.  And  muft  be  liable  to  un- 
dergo a  change  by  our  digeftive  or  fecretory  organs ;  otherwife  man- 
kind would  foon  refemble  by  their  theory  the  animals,  which  they 
feed  upon.  He,  who  is  nouriflied  by  beef  or  venifon,  would  in  time 
become  horned  ;  and  he,  who  feeds  on  pork  or  bacon,  would  gain  a 
nofe  proper  for  rooting  into  the  earth,  as  well  as  for  the  perception  of 
odours. 

The  whole  animal  fyilem  may  be  considered  as  confiding  of  the 
extremities  of  the  nerves,  or  of  having  been  produced  from  them  ;  if 
we  except  perhaps  the  medullary  part  of  the  brain  refiding  in  the 
head  and  fpine,  and  in  the  trunks  of  the  nerves.  Thefe  extremities 
of  the  nerves  are  either  of  thofe  of  locomotion,  which  are  termed 
mufcular  fibres ;  or  of  thofe  of  fenfation,  which  conftitute  the  im- 
mediate organs  of  fenfe,  and  which  have  alfo  their  peculiar  motions. 
Now  as  the  fibres,  which  conftitute  the  bones  and  membranes,  pof- 
fcffed  originally  fenfation  and  motion  ;  and  are  liable  again  to  poflefs 
them,  when  they  become  inflamed ;  it  follows,  that  thofe  were, 
when  firft  formed,  appendages  to  the  nerves  of  fenfation  or  locomo- 
tion, or  were  formed  from  them.  And  that  hence  all  thefe  folid 
parts  of  the  body,  as  they  have  originally  confifted  of  extremities  of 
nerves,  require  an  appofition  of  nutritive  particles  of  a  fimilar  kind, 
contrary  to  the  opinion  of  Buffon  and  Needham  above  recited. 

Laftly,  as  all  thefe  filaments  have  poffeffed,  or  do  poffefs,  the 
power  of  contraftion,  and  of  confequent  inertion  or  elongation  ;  it 
feems  probable,  that  the  nutritive  particles  are  applied  during  their 
times  of  elongation  ;  when  their  original  conftituent  particles  are  re- 
moved to  a  greater  diftance  from  each  other.  For  each  mufcular  or 
fenfual  fibre  may  be  confidered  as  a  row  or  firing  of  beads  ;  which 
approach,  when  in  contraftion,  and  recede  during  its  reft  or  elonga- 
tion ;  and  our  daily  experience  fhews  us,  that  great  adtion  emaciates 
the  fyftem,  and  that  it  is  repaired  during  reft. 

3  O  Something 


466  DIGESTION,  SECRETION,  &c.    Sect.  XXXVII.  3. 

Something  like  this  is  feen  out  of  the  body  j  for  if  a  hair,  or  a 
lingle  untwifted  fibre  of  flax  or  filk,  be  foaked  in  water ;  it  becomes 
longer  and  thicker  by  the  water,  which  is  abforbed  into  its  pores. 
Now  if  a  hair  could  be  fuppofed  to  be  thus  immerfed  in  a-  folution  of 
particles  fimilar  to  thofe,  which  compofe  it ;  one  may  imagine,  that 
it  might  be  thus  increafed  in  weight  and  magnitude ;  as  the  particles 
of  oak- bark  increafe  the  fubflance  of  the  hides  of  beafts  in  the  procefs 
of  making  leather.  I  mention  thefe  not  as  philofophic  analogies,  but 
as  fimiles  to  facilitate  our  ideas,  how  an  accretion  of  parts  may  be  ef- 
fefted  by  animal  appetences,  or  feledions,  in  a  manner  fomewhat 
fimilar  to  mechanical  or  chemical  attraftions. 

If  thofe  new  particles  of.  matter,  previoufly  prepared  by  digeftion 
and  fanguification,  only  fupply  the  places  of  thofe,  which  have  been, 
abraded  by  the  adions  of  the  fyflem,  it  is  properly  termed  nutrition. 
If  they  are  applied  to  the  extremities  of  the  nervous  fibrils,  or  in  fuch 
quantity  as  to  increafe  the  length  or  craflitude  of  them,  the  body  be- 
comes at  the  fame  time  enlarged,  and  its  growth  is  increafed,  as  well 
as- its  deficiences  repaired. 

In  this  laft  cafe  fomething  more  than  a  fimple  appofition  or  felec- 
tion  of  particles  feems  to  be  neceffary  ;  as  many  parts  of  the  fyfiem 
durino-  its  growth  are  caufed  to  recede  from  thofe,  with  which  they 
were  before  in  contad  ;  as  the  ends  of  the  bones,  or  cartilages,  recede 
from  each  other,  as  their  growth  advances  :  this  procefs  refembles 
inflammation,  as  appears  in  ophthalmy,  or  in  the  produftion  of  nevir 
flefli  in  ulcers,  where  old  veflels  are  enlarged,  and  new  ones  pro- 
duced ;  and  like  that  is  attended  with  fenfation.  In  this  fituation  the 
veflels  become  diftended  with  blood,  and  acquire  greater  fenfibility^ 
and  may  thus  be  compared  to  the  erection  of  the  penis,  or  of  the 
nipples  of  the  breafts  of  women  ;  while  new  particles  become  added 
at  the  fame  time ;  as  in  the  procefs  of  nurition  above  defcribed. 

When  only  the  natural  growth  of  the  various  parts  of  the  body 
are  produced,  a  pleafureable  fenfation  attends  it,  as  in  youth,  and 

perhaps 


Sect.  XXXVII.  4.   DIGESTION,  SECRETION,  &c.  467 

perhaps  in  thofe,  who  are  in  the  progrefs  of  becoming  fat.  When 
an  unnatural  growth  is  the  confequence,  as  in  inflammatory  difeafes, 
a  painful  fenfation  attends  the  enlargement  of  the  fyftem, 

IV.  This  appofition  of  new  parts,  as  the  old  ones  difappear,  fe- 
lefted  from  the  aliment  we  take,  firil:  enlarges  and  flrengthens  our 
bodies  for  twenty  years,  for  another  twenty  years  it  keeps  us  in 
health  and  vigour,  and  adds  flrength  and  folidity  to  the  fyflem  ; 
and  then  gradually  ceafes  to  nourifh  us  properly,  and  for  another 
twenty  years  we  gradually  fuik  into  decay,  asid  finally  ceafe  to  ad, 
and  to  exift. 

On  confidering  this  fubjeft  one  fhould  have  imagined  at  firfl  view, 
that  it  might  have  been  eafier  for  nature  to  have  fupported  her  pro- 
geny for  ever  in  health  and  life,  than  to  have  perpetually  reproduced 
them  by  the  wonderful  and  myfterious  procefs  of  generation.  But 
it  feems  our  bodies  by  long  habit  ceafe  to  obey  the  ffimulus  of  the 
aliment,  which  fhould  fupport  us.  After  we  have  acquired  our 
height  and  folidity  we  make  no  more  new  parts,  and  the  fyflem 
obeys  the  irritations,  fenfations,  volitions,  and  afTociations,  with 
lefs  and  lefs  energy,  till  the  whole  finks  into  inadion. 

Three  caufes  may  confpire  to  render  our  nerves  lefs  excitable, 
which  have  been  already  mentioned,  i.  If  a  flimulus  be  oreater 
than  natural,  it  produces  too  great  an  exertion  of  the  Simulated 
organ,  and  in  confequence  exhaufts  the  fpirit  of  animation  •  and 
the  moving  organ  ceafes  to  adl,  even  though  the  ftimulus  be  con- 
tinued. And  though  reft  will  reeruit  this  exhauflion,  yet  fome  de- 
gree of  permanent  injury  remains,  as  is  evident  after  expoiino-  the 
eyes  long  to  too  flrong  a  light.  2.  If  excitations  weaker  than  na- 
tural be  applied,  fo  as  not  to  excite  the  organ  into  adion,  (as  when 
fmall  dofes  of  aloe  or  rhubarb  are  exhibited,)  they  may  be  gradually 
increafed,  without  exciting  the  organ  into  a£lion ;  which  will  thus 
acquire  a  habit  of  difobedieiice  to  the  flimulus ;  thus  by  iocreafuig  the 

3  O  2  dofc 


468  DIGESTION,  SECRETION,  &c.    Sect.  XXXVII.  5. 

dofe  by  degrees,  great  quantities  of  opium  or  wine  may  be  taken 
without  intoxication.     See  Se£l.  XII.  3.  i. 

3.  Another  mode,  by  which  life  is  gradually  undermined,  is  when 
irritative  motions  continue  to  be  produced  in  confequence  of  ftimulus, 
but  are  not  fucceeded  by  fenfation  ;  hence  the  ftimulus  of  contagious 
matter  is  not  capable  of  producing  fever  a  fecond  time,  becaufe  it  is 
not  fucceeded  by  fenfation.  See  Sect.  XII.  3.  6.  And  hence,  owing 
to  the  want  of  the  general  pleafureable  fenfation,  which  ought  to  at- 
tend digeftion  and  glandular  fecretion,  an  irkfomenefs  of  life  enfues  ; 
and,  where  this  is  in  greater  excefs,  the  melancholy  of  old  age  oc- 
curs, with  torpor  or  debility. 

From  hence  I  conclude,  that  it  is  probable  that  the  fibrill«,  or 
moving  filaments  at  the  extremities  of  the  nerves  of  fenfe,  and  the 
fibres  which  conftitute  the  mufcles  (which  are  perhaps  the  only  parts 
of  the  fyftem  that  are  endued  with  contra6lile  life)  are  not  changed, 
as  we  advance  in  years,  like  the  other  parts  of  the  body ;  but  only 
enlarged  or  elongated  with  our  growth ;  and  in  confequence  they  be- 
come lefs  and  lefs  excitable  into  a£lion.  Whence,  inftead  of  gradu- 
ally changing  the  old  animal,  the  generation  of  a  totally  new  one 
becomes  neceffary  with  undiminifhed  excitability;  which  many  years 
will  continue  to  acquire  new  parts,  or  new  folidity,  and  then  lofing 
its  excitability  in  time,  perifh  like  its  parent. 

V.  From  this  idea  the  art  of  preferving  long  health  and  life  may  be 
deduced  ;  which  muft  confift  in  ufing  no  greater  ftimulus,  whether 
of  the  quantity  or  kind  of  our  food  and  drink,  or  of  external  circum- 
ftances,  fuch  as  heat,  and  exercife,  and  wakefulnefs,  than  is  fuf- 
ficient  to  preferve  us  in  vigour  ;  and  gradually,  as  we  grow  old  toin- 
creafe  the  ftimulus  of  our  aliment,  as  the  inirritability  of  our  fyflem 
increafes. 

The  debilitating  efFefts  afcribed  by  the  poet  Martial  to  the  ex- 

ceffive  ufe  of  warm  bathing  in  Italy,  may  with  equal  propriety  be  ap- 

8  plied 


Sect.  XXXVII.  5.   DIGESTION,  SECRETION,  &c.  469 

plied  to  the  warm  rooms  of  England  ;  which,  with  the  general  ex- 
ceffive  ftimulus  of  fpirituous  or  fermented  liquors,  and  in  fome  in- 
fiances  of  immoderate  venery,  contribute  to  (horten  our  lives. 

Balnea,  vhta,  venns,  conttmpunt  corpora  nojira, 
Atfaciunt  vitam  balnea,  vina,  venus  ! 

-Wine,  women,  warmth,  againfl:  our  lives  combine ; 
But  what  is  life  without  warmth,  women,  wine ! 


SECT. 


47«  OXYGENATION  OP  BLOOD,    Sect.  XXXVIII. 


SECT.    XXXVIII. 

OF  THE  OXYGENATION  OF  THE  BLOOD  IN  THE  LUNGS, 
AND  IN  THE  PLACENTA. 

I.  Blood  abjorhs  oxygene  from  the  air,  whence  fhofphork  acid,  changes  its  iolour,  gives 
out  heat,  and  feme  fhlogijiic  material,  and  acquires  an  etherial  fpirit,  which  is 
diffipated  in  fibrous  motion.  II.  The  placenta  is  a  pulmonary  organ  like  the  gills 
offijb.  Oxygenation  of  the  blood  from  air,  from  water,  by  lungs,  hy  gills,  by 
the  placenta  ;  neceffity  of  this  oxygenation  to  quad^-upeds,  to  fijh,  to  the  fcetus  in 
utero.  Placental  vejjels  infer  ted  into  the  arteries  of  the  mother,  life  of  cotyledons 
in  cows.  Why  quadrupeds  have  not  Janguiferous  lochia.  Oxygenation  of  the 
chick  in  the  egg,  of  feeds.  III.  The  liquor  amnii  is  not  excrementitious.  It  is 
nutrititious.  It  is  found  in  the  ejophagus  and  flomach,  and  forms  the  meconium. 
Monjlrous  births  without  beads,     ^ejlion  of  Dr.  Harvey, 

I.  FROM  the  recent  difcoveries  of  many  ingenious  philofophers  it* 
appears,  that  during  refpiration  the  blood  imbibes  the  vital  part  of  the 
air,  called  oxygene,  through  the  membranes  of  the  lungs;  and  that 
hence  refpiration  may  be  aptly  compared  to  a  flow  combuftion.  As 
in  combuftion  the  oxygene  of  the  atmofphere  unites  with  fome  phlo- 
giftic  or  inflammable  body,  and  forms  an  acid  (as  in  the  production  of 
vitriolic  acid  from  fulphur,  or  carbonic  acid  from  charcoal,)  giving 
out  at  the  fame  time  a  quantity  of  the  matter  of  heat ;  fo  in  refpira- 
tion the  oxygene  of  the  air  unites  with  the  phlogiftic  part  of  the  blood, 
and  probably  produces  phofphoric  or  animal  acid,  changing  the  colour 

of 


Sect. XXXVIII.  I.    OXYGENATION  OF  BLOOD.  ^yt 

of  the  blood  from  a  dark  to  a  bright  red  ;  and  probably  fome  of  the 
matter  of  heat  is  at  the  fame  time  given  out  according  to  the  theory 
of  Dr.  Crawford.  But  as  the  evolution  of  heat  attends  almofl:  all  che- 
mical combinations,  it  is  probable,  that  it  alfo  attends  the  fecretions 
of  the  various  fluids  from  the  blood  ;  and  that  the  conftant  combina- 
tions OK  produ(5lions  of  new  fluids  by  means  of  the  glands  conftitute 
the  more  general  fource  of  animal  heat ;  this  feems  evinced  by  the 
univerfal  evolution  of  the  matter  of  heat  in  the  blufli  of  fliame  or  of 
anger ;  in  which  at  the  fame  time  an  increafed  fecretion  of  the  per- 
fpirable  matter  occurs  ;  and  the  partial  evolution  of  it  from  topical  in- 
flammations, as  in  gout  or  rheumatifm,.  in  which  there  is  a,  fecretion 
of  new  blood-veflels. 

Some  medical  philofophers.  have  afcrlbed  the  heat  of  animal  bodies 
to  the  friction  of  the  particles  of  the  blood  againfl  the  fides  of  the  vef- 
fels.  But  no  perceptible  heat  has  ever  been  produced  by  the  agitation 
of  water,  or  oil,  or  quickfilver,  or  other  fluids ;  except  thofe  fluids 
have  undergone  at  the  fame  time  fome  chemical  change,  as  in  agitat- 
ing milk  or  wine,   till  they  become  four. 

Befides  the  fuppofed  produdion  of  phofphoric  acid,  and  change  of 
colour  of  the  blood,  and  the  production  of  carbonic  acid,  there  would 
appear  to  be  ibmething  of  a  more  fubtile  nature  perpetually  acquired 
from  the  atmofphere  ;  which  is  too  fine  to  be  long  contained  in  ani- 
mal vefTels,  and  therefore  requires  perpetual  renovation  ;  and  without 
which  life  cannot  continue  longer  than  a  minute  or  two ;  this  ethe- 
real fluid  is  probably  feereted  from  the  blood  by  the  -brain,  and 
perpetually  dillipated  in  the  adions  of  the  mufcles  and  organs  of 
fenfe. 

That  the  blood  acquires  fomething  from  the  air,  which  is  imme- 
diately neceflary  to  life,  appears  from  an  experiment  of  Dr.  Hare 
(Philof.  Tranfaft.  abridged,  Vol.  III.  p-.  239.)  who  found,  "  that 
birds,  mice,  &c.  would  live  as  long  again  in  a  veflel,  where  he  had 
crowded  in  double  the  quantity  of  air  by  a  condenfing  engine,  than 

3  t^ey 


4/2  OXYGENATION  OF  BLOOD.    Sect. XXXVIII.  2. 

they  did  when  confined  in  air  of  the  common  denfity."  Whereas  if 
feme  kind  of  deleterious  vapour  only  was  exhaled  from  the  blood  in 
refpiration  ;  the  air,  when  condenfed  into  half  its  compafs,  could  not 
be  fuppofed  to  receive  fo  much  of  it. 

11.  Sir  Edward  Hulfe,  a  phyfician  of  reputation  at  the  beginning  of 
the  prefent  century,  was  of  opinion,  that  the  placenta  was  a  refpira- 
tory  organ,  like  the  gills  of  fifh  ;  and  not  an  organ  to  fupply  nutri- 
ment to  the  foetus ;  as  mentioned  in  Derham's  Phyfico-theology. 
Many  other  phyiicians  feem  to  have  efpoufed  the  fame  opinion,  as 
noticed  by  Haller.  Elem.  Phyfiologiie,  T.  i.  Dr.  Gipfon  publilhed 
a  defence  of  this  theory  in  the  Medical  Eflays  of  Edinburgh,  Vol.  I. 
and  II.  which  doftrine  is  there  controverted  at  large  by  the  late  Alex- 
ander Monro ;  and  fince  that  time  the  general  opinion  has  been,  that 
the  placenta  is  an  organ  of  nutrition  only,  owing  perhaps  rather  to  the 
authority  of  fo  great  a  name,  than  to  the  validity  of  the  arguments 
adduced  in  its  fupport.  The  fubje£t  has  lately  been  refumed  by  Dr. 
James  Jeffray,  and  by  Dr.  Foreflrer  French,  in  their  inaugural  differ- 
tations  at  Edinburgh  and  at  Cambridge;  who  have  defended  the  con- 
trary opinion  in  an  able  and  ingenious  manner;  and  from  whofeThefes 
I  have  extra£l:ed  many  of  the  following  remarks. 

Firft,  by  the  late  difcoveries  of  Dr.  Prieflley,  M.  Lavoifier,  and 
other  philofophers,  it  appears,  that  the  bafis  of  atmofpherical  air, 
called  oxygene,  is  received  by  the  blood  through  the  membranes  of 
the  lungs  ;  and  that  by  this  addition  the  colour  of  the  blood  is  changed 
from  a  dark  to  a  light  red.  Secondly,  that  water  poflefles  oxygene 
alfo  as  a  part  of  its  compofition,  and  contains  air  likewife  in  its  pores; 
whence  the  blood  of  fifh  receives  oxygene  from  the  water,  or  from 
the  air  it  contains,  by  means  of  their  gills,  in  the  fame  manner  as  the 
blood  is  oxygenated  in  the  lungs  of  air-breathing  animals  ;  it  changes 
its  colour  at  the  fame  time  from  a  dark  to  a  light  red  in  the  vefTels  of 
their  gills,  which  conflitute  a  pulmonary  organ  adapted  to  the  me- 
dium in  which  they  live.  Thirdly,  that  the  placenta  confifls  of  ar- 
teries 


Sect. XXXVIII.  2.     OXYGENATION  OF  BLOOD.  473 

teries  carrying  the  blood  to  its  extremities,  and  a  vein  bringing  it 
back,  refembling  exa£liy  in  ftruflure  the  lungs  and  gilla  above  men- 
tioned ;  and  that  the  blood  changes  its  colour  from  a  dark  to  a  light 
red  in  paffing  through  thele  veflels. 

This  analogy  between  the  lungs  and  gills  of  animals,  and  the  pla- 
centa of  the  fetus,  extends  through  a  great  variety  of  other  circum- 
ftances  ;  thus  air-breathing  creatures  and  R{h  can  live  but  a  fev/  mi- 
nutes without  air  or  water  ;  or  when  they  are  confined  in  fuch  air  or 
water,  as  has  been  fpoiled  by  their  own  refpiration  ;  the  fame  hap- 
pens to  the  fetus,  which,  as  foon  as  the  placenta  is  feparated  from  the 
uterus,  muft  either  expand  its  lungs,  and  receive  air,  or  die.  Hence 
from  the  ftru6lure,  as  vvell  as  the  ufe  of  the  placenta,  it  appears  to  be 
a  refpiratory  organ,  like  the  gills  of  fiih,  by  which  the  blood  in  the 
fetus  becomes  oxygenated. 

From  the  terminations  of  the  placental  veflels  not  being  obferved 
to  bleed  after  being  torn  from  the  uterus,  while  thole  of  the  uterus 
efFufe  a  great  quantity  of  florid  arterial  blood,  the  terminations  of  the 
placental  veflels  would  feem  to  be  inferted  into  the  arterial  ones  of  the 
mother  ;  and  to  receive  oxygenation  from  the  pafling  currents  of  her 
blood  through  their  coats  or  membranes  ;  which  oxygenation  is  proved 
by  the  change  of  the  colour  of  the  blood  from  dark  to  light  red  in  its 
palTage  from  the  placental  arteries  to  the  placental  vein. 

The  curious  flrufture  of  the  cavities  or  lacunas  of  the  placenta, 
demonftrated  by  Mr.  J.  Hunter,  explain  this  circumftance.  That  in- 
genious philofopher  has  fhewn,  that  there  are  numerous  cavities  or 
lacunas  formed  on  that  fide  of  the  placenta,  which  is  in  conta£l  with 
the  uterus  ;  thofe  cavities  or  cells  are  filled  with  blood  from  the  ma- 
ternal arteries,  which  open  into  them;  vi/hich  blood  is  again  taken  up 
by  the  maternal  veins,  and  is  thus  perpetually  changed.  While  the 
terminations  of  the  placental  arteries  and  veins  are  fpread  in  fine  reti- 
culation on  the  fides  of  thefe  cells.     And  thus,  as  the  growing  fetus 

3  P  requires 


474  OXYGENATION  OF  BLOOD.     Sect.  XXXVIII.  2. 

requires  greater  oxygenation,  an  apparatus  is  produced  refembling 
exa6lly  the  air-cells  of  the  lungs. 

In  cows,  and  other  ruminating  animals,  the  internal  furface  of  the 
uterus  is  unequal  like  hollow  cups,  which  have  been  called  coty- 
ledons ;  and  into  thefe  cavities  the  prominencies  of  the  numerous  pla- 
centas, with  which  the  fetus  of  thofe  animals  is  furniflied,  are  in- 
ferted,  and  iT:rl£lly  adhere  ;  though  they  may  be  extra£led  without 
efFufion  of  blood.  Thefe  inequalities  of  the  uteri^is,  and  the  nu- 
merous placentas  in  confequence,  feem  to  be  deligned  for  the  purpofe 
of  expanding  a  greater  furface  for  the  terminations  of  the  placental 
veffels  for  the  purpofe  of  receiving  oxygenation  from  the  uterine  ones  ; 
as  the  progeny  of  this  clafs  of  animals  are  more  completely  formed 
before  their  nativity,  than  that  of  the  carnivorous  claffes,  and  mufl: 
thence  in  the  latter  weeks  of  pregnancy  require  greater  oxygenation. 
Thus  calves  and  lambs  can  walk  about  in  a  few  minutes  after  their 
birth  ;  while  puppies  and  kittens  remain  many  days  without  opening 
their  eyes.  And  though  on  the  feparation  of  the  cotyledons  of  ru- 
minating animals  no  blood  is  efFufed,  yet  this  is  owing  clearly  to  the 
greater  power  of  contraction  of  their  uterine  lacun2e  or  alveoli.  See 
Medical  Effays,  Vol.  V.  page  144.  And  from  the  fame  caufe  they 
are  not  liable  to  a  fanguiferous  menftruation. 

The  neceffity  of  the  oxygenation  of  the  blood  in  the  fetus  is  farther 
illufl:rated  by  the  analogy  of  the  chick  in  the  egg  ;  which  appears  to 
have  its  blood  oxygenated  at  the  extremities  of  the  veffels  furround- 
ing  the  yolk  ;  which  are  fpread  on  the  air-bag  at  the  broad  end  of  the 
egg,  and  may  abforb  oxygene  through  that  moifl:  membrane  from  the 
air  confined  behind  it  ;  and  which  is  fhewn  by  experiments  in  the  ex- 
haufted  receiver  to  be  changeable  through  the  Ihell. 

This  analogy  may  even  be  extended  to  the  growing  feeds  of  vege- 
tables ;  which  were  fliewn  by  Mr.  Scheele  to  require  a  renovation  of 
the  air  over  the  water,  in  which  they  were  contined.  Many  vege- 
j;  table 


Sect.  XXXVIII.  3-    OXYGENATION  OF  BLOOD.  475 

table  feeds  are  furrou tided  with  air  in  their  pods  or  receptacles,  as 
peas,  the  fruit  of  ftaphylea,  and  lichnis  veficaria  ;  but  it  is  probable, 
that  thofe  feeds,  after  they  are  (lied,  as  well  as  the  fpawn  of  filh, 
by  the  fituation  of  the  former  on  or  near  the  moill:  and  aerated  iurface 
of  the  earth,  and  of  the  latter  in  the  ever-changing  and  ventilated 
water,  may  not  be  in  need  of  an  apparatus  for  the  oxygenation  of  their 
firft  blood,  before  the  leaves  of  one,  and  the  gills  of  the  other,  are 
produced  for  this  purpofe. 

III.  I.  There  are  many  arguments,  befides  the  ftridl  analogy  be- 
tween the  liquor  amnil  and  the  albumen  ovi,  which  {hew  the  former 
to  be  a  nutritive  fluid  ;  and  that  the  fetus  in  the  latter  months  of 
pregnancy  takes  it  into  its  ftomach  ;  and  that  in  confequence  the  pla- 
centa is  produced  for  fome  other  important  purpofe. 

Firft,  that  the  liquor  amnii  is  not  an  excrementitious  fluid  is 
evinced,  becaufe  it  is  found  in  greater  quantity,  when  the  fetus  is 
young,  decreafuig  after  a  certain  period  till  birth.  Haller  afferts, 
*'  that  in  fome  animals  but  a  fmall  quantity  of  this  fluid  remains  at 
the  birth.  In  the  eggs  of  hens  it  is  confumed  on  the  eighteenth  day, 
fo  that  at  the  exclufion  of  the  chick  fcarcely  any  remains.  In  rabbits 
before  birth  there  is  none."  Elem.  Phyliol.  Had  this  been  an  ex- 
crementitious fluid,  the  contrary  would  probably  have  occurred. 
Secondly,  the  Ikin  of  the  fetus  is  covered  with  a  whitifh  cruft  or  pel- 
licle, which  would  feem  to  preclude  any  idea  of  the  liquor  amnii 
being  produced  by  any  exfudation  of  perfpirable  matter.  And  it  can- 
not conllft  of  urine,  becaufe  in  brute  animals  the  urachus  pafles 
from  the  bladder  to  the  alantois  for  theexprefs  purpofe  of  carrying  oiF 
that  fluid ;  which  however  in  the  human  fetus  feems  to  be  retained 
in  the  diftended  bladder,  as  the  feces  are  accumulated  in  the  bowels  of 
all  animals. 

2.  The  nutritious  quality  of  the  liquid,  which  furrounds  the  fetus, 
appears  from  the  following  conGderations.  i.  It  is  coagulable  by  heat, 
by  nitrous  acid,  and  by  fpirit  of  vvine,  like  raiik,  ferum  of  blood,  and 

2  P  2  other 


476  OXYGENATION  OF  BLOOD.    Sect.  XXXVIII.  3, 

-other  fluids,  which  daily  experience  evinces  to  be  nutritious.  2.  It 
has  a  ialtifh  tafte,  according  to  the  accufate  Baroa  Haller,  not  unUke 
the  whey  of  milk,  which  it  even  refembles  in  fmell.  3.  The  white 
of  the  ees  which  conftitutes  the  food  of  the  chick,  is  fhewn  to  be  nu- 
tritious  by  our  daily  experience  ;  befides  the  experiment  of  its  nutri- 
tious efFeils  mentioned  by  Dr.  Fordyce  in  his  late  Treatife  on  Digef- 
tion,  p.  178  ;  who  adds,  that  it  much  refembles  the  eflential  parts  of 
the  ferum  of  blood. 

3.  A  fluid  fimilar  to  the  fluid,  with  which  the  fetus  is  furrounded, 
except  what  little  change  may  be  produced  by  a  beginning  digefrion, 
is  found  in  the  ftomach  of  the  fetus  ;  and  the  white  of  the  egg  is  found 
in  the  fame  manner  in  theftomach  of  the  chick. 

Numerous  hairs,  fimilar  to  thofe  of  its  Ikin,  are  perpetually  found 
among  the  contents  of  the  ftomach  in  new-born  calves  ;  which  muft 
therefore  have  licked  themfelves  before  their  nativity.  Blafii  Anatom. 
See  Sea.  XVI.  2.  onlnftina. 

The  chick  in  the  egg  is  feen  gently  to  move  in  its  furrounding  fluid, 
and  to  open  and  fhut  its  mouth  alternately.  The  fame  has  been  ob- 
ferved  in  puppies.     Haller's  El.  Phyf.  I.  8.  p.  201. 

A  column  of  ice  has  been  feen  to  reach  down  the  cefophagus  from 
the  mouth  to  the  ftomach  in  a  frozen  fetus  ;  and  this  ice  was  the  liquor 
amnii  frozen. 

The  meconium,  or  firfl:  faeces,  in  the  bowels  of  new-born  infants 
evince,  that  fomething  has  been  digefted  ;  and  what  could  this  be  but 
the  liquor  amnii  together  with  the  recrements  of  the  gaflric  juice  and 
gall,  which  were  neceffary  for  its  digeftion  ? 

There  have  been  recorded  fome  monftrous  births  of  animals  with- 
out heads,  and  confequently  without  mouths,  which  feem  to  have  been 
dehvered  on  doubtful  authority,  or  from  inaccurate  obfervation.  There 
are  tv/o  of  fuch  monftrous  produ£lions  however  better  attefted  ;  one 
of  a  human  fetus,  mentioned  by  Gipfon  in  the  Scots  Medical  Eflays  ; 
which  having  the  gula  impervious  was  furn^lhed  with  an  aperture  into 

■    the 


Sect.  XXXVIII.  3-    OXYGENATION  OF  BLOOD.  477 

the  wind-pipe,  which  communicated  below  into  the  gullet  ;  by  means 
of  which  the  liquor  amnii  might  be  taken  into  the  ftomach  before  na- 
tivity without  danger  of  fuiFocation,  while  the  fetus  had  no  occaiion  to 
breathe.  The  other  monftrous  fetus  is  defcribed  by  Vander  Wiel, 
who  afferts,  that  he  faw  a  monftrous  lamb,  which  had  no  mouth  ;  but 
inftead  of  it  was  furniflied  with  an  opening  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
neck  into  the  ftomach.  Both  thefe  inftances  evidently  favour  the  doc- 
trine of  the  fetus  being  nourifhed  by  the  mouth  ;  as  otherwife  there 
had  been  no  neceffity  for  new  or  unnatural  apertures  into  the  ftomach, 
when  the  natural  ones  were  deficient  ? 

From  thefe  fa£ls  and  obfervations  we  may  fafely  infer,  that  the 
fetus  in  the  womb  is  nourifhed  by  the  fluid  which  furrounds  it  ;  which 
during  the  iirft  period  of  geftation  is  abforbed  by  the  naked  lacleals; 
and  is  afterwards  fwallowed  into  the  ftomach  and  bowels,  when  thefe 
organs  are  perfeded  ;  and  laftly  that  the  placenta  is  an  organ  for  the 
purpofe  of  giving  due  oxygenation  to  the  blood  of  the  fetus  ;  which 
is  more  necefl'ary,  or  at  leaft  more  frequently  neceffary,  than  even  the 
fupply  of  food. 

The  queftion  of  the  great  Harvey  becomes  thus  eafily  anfwered. 
"  Why  is  not  the  fetus  in  the  womb  fuffocated  for  want  of  air,  when 
it  remains  there  even  to  the  tenth  month  w'ithout  refpiration  :  yet  if 
it  be  born  in  the  leventh  or  eighth  month,  and  has  once  refpired,  it 
becomes  immediately  fuffocated  for  want  of  air,  if  its  refpiration  be 
obftruded  ?" 

For  further  information  on  this  fubje£l,  the  reader  is  referred  to 
the  Tentamen  Medicum  of  Dr.  JefFray,  printed  at  Edinburgh  in 
17S6.  And  it  is  hoped  that  Dr.  French  willfome  time  give  his  thefes 
on  this  fubjeS:  to  the  pubhc. 


SECT. 


478  GENERATION.  Sect.XXXIX. 


SECT.    XXXIX. 


OF    GENERATION. 


Felix,  qui  caufas  alta  caligine  merfas 

Pandit,  et  evolvit  tenuiffima  vincula  rerum.         Anon. 


I.  Habits  of  aEling  and  feeling  of  individuals  attend  the  foul  into  a  future  life,  and  at- 
tend the  new  einhryon  at  the  time  of  its  produElion.     The  new  fpeck  of  entity  ah- 
Jorbs  nutriment i  and  receives  oxygene.     Spreads  the  terminations  of  its  vejfels  on 
cells,  which  communicate  with  the  arteries  of  the  uterus ;  fometimes  with  thoje  of 
the  peritoneum.     Afterwards  it  fwallows  the  liquor  amnii,  which  it  produces  by 
its  irritation  from  the  uterus,  or  peritoneum.     Like  infeSts  in  the  heads  of  calves 
and  floeep.    Why  the  white  of  egg  is  of  two  conftfiencies.     Why  nothing  is  found 
in  quadrupeds  fimilar  to  the  yolk,  nor  in  mofi  vegetable  feeds.     II.   i .  Eggs  of 
frogs  andfifJd  impregnated  out  of  their  bodies.     Eggs  of  fowls  which  are  not  fecun- 
dated, contain  only  the  nutriment  for  the  embryon.     1'he  embryon  is  produced  by 
the  male,  and  the  nutriment  by  the  female.     Animalcula  in  femine.     Profufion  of 
nature's  births.     2.  Vegetables  viviparous.     Buds  and  bulbs  have  each  a  father 
hut  no  mother.     Vejjfels  of  the  leaf  and  bud  inofculate.     The  paternal  offspring  ex- 
aSlly  refembles  the  parent.     3.  InfeSis  impregnated  for  fix  generations.     Polypus 
branches  like  buds.     Creeping  roots.     Viviparous  flowers.     'Tania,  volvox.    Eve 
from  Adam's  rib.     Semen  not  a  fiimulus  to  the  egg.     III.   i.  Embryo7is  not  ori- 
ginally created  within   other  embryons.     Organized  matter  is  not  Jo  minute. 
2.  All  the  parts  of  the  embryon  are  not  formed  in  the  male  parent.     Crabs  pro- 
duce  their  legs,  worms  produce  their  heads  and  tails.     In  wens,  cancers,  and  in- 
flammations, new  veffels  are  formed.    Mules  partake  of  the  forms  of  both  parents. 
Hair  and  nails  grow  by  elongation,  not  by  diflention.     3.  Organic  particles  of 
Buffon.     IV.   I.  Rudiment  of  the  embryon  a  fimple  living  filament,  becomes  a 
living  ring,  and  then  a  living  tube.     2.  It  acquires  new  irritabilities,  andjenfiibili- 

ties 


Sect.  XXXIX.  GENERATION.  479 

ties  with  new  organizations^  as  in  wounded  Jnails,  ply-pi,  moths,  gnats,  tadpoles. 
Hence  new  parts  are  acquired  by  addition  not  by  diftention.     3.  All  parts  of  the 
body  grow  if  not  confined.     4.  Fetufes  deficient  at  their  extremities,  or  ha'-je  a  du- 
plicature  of  parts.     Monfirous  births.     Double  parts  of  vegetables.     5.  Mules 
cannot  be  formed  by  diftention  of  the  Jeminal  ens.     6.  Families  of  animals  from  a 
mixture  of  their  orders.     Mules  imperfeSt.     7.  Animal  appetency  like  chemical 
affinity.     Vis  fabricatrix  and  medicatrix  of  nature.     8.  The  changes  of  animals 
before  and  after  nativity.     Similarity  of  their  Jru^iure.     Changes  in  them  froin, 
lift,  hunger,  and  danger.     All  warm-blooded  animals  derived  from  one  living 
filament.     Cold-blooded  animals,  infeEis,  worms,  vegetables,  derived  alfo  from  one 
living  filament.     Male  animals  have  teats.     Male  pidgeon  gives  milk.     The 
world  itfelf  generated.     The  caufe  of  caifes.     A  ft  ate  of  probation  and  refpmfi- 
hility.     V.   I .  Efficient  caife  of  the  colours  of  birds  egg;,  and  of  hair  and  fes- 
tbers,  which  become  white  infnowy  countries.     Imagination  of  the  female  colours 
the  egg.     Ideas  or  motions  of  the  retina  imitated  by  the  extremities  of  the  nerves  of 
touch,  or  rete  mucofum.     2.  Nutriment  Jupplied  by  the  female  of  three  kinds. 
Her  imagination  can  only  affeSt  the  firft  kind.     Mules  how  produced,  and  mulat* 
toes.     Organs  of  reproduSfion  why  deficient  in  mules.     Eggs  with  double  yolks. 
VI.   I.   Various  Jecretions  produced  by  the  extremities  of  the  veffiels,  as  in  the 
glands.     Contageous  matter.     Many  glands  affected  by  pleafurable  ideas,  as  thoje 
which  fecrete  thefemen.     1.  Snails  and  worms  are  hermaphrodite,  yet  cannot  im- 
pregnate themf  elves.     Final  caufe  of  this.     j.  The  imagination  of  the  male  forms 
the /ex.     Ideas,  or  motions  of  the  nerves  of  vifion  or  of  touch,  are  imitated  by  the 
ultimate  extremities  of  the  glands  of  the  teftes,  which  mark  thefex.     This  effeSi  of 
the  imagination  belongs  only  to  the  male.     The  Jex  of  the  embryon  is  not  ozvino-  to 
accident.     4.   Caifes  of  the  changes  in  animals  from  imagination  as  in  monftrrs. 
From  the  male.     From  the  female.     5.  Mif carriages  from  fear.     6.  Power  of 
the  imagination  of  the  male  over  the  colour,  form,  and  Jex  of  the  prc^eny.    An  in- 
' fiance  of.     7.  AEi  of  generation  accompanied  with  ideas  of  the  male  or  female 
form.     Art  of  begetting  beautiful  children  of  either  Jex.     VII.  Recapitulation. 
VIII.  Conclujion.     Of  cauje  and  effeSl.     The  atomic  philojophy  leads  to  a  firft 
cauje. 


I.  THE 


48o  GENERATION.         Sect. XXXIX.    i, 

I.  THE  ingenious  Dr.  Hartley  ia  his  work  on  man,  and  fome 
other  philofophers,  have  been  of  opinion,  that  our  immortal  part  ac- 
quires during  this  life  certain  habits  of  aftion  or  of  fentiment,  which 
become  -for  ever  indilToluble,  continuing  after  death  in  a  future  ftate 
of  exigence  ;  and  add,  that  if  thefe  habits  are  of  the  malevolent  kind, 
they  muft  render  the  poffeflbr  miferable  even  in  heaven.  I  would 
apply  this  ingenious  idea  to  the  generation  or  production  of  the  em- 
bryon,  or  new  animal,  which  partakes  fo^much  of  the  form  and  pro- 
penfities  of  the  parent. 

Owing  to  the  imperfeftion  of  language  the  offspring  is  termed  a 
new  animal,  but  is  in  truth  a  branch  or  elongation  of  the  parent ; 
lince  apart  of  the  embryon-animal  is,  or  was,  a  part  of  the  parent; 
and  therefore  in  ftriift  language  it  cannot  be  faid  to  be  entirely  new  at 
the  time  of  its  production  ;  and  therefore  it  may  retain  fome  of  the 
habits  of  the  parent-fyllem. 

At  the  earlieft  period  of  its  exiilence  the  embryon,  as  fecreted  from 
the  blood  of  the  male,  would  feem  to  confifl:  of  a  living  filament  with 
certain  capabilities  of  irritation,  fenfation,  volition,  and  affociation  ; 
and  alfo  with  fome  acquired  habits  or  propenfities  peculiar  to  the  pa- 
rent :  the  former  of  thefe  are  in  common  with  other  animals  ;  the 
latter  feem  to  ditlinguifh  or  produce  the  kind  of  animal,  whether 
man  or  quadruped,  with  the  fimilarity  of  feature  or  form  to  the  pa- 
rent. It  is  difficult  to  be  conceived,  that  a  living  entity  can  be  fepa- 
rated  or  produced  from  the  blood  by  the  aClion  of  a  gland  ;  and  which 
Ihall  afterwards  become  an  animal  fimilar  to  that  in  whofe  veflels  it 
is  formed  ;  even  though  we  fliould  luppofe  with  fome  modern  theo- 
' rifts,  that  the  blood  is  alive;  yet  every  other  hypothefis  concerning 
generation  refts  on  principles  itill  more  difficult  to  our  comprehenfion. 

At  the  time  of  procreation  this  fpeck  of  entity  is  received  into  an 
appropriated  nidus,  in  which  it  miift  acquire  two  circumftances  ne- 
cefiary  to  its  life  and  growth  ;  one  of  thefe  is  food  or  fuftenance, 
which  is  to  be  received  by  the  abforbent  mouths  of  its  veffels ;  and 

the 


Sect.XXXIX.  r.         GENERATION.  481 

the  other  is  that  part  of  atmofpherical  air,  or  of  water,  which  by  the 
new  chemiftry  is  termed  oxygene,  and  which  affeds  the  blood  by 
pafling  through  the  coats  of  the  veflels  which  contain  it.  The  fluid 
furrounding  the  embryon  in  its  new  habitation,  which  is  called  liquor 
amnii,  fupplies  it  with  nourifhment  ;  and  as  fome  air  cannot  but  be  in- 
troduced into  the  uterus  along  with  the  new  embryon,  it  would  feem 
that  this  fame  fluid  would  for  a  fhort  time,  fuppofe  for  a  few  hours, 
fupply  likewife  a  fufficient  quantity  of  the  oxygene  for  its  immediate 
exiftence. 

On  this  account  the  vegetable  impregnation  of  aquatic  plants  is 
performed  in  the  air  j  and  it  is  probable  that  the  honey-cup  or  neflary 
of  vegetables  requires  to  be  open  to  the  air,  that  the  anthers  and 
ftigmas  of  the  flower  may  have  food  of  a  more  oxygenated  kind  than 
the  common  vegetable  fap-juice. 

On  the  introdudlion  of  this  primordium  of  entity  into  the  uterus 
the  irritation  of  the  liquor  amnii,  which  furrounds  it,  excites  the  ab- 
forbent  mouths  of  the  new  veflels  into  a6lion  ;  they  drink  up  a  part 
of  it,  and  a  pleafurable  fenfation  accompanies  this  new  a£lion  ;  at  the 
fame  time  the  chemical  affinity  of  the  oxygene  a£ls  through  the  vef- 
fels  of  the  rubefcent  blood  ;  and  a  previous  want,  or  difagreeable  fen- 
jfation,  is  relieved  by  this  procefs. 

As  the  want  of  this  oxygenation  of  the  blood  is  perpetual,  (as  ap- 
pears from  the  inceflant  neceffity  of  breathing  by  lungs  or  gills,)  the 
veflels  become  extended  by  the  efforts  of  pain  or  delire  to  feek  this 
neceflary  obje£l  of  oxygenation,  and  to  remove  the  difagreeable  fen- 
fation, which  that  want  occalions.  At  the  fame  time  new  particles 
of  matter  are  abforbed,  or  applied  to  thefe  extended  veflTels,  and  they 
become  permanently  elongated,  as  the  fluid  in  conta£l  with  them  fooa 
loofes  the  oxygenous  part,  which  it  at  firfl  poflTefled,  which  was  ow- 
ing to  the  introduction  of  air  along  with  the  embryon.  Thefe  new 
blood-veflels  approach  the  fides  of  the  uterus,  and  penetrate  with  their 
fijie  terminations  into  the  veflels  of  the  mother  ;  or  adhere  to  them, 

3  Q^  acquiring 


482  GENERATION.         Sect.XXXIX.  r. 

acquiring  oxygene  through  their  coats  from  the  paffing  currents  of  the 
arterial  blood  of  the  mother.     See  Se6l.  XXXVIII.  2. 

This  attachment  of  the  placental  veffels  to  the  internal  fide  of  the 
uterus  by  their  own  proper  efforts  appears  further  illuftrated  by  the 
many  inflances  of  extra-uterine  fetufes,  which  have  thus  attached  or 
inferted  their  veffels  into  the  peritoneum  ;  or  on  the  vifcera,  exadlly 
in  the  fame  manner  as  they  naturally  infert  or  attach  them  to  the 
uterus. 

The  abforbent  veffels  of  the  embryon  continue  to  drink  up  nou- 
rifhment  from  the  fluid  in  which  they  fwim,  or  liquor  amnii ;  and 
which  at  firft  needs  no  previous  digeftive  preparation  ;  but  which, 
when  the  whole  apparatus  of  digeftion  becomes  complete,  is  fwal- 
lovved  by  the  mouth  into  the  ftomach,  and  being  mixed  with  faliva, 
gaftric  juice,  bile,  pancreatic  juice,  and  mucus  of  the  inteftines,  be- 
comes digefted,  and  leaves  a  recrement,  which  produces  the  firfl 
feces  of  the  infant,  called  meconium. 

The  liquor  amnii  is  fecreted  into  the  uterus,  as  the  fetus  requires 
it,  and  may  probably  be  produced  by  the  irritation  of  the  fetus  as  an 
extraneous  body  ;  fince  a  fimilar  fluid  is  acquired  from  the  peritoneum 
■in  cafes  of  extra-uterine  geflation.     The  young  caterpillars  of  the 
gadfly  placed  in  the  Ikins  of  cows,  and  the  young  of  the  ichneumon- 
fly  placed  in  the  backs  of  the  caterpillars  on  cabbages,  feem  to  pro- 
duce their  nourifhment  by  their  irritating  the  (ides  of  their  nidus.. 
A  vegetable  fecretion  and  concretion  is  thus  produced  on  oak-leaves- 
by  the  gall-infect,  and  by  the  cynips  in  the  bedeguar  of  the  rofe  ;  and 
by  the  young  grafshopper  on  many  plants,    by  which  the  animal  fur- 
rounds  itfelf  with  froth.     But  in  no  circumftance  is  extra-uterine  gef- 
tation  fo  exaftly  refembled  as  by  the  eggs  of  a  fly,  which  are  de- 
polited  in  the  frontal  fmus  of  ftieep  and  calves.     Thefe  eggs  float  in 
feme  ounces  of  fluid  colle£ted  in  a  thin  pellicle  or  hydatide.     This 
bao-  of  ftuid  compreffes  the  optic  nerve  on  one  fide,  by  which  the 
vifion  being  lefs  diftind  in  that  eye,  the  animal  turns  in  perpetual 
8  circles 


Sect.  XXXIX.  i.        GENERATION.  4«.^ 

circles  towards  the  fide  afFefted,  in  order  to  get  a  more  accurate  view 
of  objects  ;  for  the  fame  reafon  as  in  fquinting  the  afFedted  eye  is 
turned  away  from  the  obje£l  contemplated.  Slieep  in  the  warm 
months  keep  their  nofes  clofe  to  the  ground  to  prevent  this  fly  from 
fo  readily  getting  into  their  noftrils. 

The  liquor  amnii  is  fecreted  into  the  womb  as  it  is  required,  not 
only  in  refpe£l  to  quantity,  but,  as  the  digeftive  powers  of  the  fetus 
become  formed,  this  fluid  becomes  of  a  different  confiftence  and  qua- 
lity, till  it  is  exchanged  for  milk  after  nativity.  Haller.  Phyfiol.  V. 
I.  In  the  egg  the  white  part,  which  is  analogous  to  the  liquor  amnii 
of  quadrupeds,  confifts  of  two  diftincl  parts  ;  one  of  which  is  more 
vifcid,  and  probably  more  difficult  of  digeftion,  and  more  nutritive 
than  the  other ;  and  this  latter  is  ufed  in  the  lafl:  week  of  incubation. 
The  yolk  of  the  egg  is  a  ftill  ftronger  or  more  nutritive  fluid,  which 
is  drawn  up  into  the  bowels  of  the  chick  juft  at  its  exclufion  from  the 
(hell,  and  ferves  it  for  nourifhment  for  a  day  or  two,  till  it  is  able  to 
digeft,  and  has  learnt  to  chufe  the  harder  feeds  or  grains,  which  are  to 
afford  it  fuftenance.  Nothing  analogous  to  this  yolk  is  found  in  the 
fetus  of  laftiferous  animals,  as  the  milk  is  another  nutritive  fluid  ready 
prepared  for  the  young  progeny. 

The  yolk  therefore  is  not  neceflary  to  the  fpawn  of  fifh,  the  eggs 
of  infe£ls,  or  for  the  feeds  of  vegetables  ;  as  their  embryons  have 
probably  their  food  prefented  to  them  as  foon  as  they  are  excluded 
from  their  fliells,  or  have  extended  their  roots.  Whence  it  happens 
that  fome  infects  produce  a  living  progeny  in  the  fpring  and  fummer, 
and  eggs  in  the  autumn  ;  and  fome  vegetables  have  living  roots  or 
buds  produced  in  the  place  of  feeds,  as  the  polygonum  viviparum, 
and  magical  onions.     See  Botanic  Garden,  p.  ii.  art.  anthoxanthum. 

There  feems  however  to  be  a  refervoir  of  nutriment  prepared  for 
fome  feeds  befides  their  cotyledons  or  feed-leaves,  which  may  be  fup- 
pofed  in  fome  m.eafure  analogous  to  the  yolk  of  the  egg.  Such  are  the 
faccharine  juices  of  apples,  grapes  and  other  fruits,  which  fupply  nu- 

3  0^2  trition 


484  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  2. 

trition  to  the  feeds  after  they  fall  oa  the  ground.  And  fuch  is  the 
milky  juice  in  the  centre  of  the  coco-nut,  and  part  of  the  kernel  of 
it ;  the  fame  I  fuppofe  of  all  other  monocotyledon  feeds,  as  of  the 
palms,  grafles,  and  lilies.' 

II.  I,  The  procefs  of  generation  is  ftill  involved  in  impenetrable 
obfcurity,  conjeftures  may  neverthelefs  be  formed  concerning  fome  of 
its  circumftances.  Firft,  the  eggs  of  fifli  and  frogs  are  impregnated, 
after  they  leave  the  body  of  the  female ;  becaufe  they  are  depofited  in 
a  fluid,  and  are  not  therefore  covered  with  a  hard  (hell.  It  is  how- 
ever remarkable,  that  neither  frogs  nor  fi(h  will  part  with  their  fpawn 
without  the  prefence  of  the  male  ;  on  which  account  female  carp  and 
gold-filli  in  fmall  ponds,  where  there  are  no  males,  frequently  die 
from  the  diftention  of  their  growing  fpawn.  2.  The  eggs  of  fowls, 
which  are  laid  without  being  impregnated,  are  feen  to  contain  only 
the  yolk  and  white,  which  are  evidently  the  food  or  fuftenance  for 
the  future  chick.  3.  As  the  cicatricula  of  thefe  eggs  is  given  by  the 
cock,  and  is  evidently  the  rudiment  of  the  new  animal ;  we  may  con- 
clude, that  the  embryon  is  produced  by  the  male,  and  the  proper 
food  and  nidus  by  the  female.  For  if  the  female  be  fuppofed  to  form 
an  equal  part  of  the  embryon,  why  (hould  fhc  form  the  whole  of  the 
apparatus  for  nutriment  and  for  oxygenation  ?  the  male  in  many  ani- 
mals is  larger,  ftronger,  and  digefls  more  food  than  the  female,  and 
therefore  fliould  contribute  as  much  or  more  towards  the  reproduc- 
tion of  the  fpecies  ;  but  if  he  contributes  only  half  the  embryon, 
and  none  of  the  apparatus  for  fuftenance  and  oxygenation,  the  divifion 
is  unequal ;  the  flrength  of  the  male,  and  his  confumption  of  food 
are  too  great  for  the  efFe6t,  compared  with  that  of  the  female,  which 
is  contrary  to  the  ufual  courfe  of  nature. 

In  objection  to  this  theory  of  generation  it  may  be  faid,  if  the  ani- 
malcula  in  femine,  as  feen  by  the  microfcope,  be  all  of  them  rudi- 
ments of  homunculi,  when  but  one  of  them  can  find  a  nidus, 
what  a  wafte  nature  has  made  of  her  productions  ?  I  do  not  aflert 

tha£ 


Sect.  XXXIX.  2.         GENERATION.  485 

that  thefe  moving  particles,  vilible  by  the  microfcope,  are  horaun- 
ciones  ;  perhaps  they  may  be  the  creatures  of  ftagnation  or  putridity, 
or  perhaps  no  creatures  at  all  ;  but  if  they  are  fuppofed  to  be  rudi- 
ments of  homunculi,  or  embryons,  fuch  a  profulion  of  them  correl- 
ponds  with  the  general  eitorts  of  nature  to  provide  for  the  continu- 
ance of  her  fpecies  of  animals.  Every  individual  tree  produces  innu- 
merable feeds,  and  every  individual  fifh  innumerable  fpawn,  in  fuch 
inconceivable  abundance  as  vi'ould  in  a  fhort  fpace  of  time  crowd  the 
earth  and  ocean  with  inhabitants ;  and  thefe  are  much  more  per- 
fect animals  than  the  animalcula  in  femine  can  be  fuppofed  to  be,  and 
perifh  in  uncounted  millions.  This  argument  only  fliews,  that  the 
productions  of  nature  are  governed  by  general  laws  ;  and  that  by. a 
wife  fuperfluity  of  provifion  (he  has  enfured  their  continuance. 

2.  That  the  embryon  is  fecreted  or  produced  by  the  male,  and  not 
by  the  conjundion  of  fluids  from  both  male  and  female,  appears  from 
the  analogy  of  vegetable    feeds.     In  the  large  flowers,  as  the  tulip, 
there  is  no  fimilarity  of  apparatus  between  the  anthers  and  the  ftigraa  : . 
the  feed  is  produced  according  to  the  obfervations  of  Spallanzani  long 
before  the  flowers  open,  and  in  confequence  long  before  it  can  be  im- 
pregnated, like  the  egg  in   the  pullet.     And  after  the  prolific  duft  is 
fhed  on  the  ftigma,  the  feed  becomes  coagulated  in  one  point  firfl,  like 
the  cicatricula  of  the  impregnated  egg.     See  Botanic  Garden,  Part  I. 
additional  note  38.     Now  in  thefe  fimple  products  of  nature,  if  the 
female  contributed  to  produce  the  new  embryon  equally  with  the  male, 
there  would  probably  have  been  fom.e  vilible  fimilarity  of  parts  for  this 
purpofe,  befides  thofe  neceflary  for  the  nidus  and  luftenance  of  the 
new  progeny.     Befides  in  many  flowers  the  males  are  more  numerous 
than  the  females,  or  than  the  feparate  uterine  cells  in  their   germs, 
which  would  fhew,  that  the  office  of  the  male  was  at  leaft  as  impor- 
tant as  that  of  the  female  ;   whereas  if  the  female,  befides  producing 
the  egg  or  feed,  was  to  produce  an  equal  part  of  the  embryon,  the  of- 
iice  of  reprodudion  would  be  unequally  divided  between  them. 

Add 


-486  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  2. 

Add  to  this,  that  in  the  moft  fimple  kind  of  vegetable  reprodudion, 
I  mean  the  buds  of  trees,  which  are  their  viviparous  offspring,  the 
leaf  is  evidently  the  parent  of  the  bud,  which  rifes  in  its  bofom,  ac- 
cording to  the  obfervation  of  Linnasus.  This  leaf  eonfifts  of  abfor- 
bent  veflTels,  and  pulmonary  ones,  to  obtain  its  nutriment,  and  to  ini- 
pregnate  it  withoxygene.  This  fimple  piece  of  living  organization  is 
alfo  furniOied  with  a  power  of  reprodu<Slion  ;  and  as  the  new  offspring 
is  thus  fupported  adhering  to  its  father,  it  needs  no  mother  to  fupply 
it  with  a  nidus,  and  nutriment,  and  oxygenation  ;  and  hence  no  fe- 
male leaf  has  exiftence. 

I  conceive  that  the  veflels  between  the  bud  and  the  leaf  communi- 
cate or  inofculate ;  and  that  the  bud  is  thus  ferved  with  vegetable  blood, 
that  is,  with  both  nutriment  and  oxygenation,  till  the  death  of  the 
parent-leaf  in  autumn.  And  in  this  refpedl  it  differs  from  the  fetus  of 
viviparous  animals.  Secondly,  that  then  the  bark-veffels  belonging 
to  the  dead-leaf,  and  in  which  I  fuppofe  a  kind  of  manna  to  have 
been  depofited,  become  now  the  placental  veffels,  if  they  may  be  fo 
called,  of  the  new  bud.  From  the  vernal  fap  thus  produced  of  one 
fugar-maple-tree  in  New-York  and  in  Pennfylvania,  five  or  fix 
pounds  of  good  fugar  may  be  made  annually  without  deflroying  the 
tree.  Account  of  maple-fugar  by  B.  Rufh.  London,  Phillips.  (See 
Botanic  Garden,  Part  I.  additional  note  on  vegetable  placentation.) 

Thefe  veffels,  when  the  warmth  of  the  vernal  fun  hatches  the 
young  bud,  ferve  it  with  a  faccharine  nutriment,  till  it  acquires  leaves 
of  its  own,  and  flioots  a  new  fyftem  of  abforbents  down  the  bark 
and  root  of  the  tree,  jufl:  as  the  farinaceous  or  oily  matter  in  feeds, 
and  the  faccharine  matter  in  fruits,  ferve  their  embryons  with  nutri- 
ment, till  they  acquire  leaves  and  roots.  This  analogy  is  as  force- 
able  in  fo  obfcure  a  fubjed,  as  it  is  curious,  and  may  in  large  buds, 
as  of  the  horfe-chefnut,  be  almoft  feen  by  the  naked  eye  ;  if  with  a 
penknife  the  remaining  rudiment  of  the  lafl  year's  leaf,  and  of  the 
new  bud  in  its  bofom,  be  cut  away  flice  by  (lice.     The  feven  ribs  of 

the 


Sect.. XXXIX.  2.        GENERATION.  .      487 

the  laft  year's  leaf  will  be  feen  to  have  arifen  from  the  pith  in  feveu 
diftixi£t  points  making  a  curve  ;  and  the  new  bud  to  have  been  pro- 
duced in  their  centre,  and  to  have  pierced  the  alburnum  and  cortex, 
and  grown  without  the  affiftance  of  a  mother.  A  fimilar  procels 
may  be  feen  on  differing  a  tulip-root  in  winter  ;  the  leaves,  which 
inclofed  the  laft  year's  flower-ftalk,  were  not  neceflary  for  the  flower ; 
but  each  of  thefe  was  the  father  of  a  new  bud,  which  may  be  now 
found  at  its  bafe  ;  and  which,  as  it  adheres  to  the  parent,  required  no 
mother. 

This  paternal  offspring  of  vegetables,  I  mean  their  buds  and  bulbs, 
i&  attended  with  a  very  curious  circumftance  ;  and  that  is,  that  they 
exaftly  refemble  their  parents,  as  is  obfervable  in  grafting  fruit-trees, 
and  in  propagating  flower-roots  ;  whereas  the  feminal  offspring  of 
plants,  being  fupplied  with  nutriment  by  the  mother,  is  liable  to  per- 
petual variation.  Thus  alfo  in  the  vegetable  clafs  dioicia,  where  the 
male  flowers  are  produced  on  one  tree,  and  the  female  ones  on  ano- 
ther ;  the  buds  of  the  male  trees  uniformly  produce  either  male  flow- 
ers, or  other  buds  fimilar  to  themfelves  ;  and  the  buds  of  the  female 
trees  produce  either  female  flowers,  or  other  buds  fimilar  to  them- 
felves ;  whereas  the  feeds  of  thefe  trees  produce  either  male  or  fe- 
•  male  plants.  From  this  analogy  of  the  produftion  of  vegetable  buds 
without  a  mother,  I  contend  that  the  mother  does  not  contribute  to 
the  formation  of  the  living  ens  in  animal  generation,  but  is  neceffary 
only  for  fupplying  its  nutriment  and  oxygenation. 

There  is  another  vegetable  fa£l  publiflied  by  M.  Koelreuter,  which 
he  calls  "  a  complete  metaniorphofis  of  one  natural  fpecies  of  plants 
into  another,"  which  fliews,  that  in  feeds  as  well  as  in  buds,  the  em- 
bryon  proceeds  from  the  male  parent,  though  the  form  of  the  fubfe- 
quent  mature  plant  is  in  part  dependant  on  the  female.  M.  Koelreuter 
impregnated  a  ftigma  of  the  nicotianaruftica  with  the  farina  of  the  ni- 
cotiana  paniculata,  and  obtained  prolific  feeds  from  it.  With  the 
plants  which   fprung  from  thefe  feeds,  he  repeated  the  experiment, 

impregnating 


4««  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  2. 

impregnating  them  with  the  farina  of  the  nicotiana  paniculate.  As 
the  mule  plants  which  he  thus  produced  were  prolific,  he  continued 
to  impregnate  them  for  many  generations  with  the  farina  of  the  ni- 
cotiana paniculata,  and  they  became  more  and  more  like  the  male  pa- 
rent, till  he  at  length  obtained  fix  plants  in  every  refpeft  perfe£lly  fi- 
milar  to  the  nicotiana  paniculata  ;  and  in  no  refpeft  refembling  their 
female  parent  the  nicotiana  ruftica.     Blumenbach  on  Generation. 

.3.  It  is  probable  that  the  infedls,  which  are  faid  to  require  but  one 
impregnation  for  fix  genei'ations,  as  the  aphis  (fee  Amenit.  Academ.) 
produce  their  progeny  in  the  manner  above  defcribed,  that  is,  without 
amother,  and  not  without  a  father  ;  and  thus  experience  a  lucina  fine 
concubitu.  Thofe  who  have  attended  to  the  habits  of  the  polypus, 
which  is  found  in  the  flagnant  water  of  our  ditches  in  July,  affirm, 
that  the  young  ones  branch  out  from  the  fide  of  the  parent  like  the 
buds  of  trees,  and  after  a  time  feparate  themfelves  from  them.  This 
is  fo  analogous  to  the  manner  in  which  the  buds  of  trees  appear  to  be 
produced,  that  thefe  polypi  maybe  confidered  as  all  male  animals,  pro- 
ducing embryons,  which  require  no  mother  to  fupply  them  with  a 
nidus,  or  with  nutriment,  and  oxygenation. 

This  lateral  or  lineal  generation  of  plants,  not  only  obtains  in  the 
buds  of  trees,  which  continue  to  adhere  to  them,  but  is  beautifully 
feen  in  the  wires  of  knot-grafs,  polygonum  aviculare,  and  in  thofe  of 
ftrawberries,  fragaria  vefca.  In  thefe  an  elongated  creeping  bud  is 
protruded,  and,  where  it  touches  the  ground,  takes  root,  and  pro- 
duces a  new  plant  derived  from  its  father,  from  which  it  acquires  both 
nutriment  and  oxygenation  ;  and  in  confequence  needs  no  maternal 
apparatus  for  thefe  purpofes.  In  viviparous  flowers,  as  thofe  of  al- 
lium magicum,  and  polygonum  viviparum,  the  anthers  and  the  flig- 
mas  become  effete  and  perifh  ;  and  the  lateral  or  paternal  offspring 
fucceeds  inflead  of  feeds,  which  adhere  till  they  are  fufficiently  ma- 
ture, and  then  fall  upon  the  ground,  and  take  root  like  other  bulbs. 

The  lateral  produdionof  plants  by  wires,  while  each  new  plant  is 

thus 


Sect.  XXXIX.  3.        GENERATION.  489 

thus  chained  to  its  parent,  and  continues  to  put  forth  another  and  ano- 
ther, as  the  wire  creeps  onward  on  the  ground,  is  exailly  refembled 
by  the  tape-worm,  or  taenia,  fo  often  found  in  the  bowels,  ftretch- 
ing  itfelf  in  a  chain  quite  from  the  llomach  to  the  re6lum.  Linnaeus 
aflerts,  "  that  it  grows  old  at  one  extremity,  while  it  continues  to  ge- 
nerate young  ones  at  the  other,  proceeding  ad  infinitum,  like  a  root  of 
grafs.  The  feparate  joints  are  called  gourd-worms,  and  propagate 
new  jointslike  the_ parent  without  end,  each  joint  being  furniflied 
with  its  proper  mouth,  and  organs  of  digeftion."  Syftema  natura?. 
Vermes  tenia.  In  this  animal  there  evidently  appears  a  power  of  re- 
produ<5lion  without  any  maternal  apparatus  for  the  purpofe  of  fupply- 
ing  nutriment  and  oxygenation  to  the  embryon,  as  it  remains  at- 
tached to  its  father  till  its  maturity.  The  volvox  globator,  which  is  a 
tranfparent  animal,  is  laid  by  Linnaeus  to  bear  within  it  fons  and 
grand-fons  to  the  fifth  generation.  Thefeare  probably  living  fetufes, 
produced  by  the  father,  of  different  degrees  of  maturity,  to  be  de- 
truded at  difTerent  periods  of  time,  like  the  unimpregnated  eggs  of 
various  fizes,  which  are  found  in  poultry  ;  and  as  they  are  produced 
without  any  known  copulation,  contribute  to  evince,  that  the  living 
embryon  in  other  orders  of  animals  is  formed  by  the  male-parent,  and 
not  by  the  mother,  as  one  parent  has  the  pou'er  to  produce  it. 

This  idea  of  the  reproduftion  of  animals  from  a  fingle  living  fila- 
ment of  their  fathers,  appears  to  have  been  fhadowed  or  allegorized  in 
the  curious  account  in  facred  writ  of  the  formation  of  Eve  from  a  rib 
of  Adam. 

From  all  thefe  analogies  I  conclude,  that  the  embryon  is  produced 
folely  by  the  male,  and  that  the  female  fupplies  it  with  a  proper  nidus, 
with  fuftenance,  and  ^yith  oxygenation ;  and  that  the  idea  of  the  fe- 
men  of  the  male  conflituting  only  a  flimulus  to  the  egg  of  the  fe- 
male, exciting  it  into  hfe,  (as  held  by  fome  philofophers;  has  no  fup- 
port  from  experiment  or  analogy. 

III.   I.  Many  ingenious  philofophers  have  found  fo  great  difficulty 

3  R  in 


49'o  GENERA  T  I  O  N.  Sect.  X-XXIX.  ..3.  „ 

iti  conceiving  the  manner  of  the  reprodu6lion  of  animals,  that  they 
have  fuppofed  all  the  numerous  progeny  to  have  exifted  in  miniature 
in  the  animal  originally  created  ;  and  that  thefe  infinitely  minute  forms 
are  only  evolved  or  diftended,  as  the  embryon  increafes  in  the  womb. 
This  idea,  befides  its  being  unfupported  by  any  analogy  we  are  ac- 
quainted with,  afcribes  a  greater  tenuity  to  organized  matter,  than 
we  can  readily  admit  ;  as  thefe  included  embryons  a«re  fuppofed  each  of 
them  to  confift  of  the  various  and  complicate  parts  of  animal  bodies  : 
they  mufl  polTefs  a  much  greater  degree  of  minutenefs,  than  that 
which  was  afcribed  to  the  devils  that  tempted  St.  Anthony ;  of 
whom  20,000  were  faid  to  have  been  able  to  dance  a  faraband  on  the 
point  of  the  fined  needle  without  incommoding  each  other, 

2.  Others  have  fuppofed,  that  all  the  parts  of  the  embryon  are 
formed  in  the  male,  previous  to  its  being  depofited  in  the  egg  or  ute- 
rus ;  and  that  it  is  then  only  to  have  its  parts  evolved  or  diftended  as 
mentioned  above  ;  but  this  is  only  to  get  rid  of  one  difficulty  by  pro- 
pofing  another  equally  incoraprehenfibl-e  :  they  found  it,  difficult  to 
conceive,  how  the  embryon  could  be  formed  in  the  uterus  or  egg, 
and  therefore  Vi'iflied  it  to  be  formed  before  it  came  thither.  In 
anfwer  to  both  thefe  doctrines  it  may  be  obferved,  ift,  that  fome  ani- 
mals, as  the  crab-fifh,  can  reproduce  a  whole  limb,  as  a  leg  which. 
has  been  broken  off;  others,  as  worms  and  fnails,  can  reproduce  a 
head,  or  a  tail,  when  either  of  them  has  been  cut  away^  and  that; 
hence  in  thefe  animals  at  leaft  a  part  can  be  formed  anew,  which  can- 
not be  fuppofed  to  have  exifted  previoufly  in  miniature. 

Secondly,  there  are  new  parts  or  new  veffels  produced  in  many  dif- 
eafes,  as  on  the  cornea  of  the  eye  in  ophthalmy,  in  wens  and  cancers^ 
v^hich  cannot  be  fuppofed  to  have  had  a  prototype  or  original  minia- 
ture in  the  embryon. 

Thirdly,  how  could  mule-animals  be  produced,  which  partake  of 
the  forms  of  both  the  parents,  if  the  original  embryon  was  a  miniai 
ture  ex^fting  ia  the  femea  of  the  male  pareat  ?  if  an  embryon  of  the 

TO  ale- 


Sect.  XXXIX.  3.         GENERATION.  49  r 

male  afs  was  only  expanded,  no  refemblance  to  the  mare  could  exift 
iii  the  mule. 

This  miftaken  idea  of  the  extenfion  of  parts  Teems  to  have  had  its 
rife  from  the  mature  man  refembling  the  general  form  of  the  fetus  ; 
and  from  thence  it  was  believed,  that  the  parts  of  the  fetus  were 
diftended  into  the  m.an  ;  whereas  they  have  increafed  100  times  in 
weight,  as  well  as  100  times  in  lize ;  now  no  one  will  call  the  ad- 
ditional ^^  parts  a  diftention  of  the  original  one  part  in  refpe6t  to 
weight.  Thus  the  uterus  during  pregnancy  is  greatly  enlarged  in 
thickhefs  and  folidity  as  well  as  in  capacity,  and  hence  muft  have  ac- 
quired this  additional  lize  by  accretion  of  new  parts,  not  by  an  ex- 
tenfion of  the  old  ones  ;  the  familiar  a<£l  of  blowing  up  the  bladder  of 
an  animal  recently  flaughtered  h:is  led  our  imaginations  to  apply  this 
idea  of  diftention  to  the  increafe  of  fize  from  natural  growth  ;  which 
however  muft  be  owing  to  the  appofition  of  new  parts  ;  as  it  is  evinc- 
ed from  the  increafe  of  weight  along  with  the  increafe  of  dimenfion  ; 
and  is  even  vifible  to  our  eyes  in  the  elongation  of  our  hair  from  the 
colour  of  its  ends  ;  or  when  it  has  been  dyed  on  the  head  ;  and  in  the 
growth  of  our  nails  from  the  fpecks  fometimes  obfervable  on  them  ; 
and  in  the  increafe  of  the  white  crefcent  at  their  roots,  and  in  the 
growth  of  new  flefh  in  wounds,  which  confifts  of  new  nerves  as  well 
as  of  new  blood-veflels. 

3.  Laftly,  Mr.  Buffon  has  with  great  ingenuity  imagined  the  ex- 
iftence  of  certain  organic  particles,  which  are  fuppofed  to  be  partly 
alive,  and  partly  mechanic  fprings.  The  latter  of  thefe  were  dilco- 
vered  by  Mr.  Needham  in  the  milt  or  male  organ  of  a  fpecies  of  cuttle 
fifh,  called  calmar;  the  former,  or  living  animalcula,  are  found  in 
both  male  and  female  fecretions,  in  the  infufions  of  feeds,  as  of  pep- 
per, in  the  jelly  of  roafted  veal,  and  in  all  other  animal  and  vegetable 
fubftances.  Thefe  organic  particles  he  fuppofes  to  exift  in  the  fper- 
matic  fluids  of  both  fexes,  and  that  they  are  derived  thither  from 
every  part  of  the  body,  and  muft  therefore  refemble,  as  he  fuppofes, 

3  R  2  the 


49^  GENERATION.         Sect.  XXXIX.  4. 

the  parts  from  \A' hence  they  are  derived.  Thefe  organic  part^jcles  he 
believes  to  be-  in  conflant  aftivity,  till  they  become  mixed  in  the 
womb,  and  then  they  inflantly  join  and  produce  an  embryon  or  fetus 
Similar  to  the  two  parents. 

Many  obje^lions  might  be  adduced  to  this  fanciful  theory,  I  fhall 
only  mentioii  two.  Firft,  that  it  is  analogous  to  no  known  animal 
laws.  And  lecondly,  that  as  thefe  fluids,  replete  v/ith  organic  par- 
ticles derived  both  from  the  male  and  female  organs,  are  fuppofed  to 
be  iimilar ;  there  is  no  reafon  why  the  mother  fliould  not  produce  a 
female  embryon  without  the  affiftance  of  the  male,  and  reahze  the 
lucina  fine  concubitu. 

IV.  1.  I  conceive  the  prlmordium,  or  rudiment  of  the  embryon, 
as  fecreted  from  the  blood  of  the  parent,  to  conlift  of  a  fimple  living 
filament  as  a  mufcular  fibre  ;  which  I  fuppofe  to  be  an  extremity  of  a 
nerve  of  loco-motion,,  as  a  fibre  of  the  retina  is  an  extremity  of  a  nerve 
of  fenfation  ;  as  for  inftance  one  of  the  fibrils,  which  compofe  the 
mouth  of  an  abforbent  veflel ;  I  fuppofe  this  living  filament,  of 
whatever  form  it  may  be,  whether,  fphere,  cube,  or  cylinder,  to  be 
endued  with  the  capability  of  being  excited  into  a£lion  by  certain 
kinds  of  ftimulus.  By  the  ftimulus  of  the  furrounding  fluid,  in  which 
it  is  received  from  the  male,  it  may  bend  into  a  ring;  and  thus  form, 
the  beginning  of  a  tube.  Such  moving  filaments,  and  fuch  rings, 
are  defcribed  by  thofe,  who  have  attended  to.microfcoplc  animalcula.. 
This  liv.ing  ring  may  now  embrace  or  abforb  a  nutritive  particle  of 
the  fluid,  in  which  it  fwims  ;  and  by.  drawing  it  into  its  pores,  or 
ioinino'  it  by  compreilion  to  its  extremities,  may  increafe  its  own 
lenp-th  or  craflitude  ;.   and  by  degrees  the  living  ring  may  become  a 

living  tube. 

2,  With  this  new  organization,  or  accretion  of  parts,  new  kinds 
of  irritability  may  commence  ;  for  fo  long  as  there  was  but  one  living 
oy^&n,  it  could  only  be  fuppofed  to  poffefs  irritabiUty ;  fince  fenfibility 
may  be.  conceived  to  bean  extenfionof  the  efFed  of  irritability  over 

the 


Sect.XXXIX.4.         generation.  493 

the  reft  of  the  fyftem.  Thefe  new  kinds  of  irritability  and  of  fenfi- 
bility  in  coiifequence  of  new  organization,  appear  from  variety  of 
facts  in  the  more  mature  animal  ;  thus  the  formation  of  the  teftes, 
and  confequent  fecretion  of  the  femen,  occafion  the  paffion  of  luftj 
the  lungs  mufb  be  previoufly  formed  before  their  exertions  to  obtain 
frefti  air  can  exift  ;  the  throat  or  csfophagus  muft  be  formed  previous 
to  the  fenfition  or  appetites  of  hunger  and  thirft  ;  one  of  which 
feems  to  refide  at  the  upper  end,  and  the  other  at  the  lower  end  of 
that  canal. 

Thus  alfo  the  glans  penis,  when  it  is  diftended  with  blood,  ac- 
quires a  new  fenfibility,  and  a  new  appetency.  The  fame  occurs  to 
the  nipples  of  the  breafts  of  female  animals,  when  they  are  diflended 
■with  blood,  they  acquire  the  new  appetency  of  giving  milk.  So  in- 
flamed tendons  and  membranes,  and  even  bones,  acquire  new  fenfa- 
tions  ;  and  the  parts  of  mutilated  animals,  as  of  wounded  fnails,  and 
polypi,  and  crabs,  are  reproduced;  and  at  the  fame  time  acquire  fen- 
lations  adapted  to  their  fituations.  Thus  when  the  head  of  a  fnail  is 
reproduced  after  decollation  with  a  fliarp  rafor,  thofe  curious  telefco- 
pic  eyes  are  alfo  reproduced,  and  acquire  their  fenfibility  to  light,  as 
well  as  their  adapted  mufcles  for  retraction  on  the  approach  of 
injury. 

With  every  new  change,  therefore,  of  organic  form,  or  additioa.. 
of  organic  parts,  I  fuppofe  a  new  kind  of  irritability  or  of  feniibility 
to  be  produced  ;  fuch  varieties  of  irritability  or  of  fenfibility  exift  i:i 
our  adult  ftate  in  the  glands  ;  every  one  of  which  is  furniflied  with  an. 
irritability,  or  a  tafte,  or  appetency,  and  a  confequent  m.ode  of  acliou. 
peculiar  to  itlelf. 

In  this  manner  I  conceive  the  velTels  of  the  jaws  to  produce  thofe 

of  the  teeth,  thofe  of  the  fingers  to  produce  the  nails,  thofe  of  the 

-ikm  to  produce  the  hair;  in  the  fame  manner  as  aftei'wards  about  the 

age  of  puberty  the  beard  and  other  great  changes  in  the  form  of  the 

body,  and  dilpoiition  of  the  mind,  are-produced  in  confequence  of  the 

new 


■A9\  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  4. 

new  fecretion  of  femen  ;  for  if  the  animal  is  deprived  of  this  fecretioii 
thofe  changes  do  not  take  place.  Thefe  changes  I  conceive  to  be 
formed  not  by  elongation  or  diftention  of  primeval  ftamina,  but  by 
appofition  of  parts  ;  as  the  mature  crab-fifh,  when  deprived  of  a  limb, 
in  a  certain  fpace  of  time  has  power  to  regenerate  it ;  and  the  tadpole 
puts  forth  its  feet  long  after  its  excllifion  from  the  fpawn  ;  and  the 
caterpillar  in  changing  into  a  butterfly  acquires  a  new  form,  with 
new  powers,  new  fenfations,  and  new  defires. 

The  natural  hiiliory  of  butterflies,  aiid  moths,  and  beetles,  and 
gnats,  is  full  of  curlofity  ;  fome  of  them  pafs  many  months,  and 
others  even  years,  in  their  caterpillar  or  grub  ftate  ;  they  then  reft 
many  weeks  without  food,  fufpended  in  the  air,  buried  in  the  earth, 
or  fubmerfed  in  water;  and  change  themfelves -during  this  time  into 
an  animal  apparently  of  a  different  nature;  the  ftomachs  of  fome  of 
them,  Vi'hich  before  dlgefted  vegetable  leaves  or  roots,  now  only  di- 
geft  honey  ;  they  have  acquired  wings  for  the  purpofe  of  feeking  this 
new  food,  and  a  long  probofcis  to  colle£t  it  from  flowers,  and  1  fup- 
pofe  a  fenfe  of  fmell  to  detedl  the  fecret  places  in  flowers,  where  it  is 
formed.  The  moths,  which  fly  by  night,  have  a  much  longer  pro- 
bofcis rolled  up  under  their  chins  like  a  watch  fpring  ;  which  they^ 
extend  to  colled;  the  honey  from  flowers  in  their  fleeping  ftate  ;  when 
they  are  clofed,  and  the  neftaries  in  confequence  more  difficult  to  be 
plundered.  The  beetle  kind  are  furniihed  with  an  external  covering 
of  a  hard  material  to  their  wings,  that  they  may  occaiionally  again 
make  holes  in  the  earth,  in  which  they  paffed  the  former  flate  of  their 
exiftence. 

But  what  moft  of  all  diflinguiflies  thefe  new  animals  is,  that  they 
are  new  furnlflied  with  the  powers  of  reproduilion  ;  and  that  they 
now  differ  from  each  other  in  fex,  which  does  not  appear  in  their 
caterpillar  or  grub  ftate.  In  fome  of  them  the  change  from  a  cater- 
pillar into  a  butterfly  or  moth  feems  to  be  accomplifhed  for  the  fole 
pnrpofe  of  their  propagation  ;  fince  they  immediately  die  after  this  is 

finifhed. 


S£CT.  XXXIX.  4.        GENERATION.  495 

fitiiflied,  and  take  no  food  in  the  interim,  as  the  filk-worm  in  this 
climate  ;  though  it  is  poffible,  it  might  take  honey  as  food,  if  it  was 
prefented  to  it.  For  in  general  it  would  feem,  that  food  of  a  more 
Simulating  kind,  the  honey  of  vegetables  inftead  of  their  leaves,  was 
ncceffary  for  the  purpofeof  the  feminal  reproduction  of  thefe  animals, 
exadlly  fimilar  to  what  happens  in  vegetables;  in  thefe  the  juices  of 
the  earth  are  fufficient  for  their  purpofe  of  reproduftion  by  buds  or 
bulbs  ;  in  which  the  new  plant  feems  to  be  formed  by  irritative  mo- 
tions, like  the  growth  of  their  other  parts,  as  their  leaves  or  roots  ; 
but  for  the  purpofeof  leminal  or  amatorial  reprodu6lion,  where  fenfa- 
tion  is  required,  a  more  Simulating  food  becomes  neceflluy  for  the 
anther,  and  ftigma  ;  and  this  food  is  honey  ;  as  explained  in  Seft.  XIII. 
on  Vegetable  Animation. 

The  gnat  and  the  tadpole  referable  each  other  in  their  change  from 
natant  animals  with  oriUs  into  aerial  animals  with  lunos;  and  in  their 
change  of  the  ekment  in  which  they  live  ;  and  probably  of  the  food, 
with  which  they  are  fupported  ;  and  laftly,  with  their  acquiring  in 
their  new  ftate  the  difference  of  fex,  and  the  organs  of  feminal  or  ama- 
torial reprodudlion.  While  the  polypus,  v/ho  is  their  companion  in 
their  former  ftate  of  life,  not  being  allowed  to  change  his  form  and 
element,  can  only  propagate  like  vegetable  buds  by  the  fame  kind  of 
irritative  motions,  which  produces  the  growth  of  his  own  body,  with- 
out the  feminal  or  amatorial  propagation,  which  requires  fenfation  ;. 
and  which  in  gnats  and  tadpoles  feems  to  require  a  change  both  of 
food  and  of  refpiratlon. 

From  hence  I  conclude,  that  with  the  acquiiition  of  new  parts, 
new  fenfations,  and  new  defires,  as  well  as  new  powers,  are  pro- 
duced ;  and  this  by  accretion  to  the  old  ones,  and  not  by  diflention  of 
them.  And  finally,  that  the  moft  efiential  parts  of  the  fyftem,  as 
the  brain  for  the  purpofe  of  diftributing  the  power  of  life,  and  the 
placenta  for  the  purpofe  of  oxygenating  the  blood,  and  the  additional 
abforbent  veffels  for  the  purpofe  of  acquiring  aliment,  are  firft  formed 

by 


49^  G  E  N  E  R  A  T  I  O'N.        Sect.  XXXIX.  4. 

by  the  in  itA'cions  above  mentioned,  and  by  the  pleafureable  fenfations 
attending  thofe  irritations,  and  by  the  exertions  in  confequence  of 
painful  fenfations,  fimilar  to  thofe  of  hunger  and  fuffocation.  After 
thefe  an  apparatus  of  limbs  for  future  ufes,  or  for  the  purpofe  of 
nioving  the  body  in  its  prefent  natant  flate,  and  of  lungs  for  future 
refpiration,  and  of  teftes  for  future  reprodudtion,  are  formed  by  the 
irritations  and  fenfations,  and  confequent  exertions  of  the  parts  pre- 
viouily  exifting,  and  to  which  the  new  parts  are  to  be  attached. 

3.  In  confirmation  of  thefe  ideas  it  may  be  obferved,  that  all  the 
parts  of  the  body  endeavour  to  grow,  or  to  make  additional  parts  to 
themfelves  throughout  our  lives  ;  but  are  reflrained  by  the  parts  im- 
mediately containing  them  ;  thus,  if  the  fkin  be  taken  away,  the 
flethy  parts  beneath  foon  ihoot  out  new  granulations,  called  by  the 
vulgar  proud  flefli.  If  the  periofteum  be  removed,  a  fimilar  growth 
commences  from  the  bone.  Now  in  the  cafe  of  the  imperfect  embryon, 
the  containing  or  confining  parts  are  not  yet  fuppofed  to  be  formed, 
and  hence  there  is  nothing  to  reflrain  its  growth. 

4.  By  the  parts  of  the  embryon  being  thus  produced  by  new  ap- 
pofitions,  many  phenomena  both  of  anim.al  and  vegetable  produdlions 
receive  an  eatier  explanation  ;  fuch  as  that  many  fetufes  are  deficient 
at  the  extremities,  as  in  a  finger  or  a  toe,  or  in  the  end  of  the  tongue, 
or  in  v/hat  is  called  a  hare-lip  with  deficiency  of  the  palate.  For  if 
there  fiiould  be  a  deficiency  in  the  quantity  of  the  firft  nutritive  par- 
ticles laid  up  in  the  egg  for  the  reception  of  the  firft  living  filaiYient, 
the  extreme  parts,  as  being  laft  formed,  muft  fhew  this  deficiency  by 
their  being  imperfect. 

This  idea  of  the  growth  of  the  embryon  accords  alfo  with  the  pro- 
duftion  of  fome  monflrous  births,  which  confift  of  a  duplicature  of 
the  limbs,  as  chickens  with  four  legs  ;  which  conld  not  occur,  if  the 
fetus  was  formed  by  the  diflention  of  an  original  flamen,  or  minia- 
ture. For  if  there  (hould  be  a  fuperfiuity  of  the  firfl  nutritive  par- 
ticles laid  up  in  the  egg  for  the  firii  living  filament ;  it  is  eafy  to  con- 
5  ceive. 


Sect.  XXXTX.  4.        GENERATION.  "497 

ceive,  that  a  dupllcature  of  fome  parts  may  be  formed..  And  that 
fuch  fuperPiuous  nouriftimeat  fometimes  exlfts,  is  evinced  by  the 
double  yolks  in  fome  eggs,  which  I  fuppofe  were  thus  formed  previ- 
ous to  their  impregnation  by  the  exuberant  nutriment  of  the  hen. 

This  idea  is  confirmed  by  the  analogy  of  the  monfters  in  the  ve- 
getable world  alfo  ;  in  which  a  duplicate  or  triplicate  production  of 
various  parts  of  the  flower  is  obfervable,  as  a  triple  neiflary  in  fome 
columbines,  and  a  triple  petal  in  fome  prim.rofes ;  and  which  are  fup- 
pofed  to  be  produced  by  abundant  nourifiiment. 

5.  If  the  embryon  be  received  into  a  fluid,  whofe  fl:imulu3  is  dif- 
ferent in  fome  degree  from  the  natural,  as  in  the  produftion  of  mule- 
animals,  the  new  irritabilities  or  fenfibilities  acquired  by  the  increafing 
or  growing  organized  parts  may  differ,  and  thence  produce  parts  not 
fimilar  to  the  father,  but  of  a  kind  belonging  in  part  to  the  mother  ; 
and  thus,  though  the  original  flamen  or  living  ens  was  derived  totally 
from  the  father,  yet  new  irritabilities  or  fenfibilities  being  excited,  a 
chano-e  of  form  correfponditig  with  them  will  be  produced.  Nor 
could  the  produdtion  of  mules  exlfl:,  if  the  ftamen  or  miniature  of  all 
the  parts  of  the  embryon  is  previoufly  formed  in  the  male  femen,  and 
is  only  diftended  by  nourifliment  in  the  female  uterus.  Whereas  this 
difficulty  ceafes,  if  the  embryon  be  fuppofed  to  confifl:  of  a  living  fila- 
ment, which  acquires  or  makes  new  parts  with  new  irritabilities,  as 
it  advances  in  its  o-rowth. 

The  form,  foliditv,  and  colour,  of  the  particles  of  nutriment  laid 
vip  for  the  reception  of  the  firfl:  living  filament,  as  well  as  their  pecu- 
liar kind  of  ftimulus,  may  contribute  to  produce  a  difference  in  the 
form,  folidity,  and  colour  of  the  fetus,  fo  as  to  refemble  the  mother, 
as  it  advances  in  life.  This  alfb  may  efpecially  happen  during  the 
flrfl  flate  of  the  exiflence  of  the  embryon,  before  it  has  acquired  or- 
gans, which  can  change  thefe  firfl  nutritive  particles,  as  explained  in 
No.  5.  2.  of  this  Sedion.     And  as  thefe  nutritive  particles  are  fup- 

3  S'  '        pofed 


498  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  4. 

pofed  to  be  fimilar  to  thofe,  which  are  formed  for  her  own  nutrition, 
it  follows  that  the  fetus  fliould  fo  far  refemble  the  mother. 

This  explains,  why  hereditary  difeafes  may  be  derived  either  from 
the  male  or  female  parent,  as  well  as  the  peculiar  form  of  either  of 
their  bodies.      Some  of  thefe  hereditary  difeafes  are  limply  owing  to  a 
deficient  aftivity  of  a  part  of  thefyftem,  as  of  the  abforbent  veffels, 
which  open  into  the  cells  or  cavities  of  the  body,  and  thus  occafion 
dropfies.     Others  are  at  the  fame  time  owing  to  an  increafe  of  fenfa- 
tion,  as  in  fcrophula  and  confumption  ;   in  thefe  the  obftruftion  of  the 
fluids  is  firft  caufed  by  the  inirritability  of  the  veflels,  and  the  inflam- 
mation and  ulcers  which  fucceed,  are  caufed  by  the  confequent  in- 
creafe of  fenfation  in  the  obftru6led  part.     Other  hereditary  difeafes, 
as  the  epilepfy,  and  other  convulfions,  confift  in  too  great  voluntary 
exertions  in  confequence  of  difagreeable  fenfation  in  fome  particular 
difeafed  part.     Now  as  the  pains,  which  occafion  thefe  convulfions, 
are  owing  to  defed  of  the  a£lion  of  the  difeafed  part,  as  fliewn  ia 
Se6l.  XXXIV.  it  is  plain,  that  all  thefe  hereditary  difeafes  may  have 
their  origin  either  from  defedive  irritability  derived  from  the  father, 
or  from  deficiency  of  the  ilimulus  of  the  nutriment  derived  from  the 
mother.     In  cither  cafe  the  effefl  would  be  fimilar;  as  a  fcrophulous 
race  is  frequently  produced  among  the  poor  from  the  deficient  ftimu<- 
lus  of  bad  diet,  or  of  hunger  ;  and  among  the  rich,   by  a  deficient  ir- 
ritability from  their  having  been  long  accuftomed  to.  too  great  ftimulus, 
as  of  vinous  fpirit. 

6.  From  this  account  of  reprodudion  it  appears,  that  all  animals 
have  a  fimilar  origin,  viz.  from  a  fingle  living  filament  ;  and  that  the 
difference  of  their  fornrts  and.  qualities  has  arifen  only  from  the  dif- 
ferent irritabilities  and  fenfibilities,  or  voluntarities,  or  affociabilities, 
of  this  original  living  filament ;  and  perhaps  in  fome  degree  from  the 
different  forms  of  the  particles  of  the  fluids,  by  which  it  has  been  at 
firft  Simulated  into  activity.     And  that  from  hence,  as  Linnaeus  has 

conjedured 


Sect.  XXXIX.  4.        GENERATION.  499 

conjeflured  ia  refpedt  to  the  vegetable  world,  it  is  not  impoflible, 
but  the  great  variety  of  fpecies  of  animals,  which  now  tenant  the 
earth,  may  have  had  their  origin  from  the  mixture  of  a  few  natural 
orders.  And  that  thofe  animal  and  vegetable  mules,  which  could 
continue  their  fpecies,  have  done  fo,  and  conftitute  the  numerous 
families  of  animals  and  vegetables  which  now  exilt  ;  and  that  thole 
mules,  which  were  produced  with  imperfeft  organs  of  generation, 
periflied  without  reproduAion,  according  to  the  oblervation  of  Arl- 
i^otle  ;  and  are  the  animals,  which  we  now  call  mules.  See  Botanic 
Garden,   Part  II.  Note  on  Dianthus. 

Such  a  promifcuous  intercourfe  of  animals  is  faid  to  exift  at  this 
day  in  New  South  Wales  by  Captain  Hunter.  And  that  not  only 
amongft  the  quadrupeds  and  birds  of  different  kinds,  but  even  amongft 
tlie  nili,  and,  as  he  believes,  amongft  the  vegetables.  He  Ipeaks  of 
an  animal  between  the  opoffum  and  the  kangaroo,  from  the  (ize  of  a 
flieep  to  that  of  a  rat.  Many  fifli  feemed  to  partake  of  the  fhark  ; 
ibme  with  a  Ikait's  head  and  Ihoulders,  and  the  hind  part  of  a  Ihark  ; 
others  with  a  fl-iark's  head  and  the  body  of  a  mullet  ;  and  fome  with  a 
fliark's  head  and  the  flat  body  of  a  fting-ray.  Many  birds  partake  of 
the  parrot ;  fome  have  the  head,  neck,  and  bill  of  a  parrot,  with 
long  ftraight  feet  and  legs  ;  others  with  legs  and  feet  of  a  parrot,  with 
head  and  neck  of  a  fea-guU.  Voyage  to  South  Wales  by  Captain  John 
Hunter,  p.  68. 

7.  All  animals  therefore,  I  contend,  have  a  fimilar  caufe  of  their 
organization,  originating  from  a  fingle  living  filament,  endued  indeed 
with  different  kinds  of  irritabilities  and  fenfibilities,  or  of  animal  ap- 
petencies ;  which  exift  in  every  gland,  and  in  every  moving  organ  of 
the  body,  and  are  as  effential  to  living  organization  as  chemical  affini- 
ties are  to  certain  combinations  of  inanimate  matter. 

If  I  might  be  indulged  to  make  a  fimile  in  a  philofophical  work,  I 
fhould  fay,  that  the  animal  appetencies  are  not  only  perhaps  lefs  nu- 
merous originally  than  the  chemical  affinities ;  but  that  like  thefe  lat« 

3  S  2  ter. 


5PO  GENERATION.         Sect.  XXXIX.  4, 

ter,  they  change  with  every  new  combination ;  thus  vital  air  and 
azote,  when  combined,  produce  nitrous  acid  ;  which  now  acquires 
the  property  of  diffolving  filver  ;  fo  with  every  new  additional  part  to 
the  embryon,  as  of  the  throat  or  lungs,  I  fuppofe  a  new  animal  ap- 
petency to  be  produced. 

■  In  this  early  formation  of  the  embryon  from  the  irritabilities,  fen- 
fibilities,  and  affociabilities,  and  confequent  appetencies,  the  faculty 
of  volition  can  fcarcely  be  fuppofed  to  have  had  its  birth.  For  about 
what  can  the  fetus  deliberate,  when  it  has  no  choice  of  objefls  ?  But 
in  the  more  advanced  ftate  of  the  fetus,  it  evidently  pofleffes  volition  ; 
as  it  frequently  changes  its  attitude,  though  it  feems  to  deep  the 
greateft  part  of  its  time  ;  and  aftervv'ards  the  power  of  volition  con- 
tributes to  change  or  alter  many  parts  of  the  body  during  its  grov^^th 
to  manhood,  by  our  early  modes  of  exertion  in  the  various  depart- 
ments of  life.  All  thefe  faculties  then  conftitute  the  vis  fabricatrix, 
and  the  vis  confervatrix,  as  well  as  the  vis  medicatrix  of  nature,  fo 
much  fpoken  of,  but  fo  little  underftood  by  philofophers. 

S.  When  we  revolve  in  our  minds,  firft,  the  great  changes,  which 
we  fee  naturally  produced  in  animals  after  their  nativity,  as  in  the 
produftion,  of  the  butterfly  with  painted  wings  from  the  crawling  ca- 
terpillar ;  or  of  the  refpiring  frog  from  the  fubnatant  tadpole  ;  from 
the  feminine  boy  to  the  bearded  man,  and  from  the  infant  girl  to  the 
,k£l:efcent  woman  ;  both  which  changes  may  be  prevented  by  certain 
mutilations  of  the  glands  neceflary  to  reproduftion. 

Secondly,  when  we  think  over  the  great  changes  introduced  into 
various  animals  by  artificial  or  accidental  cultivation,  as  in  horfes, 
which  we  have  exercifed  for  the  different  purpofes  of  ftrength  or 
fwiftnefs,  in  carrying  burthens  or  in  running  races  ;  or  in  dogs, 
which  haye  been  cultivated  for  ftrength  and  courage,  as  the  bull-dog; 
or  for  acutenefs  of  his  fenfe  of  fmell,  as  the  hound  and  fpaniel ;  or  for 
the  fwiftnefs  of  his  foot,  as  the  greyhoand  ;  or  for  his  fwimming  in 
the  water,  or  for  drawing  fnow-fledges,  as  the  rough-haired  dogs  of 
2  the 


Sect.  XXXIX.  4.        GENERATION.  501 

the  north  ;  or  laftly,  as  a  play-dog  for  children,  as  the  lap-dog  ;  with 
the  changes  of  the  forms  of  the  cattle,  which  have  been  domefticated 
from  the  greateft  antiquity,  as  camels,  and  fheep  ;  which  have  un- 
dergone fo  total  a  transformation,  that  we  are  now  ignorant  from 
what  fpecies  of  wild  animals  they  had  their  origin.  Add  to  thefe  the 
great  changes  of  fhape  and  colour,  which  we  daily  fee  produced  in- 
fmaller  animals  from  our  domeftication  of  them,  as  rabbits,  or  pid- 
geons  ;  or  from  the  difference  of  climates  and  even  of  feafons  ;  thus 
the  fheep  of  warm  climates  are  covered  with  hair  inftead  of  wool ; 
and  the  hares  and  partridges  of  the  latitudes,  which  are  long  buried  in 
fnow,  become  white  during  the  winter  months  ;  add  to  thefe  the 
various  changes  produced  in  the  forms  of  mankind,  by  their  early 
modes  of  exertion  ;  or  by  the  difeafes  occafioned  by  their  habits  of 
life  ;  both  of  which  became  hereditary,  and  that  through  many  ge- 
nerations. Thofe  who  labour  at  the  anvil,  the  oar,  or  the  loom,  as 
well  as  thofe  who  carry  fedan-chairs,  or  who  have  been  educated  to 
dance  upon  the  rope,  are  diftinguifliable  by  the  fhape  of  their  limbs  ; 
and  the  difeafes  occafioned  by  intoxication  deform  the  countenance 
with  leprous  eruptions,  or  the  body  with  tumid  vifcera,  or  the  joints- 
with  knots  and  diflortions. 

Thirdly,  when  we  enumerate  the  great  changes  produced  in  the 
fpecies  of  animals  before  their  nativity  j  thefe  are  fuch  as  refemble 
the  form  or  colour  of  their  parents,  which- have  been  altered  by  the 
cultivation  or  accidents  above  related,  and  are  thus  continued  to  their 
pofterity.  Or  they  are  changes  produced  by  the  mixture  of  fpecies  as 
in  mules  ;  or  changes  produced  probably  by  the  exuberance  of  nou- 
rifliment  fupplied  to  the  fetus,  as  in  monftrous  births  with  additional 
limbs  ;  many  of  thefe  enormities  of  fhape  are  propagated,  and  conti- 
nued as  a  variety  at  lead,  if  not  as  a  new  fpecies  of  animal.  I  have 
feen  a  breed  of  cats  with  an  additional  claw  on  every  foot  ;  of  poultry 
alfo  with  an  additional  claw,  and  with  wings  to  their  feet;  and  of 
others  without  rumps.     Mr.  Buffon  mentions  a  breed  of  dogs  without 

tailsj. 


502  GENERATION.        Sect*.  XXXIX  4. 

tails,  which  are  common  at  Rome  and  at  Naples,  which  he  fuppofes 
to  have  been  produced  hy  a  cuftom  long  efrabliflied  of  cutting  theif 
tails  clofe  off.  There  are  many  kinds  of  pidgeons,  admired  for  their 
peculiarities,  which  are  monfters  thus  produced  and  propagated.  And 
to  thefe  mud  be  added,  the  changes  produced  by  the  imagination  of 
the  male  parent,  as  will  be  treated  of  more  at  large  in  No.  VI.  of  this 
Section. 

When  we  confider  all  thefe  changes  of  animal  form,  and  innumer- 
able others,  which  may  be  colle6ted  from  the  books  of  natural  hiftory ; 
we  cannot  but  be  convincedj  that  the  fetus  or  embryon  is  formed  by 
appolition  of  new  parts,  and  not  by  the  diftention  of  a  primordial  neft 
of  germs,   included  one  within  another,   like  the  cups  of  a  conjurer. 

Fourthly,  when  we  revolve  in  our  minds  the  great  fimilarity  of 
flrufture,  which  obtains  in  all  the  warm-blooded  animals,  as  well 
quadrupeds,  birds,  and  amphibious  animals,  as  in  mankind  ;  from  the 
moufe  and  bat  to  the  elephant  and  whale  ;  one  is  led  to  conclude,  that 
they  have  alike  been  produced  from  a  fimilar  living  filament.  In  feme 
this  filament  in  its  advance  to  maturity  has  acquired  hands  and  fingers, 
with  a  fine  fenfe  of  touch,  as  in  mankind.  In  others  it  has  acquired  claws 
or  talons,  as  in  tygers  and  eagles.  In  others,  toes  with  an  intervening 
web,  or  membrane,  as  in  feals  and  geefe.  In  others  It  has  acquired 
cloven  hoofs,  as  in  cows  and  fwine  ;  and  whole  hoofs  in  others,  as 
in  the  horfe.  While  in  the  bird  kind  this  original  living  filament  has 
put  forth  v^'ings  inflead  of  arms  or  legs,  and  feathers  inflead  of  hair. 
In  fome  it  has  protruded  horns  on  the  forehead  inflead  of  teeth  in  the 
fore  part  of  the  upper  jaw  ;  in  others  tuflies  inftead  of  horns  ;  and  in 
others  beaks  inftead  of  either.  And  all  this  exactly  as  is  daily  feen  in 
the  tranfmutations  of  the  tadpole,  which  acquires  legs  and  lungs, 
when  he  wants  them  ;  and  lofes  his  tail,  when  it  is  no  longer  of  fer- 
vice  to  him. 

Fifthly,  from  their  firft  rudiment,  or  primordium,  to  the  termi- 
nation of  their  lives,  all  animals  undergo  perpetual  transformations  ; 

which 


Sect.  XXXIX.  4.        GENERATION.  503 

which  ai'e  in  part  produced  by  their  own  exertions  in  confcquence  of 
their  defires  and  averfions,  of  their  pleafures  and  their  pains,  or  of  ir- 
ritations, or  of  affociations  ;  and  many  of  thefe  acquired  forms  or  pro- 
penfities  are  tranfmitted  to  their  pofterity.     See  Sed.  XXXI.  i. 

As  air  and  water  are  fupplied  to  animals  in  fufficient  profufion,  thj 
three  great  objeils  of  dcfire,  which  have  changed  the  forms  of  many 
animals  by  their  exertions  to  gratify  them,  are  thofe  of  luft,  hunger, 
and  fecurity.  A  great  want  of  one  part  of  the  animal  world  has  con- 
fined in  the  defire  of  the  exclufive  poflefiion  of  the  females  ;  and  thefs 
have  acquired  weapons  to  combat  each  other  for  this  purpofe,  as  the 
very  thick,  fhield-like,  horny  Ikin  on  the  fhoulder  of  the  boar  is  a  de- 
fence only  againffc  animals  of  his  own  fpecies,.  who  ftrike  obliquely 
■upwards,  nor  are  his  tuflies  for  other  purpofes,  except  to  defend  him- 
felf,  as  he  is  not  naturally  a  carnivorous  aninaal.  So  the  horns  of  ths 
Sag  are  (harp-  to  offend  his  adverfary,  but  are  branched  for  the  pur- 
pofe of  parrying  or  receiving  the  thrufts  of  horns  fimilar  to  his  own» 
and  have  therefore  been  formed  for  the  purpofe  of  combating  other 
flags  for  the  exclufive  pofleffion  of  the  females ;  v-^ho  are  obferved', 
like  the  ladies  in  the  times  of  chivalry^  to  attend  the  car  of  ths 
victor. 

The  birds,  which  do  not  carry  food  to  their  young,  and  do  not 
therefore  marry,  are  armed  with  fpurs  for  the  pxirpofe  of  fighting  for 
the  exclufive  pofleffion  of  the  females,  as  cocks  and  quails.  It  is  cer- 
tain that  thefe  weapons  are  not  provided  for  their  defence  againft  other 
adverfaries,  becaufe  the  females  of  thefe  fpecies  are  without  this  ar- 
mour. The  final  caufe  of  this  conteft  amongft  the  males  feems  to  be, 
that  the  flrongeft  and  mofl  aftive  animal  fhould  propagate  the  fpeciesj,, 
which  fhould  thence  become  improved. 

Another  great  want  confiftsin  the  means  of  procuring  food,  which 
has- diverfified  the  forms  of  all  fpecies  of  animals.  Thus  the  nofe  of 
the  fwine  has  become,  hard  for  the  purpofe  of  turning  up  the  foil  in 

fearch-, 


504  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  4. 

fearch  of  infe£ts  and  of  roots.  The  trunk  of  the  elephant  is  an  elonga- 
tion of  the  nofe  for  the  purpofe  of  pulling  down  the  branches  of  trees 
for  his  food,  and  for  taking  up  water  without  bending  his  knees. 
Beafts  of  prey  have  acquired  ftrong  jaws  or  talons.  Cattle  have  ac- 
quired a  rough  tongue  and  a  rough  palate  to  pull  off  the  blades  of  grafs, 
as  cows  and  flieep.  Some  birds  have  acquired  harder  beaks  to  crack 
nuts,  as  the  parrot.  Others  have  acquired  beaks  adapted  to  break  the 
harder  feeds,  as  fparrows.  Others  for  the  fofter  feeds  of  flowers,  or 
the  buds  of  trees,  as  the  finches.  Other  birds  have  acquired  long 
beaks  to  penetrate  the  moifter  foils  in  fearch  of  infefts  or  roots,  as 
woodcocks  J  and  others  broad  ones  to  filtrate  the  water  of  lakes,  and 
to  retain  aquatic  infedts.  All  which  feem  to  have  been  gradually  pro- 
duced during  many  generations  by  the  perpetual  endeavour  of  the  crea- 
tures to  fupply  the  want  of  lood,  and  to  have  been  delivered  to  their 
pofterity  with  couftant  improvement  of  them  for  the  purpofes  re- 
quired. 

The  third  great  want  amongft  animals  is  that  of  fecurity,  which 
feems  much  to  have  diverfified  the  forms  of  their  bodies  and  the  colour 
of  them;  thefe  confift  in  the  means  of  efcaping  other  animals  more 
powerful  than  themfelves.  Hence  fome  animals  have  acquired  wings 
inftead  of  legs,  as  the  fmaller  birds,  for  the  purpofe  of  efcape.  Others 
great  length  of  fin,  or  of  membrane,  as  the  flying  fiih,  and  the  bat. 
Others  great  fwiftnefs  of  foot,  as  the  hare.  Others  have  acquired 
hard  or  armed  {hells,  as  the  tortoife  and  the  echinus  marinus. 

The  contrivances  for  the  purpofes  of  fecurity  extend  even  to  ve- 
getables, as  is  feen.  in  the  wonderful  and  various  means  of  their  con- 
cealing  or  defending  their  honey  from  infedls,  and  their  feeds  from 
birds.  On  the  other  hand  fwiftnefs  of  wing  has  been  acquired  by 
hawks  and  fwallows  to  purfue  their  prey ;  and  a  probofcis  of  admirable 
flrufture  has  been  acquired  by  the  bee,  the  moth,  and  the  humming 
bird,  for  the  purpofe  of  plundering  the  nectaries  of  flowers.     All 

which 


Sect.  XXXIX.  4.        GENERATION.  505 

which  feem  to  have  been  formed  by  the  original  living  filament,  ex- 
cited into  action  by  the  neceffities  of  the  creatures,  which  poffefs 
them,  and  on  which  their  exiftence  depends. 

From  thus  meditating  on  the  great  fimilarity  of  the  flrudlure  of  the 
warm-blooded  animals,  and  at  the  fame  time  of  the  great  changes  they 
undergo  both  before  and  after  their  nativity;  and  by  confidering  in 
how  minute  a  portion  of  time  many  of  the  changes  of  animals  above 
defcribed  have  been  produced  ;  would  it  be  too  bold  to  imagine,  that 
in  the  great  length  of  time,  fince  the  earth  began  to  exift,  perhaps 
miUions  of  ages  before  the  commencement  of  the  hiftory  of  mankind, 
would  it  be  too  bold  to  imagine,  that  all  warm-blooded  animals  have 
arifen  from  one  living  filament,  which  the  gb.eat  First  Cause 
endued  with  animality,  \vith  the  power  of  acquiring  new  parts,  at- 
tended with  new  propenfities,  diredled  by  irritations,  fenfations,  vo- 
litions, and  aflbciations  ;  and  thus  poffeffing  the  faculty  of  continuing 
to  improve  by  its  own  inherent  activity,  and  of  delivering  down 
thofe  improvements  by  generation  to  its  pofterity,  world  without 
end  ! 

Sixthly,  The  cold-blooded  animals,  as  the  fifh-tribes,  which  are 
furnifhed  with  but  one  ventricle  of  the  heart,  and  with  2:ills  inftead 
of  lungs,  and  with  fins  inftead  of  feet  or  wings,  bear  a  great  fimila- 
rity to  each  other  ;  but  they  diiter,  neverthelefs,  fo  much  in  their 
general  flruilure  from  the  warm-blooded  animals,  that  it  may  not 
feem  probable  at  firft  view,  that  the  fame  living  filament  could  have 
given  origin  to  this  kingdom  of  animals,  as  to  the  former.  Yet  are 
there  fome  creatures,  which  unite  or  partake  of  both  thefe  orders  of 
animation,  as  the  whales  and  feals  ;  and  more  particularly  the  fros:, 
who  changes  from  an  aquatic  animal  furnifhed  with  gills  to  an  aerial 
one  furnifhed  with  lunsis. 

The  numerous  tribes  of  infects  without  wings,  from  the  fpider  to 
the  fcorpion,  from  the  flea  to  the  lobfter  ;  or  with  wings,  from  the 
gnat  and  the  ant  to  the  wafp  and  the  dragon-fly,  differ  fo  totally  from 

^  T  each 


5o6  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  4, 

eaeh  other,  and  from  the  red-blooded  claffes  above  defcribed,  both  in 
the  forms  of  their  bodies,  and  their  modes  of  hfe  ;  befides  the  organ 
of  fenfe,  which  they  feem  to  pofiefs  in  their  antennae  or  horns,  to 
M'hich  it  has  been  thought  by  fome  naturaUfts,  that  other  creatures 
have  nothing  fimilar  ;  that  it  can  fcarcely  be  fuppofed  that  this  na- 
tion of  animals  could  have  been  produced  by  the  fame  kind  of  living 
filament,  as  the  red-blooded  clafles  above  mentioned.  And  yet  the 
changes  which  many  of  them  undergo  in  their  early  ftate  to  that  of 
their  maturity,  are  as  different,  as  one  animal  can  be  from  another. 
As  thofe  of  the  gnat,  which  paffes  his  early  ftate  in  water,  and  then 
ftretching  out  his  new  wings,  and  expanding  his  new  lungs,  rifes  in 
the  air  J  as  of  the  caterpillar,  and  bee-nymph,  which  feed  on  ve- 
getable leaves  or  farina,  and  at  length  burfting  from  their  felf-formed 
graves,  become  beautiful  winged  inhabitants  of  the  Ikies,  journey- 
ing from  flower  to  flower,  and  nourifhed  by  the  ambrofial  food  of 
honey. 

There  is  ftill  another  clafs  of  animals,  which  are  termed  vermes 
by  Linnaeus,  which  are  without  feet,  or  brain,  and  are  hermaphro- 
dites, as  worms,  leeches,  fnails,  fhell-fi(h,  coralline  infeds,  and 
fponges ;  which  polTefs  the  fimpleft  ftrufture  of  all  animals,  and  ap- 
pear totally  different  from  thofe  already  defcribed.  The  fimplicity 
of  their  ftru£lure,  however,  can  afford  no  argument  againft  their 
having  been  produced  from  a  living  filament  as  above  contended. 

Laft;  of  all  the  various  tribes  of  vegetables  are  to  be  enumerated 
amongil:  the  inferior  orders  of  animals.  Of  thefe  the  anthers  and 
itigmas  have  already  been  ftiewn  to  poiTefs  fome  organs  of  fenfe,  to  be 
nourifhed  by  honey,  and  to  have  the  power  of  generation  like  infedls, 
and  have  thence  been  announced  amongfl  the  animal  kingdom  in 
Seft.  XIII.  and  to  thefe  mufl  be  added  the  buds  and  bulbs  which  con- 
flitute  the  viviparous  offspring  of  vegetation.  The  former  I  fuppofe 
to  be  beholden  to  a  fingle  living  filament  for  their  feminal  or  amato- 
Tval  procreation  ;  and  the  latter  to  the  fame  caufe  for  their  lateral  or 

branching 


Sect.  XXXIX.  4.        GENERATION.  507 

branching  generation,  which  they  poffefs  in  common  with  the  poly- 
pus, tsnia,  and  volvox ;  and  the  fimplicity  of  which  is  an  argument 
in  favour  of  the  fimilarity  of  its  caufe. 

Linn^us  fuppofes,  in  the  Introdudion  to  his  Natural  Orders,  that 
very  few  vegetables  were  at  firft  created,  and  that  their  numbers 
were  increafed  by  their  intermarriages,  and  adds,  fuadent  hsec  Crea- 
toris  leges  a  fimplicibus  ad  compofita.  Many  other  changes  feem  to 
have  arifen  in  them  by  their  perpetual  conteft  for  light  and  air  above 
ground,  and  for  food  or  moifture  beneath  the  foil.  As  noted  in  Bo- 
tanic Garden,  Part  II.  Note  on  Cufcuta.  Other  changes  of  veo-e- 
tables  from  climate,  or  other  caufes,  are  remarked  in  the  Note  on 
Curcuma  in  the  fame  work.  From  thefe  one  might  be  led  to  ima- 
gine, that  each  plant  at  firfl:  confifted  of  a  fingle  bulb  or  flower  to 
each  root,  as  the  gentianella  and  daify ;  and  that  in  the  conteft  for  air 
and  light  new  buds  grew  on  the  old  decaying  flower  ftem,  fhootino- 
down  their  elongated  roots  to  the  ground,  and  that  in  procefs  of  ao-es 
tall  trees  were  thus  formed,  and  an  individual  bulb  became  a  fwarm 
of  vegetables.  Other  plants,  which  in  this  conteft  for  light  and  air 
were  too  flender  to  rife  by  their  own  ftrength,  learned  by  deo-rees  to 
adhere  to  their  neighbours,  either  by  putting  forth  roots  like  the  ivy, 
or  by  tendrils  hke  the  vine,  or  by  fpiral  contortions  like  the  honey- 
fuckle  ;  or  by  growing  upon  them  like  the  mifleto,  and  taking  nou- 
riftiment  from  their  barks  ;  or  by  only  lodging  or  adhering  on  them, 
and  deriving  nourifhment  from  the  air,  as  tillandlia. 

Shall  we  then  fay  that  the  vegetable  living  filament  was  originally 
different  from  that  of  each  tribe  of  animals  above  defcribed  ?  And  that 
the  produdive  living  filament  of  each  of  thofe  tribes  was  difi^erent  ori- 
ginally from  the  other  ?  Or,  as  the  earth  and  ocean  were  probably 
peopled  with  vegetable  produftions  long  before  the  exiftence  of  ani- 
mals ;  and  many  families  of  thefe  animals  long  before  other  families 
of  them,  fhall  we  conjefture,  that  one  and  the  fame  kind  of  living 
filaments  is  and  has  been  the  caufe  of  all  organic  life  ? 

3  T  2  This 


5o8  GENERATION.         Sect.XXXIX.  4. 

This  idea  of  the  gradual  formation  and  improvement  of  the  animal 
world  accords  with  the  obfervations  of  feme  modern  philofophers, 
who  have  fuppofed  that  the  continent  of  America  has  been  raifed  out 
of  the  ocean  at  a  later  period  of  time  than  the  other  three  quarters  of 
the  globe,  which  they  deduce  from  the  greater  comparative  heights 
of  its  mountains,  and  the  confequent  greater  coldnefs  of  its  refpeftive 
climates,  and  from  the  lefs  fize  and  ftrength  of  its  animals,  as  the 
tygers  and  allegatbrs  compared  with  thole  of  Afia  or  Africa.  And 
laftly,  from  the  lefs  progrefs  in  the  improvements  of  the  mind  of  its 
inhabitants  in  refpeft  to  voluntary  exertions. 

This  idea  of  the  gradual  formation  and  improvement  of  the  animal 
world  feems  not  to  have  been  unknown  to  the  ancient  philofophers. 
Plato  having  probably  obferved  the  reciprocal  generation  of  inferior 
animals,  as  fnails  and  worms,  was  of  opinion,  that  mankind  with  all 
other  animals  were  originally  hermaphrodites  during  the  infancy  of 
the  world,  and  were  in  proceis  of  time  feparated  into  male  and  female. 
The  breafts  and  teats  of  all  male  quadrupeds,  to  which  no  ufe  can 
be  now  affigned,  adds  perhaps  fome  fhadow  of  probability  to  this  opi- 
nion. Linnaeus  excepts  the  horfe  from  the  male  quadrupeds,  who 
have  teats ;  which  might  have  fhewn  the  earlier  origin  of  his  ex- 
iftence  ;  but  Mr.  T.  Hunter  afferts,  that  he  has  difcovered  the  vef- 
tises  of  them  on  his  flieath,  and  has  at  the  fame  time  enriched  natural 
hiftory  with  a  very  curious  faft  concerning  the  male  ptdgeon  ;  at  the 
time  of  hatching  the  eggs  both  the  male  and  female  pidgeon  undergo 
a  great  change  in  their  crops  ;  which  thicken  and  become  corrugated, 
and  fecrete  a  kind  of  milky  fluid,  which  coagulates,  and  with  which 
alone  they  for  a  few  days  feed  their  young,  and  afterwards  feed  them 
with  this  coagulated  fluid  mixed  with  other  food.  How  this  refem- 
bles  the  breafts  of  female  quadrupeds  after  the  production  of  their 
young  !  and  how  extraordinary,  that  the  male  Ihould  at  this  time 
give  milk  as  well  as  the  female  !  See  Botanic  Garden,  Part  II.  Note 
on  Curcuma, 

The 


Sect.  XXXIX.  5.        GENERATION.  509 

The  late  Mr.  David  Hume,  in  his  pofthumous  works,  places  the 
powers  of  generation  much  above  thofc  of  our  boafted  reafon  ;  and 
adda,  that  reafon  can  only  make  a  machine,  as  a  clock  or  a  (hip,  but 
the  power  of  generation  makes  the  maker  of  the  machine  ;  and  pro- 
bably from  having  obferved,  that  the  greateft  part  of  the  earth  has 
been  formed  out  of  organic  reci'ements  ;  as  the  immenfe  beds  of  lime- 
flone,  chalk,  marble,  from  the  (hells  of  fifh  ;  and  the  extenfive  pro- 
vinces of  clay,  fandltone,  ironflone,  coals,  from  decompofed  ve- 
getables ;  all  which  have  been  firft  produced  by  generation,  or  by  the 
lecretions  of  organic  life  ;  he  concludes,  that  the  world  itfelf  might 
have  been  generated,  rather  than  created  ;  that  is,  it  might  have  been 
gradually  produced  from  very  fmall  beginnings,  increafi'ng  by  the  ac- 
tivity of  its  inherent  principles,  rather  than  by  a  fudden  evolution  of 
the  whole  by  the  Almighty  fiat. — What  a  magnificent  idea  of  the  in- 
finite power  of  the  Great  Architect  !  The  Cause  of  Causes  ! 
Parent  of  Parents  !  Ens  Entium  !  .      , 

For  if  we  may  compare  infinities,  it  would  feem  to  require  a 
greater  infinity  of  power  to  caufe  the  caufes  of  effects,  than  to  caufe 
the  effeds  themfelves.  This  idea  is  analogous  to  the  improving  ex- 
cellence obfervable  in  every  part  of  the  creation  ;  fuch  as  in  the  pro- 
greffive  increafe  of  the  folid  or  habitable  parts  of  the  earth  from  water ; 
and  in  the  progreflive  increafe  of  the  wifdom  and  happinefs  of  its  in- 
habitants ;  and  is  confonant  to  the  idea  of  our  prefent  fituation  being 
a  ftate  of  probation,  which  by  our  exertions  we  may  improve,  and  are 
confequently  refponfible  for  our  adlions. 

V.  I.  The  efficient  caufe  of  the  various  colours  of  the  egsfs  of 
birds,  and  of  the  hair  and  feathers  of  animals,  is  a  fubje£l  fo  curious, 
that  I  fhall  beg  to  introduce  it  in  this  place.  The  colours  of  many 
animals  feem  adapted  to  their  purpofes  of  concealing  themfelves  either 
to  avoid  danger,  or  to  fpring  upon  their  prey.  Thus  the  fnake  and 
wild  cat,  and  leopard,  are  fo.  coloured  as  to  referable  dark  leaves  and 
their  lighter  interfaces ;    birds  refemble  the  colour  of  the  browa 

ground. 


5IO  GENERATION.        Sect.XXXIX.  5. 

ground,  or  the  green  hedges,  which  they  frequent ;  and  moths  and 
butterflies  are  coloured  like  the  flowers  which  they  rob  of  their  honey. 
Many  iailauces  are  mentioned  of  this  kind  in  Botanic  Garden,  p.  2. 
Note  on  Rubia. 

Thefe  colours  have,  however,  in  fome  inftances  another  ufe,  as 
the  black  diverging  area  from  the  eyes  of  the  fwan  j  which,  as  his 
eyes  are  placed  leis  prominent  than  thofe  of  other  birds,  for  the  con- 
venience of  putting  down  his  head  under  water,  prevents  the  rays  of 
light  from  being  reflefted  into  his  eye,  and  thus  dazzling  his  fight, 
both  in  air  and  beneath  the  water  ;  which  muft  have  happened,  if  that 
furface  had  been  white  like  the  reft  of  his  feathers. 

There  is  a  ftill  more  wonderful  thing  concerning  thefe  colours 
adapted  to  the  purpofe  of  concealment ;  which  is,  that  the  eggs  of 
birds  are  fo  coloured  as  to  refemble  the  colour  of  the  adjacent  objefts 
and  their  interftices.  The  eggs  of  hedge-birds  are  greenifli  with  dark 
fpots ;  thofe  of  crows  and  magpies,  which  are  feen  from  beneath 
through  wicker  nefts,  are  white  with  dark  fpots  ;  and  thofe  of  larks 
and  partridges  are  ruffet  or  brown,  like  their  nefts  or  fituations. 

A  thing  ftill  more  aftonhhing  is,  that  many  animals  in  countries 
covered  with  fnow  become  white  in  winter,  and  are  faid  to  change 
their  colour  again  in  the  warmer  months,  as  bears,  hares,  and  par- 
trido-es.  Our  domefticated  animals  lofe  their  natural  colours,  and 
break  into  great  variety,  as  horfes,  dogs,  pidgeons.  The  final 
caufe  of  thefe  colours  is  eafily  underftood,  as  they  ferve  fome  purpofes 
of  the  animal,  but  the  efficient  caufe  would  feem  almoft  beyond  con- 
jedlure. 

Firft,  the  choroid  coat  of  the  eye,  on  which  the  femitranfparent 
retina  is  expanded,  is  of  different  colour  in  different  animals  j  in  thofe 
which  feed  on  grafs  it  is  green  ;  from  hence  there  v/ould  appear  fome 
connexion  between  the  colour  of  the  choroid  coat  and  of  that  con- 
ftantly  painted  on  the  retina  by  the  green  grafs.  Now,  when  the 
fround  becomes  covered  with  fnow,  it  would  feem,  that  that  adion 

of 


Sect. XXXIX.  5.        GENERATION.  511 

of  the  retina,  which  is  called  whitenefs,  being  conftantly  excited  in 
the  eye,  may  be  gradually  imitated  by  the  extremities  of  the  nerves 
of  touch,  or  rete  mucofum  of  the  Ikin.  And  if  it  be  fuppofed,  that 
the  a£lion  of  the  retina  in  producing  the  perception  of  any  colour  con- 
fifts  in  fo  difpofing  its  own  fibres  or  furface,  as  to  refit  61  thofe  colour- 
ed rays  only,  and  tranfmit  the  others  like  foap-bubbles  ;  then  that 
part  of  the  retina,  which  gives  us  the  perception  of  fnow,  muft  at 
that  time  be  white  ;  and  that  which  gives  us  the  perception  of  grafs, 
mufl:  be  green. 

Then  if  by  the  laws  of  imitation,  as  explained  in  Se(Elion  XII.  33, 
and  XXXIX.  6.  the  extremities  of  the  nerves  of  touch  in  the  rete 
mucofum  be  induced  into  fimilar  action,  the  Ikin  or  feathers,  or  hair, 
may  in  like  manner  fo  difpofe  their  extreme  fibres,  as  to  refle£l  white; 
for  it  is  evident,  that  all  thefe  parts  were  originally  obedient  to  irrita- 
tive motions  during  their  growth,  and  probably  continue  to  be  fo  ; 
that  thofe  irritative  motions  are  not  liable  in  a  healthy  ftate  to  be  fuc- 
ceeded  by  fenfation  ;  which  however  .is  no  uncommon  thing  in  their 
difeafed  ftate,  or  in  their  infant  ftate,  as  in  plica  polonica,  and  in  very 
young  pen-feathers,  which  are  ftill  full  of  blood. 

It  was  (hewn  in  Section  XV.  on  the  Produftion  of  Ideas,  that  the 
moving  organ  of  {enfe  in  fome  circumftances  refembled  the  objedt 
which  produced  that  motion.  Hence  it  may  be  conceived,  that  the 
rete  mucofum,  which  is  the  extremity  of  the  nerves  of  touch,  may 
by  imitating  the  motions  of  the  retina  become  coloured.  And  thus, 
like  the  fable  of  the  camelion,  all  animals  may  poffefs  a  tendency  to 
be  coloured  fomewhat  like  the  colours  they  moft  frequently  infpect, 
and  finally,  that  colours  may  be  thus  given  to  the  egg-fhell  by  the 
imagination  of  the  female  parent ;  which  fhell  is  previouily  a  mucous 
membrane,  indued  with  irritability,  without  which  it  could  not  cir- 
culate its  fluids,  and  increafe  in  its  bulk.  Nor  is  this  more  wonder- 
ful than  that  a  fingle  idea  of  imagination  fhould  in  an  inftant  colour 
the  whole  furface  of  the  body  of  a  bright  fcarlet,  as  in  the  blu{h  of 

ill  a  me. 


512  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  5, 

fliame,  though  by  a  very  different  procefs.  In  this  intricate  fubjeit 
nothing-  but  loofe  analogical  conjeftures  can  be  had,  which  may  how- 
ever lead  to  future  difcoveries  ;  but  certain  it  is  that  both  the  change 
of  the  colour  of  animals  to  white  in  the  winters  of  fnowy  coun- 
tries, and  the  fpots  on  birds  eggs,  muft  have  fome  efficient  caufe ; 
fince  the  uniformity  of  their  produdlion  fhews  it  cannot  arife  from  a 
fortuitous  concurrence  of  circumftances;  and  how  is  this  efficient 
caufe  to  be  deteded,  or  explained,  but  from  its  analogy  to  other  ani- 
mal facts  ? 

2.  The  nutriment  fupplied  by  the  female  parent  in  viviparous  ani- 
mals to  their  young  progeny  may  be  divided  into  three  kinds,  corre- 
fponding  with  the  age  of  the  new  creature,  i.  The  nutriment  con- 
tained in  the  ovum  as  previoufly  prepared  for  the  embryon  in  the 
ovary.  2.  The  liquor  amnii  prepared  for  the  fetus  in  the  uterus, 
and  in  which  it  fwims  ;  and  laftly,  the  milk  prepared  in  the  pe<5loral 
glands  for  the  new-born  child.  There  is  reafon  to  conclude  that 
variety  of  changes  may  be  produced  in  the  new  animal  from  all  thefe 
fources  of  nutriment,  but  particularly  from  the  firft  of  them. 

The  organs  of  digeftion  and  of  fanguification  in  adults,  and  after- 
wards  thofe  of  fecretion,  prepare  or  feparate  the  particles  proper  for 
iiouriftiment  from  other  combinations  of  matter,  or  recombine  them 
into  new  kinds  of  matter,  proper  to  excite  into  adlion  the  filaments, 
which  abforb  or  attradl  them  by  animal  appetency.  In  this  procefs 
we  muft  attend  not  only  to  the  a£tion  of  the  living  filament  which 
receives  a  nutritive  particle  to  its  bofom,  but  alfo  to  the  kind  of  par- 
ticle, in  refpeft  to  form,  or  fize,  or  colour,  or  hardnefs,  which  is 
thus  previoufly  prepared  for  it  by  digeftion,  fanguification,  and  fecre- 
tion. Now  as  the  firfi:  filament  of  entity  cannot  be  furnifhed  with 
the  preparative  organs  above  mentioned,  the  nutritive  particles,  which 
are  at  firft  to  be  received  by  it,  are  prepared  by  the  mother  ;  and  de- 
pofited  in  the  ovum  ready  for  its  reception.  Thefe  nutritive  particles 
muft  be  fuppofed  to  di^er  in  fome  refpefts,  when  thus  prepared  by 
different  animals.    They  may  differ  in  fize,  folidity,  colour,  and  form  ; 

and 


Sect. XXXIX.  5-        GENERATION.  s'3 

and  yet  may  be  fufficiently  congenial  to  the  living  filament,  to  Vv-hidi 
they  are  applied,  as  to  excite  its  activity  by  their  flimulus,  and  its  ani- 
mal appetency  to  receive  them,  and  to  combine  them  with  itfclfiijio 
■organization.  '"   ^   •" 

'By  this  firft  nutriment  thus  prepared  for  the  embryou-is  not  meant 
the  liquor  amnii,  which  is  produced  afterwards,  nor  the  larger  exte- 
rior parts  of  the  white  of  the  egg;  but  the  fluid  prepared,  1  fuppoie, 
in  the  ovary  of  viviparous  animals,  and  that  which  immediately  fur- 
rounds  the  cicatricula  of  an  impregnated  egar,  and  is  vifible  to  the  eve 
in  a  boiled  one. 

Now  thefe  ultimate  particles  of  animal  matter  prepared  by  the 
glands  of  the  mother  may  be  fuppofed  to  refemble  the  fimiilar  ultimate 
particlei,  which  were  prepared  for  her  own  nourifliment ;  that  is,  to 
the  ultimate  particles  of  which  her  ewn  organization  confifls.  And 
that  hence  when  thefe  become  combined  with  a  new  embryon,  which 
in  its  early  ftate  is  not  furniflied  with  ftomach,  or  glands,  to  alter 
them  ;  that  new  embryon  will  bear  fome  refemblance  to  'th-e 
mother. 

This  feeras  to  be  the  origin  of  the  compound  forms  of  mules., 
which  evidently  partake  of  both  parents,  but  principally  of  the 
male  parent.  In  this  produ6lion  of  chimeras  the  antients  feem  to 
have  indulged  their  fancies,  whence  the'fphinxes,  griffins,  dragons, 
centaurs,  and  minotaurs,  which  are  ^vanifhe'd  from  .  modern  cre- 
dulity. 

It  would  feem,  that  in  Ihefe  tinnafural  conjunftions,  v/hen  the 
nutriment  depofited  by  the  female  was  fo  ill  adapted  to  ftimulate  the 
living  filament  derived  from  the  male  into  adtion,  and  to  be  received, 
or  embraced  by  it,  and  combined  with  it  into  organization,  as  not  to 
produce  the  organs  neceffary  to  life,  as  the  brain,  or  heart,  or  flo- 
mach,  that  no  mule  was  prodxiced.  Where  all  the  parts  neceffary  to 
.life  in  thefe  compound  animals  were  formed  fufficiently  perfe(3:,  ex- 

3  U  cept 


514  GENERATION.  Sect.  XXXIX.  5. 

cept  the  parts  of  generation,  thofe  animals  were  produced,  which  are 
HOW  called  mules. 

The  formation  of  the  organs  of  fexual  generation,  in  contradiftinc- 
tion  to  that  by  lateral  buds,  in  vegetables,  and  in  fome  animals,  as 
the  polypus,  the  taenia,  and  the  volvox,  feems  the  chef  d'oeuvre,  the 
mafter-piece  of  nature ;  as  appears  from  many  flying  iafeas,  as  in 
moths  and  butterflies,  who  feem  to  undergo  a  general  change  of  their 
forms  folely  for  the  purpofe  of  fexual  reprodudtion,  and  in  all  other 
animals  this  organ  is  not  complete  till  the  maturity  of  the  creature. 
Whence  .it  happens  that,  in  the  copulation  of  animals  of  different 
fpecies,  the  parts  neceffary  to  life  are  frequently  completely  formed  ; 
but  thofe  for  the  purpofe  of  generation  are  dsfeftive,  as  requiring  a 
nicer  organization  ;  or  more  exadl  coincidence  of  the  particles  of  nu- 
triment to  the  irritabilities  or  appetencies  of  the  original  living  fila- 
ment. Whereas  thofe  mules,  where  all  the  parts  couH  be  perfedllj 
formed,  may  have  been  produced  in  early  periods  of  time,  and  may 
have  added  to  the  numbers  of  our  various  fpecies  of  animals,  as  before 
obferved. 

As  this  production  of  mules  is  a  conftant  effe£t  from  the  conjunc- 
tion of  different  fpecies  of  animals,  thofe  between  the  horfe  and  the- 
female  afs  always  refembling  the  horfe  more  than  the  afs ;  and  thofe,. 
on  the  contrary,  between  the  male  afs  and  the  mare,  always  refem- 
blino-  the  afs  more  than  the  mare  ;  it  cannot  be  afcribed  to  the  ima- 
•^ination  of  the  male  animal  which  cannot  be  fuppofed  to  operate  Co 
uniformly ;  but  to  the  form  of  the  firfl  nutritive  particles,  and  t> 
their  peculiar  flimulus  exciting  the  living  filament  to  feledl  and  com- 
bine them  with  itfelf.  There  is  a  fimilar  uniformity  of  effed  in  re- 
fpeft  to  the  colour  of  the  progeny  produced  between  a  white  man, 
and  a  black  woman,  which,  if  I  am  well  informed,  is  always  of  the 
mulatto  kii:id,  or  a  mixture  of  the  two;  which  may  perhaps  be  im- 
puted to  the  peculiar  form  of  the  particles  of  nutriment  fupplied  to  the 
embryon  by  the  mother  at  the  early  period  of  its  exigence,  and  their 

peculiar 


Sect.  XXXIX.  5.        GENERATION.  515 

peculiar  ftimulus  ;  as  this  efFed,  like  that  of  the  mule  progeny  above 
treated  of,  is  uniform  and  confident,  and  cannot  therefore  be  afcribed 
to  the  imagination  of  either  of  the  parents. 

When  the  embryon  has  produced  a  placenta,  and  furnifihed  itfelf 
with  veffels  for  feleftion  of  nutritious  particles,  and  for  ox^'^genatioa 
of  them,  no  great  change  in  its  form  or  colour  is  likely  to  be  pro- 
duced by  the  particles  of  faflenance  it  now  takes  from  the  fluid,  in 
which  it  is  immerfed  ;  becaufe  it  has  now  acquired  organs  to  alter  or 
new  combine  them.  Hence  it  continues  to  grow,  whether  this  fluid, 
in  which  it  fwims,  be  formed  by  the  uterus  or  by  any  other  cavity  of 
the  body,  as  in  extra- uterine  geftation;  and  which  would  feem  to  be 
produced  by  the  ftimulus  of  the  fetus  on  the  fides  of  the  cavity, 
where  it  is  found,  as  mentioned  before.  And  thirdly,  there  is  ftill 
lefs  reafon  to  expedl  any  unnatural  change  to  happen  to  the  child  after 
its  birth  from  the  difference  of  the  milk  it  now  takes  ;  becaufe  it  has 
acquired  a  ftomach,  and  lungs,  and  glands,  of  fufHcient  power  to 
decompofe  and  recombine  the  milk  ;  and  thus  to  prepare  from  it  the 
various  kinds  of  nutritious  particles,  which  the  appetencies  of  the  va- 
rious fibrils  or  nerves  may  require. 

From  all  this  reafoning  I  would  conclude,  that  though  the  imagi- 
nation of  the  female  may  bs  fuppofed  to  affeft  the  embryon  by  pro- 
ducing a  difference  in  its  early  nutriment ;  yet  that  no  fuch  power 
■can  effesft  it  after  it  has  obtained  a  placenta,  and  other  organs  ;  which 
may  feledl  or  change  the  food,  which,  is  prefented  to  it  either  in  the 
liquor  amnii,  or  in  the  milk.  Now  as  the  eggs  in  pullets,  like  the 
feeds  in  vegetables,  are  produced  gradually,  long  before  they  are  im- 
pregnated^ it  does  not  appear  how  any  fudden  effeft  of  imagination  of 
the  mother  at  the  time  of  impregnation  can  produce  any  confiderable 
change  in  the  nutriment  already  thus  laid  up  for  the  expefted  or  de- 
fired  embryon.  And  that  hence  any  changes  of  the  embryon,  except 
thofe  uniform  ones  in  the  produftion  of  mules  and  mulattocs,  more 
probably  depend  on  the  imagination  of  the  male  parent.     At  the  fame 

3  U  2  «.  time 


5 1 6  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXlX.  6; 

time  it  feems  manifeft,  that  thofe  moriftrous  births,  which  confifl  m 
fome  deficiencies  only,   or  fome  redund'aneies- of  parts,  originate  from 
the  deficiency  or  redundance  of  the  firft  nutriment  prepared  in  the- 
ovary,  or  in  the  part  of  the  egg  immediately  furrounding.  the  cicatri- 
cula,  as  defcribed  above  ;  and  which  continues  fome  time  to  excite  the- 
firfV  living  filament  into  adtien,  after  the  fimple  animal  is  completed;, 
.  or  ceafes  to- excite  it,  before  the  complete  form  is  accomplidied.    The 
former  of  thefe  eircumftances  is  evinced-  bsy  the  eggs  with  double, 
^yolks,  which,  frequently   happen  to  our  domeflicated' poultry,,  and- 
which,  I  believe,  are  fo  formed  before  impregnatioii,-but  which  would; 
be  well  worth  attending  to,  both  before  and  after  impregnation;   as- 
it  is  probable,  fomething  valuable  on  this  fubje£l  might  be  learnt  from- 
them.     The  latter  circumfi:anee,-.or  that  of  deficiency  of  origirial  nn-^ 
triment,  may  be  deduced  from  reverfe  analogy. 

There  are^  however,  other  kinds  of  monft'fous  births^  which ? 
neither  depend  on  deficiency  of  parts,  nor  fupernumerary  ones  ;  nor. 
are  owing  to  the  conjundtionofanimals  of  different  fpecies  ;  but  whichcj 
appear  to  be  new  conformations,  or  new  difpofitions  of  parts  in  refpefi: 
to  each  other,  and  which,  like  the  variation  of  colours  and  forms  o£ 
our  domefticated  animals,  and  probably  the  fexual  parts  of  all  animals, 
may  depend  on  the  imagination  of  the  male  parent,  which  we. now- 
come  to  confider.- 

VI.  I.  The  nice  a(£tions  of  the  extremities  of  our  various  glands.- 
are  exhibited  in  their  various  productions,  which  are  believed  to  be; 
made  by  the  gland,,  and  not  previoufly  tx»  exifl  as  fuch  in  the  blood.. 
Thus  the  glands,  which'  conftitute  the  liver,  make  bile  ;  thofe  of  the' 
ftomach  make  gaflric  acid  ;  thofe  beneath;  the  jaw,  faliva ;  thofe  of 
the  ears,  ear-wax;  and  the  like.  Every  kind  of  gland  muft  pofTefs  a. 
peculiar  irritability,  and  probably  a  fenfibility,  at  the  early  ftate  of  its. 
exiftence  ;  and  muft  be  furnifhed  with  a  nerve  of  fenfe,.or  of  motion,, 
to  perceive,  and  to  fele£t,  and  to  combine  the  particles,  which  com- 
pofe  the  fluid  it  fecretes.    And  this  nerve  of  fenfe  which  perceives 

th6 


S2CT.  XXX-IX.  6.        GENERATION.  517 

the  different  articles  which  compofe  the  blood,  mull  at  lead  be  con- 
ceived to  be  as  fine  and  fubtile  an  organ,  as  the  optic  or  auditory  nerve, 
which  perceive  light  or  found.     See  Soft.  XIV.  9. 

But  in  nothing;  is  this  nice  a£lion  of  the  extremities  of  the  blood' 
veflels  fo  wonderful,  as  in  the  produ6lion  of  contagious  matter.  A 
fmall  drop  of  variolous  contagion  difflifed  in  the  blood,  or  perhaps  only 
by  being  inferted  beneath  the  cuticle,  after  a  time,  (as  about  a  quar- 
ter of  a  lunation,)  excites  the  extreme  veflels  of  the  Ikin  into  certain 
motions,  which  produce  a  fimilar  contagious  material,  filling  with  it. 
a  thoufand  puilides.  So  that  by  irritation,  or  by  fen  fat  ion  in  confe- 
quence  of  irritation,  or  by  aflbciation  of  motions,  a  material  is  formed" 
by  the  extremities  of  certain  cutaneous  veflels,  cxadtly  fimilar  to  the 
flimulating.material,  which  caufed  the  irritation,  or  confequent  fen- 
fation,  or- aflbciation. 

Many  glands  of  the.  body  have  their  motions,  and  in.  confequence 
their  fecreted  fluids,  affefted  by  pleafurable  or  painful  ideas,  fince  they, 
are  ia-  many  inftances  influenced  by  fenfitive  aflbciations,  as  well  as  by 
the  irritations  of  the  particles  of  the  pafling  blood..  Thus  the  idea  of 
meat,  excited  in  the  minds  of  hungry  dogs,  by  their  fen fe  of  vlfion, 
or  of  fmell,  increafes  the  difcharge  of  faliva,  both  in  quantity  and  vif- 
cidity  ;  as  is  feen  in  its  hanging  down,  in  threads  from  their  mouths^ , 
as  they  ftand  round  a  dinner-table.  The  fenfations  of  pleafure,  or  of 
pain,  of  peculiar  kinds,  excite  in  the  fame  manner,  a  greaLdifcharge  of 
tears  ;.. which  appear  alfo  to  be.  more  faline  at  the  time  of  their  fecre- 
tion,  from  their  inflaming  the  eyes  and  eye-lids.  The  palenefs  from 
fear,  aad  the  blufli  of  fliame,  and  of  joy,  are  other  inftances  of  the 
effedls  of  painful,  or  pleafurable  fenfations,  on  the  ex:tremities  of  the 
arterial  fyftem. 

It  is  probable,  that  the  pleafurable  fenfatlon  excited'in  the  ftomach' 
by  food,   as  welL  as  its  irritation,  contributes  to  excite  into  aftion  the 
gaftric  glands,  and  to  produce  a  greater  fecretion  of  their  fluids.     The 
fame  probably  occurs  in  the  fecretion  of  bile  ;  that  is,  that  the  pleafur- 
able 


•5 1 S  GENERATION.  Sect.  XXXIX.  6. 

able  fenfation  excited  in  the  ftomach,  affects  this  fecretioa  by  fer.fitive 
afiociation,  as  vvel!  as  by  irritative  affociation. 

And  laftly  it  would  feem,  that  all  the  glands  la  the  body  have  their 
fecreted  fluids  affe£led,  in  quantity  and  quality,  by  the  pleafurable  or 
painful  fenfations,  which  produce  or  accompany  thofe  fecretions. 
And  that  the  pleafurable  fentations  arifing  from  thefe  fecretions  may 
conftitute  the  unnamed  pleafure  of  exiftence,  which  is  contrary  to 
what  is  meant  by  taedium  vitas,  or  ennui ;  and  by  which  we  fomc- 
times  feel  ourfelves  happy,  without  being  able  to  afcribe  it  to  any 
mental  caufe,  as  after  an  agreeable  meal,  or  in  the  beginning  of  in- 
toxication. 

Now  it  would  appear,  that  no  fecretlon  or  excretion  of  fluid  is  at- 
tended with  fo  much  agreeable  fenfation,  as  that  of  the  femen  ;  and  it 
would  thence  follow,  that  the  glands,  which  perform  this  fecretion, 
are  more  likely  to  be  much  affedted  by  their  catenations  with  pleafur- 
able fenfations.  This  circumflance  is  certain,  that  much  more  of  this 
fluid  is  produced  in  a  given  time,  when  the  olye£l  of  its  exclufion  is 
agreeable  to  the  mind. 

2.  A  forceable  argument,  which  fhews  the  neceffity  of  pleafurable 
fenfation  to  copulation,  is,  that  the  a6t  cannot  be  performed  without 
it ;  it  is  eaiily  interrupted  by  the  pain  of  fear  or  badifulnefs ;  and  no 
efforts  of  volition  or  of  irritation  can  effeft  this  procefs,  except  fuch  as 
induce  pleafurable  ideas  or  fenfations.     See  Se£t.  XXXIII.  i.   i. 

A  curious  analogical  circumftance  attending  hermaphrodite  infedls, 
as  fnails  and  worms,  flill  further  illuftrates  this  theory ;  if  the  fnail  or 
worm  could  have  impregnated  itfelf,  there  might  have  been  a  faving 
of  a  large  male  apparatus  ;  but  as  this  is  not  fo  ordered  by  nature,  but 
each  fnail  and  worm  reciprocally  receives  and  gives  inripregnation,  it 
appears,  that  a  pleafurable  excitation  feems  alfo  to  have  been  required. 

This  wonderful  circumftance  of  many  infedts  being  hermaphro- 
dltes,  and  at  the  fame  time  not  having  power  to  impregnate  them- 
ielvcs,  is  attended  to  by  Dr.  Lifter,  in  his  Exercltationes  Anatom.  de 

Linaacibus, 


Sect.  XXXIX.  6.         GENERATION.  519 

Limacibus,  p.  14.5  ;  who,  amongfl:  many  other  final  caufes,  which  he 
adduces  to  account  for  it,  adds,  ut  tam  triftibiis  et  frigidis  animalibus 
majori  cum  voluptate  perficiatur  veniis. 

There  is,  however,  another  final  caufe,  to  which  this  circumflance 
may  be  imputed:  it  was  obferved  above,  that  vegetable  buds  and 
bulbs,  which  are  produced  without  a  mother,  are  always  exa6l  re- 
femblances  of  their  parent;  as  appears  in  grafting  fruit-trees,  and  in 
the  flower-buds  of  the  dioiceous  plants,  which  are  always  of  the  fame 
fex  on  the  fame  tree ;  hence  thofe  hermaphrodite  infe6ts,  if  they 
could  have  produced  young  without  a  mother,  would  not  have  been 
capable  of  that  change  or  improvement,  which  is  feen  in  all  other 
animals,  and  in  thofe  vegetables,  which  are  procreated  by  the  male 
embryon  received  and  nourifhed  by  the  female.  And  it  is  hence  pro- 
bable, that  if  vegetables  could  only  have  been  produced  by  buds  and 
bulbs,  and  not  by  fexual  generation,  that  there  would  not  at  this  time 
have  exifted  one  thoufandth  part  of  their  prefent  number  of  fpecies  i 
which  have  probably  been  originally  mule-produ6lions ;  nor  could 
any  kind  of  improvement  or  change  have  happened  to  them,  except 
by  the  difference  of  foil  or  climate.. 

3.  I  conclude,  that  the  imagination  of  the  mate  at  the  time  of  co- 
pulation, or  at  the  time  of  the  fecretion  of  the  femen,  may  fo  affedi 
this  fecretion  by  irritative  or  fenfitive  afToclation,  as  defcnbed  in  No. 
5.  I.  of  this  fe(51:ion,  as  to  caufe  the  produtlion  of  fimi'arity  of  form 
and  of  features,  with  the  diffcindion  of  fex ;.  as  the  moti j-as-of  the  chif- 
fel  of  the  turner  imitate  or  correfpond  with  thofe  or  the  ideas  of  the 
artifl.  It  is  not  here  to  be  underfliood,  that  the  firfl  living  fibre, 
which  is  to  form  an  animal,  is  produced  with  any  fimilarity  of  form 
to  the  future  animal;  but  with  propenfities,  or  appetencies,  which 
Ihall  produce  by  accretion  of  parts  the  fimilarity  of  form,  feature,  or 
fex,  correfponding  to  the  imagination  of  the  father. 

Our  ideas  are  movements  of  the  nerves  of  feafe,   as  of  the  optic 

nerve  in  recoUefting  vifible  ideas^  fuppofe  of  a  triangular  piece  of 

3  ivory. 


7;2^  GENERATION.        -Sect.  XXlCIX/S.. 

ivory.  "The  fiae  moving  fibres  of  the  retina  aft  in  a  manner  to  which 
i  give  the  name  of  white  ;  and  this  action  is  conhiied  to  a  defined  part 
of  it ;  to  which  figure  I  give  the  -ftame  of  triangle.  And  it  is  a  pre- 
ceding pleafurable  fenfation  exifting  in  my  mind,  which  occafions  me 
to  produce  this  particular  motion  of  the  retina,  when  no  triangle  is 
prefent.  Now  it  is  probable,  that  the  afting  fibres  of  the  ultimate 
terminations  of  the  lecreting  apertures  of  the  veflels  of  the  teftes,  arc 
as  fine  as  thofe  of  the  retina;  and  that  they  are  liable  to  be  thrown 
into  that  peculiar  adtion,  which  marks  the  fex  of  the  fecreted  errt- 
bryon,  by  fympathy  with  the  pleafurable  motions  of  the  nerves  of 
vlfion,  or  of  touch  ;  that  is,  with  certain  ideas  of  imagination^  '  From 
hence  it  would  appear,  that  the  world  has  long  hetn  miftaken  in 
afcribing  great  power  to  the  imagination  of  the  female,  whereas  from 
this  account  ot  it,  the  real  power  of  imaginatioiv,  in  t'he  adt  of  gene- 
ration, belongs  folely  to  the  male.      See  Se£l.  XII.  3.  3. 

It  may  be  objefted  to  this  theory,  that  a  man  may  be  fuppofed  to 
have  in  his  mind,  the  idea  of  the  form  and  features  of  the  female, 
rather  than  his  own,  and  therefore  there  fhould  be  a  greater  number 
of  female  births.  On  the  contrary,  the  general  idea  of  our  own  form 
occurs  to  every  one  almofl:  perpetually,  and  is  termed  confcioufnefs  of 
Gur  exiftence,  and' thus  may  effeft,  that  the  number  of  males  furpafles 
that  of  females.  'See  Se6t.  XV.  3.  4.  and  XVIH.  13.  And  what 
.further  confirms  this  idea  is,  that  the  male  children  moft  frequently 
refemble  the  father  in  form, -or  feature,  as  well  as  in  fex  ;  and  the  fe- 
male moft- frequently  relcmble  the  mother,  in  feature,  and  form,  as 
well  ^as  in  fex. 

■It 'may  again  be  objefted,  if  a  female  child  fometimes  refembles  the 
father,  and  a  male  child  the  mother,  the  ideas  of  the  father,  at  the 
time  of  procreation,  muft  fuddenly  change  from  himfelf  tothe  mo- 
ther, at  the  very  inftant,  when  the  embryon  is  fecreted  or  formed. 
This  difficulty  ceafes  when  we  confider,  that  it  is  as  eafy  to  form  an 
idea  of  feminine  features  with  male  organs  of  reprodudion,  or  of  male 

.features 


Sect.  XXXIX.  6.        GENERATION.  521 

features  with  female  ones,  as  the  contrary  ;  as  we  conceive  the  idea 
of  a  fphinx  or  mermaid,  as  eafily  and  as  diftin£tly  as  of  a  woman. 
Add  to  this,  that  at  the  time  of  procreation  the  idea  of  the  male  or- 
gans, and  of  the  female  features,  are  often  both  excited  at  the  fame 
time,  by  contacl,  or  by  vifion. 

I  aflc,  in  my  turn,  is  the  fex  of  the  embryon  produced  by  accident  ? 
Certainly  whatever  is  produced  has  a  caufe ;  but  when  this  caufe  is 
too  minute  for  our  comprehenfion,  the  efte£t  is  faid  in  common  lan- 
guage to  happen  by  chance,  as  in  throwing  a  certain  number  ou  dice. 
Now  what  caufe  can  occafionally  produce  the  male  or  female  charac- 
ter of  the  embryon,  but  the  peculiar  adions  of  thofe  glands,  which 
form  the  embryon  ?  And  what  can  influence  or  govern  thefe  actions 
of  the  gland,  but  its  aflbciations  or  catenations  with  other  fenfitive 
motions  ?  Nor  is  this  more  extraordinary,  than  that  the  catenations 
of  irritative  motions  with  the  apparent  vibrations  of  objefts  at  fea 
Ihould  produce  ficknefs  of  the  ftomach  ;  or  that  a  naufeous  ftory 
Ihould  occafion  vomitino;. 

4.  An  argument,  which  evinces  the  efFe<3:  of  imagination  on  the 
firfl  rudiment  of  the  embryon,  may  be  deduced  from  the  produdion 
of  fome  peculiar  monfters.  Such,  for  inftance,  as  thofe  which  have 
two  heads  joined  to  one  body,  and  thofe  which  have  two  bodies  joined 
to  one  head;  of  which  frequent  examples  occur  amongft  our  domefti- 
cated  quadrupeds,  and  poultry.  It  is  abfurd  to  fuppofe,  that  fuch 
forms  could  exift  in  primordial  germs,  as  explained  in  No.  IV.  4.  of 
this  fedion.  Nor  is  it  pofTible,  that  fuch  deformities  could  be  pro- 
duced by  the  growth  of  two  embryons,  or  living  filaments;  which 
(hould  afterwards  adhere  together  ;  as  the  head  and  tail  part  of  differ- 
ent polypi  are  faid  to  do  (Blumenbach  on  generation,  Cadel,  Lon- 
don) ;  lince  in  that  cafe  one  embryon,  or  living  filament,  muft  have 
begun  to  form  one  part  firft,  and  the  other  another  part  firfl.  But 
fuch  monflrous  conformations  become  lefs  difficult  to  comprehend, 
when  they  are  confidered  as  an  effedl  of  the  imagination,  as  before 

3  X  explained. 


5212  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  6. 

explained,  on  the  living  filament  at  the  time  of  its  fecretion ;  and  that 
fuch  duplicature  of  limbs  were  produced  by  accretion  of  new  parts, 
in  confequence  of  propeniities,  or  animal  appetencies  thus  acquired 
from  the  male  parent. 

For  inftance,  I  can  conceive,  if  a  turkey-cock  fhould  behold  a  rab- 
bit, or  a  frog,  at  the  time  of  procreation,  that  it  might  happen,  that 
a  forcible  or  even  a  pleafurable  idea  of  the  form  of  a  quadruped  might 
fo  occupy  his  imagination,  as  to  caufe  a  tendency  in  the  nafcent  fila- 
ment to  refemble  fuch  a  form,  by  the  appofition  of  a  duplicature  of 
limbs.  Experiments  on  the  production  of  mules  and  monfters  would 
be  worthy  the  attention  of  a  Spallanzani,  ajid  might  throw  much 
light  upon  this  fubjecl,  which  at  prefent  muft  be  explained  by  con- 
jedlural  analogies. 

The  wonderful  effed  of  imagination,  both  in  the  male  and  female 
parent,  is  fhewn  in  the  produftion  of  a  kind  of  milk  in  the  crops 
both  of  the  male  and  female  pigeons  after  the  birth  of  their  young, 
as  obferved  by  Mr.  Hunter,  and  mentioned  before.  To  this  fhould 
be  added,  that  there  are  fome  inftances  of  men  having  had  milk  fe- 
creted  in  their  breafts,  and  who  have  given  fuck  to  children,  as  re- 
corded by  Mr.  Buffon.  This  efFe6t  of  imagination,  of  both  the  male 
and  female  parent,  feemstohave  been  attended  to  in  very  early  times; 
Jacob  is  faid  not  only  to  have  placed  rods  of  trees,  in  part  flripped  of 
their  bark,  fo  as  to  appear  fpotted,  but  alfo  to  have  placed  fpotted 
lambs  before  the  flocks,  at  the  time  of  their  copulation.    Genefis, 

chap.  xxx.  verfe  40. 

5.  In  refpeft  to  the  imagination  of  the  mother,  it  is  difficult  to- 
comprehend,  how  this  can  produce  any  alteration  in  the  fetus,  ex- 
cept by  affefting  the  nutriment  laid  up  for  its  firll:  reception,  as  de- 
fcribed  in  No.  V.  2.  of  this  feftion,  or  by  affefting  the  nourishment 
or  oxygenation  with  which  fhe  fupplies  it  afterwards.  Perpetual 
anxiety  may  probably  affeft  the  fecretion  of  the  liquor  amnii  into  the 
uterus,  as  it  enfeebles  the  whole  fyftem  ;  and  fudden  fear  is  a  frequent 


cau 


fe 


Sect.  XXXIX.  6.        GENERATION.  523 

caufe  of  mifcarriagc  ;  for  fear,  contrary  to  joy,  decreafes  for  a  time 
the  adlion  of  the  extremities  of  the  arterial  iyftem ;  hence  fuddeii 
palenefs  fucceeds,  and  a  fhrinking  or  contra6lion  of  the  veffels  of  the 
(kin,  and  other  membranes.  By  this  circumftance,  I  imagine,  the 
terminations  of  the  placental  veffels  are  detached  from  their  adhefions, 
or  infertions,  into  the  membrane  of  the  uterus ;  and  the  death  of  the 
child  fucceeds,  and  confequent  mifcarrlage. 

Of  this  I  recolle£t  a  remarkable  inftance,  which  could  be  afcribed 
to  no  other  caufe,  and  which  I  fliall  therefore  relate  in  few  words. 
A  healthy  young  woman,  about  twenty  years  of  age,  had  been  about 
five  months  pregnant,  and  going  down  into  her  cellar  to  draw  fome 
beer,  was  frighted  by  a  fervant-boy  ftarting  up  from  behind  the  bar- 
rel, where  he  had  concealed  himfelf  with  defign  to  alarm  the  maid- 
fervant,  for  whom  he  miftook  his  miftrefs.  She  came  with  difficulty 
up  ftairs,  began  to  flood  immediately,  and  mifcarried  in  a  few  hours. 
She  has  fince  borne  feveral  children,  nor  ever  had  any  tendency  to 
mifcarry  of  any  of  them. 

In  refpe£t  to  the  power  of  the  imagination, of  the  male  over  the 
form,  colour,  and  fex  of  the  progeny,  the  following  inftances  have 
fallen  under  my  obfervation,  and  may  perhaps  be  found  not  very  un- 
frequent,  if  they  were  more  attended  to.  I  am  acquainted  with  a 
gentleman,  who  has  one  child  with  dark  hair  and  eyes,  thouo-h  his  lady 
and  himfelf  have  hght  hair  and  eyes  ;  and  their  other  four  children  are 
like  their  parents.  On  obferving  this  diffimilarity  of  one  child  to  the 
others  he  affured  me,  that  he  believed  it  was  his  own  imagination,  that 
produced  the  difference ;  and  related  to  me  the  following  ftory.  He 
laid,  that  when  his  lady  lay  in  of  her  third  child,  he  became  attached 
to  a  daughter  of  one  of  his  inferior  tenants,  and  offered  her  a  bribe  for 
her  favours  in  vain ;  and  afterwards  a  greater  bribe,  and  was  equally 
unfuccefsful ;  that  the  form  of  this  girl  dwelt  much  in  his  mind  for 
fome  weeks,  and  that  the  next  child,  which  was  the  dark-ey'd  youno- 

3  X  z  lady 


524  GENERATION.  Sect.  XXXIX.  6. 

lady  above  mentioned,  was  exceedingly  like,    in  both  features   and 
colour,  to  the  young  woman  who  refufed  his  addrefles. 

To  this  inftance  I  muft  add,  that  I  have  known  two  families,  in 
which,  on  account  of  an  intailed  eflate  in  expeftation,  a  male  heir 
was  moil  eagerly  defired  by  the  father ;  and  on  the  contrary,,  girls 
were  produced  to  the  feventh  in  one,  and  to  the  ninth  in  another  j 
and  then  they  had  each  of  them  a  fon.  I  conclude,  that  the  great  defire 
of  a  male  heir  by  the  father  produced  rather  a  difagreeable  than  an 
ao-reeable  fenfation  ;  and  that  his  ideas  dwelt  more  on  the  fear  of  ge- 
neratino-  a  female,  than  on  the  pleafurable  fenfations  or  ideas  of  his 
own  male  form  or  organs  at  the  time  of  copulation,  or  of  the  fecretion 
of  the  femen ;  and  that  hence  the  idea  of  the  female  charadler  was 
more  prefent  to  his  mind  than  that  of  the  male  one  ;  till  at  length 
in  defpair  of  generating  a  male  thefe  ideas  ceafed,  and  thofe  of  the 
male  charafter  prefided  at  the  genial  hour. 

7.  Hence  I  conclude,  that  the  aft  of  generation  cannot  exifl  with- 
out beino-  accompanied  with  ideas,  and  that  a  man  muft  have  at  that 
time  either  a  general  idea  of  his  own  male  form,  or  of  the  form  of 
his  male  organs ;  or  an  idea  of  the  female  form,  or  of  her  organs ;, 
and  that  this  marks  the  fex,  and  the  peculiar  refemblances  of  the 
ehlid  to  either  parent.  From  whence  it  would  appear,  that  the  phalli, 
which  were  hung  round  the  necks  of  the  Roman  ladies,  or  worn  in 
their  hair,  might  have  efFed  in  producing  a  greater  proportion  of 
male  children ;  and  that  the  calipzedia,  or  art  of  begetting  beautiful 
children,  and  of  procreating  either  males  or  females,  may  be  taught 
by  affefting  the  imagination  of  the  male- parent ;  that  is,  by  the  fine 
extremities  of  the  feminal  glands  imitating  the  anions  of  the  organs 
of  fenfe  either  of  fight  or  touch.  But  the  manner  of  accomplifhing 
this  cannot  be  unfolded  with  fufficient  delicacy  for  the  public  eye  ; 
but  may  be  worth  the  attention  of  thofe,  who  are  ferioufly  interefted 
in  the  procreation  of  a  male  or  female  child, 

Recaptulation.. 


Sect. XXXIX.  7-        GENERATION.  525 


Recapitulation. 

VII.  1.  A  certain  quantity  of  nutritive  particles  are  produced  by 
the  female  parent  before  impregnation,  which  require  no  further  di- 
geftion,  fecretion,  or  oxygenation.  Such  are  feen  In  the  unimpreg- 
iiated  eggs  of  birds,  and  in  the  unimpregnated  feed-veffels  of  vege- 
tables. 

2.  A  living  filament  is  produced  by  the  male,  which  being  inferted 
amldfl  thefe  firfl:  nutritive  particles,  is  Simulated  Into  adion  by  them  ; 
and  in  confequence  of  this  adlion,  fome  of  the  nutritive  particles  are 
embraced,  and  added  to  the  original  living  filament;  in  the  fame 
manner  as  common  nutrition  is  performed  in  the  adult  animal. 

3.  Then  this  new  organization,  or  additional  part,  becomes  simu- 
lated by  the  nutritive  particles  in  its  vicinity,  and  fenfation  is  now 
fuperadded  to  irritation;  and  other  particles  are  in  confequence  em- 
braced, and  added  to  the  living  filament ;  as  is  i^tn.  in  the  new  gra- 
nulations of  flefh  in  ulcers. 

By  the  power  of  aflbciation,  or  by  irritation,  the  parts  already 
produced  continue  their  motions,  and  new  ones  are  added  by  fenfa- 
tion, as  above  mentioned  ;  and  laftly  by  volition,  which  laft  fenforial 
power  is  proved  to  exift  In  the  fetus  in  its  maturer  age,  becaufe  It 
has  evidently  periods  of  aftivity  and  of  fleeping  ;  which  lafl  is  another 
word  for  a  temporary  fufpenfion  of  volition. 

The  original  living  filament  may  be  conceived  to  pofTefs  a  power 
of  repulfing  the  particles  applied  to  certain  parts  of  it,  as  well  as  of 
embracing  others,  which  flimulate  other  parts  of  it ;  as  thefe  powers 
exifl  in  different  parts  of  the  mature  animal ;  thus  the  mouth  of 
every  gland  embraces  the  particles  of  fluid,  which  fuits  Its  appetency; 
and  its  excretory  dudl  repulfes  thofe  particles,  which  are  difagreeable 
to  it. 

4.  Thus 


526  GENERATION.        Sect.  XXXIX.  7. 

4.  Thus  the  outline  or  miniature  of  the  new  animal  is  produced 
gradually,  but  in  no  great  length  of  time  ;  becaufe  the  original  nu- 
tritive particles  require  no  previous  preparation  by  digeftion,  fecre- 
tion,  and  oxygenation:  but  require  limply  the  fele6lion  and  appofi- 
tion,  which  is  performed  by  the  living  filament.  Mr.  Blumenbach 
fays,  that  he  poffeffes  a  human  fetus  of  only  five  weeks  old,  which 
is  the  fize  of  a  common  bee,  and  has  all  the  features  of  the  face, 
every  finger,  and  every  toe,  complete ;  and  in  which  the  organs  of 
generation  are  diilinftly  feen.  P.  76.  In  another  fetus,  whofe  head 
was  not  larger  than  a  pea,  the  whole  of  the  bafis  of  the  Ikull  with 
all  its  depreffions,  apertures,  and  proceffes,  were  marked  in  the  moll 
Iharp  and  diftinil  manner,  though  without  any  offification.  lb. 

5.  In  fome  cafes  by  the  nutriment  originally  depofited  by  the  mo- 
ther the  filament  acquires  parts  not  exadlly  fimilar  to  thofe  of  the  fa- 
ther, as  in  the  produdion  of  mules  and  mulattoes.  In  other  cafes, 
the  deficiency  of  this  original  nutriment  caufes  deficiencies  of  the  ex- 
treme parts  of  the  fetu5,  which  are  lafl:  formed,  as  the  fingers,  toes, 
lips.  In  other  cafes,  a  duplicature  of  limbs  are  caufed  by  the  fuper- 
abundance  of  this  original  nutritive  fluid,  as  in  the  double  yolks  of 
eggs,  and  the  chickens  from  them  with  four  legs  and  four  wings. 
But  the  produftion  of  other  mbnfters,  as  thofe  with  two  heads,  or 
with  parts  placed  in  wrong  fituations,  feems  to  arife  from  the  ima- 
gination of  the  father  being  in  fome  manner  imitated  by  the  extreme 
veffels  of  the  feminal  glands ;  as  the  colours  of  the  fpots  on  eggs, 
and  the  change  of  the  colour  of  the  hair  and  feathers  of  animals  by  do- 
meftication,  may  be  caufed  in  the  fame  manner  by  the  imagination  of 
the  mother. 

6.  The  living  filament  is  a  part  of  the  father,  and  has  therefore 
certain  propenfities,  or  appetencies,  which  belong  to  him ;  which 
may  have  been  gradually  acquired  during  a  million  of  generations, 
even  from  the  infancy  of  the  habitable  earth ;  and  which  now  pof- 
feffes fuch  properties,  as  would  render,  by  the  appofition  of  nutritious 

particles. 


Sect.  XXXIX.  7.        GENERATION.  527 

particles,  the  new  fetus  exactly  fimilar  to  the  father;  as  oc- 
curs in  the  buds  and  bulbs  of  vegetables,  and  in  the  polypus,  and 
taenia  or  tape-worm.  But  as  the  firft  nutriment  is  fupplied  by  the 
mother,  and  therefore  refembles  fuch  nutritive  particles,  as  have 
been  ufed  for  her  own  nutriment  or  growth,  the  progeny  takes  in 
part  the  likenefs  of  the  mother. 

Other  fimilarity  of  the  excitability,  or  of  the  form  of  the  male 
parent,  fuch  as  the  broad  or  narrow  flioulders,  or  fuch  as  conftitute 
certain  hereditary  dileafes,  as  fcrophula,  epilepfy,  infanity,  have 
their  origin  produced  in  one  or  perhaps  two  generations;  as  in  the 
progeny  of  thofe  who  drink  much  vinous  fpiritsj  and  thofe  heredi- 
tary propenfities  ceafe  again,  as  I  have  obferved,  if  one  or  two  fober 
generations  fucceed ;    otherwife  the  family  becomes  extin£t. 

This  living  filament  from  the  father  is  alfo  liable  to  have  its  pro- 
penfities, or  appetencies,  altered  at  the  time  of  its  produ6lion  by  the 
imagination  of  the  male  parent  ;  the  extremities  of  the  feminal  glands 
imitating  the  motions  of  the  organs  of  fenfe;  and  thus  the  lex  of  the 
embryon  is  produced  ;  which  may  be  thus  made  a  rriale  or  a  female 
by  affefting  the  imagination  of  the  father  at  the  time  of  impregnation. 
See  Se6l.  XXXIX.  6.  3.  and  7. 

7.  After  the  fetus  is  thus  completely  formed  together  with  its  uni- 
bihcal  veffels  and  placenta,  it  is  now  fupplied  with  a  different  kind  of 
food,  as  appears  by  the  difference  of  conliftency  of  the  different 
parts  of  the  white  of  the  egg,  and  of  the  liquor  amnii,  for  it  has 
now  acquired  organs  for  digeftion  or  fecretion,  and  for  oxygenation, 
though  they  are  as  yet  feeble  ;  which  can  in  fome  degree  change,  as 
well  as  feleft,  the  nutritive  particles,  which  are  now  prefented  to  it. 
But  may  yet  be  afFe6led  by  the  deficiency  of  the  quantity  of  nutri- 
tion fupplied  by  the  mother,  or  by  the  degree  of  oxygenation  fupplied 
to  its  placenta  by  the  maternal  blood. 

The  augmentation  of  the  complete  fetus  by  additional  particles  of 
nutriment  is  not  accomplifhed  by  diilention  only,  but  by  appolition 

to 


528  GENERATION.         Sect.  XXXIX.  7. 

to  every  part  both  external  and  internal;  each  of  which  acquires  by 
animal  appetencies  the  new  addition  of  the  particles  which  it  wants. 
And  hence  the  enlarged  parts  are  kept  fimilar  to  their  prototypes, 
and  may  be  faid  to  be  extended  ;  but  their  extenfion  muft  be  conceived 
only  as  a  neceffary  confequence  of  the  enlargement  of  all  their  parts 
by  apportion  of  new  particles. 

Hence  the  new  appofition  of  parts  is  not  produced  by  capillary  at- 
trailion,  becaufe  the  whole  is  extended  ;  whereas  capillary  attradion 
would  rather  tend  to  bring  the  fides  of  flexible  tubes  together,  and 
not  to  diftend  them.  Nor  is  it  produced  by  chemical  affinities,  for 
then  a  folution  of  continuity  would  fucceed,  as  when  fugar  is  dif- 
folved  in  water ;  but  it  is  produced  by  an  animal  procefs,  which  is 
the  confequence  of  irritation,  or  fenfation  ;  and  which  may  be  termed 
animar  appetency. 

This  is  further  evinced  from  experiments,  which  have  been  infti- 
tuted  to  fhew,  that  a  living  mufcle  of  an  animal  body  requires 
o-reater  force  to  break  it,  than  a  fimilar  mufcle  of  a  dead  body. 
Which  'evinces,  that  befides  the  attraflion  of  cohefion,  which  all 
matter  poffeffes,  and  befides  the  chemical  attra£lions  of  affinities, 
which  hold  many  bodies  together,  there  is  an  animal  adhefion,  which 
adds  vigour  to  thefe  common  laws  of  the  inanimate  world. 

8.  At  the  nativity  of  the  child  it  depofits  the  placenta  or  gills, 
and  by  expanding  its  lungs  acquires  more  plentiful  oxygenation  from 
the  currents  of  air,  which  it  muft  now  continue  perpetually  to  re- 
fpire  to  the  end  of  its  life ;  as  it  now  quits  the  liquid  element,  in 
which  it  was  produced,  and  like  the  tadpole,  when  it  changes  into 
a  frog,  becomes  an  aerial  animal. 

9.  As  the  habitable  parts  of  the  earth  have  been,  and  continue  to 
be,  perpetually  increafing  by  the  produdlion  of  fea-fhells  and  coral- 
lines, and  by  the  recrements  of  other  animals,   and  vegetables  ;  fo 
from  the  beginning  of  the  exiftence  of  this  terraqueous  globe,  the 
7  animals, 


Sect.  I^.XXIX.  8.        G  E  N  E  R  A  T  I  O  :t<r.  5^5 

animals,  which  inhabit  it,  have  conftantly  improved,  aivd  are  ftilj  iu 
a  flate  of  progreffive  improvement. 

This  idea  of  the  gradual  generation  of  all  tWngs  feems  to  have 
been  as  familiar  to  the  ancient  philofophers  as  to  the  modern  ones.; 
and  to  have  given  rife  to  the  beautiful  hieroglyphic  figure  of  the 
vr^oTov  caov,  or  firfl:  great  egg,  produced  by  night,  that  is,  whofc 
origin  is  involved  in  obfcurity,  and  animated  by  e^o^,  that  is,  by-Dr- 
viNE  Love  ;  from  whence  proceeded  all  things  which  exift. 


Concliiri(M, 

VIIL  T.  Cause  and  effect  -may  be  confidered  as  the  prb- 
greffion,  or  fucceffive  motions,  of  the  parts  of  the  ^'eat  fyflem  of 
Nature.  The  flate  of  things  at  this  moment  is  the  effedl  of  the  flatc 
■of  things,  which  exifled  in  the  preceding  moment ;  and  the  caiafe  of 
the  flate  of  things,  wiiich  fhall  exift  in  the  next  moment. 

Thefe  caufes  2nd  efteds  may  be  more  eafily  comprehended,  if  mo- 
tion be  confidered  as  a  change  of  the  figure  of  a  group  of  bodies,  as 
propofed  in  Sedt.  XIV.  2.  -2.  inafmuch  as  our  ideas  of  vifible  or  tan- 
gible objects  are  more  difrindl,  -than  our  abfl:ra£ted -ideas  of  their  mo- 
tions. Now  the  change  of  the  configuration  of  the  fyflem  of  nature 
at  this  moment  muiT:  be  an  efFedl  of  the  preceding  configuration,  for 
-a  change  of  configuration  cannot  exifl  without  a  previous  configu  ration,  j 
-and  the  proximate  caufe  of  every  efFe<St  mufl  immediatelj/  precede  that 
etteft.  For  example,  a  moving  ivory -ball  could  not  proceed  onvvards, 
unlels-it  had  previoufly  began  to -proceed  J  or  unlefs  an  impulfe  had 
been  previously  given  it ;  which  previous  motion  or  impulfe  conflitutes 
•a  part  of  the  laft  fituation  of  things. 

As  the  effe£ls  produced  in  this  moment  of  time  becom.c  caufes  in 
■the  next,   w€  may  confider  the  progrefiive  motions  of  objeds  as  a 

.3  ^  chaiu 


5 JO  GENERATION.         Sect.  XXXIX.  E. 

chala  of  caufcs  only;  v/hofe  firft  link  proceeded  from  the  great  Cre- 
ator, and  which  have  exifted  from  the  beginning  of  *he  created  iini- 
verfe,  and  are  perpetually  proceeding. 

2.  Thefe  caufes  may  be  conveniently  <livided  into  two  kinds,  ef^ 
ficient  and  inert  caufes,  according  y^^ith  the  two  kinds  of  entity  fup- 
pofed  to  exift  in  the  natural  world,  which  may  be  termed  matter  and 
fpirit,  as   propofed  in  Sed.  I.  and  further  treated  of  in  Sed:.  XIV". 
The  efUcient  caufes  of  motion,  or  new  configuration,  confift  either- 
of  the  principle  of  general  gravitation,    vi^hich  adluates  the  fun  and 
planets  ;  or  of  the  principle  of  particular  gravitation,  as  in,  ele£tricity, 
magnetifm,  heat ;  or  of  the  principle  of  chemical  affinity,  as  in  com- 
buftion,  fermentation,  combination;    or  of  the  principle  of  organic 
life-,  as  in  the  contra£tlon  of  vegetable  and  animal  fibres.     The  Inert 
caufes  of  motion,  or  new  configuration,  confiil  of  the  parts  of  mat- 
ter, which  are  in-t reduced  within  the  fpheres  of  adlivity  of  the  prin- 
ciples above  defcribed.     Thus,  when  an  apple  falls  on  the  ground, 
the  principle  of  gravitation  is  the  efficient  caufe,  and  the  matter  of 
.the  apple  the  inert  caufe.     If  a  bar  of  iron  be  approximated  to  a  niag- 
net,  it  may  be  termed  the  inert  caufe  of  the  motion,  which  brings 
thefe  two  bodies  into  contaft  ;   while  the  magnetic   principle  may  be 
termed  the  efficient  caufe.     In  the  fame  manner  the  fibres,  which 
conftitute  the  rethia  may  be  called  the  inert  caufe  of  the  motions  of 
that  organ  ia  vifion,  while  the  fenforial  power  may  be  termed  the  ef- 
ficient caufe.. 

3.  Another  more  common  diftrlbution  of  the  perpetual  chain  of' 
caufes  and  efFeds,  which  conftitute  the  motions,  or  changing  con- 
figurations, of  the  natural  world,  is  into  aftive  and  pafilve.  Thus^ 
if"  a  ball  in  motion  impinges  againft  another  ball  at  reft,  and  commu- 
nicates its  motion  to  it,  the  former  ball  is  faid.  to  aft,  and  the  latter 
to  be.adled  upon.     In  this  fenfe  of  the  words  a  magnet  is  faid  to  at- 

.traft  iron ;  and  the  prick  of  a  fpur  to  ftimulate  a  horfe  into  exertion  1 
fo  that  in  this  view  of  the  works  of  nature  all  things  may  be  faid  ei- 
ther 


Sect.  XXXIX.  8..        G  E  1-7  E  R  A  T  I  O  N.  531 

ther  (imply  to  exift,  or  to  exift  as  caufes,  or  to  exift  as  effeds ;  that 
is,  to  exift  cither  in  an  zQiive  or  paflive  ftate. 

This  diftributiou  of  objefts,  and  their  motions,  or  changes  of  po- 
fltion,  has  been  found  fo  convenient  for  the  purpofes  of  common  life, 
that  on  this  foundation  refts  the  whole  conftruftion  or  theory  of  lan- 
guage. The  names  of  the  things  themfelves  are  termed  by  gram- 
marians Nouns,  and  their  modes  of  exiftence  are  termed  Verbs.  The 
nouns  are  divided  into  fubftantives,  which  denote  the  principal  things 
fpoken  of ;  and  into  adjectives,  which  denote  fome  circumftances,  or 
lefs  kinds  of  things,  belong-ing  to  the  former. .  The  verbs  are  divided 
'into  three  kinds,  fuch  as  denote  the  exiftence  of  things  fimply,  as,  to 
be ;  or  their  exiftence  in  an  adlive  ftate,  as,  to  eat  ;  or  their  ex- 
iftence in  a  paflive  ftate,  as,  to  be  eaten.  Whence  it  appears, 
that  all  languages  confift  only  of  nouns  and  verbs,  with  theif 
abbreviations  for  the  greater  expedition  of  communicating  our 
thoughts  ;  as  explained  in  the  ingenious  work  of  Mr.  Home  Tooke, 
who  has  unfolded  by  a  fingle  flafh  of  light  the  whole  theory  of  lan- 
guage, which  had  fo  long  lain  buried  beneath  the  learned  lumber  of 
the  fchools.     Diverfions  of  Parley.     Johnfon.     London. 

4.  A  third  divifion  of  caufes  has  been  into  proximate  and  remote ; 
thefe  have  been  much  fpoken  of  by  the  writers  on  medical  fubjefts, 
but  without  fafticient  precifion.  If  to  proximate  and  remote  caufes 
we  add  proximate  and  remote  efFecls,  we  fhall  include  four  links  of 
the  perpetual  chain  of  caufation  ;  which  will  be  more  convenient  for 
the  difcuflion  of  many  philofophical  fubjedls.  .^ 

Thus  if  a  particle  of  chyle  be  applied  to  the  mouth  of  a  laCleal  vef- 
fel,  it  may  be  termed  the  remote  cauie  of  the  motions  of  the  fibres, 
which  compofe  the  mouth  of  that  lafteal.  veftel ;  the  fenforial  power 
is  the  proximate  caufe  ;-the  contraclion  of  the  fibres  of  the  mouth  of 
the  veffel  is  the  proximate  eifeit;  and  their  embracing  the  particle  of 
chyle  is  the  remote  effe£b ;  and  thefe  four  links  of  caufation  conftitute 
.ablorption. 

Thus  when  we  attend  to  the  rifing  fun,  firft  the  yellow  rays  of 

3  Y  2  light 


5J2;  G'  E  N"  E  R  A  T  r  O  N.        Sect.  XXXIX.  fe. 

KgHf  ffiraulate  the  fenforiar  power  redding  in  the  extremities  of  the- 
optic  nerve,  this  is  the  remote  caufe.  2.  The  fenforial  power  is 
excited  into  a  ftate  of  a6iivity,  this  is  the  proximate  Gaufe.  3.  The 
fibrous  extremities  of  the  optic  nerve  ace  contracled,  this  is  the  prox- 
imate efFeft.  4.  A-  pleafureabfe  cr  painfirl  fenfation  is  produced  ill 
eonfequence  of  the  coiitra6liou  of  thefe  fibresof  the  optic  nerve,  this, 
is  the  remote  efFe6b  ;  a-nd  thefe  four  links  of  the  ehain-of  caufatiou 
Gonftitute  the  fenfitive  idea,  or  what  is  commonly  termed  the  fenfa- 
tion  of  the  rifin?  fun.- 

5.  Other  caufes  have  been  announced  by  medical  writers  under  the 
names  of  caufa  procataritica,  and  caufa  proegumina,  and  caufa  fine- 
qua  non.  All  which  are  links  more  or  lefs  diilant  of  the  chain  of  re- 
mote caufes.. 

To  thefe  muft  be  added  the  final  caufe,  fo  called  by  many.  authorSi^ 
'#vhieh  means  the  motive,  for  the  accomplifhment  of  which  the  pre- 
ceding chain  of  caufes  was  put  into  adlion..  The  idea:of  a  final  caufe^, 
therefore,  includes  that  of  a  rational  mind,  which  employs  means  to 
^fFedl  its  purpofes  ;  thus  the  defire  of  preferving  himfelf  from  the  pain* 
of  cold,-  which  he  has  frequently  experienced,  induces  the  favage  to 
eonftrud  his  hut;,  the  fixing  flakes  into  the  ground  for  walls,  branches- 
of  trees  for  rafters,,  and  turf  for  a  cover,  are  aferies  of  fuccefilve  vo- 
luntary exertions  ;  which  are  fo  many  means  to  produce  a  certain  ef- 
fed.  This  effeft  of  preferving  himfelf  from  cold,  is  termed  the  finaE 
caufe ;  the  conftrudlion  of  the  hut  is  the  remote  efFe£t ;  the  adion  of, 
«|he  mufcular  fibres  of  the  man,  is  the  proximate  efFe6l ;  the  volition,., 
or  activity  of  defire  to  preferve  himfelf  from  cold,  is  the  proximate-, 
caufe  ;  and^jae  pain-of  cold,  which  excited  that  defire^  is  the  remote, 
jeaufe. 

6.  This  perpetual  chain  of  caufes  and  efFeas,  whofe  firfl:  link  is~ 
rivetted  to  the  throne  of  God,  divides  itfelf  into  innumerable  diverg- 
ing branches,  which,  like  the  nerves  arifing  from  the  brain,  permeate- 
.the  moft- minute.and  moil  remote  extremities  of  the  fyftem,  difFufing- 

^  motioa. 


Sect. XXXIX-  §.        GENERATION:  5-3 

motioa  and  fenfation  to  the  whole.  As  every  caufe  is  fuperior  in 
power  to  the  efFeft,  which  it  has  produced,  fb  our  idea  of  the  power 
of  the  Almighty  Creator  becomes  more  elevated  and  fublime,  as  we. 
trace  the  operations  of  nature  from  caufe  to  caufe,  climbing  up  the- 
links  of  thefe  chains  of  being,  till  we  afcend  to  the  Great  Source  of  all. 
things. 

Hence  the  modern  difcoveries  in  chemiftry  and  in  geology,,  by 
having  traced  the  caufes  of  the  combinations  of  bodies  to  remoter,  ori- 
gins, as  well  as  thofe  in  aftronomy,  which  dignify  the  pfefent  age, 
contribute  to  enlarge  and  amplify  our  ideas  of  the  power  of  the  Great 
jFirfl  Caufe.  And  had  thofe  ancient  philofophers,  who  contended  that 
the  world  was  formed  from  atoms,  afcribed  their  combinations  to  cer- 
tain immutable  properties  received  from  the  hand  of  the  Creator,  fuch: 
as  general  gravitation,,  chemical  affinity,  or  animal  appetency,  inflead 
of  aferibing  them  to  a  blind  chance  ;  the  doftrine  of  atoms,-as  confli~ 
tuting  or  compofing  the  material  world  by  the  variety  of  their  com- 
binations, fo  far  from  leading  the  mind  to  atheifm,  would  ftrengthea-. 
the  deraonftration  of  the  exiftence  of  a  Deity,,  as  the  firft  caufe  of  all 
things;  becaufe  the  analogy. refulting  from  our  perpetual  experience  of 
caufe  and  effed  would-  have  thus  been  exemphfied  through  univerfal; 
nature. 

I^he- heavens  declare  the  glory  of  God,  and  the  firmament  Jheweih  his 
handy  work  I  One  day  telietb  another^  and  one  night  certifieth  another; 
they  have  neither  fpeech  nor  language,  yet  their  voice  is  gom^  forth  into 
all  lands,  and  their  words  into  the  ends  of  tlje  world.  Manifold  are  thy. 
'^mrks.y  O  Lord  !  in.wifdomhajl  thou  made  them  alL.    Pfal.  xix.  civ- 


SECT. 


33* 


OCULAR    SPECTRA.  Sect.  XL. 


SECT.      XL. 

On  the.  Ocular  Spectra  of  Light  and  Colours,  by  Dr.R.W. 
Darwin,  of  Shrewfbury.  Reprinted,  by  Permiflion,  from  the 
Philofophical  Tranfaaions,  Vol.  LXXVI.  p.  313. 

SpeSfra  of  four  kinds,  i.  AElivity  of  the  retina  in  vifion.  1.  Spe5ira  from  defeS 
offenfibility.  "t^.  SpeSra  from  excefs  of  fenfMity.  4.  Of  direSf  ocular  fpeSra. 
5,  Greater  ftimulus  excites  the  retina  into  fpafmodic  anion.  6.  Of  reverfe  ocular 
fpeSfra.  7.  Greater  fiimulus  excites  the  retina  into  various  fuccejjive  fpafmodic 
aElions.  8.  Into  fixed  Jpafmodic  a5iion.  9.  Into  temporary  paralyfis.  10.  Mif- 
cellaneous  remarks;  i.  TiireSi  and  reverfe  JpeSira  at  the  fame  time.  J  fpeSlrd 
halo.  Rule  to  predetermine  the  colours  of  fpeSira.  1.  Variation  of  fpeSira  from 
extraneous  light.  3.  Variation  of  fpeSlra  in  numher,  figure,  and  remiffioru 
4.  Circulation  of  the  blood  in  the  eye  is  vifible.  5.  A  new  way  of  magnifying 
Bhje5is.     Conchifion. 


WHEN  any  one  has  long  and  attentively  looked  at  a  bright  ob- 
ject, as  at  the  fetting  fun,  on  clofing  his  eyes,  or  removing  them,  an 
image,  which  refembles  in  form  the  obje£l  he  was  attending  to,  con- 
tinues fome  time  to  be  vifible  :  this  appearance  in  the  eye  we  fhall 
call  the  ocular  fpe£trum  of  that  objedl. 

Thefe  ocular  fpeftra  are  of  four  kinds  :    J  ft.  Such  as  are  owing  to  a 

lefs  fenfibility  of  a  defined  part  of  the  retina  ;  ox  fpeUlrafrom  defeSi  of 

Jenftbility.     2d,  Such  as  are  owing  to  a  greater  fenfibility  of  a  defined 

part  of  the  retina  ;  ox  JpeElra  frwn  excefs  of  Jenftbility.     3d,  Such  as 

referable  their  object  in  its  colour  as  well  as  form ;  which  may  be 

termed 


Sect.  XL.  I,         OCULAR     SPECTRA.  S3y 

tenned  dire^  ocu/ar  Jpe&ra.     4t:h,   Sucli  as  are  of  a  colour  contrary  to 
that  of  their  obje£l ;   which  may  be  termed  reverje  ociclar  Jpetlr a. 

The  laws  of  light  have  been  moft  fuccefsfully  explained  by  the. 
great  Newton,  and  the  perception,  of  vifible  objecls  has  been  ably  in- 
veftigated  by  the  ingenious  Dr.  Berkeley  and  M.  Malebranche  ;  but 
thefe  minute  phsenomena  of  vifion  have  yet  been  thought  reducible  to 
no  theory,  though  many  philofophers  have  employed  a  confiderable 
degree  of  attention  upon  them  :  among  thefe  are  Dr.  Jurin,  at  ths 
end  of  Dr.  Smith's  Optics  ;  M.  iEpinus,  in  the  Nov.  Com.  Petropol. 
V.  lo. ;  M.  Beguelin,  in  the  Berlin  Memoires,.  V.  U.  1771;  M.. 
d'i\.rGy,  in-  the  Hiftoire  de  I'Acad.  des  Scienc.  1765  ;  M.  de  la  Hire  ; 
and,  laftly,  the  celebrated  M.  de  BufFon,  in  the  Memoires  de  I'Acadi. 
des  Scien.  who  has  termed  them  accidental  colours,  as  if  fubje£led  to 
no  eftabliflied  laws,  Ac.  Par.  1743.  M.  p.  215. 

I  muft  here  apprize  the  reader,  that  it  is  very  difficult  for  different 
people  to  give  the  fame  names  to  various  fhades  of  colours ;  \\'hence, 
in  the  follov-^ing  pages,  fomething  mufl  be  allowed,  if  on  repeating  the 
experiments  the  colours  here  mentioned  fhould  not  accurately  cor- 
refpond  with  his  own  names  of  them.. 


L  AEiivity  of  the  Reiiha  in  Vtjibh. . 

From  the  fubfequent  experiments  it  appears,  that  the  retina  is  ia 
an  a61:ive  not  in  a  paffive  ilate  during  the  exifteiice  of  thefe  ocular 
fpeiflra  ;  and  it  is  thence  to  be  concluded,  that  all  vifion  is  owing  to 
the  aftivity  of  this  organ. 

I.  Place  a  piece  of  red  filk,  about  an  inch  in  diameter,  as  in  plate  i, 
at  Se£l.  III.  I,  on  a  flieet  of  white  paper,  in  a  flrong  light ;  look 
fleadily  upon  it  from  about  the  diftance  of  half  a  yard  for  a  minute  ; 
then  doling  your  eyelids  cover  them  with  your  hands,,  and  a  green. 

fpedlrum. 


5i6  OCULAR    SPECTRA.        Sect.  XL.  r. 

fpeif^rum  will  be  feen  in  your  eyes,  refembllng  in  form  the  piece  of 
-red  filk  :  after  fome  time,  this  fpedlrum  will  difappear  and  fliortly  re- 
appear; and  this  alternately  three  or  four  times,  if  the  experiment  is 
well  made,  till  at  length  It  vanifhes  entirely. 

2.  Place  on  a  flieet  of  white  paper  a  circular  piece  of  blue  filk, 
about  four  inches  in  diameter,  in  the  funfliine  ;  cover  the  center  of 
this  with,  a  circular  piece  of  yellow  filk,  about  three  inches  in  dia- 
meter ;  and  the  center  of  the  yellow  filk  with  a  circle  of  pink  filk, 
about  two  i-nches  in  diameter;  and  the  center  of  the  pink  filk  with  a 
circle  of  green  filk,  about  one  inch  in  diameter;  and  the  centre  of 
this  with  a  circle  of  indigo,  about  half  an  inch  in  diameter  ;  make  a 
fraali  fpeck  with  ink  in  the  very  center  of  the  whole,  as  in  plate  3,  at 
Sedl.  III.  3.  6.;  look  llieadily  for  a  minute  on  this -central  fpot,  and 
tlien  clofing  your  eyes.,  and  applying  your  hand  at  about  an  inch  dif- 
tance  before  them.,  fo  as  to  prevent  too  -much  or  too  little  light  from 
paffing  through  the  eyelids,  you  will  fee  the  moft  beautiful  circles  of 
colours  that  imagination  can  conceive,  which  are  moft  refembled  by 
the  colours  occafioned  by  pouring  a  drop  or  twocif  oil  on  a  ftill  lake 
in  a  bright  day.;  but  thefe  circular  irifes  of  colours  are  not  only  different 
from  the  colours  of  the  filks  above  mentioned,  but  are  at  the  fame 
time  perpetually  changing. as  long  as  they  exrft. 

3.  When  anyone  in  the  dark  prefles  either  corner  of  his  eye  with 
"his  finger,  and  turns  his  eye  away  from  his  finger,  he  will  fee  a  circle 
.of  colours  like  thofe  in  a  peacock's  tail:  and  a  fudden  flafli  of  light  is 

excited  in  the  eye  by  a  ftroke  on  tt.     (Newton's  Opt.  C^i6.) 
>   4.  When  any  ORe  turns  round  rapidly  on  one  foot,  till  he  becomes 
dl^zy,  and  fails  upon  the  ground,  the  fpeftra  of  the  ambient  objeds 
continue  to  prefent  themfelves  in  rotation,  or  appear  to  hbrate,  and  he 
feeras  to  behold  them  for  fome  tim.e  ftill  in  motion. 

From  .all  thefe  experiments  it  appears,  that  the  fpedra  in  the  eye 
are  not  owing^  to  the  mechanical  impulfe  of  light  imprefled  on  the 
retina,  nor  to  its  chemical  combination  with  that  organ,  iior  to  the 

abforption 


Sect.  XL.  I.        OCULAR     SPECTRA,  53;, 

abforption  and  emiflion  of  light,  as  is  obferved  in  many  bodies ;  for 
in  all  thefe  cafes  the  fpeftra  muft  either  remain  uniformly,  or  gra- 
dually diminifli ;  and  neither  their  alternate  prefence  and  evanefcence 
as  in  the  firft  experiment,  nor  the  perpetual  changes  of  their  colours 
as  in  the  fecond,  nor  the  flafli  of  light  or  colours  in  the  prefled  eye  as 
in  the  third,  nor  the  rotation  or  libration  of  the  fpeclra  as  in  the  fourth, 
.could  exiift. 

Jt  is  not  abfurd  to  conceive,  that  the  retina  may  be  ftimulated  into 
motion,  as  well  as  the  red  and  white  mufcles  which  form  our  limbs 
and  v^eflels;  fince  it  confifts  of  fibres,  like  thofe,  intermixed  with  it* 
medullary  fubllance.  To  evince  this  itruclure,  the  retina  of  an  ox's 
•eye  was  fiafpended  in  a  glafs  of  warm  water,  and  forcibly  tern  in  a 
•few  places ;  the  edges  of  thefe  parts  appeared  jagged  and  hairy,  and 
did  not  contrail,  and  become  fmooth  like  iimple  mucus,  when  it  is 
diftended  till  it  breaks ;  which  {hews  that  it  confifts  of  fibres ;  and 
this  its  fibrous  conftruftion  became  ftill  more  diftinct  to  the  fight,  by 
adding  fome  cauftic  alkali  to  the  water,  as  the  adhering  mucus  was 
firfl  eroded,  and  the  hair-like  fibres  remained  floating  in  the  velTel. 
Nor  does  the  degree  of  tranfparency  of  the  retina  invalidate  the  evi- 
dence of  its  fibrous  ftru6lure,  fince  Leeuwenhoek  has  (hewn  that 
the  cryftalline  hunwur  itfelf  oonfifls  of  fibres.  (Arcana  Naturze, 
V.  I.  p.  70.) 

Hence  it  appears,  that  as  the  mufcles  have  larger  fibres  intermixed 
with  a  fmaller  quantity  of  nervous  medulla,  the  organ  of  vifion  has  a 
greater  quantity  of  nervous  medulla  intermixed  with  fmaller  fibres  j 
and  it  is  probable  that  the  locomotive  mufcles,  as  well  as  the  vafcular 
ones,  of  microfcopic  animals  have  much  greater  tenuity  than  thefe  of 
the  retina. 

And  befides  the  fimilar  laws,  which  will  be  fiiewn  in  this  paper 
to  govern  alikethe  actions  of  the  retina  and  of  the  mufcles,  there  are 
many  other  analogies  which  exift  between  them.  They  are  both  ori- 
ginally e-xcited  into  aftion  by  irritations,  both  aft  nearly  in  the  fame 

3  Z  quantity 


53S-  OCULAR     SPECTRA.        Sect.XL.  2, 

quantity  of  time,  are  alike  ftrengthcned  or  fatigued  by  exertion,  are 
alike  painful  if  excited  into  a6lion  when  they  are  in  an  inflamed  ftale^ 
are  alike  liable  to  paralyfis,  and  to  the  torpor  of  old  age. 


II.     Of  spectra  FP^Oivr  defect  o.f  sENsiBiLrTr. 

^he  retina  is-  notfo  eafily  excited  into  aEllon  hy  lefs  Irritation  after  havinr, 
been  lately-  fubjeSied.  to  greater^ 

J.  When  any  one  pafTes  from  the  bright  daylight  into  a  darkened 
room,  the  irifes  of  his  eyes  expand  themfelves  to  their  utmofl  extent 
fn  a  few  feconds  of  time  j  but  it  is  very  long  before  the  optic  nerve, 
after  having  been  ftlmulated  by  the  greater  light  of  the  day,  becomes- 
fenfible  of  the  lefs  degree  of  it  in  the  room ;  and,  if  the  room  is  not 
too  obfcure,  the  irifes  will  again  contra£t  them.felves  in  feme  de- 
gree, as  the  fenfibility  of  the  retina  returns. 

2.  Place  about  half  aivinch  fc[uare  of  white  paper  on  a  black  hat,, 
and  looking  fteadily  on  the  center  of  it  for  a  minute,  remove  your  eyes 
to  a  iheet  of  white  paper ;  and  after  a  fecond  or  two  a  dark  fquare 
will  be  feen  on  the  white  paper,  which  will  continue  fome  time.  A 
limilar  dark  fquare  will  be  feen  in  the  elofed  eye,  if  light  be  admitted 
through  the  eyelids. 

So  after  looking  at  any  luminous  objecfl  of  a  fmall  fize,  as  at  the- 
fun,  for  a  fhort  time,  fo  as  not  much  to  fatigue  the  eyes,  this  part  of 
the  retina  becomes  lefs  fenfible  to  fmaller  quantities  of  light ;  hence,. 
when  the  eyes  are  turned  on  other  lefs  luminous  parts  of  the  Iky,  a 
dark  fpot  is  feen  refembling  the  fhape  of;  the  fun,  or  other  luminous 
object  which  we  laft  beheld.  This  is  the  fource  of  one  kind  of  the 
dark-colouredjwa/tftfc  volitantes.  If  this  dark  fpot  lies  above  the  center 
of  the  eye,  we  turn  our  eyes  that  way,  expeding  to  bring  it  into 
3  --   .  the 


Sect.  XL.  2.        OCULAR     SPECTRA,  r-o 

the  center  of  the  eye,  that  we  may  view  it  more  di{lin£lly ;  and  in 
this  cafe  the  dark  fpedrnm  feems  to  move  upwards.  If  the  dark 
fpedtrum  is  found  beneath  the  centre  of  the  eye,  we  purfiie  it  from 
the  fame  motive,  and  it  feems  to  move  downwards.  This  has  wjveii 
rife  to  various  conje£tures  of  fomething  floating  in  the  aqueous  hu- 
mours of  the  eyes;  but  whoever,  in  attending  to  thefe  fpots,  keeps 
his  eyes  unmoved  by  looking  fteadily  at  the  corner  of  a  cloud,  at  the 
fame  time  that  he  obferves  the  dark  fpedra,  will  be  thoroughly  con- 
vinced, that  they  have  no  motion  but  what  is  given  to  them  by  the 
.movement  of  our  eyes  in  purfuit  of  them.  Sometimes  the  .form  of 
the  fpe£lrum,  when  it  has  been  received  from  a  circular  luminous 
-body, will  become  oblong;  and  fometimes  it  will  be  divided  into  tuo 
circular  fpeclra,  which  is  not  owing  to  our  changing  the  angle  made 
by  the  two  optic  axifes,  according  to  the  diftance  of  the  clouds  or 
other  bodies  to  which  the  fpe6lrum  is  fuppofed  to  be  contiguous,  but 
to  other  caufes  mentioned  in  No.X.  3.  of  this  fedlion.  The  apparent 
lizs  of  it  will  alfo  be  variable  according  to  its  fuppofed  diftance. 

As, thefe  fpedra  are  more  eafily  obfervable  when  our  eyes  are  a 
-little  weakened  by  fatigue,  it  has  frequently  happened,  that  people  of 
dehcate  conftitutions  have  been  much  alarmed  at  them,  fearino-  a  be- 
ginning decay  of  their  fight,  and  have  thence  fallen  into  the  hands  of 
ignorant  oculifts ;  but-I  believe  they  never  are  a  prelude  to  any  other 
difeafe  of  the  eye,  and  that  it  is  from  habit  alone,  and  our  want  of  at- 
tention to  them,  that  we  do  not  fee  them  on  all  obje(5ts  every  hour  of 
our  lives.    But  as  the  nerves  of  very  weak  people  lofe  their  fenfibility, 
in  the  fame  manner  as  their  mufcles  lofe  their  a£livitv,  by  a  fmall 
time  of  exertion,  it  frequently  happens,   that  fick  people  in  the  ex- 
treme debility  of  fevers  are  perpetually  employed  in  picking  fomethins- 
from  the  bed-clothes,  occafioned  by  their  miftaking  the  appearance 
of  thefe  mufcce  volitantes  in  tbeir  eyes,     Benvenuto  Celini,  an  Italian 
artift,  a  man  of  ftrong  abilities,  relates,  that  having  paiTed  the  whole 
night  on  a  dillant  mountain  with  fome  companions  and  a  conjurer, 

3  Z  2  and 


540-  OCULAR    SPECTRA.        Sect.  XL.  3. 

and  performed  many  ceremonies  to  raife  the  devil,  on  their  return  iiv 
the  morning  to  Rome,  and  looking  up  when  the  fun  began  to  rife, 
they  faw  numerous  devils  run  on  the  tops  of  the  houfes,  as  they  paffed 
along ;  fo  much  were  the  fpeftra  of  their  weakened  eyes  magnified 
by  fear,  and  made  fubfervient  to  the  purpofes  of  fraud  or  fuperftition. 
(Life  of  Ben.  Celini.) 

3.  Place  afquare  inch  of  white  paper  on  a  large  piece  of  ftraw- 
coloured  filk ;  look  fteadily  fbme  time  on  the  white  paper,  and  their  ■ 
move  the  center  of  your  eyes  on  the  filk,  and  a  fpeftrum  of  the  form 
of  the  paper  will  appear  on  the  filk,  of  a  deeper  yellow  than  the  other 
part  of  it :  for  the  central  part  of  the  retina,  having  been  fome  time 
expofed  to  the  ftimulus  of  a  greater  quantity  of  white  light,  is  become 
lefs  fenfible  to  a  fmaller  quantity  of  it,  and  therefore  fees  only  the 
yellow  rays  in  that  part  of  the  ftraw-coloured  filk. 

Fafts  fimilar  to  thefe  are  obfervable  in  other  parts  of  our  fyftem  : 
thus,  if  one  hand  be  made  warm,  and  the  other  expofed  to  the  cold, 
and  then  both  of  them  immerfed  in  fubtepid  water,  the  water  is  per- 
ceived warm  to  one  hand,  and  cold  to  the  other ;  and  we  are  not  able 
to  hear  weak  founds  for  fome  time  after  we  have  been  expofed  to  loud' 
ones  ;  and  we  feel  a'chillinefs  orr  coming  into  an  atmofphere  of  tem- 
perate warmth,  after  having  been  fome  time  confined  in  a  very  warm- 
room  :  and  hence  the  flomach,  and  other  organs  of  digeftion,  of  thofe 
who  have  been  habituated  to  the  greater  ftimulus  of  fpirituous  liquor^ 
are  not  excited  into  their  due  a£tion  by  the  lefs  ftimulus  of  common 
food  alone ;  of  which  the  immediate  confequence  is  indigeftion  anc? 
hypochondriacifmo 


nu  GfP 


Sect.  XL.  J.        OCULAR    SPECTRA.  54^ 


III.    Of  spectra  from  excess  of  sensibility. 

Tie  retina  is  irwre  eajily  excited  into  afiion  by  greater  irritation  after 
having  been  lately  fiibjecied  to  lefs^ 

T.  If  the  eyes  are  clofed,  and  covered  perfe6lly  with  a  bat,  for  a 
minute  or  two,  in  a  bright  day;  on  removing  the  hat  a  red  or  crimfon 
light  is  feen  through  the  eyelids.  In  this  experiment  the  retina,  after 
being  fome  tinae  kept  in  the  dark^  becomes  fo  fenfible  to  a  fmall  quan- 
^  tity  of  light,  as  to  perceive  difl:in£Uy  the  greater  quantity  of  red  rays- 
than  of  others  which  pafs  through  the  eyelids.  A  limilar  coloured, 
light  is  feen  to  pafs  through  the  edges  of  the  fingers,^  when  the  open, 
hand  is  oppofed  to  the  flame  of  a  candle. 

2.  If  you  look  for  fome  minutes  fteadily  on  a  window  in  the  be- 
ginning of  the  evening  twilight,,  or  in  a  dark  day,  and  then  move, 
your  eyes  a  little,,  io  that  thofe  parts  of  the  retina,,  on  which  the  dark, 
frame- work  of  the  window  was  delineated,,  may  now  fall  on  the  glafs 
part  of  it,  many  luminous^  lines,  reprefenting  the  frame- work,  will 
appear  to  lie  acrofs  the  glafs  panes  :  for  thofe  parts  of  the  retina,  which, 
•were  before  leaft  Simulated  by  the  dark  frame- work,  are  now  more-, 
feniible  to  light  than  the  other  parts  of  the  retina  which  were  expofed 
to  the  more  luminous  parts  of  the  window,. 

3.  Make  with  ink  on  white  paper  a  very  black  fpot,  about  half  aa 
inch  in  diameter,  with  a.  tail- about  an  inch  in  length,  fo  as  to  repre- 
fent  a  tadpole,  as  in  plate  2,  at  Se<£t.  III.  8.3.;  look,  fteadily  for  a 
minute  on  this  fpot,  aad,  on  moving  the  eye  a  little,,-  the  figure  of 
the  tadpole  will  be  feen  on  the  white  part  of  the  paper,  which  figure 
of  the  tadpole  will  appear  whiter  or  more  luminous  than  the  other 
parts  of  tha  white  paper;  for  the  part  of  the  retina  on  which  the  tad- 
pole was  delineated,  is  now  more  feniible  to  light  than  the  other  parts 

of 


542    ■  OCULAR    SPECTRA.         S.irT.XL.3.^ 

of  it,  which  were  expofed  to  the  white  paper.  This  experiment  13 
mentioned  by  Dr.  Irwin,  but  is  not  by  him  afcribed  to  the  true  caufe^ 
namely,  the  greater  fenfibility  of  that  part  of  the  retina  which  hasbeeii 
expofed  to  the  black  fpot,,than  of  the  other  parts  which  had  received 
the  white  field  of  paper,  which  is  put  beyond  a  doubt  by  the  next 
experiment. 

4.  On  clofing  the  eyes  after  viewing  the  black  fpot  on  the  white 
paper,  as  in  the  foregoing- experiment,  a  red  fpot  is  feen  of  the  form 
of  the  black  fpot:  for  that  part  of  the  retina,  on  which  the  black 
fpot  was  delineated,  being  novN'  more  fenfible  to  light  than  the  other 
parts  of  it,  which  were  expofed  to  the  white  paper,  is  capable  of  per- 
ceiving the  red  raj-s  which  penetrate  the  eyelids.  If  this  experiment 
be  made  by  the  light  of  a  tallow  candle,  the"  fpot  will  be  yellow  in- 
flead  of  red;  for  tallow  candles  abound  much  with  yellow  light, 
which  paffes  in  greater  quantity  and  force  through  the  eyelids  than 
blue  light;  hence  the  difficulty  of  diftinguifliing  blue  and  green  by 
this  kind  of  candle  light.  The  colour  of  the  fpedrum  may  pofilbly 
vary  in  the  daylight,  according  to  the  different  colour  of  the  meri- 
dian or  the  morning  or  evening  light. 

M.  Beguelin,  in  the  Berlin  Memoires,  V.  II.  1771,  obferves,  that, 
when  he  held  a  book  fo  that  the  fun' fhone  upon  his  half-clofed  eye- 
lids, the  black  letters,  which,  he  had  long  infpe6ted,  became  red, 
which  muft  have  been  thus  occafioned.  Thofe  parts  of  the  retina 
which  had  received  for  fome  time  the  black  letters,  were  fo  much 
more  fenfible  than  thofe  parts  which  had  been  oppofed  to  the  white 
paper,  that  to  the  former  the  red  light,  which  pafTed  through  the 
eyelids,  v.'as  perceptible.  There  is  a  limilar  ftory  told,  I  think,  in 
M.  de  Voltaire's  Hifi:orical  Works,  of  a  Duke  of  Tufcany,  who  was 
playing  at  dice  with  the  general  of  a  foreign  army,  and,  believing  he 
faw  bloody  fpots  upon  the  dice,  portended  dreadful  events,  and  retired 
in  conx"ufion.    Tlie  obfer-ver,  after  looking  for  a  minute  on  the  black 

fpots 


Sect.  XL.  3.        OCULAR     SPEC  T  R  A.  543: 

fpots  of  a  die,  and  carelefsly  clofing  his  eyes,  on  a  bright  day,  would 
lee  the  image  of  a  die  with  red  fpots  upon  it,  as  above  explained. 

5.  On  emerging  from  a  dark  cavern,  where  we  have  long  conti- 
luied,  the  light  of  a  bright  day  becomes  intolerable  to  the  eye  for  a 
Gonfiderable  time,  owing  to  the  excefs  of  fenfibility  exifting  in  the- 
eye,  after  having  been  long  expofed  to  little  or  no  ftimulus.  This 
©ccafions  iis  immediately,  to  contrad;  the  iris  to  its  fmalleft  aperture, 
which  becomes  again  gradually  dilated,  as  the  retina  becomes  accuf- 
tomed  to  the  greater  fhimulus  of  the  daylight. 

The  twinkling  of  a  bright  flar,  or  of  a  diftant  candle  in  the  night,. 
is  perhaps  owing  to  the  fame  caufe.   While  we  continue  to  look, upon 
thefe   luminous   objeds^    their  central,  parts   gradually  appear  paler,, 
owing  to  the  decreafing  fenfibilitv  of  the  part  of  the  retina  expofed  to 
their  light;   whilft,  at  the  fame  time,  by  the  unfleadinefs  of  the  ej^e,, 
the  edges  of  them  are  perpetually  falling  on  parts  of  the  retina  that; 
were  juft  before  expofed  to  the  darknefs  of  the  night,  and  therefore.- 
tenfold  more  fenfible  to  light  than  the- part  on  which,  the  flar  cr  candle 
had  been  for  fome  time  delineated.     This  pains  the  eye  in  a  iimilar- 
manner  as   when  we  come  fuddenly  from  a  dark  'room  into  bright, 
daylight,  and  gives  the  appearance   of  bright   fcintillations.     Hence, 
the  ftars  twinkle  moft  when  the  night  is  darkeft,  and  do  not  twinkle _- 
through  telefcopes,  as  obferved  by  MuiTchenbroeck;  and.it  will  after- 
wards be  feen  why  this  twinkling  is  forrietimes  of  different  colours 
when  the  objecb  is  very  bright,  as  Mr.  Meivill  obferved  in  looking  at 
Si'rius.     For  the  opinions  of  others  on  this  fubjeft,  fee  Dr.Prieftley's 
valuable  Hiftory  of  Light  and  Colours,  p.  494* 

Many  facts  obfervable  in  the  animal  fyftera  are  fimilar  to  thefe;  as- 
the  hot  glow  occaiioned  by  the  ufual  warmth  of  the  air,  or  our 
clothes,  on  coming  out  of  a  cold  bath  ;.  the  pain  of  the  fingers  on  ap- 
.proaching  the  fire  after  having  handled  fnowj  and  the  inflamed  heels 
from  walking  in  fnow.  Hence  thofe  who  have  been  expofed  to  much 
.cold,  have  died  on  being  Drought  to  a  fire,  .or  their  limbs  have  become, 
'       '  -  fo 


344  OCULAR    SPECTRA.        SccT.XL.4, 

-fo  much  inflamed  as  to  mortify.  Hence  much  food  or  wine  given 
fuddenly  to  thofe  who  have  almoft  periftied  by  hunger  has  deftroyed 
them }  for  all  the  organs  of  the  famiflied  body  are  now  become  To 
■much  more  irritable  to  the  ftimulus  of  food  and  wine,  which  they 
have  long  been  deprived  of,  that  inflammation  is  excited,  which  ter- 
minates in  gangrene  or  fever* 


IV.    Of  direct  ocular  spectra. 

^  quantity  of  fiimulus  fomewhat  greater  than  natural  excites  the  retina 
into  Jpafmodic  aUion^  which  ceajes  in  a  few  feconds . 

A  CERTAIN  duration  and  energy  oftheflimulus  of  light  and  colours 
excites  the  perfe£l  a£iion  of  the  retina  in  vifion  ;  for  very  quick  mo- 
tions are  imp-erceptible  to  us,  as  well  as  very  flow  ones,  as  the 
■whirling  of  a  top,  or  the  Ihadow  on  a  fun-dial.  So  perfe£l  darknefs 
does  not  afFe£b  the  eye  at  all ;  an-d  excefs  of  hght  produces  pain,  not 
-vifion. 

I.  When  a  fire-coal  is  whirled  round  in  the  dark,  a  lucid  circle 

remains  a  confiderable  time  in  the  eye;  and  that  with  fo  much  vivacity 

of  light,  'that  it  is  miftaken  for  a  continuance  of  the  irritation  of  the 

•objed.    'In  the  fame  manner,  when  a  fiery  meteor  fhoots  acrofs  the 

night,  it  appears  to  leave  a  long  lucid  train  behind  it,  part  of  which, 

and  perhaps  fometimes  the  whole,  is  owing  to  the  continuance  of  the 

a^Sion  of  the  retina  after  having  been  thus  vividly  excited.     This  is 

"beautifully  illuflrated  by  the  following  experiment:  fix  a  paper  fail, 

three  or  four  inches  in  diameter,  and  made  like  that  of  a  fmoke  jack, 

in  a  tube  of  pafteboard ;  on  looking  through  the  tube  at  a  diflrant  pro- 

•fpeft,  fome  disjointed  parts  of  it  will  be  feen  through  the  narrow  inter- 

rvals  between  the  fails;  but  as  the  fly  begins  t^  revolve,  thefe  interval-s 

•appear 


Sect.  XL.  4.        OCULAR     SPECTRA.  545 

appear  larger ;   and  when  it  revolves  quicker,  the  whole  profped:  is 
feen  quite  as  diftindt  as  if  nothing  intervened,  though  lefs  luminous. 

2.  Look  through  a  dark  tube,  about  half  a  yard  long,  at  the  area 
of  a  yellow  circle  of  half  an  inch  diameter,  lying  upon  a  blue  area  of 
double  that  diameter,  for  half  a  minute;  and  on  clofuig  your  eyes  the 
colours  of  the  fpeftrum  will  appear  fimilar  to  the  two  areas,  as  ia 
fig.  3.;  but  if  the  eye  is  kept  too  long  upon  them,  the  colours  of  the 
fpeftrum  v/ill  be  the  reverfe  of  thofe  upon  the  paper,  that  is,  the  in- 
ternal circle  will  become  blue,  and  the  external  area  yellow ;  hence 
fome  attention  is  required  in  making  this  experiment. 

3.  Place  the  bright  flame  of  a  fpermaceti  caudle  before  a  black  ob- 
je<St  in  the  night ;  look  fteadily  at  it  for  a  ITiort  time,  till  it  is  obferved 
to  become  fomewhat  paler  ;  and  on  doling  the  eyes,  and  covering 
them  carefully,  but  not  fo  as  to  comprefs  them,  the  image  of  the 
blazing  candle  will  continue  diftlndlly  to  be  vifible. 

4.  Look  fleadily,  for  a  fhort  time,  at  a  window  in  a  dark  day,  as  in 
Exp,  2.  Sedl.  III.  and  then  clofingyour  eyes,  and  covering  them  with 
your  hands,  an  exaS:  delineation  of  the  window  remains  for  fome  time 
%'ifible  in  the  eye.  This  experiment  requires  a  little  practice  to  make 
it  fucceed  well ;  fince,  if  the  eyes  are  fatigued  by  looking  too  long  on 
the  window,  or  the  day  be  too  bright,  the  luminous  parts  of  the  win- 
dow will  appear  dark  in  the  fpeftrum,  and  the  dark  parts  of  the 
frame-work  will  appear  luminous,  as  in  Exp.  2.  Sedl.  III.  And  it  is 
even  difficult  for  many,  who  firft  try  this  experiment,  to  perceive  the 
fpeclrum  at  all ;  for  any  hurry  of  mind,  or  even  too  great  attention  to- 
the  fpeftrum  itfelf,  will  difappoint  them,  till  they  have  had  a  little 
experience  in  attending  to  fuch  fmall  fenfations. 

The  fpciStra  defcribed  in  this  feftion,  termed  direct  ocular  fpectra, 
are  produced  without  much  fatigue  of  the  eye ;  the  irritation  of  the 
luminous  objedl  being  foon  withdrawn,  or  its  quantity  of  light  being 
not  fo  great  as  to  produce  any  degree  of  uneafineis  in  the  organ  of 
vifion;  which  diflinguifhes  them  from  the  next  clafs  of  ocular  fpeclra, 

4  A  which 


546  OCULAR    SPECTRA.        SECT.XL.5. 

which  are  the  confequence  of  fatigue.  Thefe  diredl  fpedra  are  beft 
obferved  in  fuch  circumftances  that  no  light,  but  what  comes  from 
the  objeft,  can  fall  upon  the  eye ;  as  in  looking  through  a  tube,  of 
half  a  yard  long,  and  an  inch  wide,  at  a  yellow  paper  on  the  fide  of  a 
room,  the  dire£l  fpeftrum  was  eafily  produced  on  clofing  the  eye  with- 
out takino;  it  from  the  tube  :  but  if  the  lateral  light  is  admitted  through 
the  eyelids,  or  by  throwing  the  fpedlrum  on  white  paper,  it  becomes 
a  reverfe  fpe£lrum,  as  will  be  explained  below. 

The  other  fenfes  alfo  retain  for  a  time  the  impreffions  that  have 
been  made  upon  them,  or  the  aiSlions  they  have  been  excited  into. 
So  if  a  hard  body  is  preffed  upon  the  palm  of  the  hand,  as  is  pra«9:ifed 
in  tricks  of  legerdemain,  it  is  not  eafy  to  diftinguifh  for  a  few  fecoiids 
whether  it  remains  or  is  removed  j  and  taftes  continue  long  to  exift 
vividly  in  the  mouth,  as  the  fmoke  of  tobacco,  or  the  tafte  of  gentian, 
after  the  fapid  material  is  withdrawn. 


V.  A  quantity  of  Jlhnulus  fomewbat  greater  than  the  lajl  mentioned 
excites  the  retina  into  fpafmodlc  a£llon^  which  ceafes  and  recurs' 
alternately. 

1.  On  looking  for  a  time  on  the  fetting  fun,  fo  as  not  greatly  to 
fatigue  the  fight,  a  yellow  fpedtrum  is  feen  when  the  eyes  are  clofed 
and  covered,  which  continues  for  a  time,  and  then  difappears  and  re- 
curs repeatedly  before  it  entirely  vanifhes.  This  yellow  fpedrum  of 
the  fun  when  the  eyelids  are  opened  becomes  blue  ;  and  if  it  is  made 
to  fall  on  the  green  grafs,  or  on  other  coloured  objedls,  it  varies  its 
own  colour  by  an  intermixture  of  theirs,  a-s  will  be  explained  in  ano- 
ther place. 

2.  Place  a  lighted  fpermaceti  candle  in  the  night  about  one  foot 
from  your  eye,  and  look  fleadily  on  the  centre  of  the  flame,  till  your 

eye 


Sect.XL.6.        ocular    SPECTRA.  547 

eye  becomes  much  more  fatigued  than  in  Sedl.  IV.  Exp.  3. ;  and  0:1 
clofing  your  eyes  a  reddifh  fpetlrum  will  be  perceived,  which  will 
ceafe  and  return  alternately. 

The  adlion  of  vomiting  in  like  manner  ceafes,  and  is  renewed  by 
intervals,  although  the  emetic  drug  is  thrown  up'with  the  firft  effort : 
fo  after-pains  continue  fome  time  after  parturition  ;  and  the  alternate 
pulfations  of  the  heart  of  a  viper  are  renewed  for  fome  time  after  it  is 
cleared  from  its  blood. 


VI.    Of  reverse  ocular  spectra. 

S'he  ret'ma  after  having  been  excited  into  action  by  a  (iimuliis  fomeivhat 
greater  than  the  laji  mentioned  falls  into  oppojite  fpafmodic  adtion. 

The  aftions  of  every  part  of  animal  bodies  may  be  advantageoufly 
compared  with  each  other.  This  ftrict  analogy  contributes  much  to 
the  inveftigation  of  truth  ;  while  thofe  loofer  analogies,  which  com- 
pare the  phenomena  of  animal  life  with  thofe  of  cheraiftry  or  me- 
chanics, only  ferve  to  miflead  our  inquiries. 

When  any  of  our  larger  mufcles  have  been  in  long  or  in  violent 
adion,  and  their  antagonifls  have  been  at  the  fame  time  extended,  as 
foon  as  the  action  of  the  former  ceafes,  the  limb  is  ftretched  the  con- 
trary way  for  our  eafe,  and  a  pandiculation  or  yawning  takes  place. 

By  the  following  obfervations  it  appears,  that  a  fimilar  circumftance 
obtains  in  the  organ  of  vifion ;  after  it  has  been  fatigued  by  one  kind 
of  action,  it  fpontaneoufly  falls  into  the  oppofite  khid. 

].  Place  a  piece  of  coloured  filk,  about  an  inch  in  diameter,  on  a 
fheet  of  white  paper,  about  half  a  yard  from  your  eyes;  look  fleadily 
upon  it  for  a  minute ;  then  remove  your  eyes  upon  another  part  of  the 
white  paper,  and  a  fpeclrum  will  be  feen  of  the  form  of  the  filk 
thus  infpeded,   but  of  a  colour  oppofite  to  it.     A,  fpedrum  nearly 

4  A  2  fimilar 


548  OCULAR    SPECTRA.        Sect.XL.6, 

fimilar  will  appear  if  the  eyes  are  clofed,  and  the  eyelids  (haded  by  ap- 
proaching the  hand  near  them,  fo  as  to  permit  fome,  but  to  prevent 
too  much  light  falling  on  them. 

Red  filk  produced  a  green  fpedlrum. 

Green  produced  a  red  one. 

Orange  produced  blue. 

Blue  produced  orange. 

Yellow  produced  violet. 

Violet  produced  yellow. 
That  in  thefe  experiments  the  colours  of  the  fpe£tra  are  the  reverfe 
of  the  colours  which  occafioned  them,  may  be  feen  by  examining  the 
third  figure  in  Sir  Ifaac  Newton's  Optics,  L.  II.  p.  i,  where  thofe 
thin  lamin;£  of  air,  which  reflefted  yellow,  tranfmitted  violet ;  thofe 
which  refle£led  red,  tranfmitted  a  blue-green ;  and  fo  of  the  reft, 
agreeing  with  the  experiments  above  related. 

2.  Thefe  reverfe  fpe£tra  are  fimilar  to  a  colour,  formed  by  a  com- 
bination of  all  the  primary  colours  except  that  with  which  the  eye 
has  been  fatigued  in  making  the  experiment :  thus  the  reverfe 
fpeiflrum  of  red  muft  be  fuch  a  green  as  would  be  produced  by  a  com- 
bination of  all  the  other  prifmatic  colours.  To  evince  this  fadl  the 
following  fatisfadlory  experiment  was  made.  The  prifmatic  colours 
were  laid  on  a  circular  pafteboard  wheel,  about  four  inches  in  dia- 
meter, in  the  proportions  defcribed  in  Dr.  Prieflley's  Hiflory  of  Light 
and  Colours,  pi.  12.  fig.  83.  except  that  the  red  compartment  was 
entirely  left  out,  and  the  others  proportionably  extended  fo  as  to  com- 
plete the  circle.  Then,  as  the  orange  is  a  mixture  of  red  and  yellow, 
and  as  the  violet  is  a  mixture  of  red  and  indigo,  it  became  neceffary 
to  put  yellow  on  the  wheel  inftead  of  orange,  and  indigo  inflead  of 
violet,  that  the  experiment  might  more  exaftly  quadrate  with  the 
theory  it  was  defigned  to  eftablifli  or  confute;  becaufe  in  gaining  a 
green  fpedlrum  from  a  red  objeft,  the  eye  is  fuppofed  to  have  become 
infenfible  to  red  light.     This  wheel,  by  means  of  an  axis,  was  made 

6  to 


Sect.XL.  7.        OCULAR    SPECTRA.  549 

to  whirl  like  a  top ;  and  on  its  being  put  in  motion,  a  green  colour 
was  produced,  correfponding  with  great  exadnefs  to  the  reverfe 
fpe£trum  of  red. 

3.  In  contemplating  any  one  of  thefe  reverfe  fpeclra  in  the  clofed 
and  covered  eye,  it  difappears  and  re-appears  feveral  times  fiicceflively, 
till  at  length  it  entirely  vanifhes,  like  the  diredl  fpeclra  in  Se£l.  V, ; 
but  with  this  additional  circumftance,  that  when  the  fpedlrum  be- 
comes faint  or  evanefcent,  it  is  inftantly  revived  by  removing  the 
hand  from  before  the  eyelids,  fo  as  to  admit  more  light :  becaufe 
then  not  only  the  fatigued  part  of  the  retina  is  inclined  fpontaneoufly 
to  fall  into  motions  of  a  contrary  direftion,  but  being  ftill  fenfible  to 
all  other  rays  of  light,  except  that  with  which  it  was  lately  fatigued, 
is  by  thefe  rays  at  the  fame  time  Simulated  into  thofe  motions  which 
form  the  reverfe  fpeiftrum. 

From  thefe  experiments  there  is  reafon  to  conclude,  that  the  fa- 
tigued part  of  the  retina  throws  itfelf  into  a  contrary  mode  of  adlion, 
like  ofcitation  or  pandiculation,  as  foon  as  the  ftimulus  which  has  fa- 
tigued it  is  withdrawn ;  and  that  it  flill  remains  fenfible,  that  is,  liable 
to  be  excited  into  action  by  any  other  colours  at  the  fame  time,  ex- 
cept the  colour  with  which  it  has  been  fatigued. 

VII.  The  retina  after  having  been  excited  itito  aSlion  by  a  fiimulus  fome- 
what  greater  than  the  laji  mentioned  falls  into  various  fiiccefrce 
fpafmodtc  aciiofis. 

I.  On  looking  at  the  meridian  fun  as  long  as  the  eyes  can  well 
bear  its  brightnefs,  the  difk  firfl  becomes  pale,  with  a  luminous 
crefcent,  which  feems  to  librate  from  one  edge  of  it  to  the  other, 
owing  to  the  unfteadinefs  of  the  eye;  then  the  whole  phafis  of  the 
fun  becomes  blue,  furrounded  with  a  white  halo;  and  on  clofins:  the 
eyes,  and  covering  them  with  the  hands,  a  yellow  fpectrum  is 
feen,  which  in  a  little  time  changes  into  a  blue  one. 

M.  de 


550  OCULAR    SPECTRA.        Sect. XL.  7, 

M.  de  la  Hire  obferved,  after  looking  at  the  bright  fun,  that  the 
impreffion  in  his  eye  firft  affumed  a  yellow  appearance,  and  then, 
green,  and  then  blue ;  and  wifhes  to  afcribe  thefe  appearances  to 
ifome  afFedlion  of  the  nerves.       (Porterfield  on  the   Eye,    Vol.  I. 

P-  343-) 

2.  After   looking  fleadily  on  about  an  inch  fquare  of  pink  filk, 

placed  on  white  paper,  in  a  bright  funfliine,  at  the  diftance  of  a  foot 
from  my  eyes,  and  clofing  and  covering  my  eyelids,  the  fpeftrum  of 
the  filk  was  at  firft  a  dark  green,  and  the  fpeftrum  of  the  white  paper 
became  of  a  pink.  The  fpe£tra  then  both  difappeared  ;  and  then  the 
internal  fpeftrum  was  blue ;  and  then,  after  a  fecond  difappeararrce, 
became  yellow,  and  laftly  pitik,  whilfl  the  fpe£trum  of  the  field  va- 
ried into  red  and  green. 

Thefe  fucceffions  of  different  coloured  fpeftra  were  not  exaftly  the 
lame  in  the  different  experiments,  though  obferved,  as  near  as  could 
•be,  with  the  fame  quantity  of  light,  and  other  fimilar  circumftances  ; 
owing,  I  fuppofe,  to  trying  too  many  experiments  at  a  time  ;  fo  that 
the  eye  was  not  quite  free  from  the  fpeftra  of  the  colours  which  were 
previoufly  attended  to. 

The  alternate  exertions  of  the  retina  in  the  preceding  fe£lion  re- 
fembled  the  ofcitation  or  pandiculation  of  the  mufcles,  as  they  were 
performed  in  dire6lions  contrary  to  each  other,  and  were  the  confe- 
quence  of  fatigue  rather  than  of  pain.  And  in  this  they  differ  from 
the  fucceffive  diflimilar  exertions  of  the  retina,  mentioned  in  this  fec- 
tion,  which  refemble  in  miniature  the  more  violent  agitations  of  the 
limbs  in  convulfive  difeafes,  as  epilepfy,  chorea  S.  Viti,  and  opiftho- 
tonos  ;  all  which  difeafes  are  perhaps,  at  firft,  the  confequence  of 
pain,  and  have  their  periods  afterwards  eftiablifiied  by  habit. 


VIII.  The 


Sect.XL.8.9.        ocular    SPECTRA*  551 


VIII.  'TBs  retina,  after  having  been  excited  into  aEiion  by  a  flimulus  fonte' 
what  greater  than  the  lajt  mentioned^  J  alls  into  a  fixed  fpafmodic 
a£liony  which  continues  for  fame  days, 

I.  After  having  looked  long  at  the  meridian  fun,  in  making  fome 
of  the  preceding  experiments,  till  the  diiks  faded  into  a  pale  blue,  I 
frequently  obferved  a  bright  blue  fpe6trum  of  the  fun  on  other  objeds 
all  the  next  and  the  fucceedlng  day,  which  conftantly  occurred  when  I 
attended  to  it,  and  frequently  when  I  did  not  previoufly  attend  to  it. 
When  I  clofed  and  covered  my  eyes,  this  appeared  of  a  dull  yellow; 
and  at  other  times  mixed  with  the  colours  of  other  objefls  on  which 
it  was  thrown.  It  may  be  imagined,  that  this  part  of  the  retina  was 
become  infenfible  to  white  light,  and  thence  a  bluifli  fpedlrum  became 
vifible  on  all  luminous  objefts  ;  but  as  a  yellowifli  fpeftrum  was  alfo 
feen  in  the  clofed  and  covered  eye,  there  can  remain  no  doubt  of  this 
being  the  fpedlrum  of  the  fun.  A  fimilar  appearance  was  obferved  b^ 
M.  ^pinus,  which  he  acknowledges  he  could  give  no  account  of. 
(Nov.  Com.  Petrop.  V.  10.  p.  2.  and  6.) 

The  locked  jaw,,  and  fome  cataleptic  fpafms,  are  refembled  by  this 
phenomenon  ;  and  from  hence  we  may  learn  the  danger  to  the  eye  by 
infpedling  very  luminous  objeds  too  long  a  time. 


IX.  A  quantity  of  jiimulus  greater  than  the  preceding  induces  a  temporary 
paralyfis  of  the  organ  ofvifion. 

I.  Place  a  circular  piece  of  bright  red  filk,  about  half  an  inch  in 
diameter,  on  the  middle  of  a  fheet  of  white  paper  ;  lay  them  on  the 
floor  in.  a  bright  funfliine,  and  fixing  your  eyes  fteadily  on  the.  center 
of  the  red  circle,  for  three  or  four  minutes,  at  the  diftance  of  four  01: 

•      fix 


«;52  'OCULAR    SPECTRA,        Sect.XL.io. 

fix  feet  from  the  obje£l,  the  red  filk  will  gradually  become  paler,  and 
finally  ceafe  to  appear  red  at  all. 

2.  Similar  to  thefe  are  many  other  animal  fa(5ls ;  as  purges,  opiates, 
and  even  poifons,  and  contagious  matter,  ceafe  to  ftimulate  our  fyftem, 
after  we  have  been  habituated  to  their  ufe.  So  fome  people  deep  un- 
difturbed  by  a  clock,  or  even  by  a  forge  hammer  in  their  neighbour- 
hood :  and  not  only  continued  irritations,  but  violent  exertions  of  any 
kind,  are  fucceeded  by  temporary  paralyfis.  The  arm  drops  down 
after  violent  aftion,  and  continues  for  a  time  ufelefs;  and  it  is  probable, 
that  thofe  who  have  perifhed  fuddenly  in  fwimming,  or  in  fcating  on 
the  ice,  have  owed  their  deaths  to  the  paralyfis,  or  extreme  fatigue, 
which  fucceeds  every  violent  and  continued  exertiono 


X.   Miscellaneous  Remarks, 

There  were  fome  circumftances  occurred  in  making  thefe  experi- 
tnents,  which  were  liable  to  alter  the  refults  of  them,  and  which  I 
fhall  here  mention  for  the  affiftance  of  others,  who  may  wifli  to  re- 
peat them. 


J.  Of  SreSi  and  inverfe  fpeBra  extjiing  ai  the  fame  time',  of  reciprocal 
dlredi  fpe&ra-,  of  a  cofnbination  of  direct  and  inverfe  fpeBra  ;  of  a 
fpediral  halo  ;  rules  to  fre- determine  the  colours  of  fpedlra, 

n.  When  an  area,  about  fix  inches  fquare,  of  bright  pink  Indian 
paper,  had  been  viewed  on  an  area,  about  a  foot  fquare,  of  white 
writing  paper,  the  internal  fpedlrum  in  the  clofed  eye  was  green, 
beino-  the  reverfe  fpeftrum  of  the  pink  paper ;  and  the  external  fpec- 
trum  was  pink,  being  the  dired  fpedrum  of  the  pink  paper.     The 

fame 


Sect.XL/io.        CCULAR    spectra.  553 

fame  circumilance  happened  when  the  internal  area  was  white,  and 
external  one  pink  ;  that  is,  the  internal  fpeftrum  was  pink,  and  the 
external  one  green.  All  the  fanie  appearances  occurred  when  the  pink 
paper  was  laid  on  a  black  hat. 

b.  When  fix  inches  iquare  of  deep  violet  pohOTed  paper  was  viewed 
on  a  foot  fquare  of  Vv^hite  writing  paper,  the  internal  fpedrum  was 
yellow,  being  the  reverfe  fpcLlrum  of  the  violet  paper,  and  the 
external  one  was  violet,  being  the  dired  fpedrum  of  the  violet 
paper. 

c.  When  fix  inches  fquare  of  pink  paper  was  viewed  on  a  foot 
fquare  of  blue  paper,  the  internal  fpeclrum  was  blue,  and  the  exter- 
nal fpeftrum  was  pink  ;  that  is,  the  internal  one  was  the  dire6l  fpec- 
trum  of  the  external  object,  and  the  external  one  was  the  direct  fpec- 
trum  of  the  internal  objedl,  inftead  of  their  being  each  the  reverfe 
fpedlrum  of  the  objects  they  belonged  to. 

d.  When  fix  inches  fquare  of  blue  paper  were  viewed  on  a  foot 
fquare  of  yellow  paper,  the  interior  fpedtrum  became  a  brilliant  yel- 
low, and  the  exterior  one  a  brilliant  blue.  The  vivacity  of  the 
fpe£tra  was  owing  to  their  being  excited  both  by  the  itimulus  of  the 
interior  and  exterior  objects  ;  fo  that  the  interior  yellow  fpectrum 
was  both  the  reverfe  fpedtrum  of  the  blue  paper,  and  the  direct 
one  of  the  yellow  paper  ;  and  the  exterior  blue  fpeftrum  was  both 
the  reverfe  fpedtrum  of  the  yellow,  paper,  and  the  diredt  one  of  the 
blue  paper. 

e.  When  the  internal  area  was  only  a  fquar-e  half- inch  of  red  paper, 
laid  on  a  fquare  foot  of  dark  violet  paper,  the  internal  fpe£trum  was 
green,  with  a  reddifli-blue  halo.  When  the  red  internal  paper  was 
two  inches  fquare,  the  internal  fpeitrum  was  a  deeper  green,  and  the 
external  one  redder.  When  the  internal  paper  was  fix  inches  fquare, 
the  fpe£trum  of  it  became  blue,  and  the  fpedbrura  of  the  extertial  paper 
was  red. 

4B  /.When 


S;54-  OCULAR     SPECTRA.        Sect.  XL.  t o. 

J\  When  a  fquare  half-inch  of  blue  paper  was  laid  on  a  fix-inch 
fquare  of  yellow  paper,  the  fpe«3:rum  of  the  central  paper  in  the 
clofed  eye  vvas  yellow,  incircled  with  a  blue  halo.  On  looking  long 
©n  the  meridian  fun,  the  dilk  fades  in-to  a  pale  blue  furrounded  with  a. 
whitifli  halo. 

Thefe  circumftances,  though  they  very  much  perplexed  the  ex- 
periments till  they  were  inveftigated,  admit  of  a  fatisfailory  explana- 
tion ;.  for  while  the  rays  from  the  bright  internal  objedl  in  exp.  a.  fall 
with  their  full  force  on  the  center  of  the  retina,  and,  by  fatiguing 
that  part  of  it,  induce  the  reverfe  fpedtrum,  many  fcattered  rays,  from 
the  fame  internal  pink  paper,  fall  on  the  more  external  parts  of  the 
retina,  but  not  in  fuch  quantity  as  to  occafion  much  fatigue,  and 
hence  induce  the  dired  fpedlrum  of  the  pink  colour  in  thofe  parts  of 
the  eye.  The  fame  reverfe  and  direft  fpe£tra  occur  from  the  violet 
paper  in  exp.  ^.  .*  and  in  exp;  c.  the  fcattered  rays  from  the  central 
pink  paper  produce  a  diredl  fpedrum  of  this  colour  on  the  external 
parts  of  the  eye,  while  the  fcattered  rays  from  the  external  blue 
paper  produce  a  diredl  fpeftrum  of  that  colour  on  tke  central  part  of 
the  eye,  inftead  of  thefe  parts  of  the  retina  falling  reciprocally  into 
their  reverfe  fpedra.  In  exp.  d.  the  colours  being  the  reverfe  of  each, 
other,  the  fcattered  rays  from  the  exterior  objeft  falling  on  the  cen- 
tral parts  of  the  eye,  and  there  exciting  their  direct  fpedtrum,  at  the 
fame  time  that  the  retina  was  excited  into  a  reverfe  fpeftrum  by  the 
central  objeft,  and  this  diredt  and  reverfe  fpe6lrum  being  of  fimilar 
colour,  the  fuperior  brilliancy  of  this  fpeftrum  was  produced.  la 
exp.  e.  the  efFeit  of  various  quantities  of  ftimulus  on  the  retina,  from 
the  different  refpeftive  fizes  of  the  internal  and  external  areas,,  induced: 
a  fpe£lrum  of  the  internal  area  in  the  center  of  the  eye,  combined  of 
the  reverfe  fpeftrum  of  that  internal  area  and  the  direct  one  of  the  ex- 
ternal area,  in  various  (hades  of  colour,  from  a  pale  green  to  a  deep 
blue,  with  fimilar  changes  in  the  fpedtruna  of  the  external  area,.     For 

the. 


Sect.  XL.  lo.        OCULAR    SPECTRA.  555 

the  fame  reafons,  when  an  internal  bright  obje6t  was  fmall,  as  in 
,exp.  y^  inflead  of  the  whole  of  the  fpe6trunn  of  the  external  objeft 
being  reverfe  to  the  colour  of  the  internal  objeft,  only  a  kind  of  halo, 
or  radiation  of  colour,  fimilar  to  that  of  the  internal  objeft,  was 
fpread  a  little  way  on  the  external  fpeftrum.  For  this  internal 
blue  area  being  fo  fmall,  the  fcattered  rays  from  it  extended  but  a  lit- 
tle way  on  the  image  of  the  external  area  of  j^ellow  paper,  and  could 
therefore  produce  only  a  blue  halo  round  the  yellow  fpeftrum  in  the 
center. 

if  any  one  fhould  fufpedl  that  the  fcattered  rays  from  the  exterior 
coloured  obje6l  do  not  intermix  with  the  rays  from  the  interior  co- 
loured object,  and  thus  affeft  the  central  part  of  the  eye,  let  him  look 
through  an  opake  tube,  about  two  feet  in  length,  and  an  inch  in  di- 
ameter, at  a  coloured  wall  of  a  room  with  one  eye,  and  with  the 
other  eye  naked  ;  and  he  will  find,  that  by  fliutting  out  the  lateral 
light,  the  area  of  the  wall  feen  through  a  tube  appears  as  if  illumi- 
nated by  the  funfhine,  compared  with  the  other  parts  of  it;  from 
whence  arifes  the  advantage  of  looking  through  a  dark  tube  at  diftaut 
paintings. 

Hence  we  may  fafely  deduce  the  following  rules  to  determine  be- 
■  fore-hand  the  colours  of  all  fpedlra.  i.  The  dire6l  fpedlrum  without 
any  lateral  light  is  an  evanefcent  reprefentation  of  its  abje6t  in  the  un- 
fatigued  eye.  2.  With  forne  lateral  light  it  becomes  of  a  colour  com- 
bined of  the  dire£t  fpeftrum  of  the  central  obje6t,  and  of  the  circum- 
jacent obje6ls,  in  proportion  to  their  refpedtive  quantity  and  brilli- 
ancy. 3.  The  reverfe  fpedtrum  without  lateral  light  is  a  reprefenta- 
tion in  the  fatigued  eye  of  the  form  of  its  objedls,  with  fuch  a  colour 
as  would  be  produced  by  all  the  primary  colours,  except  that  of  the 
objeft.  4.  With  lateral  light  the  colour  is  compounded  of  the  re- 
verfe fpeftrum  of  the  central  objecfl,  and  the  direft  fpedlrum  of  the 
circumjacent  objefts,  in  proportion  to  their  refpe<£liVe  quantity  and 
brilliancy. 

■4  B   2  2.  Variation 


556  OCULAR     SPECTRA.        Sect,  XL.  lo. 


z.  Variation  and  vlvaciiy  of  the  fpecira  occajioned  by  extraneous  light. 

The  reverfe  fpedrura,  as  has  been  before  explained,  ia  fimilar  to  a 
colour,  formed  by  a  combination  of  all  the  primary  colours,  except 
tha-t  with  which  the  eye  has  been  fatigued  in  making  the  experiment : 
fo  the  reverfe  fpectrum  of  red  is  fuch  a  gretn  as  would  be  produced 
by  a  combination  of  all  the  other. prifmatic  colours.  Now  it  muft  be 
obferved,  that  this  reverfe  fpedrum  of  red  is  therefore  the  dired  fpec- 
trum of  a  combination  of  all  the  other  prifmatic  colours,  except  the 
red  ;  whence,-  on  removing  the  eye  from  a  piece  of  red  filk  to  a  fheet 
of  white  paper,  the  green  fpedrum,  which  is  perceived,,  may  either 
be  called  the  reverfe  fpeftrum  of  the  red  filk,  or  the  dire6l  fpeclrum' 
of  all  the  rays  from  the  white  paper,,  except  the  red ;  for  in  truth  it 
is  both.  Hence  we  fee  the  reafon  why  it  is  not  eafy  to  gain  a  dtredl 
fpeftrum  of  any  coloured  objeil  in  the  day-time,  where  there  is  much 
lateral  light,  except  of  very  bright  objefts,  as  of  the  fetting  fun,  or. 
by  looking  through  an  opake  tube  j  becaufe  the  lateral  external  light 
falling  alfo  on  the  central  part  af  the  retina,  contributes  to  induce  the 
reverfe  fpe(3:rum,  which  is  at  the  fame  time  the  diredl  fpedrum-o£ 
that  lateral  light,  dedudling  only  the  colour  of  the  central  objedl  which 
we  have  been  viewing.  And  for  the  fame  reafon,  it  is  difficult  to 
oain  the  reverfe  fpedrum,  where  there  is  no  lateral  light  to  contri- 
bute to  its  formation.  Thus,  in  looking  through  an  opake  tube  on  a 
yellow  wall,  and  clofing  my  eye,  without  admitting  any  lateral  light, 
the  fpedlra  were  all  at  firft  yellow  ;  but  at  Length  changed  into  blue. 
And  on  looking  in  the  fame  manner  on  red  paper,  I  did  at  length  get 
a  ^reen  fpe£lrum  ;  but  they  were  all  at  firfl  red  ones  :  and  the  fame 
after  looking  at  a  candle  in  the  night. 

-    The  reverfe  fpedrum  was  formed  with  greater  facility  when  the 
/  eye 


Sect. XL.  lo.        OCULAR     SPECTRA..  557 

eye  was  thrown  from  the  object  on  a  fheet  of  vshite  paper,  or  when 
light  was  admitted  through  the  clofed  eyelids;  becaufe  not  only  the 
fatigued  part  of  the  retina  was  inclined  fpontaneoufly  to  fall  into  mo- 
tions of  a  contrary  diredion  ;  but  being  ftill  fenfible  to  all  other  rays  of 
light  except  that  v/lth  which  it  was  lately  fatigued,  was  by  thefe  rays 
Simulated  at  the  fame  time  into  thofe  motions  which  form  the  reverfe 
fpedrum.  Hence,  when  the  reverfe  fpedtrum  of  any  colour  became 
faint,  it  was  wonderfully  revived  by  admitting  more  light  through 
the  eyelids,  by  removing  the  hand  from  before  them  :  and  hence,  on 
covering  the  clofed  eyelids,  the  fpeclrum  would  often  ceaie  for  a  time» 
till  the  retina  became  fenuble  to  the  ftimulus  of  the  fmaller  quantity 
of  light,  and  then  it  recurred.  Nor  was  the  fpeclrum  only  changed 
in  vivacity,  or  in  degree,  by  this  adinifiion  of  light  through  the  ej'^e- 
lids  ;  but  it  frequently  happened,  after  having  viewed  bright  obje6ls». 
that  the  fpedrum  in  the  clofed  and  covered  eye  was  changed  into  a 
third  fpedrum,  when  light  was  admitted  through  the  eyelids :  whiclx 
third  fpedrum  was  compofed  of  fuch  colours  as  could  pafs  through 
the  eyelids,  except  thofe  of  the  objedt-  Thus,  when  an  area  of  halF 
an  inch  diameter  of  pink  paper  was  viewed,  on  a  fheet  of  white  paper 
in  the  funfhine,  the  fpedrum  with  clofed  and  covered  eyes  was  green  j 
but  on  removing  the  hands  from  before  the  clofed  eyelids,  the  fpec- 
trum  became  yellow,  and  returned  infiiantly  again  to  green,  as  often 
as  the  hands  were  applied  to  cover  tke  eyelids,  or  removed  from  them  : 
for  the  retina  being  now  infenfible  to  red  light,  the  yellow  rays  paff- 
ing  through  the  eyelids  in  greater  quantity  than  the  other  colours,. 
induced  a  yellow  Ipeclrum  ;  whereas  if  the  fpeftrum  was  thrown  on 
white  paper,   with  the  eyes  open,   it  became  only  a  lighter  green. 

Though  a  certain  quantity  of  light  facilitates  the  formation  of  the 
reverfe  fpeftrum,  a  greater  quantity  prevents  its  formation,  as  the 
more  powerful  ftimulus  excites  even  the  fatigued  parts  of  the  eve  into 
aftion  ;  otherwife  we  fhould  fee  the  fpeclrum  of  the  laft  viewed  objeil 
as.oiten  as  we  turn  our  eyes.     Hence  the  reverfe  fpedra  are  beil  leai 


558  OCULAR     SPECTP.A.        Sect.  XL.  lo. 

hy  gradually  approaching  the  hand  near  the  clofed  eyelids  to  a  certain 
diftance  only,  which  mufl  be  varied  with  the  brightnefs  of  the  day, 
or  the  energy  of  the  fpedrum.  Add  to  this,  that  all  dark  fpedtra,  as 
black,  blue,  or  green,  if  light  be  admitted  through  the  eyelids,  after 
they  have  been  fotne  time  covered,  give  reddifh  fpe£tra,  for  the  i-ea- 
fons  given  in  Se£l.  III.  Exp.  i. 

From  thefe  circumflances  of  the  extraneous  light  coinciding  with 
the  fpontaneous  efforts  of  the  fatigued  retina  to  produce  a  reverfe  fpec- 
trum,  as  was  obferved  before,  it  is  not  eafy  to  gain  a  direft  fpeftrum, 
except  of  obje6ts  brighter  than  the  ambient  light ;  fuch  as  a  candle  ia 
the  night,  the  fetting  fun,  or  viewing  a  bright  obje6t  through  an 
-opake  tube  ;  and  then  the  reverfe  fpedlrum  is  inftantaneoufly  produced 
by  the  admiflion  of  fome  external  light ;  and  is  as  inftantly  converted 
again  to  the  diredl  fpeilrum  by  the  exclufion  of  it.  Thus,  on  look- 
ing at  the  fetting  fun,  on  clofing  the  eyes,  and  covering  them,  a  yeU 
low  fpeftrum  is  feen,  which  is  the  diredl  fpedlrum  of  the  fetting  fun  ; 
but  on  opening  the  eyes  on  the  Iky,  the  yellow  fpe£lrum  is  immedi- 
ately changed  into  a  blue  one,  which  is  the  reverfe  fpedlrum  of  the 
yellow  fun,  or  the  diredt  fpedlrum  of  the  blue  Iky,  or  a  combination 
,  of  both.  And  this  is  again  transformed  into  a  j^ellow  one  on  clofing 
the  eyes,  and  fo  reciprocally,  as  quick  as  the  motions  of  the  opening 
and  clofing  eyelids.  Hence,  when  Mr.  Melvill  obferved  the  fcintilla- 
tions  of  the  flar  Sirius  to.  be  fometimes  coloured,  thefe  were  probably 
the  diredl  fpedlrum  of  the  blue  iky  on  the  parts  of  the  retina  fa- 
tigued by  the  white  light  of  the  ftar.  (Effays  Phyfical  and  Literary, 
p.  8 1.  V.  2.) 

When  a  diredl  fpedlrum  is  thrown  on  colours  darker  than  itfelf,  it 
mixes  with  them  ;  as  the  yellow  fpedlrum  of  the  fetting  fun,  thrown 
on  the  green  grafs,  becomes  a  greener  yellow.  But  when  a  diredl 
fpedlrum  is  thrown  on  colours  brighter  than  itfelf,  it  becomes  inftant- 
ly  changed  into  the  reverfe  fpedlrum,  which  mixes  with  thofe  brighter 
colours.     So  the  yellow  fpedlrum  of  the  fetting  fun  thrown  on  the 

luminous 


Sect.  XL.  10.         OCULAR     SPECTRA.^  559. 

luminous  Ikv  becomes  blue,  and  changes  with  the  colour  or  bri'j;ht- 
iiels  of  the  clouds  on  which  it  ajjpears.  But  tlie  reverfe  fpedtium 
mixes  with  eveiy  kind  of  colour  on  whicli  it  is  thrown,  whether 
brighter  than  itlelf  or  not  :  thus  the  reverfe  fpectrum,  obtained  by- 
viewing  a  piece  of  yellow  filk,  when  tlirown  on  white  paper,  was  a. 
lucid  blue  green  ;  when  thrown  on  black  Turkey  leather,  becomes  a. 
deep  violet.  And  the  fpedrum  of  blue  filk,  thrown  on  white  paper, 
was  a  light  yellow  ;  on  black  filk  was  an  obfcure  orange  ;  and  the 
blue  fpedrum,  obtained  from  orange-coloured  filk,  thrown  on  yellow^ 
became  a  sireen^ 

In  thefe  cafes  the  retina  is  thrown  into  adivity  or  fenfatlon  by  the 
fliimulus  of  external  colours,  at  the  fame  time  that  it  continues  the- 
aftivity  or  fenfation  which  forms  the  fpedlra  ;  in  the  fame  manner  as 
the  prifmatic  colours,  painted  on  a  whirling  top,  are  feen  to  mix  to-  • 
gether.  Whenthefe  colours  of  external  objects  are  brighter  than  the 
direft  fpeftrum  which  is  thrown  upon  them,  they  change  it  into  the 
reverfe  fpedtrum,  like  the  admiffion  of  external  light  oil  a  diredl  fpec- 
trum, as  explained  above.  When  they  are  darker  than  the  dired  fpec- 
trum, they  mix  with  it,  their  weaker  flimulus  being  iufufficieiit  ta 
iiiduce  the  reverfe  fpedrum* 


3.  Variation  offpeSira  in  refpefi  to  number^  and  figure,  and  reimjjion^. 

When  we  look  long  and  attenttively  at  any  objeft,  the  eye  cannot 
always,  be  kept  entirely  motionlefs  5  hence,  on  infpedling  a  circular 
area  of  red  filk  placed  on  white  paper,  a  lucid  crefcent  or  edge  is  i^tn. 
to  librate  on  one  fide  or  other  of  the  red  circle  :  for  the  exterior  parts 
of  the  retina  fometimes  falhng  on  the  edge  of  the  central  filk,  and 
lometimes  on  the  white  paper,  are  lefs  fatigued  with  red  light  than 
the  central  part  of  the  retina,  which  is  conilantly  expofed  to  it ;  and 
3  therefore. 


560  OCULAR    SPECTRA.        Sect.  XL.  to. 

therefore,  when  they  fall  on  the  edge  of  the  red  filk,  they  perceive  it 
more  vividly.  Afterwards,  when  the  eye  becomes  fatigued,  a  green 
fpeftrum  in  the  form  of  a  crefcent  is  feen  to  librate  on  one  fide  or  . 
other  of  the  central  circle,  as  by  the  unfteadinefs  of  the  eye  a  part  of 
the  fiitigiied  retina  falls  on  the  white  paper  ;  and  as  by  the  increafing 
fatigue  of  the  eye  the  central  part  of  the  filk  appears  paler,  the  edge  on 
which  the  unfitigued  part  of  the  retina  occafionally  falls  will  appear 
of  a  deeper  red  than  the  original  filk,  becaufe  it  is  compared  with  the 
pale  internal  part  of  it.  M.  de  Bufton  in  making  this  experiment  ob- 
ferved,  that  the  red  edge  of  the  filk  was  not  only  deeper  coloured  than 
the  original  filk  ;  but,  on  his  retreating  a  little  from  it,  it  became  ob- 
long, and  at  length  divided  into  two,  which  muft  have  been  owing  to 
his  obferving  it  either  before  or  behind  the  point  of  ihterfeftion  of  the 
two  optic  axifes.  Thus,  if  a  pen  is  held  up  before  a  diftant  candle,  when 
we  look  intenfely  at  the  pen  two  candles  are  feen  behind  it ;  when  we 
look  intenfely  at  the  candle  two  pens  are  feen.  If  the  fight  be  un- 
fleady  at  the  time  of  beholding  the  fun,  even  though  one  eye  only  be 
ufed,  many  images  of  the  fun  will  appear,  or  luminous  lines,  when 
the  eye  is  clofed.  And  as  fome  parts  of  thefe  will  be  more  vivid  than 
others,  and  fome  parts  of  them  will  be  produced  nearer  the  center  of 
the  eye  than  others,  thefe  will  difappear  Iboner  than  the  others  ;  and 
hence  the  number  and  fhape  of  thefe  fpeclra  of  the  fun  will  continually 
vary,  as  long  as  they  exift.  The  caufe  of  fome  being  more  vivid  than 
others,  is  the  unfteadinefs  of  the  eye  of  the  beholder,  fo  that  fome 
parts  of  the  retina  have  been  longer  expofed  to  the  funbeams.  That 
fome  parts  of  a  complicated  fpe6trum  fade  and  return  before  other  parts 
of  it,  the  following  experiment  evinces.  Draw  three  concentric  cir- 
cles ;  the  external  one  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter,  the  middle  one 
an  inch,  and  the  internal  one  half  an  inch  ;  colour  the  external  and 
internal  areas  blue,  and  the  remaining  one  yellow,  as  in  Fig.  4. ;  after 
having  looked  about  a  minute  on  the  center  of  thefe  circles,  in  a  bright 
light,  the  fpedrum  of  the  external  area  appears  firil  in  the  clofed  eye, 

then 


Sect.  XL.  10.         OCULAR     SPECTRA.  561 

then  the  middle  area,  and  laftly  the  central  one ;  and  then  the  central 
one  difappears,  and  the  others  in  inverted  order.  If  concentric  circles 
of  more  colours  are  added,  it  produces  the  beautiful  ever  changing 
lpe<£lrum  in  Sedl.  I.  Exp.  2. 

From  hence  it  would  feem,  that  the  center  of  the  eye  produces 
quicker  remifTions  of  fpeftra,  owing  perhaps  to  its  greater  fenfibility  ;' 
that  is,  to  its  more  energetic  exertions.  Thefe  remifhons  of  fpeftra 
bear  fome  analogy  to  the  tremors  of  the  hands,  and  palpitations  of  the  , 
heart,  of  weak  people  :  and  perhaps  a  criterion  of  the  flrength  of  any 
mufcle  or  nerve  may  be  taken  from  the  time  it  can  be  continued  in 
exertion. 


4.   Variation  offpecira  In  reJpeSl  to  briU'iancy,  the  vijibllity  of  the  c'lrcu-' 

lation  of  the  blood  in  the  eye. 

1.  The  meridian  or  evening  light  makes  a  difference  in  the  colours 
of  fome  fpedra  j  for  as  the  fun  defcends,  the  red  rays,  which  are  lefs 
refrangible  by  the  convex  atmofphere,  abound  in  great  quantity. 
Whence  the  fpedlrum  of  the  light  parts  of  a  window  at  this  time,  or 
early  in  the  morning,  is  red  ;  and  becomes  blue  either  a  little  later  or 
earlier ;  and  wliite  in  the  meridian  day ;  and  is  alfo  variable  from  the 
colour  of  the  clouds  or  iky  which  are  oppofed  to  the  window. 

2.  All  thefe  experiments  are  liable  to  be  confounded,  if  they  are 
made  too  foon  after  each  other,  as  the  remaining  fpedrum  will  mix 
with  the  new  ones.  This  is  a  very  troublelbrae  circumflance  to 
painters,  who  are  obliged  to  look  long  upon  the  fame  colour  ;  and  in 
particular  to  thofe  whofe  eyes,  from  natural  debilitj,  cannot  long 
continue  the  fame  kind  of  exertion.  For  the  fame  reafon,  in  makino- 
thefe  experiments,  the  refult  becomes  much  varied  if  the  eyes,  after 
viewing  any  objeft,  are  removed  on  other  objeds  for  but  an  inftant  of 
time,  before  we  clofe  them  to  view  the  fpedrum  ;  for  the  light  from 

4C  the 


563  OCULAR    SPECTRA.       Sect.XL.  10. 

the  object,  of  which  we  had  only  a  franfient  view,  in  the  very  time  of  - 
clofing  our  eyes  ads  'as  a  ftimulus  on  the  fatigued  retina  ;  and  for  a 
time  prevents  the  defired  fpedrum  from  appearing,  or  mixes  its  own 
fpe6lrum  with  it.  Whence,  after  the  eyelids  are  clofed,  either  a 
dark  field,  or  fome  unexpe£^ed  colours,  are  beheld  for  a  few  feconds,, 
before  the  defired  fpeftrum  becomes  diftinftly  vifible. 

3.  The  length  of  time  taken  up  in  viewing  an  objeft,  of  which  we 
are  to  obferve  the  fpe6trum,  makes  a  great  difference  in  the  appearance 
of  the  fpeftrum,  not  only  in  its  vivacity,  but  in  its  colour ;   as  the 

.  direft  fpedrum  of  the  central  objeft,  or  ofthe  circumjacent  ones,  and; 
alfo  the  reverfe  fpedra  of  both,  with  their  various  combinations,  as 
well  as  the  time  of  their  diaration  in  the  eye,  and  of  their  remifllons- 
or  alternations,  depend  upon  the  degree  of  fatigue  the  retina,  is  fuhjedt- 
ed  to.     The  Chevalier  d'Arcy  conftrufted  a  machine  by  which  a  coal 
of  fire  was  whirled  round  in  the  dark,  and  found,  that  when  a  lu- 
minous body  made  a  revolution  in.  eight  thirds,  of  tin>e,  it  prefented  to 
the  eye  a  complete  circle  of  fire  ;  from  whence  he  concludes,  that  the. 
imprefl^ion  continues  on  the  organ  about  the  feventh  part  of  a  fecond. 
(Mem.  de  I'x'^cad,  des  Sc.  1765.)     This,,  however,  is.  only  to  be  coi>- 
fidered  as  the  fhortefl:  time  of  the  duration,  of  thefe  dli-eft.fpeclra ;  fince 
-in  the  fatigued  eye  both  the  dire£l  and  reverfe  fpeilra,  with  their  ia- 
termifllons,  appear  to  take  up  many  feconds  of  time,   and  feem  very 
variable  in  proportion  to  the  circumftances  of  fatigue  or  energy. 

4.  It  fometimes  happens,  if  the  eyeballs  have  been  rubbed  hard. 
with  the  fingers,  that  lucid  fparks  are  feen  in  quick  motion  amidfl  the 
Ipearum  we  are  attending  to.  This  is  funilar  to  the  flaflies  of  fire 
from  a  liroke  ou  the  eye  in  fighting,  and  is  refembled  by  the  warmth 
and  glow,  which  appears  upon. the  ikin  after  friftion,  and  is  probably 
ovvino-  to  an  acceleration  ofthe  arterial  blood  into  the  veffels  emptied 

CD- 

by  the  previous  prefl'are.  By  being  accuflomed  to  obferve  fuch  fmall 
fenfations  in  the  eye,  it  is  eafy  to  fee  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in 
this  organ.     I  hare  attended  to  this  frequently,.  Vi'hcn  1  have  obferved 

my 


BANKS. 


Sect.  XL.  10.       OCULAR     SPECTRA.  563 

my  eyes  more  than  commonly  fenfible  to  other  fpeclra.  The  circu- 
lation may  be  feen  either  in  both  eyes  at  a  time,  or  only  in  one  of 
them ;  for  as  a  certain  quantity  of  light  is  neceflary  to  produce  this 
curious  phenomenon,  if  one  hand  be  brought  nearer  the  clofed  eyelids 
than  the  other,  the  circulation  in  that  eye  will  for  a  time  difappear. 
For  the  eafier  viewing  the  circulation,  it  is  fometimes  neceflary  to 
rub  the  eyes  with  a  certain  degree  of  force  after  they  are  clofed,  asid 
to  hold  the  breath  rather  lonsfer  than  is  agreeable,  which,  hv  accu- 
mulating  more  blood  in  the  eye,  facilitates  the  experiment  ;  but  in 
general  it  may  be  feen-  diftinclly  after  having  examined  other  fpeAra 
•with  your  back  to  the  light,  till  the  eves  become  wearv;  then  having 
covered  your  clofed  eyelids  for  half  a  minute,  till  the  fpectrum  is 
faded  away  which  you  were  examining,  turn  your  face  to  the  light, 
and  removing  your  hands  from  the  eyelids,  by  and  by  again  fhade  them 
a  little,  and  the  circulation  becomes  curiouily  diilinct.  The  flreams 
of  blood  are  however  generally  feen  to  unite,  which  fliews  it  to  be  the 
venous  circulation,  owing,  I  fuppofe,  to  the  greater  opacity  of  the 
colour  of  the  blood  in  thefe  vefiels  ;  for  this  venous  circulation  is  alfo 
much .more.eafily  ieen  by  the microfcope  in  the  tail  of  a  tadpole. 


3.  'Variation  of  fpeclra  in  refpeB  to  dijlincinefs  andji^e;  zvith  a  new  ixiav 

of  magriifying  ohjecis. 

I.  It  was  before  obferved,  that  when  the  two  colours  viewed- to- 
gether were  oppofite  to  each  other,  as  yellow  aiid  blue,  red  and  green, 
&c.  according  to  the  table  of  refleftions  and  tranfmiffions  of  light  in 
Sir  Ifaac  Newton's  Optics,  B.  II.  Fig.  3.  the  fpefira  of  thofe  colours 
were  of  all  others  the  moft  brilliant,  and  beft  defined;  becaufe  they 
were  combined  of  the  reverie  fpe^rum  of  one  colour,  and  of  the  direct 
fpedrum  of  the  other.  Hence,  in  books  printed  with  fmall  tvpes,  or 
ui  the  minute  graduation  of  thermometers,  or  of  clock-faces,    which 

_4  C   2  are 


564  OCULAR     SPECTRA.      Sect.  XL.  10. 

are  to  be  feeii  at  a  diftance,  if  the  letters  or  figures  are  coloured  with 
orange,  and  the  ground  with  indigo ;  or  the  letters  with  red,  and  the 
ground  with  green ;  or  any  other  lucid  colour  is  ufed  for  the  letters, 
the  fpedlrum  of  which  is  fimilar  to  the  colour  of  the  ground  ;  fuch  let- 
ters will  befeen  much  more  diftindly,  and  with  lefs  confufion,  thaa 
in  black  or  white  :  for  as  the  fpeclrum  of  the  letter  is  the  fame  colour 
with  the  ground  on  which  they  are  feen,  the  unfteadinefs  of  the  eye 
in  long  attending  to  them  will  not  produce  coloured  lines  by  the  edges 
of  the  letters,  which  is  the  principal  caufe  of  their  confufion.  The 
beauty  of  colours  lying  in  vicinity  to  each  other,  whofe  fpeftra  are 
thus  reciprocally  fimilar  to  each  colour,  is  owing  to  this  greater  eafe 
that  the  eye  experiences  in  beholding  them  diftindlly;  and  it  is  pro- 
bable, in  the  organ  of  hearing,  a  fimilar  circumftance  may  conftitute 
the  pleafure  of  melody.  Sir  Ifaac  Newton  obferves,  that  gold  and 
indigo  were  agreeable  when  viewed  together  ;  and  thinks  there  may 
be  fome  analogy  between  the  fenfations  of  light  and  found.  (Optics, 
Qu.  14.) 

In  viewing  the  fpeftra  of  bright  objefts,  as  of  an  area  of  red  filk  of 
half  an  inch  diameter  on  white  paper,  it  is  eafy  to  magftify  it  to  ten- 
fold its  fize  :  for  if,  when  the  fpeftrum  is  formed,  you  flill  keep  your 
eye  fixed  on  the  filk  area,  and  remove  it  a  few  inches  further  from 
you,  a  green  circle  is  feen  round  the  red  filk :  for  the  angle  now  fub- 
tended  by  the  filk  is  lefs  than  it  was  when  the  fpedrum  was  formed, 
but  that  of  the  fpe£lrum  continues  the  fame,  and  our  imagination 
places  them  at  the  fame  diftance.  Thus  when  you  view  a  fpe£trum 
on  a  fheet  of  white  paper,  if  you  approach  the  paper  to  the  eye,  you 
may  dimini(h  it  to  a  point ;  and  if  the  paper  is  made  to  recede  from 
the  eye,  the  fpeflrum  will  appear  magnified  in  proportion  to  the  dif- 

tance. 

I  was  furprifed,  and  agreeably  amufed,  with  the  following  experi- 
ment. I  covered  a  paper  about  four  inches  fquare  with  yellow,  and 
with  a  pen  filled  with  a  blue  colour  wrote  upon  the  middle  of  it  the 

word 


Sect.  XL.  10.        OCULAR    SPECTRA.  565 

word  BANKS  in  capitals,  as  in  Fig.  5,  and  fitting  with  my  back  to 
the  fun,  fixed  my  eyes  for  a  minute  exadlly  on  the  center  of  the  let- 
ter N  in  the  middle  of  the  word ;  after  clofing  my  eyes,  and  (hading 
them  fomewhat  with  my  hand,  the  word  was  diftindtly  feen  in  the 
fpedlrum  in  yellow  letters  on  a  blue  field  ;  and  then,  on  opening  my 
eyes  on  a  yellowifh  wall  at  twenty  feet  diftance,  the  magnified  name 
of  BANKS  appeared  written  on  the  wall  in  golden  characlers. 


Conclujion. 

It  was  obferved  by  the  learned  M.  Sauvages  (Nofol.  Method. 
CI.  VIII.  Ord.  I.)  that  the  pulfations  of  the  optic  artery  might  be  per- 
ceived by  looking  attentively  on  a  white  wall  well  illuminated.  A 
kind  of  net- work,  darker  than  the  other  parts  of  the  wall,  appears  and 
vaniflies- alternately  with  every  pulfation.  This  change  of  the  colour 
of  the  wall  he  well  afcribes  to  the  compreffion  of  the  retina  by  the  di- 
aftole  of  the  artery.  The  various  colours  produced  in  the  eye  by  the 
prelTure  of  the  finger,  or  by  a  fliroke  on  it,  as  mentioned  by  Sir  Ifaac 
Newton,  feem  like  wife  to  originate  from  the  unequal  preffure  on  va- 
rious parts  of  the  retina.  Now  as  Sir  Ifaac  Newton  has  (hewn,  that 
all  the  different  colours  are  refledled  or  tranfmitted  by  the  kminse  of 
foap  bubbles,  or  of  air,  according  to  their  different  thicknefs  or  thin- 
nefs,  is  it  not  probable,  that  the  efFe£l  of  the  activity  of  the  retina  may 
be  to  alter  its  thicknefs  or  thinnefs,  fo  as  better  to  adapt  it  to  refleft  or 
tranfmit  the  colours  which  ftimulate  it  into  ailion  ?  May  not  muf- 
cular  fibres  exift  in  the  retina  for  this  purpofe,  which  may  be  lefs  mi- 
nute than  the  locomotive  raufcles  of  microfcopic  animals  ?  May  not 
thefe  mufcular  actions  of  the  retina  conftitute  the  fenfatiou  of  light 
and  colours ;  and  the  voluntary  repetitions  of  them,  when  the  objed 

is 


5^^  OCULAR    SPECTRA.      Sect. XL.  lo. 

is  withdrawn,  conftitute  our  memory  of  them  ?  And  laflly,  may  not 
the  laws  of  the  fenfations  of  light,  here  inveftigated,  be  appUcable  to 
all  our  other  fenfes,  and  much  contribute  to  elucidate  many  phenomena 
of  animal  bodies  J^oth  in  their  healthy  and  difeafed  ftate  ;  and  thus  ren- 
der this  inveftigation  well  worthy  the  attention  of  the  phyfician,  the 
metaphyflcian,  and  the  natural  philofopher  ? 

November  i,  1785. 


ADDITIONS. 


ADDITIONS. 


At  Page  120,  after  Line  19,  pleafe  to' add. 

From  the  experiments  above  mentioned  of  Galvani,  Volta,  Fow- 
ler, and  others,  it  appears,  that  a  plate  of  zinc  and  a  plate  of  filver  have 
greater  efFe6l  than  lead  and  filver.  If  one  edge  of  a  plate  of  filver 
about  the  fize  of  half  a  crown-piece  be  placed  upon  the  tongue,  and 
one  edge  of  a  plate  of  zinc  about  the  fame  fize  beneath  the  tongue, 
and  if  their  oppofite  edges  are  then  brought  into  contadl  before  the 
point  of  the  tongue,  a  tafte  is  perceived  at  the  moment  of  their  comino- 
into  conta£t ;  fecondly,^  if  one  of  the  above  plates  be  put  between  the 
•upper  lip  and  the  gum  of  the  fore-teeth,  and  the  other  be  placed  under 
the  tongue,  and  their  exterior  edges  be  then  brought  into  contadl  in  a-. 
darkilTi  room,  a  flafli  of  light  is  perceived  in  the  eyes. 

Thefe  effe6ls  I  imagine  only  fliew  the  fenfibility  of  our  nerves  of 
fenfe  to  very  fmall  quantities  of  the  eledtric  fluid,  as  it  paffes  through 
them;  for  I  fuppofe  thefe  fenfations  are  occafioned  by  flight  eledric 
fnocks  produced  in  the  following  manner.  By  the  experiments  pub- 
lifhed  byMr.  Bennet,  with  his  ingenious. doubler  of  ele£lricity,  which 
is  the  greateft  difcovery  made  in  that  fcience  fince  the  coated  jar,  and 
tlie  ediidion  of  lightning  froni  the  Ikies,  it  appears,  that  zinc  was 
3  .  alwavs 


•568  ADDITIONS. 

always  found  minus,  and  filver  was  always  found  plus,  when  both  of 
them  were  in  their  feparate  ftate.  Hence,  when  they  are  placed  in  the 
manner  above  defcribed,  as  foon  as  their  exterior  edges  come  nearly 
into  contaft,  fo  near  as  to  have  an  extremely  thin  plate  of  air  between 
them,  that  pla,te  of  ,a1r  be'cbmes  charged  in  the  fame  manner  as  a  plate 
of  coated  glafs  ;    and  is  at  the  fame  inftant  difcharoed  throug-h  the 

O  '  Do 

nerves  of  tafte  or  of  fight,  and  gives  the  fenfations,  as  above  defcribed, 
of  light  or  of  faporocity;  and  only  fhcws  the  great  fenfibihty  of  thefe 
organs  of  fenfe  to  the  ftimulus  of  the  eledtric  fluid  in  fuddenly  paffing 
■through  them. 


At  Page  160,  after  Line  29,  pleafe  to  add. 

Thefe  animals  feem  to  poflefs  fomething  like  an  additional  fenfe  by 
means  of  their  whilkers;  which  have  perhaps  fome  analogy  to  the 
antennae  of  moths  and  butterflies.  The  whiflcers  of  cats  confifl:  not 
only  of  the  long  hairs  on  their  upper  lips,  but  they  have  alfo  four  or 
five  long  hairs  ftanding  up  from  each  eyebrow,  and  alfo  two  or  three 
on  each  cheek;  all  which,  when  the  animal  ere£ls  them,  make  with 
their  points  fo  many  parts  of  the  periphery  of  a  circle,-of  an  extent  at 
leaft  equal  to  the  circumference  of  any  part  of  their  own  bodies.  With 
this  inftrument,  I  conceive,  by  a  little  experience,  they  can  at  once 
determine,  whether  any  aperttire  amongft  hedges  or  fhrubs,  in  which 
animals  of  this  genus  live  in  their  wild  ftate,  is  large  enough  to  admit 
their  bodies ;  which  to  them  is  a  matter  of  the  greateft  confequence, 
whether  purfuing  or  purfued.  They  have  likewife  a  power  of  erect- 
ing and  bringing  forward  the  whilkers  on  their  lipsj  which  probably 
is  for  the  purpofe  of  feeling,  whether  a  dark  hole  be  further  per- 
meable, 

6  The 


ADDITIONS.  $69 

The  antennae,  or  horns,  of  butterflies  and  moths,  who  have  awk- 
ward wings,  the  minute  feathers  of  which  are  very  Uable  to  injury, 
ferve,  I  fuppofe;  a  (imilar  purpofe  of  meafuring,  as  they  fly  or  creep 
amongft  the  leaves  of  plants  and  trees,  whither  their  wings  can  pafs 
without  touching  them. 


In  Sea.  XXXIX.         f/eafe  to  add. 

Dr.  Thunberg  obferves,  in  his  Journey  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
tliat  there  are  fome  families,  which  have  defcended  from  blacks  in  the 
female  line  for  three  generations.  The  firft  generation  proceeding 
from  an  European,  who  married  a  tawny  flave,  remains  tawny,  but 
approaches  to  a  white  complexion ;  but  the  children  of  the  third 
generation,  mixed  with  Europeans,  become  quite  white,  and  are 
'often  remarkably  beautiful.     V.i.  p.  112. 


Additional  Obfervations  on  Vertigo,  which  ought  to  have  been  inferted 
in  Seel.  XX.  6.  after  the  Words  "  optic  nerve,"  at  the  End  of  the 
fecond  Paragraph. 

After  revolvmg  with  your  eyes  open  till  you  become  vertiginous, 
as  fooii  as  you  ceafe  to  revolve,  not  only  the  circum-ambient  objefts 
appear  to  circulate  round  you  in  a  diredtion  contrary  to  that,  in  which 
you  have  been  turning,  but  you  are  liable  to  roll  your  eyes  forwards 
-and  backwards ;  as  is  well  obferved,  and  ingenioufly  demonftrated  by 
Dr.  Wells  in  a  late  publication  on  vifion.  The  fame  occurs,  if  you 
revolve  with  your  eyes  clofed,  and  open  them  immediately  at  the 
time  of  your  ceafing  to  turn  ;  and  even  during  the  whole  time  of  re- 
volving, as  may  be  felt  by  your  hand  preffed  lightly  on  your  clofed 

4  D  eyelids. 


S:p.  ADDITIONS. 

eyelids.  To  thefe  movements  of  the  eyes,  of  which  he  fuppofes  the 
obferver  to  be  inconfcious,  Dr.  Wells  afcribes  the  apparent  circum- 
gyration of  objeds  on  cealjug  to  revolve. 

The  caufe  of  thus  turning  our  eyes  forwards,  and  then  back  again, 
after  our  body  is  at  reft,  depends,  I  imagine,,  on  the  fame  circum- 
ftance,  which  induces  us  to  follow  the  indiftin£t  fpedlra,.  which  are 
formed  on*  one  fide  of  the  center  of  the  retina.,  when  weobferve  them, 
apparently  on  clouds,  as  defcribed  in-  Seft.  XL.  2.  2-.  ;  and  then  not 
being  able  to  gain  a  more  diftin6t  vifion  of  them,  we  turn  our  eyes 
back,  and  again  and  again  purfue  the  flying  fhade. 

But  this  rolling  of  the  eyes,  after  revolving  till  we  become  verti- 
ginous, cannot  caufe  the  apparent  circumgyration  of  objefts,  in  a  di- 
rection contrary  to  that  in  which  we  have  been  revolving,  for  the 
following  reafons.  i.  Becaufe  in  purfuiug  a  fpecjlrura^  ia  the  iky,,  or 
on  the  ground,  as  above  mentioned,,  we  perceive  no  retrograde  mo- 
tions of  objeil's.  2.  Becaufe  the  apparent  retrograde  motions  of  ob- 
jefts,  when  we  have  revolved  till  we  are  vertiginous,  continues  much, 
longer  than  the  rolling  of  the  eyes  above  defcribed., 

3.  When  we  have  revolved  from  right  to  left,  the  apparent  motion 
of  objeds,  when  we  flop,  is  from  left  to  right  ;  and"  when  we  have 
revolved  from  left  to. right,  the  apparent  circulation  of  objects  is  from' 
rlo-ht  to  left;  yet  in  both  thefe  cafes  the  eyes  of  die  revolver  are  feen 
equally  to  roll  forwards  and  backwards.. 

4.  Becaufe  this  rolling  of  the  eyes  backwards  and  forwards  takes 
place  during  our  revolving,  as  may  be  perceived  by  the  hand  lightly 
prefled  on  the  clofed  eyejids,  and.  therefore  exifts  before  the  eifeft- 
afcribed  to.  it. 

And  fifthly,  I  now  come  to  relate  an  experiment,  in  which  the- 
roUing  of  the  eyes  does  not  take  place  at  all  after  revolving,  and  yet- 
the  vertigo  is  more  diflreffing  than  in  the  fituations  above  mentioned. 
If  any  one  looks  fleadily  at  a  fpot  in  the  ceihng  over  his  head^  or  in-  ■ 
deed  at  his  own  finger  held-up  high  over  his  beadj  and;in  that  fitu- 

atioa. 


ADDITIONS.  571 

ation  turns  round  till  he  becomes  giddy;  and  then  flops,  and  looks 
,  horizontally ;  he  now  finds,  that  the  apparent  rotation  of  obje£ls  is 
from  above  downwards,  or  from  below  upwards ;  that  is,  that  the 
apparent  circulation  of  objefts  is  now  vertical  inftead  of  horizontal, 
making  part  of  a  circle  round  the  axis  of  his  eye  ;  and  this  without 
any  rolling  of  his  eyeb.dls.  The  reafbn  of  there  being  no  rolling  of 
the  eyeballs  perceived  after  this  experiment,  is,  becaufe  the  images  of 
objefts  are  formed  in  rotation  round  the  axis  of  the  eye,  and  not  from 
one  fide  to  the  other  of  the  axis  of  it  ;  fo  that,  as  the  eyeball  has  not 
power  to  turn  in  its  focket  round  its  own  axis,  it  cannot  follow  the 
apparent  motions  of  thefe  evanefcent  fpeftra,  either  before  or  after 
the  body  is  at  reft.  From  all  which  arguments  it  is  manifeft,  that 
thefe  apparent  retrograde  gyrations  of  obje6ts  are  not  caufed  by  the 
rolling  of  the  eyeballs  ;  firft,  becaufe  no  apparent  retrogreffion  of  ob- 
je£ts  is  obferved  in  other  rollings  of  the  eyes  :  iecondly,  becaufe  tJie 
apparent  retrogreffion  of  objeds  continues  many  feconds  after  the 
rolling  of  the  eyeballs  ceafes.  Thirdly,  becaufe  the  apparent  retro- 
greffion of  objefts  is  fomeftimes  one  way,  and  fometniies  another, 
yet  the  rolling  of  the  eyeballs  is  t'he  fame.  Fourthly,  becaufe  the 
rolling  of  the  eyeballs  exifts  "before  the  apparent  retrograde  motions  of 
objefts  is  obferved  ;  that  is,  before  the  revolving  perfon  flops.  And 
fifthly,  becaufe  the  apparent  retrograt3e  gyration  of  objefts  is  produced, 
when  there  is  no  roiling  of  the  eyeballs  at  all. 

Do£lor  Wells  imagines,  that  no  fpcdlra  can  be  gained  in  the  eye, 
if  a  perfon  revolves  with  his  eyelids  clofed,  and  thinks  this  a  fufficient 
argument  againft  the  opinion,  that  the  apparent  progreffion  of  the 
fpe£lra  of  light  or  colours  in  the  eye  can  caufe  the  apparent  retro- 
greffion of  objeds  in  the  vertigo  above  defcribed  ;  but  it  is  certain, 
when  any  perfon  revolves  in  a  light  room  with  his  eyes  clofed,  that 
he  neverthelefs  perceives  differences  of  light  both  in  quantity  and  co- 
lour through  his  eyeUds,  as  he  turns  round  ;  and  readily  gains  fpedra 
of  thofe  differences.     And  thefe  fpedlra  are  not  very  different  except 

4D  2  ■        ^       in 


S^z  ADDITIONS.- 

iii  vivacity  from  fbofe,  which  he  acquires,  when  he  revolves  witfe 
iinclofed  eyes,  fmce  if  he  then  revolves  very  rapidly  the  colours  and 
forms  of  furrounding  objefts  are  as  it  were  mixed  together  in  his  eye  \. 
as  when  the  prifmatic  colours  are  painted  on  a  wheel,  they  appear 
white  as  they  revolvq.  The  truth  of  this  is  evinced  by  the  ftaggering 
or  vertigo  of  men  perfectly  blind,  when  they  turn  round  ;  which  is 
not  attended  with  apparent  circulation  of  objecfts,  but  is  a  vertiginous 
diforder  of  the  fenfe  of  touch.  Blind  men  balance  themfelves  by  their 
fenfe  of  touch  ;  which,  being  lefs  adapted  for  perceiving  fmall  devi- 
ations from  their  perpendicular,  occafions  them  to  carry  themfelves 
more  ereft  in  walking.  This  method  of  balancing  themfelves  by  the 
dire£tion  of  their  preffure  againft  the  floor^  becomes  difordered  by  the 
\inufual  mode  of  adion  in  turning  round,  and  they  begin  to  lofe  their 
perpendicularity,  that  is,  they  become  vertiginous;  but  without  anjp 
apparent  circular  motions  of  vifible  objefts. 

It  will  appear  from  the  following  experirnents,  that  the  apparent 
progreflion  of  the  ocular  fpefbra  of  light  or  colours  is  the  caufe  of  the 
apparent  retrogreffion  of  objedts,  after  a  perfon  has  revolved,  till  he  is 
vertiginous. 

Firft,  when  a  perfon  turns  round  in  a  light  room  with  his  eyes 
open,  but  clofes  them  before  he  flops,  he  wUl  feem  to  be  carried  foi"- 
wards  in  the  dire£lion  he  was  turning  for  a  fhort  time  after  he  flops. 
But  if  he  opens  his  eyes  again,  the  objefts  before  him  inflantly  appear 
to  move  in  a  retrograde  dire<flion,  and  he  lofes  the  fenfation  of  beina: 
carried  forwards.  The  fame  occurs  if  a  perfon  revolves  in  a  light  room 
with  his  eyes  clofed ;  when  he  flops,  he  feems  to  be  for  a  time  car- 
ried forwards,  if  his  eyes  are  flill  clofed ;  but  the  inftant  he  opens 
them,  the  furrounding  obje<£ls  appear  to  move  in  retrograde  gyration. 
From  hence  it  may  be  concluded,  that  it  is  the  fenfation  or  imagina- 
tion of  our  continuing  to  go  forwards  in  the  dire6tion  in  which  we 
were  turning,  that  caufes  the  'apparent  retrograde  circulation  of  ob- 

jefts. 

^  Secondlyj 


ADDITIONS.  siZ 

Secondly,  thougli  there  is  an  audible  vertigo,  as  is  known  by  the 
feattement,  or  undulations  of  found  in  the  ears,  which  many  verti- 
ginous people  experience  ;  and  though  there  is  alfo  a  tangible  vertigo, 
as  when  a  blind  perfon  turns  round,  as  mentioned  above ;  yet  as  this 
circumgyration  of  objefts  is  an  hallucination  or  deception  of  the  lenfe 
of  fight,  we  are  to  look  for  the  caufe  o^  our  appearing  to  move  for- 
ward, when  we  Hop  with  our  eyes  doled  after  gyration,  to  fome  af- 
fedion  of  this  fenfe.  Now,  thirdly,  if  the  fpeftra  formed  in  the  eye 
during  our  rotation,  continue  to  change,  when  we  (land  ftill,  like 
the  fpeftra  defcribed  in  Se61:.III.  3.  6.  fuch  changes  muft  fuggefi  to 
us  the  idea  or  fenfation  of  our  flill  continuing  to  turn  round  ;  as  is  the 
cafe,  when  we  revolve  in  a  light  room,  and  clofe  our  eyes  before  w'e 
jftop..  And  laftly,  on  opening  our  eyes  in  the  fituation  above  de- 
fcribed, the  objects  we  chance  to  view  amid  thefe  changing  fpedlra 
in  the  eye,  muft  feem  to  move  in  a  contrary  dire6tion  j,  as  the  moon 
fometimes  appears  to  move  retrograde,  when  fwift-gliding  clouds  are 
paffing  forwards  fo  much  nearer  the  eye  of  the  beholder. 

To  make  obfervations  on  faint  ocular  fpe£lra  requires  fome  degree 
of  habit,  and  compofure  of  mind,  and  even  patience  ;  fome  of  thofe 
defcribed  in  Sect.  XL.  vi'ere  found  difficult  to  fee,  by  many,  who 
tried  them  ;  now  it  happens,  that  the  mind,  during  the  confufion  of 
vertigo,  when  all  the  other  irritative  tribes  of  motion,  as  well  as  thofe 
of  vifion,  ape  in  fome  degree  difturbed,  together  with  the  fear  of  fall- 
ing, is  in  a  very  unfit  flate  for  the  contemplation  of  fuch  weak  fenfa- 
tions,  as  are  occafioned  by  faint  ocular  fpeftra.  Yet  after  freqiientlv 
revolving,  both  with  my  eyes  clofed,  and  with  them  open,  and  at- 
tending to  the  fpedtra  remaining- in  them,  by  (hading  the  light  from 
my  eyelids  more  or  lefs  with  my  hand,  I  at  length  ceafed  to  have  the 
idea  of  going  forward,  after  I  flopped  with  my  eyes  clofed  ;  and  faw 
changing  fpe6tra  in  my  eyes,  which  feemed  to  move,  as  it  were, 
over  the  field  of  vifion  ;  till  at  length,  by  repeated  trials  on  funny 
days,  I  perfuaded  myfelf,  on  opening  my  eyes,  after  revolvipg  fome 

time. 


574  ADDITIONS. 

time,  on  a  fhelf  of  gilded  books  in  my  library,  that  I  could  perceive 
the  fpedra  in  my  eyes  move  forwards  over  one  or  two  of  the  books, 
like  the  vapours  in  the  air  of  a  fummer's  day ;  and  could  fo  far  unde- 
ceive myfelf,  as  to  perceive  the  books  to  ftand  flill.  After  more  trials 
I  fometimes  brought  myfelf  to  believe,  that  I  faw  changing  fpedlra 
of  lights  and  fnades  moving  in  my  eyes,  after  turning  round  for  fome 
time,  but  did  not  imagine  either  the  fpeftra  or  the  obje<£l:s  to  be  in  a 
flate  of  gyration.  I  fpeak,  however,  with  diffidence  of  thefe  fa6ls, 
as  I  could  not  always  make  the  experiments  fucceed,  when  there  was 
not  a  flrong  light  in  my  room,  or  when  my  eyes  were  not  in  the  moil 
proper  (late  for  fuch  obfervations. 

The  ingenious  and  learned  M.  Savage  has  mentioned  other  theories 
to  account  for  the  apparent  circumgyration  of  objedls  in  vertiginous 
people.  As  the  retrograde  motions  of  the  particles  of  blood  in  the  op- 
tic arteries,  by  fpafm,  or  by  fear,  as  is  feen  in  the  tails  of  tadpoles, 
and  membranes  between  the  fingers  of  frogs.  Another  caufe  he  thinks 
may  be  from  the  librations  to  one  fide,  and  to  the  other,  of  the  crys- 
talline lens  in  the  eye,  by  means  of  involuntary  adlions  of  the  mufcles, 
which  conftitute  the  ciliary  procefs.  Both  thefe  theories  lie  under 
the  fame  obje6lion  as  that  of  Dr.  Wells  before  mentioned  ;  namely, 
that  the  apparent  motions  of  objedls,  after  the  obferver  has  revolved 
for  fame  time,  fliould  appear  to  vibrate  this  way  and  that ;  and  not 
to  circulate  uniformly  in  a  diredion  contrary  to  that,  in  which  the 
obferver  had  revolved, 

M.  Savage  has,  laftly,  mentioned  the  theory  of  colours  left  in  the 
eye,  which  he  has  termed  imp<-eflions  on  the  retina.  He  fays,  "  Ex- 
perience teaches  us,  that  impreflions  made  on  the  retina  by  a  vifible 
obje£t  remain  lome  feconds  after  the  objedl  is  removed  ;  as  appears 
from  the  circle  of  fire  which  we  fee,  when  a  fire-flick  is  whirled 
round  in  the  dark  ;  therefore  when  we  are  carried  round  our  own  axis 
in  a  circle,  we  undergo  a  temporary  vertigo,  when  we  flop  :  becaufe 
the  impreflions  of  the  circumjacent  objeds  remain  for  a  time  after- 
wards 


ADDITIONS.  S75 

wards  on  the  retina."  Nofolog.  Method.  Claf.  VIII.  i.  i.  We  have 
before  obferved,  that  the  changes  of  thefe  colours  remaining  in  the 
eye,,  evinces  them  to  be  motions  of  the  fine  terminations  of  the  retina, 
and  not  impreffions  on  it ;  as  impreffions  on  a  paffive  fubflance  muft- 
either  remain,  or  ceafe  intirely.. 


Dum,  Liber!  aflra  petis  volitans  trepklantibus  alls, 
Irniis  immemori,  parvula  gutta,  mari. 

Me  quoque,  me  cun-ente  rota  revolubilis  setas 
Volverit  in  tenebras, — i.  Liber,  ipfe  fequor. 


END    OF    TBE    FIRST    VOLUME.. 


INDEX 


TO    THE 


SECTIONS     OF     PART     FIRST. 


mm 


A. 

Absorption  of  folids,  xxxiii.  3.  r.  xxxvii. 

of  fluids  in  anafarca,  xxxv.  1.3. 

Abforbent  velTels,  xxii.  2.   xxix.  i. 
.........  regurgitate  theif  fluids,  xxix.  2. 

their  valves,  xxix.  2. 

communicate  with  vena  portaruir., 

xxvii.  2. 
Accumulation  of  Tenforial  povsrer,  iv.  2.   xii. 

Aftivity  of  fyftem  too  great,  cure  of,  xii.  6. 

too  fmall,  cure  of,  xx.  ^. 

Age,  old,  xii.  3.  1.  xxxvii.  4. 
Ague-fit,  x.ii.  7.  I.    xxxii.  3.4.  Xxxii.  9. 
.-... ....   how  cured  by  bark,  xii.  3.  4. 

periods,  how  occafioned,  xii.  2.  3. 

xxxii.  3.  4.   xvii.  3.  6. 
Ague  cakes,  xxxii.  7.  xxxii.  g. 
Air,  feiife  of  frefh,  xiv.  8. 
.  .  .    mjurcs  ulcers,  xxviii.  2. 
.  .  .    injeftcd  into  veins,  xxxii.  5. 
Alcohol  deleterious,  xxx-  3. 
Alliterations,  why  agreeable,   xxii.  2. 
Aloas  in  leflened  dofes,   xii.  3.  i. 
American  natives  indolent,  xxxi.  '2. 
... . . . ,  . , .......  narrow'fhouldered,  xxxi.  i. 


Analogy  intuitive,  xvii.  3.  7. 

Animals  ief&  liable  to  madnefs,  xxxiii.  i. 

.......  lefs  liable  to  contagion,  xxxiii.  i. 

how  to  teach,  xxii.  3.  2. 

their  fimilarity  to  each  other,  xxxix. 

4.  8. 
.......  their  changes  after  nativity,  xxxix. 

4.  8. 
their  changes  before  nativity,  xxxlx. 

. .  .....  lefs  liable  to  contagious  difeafes,  why 

xxxiii.  I.  5. 
lefs  liable  to  delirium  and  infanity, 

why,  xxxiii.  1.5. 
eafier  to  preferve  than  to  reproduce, 

xx.xvii. 

food,  dlflafte  of,  xxxviii,  i. 

.......  appetency,  xxxix.  4.  7. 

Antipathy,  x.  2.  2. 

Appetites,  xi.  2.  2.   xiv.  8. 

Aphthse,  xxviii. 

Apoplexy,  xxxiv.  1.7. 

........  not  from  deficient  irritation,  xxxii. 

2.  I. 
ArchiteiSlure,  xii.  3.  3.  xvi.  ib. 
Arts,  fine,  xxii.  2. 
Afparagus,  its  fmell  in  urine,  Xxix. 

4  E  Afibciation 


57S  I    N    D 

Affociation  defined,  ii.  il.  iv.  7.  v.  2. 

aflbciate  motions,  x. 

, ftrongerthan  irritative  ones,  xxiv. 

2.8. 

formed  before  nativity,  xi.  3. 

with  irritative  ones,  xxiv.  8.         ^ 

with   retrograde  ones,    xxv.   7. 

XXV.  10.  xxv.  15. 

difeafes  from,  xxxv. 

Afthma,  xviii.  15. 

Attention,  language  of,  xvi.  8.  6. 

Atrophy,  xxviii. 

Averfion,  origin  of,  xi.  2.  3. 

/  ■  -      -■  -*■ 

B. 

Balance  ourfelves  by  vifion,  xx.  i. 

Bandage  increafes  abforption,  xxxiii.  2.  !*■.  " 

Barrennefs,  xxxvi.  2.  3. 

Battement  of  founds,  xx.  7 

Bath,  cold.     See  Cold  Bath. 

Beauty,  fenfe  of,  xvi.  6.  xxii.2»^ 

Bile-dufls,  XXX.  ""!''. ^  .'  . 

...  .ftones,  XXX.  3. 

....  regurgitates  into  the  blood,  Xav.'  2;  7. 

....  vomiting  of,  x-kx.  3. 

Birds  of  paflage,  xvi.  12; 

. . . .  nefts  of,  xvi.  13. 

....  colour  of  their  eggs,  xxxix,  5, 

Biting  in  pain,  xxxiv.  i.  3. 

of  mad  animals,  xxxiv.  1.  3- 

Black  fpots  on  dice  appear  red,  xl.  3. 
Blidder,  communication  of  with  the  intef- 

tines,  xxix.  3. 
......    of  fifh,  xxiv.  1.4. 

Blood,  transfufion    of    in    nervous    fevers, 
'■   xxxii.  4. 

deficiency  of,  xxxii.  2.  and  4. 

from  the  vena  portarum  into  the  in- 

teftines,  xxvii.  2. 

its  momentum,  xxxii.  5.  2. 

momentum  increafed  by  venefe£tion, 

xxxii   54 
.....    drawn  in  nervous  pains,  xxxii.  5.  4. 

its  oxygenation,  xxxviii. 

Breathing,  how  learnt,  xv.  4. 

Breaftsof  men,  xiv.  8. 

Brutes  dilTer  from  men,  xi.  2,  3.  xvi.  17. 


EX. 

Brutes,     See  Animals. 
Buxton  bath,  why  it  feels  warm,  xii.  2.  l. 
xxxii.  3.  3. 


I 


C. 


Capillary  veflels  are  glands,  xxvl.  I. 

Catalepfy,  xxxiv.  i.  5. 

Catarrh  from  cold  ikin,  xxxv.  i.  3.  xxxv. 

from  thin  caps  in  fleep,  xviii.  15. 

Catenation  of  motions  defined,  ii.  11.  iv.  7. 
'w>  i  •). . . .,'  caufe.of  them,  xvii.  I.  3. 

, defcribed,  xvii, 

continue  fometime  after  their  pro- 

duftion,  xvii.  i.  3. 

voluntary  ones  difievered  in  fleep, 

■  xvii.  I.  J2.  xvii-  3.  13. 
Cathartics,  external,   their  operation,  xxix. 

Caufation,  animal,  defined,  ii.  11.  iv.  7. 

Caufe  of  caufes,  xxxix.  4.  8. 

Caufes  inert  and  efficient,  xxxix.  8.  2. 

a£tive  and  paflive,  xxxix.  8.  3. 

proximate  and  remote,  xxxix.  8.  4. 

Chick  in  the  egg,  oxygenation  of,  xxxviii;  a; 
Child  riding  on  a  ftick,   xxxiv.  2.  6.      "    '' 
Chilnefs  after  meals,  xxi.  3.  xxxv.  j.-  r;  ■  ■  • 

Cholera,  cafe  of,  xxv.  13.  

Circulation  in  the  eye  vifible,  xl.  io.'4.' 

Cold  in  the  head,  xii.  7-  5. 

....  perceived   by- the   teeth,    xxxii.    3.  i, 

xiv.  6. 

. .  air,  ufes  of  in  fevers,  xxxiii  3.  3, 

..  feet,    produces   coryza,     xxxv.    2.    3„ 

xxxv.  I.  3. 

..  bath,  why  it  ftrengthens,  xxxii.  3..  2. 

..  fhort  and  cold  breathing  in  it,  xxxii. 

3-  2- 

..  produce?  a  fever-fit,  xxxii.  3.  2 

. .  fit  of  fever  the  confequence  of  hot  fir, 

xxxii.  9.  3-       » 

. .    bathing  in    pulmonary   hemorrhage, 

xxvii.  I. 

...    fits  of  fever,  xxxii,  4.  xxxii.  9.  xvii. 

^  ■3-  3- .      . , 

Comparmg  ideas,   xv,  3. 

Confcioufnefs,  xv.  3.  4. 

Confcioufiiefe 


I    N'  D  ^E    X. 


519 


Confcioufnefs  in  dreams,  xviii.  13. 
Confumption,     its    temperament,    xxxi;    I. 

and  2. 

of  dark-eyed  patients,  xxvii.  z. 

of  light-eyed  patients,  xxviii.  2. 

is  contagions,  xxxiii.  2.  7. 

Confent  of  parts.     See  Sympatliy.  '''/i 

Contagion,  xii    3.  6.  xix.  9    xxxiii.  2. ''6; 

and  S.  xxii.  3-  3. 
does  not  enter  the  blood,  xxxiii. 

2.  10.  xxii.  3.  3. 
Contradiion  and  attraflion,  iv.  I. 
of  fibres  produces  fenfation,  iv,  5. 

xii.  I.  6. 

continues  fome  time,  xii.  r.  5. 

alternates  with  relaxation,  Xii. 

Convulfion,  xvii.  i.  8.  xxxiv.  i.    i.  and  4. 

iii.  58. 

of  particular  mufcles,  xvii.  i.  8. 

periods  of,  xxxvi.  39- 

Colours  of  animals,  efficient  caule  of,  xxXix.  5. 
, of  eggs  from    female    iuiagination, 

xxxix.  5. 
, of  the  choroid  coat  of  the  eye,  xxxix. 

5- 
of  birds  nefts,  xvi.  13. 

Coryza.     See  Catarrh. 

Cough,  nervous,  periods  of,  xXxVi.  3.  9. 

Cramp,  xviii.  15.  xxiv.  1.7. 

Critical  days  from  lunations,  xxxvi.  4. 


D. 


Darkifh  room,  why  we  fee  well  in  it,  xii. 

2.   I. 
Debility  fenforial  and  flimulatory,  xii   2.  i. 
direft  and  indirect  of  Dr.  Brown, 

xii.  2.  I.  xxxii.  3.  2. 

, See  Weaknefs. 

, from  drinking  fpirits,  cure  of,  xii. 

7.8.^ 

in  fevers^  cure  of,  xii.  7.  S. 

Deliberation,  what,  xxxiv,  i. 
Defire,  origin  of,  xi.  2.  3. 
Diabetes  explained,  xxix,  4. 

^ with  bloody  urine,  xxvii.  2. 

Diarrhoea,  xxix.  4. 


Digeftion,  xxxiii.  i.   xXxvii. 

(Irengthened   by  emetics,    xxxv. 

I-  3 
ftrengthened    by   regular  hourj, 

why,  xxxvi   2.  r.  » 

Digitalis,  ufe  of  in  dropfy,  xxix.  5.2. 
Dilirium,  two  kinds  of,  xxxiii.  i.  4-   xxxiv. 

2.  2. 

cafes  of,  iii.  5.  8 

prevented  by  dreams,  xViii  2. 

Diftention  a£ts  as  a  ftimulus,  xxxii  4. 

. .  , See  Extenfion. 

Diftinguifhing,   xv.  3. 

Diurnal  circle  of  a£lions,  xxv.  4. 

Doubting,  XV.  3. 

Dreams,   vili.  I    2.  xlv.  2.  5. 

their  inconfiftency,  xviii.  16. 

no  furprife  in  them,  xviii.  17. 

much  novelty  of  combination,  xviii, 

9- 
Dropfies  explained,  xxix.  5.  i. 
Dropiy  cured  by  infanity,  xxxiv.  2.7. 
.....    Cure  of,  xxix.  5.  2. 
Drunkennefe.     See  Intoxication,  xxi. 

» diminifhed  by  attention,  xxi.  8» 

Drunkards  weak  till  next  day,  xvii.  i.  7. 
I ftammer,  and  dagger,  and  weep, 

xii.  4.  I.  xxi.  4. 
........    fee  objedls  double,  why,  xxi.  7. 

.^......   tecome  delirious,  fleepy,   ftupid, 

xxi.  5. 
Dvfpnoea  in  coH  bath,  xxxii.  3.  2. 

E. 

Eaf,  a  good  one,  xvi.  16. 

.  . .    nolfe  in,  xx.  7. 

Eggs  of  frogs,  fiili,  fowl,  xxxix.  2. 

.  -. . .  of  birds,  why  fpotted,  xxxix.  5. 

-i . .  .  with  tlouble  yolk,  xxxix.  4.  4. 

Eleflricity,  xii.  I.  xiv.  g. 

jaundice  cured  by  it,  xxx.  2; 

Embryon  produced,  by  the  male,  xxxiji.  2i 

i coniifts  cf  a  living  fibre,  xxxix.  4* 

,  i  -. abforbs nutriment,  receivesoxygcn, 

xxxix.  I. 
i ...... .  its  aftions  and  fenfations,  x\i.  2. 

Emetic.     See  Vomiting.-^-" 

4  E  2  Emotions 


58o 


INDEX. 


Emotions,  xi.  2.  2. 

Ennui',  or  taedium  vitae,  xxxiv.  2.  3.  xxxiii. 

I.  I.  xxxix.  6.  Clafs  ii.  i.  I. 
Epileptic  fits  explained,  xxxiv.  i.  4.  xxvii.2. 

.  .9 in  fleep,  why,  xviii.  14.  &  15. 

Equinoxial  lunations,  xxxii.  6. 
Excitability  perpetually  varies,  xii.  i.  7, 
fynonymous  to  quantity  of  fen- 

forial  power,  xii..  i.  7. 
Exercife,  its  ufe,  xxxii.  5.  j. 
Exertion  of  fenforial  power  defined,  xii.  2.1. 
Exiflencein  fpace,  xiv.  2.  5. 
Extenfion,  fenfe  of,  xiv.  7. 
Eyes  become  black  in  Ibme.epilepfies,  xxvii.  2>. 


Face,  flufhing  of  after  dinner,  xxxv.  i.  I. 
, . , .    why  firft  affedled  in  fmall-pox,  xxxv. 

I.  I. 
....   red  from  inflamed  liver,  xxxv.  2.  2. 
Fainting  fits,  xii.  5.  i.  xiv.  7. 
Fear,  language  of,  xvi.  8.  i. 
....    a  caufe  of  fever,  xxxii.  8. 
....    caufe  of,  xvii.  3.  7. 
Fetus.     See  Embryon,  xvi.  2.  xxxix.  I. 
Fevers,  irritative,  xxxii.  i. 

intermittent,  xxxii.  i.  xxxiu  3. 

.. ...    fenfitive,  xxxiii.  I. 

.....   not  an   effort  of   nature  for  relief, 

xxxii-  10. 
..,,.   paroxyfms  of,    xii.  7.  r.    xii.  2.  3; 

xii.  3-  5 
why  fome  intermit  and  not  others, 

xxxvi.  I. 
cold  fits  of,  xxxii.  4.  xxxii.  g.  xvii. 

3.  3. 
.....   periods  of,  xxxvi.  3. 

have  foiar  or  lunar  periods,  xxxii.  6. 

fource  of  the  fymptoms  of,  xxxii.  i. 

......    proftration  of  ftrength  in,    xii,  4.  u 

xxxii.  3.  2. 
.....   cure  of,  xii.  6.  i. 

how  cured  by  the  bark,  xii.  3.  4. 

cured  by  increafcd  vohtioa,  xii.  2.  4. 

xxxiv.  28. 
. . , . .   beft  quantity  of  ftimulvis  \q,  xii.  7.  8. 
Fibres.     See  Mufcles. 


Fibres,  their  mobility,  xii.  r.  7.  xK.  I.  I.. 
.....  contradtions  of,  vi,  xii.  i.  i. 

four  clafles  of  their  motions,  vi. 

.....  their  motions  diftinguifhed  from  fent» 

forial  ones,  v.  3. 
Figure,  xiv.  2.  2.  iii.  r. 
Fifh,  their  knowledge,  xvi.  14. 
Foxglove,  its  ufe  in  dropfies,  xxix.  ^.  Z', 

overdofe  of,  xxv.  17. 

Free-will,  xv.  3.  7. 


G. 


Gall-ftone,  xxv.  17,     See  Bile-ilonesi 

Generation,  xxxiii.  I.  xxxix. 

Gills  of  fifh,  xxxviii.  2. 

Glands,  xxii.  1.  conglobate  glands,.' xxii.  2. 

. . . . . .   have  their  peculiar  ftimulus,  xi.  r. 

......    their  fenfes,  xiv.  9.  xxxix.  6. 

invert  their  motions,  xxv.  7. 

......    increafe.  their  motions,  xxv.  7. 

Golden  rule  for  exhibiting  wine,  xii.  7.  8. 

for  leaving  off  wine,  xii.  7.  8. 

Gout  from  inflamed  liver,  xxxv.  2.  2.   xviii. 

ij    xxiv.  2.  8. 
....    in  the  flomach,  xxiv.  2.  8.  xxv.  17. 
....  why  it  returns  after  evacuations,  xxxii. 4. 
....    owing  to  vinous  fpirit  only,  xxi.  10. 
....    periods  of,  xxxvi.  3,  6. 
Grinning  in  pain,  xxxiv.  i.  3. 
Gyration,  on  one  fbot,  xx.  5.  and  6.. 

Habit  defined,  ii.  11.  iv.  7. 
Hemorrhages,  periods  of,  xxxvi.  3-.  V3i 
............   from  paraly  fis  of  veins,.  xxviE. 

I.  and  2. 
Harmony,  xxii.  2. 
Head-achs,  xxxv.  1,  i.- 
Hearing,  xiv.  4. 

Heat,  fenfe  of,  xiv.  6.  xxxii,  3,-14  . 
....    produced  by  the  glands,  xxii.  3, 

....   external  and  internal,  xxxii.  3.  r. 

....    atmofphere  of  heat,  xxxii.  3.  i. 

....    increafes  during  fleep,  xviii.  15. 

Bemicrania,  xxxv.  2.  i.. 

H^raicrama. 


INDEX.  58J 

Remicrania  from  decaying  teeth,  xxxv.  2.  i.  Inflammation  not  from  pains  from  defeft  of 
Hepatitis,  caufe  of,  xxxv.  2.  3.  ftimulus,  xxxiii.  2.  3. 

Hereditary  difeafes,  xxxix.  7.  6,  of  parts  previoufly  infenfible. 

Hermaphrodite  infedls^  xxxix.  5.  xii.  3.  7. 

Herpes,  xxviii.  2.  often  diftant  from  its  caufcj- 

from  inflamed  kidney,  xxxv.  2.  2.  xxiv.  8. 

Hunger,  fenfe  of,  xiv.  8.  obferves  folar  days^  xxxii.  6. 

Hydrophobia,  xxii.  3.  3.  of  the  eye,  xxxiii.  3.  i. 

Hypochondriacifm,  xxxiii.  i.  i..xxxiv.  2.  3 of  the  bowels  prevented  by  their 

continued  a£lion  in  deep,  xviii.  2. 
Inoculation  with  blood,  xxxiii.  2.  lO. 

^'  Infane  people,,  their  great  ftrength,  xii.  i. 
Infanity    (fee    Madnefs)    plealureable    one, 
Ideas  defined,  ii.  f.  xxxiv.  2.  6. 

....  are  motions  of  the  organs  of  fenfe,  iii.4.-  Infedls,  their  knowledge,  xvi.  15.  and  ;6. 

xviii.  5.  xviii.  10.  xviii.  6.  in  the  heads  of  calves,  xxxix.  1. 

♦ . . .  analogous  to  mufcular  motions,  iii.  5.  clafs  of,  xxxix.  4.  8. 

^. ..  continue  fome  time,  XX.  6.  Inftinftive  adlions  defined,  xvi.r. 

....  new  ones  cannot  be  invented",  iii.  6.  i.  Inteflines,  xxv.  3. 

....  abftrafted  ones,  iii.  7.  4.  Intoxication  relieves  pain,  why,  xxi.  3.- 
. .  . .  inconfiftent  trains  of,  xviii.  16.  from  food  after  fatigue,  xxi.  2- 

....  perifh  with  the  organ  of  fenfe,  iii.  4.  4.  . difeafes  from  it,  xxi.  10. 

»...  painfuUrom  inflammation  of  the  organ>  _      See  Drunkennefs, 

iii.  5.  5-  Intuitive  analogy,  xvii.  3.  7. 

♦-. . .  irritative  ones,  vii.  1.  4.  vii.  3.  2.  xv.  2.  Invention,  xv.  3.  3. 

XX.  7.  Irritability  increafes  during  fleep,  xviii.  15, 

... , .  of  refemblance,  contiguity,  caufation.  Itching,  xiv.  9. 

viii.  3.  2.  x.  3.  3. 
....  refemble  the  figure  and.  other  properties 

of  bodies,  xiv.  2.  2.   ,  /»- 

....  received  in  tribes,  xv.  i. 

....  of  the.  fame,  fenfe  eafier  combined,-  xv.  jaw-locked,  xxxiv.  i .  5.. 

u  I.  Jaundice  from  paralyfis  of  the  liver,  xxx.  2. 

....  of  refleftion,.  xv.  i.  6.  ii.  12.  .......  cured  by  electricity,  xxx.  2^ 

Ideal. prefence,  XV.  I.  7.  .  Judgment,  xv.  j 

Identity,  xv.  3.  ^.  xviii.  13^. 

Iliac  paflion,  xxv.  15. 

Imagination,  viii.  I.  2.  xv.  1,  7,  xv.  2.  2.  ^' 

..........  of  the  male  forms  the  fex,  xxxix. 

6.  Knowledge  of  various  animals,  xvi .  .1 1 , 
Immaterial  beings,  xiv.  1.  xiv.  2.  4.             ' 
Imitation,  origin  of,  xii.  3.  3.  xxxix.  5,  xxLi. 

3    xvi.  7.  ■*-"• 

Impediment  of  fpeech,  xvii.  i.  10.  xvii.  2^ 

JO.  Lacrymal  fa'ck^  xvi.  8.  xxiv.  2:.' and  7.. 

Infeftion.     See  Contagion.  Lafteals,    paralyfis  of,    xxviii.      See  Abfor- 
Inflammation,  xii.  2.  3.  xxxiii.  2.  2;  bents. 

^ , , . .  great  vafcukr  exertion  in,  xii.  Lady  playing  on  the  harpfichord,'  xvii,  2. 

2..  I.  ,..,, .  diftrefredforherdyingbird,.xvii.  2.  lo. 

Language-, 


^Sl 


I    N    D    E    X. 


Language,  natural,  its  oi-'igin,  xvl.  7.  &  8. 
........  of  various  paffxons  defcribed,  xvi,  8. 

artificial,  of  various  animals,  xvi.  9. 

theory  of,  xxxix.  8.  3. 

Lapping  of  puppies,  xvi.  4. 

Laughter  explained,  xxxiv.  i.  4, 

.......  'from  tickling,   xvii.   3.  5.    xxxi\r. 

1.4. 
, from  frivolous  ideas,  xxxiv.  i.  4. 

xviii.  12. 
Life,  long,  art  of  producing,  xxxvii. 
Light  has  no  momentum,  lii.  3.  i. 
Liquor  amnii,  xvi,     xxxviii    2. 

is  nutritious,  xxxviii.  3. 

frozen,  xxxviii.  3. 

Liver,  paralyfis  of,  xxx,  i .  4. 

large  of  geefe,  xxx.  i .  6. 

Love,  fentimental,  its  origin,  xvi.  6. 

animal,  xiv.  8.  xvi.  ^, 

Lunar  periods  affeft  difeafes,  xxxii.  6. 

Lufl,  xiv.  8.  xvi.  5. 

Lymphatics,  paralylls  of,   xxviii.      See  Ab- 

forbents. 


Moon  and  fun,  their  influence,  xxxii.  6. 

Mortification,  xxxiii.  g.  3. 

Motion  is  either  caufe  or  effecl:,  i.  xiv.  2.  2. 

primary  and  fecundary,  i. 

animal,  i.  iii.  i. 

..;...  propenfity  to,  xxii.i. 

animal,  continue  fome  time  after  their 

produ£lion,  xvii.  i.  3. 
defined,  a  variation  of  figure,  iii.  i. 

xiv.  2.  2.  xxxix.  7. 
Mucus,  experiments  on,  xxvi.  i. 

fecretion  of,  xxvi.  2. 

Mules,  xxxix.  4.  5.  and  6.  xxxix.  5.  2. 
Mule  plants,  xx.\ix.  2. 
Mufcaj  volitantes,  xl.  2.  '      ' 

Mufcles  conftitutc  an  organ  of  fcnfe,  xiv.  7. 

ii.  3. 
ftimulatcd    by    extenfion,     xi.    i. 

xiv.  7. 
......  contrail  by  fpirit  of  animation,  xii, 

I.  1.  and  3. 
Mufic,  xvi.  10.  xxii.  2. 
Mufical  time,  why  agreeable,  xii.  3.  3. 


M. 


N. 


Mad-dog,  bite  of,  xxii.  3.  3.  Naufea,  xxv.  6. 

Madnefs,  xxxiv.  2.  I.  xii.  2.  I.  Nerves  and  brain,  ii.  2.  3. 

Magnetifm,  xii.  i.  i.  ......  extremitiesof  form  the  whole  fyfienij 

Magnifying  Gbje>5ls,  new  way  of,  xl.  10.  5.            xxxvii.  3. 

Male  animals  have  teats,  xxxix.  48.  are  not  changed  With  age,  xxxvii.  4, 

....  pigeons  give  milk,  xxxix.  4.8.  Nervous  pains  defined,  xxxiv.  1.  i. 

Man  diftinguiihed  from  brutes,    xi.   2.  3.      Number  defined,  xiv.  2.  2. 

xvi.  I  7  Nutriment  for  the  embryon,  xxxix.  5.  2. 

Material  world,  xiv.  i.  xiv.  2.  5.  xviii.  7.        Nutrition  owing  to  ftimulus,  xxxvii.  3. 

Matter,  penetrability  of,  xiv.  2.3.  ........  by  animal  feledlion,  xxxvii.  3. 

punilent,  xxxiii.  2.4.  ......  when  the  fibres  are  elongated,  xxxvii, 

Meafles,  xxxiii.  2.  9.  3. 

Membranes,  xxvi.  2.  like  inflammation,  xxxvii.  3. 

Memory  defined,  ii.  10.  xv.  i.  7.  xv.  3. 

Menftruation  by  lunar  periods,  xxxii.  6. 

Mifcarriage  from  fear,  xxxix.  5.  "* 

Mobility  of  fibres,  xii.  1.7. 

Momentum  of  the  blood,  >.xxii   5.  2.  'ObjeiSs  long  Viewed  become  faint,  iii. -3.  2, 

fometimes  increafed  by  venefeC-      Ocular  fpedtra,  xl. 

tion,  xxxii.  5.  4.  Oil  externally  in  diabaetes,  xxix.  4. 

Monfters,  xxxix.  4.  4   and  5.  2.  Old  age  from  inirritability,  xxxvii. 

without  heads,  xxxviii.  3.  Opium  is  rtimulant,  xxxii.  2.  2. 

3  Opium 


INDEX. 


58J 


Opiotn  promotes  abforption  after  evacuation, 

xxxiii.  2.  10. 

ill  increafing  dofes,  xii.  3.  1. 

Organs  of  fenfe,  ii.  5.  and  6. 

Organs  when  deftroyed  ceafe  to  produce  ideas, 

iii.  4.  4.    _ 
Organic  particlesof  Buflbn,  xxxvii.  3.  xxxix. 

Organ-pipes,  xx,  7. 

Oxygenation  of  the  blood,  xxxviii, 

P. 

Pain  from  excefs  and  defeft  of  motion,  iv.  5. 
xii.  5.  3.  xxxiv.  1.  XXXV.  2.  1. 

».  .    not  felt  during  exertion,  xxxiv.  i.  2. 

» . .  from  greater  contradiion  of  fibres,  xii.  1 .  6. 

. . .  from  accumulation  of  fenforial  power, 
xii,  5.  3.  xxiii.  3.  I. 

. . .  from  light,  prelTure,  heat,  cauftics, 
xiv.  9. 

...    in  epilepfy,  xxxv.  2.  i. 

. . .    diftant  from  its  caufe,  xxiv.  S. 

. . .    from  ftone  in  the  bladder,  xxxv.  2.  r; 

►  ,  ►  of  head  and  back,  from  defedl,  xxxii.  3. 

. , .   from  a  gall-ftone,  xxxv.  2.1.  xxv.  17.. 

,  .  .    of  the  itomach  in  gout,  xxv.  17. 

...    of  thoulder  in  hepatites,  xxxv,  2.  4. 

,>..    produces  volition,  iv.  6. 

Palenefs  in  cold  fit,  xxxii.  3.  2, 

Palfies  explained,  xxxiv.  i.  7, 

Paralytic  limbs  ftretch  from  irritation,  vi  i.  i .  3, 

»,......  patients    move    their    found    limb 

much,  xii.  5,  I. 

Paralyfis  from  great  exertion,  xii.  4.  6. 

from  lets  exertion,  xii.  5.  6.^ 

-. of  the  la£leals,  xxviii, 

.  . ..',,.  of  the  liver,  xxx.  4. 

of  the  right  arm,  why,  xxxiv.  1 .  7. 

of  the  veins,  xxvii.  2. 

Particles  of  matter  wiU  not  approach,  xii.  I .  I,. 

Paffions,  xi.  2.  2. 

........    connate,  xvi.  i. 

Pecking  of  chickens,  xvi.  4, 

Perception  defined,  ii.  §.  xv.  3.1. 

periods  of  agues,  how  formed,  xxxii,  3.  4» 

,. of  difeales,  xxxvi. 

of  natural  aftions  and  of  difeafed  ac- 
tions,, xxxvi. 


Perfpiration  in  fever-fits,  xxxii.  9.  SeeSwreat. 

Petechia,  xxvii.  2. 

Pigeons    fecrete    milk    in    their    ftomachs,. 

xxxix.  4.  8. 
Piles,  xxvii.  2. 

Placenta  a  pulmonary  organ,  xxxviii.  2. 
Pleafure  of  life,  xxxiii   i.  xxxix.  5 
,. from   greater    fibrous   contradtions, 

xii.  I.  6. 

what  kind  caufes  laughter,  xxxiv.  r.  4. 

.......  what  kind"  caufes  fleep,  xxxiv.  i.  4.. 

Pleurify,  periods  of,  xxxvi.  3.7. 

» caufe  of,  xxxv.  2.  3. 

Prometlieus,  ftory  of,  xxx.  3. 

Proftration  of  flrength  in  fevers,  xii.  4.  r. 

Pupils  of  the  eyes  large,  xxxi.  i. 

Pulfe  quick  in  fevers  with  debility,-  xii.  i.  4-  . 

xii.  5.  4.  xxxii.  2.  I. 
.  , . ,  in  fevers  with  flrength,  xxxii.  2. 
....  from  defedl  of  blood,  xxxii.  2.  3.  xii. 

1.4. 
. . . .  weak  from  emetics,  xxv.  1 7. 

Quack  advertlfements  injurious.     Apologv.. 
Quadrupeds    have    no    fanguiferous   lochia,. 

xxxviii.  2. 
have  nothing  fmiilar  to  the  yolk 

of  egg,  xxxix,  I,- 


R. 


Rhaphania,  periods  of;  xxxvi.  3.  9.. 
Reafon,  ix.  I.  2.  xv.  3. 
Reafoning,  xv,  3, 

Recolle6tion,  ii.  10.  ix.  1.-2;  xv.  2.  3. 
Relaxation  and  bracing,  xxxii.  3.. 2. 
Repetition,  why  agreeable,  xii.  3.  3.  xxii.2i 
Refpiration  afFefted  by  attention,  xxxvi.  2.1. 
Reftleffnefs  in  fevers,  xxxiv.  i.  2. 
Retrograde  motions,  xii.  5.  5.  xxv.  6.  xxix.  .11.. 

of  theflomach,  xxv.  6. 

.  of  the  fkin,-  xxv,  3. 

of    fluids,,    how     diftlnguifhed,. 

xxix.  8. 
,.,,.,...  how  caufed,^-  xxix.  i  ii  5.. 

Retrograde 


.■5»4  '^    N"    D- 

Retrograde  dlfeafes,  fynopfis  of,  xxix.  g. 

Retina  is  fibrous,  iii.  2.  xl.  i. 

.....  ."is  aftive  in  vifion,  iii.  3.  xl.  r. 

excited  into  fpafmodic  motions,  xl.  7. 

is  fenfible during  ilcep,  xviii.5.  xix.  8. 

-Reverie,  xix.  i.  xxxiv.  3. 

cafe  of  a  lleep-walker,  xix.  2. 

isari  epileptic  difeafe,  xix.  g. 

Rocking  young  children,  xxi.  4. 

Rot  in  flieep,  xxxi'.  y. 

Ruminating  animals,  xxv.  r. 

Rhymes  in  poetry,  why  agreeable,  xxii.  2. 


s. 


Saliva  produced  by  mercury,  xxiii. 

.....  by  food,  xxiii.  i. 

by  ideas,  xyiii.  2.  and  5. 

.....  by  difordered  volition,   xxiii.  J. 

Schirrous  tumours  revive,  xii.  2.  2. 

Screaming  iir  pain,  xxxiv.  1,2, 

Scrophula,  its  temperament,  xxxi.  i. 

xxviii.  2.  xxxix.  4.  5. 

Scurvy  of  the  lungs,  xxvii.  2. 

Sea-ficknefs,  xx.  4. 

ftopped  by  attention,  xx.  5. 

■Secretion,   xxxui.  i.   xxxvii. 

increafed  during  fleep,  xviii.  16. 

Seeds  require  oxygenation,  xxxviii.  2. 

Senfation  defined,   li.  9.  v.  2.  xxxix.  8.  4. 

d.feaffs  of,  xxxiii. 

from  fibrous  contraflions,    iv.  5. 

x}i.  1.  6. 

in  an  amputated  limb,  iii.  7.  3. 

-.affedls  the  whole'fenrorium,  xi.  ^. 

, produces  volition,  iv.  6. 

.Senfibility  increafss  during  fleep,  xviii.  1-5. 

Senfitive  motions,  viii.  xxxiii.  2.  xxxiv.  1. 

'fevers  of  two  kinds,  xxxiii.  .1.2. 

ide.is,  XV.  2.  2. 

Senforium  defined,   ii.  I. 

Senfes  corrciSl  one  another,  xviii.  7. 

diftinguiihedfrom  appetites,  xxxiv.  1. 1. 

,Sv;nfjrial  power.     See  Spirit  of  Animation. 

great  expcnce  of  in  the  vital  mo- 

•tlons,   xxxii.  3.  2. 

two  kinds  of  exerted  in  feafitive  fe- 
sters, XAxiii.  I.  3. 


E    X. 

Senforial  powers  defined,  v.  r. 

motions  diftinguiflred  from  fibrous 

motions,  v.  3. 
not  much   accumulated  in  deep, 

xviii.  2.  — 

pow^ers,  accumulation  of,  xii.  5.  i. 

exhauftion  of,  xii.  4.  i . 

wrafted   below  natural   in  hot  fits, 

xxxii.  g.  3. 
lels  exertion  of  produces  pain,  xii. 

5-  3-       ^  ... 

, lefs  quantity  of  it,  xii.  5.  4. 

Senfual  motions  diftinguifliedfrom  mufcular, 

iu7. 
Sex  owing  to  the  imagination  of  the  father, 

xxxiv.  5. 
. . .    xxxix.  7.  6.  xxxix.  6.  3.  xxxix.  6.  7. 
Shingles  from  inflamed  kidney,  xxxv.  2.  2. 
Shoulders  broad,  xxxi.  i.  xxxix.  7.  6 
Shuddering  from  cold,  xxxiv.  i.  i.  and  2. 
Sight,  its  accuracy  in  men,  xvi.  6. 
Skin,  (kurfonit,  xxvi.  i. 
Sleep  fufpends  volition,  xviii.  I. 
....  defined,  xviii.  21. 
....  remote  caufes,  xviii.  20. 
....  fenfation  continues  in  it,  xviii.  2. 
....  from  food,  xxi.  i. 
....  from  rocking,  uniform  founds,  xxi.  i. 
....  from  wine  and  opium,  xxi.  3. 
....  why  it  invigorates,  xi'.  j.  ].. 
....  pulfe  flower  and  fuller,  xxxii.  2.  2. 

interrupted,  xxvii.  2. 

.  .  . .  from  breathing  lefe  oxygene,  xiiii.  20. 
....  from    being    whirled   on   a  millflone, 

xviii.  20. 
....  from  application  of  cold,  xviii.  20. 
Sleeping  animals,  xii.  ■2.2. 
Sleep-walkers.     See  Reverie,  xix.  r. 
Small-pox,   xxxiii.  2.  6.  xxxiv.  6.  r. 
eruption  firfl:  on  the  face,  why, 

XXXV.  r.  I.   xxxiii.  2.  10. 
the  blood  will  not  infedl,  xxxiii. 

2.  10. 

obeys  lunations,  xxxvi.  4. 

Smell,   ;;!'.  5.   xvi.  ^ 
Sir.iling,  origin  of,  xvi.  8.  4. 
Solidity,  xiv.  2.  1. 

Somnambulation.     See  Reverie,  xix,  I, 
Space,  xiv.  2.  2. 

Spafm, 


I    N    D 

Spafm,  dofirine  of,  xxxli.  10. 

Spectra,  ocular,  xl. 

miftaken  for  fpe(51;res,  xl.  2. 

......    vary  from  long  infpeftion,  ili.  3.  5. 

Spirit  of  animation.      See  Scnforial  Power. 

....  of  animation  caufes  fibrous  contraction, 
iv.  2.  ii.  I .   xiv.  2.  4. 

....  polTeffes  folidity,  figure,  and  other  pro- 
perties of  matter,  xiv.  2.  3.  . 

Spirits  and  angels,  xiv.  2.  4. 

Stammering  explained,  xvii.  i.  10.  xvii.  2.  10. 

Stimulus  defined,  ii.  13.  iv.  4.  xii.  2.  i. 

of  various  kinds,  xi.  r. 

with  leflened  effeft,  xii.  3.  I. 

.......  with  greater  effedt,  xii.  3.  3. 

ceafes  to  produce  fenfation,  xii.  3.  3. 

Stomach  and  inteftines,  xxv. 

. , inverted  by  great  flimulus,  xxv.  6. 

its  adlions  decreafed  in  vomiting, 

XXXV.  I.  3. 

a  blow  on  it  occafions  death,  xxv.  1 7 . 

Stools  black,  xxvii.  2. 
Strangury,  xxxv.  2.  i.  . 

Sucking  before  nativity,  xvi.  4. 
Suckling  children,  fenfe  of,  xiv.  8. 
Suggeflion  defined,  ii.  10.  xv.  2.  4. 
Sun  and  moon,  their  influence,  xxxii.  6. 
■Surprife,  xvii.  3.  j.-  xviii.  17. 
Sufpicion  attends  madnefs,  xxxiv.  2.  4. 
Swallowing,  a£t  of,  xxv.  i.  xvi.  4. 
Sweat,  cold,  xxv.  9.  xxix.  6. 

in  hot  fit  of  fever,  xxxii.  9. 

in  a  morning,  why,  xviii.  15. 

Sweaty  hands  cured  by  lime,  xxix.  4.  g. 
Swinging  and  rocking,  why  agreeable,  xxi.  3. 
Sympathy,  xxxv.  i. 
Syncope,  xii.  7.  i.  xxxiv.  i.  6. 


E    X.  585 

Teeth  decaying  caufe  headachs,  xxxv.  2.  i. 
Temperaments,  xxxi. 
Theory  of  medicine,  wanted.     Apology. 
Thirfl,  fenfe  of,  xiv.  8. 

why  in  dropfies,   xxix.  5. 

Tickle  themfeh'cs,  children  cannot,  xvii.  3. 5. 

Tickling,  xiv.  g. 

Time,  xiv.  2.  2.  xviii.  12. 

. . .  . .    lapfe  of,  XV.  3.  6. 

poetic  and  mufical,    why  agreeable, 

xxii.  2. 

dramatic,  xviii.  12. 

Tasdium  \-\tas.     See  Ennui. 
Tooth-edge,  xvi.  10.  iii.4.  3.  xii.  3.  3. 
Touch,  fenfe  of,  xiv.  2.  i. 

liable  to  vertigo,  xxi.  g. 

of  various  animals,  xvi.  6. 

Trains  of  motions  inverted,  xii.  5.  5. 
Transfufion  of  blood  in  nervous  lever,  Xxxii.  4. . 
Tranflations  of  matter,  xxix.  7. 
Typhus,  beftquantity  of  ftimulus  in,  xii,  7.  8. 
.......  periods  ofobferve  lunar  days,  xxxii.  6. 


u. 


Ulcers,  art  of  healing,  xxxiii.  3.2. 

of  the  lungs,  why  difficult  to  heal, 

xxviii.  2. 
Uniformity  in  the  fine  arts,  why  agreeable, 

xxii.  2. 
Urine  pale  in  intoxication,  xxi.  6. 

paucity  of  in  anafarca,  why,  xxix.  5. 

its  paflage  from  inteftines  to  bladder, 

xxix.  3. 
copious  during  fleep,  xviii.  15. 


V. 


.    *:  Variation,  perpetual,  of  irritability,  xii.  2.  r. 

Tape-worm,  xxxix.  2.  Vegetable  buds  are  inferior  animals,  xiii.  I. 

Talte,  fenfe  of,  xiv.  5.  exadtly   refemble     their    parents. 

Tears,  fecretion  of,  xxiv.  xxxix. 

from  grief,  xvi.  8.  2.  '  pofTefs  fenfation  and  volition,  xiii. 2. 

froiri  tender  pleafure,  xvi.  8.3.  have  affociate  and  retrograde  mo- 

.....    from  lUmulus  of  nafal  dudi:,  xvi.  8.          tions,  xiii.  4.  xxix.  g. 

xxiv.  4.  their  anthers  and  ftigmas  are  alive, 

by  volition,  xxiv.  6.  xiii.  5. 

4  F  Vegetables 


586 


INDEX. 


Vegetables  haveorgans  of  fenfe  and  ideas,xiii. 5. 

contendforlightandair,  xxxix.4.  8, 

...,...,  duplicature  of  their  flowers,  xxxix. 

4.  4. 
Veins  are  abforbents,  xxvii.  i. 
....  paralyfis  of,  xxvii.  I. 
Venereal  orgafm  of  brutes,  xxxii.  6. 
Venfefeftion  in  nervous  pains,  xxxii.  5.  4. 
Verbs  of  tliree  kinds,  xv.  3.  4. 
Verfes,  their  meafure,   xxii.  2. 
Vertigo,  xx.     defined,  xx.  11. 


in  looking  from  a  tower. 


XX.   I. 


.......  ma  fliip  at  fea,  xx.  4. 

of  all  the  fenfes,  xxi.  g. 

by  intoxication,  xxxv.  1.2. 

Vibratory  motions  perceived  after  failing,  xx. 

5.   XX.  10. 
Vis  medicatrix  of  nature,  xxxix.  4.  7. 
Villon,  fenfe  of,  xiv.  3. 
Volition  defined,  v.  2.  xxxiv.  1. 

afFetls  the  whole  fenforiura,  xi.  2. 

.......  difeafes  of,  xxxiv. 

Voluntarity,  x.  2.  4. 

Voluntary  motions,  ix.   xxxiv.  1, 


Voluntary  ideas,  xv.  2.  3. 

........  criterion  of,  xi.  2.  3.  Xxxlv.  J, 

Vomiting  from  vertigo,  xx.  8. 

from  drunkennefs,  xx,  8.   xxi.  6. 

, by  intervals,  xxv.  8. 

...  o ... .  by  voluntary  efforts,  xxv.  6. 

■. .  or  two  kinds,  xxxv.  i.  3. 

in  cold  fit  of  fever,  xxxii.  9.  r. 

flopped  by  quickfilver,  xxv.  i6» 

weakens  the  pulfe,  xxv.  1 7. 

w. 

Waking,  how,  xviii.  14. 
Walking,  how  learnt,  xvi.  3. 
Warmth  in  lleep,  why,  xviii.  15. 
Weaknefs  defined,  xii.  i.  3.  xil.  2.  i.  xxxii. 
3.  2. 

cure  of,  xii.  7.  8.     See  Debility. 

Wit  producing  laughter,  xxxiv.  I.  4. 
World  generated,  xxxix.  4.  S. 
Worm-fluke,  xxxii.- 7. 


DIRECTIONS  TO  THE  BINDER. 

1.  Pleafe  to  place  the  Plate  confifting  of  one  red  fpot,  at  Se£t.  III.  i. 

2.  Confifting  of  one  black  fpot,  at  Se£l.  III.  3.  3. 

3.  Confiftlng  of  five  concentric  coloured  circles,  at  Se£t.  III. 

4.  Confifting  of  one  yellow  circle  furrounded  by  one  blue  one, 

at  Sea.  XL.  4.  2. 

5.  Confining  of  one  yellow  circle  and  two  blue  ones,  at  Sedl. 

XL.  10.  3. 

6.  Confifting  of  the  word  BANKS  in  blue  on  a  yellow  ground, 

at  Sed.  XL.  10.  5. 


ERRATA. 

Page  178.  line  24.  yir  autennse,  nW  antennae. 
1S3.    —     l.yirhave,  j-mrfhas. 
341.  in  line  fixth  of  tlie  Latiii  verfcs_.  for  incutitu;-,  rw^  impelliim-- 


ADVEHTISEMENT. 

The  publication  of  the  Second  Volume  of  this  Work,  containing 
a  diftribution  of  the  difeafes,  both  of  mind  and  body,  into  four 
natural  clafles,  with  their  fubfequent  orders,  genera,  and  fpecies, 
their  immediate  caufes,  and  their- methods  of  cure,  together  with  a 
new  arrangement  of  the  articles  of  the  Materia  Mediea,  their  quali- 
ties, and  modes  of  operation,  is  poftpoaed  till  next  year,  on  account 
of  the  more  neceUary  avocations  of  the  writer;  and  that  by  revifing 
it  during  the  fummer  months  he  may  make  it  more  worthy  the  ac- 
ceptance of  the  Public. 


/ 


A  n^ 


V<-' 


:^- 


-a; 


\.  :. 


^'^(■f^' 


'^\ 


^•.' 


t 


,  ■  JJr  W(-'.:i  '<»M 


^•f 


J''" 


rt« 


,^JL.|r"%£i^..